In Service Certification (Wof and Cof)

In-service certification (WoF and CoF)
Correct as at 4th May 2014. It may be superseded at any time.

1 2 Next
Introduction
1 Purpose and scope
The NZ Transport Agency Waka Kotahi (NZTA) has prepared this manual to assist vehicle inspectors and inspecting
organisations achieve correct and consistent standards of in-service vehicle inspection and certification (WoF and CoF).
The purpose of this manual is to enhance the safety of in-service vehicles in New Zealand by conveying to vehicle inspectors
and inspecting organisations the conditions of their appointment and the requirements for the inspection and certification of
vehicles for operation in service.
The scope of this manual is to set out the statutory requirements for all in-service vehicle inspections. No attempt has been
made to give details on how to inspect a vehicle, a matter best addressed by training programmes.
Amendments to this manual will be issued from time to time as inspection requirements change and improvements are made.
Details of amendments are available from the Amendments tab on the horizontal menu. Suggestions for improvement should
be made using the feedback button found on every page.
2 Overview of the manual
How is the manual structured?
The manual is divided into ten vehicle-type sections plus technical bulletins and this introduction.
What information is in each part of the manual?
1. Introduction
The introduction is relevant to all vehicles requiring in-service inspection and certification (WoF and CoF). It explains the duties
and responsibilities of the inspecting organisation and vehicle inspector, the inspection and certification process, complaints
procedures, inspection premises and equipment, and the appointment of vehicle inspectors and inspecting organisations. It
also includes definitions and abbreviations, and sample certification documents. Improvement suggestions can be made by
clicking the 'Send us your feedback' button found on every page.
2. General vehicles
This part contains the inspection requirements for vehicles of classes LE that do not have motorcycle controls, MA, MB, MC,
MD1, MD2, MD3, MD4, ME, NA, NB and NC.
Pages for particular types of vehicles are identified to enable easy access to the requirements for those vehicles.
Identifier Vehicles covered
General vehicle light vehicle WoF and general requirements
Light PSV additional or replacement requirements for light passenger service vehicles (PSVs) CoF only
Heavy vehicle additional or replacement requirements for heavy vehicles CoF only
Heavy PSV additional or replacement requirements for heavy PSVs CoF only
3. Motorcycles
This part of the manual covers the requirements for vehicles of classes LC, LD, and LE that have motorcycle controls.
Motorcycle motorcycle WoF and general requirements
Motorcycle PSV additional or replacement requirements for motorcycle PSVs CoF only
4. Trailers
This part of the manual covers the requirements for both light and heavy trailers, that is, vehicles of classes TA, TB, TC, and TD.
General trailer light trailer WoF and general requirements
Heavy trailer additional or replacement requirements for heavy trailers CoF only
5. Technical bulletins
These contain detailed requirements or helpful information which is not appropriate to put into the vehicle parts of the manual.
Examples are processes/requirements for seatbelt replacements and jacking points for correctly checking suspension ball
joints. The bulletins are divided into those that apply to general vehicles and those that apply only to CoF inspections.
6. Forklifts
This part contains the requirements for forklifts, all of which only require a WoF as far as is practicable for their design and type.
7. Tractors
This part contains the WoF requirements for all tractors and for all machines used for agricultural, land management and
roading operations.
8. Unclassified vehicles
This part contains the WoF requirements for light and heavy specialist vehicles that only have to meet WoF requirements as far
as practicable for their design and type.
'WoF only inspecting organisations
An inspecting organisation appointed to carry out WoF inspections only will only need to view the general vehicle pages,
motorcycle pages, general trailer pages, forklift pages, tractor pages, unclassified vehicle pages and technical bulletin
(general) pages.
WoF and CoF inspecting organisations (TSD agents)
An inspecting organisation appointed to carry out WoF and CoF inspections will need to view all the WoF and CoF pages,
which can be found here. This link displays the same pages as for 'WoF only', but with additional pages for heavy vehicles,
light PSV, heavy PSV, heavy trailers and technical bulletins (CoF).
How to use the manual
WoF inspections
For a WoF inspection on a car, for example, refer only to the general vehicle pages.
CoF inspections
Many CoF requirements are the same as the WoF requirements. Where requirements differ:
For a light PSV, refer first to the light PSV pages and then to the general vehicle pages
For a heavy truck, refer first to the heavy vehicle pages and then to the general vehicle pages where required
For a heavy PSV, refer first to the heavy PSV pages, then to the heavy vehicle pages and then the general vehicle
pages where required.
Layout of manual pages
For each vehicle component, the inspection requirement pages are, in the main, divided into two columns. These columns are
then broken up into mandatory equipment, permitted equipment, condition, performance and modifications (and repairs
for heavy vehicles on a CoF).
The Reasons for rejection column specifies the vehicle defects that must result in the vehicle being rejected for a WoF or CoF.
The condition and performance reasons for rejection apply to mandatory, permitted, and modified equipment, unless otherwise
stated. NZTA has imposed these requirements in accordance with Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002,
section 2.3(1). This column also contains notes for additional guidance, as referred to in the two columns.
The Summary of legislation column summarises the legislation that is relevant to in-service inspection and certification.
Many vehicle components have an additional one or two columns:
Tables and images contain tables and illustrations referred to in the Reasons for rejection and Summary of legislation
columns.
Technical information contains additional relevant information that is not part of the manual, but which may be useful
information, such as NZTA pamphlets.
The figure below illustrates the typical layout of pages in the manual. Greater detail is given in the Vehicle inspection portal
user guide and the Vehicle inspection portal quick reference guide.

3 Inspection and certification process

Overview steps in the inspection and certification process
In order to inspect and certify a vehicle for a WoF or CoF the vehicle inspector and inspecting organisation must take the
following steps:
1. Know the vehicle inspectors and inspecting organisations responsibilities.
The legal responsibilities are listed in section 3.1. The vehicle inspector and inspecting organisation must read these and
understand them.
2. Identify the vehicle class.
A table of vehicle classes is given in section section 3.2.
3. Identify whether the vehicle requires a WoF or CoF inspection.
Section 3.3 shows a list of vehicles that require a WoF, a list of vehicles that require a CoF and a list of vehicles that do not
require a WoF or CoF.
4. Establish whether the vehicle may be inspected for the purposes of issuing a WoF or a CoF.
The vehicle must meet a number of criteria before inspection. These are listed in section 3.4.
5. Establish whether the vehicle complies.
Section 3.5 explains how to use this manual in order to determine the vehicles compliance with the requirements.
6. Complete the inspection documentation (checksheet).
Section 3.6 explains the requirements for handling and completing checksheets.
7. Record the inspection outcome (determination).
Section 3.7 explains how to record WoF and CoF inspection results into the NZTA computer system (WoF Online and LATIS).
8. Issue the WoF label, CoF label, or temporary permit.
Section 3.8 explains the requirements when issuing the WoF label, CoF label, or temporary permit and attaching it to the
vehicle.
9. Collect fees.
Section 3.9 lists the requirements for the inspecting organisation when charging and collecting fees.
3.10 Operating a vehicle without a current WoF or CoF.
Section 3.10 explains the vehicle operators responsibilities when operating a vehicle without a current WoF or CoF.
3-1 Duties and responsibilities
3.1.1 General duties and responsibilities
Applicable legislation: Vehicle Standards Compliance Rule 2002 (the Rule).
1. Vehicle inspectors and inspecting organisations [Definitions in the Rule]
Vehicle inspector means an individual appointed by the NZTA under 2.2(1) of the Rule to carry out inspection and certification
activities in accordance with requirements and conditions imposed by the NZTA.
Inspecting organisation means a person or organisation appointed by the NZTA under 2.2(1) who is responsible for inspection
and certification outcomes.
2. Inspection and certification activities [section 2.1(1) of the Rule]
Only vehicle inspectors and inspecting organisations appointed by NZTA may carry out inspection and certification activities as
specified in the Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002.
3. Primary duty [section 2.1(2) of the Rule]
Vehicle inspectors and inspecting organisations must carry out inspection and certification activities competently and diligently
and in accordance with the Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002 and with this manual.
4. Inspection and certification activities that can be carried out [section 2.2(2) of the Rule]
Vehicle inspectors and inspecting organisations may carry out only those inspection and certification activities for which NZTA
has appointed them.
5. Requirements, conditions, and period of appointment [section 2.3(1) of the Rule]
The NZTA may specify the period of appointment for a vehicle inspector and inspecting organisation and may impose
requirements and conditions as to the performance of the inspection and certification activities, including the performance of
those activities at individual sites. This manual contains the requirements and conditions imposed by the NZTA.
6. Driver licence
Vehicle inspectors must hold a current driver licence for the vehicles that they are inspecting.
7. Fit and proper person [section 2.3(3) of the Rule]
It is a condition of an appointment that a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation continues to be fit and proper.
8. Document retention, Advise incorrect certification, Advise vehicle defects [section 2.3(4) of the Rule]
It is a condition of an appointment that a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation:
a) keeps all records and associated documents relating to vehicle inspections and certifications (including failed inspections)
for a minimum period of 12 months (LT400s and other HVS/engineer certificates indefinitely), and
b) advises the NZTA as soon as practicable if there is a reason to believe that the inspection and certification of a vehicle has
been carried out incorrectly, and
c) advises the NZTA as soon as practicable of a defect in a manufacturers production run or quality control process of which
the inspector or organisation has become aware that may affect the safety performance of a vehicle that has been inspected
and certified.
9. Delegation [section 2.4(1) of the Rule]
A vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation may not delegate any function or power to carry out inspection and certification
activities for which they were appointed, except under conditions specified by NZTA in writing.
3.1.2 Inspection and certification
1. Inspection and certification of vehicles for operation in service [section 7.3(3) of the Rule]
The inspection and certification of a vehicle for operation in service must be carried out in accordance with requirements and
conditions imposed by NZTA.
2. Determining compliance of a vehicle [section 7.4(1) of the Rule]
A vehicle is certified for in-service based on the condition of the vehicle at the time of the inspection.
A vehicle may be certified for operation in-service only if a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation has identified the
vehicle and has determined, on reasonable grounds, that the vehicle meets all of the following:
a) it is safe to be operated under normal conditions of use, and
b) it has been designed and constructed using components and materials that are fit for their purpose, and is within safe
tolerance of its state when manufactured or modified, and
c) it complies with the applicable requirements (all of which are contained within this manual), and
d) it has undergone specialist inspection and certification as required by paragraphs 4, 5, and 6 below and the specific aspects
of the vehicle have been certified.
3. Information to take into account when determining compliance of a vehicle [section 7.4(3) of the Rule]
A vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation, in making a determination, must take into account:
a) information obtained from inspecting the vehicle and associated documents, and
b) additional relevant information, if any, about the vehicle issued by a manufacturer, modifier, repairer, or other relevant
person of which the inspector or organisation is aware.
4. Low volume vehicle specialist certification [section 7.5(1)(a) of the Rule]
Low volume vehicle (LVV) specialist inspection and certification is required prior to inspection and certification for in-service, if
the vehicle is a light vehicle that, since it was last certified for operation in-service or last certified as a low volume vehicle, has
been modified so as to affect its compliance with an applicable requirement (Note 1).
5. Heavy vehicle specialist certification [section 7.5(1)(b) of the Rule]
Heavy vehicle specialist (HVS) inspection and certification is required prior to inspection and certification for in service, if the
vehicle is a heavy vehicle that, since it was last certified for operation in service or last certified for modification, has been
modified so as to affect its compliance with an applicable requirement, including modifications to its chassis, brakes, log
bolster attachments, towing connections or load anchorages.
6. Other specialist certification [section 7.5(1)(c) of the Rule]
Other specialist inspection and certification is required in accordance with an applicable requirement or as required by NZTA,
all of which are contained within this manual.
7. Modified vehicles not requiring specialist certification [section 7.5(3) of the Rule]
Low volume vehicle (LVV) specialist inspection and certification or heavy vehicle specialist (HVS) inspection and certification
is not required if a modified vehicle is:
a) excluded in this manual from the requirement for LVV or HVS certification and meets the inspection requirements in this
manual, including those for equipment, condition, and performance, or
b) modified for the purposes of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services.
Note that this only covers the modifications for the specialised functions of the vehicle. Other modifications that affect
compliance are subject to certification.
Note 1
1. Modifications not requiring LVV certification
All modifications must meet WoF or CoF requirements. However, not every modification requires LVV certification.
A modified light vehicle may or may not be required to undergo LVV certification, depending on the level of modification.
Typical modifications that are made to vehicle components and systems are listed in tables, and identify:
a) those modifications that do not require LVV certification unless they exceed a certain level. Where modifications exceed
those listed in the table, a WoF or CoF provider must not issue a WoF or CoF for the vehicle until LVV certification has been
issued
b) those lower levels of modification that are never required to be LVV certified.
For most modifications, the introduction date for the requirement for LVV certification is 1 March 1999, which was the date that
the Compliance Rule came into force. In addition, LVV certification was required for some items under the Transport (Vehicle
Standards) Regulations 1990. In particular LVV certification is required for:
a) a modification after 1 January 1992 that affected compliance with a brake standard on a class MA vehicle, or after 1 January
1993 on a vehicle of class MB, MC or NA.
b) a modification after 1 January 1992 that affected a seatbelt anchorage standard on a passenger vehicle with up to nine
seats, that is class MA, MB or MC.
c) a modification after 1 January 1992 that affected compliance with a standard for door locks and hinges, steering column
impact or interior impact on a class MA vehicle.
If a modification was carried out prior to LVV certification coming into force, a valid modification declaration must be produced.
The vehicle inspector may also accept other authentic evidence to verify that the modifications were carried out prior to LVV
certification coming into force. Examples are an invoice from the company that carried out the modification, insurance policy
cover notes and motoring magazine features provided they record the vehicles registration number or VIN, the modification
details and a date or other information verifying when the modifications were carried out. Documents such as statements from
previous owners are not acceptable.
2. Confirming LVV certification
Modifications can be confirmed as certified under the LVV Code by the following means:
a) LVV certification plate riveted and glued to the vehicle in any one of the following positions:
i. within the engine compartment in a clearly visible position, or
ii. where there is insufficient available space within the engine compartment to enable the LVV certification plate to be fitted
and remain clearly visible, in any one of the following locations:
(1) within the passenger compartment on the vehicles A-pillar or B-pillar, or
(2) in the case of a sedan, on the rear bulkhead or other prominent position within the boot area, or
(3) in the case of a van with an engine cover in the passenger compartment, on a non-removable panel steel part of the
engine cover or seat frame, or
(4) in the case of a vehicle with a raised floor, on the vertical area of a step behind a door, or
(5) in the case of a hatchback or station wagon, in the spare wheel well which is accessible without the use of tools.
b) LVV authority card, linking listed vehicle modifications to the special requirements of one person.
All enquiries about the LVV process, LVV certifier locations and the issuing of LVV certification plates should be directed to the
NZTA (0800 587 287).
3. Information on LVV plate differs from the vehicle
Where the information on the LVV plate (other than the vehicles registration plate) differs from the vehicle, for example where
a vehicle has been further modified or returned to original, the vehicle must be failed and sent to an appropriate LVV certifier:
a) where the vehicle has been further modified or partially returned to the original condition, the LVV certifier will inspect and
certify the vehicle to ensure the correct details are on the new LVV plate, or
b) where the vehicle has been fully returned to original, the LVV certifier will confirm that this has been done and remove the
LVV plate from the vehicle (only an LVV certifier or delegated NZTA staff can remove an LVV plate).
3.1.3 Revocation of a WoF, CoF, temporary permit, CoL, or record of determination
1. Revocation of evidence of vehicle inspection and conditional permit [section 11.3(1) of the Rule]
The NZTA may revoke, by giving written notice to a vehicles operator, a WoF, CoF, conditional permit or a record of
determination issued under the Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002 if the NZTA believes, on
reasonable grounds, that:
a) the vehicle does not comply with applicable requirements, or
b) the WoF, CoF, permit or record of determination was issued on the basis of an incorrect determination.
2. Revocation of certificate of loading [section 11.3(2) of the Rule]
The NZTA may revoke, by giving written notice to a vehicles operator, a certificate of loading issued for that vehicle under the
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002 if the NZTA believes, on reasonable grounds, that the certificate is
not valid.
3. Re-inspection and re-certification of a vehicle [section 11.4 of the Rule]
If a WoF, CoF, conditional permit, record of determination or certificate of loading has been revoked, the NZTA may require in
writing that a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation:
a) repeat the inspection and certification of the vehicle, and
b) issue, if appropriate, a WoF, CoF, permit, record of determination or other evidence, and
c) meet the costs of the activities undertaken under (a) and (b).
3.1.4 Vehicles ordered off the road (green and pink stickers) [Land Transport Act 1998: section 115
and section 96]
A green sticker, which directs that the vehicle is not to be driven on a road, may be issued to the driver or owner of a vehicle by
an enforcement officer who believes on reasonable grounds that a vehicle does not comply with the provisions of the
regulations or rules, or that a vehicle was operated with unnecessary exhibition of speed or acceleration or sustained loss of
traction. At the discretion of the enforcement officer, the green sticker notice will remain in force until:
a) the vehicle has been inspected and a new WoF or CoF has been issued, or
b) the enforcement officer has been notified in writing that the vehicle is now compliant (this type of green sticker is often
referred to as discretionary green sticker or G2 sticker). A new WoF or CoF is not required, however, instead of notifying the
enforcement officer in writing, the vehicle driver/owner may choose to obtain a new WoF or CoF, which will automatically
remove the flag from the NZ Police system.
A pink sticker, which directs that the vehicle is not to be driven on a road, may be issued to the driver or owner of a vehicle by
an enforcement officer who believes on reasonable grounds that a vehicle is not in a safe condition to be driven on a road. A
pink sticker will remain in force until the vehicle has been inspected and a new WoF or CoF has been issued.
Where a light vehicle has been ordered off the road by an enforcement officer for non-compliant exhaust noise, the vehicle
must pass an LVVTA objective noise test before the vehicle may be issued with a new WoF or CoF even if the vehicle is
presented with a quieter or original exhaust system or with a previous LVV noise certification. Due to this requirement, for each
green- or pink-stickered light vehicle presented for WoF or CoF and before issuing a new WoF or CoF, the vehicle inspector
must check (usually by sighting the ordering-off-the-road notice or Landata):
a) whether the vehicle was ordered off the road for non-compliant exhaust noise, and
b) if (a) applies, that a valid LVVTA objective exhaust noise emissions test certificate was issued for the vehicle after the date
the ordering off the road notice was issued.
A vehicle that has been green or pink stickered can only be inspected by a vehicle inspector who is employed with an
inspecting organisation that does not engage in the repair of vehicles in the course of their business (other than replacing
bulbs or wiper blades). This generally includes transport service delivery (TSD) agents (VTNZ, VINZ, NZAA) and some
independent testing stations. A new WoF or CoF must be issued by the inspecting organisation before the vehicle is permitted
to be used on the road. Once the new WoF or CoF has been issued, the vehicle inspector removes the green or pink sticker.
The flag is automatically removed from the NZ Police system.
3.1.5 Performance review
1. The NZTA may monitor and review performance [section 3.1(1) of the Rule]
The NZTA may monitor and review the performance of a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation in complying with the
requirements and conditions imposed by the NZTA, including the performance of inspection and certification activities at
individual sites.
The requirements and conditions are contained in this manual and in the NZTAs Performance review system manual.
2. Providing information to the NZTA [section 3.1(2) & (3) of the Rule]
In monitoring and reviewing performance, the NZTA may require a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation to undergo
such monitoring and review and provide such information as the NZTA reasonably considers relevant. A vehicle inspector or
inspecting organisation must comply with a requirement from the NZTA.
3. Costs of monitoring and review [section 3.1(4) of the Rule]
A vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation must bear the costs of the monitoring and reviewing of their performance in
accordance with any prescribed fee.
3.1.6 Investigations
1. Investigations [section 3.2(1) of the Rule]
If the NZTA has reason to believe that a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation has failed to comply with any of the
conditions of their appointment, or has failed to comply with the Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002
(the Rule) or with this manual, the NZTA may require the inspector or organisation to undergo such an investigation and to
provide such information as the NZTA reasonably considers appropriate.
2. Notification of action (remedial action, suspension or revocation, but not immediate suspension or imposition of
conditions) [section 3.2(3) of the Rule]
Following an investigation and before carrying out action, the NZTA must notify the vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation
in writing of:
a) the action that is being considered, and
b) the reasons for the action that is being considered, and
c) the date by which submissions may be made to the NZTA in respect of the action that is being considered, which must be at
least 21 days after the notice is given, and
d) where appropriate, the date on which the action that is being considered will take effect, which, unless the NZTA determines
otherwise, must be at least 28 days after the notice is given.
3. Responding to a notification of action [section 3.2(5) of the Rule]
If a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation is notified as above, they must ensure that all information that they wish the
NZTA to consider in relation to the action that is being considered is received by the NZTA within the period specified in the
notice or within any further period that the NZTA may allow.
4. The NZTA must consider submissions [section 3.2(6) of the Rule]
The NZTA must consider the submissions made and information supplied, and must:
a) decide whether or not to take the action that is being considered, and
b) as soon as is practicable, provide written notification to the vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation of:
i. the NZTAs decision, and
ii. if appropriate, the date on which the action is to take effect, and
iii. if appropriate, the right of appeal under section 106 of the Land Transport Act 1998.
5. Remedial action, suspension, revocation [section 3.2(2) of the Rule]
If, following an investigation, the NZTA is satisfied that the vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation has failed to comply
with any of the conditions of their appointment, or failed to comply with the Rule or this manual, NZTA may do one or more of
the following:
a) require that remedial action, such as training, be undertaken by the inspector or organisation
b) suspend the whole or any part of the appointment of the inspector or organisation for a specified period or until specified
conditions are met
c) revoke the whole or any part of the appointment of the inspector or organisation.
6. Immediate suspension or imposing of conditions [section 3.3(1) of the Rule]
If the NZTA has reason to believe that a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation has failed to comply with a condition of
their appointment or with the Rule or this manual, and that this presents a significant risk to land transport safety, the NZTA may
suspend, with immediate effect, the whole or any part of the appointment, or impose any conditions on the appointment.
7. Notification of immediate suspension or imposing of conditions [section 3.3(2) of the Rule]
Where the NZTA suspends the whole or any part of an appointment, or imposes conditions on the appointment, the NZTA must
notify the vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation in writing of:
notify the vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation in writing of:
a) the grounds for the suspension or imposing of conditions
b) the fact that the inspector or organisation may make submissions to the NZTA
c) the right of appeal under section 106 of the Land Transport Act 1998.
8. The NZTA must consider submissions following immediate suspension or imposition of conditions [section 3.3(3) of
the Rule]
The NZTA must, as soon as is practicable, consider any submission made and notify the inspector or inspecting organisation
in writing of the result of any such consideration.
9. Duration of immediate suspension or imposing of conditions [section 3.3(5) of the Rule]
A suspension or condition imposed remains in force until the NZTA has determined the action to be taken and that action has
been taken.
10. Withdrawal of immediate suspension or imposing of conditions [section 3.3(4) of the Rule]
The NZTA may at any time withdraw a suspension or condition imposed.
11. Right of appeal [section 3.3(6) of the Rule]
A vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation may appeal under section 106 of the Land Transport Act 1998 against a
decision by the NZTA to immediately suspend or impose conditions.
12. Costs of investigations [section 3.2(7) of the Rule]
The NZTA may require a vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation to bear the costs associated with an investigation or
remedial action in accordance with any prescribed fee.
13. Obligation to comply [section 3.2(8) of the Rule]
A vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation must comply with a requirement of the NZTA in relation to paragraphs 1, 5, and
12.
top
3-2 Identifying the vehicle class
The table of vehicle classes - Table 3-2-1, and the charts in Figure 3-2-1 (four-wheeled vehicles), Figure 3-2-2 (three-wheeled
vehicles), Figure 3-2-3 (two-wheeled vehicles) and Figure 3-2-4 (trailers) identify the class of the vehicle that is to be
inspected.
Confirm that the vehicle inspector and inspecting organisation have been appointed by the NZTA for the purpose of inspecting
and certifying vehicles for a WoF or CoF specific to the class of vehicle that has been presented.
Table 3-2-1. Vehicle equipment standards classifications
Class Description
AA (Pedal
cycle)
A vehicle designed to be propelled through a mechanism solely by human power.
AB (Power-
assisted
pedal cycle)
A pedal cycle to which is attached one or more auxiliary propulsion motors having a combined maximum
power output not exceeding 300 watts.
LA (Moped
with two
wheels)*
A motor vehicle (other than a power-assisted pedal cycle) that:
has two wheels; and
either:
has an engine cylinder capacity not exceeding 50ml and a maximum speed not exceeding
50km/h; or
has a power source other than a piston engine and a maximum speed not exceeding
50km/h.
LB (Moped
with three
wheels)
A motor vehicle (other than a power-assisted pedal cycle) that:
has three wheels; and
either:
has an engine cylinder capacity not exceeding 50ml and a maximum speed not exceeding
50km/h; or
has a power source other than a piston engine and a maximum speed not exceeding
50km/h.
An LB 1 motor vehicle has one wheel at the front and two wheels at the rear. An LB 2 motor vehicle has two
wheels at the front and one wheel at the rear.
LC
(Motorcycle)
A motor vehicle that:
has two wheels; and
either:
has an engine cylinder capacity exceeding 50ml; or
has a maximum speed exceeding 50km/h.
LD
(Motorcycle
and side-car)
has three wheels asymmetrically arranged in relation to the longitudinal median axis; and
either:
Side-car A car, box or other receptacle attached to the side of a motorcycle and supported by a wheel.
LE (Motor tri-
cycle)
has three wheels symmetrically arranged in relation to the longitudinal median axis; and
has a gross vehicle mass not exceeding one tonne; and
either:
An LE 1 motor vehicle has one wheel at the front and two wheels at the rear. An LE 2 motor vehicle has two
wheels at the front and one wheel at the rear.
Passenger
vehicle
is constructed primarily for the carriage of passengers; and
either:
has at least four wheels; or
has three wheels and a gross vehicle mass exceeding one tonne.
MA
(Passenger
car)
A passenger vehicle (other than a class MB or class MC vehicle) that has not more than nine seating
positions (including the driver's seating position).
MB (Forward
control
passenger
vehicle)
A passenger vehicle (other than a class MC vehicle):
that has not more than nine seating positions (including the driver's seating position); and
in which the centre of the steering wheel is in the forward quarter of the vehicle's total length.
MC (Off-road
passenger
vehicle)
A passenger vehicle, designed with special features for off-road operation, that has not more than nine
seating positions (including the driver's seating position), and that:
has four-wheel drive; and
has at least four of the following characteristics when the vehicle is unladen on a level surface and
the front wheels are parallel to the vehicle's longitudinal centre-line and the tyres are inflated to the
vehicle manufacturer's recommended pressure:
an approach angle of not less than 28 degrees;
a breakover angle of not less than 14 degrees;
a departure angle of not less than 20 degrees;
a running clearance of not less than 200mm;
a front-axle clearance, rear-axle clearance or suspension clearance of not less than 175mm.
Omnibus A passenger vehicle that has more than nine seating positions (including the driver's seating position). An
omnibus comprising two or more non-separable but articulated units shall be considered as a single
vehicle.
MD (Light
omnibus)
An omnibus that has a gross vehicle mass not exceeding 5 tonnes.
MD 1 An omnibus that has a gross vehicle mass not exceeding 3.5 tonnes and not more than 12 seats.
MD 2 An omnibus that has a gross vehicle mass not exceeding 3.5 tonnes and more than 12 seats.
MD 3 An omnibus that has a gross vehicle mass exceeding 3.5 tonnes but not exceeding 4.5 tonnes.
MD 4 An omnibus that has a gross vehicle mass exceeding 4.5 tonnes but not exceeding 5 tonnes.
ME (Heavy
omnibus)
An omnibus that has a gross vehicle mass exceeding 5 tonnes.
Goods
vehicle
is constructed primarily for the carriage of goods; and
either:
has at least four wheels; or
has three wheels and a gross vehicle mass exceeding one tonne.
For the purpose of this description:
a vehicle that is constructed for both the carriage of goods and passengers shall be considered
primarily for the carriage of goods if the number of seating positions multiplied by 68kg is less than
50 percent of the difference between the gross vehicle mass and the unladen mass
the equipment and installations carried on special purpose vehicles not designed for the carriage of
passengers shall be considered to be goods
a goods vehicle that has two or more non-separable but articulated units shall be considered to be
a single vehicle.
NA (Light A goods vehicle that has a gross vehicle mass not exceeding 3.5 tonnes.
goods
vehicle)
NB (Medium
goods
vehicle)
A goods vehicle that has a gross vehicle mass exceeding 3.5 tonnes but not exceeding 12 tonnes.
NC (Heavy
goods
vehicle)
A goods vehicle that has a gross vehicle mass exceeding 12 tonnes.
Trailer A vehicle without motive power that is constructed for the purpose of being drawn behind a motor vehicle.
TA (Very light
trailer)
A single-axled trailer that has a gross vehicle mass not exceeding 0.75 tonnes.
TB (Light
trailer)
A trailer (other than a class TA trailer) that has a gross vehicle mass not exceeding 3.5 tonnes.
TC (Medium
trailer)
A trailer that has a gross vehicle mass exceeding 3.5 tonnes but not exceeding 10 tonnes.
TD (Heavy
trailer)
A trailer that has a gross vehicle mass exceeding 10 tonnes.
Figure 3-2-1. Vehicle class logic chart four-wheeled vehicles

Download Figure 3-2-1. Vehicle class logic chart four-wheeled vehicles (PDF | 359KB)

Figure 3-2-2. Vehicle class logic chart three-wheeled vehicles

Download Figure 3-2-2. Vehicle class logic chart three-wheeled vehicles (PDF | 303KB)

Figure 3-2-3. Vehicle class logic chart two-wheeled vehicles

Download Figure 2-2-3 Vehicle class logic chart two-wheeled vehicles (PDF | 336KB)

3-2-4. Vehicle class logic chart trailers
Download 3-2-4. Vehicle class logic chart trailers (PDF | 309KB)
3-3 Establishing whether the vehicle requires a WoF or CoF
The lists below show the type of inspection and certification (WoF or CoF) that is required for the different types of vehicles.
3.3.1 Certificate of Fitness (CoF)
A CoF is required for the following vehicles:
Heavy vehicles, other than those listed under WoF below.
Passenger service vehicles (including MD2 vehicles), other than those listed under WoF below.
Rental service vehicles (except light rental trailers these only require a WoF).
Vehicle recovery service vehicles.
3.3.2 Warrant of Fitness (WoF)
A WoF is required for the following vehicles:
1. Vehicles that are not listed under certificate of fitness (section 3.3.1) or that are not listed as a vehicle not requiring a WoF or
CoF (section 3.3.3).
2. Tractors (other than agricultural tractors), or machines used solely in non-agricultural, land management or roading
operations, whether for traction or otherwise, that are operated at a speed exceeding 30km/h.
3. Class MA, MB or MC vehicles that, in the carriage of passengers for hire or reward:
a) are used solely for transporting not more than seven schoolchildren, and
b) do not exceed the designed adult passenger capacity of the vehicle by more than two schoolchildren.
4. Vehicles that are lawfully affixed with and operated under the authority of trade plates.
5. Vehicles used by the New Zealand Defence Force that are being used to convey persons who would otherwise use public
transport during a period in which any public transport in New Zealand is suspended.
6. Motor caravans that:
a) have an original manufacturers rating of 3750kg or less, and
b) were registered in New Zealand as motor caravans before 1 January 1992.
7. Vehicles that are used on a public highway only in connection with the inspection, servicing or repair of the vehicle or for the
purpose of allowing any person to sit a practical driving test in that vehicle.
8. Vehicles used on roads only in road construction zones in accordance with notices declaring those zones.
9. Vehicles that are used on a road only when crossing or proceeding along a section of the road where the vehicles have
been authorised to operate by an authorisation of a road-controlling authority that requires:
a) a written agreement by the vehicles operator or the person for whom the vehicle is being operated, to construct,
reconstruct, maintain or restore to the satisfaction of the road-controlling authority all or part of the road used by the vehicle,
and
b) the erection and maintenance of warning devices, signs or control devices as required by the road-controlling authority
and the NZTA, and
c) where the use of the road does not consist solely of the direct crossing of the road, the prior approval of the NZTA.
10. Light rental trailers.
11. Motor vehicles designed exclusively or principally as part of the armament of the New Zealand Defence Force.
12. The vehicles listed in the table below require a WoF only as far as is practicable for their design or type:
a) vehicles propelled and supported solely by self-laying tracks
b) motor vehicles exclusively designed and used on a road for driving, carrying or propelling any of the following, which
must be permanently attached to the vehicle:
i. aerodrome runway sweepers
ii. electrical substations
iii. filters for transformer oil
iv. log haulers that are stationary when hauling logs
v. aeroengine test benches
c) tractors owned by a local authority and used exclusively for the construction, maintenance or mowing of stopbanks and
the banks of rivers, streams, drains, canals or other watercourses
d) mobile or movable huts, galleys or similar vehicles that are used on a road solely in connection with the construction or
maintenance of roads
e) tractors used exclusively for shunting railway rolling stock
f) forklifts
g) aerodrome crash fire tenders that are used on a road only in emergencies
h) trailers while being drawn by a vehicle as stated in (b) to (g) above
i) motor vehicles used exclusively in connection with the embarking and disembarking of ships passengers or for loading
and unloading ships mails, cargo and passengers baggage, and used on a public highway only when proceeding unladen
from one wharf to another wharf or from their usual place of storage to a wharf and returning to that place of storage
j) cable jinkers
k) front-end loaders
l) log skidders
m) tractor cranes
n) rough-terrain cranes
o) mobile crushing and screening plant machines which are mounted on trailers
p) motor graders
q) motor scrapers
r) trailer scrapers
s) plant for servicing oil-filled cables
t) post debarkers
u) saw bench apparatus
v) forestry chippers
w) tree feller bunchers
x) trench diggers and excavators
y) vehicles that are always used unladen on the road and that are designed exclusively for carrying earth or other bulk
materials
z) mobile concrete mixers that are mounted on tractors
aa) a vehicle that is similar in design, construction or purpose to a vehicle listed above that cannot be categorised by vehicle
class.
bb) an agricultural motor vehicle that is operated at a speed exceeding 40km/h.
cc) all-terrain vehicles (other than those listed in 3.3.3 Vehicles that do not require a WoF or CoF).
3.3.3 Vehicles that do not require a WoF or CoF
The vehicles listed in the table below do not require a WoF or CoF:
a) a vehicle of class AB, LA or LB
b) an armoured vehicle used exclusively as equipment of the New Zealand Defence Force
c) a traction engine
d) a mechanically propelled roller
e) a crane fitted with self-laying tracks
f) an excavator fitted with self-laying tracks
g) a tractor (other than an agricultural tractor), or a machine used solely in non-agricultural, land management or roading
operations, whether for traction or otherwise, that is not operated at a speed exceeding 30km/h, together with any trailer
operated only while being towed by that tractor or machine
h) a trailer designed exclusively for agricultural purposes and not operated except when being:
i. delivered from a manufacturer to the manufacturers agent, or
ii. taken to or from an agricultural show for display or demonstration purposes, or
iii. delivered from a manufacturer or a manufacturers agent to a farm or an agricultural contractor
i) a vehicle normally propelled by mechanical power while it is being temporarily towed without the use of its own power
j) an all-terrain vehicle used:
i. in moving from the operators place of residence to a road that is not a public highway, when the distance travelled is
less than 3km, or
ii. in connection with its inspection, servicing or repair, or
iii. as an agricultural vehicle.
k) an agricultural motor vehicle that is operated at a speed not exceeding 40km/h.
Page amended 14 October 2013 (see amendment details).
3-4 Establishing whether the vehicle may be inspected for a WoF or CoF
Before a vehicle can be inspected for the purpose of issuing a WoF or CoF, it must meet one of the following requirements:
a) the number on the registration plate(s) is the same as that stated on the licence label, and the label correctly describes the
vehicle and is current, or
b) the number on the registration plate(s) is the same as that stated on the licence label, and the label correctly describes the
vehicle and has not been expired for more than 12 months or de-registered, or
c) it has been certified for entry or re-entry into service within the previous two years, but has not been registered, or
d) The number on the registration plate(s) is the same as that stated on the licence label, and the label correctly describes the
vehicle and has expired more than 12 months ago, but the vehicle has a current licence exemption (restoration register), or
e) it is a vehicle that is listed in the table below, which does not require certification for entry or re-entry.
a) class TA or TB trailers
b) tractors (other than agricultural tractors) or machines, including trailers, for use solely in non-agricultural, land
management or roading operations, whether for traction or otherwise that are operated at a speed exceeding 30km/h
c) pedestrian-controlled goods service vehicles
d) vehicles used on roads only in road construction zones in accordance with notices declaring those zones
e) vehicles that are used on a road only when crossing or proceeding along a section of the road where the vehicles have
been authorised to operate by an authorisation of a road-controlling authority that requires:
i. a written agreement by the vehicles operator or the person for whom the vehicle is being operated, to construct,
reconstruct, maintain or restore to the satisfaction of the road-controlling authority all or part of the road used by the
vehicle, and
ii. the erection and maintenance of warning devices, signs or control devices as required by the road-controlling
authority and the NZTA, and
iii. where the use of the road does not consist solely of the direct crossing of the road, the prior approval of the NZTA
f) all-terrain vehicles
g) motor vehicles exclusively designed and used on a road for driving, carrying or propelling any of the following, which
v. aeroengine test benches
h) tractors owned by a local authority and used exclusively for the construction, maintenance or mowing of stopbanks and
the banks of rivers, streams, drains, canals or other watercourses
i) mobile or movable huts, galleys or similar vehicles that are used on a road solely in connection with the construction or
j) tractors used exclusively for shunting railway rolling stock
k) forklifts
l) aerodrome crash fire tenders that are used on a road only in emergencies
m) trailers while being drawn by a vehicle as stated in (b) to (l) above
n) motor vehicles used exclusively in connection with the embarking and disembarking of ships passengers or for loading
and unloading ships mails, cargo and passengers baggage, and used on a public highway only when proceeding unladen
from one wharf to another wharf or from their usual place of storage to a wharf and returning to that place of storage
o) cable jinkers
p) front-end loaders
q) log skidders
r) tractor cranes
s) rough-terrain cranes
t) mobile crushing and screening plant machines which are mounted on trailers
u) motor graders
v) motor scrapers
w) trailer scrapers
x) plant for servicing oil-filled cables
y) post debarkers
z) saw bench apparatus
aa) forestry chippers
bb) tree feller bunchers
cc) trench diggers and excavators
dd) vehicles that are always used unladen on the road and that are designed exclusively for carrying earth or other bulk
materials
ee) mobile concrete mixers that are mounted on tractors
ff) a vehicle that is similar in design, construction or purpose to a vehicle listed above that cannot be categorised by vehicle
class
gg) a vehicle that is registered for use on a road in a country other than New Zealand and that is not going to be in New
Zealand for a continuous period of more than 18 months.
hh) an agricultural motor vehicle.
3-5 Establishing whether the vehicle complies
1. Select the relevant section that relates to vehicle inspection requirements for the vehicle class. For temporary import
vehicles on overseas registration plates, please refer to Technical bulletin 6.
2. Visually inspect the vehicle to determine whether the vehicle complies with the requirements set out in this manual (see
clause 3.1.2.2 of the Introduction). Vehicle inspectors are not required to remove vehicle components during the inspection of
the vehicle.
3. The vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation may refuse to inspect a vehicle which:
a) is presented in such a condition that inspection is unreasonably difficult or cannot be completed (components missing,
covered in dirt, etc) or
b) has an insecure load.
4. Where the vehicle inspector determines that a Reason for rejection or clause 3.1.2.2 of the Introduction to this manual
applies to a vehicle, the vehicle inspector must reject the vehicle for certification.
5. Where the vehicle inspector requires further information in order to determine compliance with the requirements, the
inspector must reject the vehicle until the information has been obtained.
6. Where a vehicle has changed use to a passenger service vehicle since it was last certified for entry or in-service (ie the
vehicle enters service as a passenger service vehicle), the vehicle inspector must have written confirmation (in the form of a
PSV entry checksheet) that the vehicle complies with the PSV requirements in the VIRM: Entry certification before it can pass
certificate of fitness inspection.
3-6 Checksheets
Applicable legislation: Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002, section 2.3.
1. A checksheet that has been approved by the NZTA must be used. To get a checksheet approved, see:
WoF checksheet specifications (PDF | 59KB)
CoF checksheet specifications (PDF | 69KB).
2. The checksheet must be completed fully and accurately and the writing must be clearly legible on the original and the
duplicate page. The vehicle inspector must sign the checksheet once he/she has completed the inspection and determined
that the vehicle has either passed or failed the inspection.
3. Where parts of a vehicle are inspected by different people, all those inspecting the vehicle must be vehicle inspectors. The
checksheet must record which inspector inspected which part of the vehicle. One vehicle inspector must take overall
responsibility for the inspection of the vehicle and that vehicle inspector must sign the checksheet.
4. A vehicle inspector can determine one of two outcomes:
a) Passed inspection: record the determination as stated below and issue a WoF label or CoF label or temporary permit
b) Failed inspection: record the determination as stated below. The reasons for the failed inspection must be clearly stated
on the checksheet.
5. The customer copy (usually the original) of the completed checksheet must be supplied to the vehicle owner or operator.
The agent copy (usually the duplicate) is retained by the inspecting organisation.
6. A vehicle that has failed its first inspection for the purpose of issuing a WoF or CoF may be passed within 28 days of the first
inspection if re-inspected by the same inspecting organisation. If the vehicle is not passed within 28 days of the first inspection,
a new checksheet must be used and a new inspection carried out.
Note In the case of split testing for heavy vehicle brakes at CoF, the 28 days start from the completion of the second
phase of the split test.
3-7 Recording the inspection outcome (determination)
Applicable legislation: Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002, section 7.6
1. The inspection outcome is recorded in either the WoF Online system or the LATIS system.
2. The inspection details must be entered into the system before the vehicle leaves the inspecting organisations premises.
This ensures that the vehicle can be relicensed by the vehicle owner.
3. Inspection details entered into the system must be accurate at the time the vehicle was inspected. This includes updating the
odometer and hubodometer readings when a vehicle is re-presented for inspection.
4. For vehicles required to operate under a TSL, vehicle inspectors must also collect and record in the system the TSL number
for both passed and failed inspections, and when issuing temporary permits.
3.7.1 WoF Online
1. The inspection details must be entered into the WoF Online system on the day of inspection in either:
a) express mode,
b) pass re-check mode (use this where a vehicle is failed, repaired then passes a WoF inspection without leaving the
inspecting organisation site. This mode will record a fail and a pass in one transaction), or
c) normal mode.
Note Inspecting organisations must have the NZTA flow charts that show how to use the WoF Online system (express
mode and recheck mode are mandatory; normal mode is optional).
2. Where the inspecting organisation wishes to issue WoFs but is unable to obtain the necessary authorisation numbers from
the WoF Online system, several options are available:
a) The NZTA computer system is not working: the vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation must use the checksheet
number as the system authorisation number. The OFF-LINE box on the reverse side of the WoF label must be ticked.
b) The inspecting organisations computer terminal is not working: the inspecting organisation must contact TRC Agent
Help Desk (0800 804 580) who may grant permission for the inspecting organisation to continue to issue off-line WoFs.
c) The WoF Online system goes down during WoF entry: the vehicle inspector needs to ask the customer if they intend to
relicense the vehicle in the next 24 hours. If NO, the WoF details should be keyed in as soon as possible. If YES, the
vehicle inspector must fax a copy of the checksheet directly to TRC (fax 06 354 6931) with a covering note of explanation.
When the system is working again they must check to see if the WoF information is in the system. If not, the vehicle
inspector must key the WoF in themselves to minimise any inconvenience to the customer. If it is, they must make a record
of the system authorisation number, to cross reference on their copy of the checksheet.
3. To check whether or not a vehicle has a current WoF, select View WoF result and enter the vehicles registration number.
One of three screen displays are possible:
Case 1:
Screen message:
Problem This plate is not attached to a vehicle. If the plate number is incorrect, overtype with the correct plate number and
click on the Continue button. If the plate number is correct, advise owner that a plate must be attached before a WoF can be
issued. This can be done at an NZTA Plate Agent.
The error message means that:
The vehicle is not currently registered (never registered, registration cancelled, or registration lapsed because the licence
label has been expired for more than 12 months).
Action:
A WoF must not be issued. The vehicle should be referred to a TSD agent for entry or re-entry inspection and certification.
Case 2:
Screen message:
Plate Number: PX8961
Blue 1991 Holden Commodore
Exec Saloon Passenger CarVan
System Authorisation Number: 81-487
Inspection Date: 08/02/2006
Expires: 6 months
AVIC ID: MS62621
The screen message means that:
The vehicle is currently registered, licenced and has a current WoF.
Action:
A new WoF may be issued, or, if necessary, a duplicate WoF may be issued.
Case 3:
Screen message:
Problem This vehicle does not have a current WoF.
The error message means that:
The vehicle has a registration plate attached, but the licence label has been expired for less than 12 months, and the WoF
has expired.
Action:
A WoF may be issued.
Case 4:
The vehicle is unregistered and presented for inspection operating on trade plates. The vehicle must match the description
on either:
form 4085 or MR2A, or
the expired licence label.
4. Calculate the WoF expiry date as specified in clause 3.8.1.
3.7.2 LATIS
The procedures for keying inspections into LATIS are given in the LATIS users manual.
3-8 Issuing the WoF or CoF label - evidence of vehicle inspection - or temporary permit
Applicable legislation: Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002, sections 7.9 and 9
3.8.1 Expiry dates
Expiry date of the WoF (for WoFs issued from 1 January 2014 to 30 June 2014 inclusive)
The WoF expiry date is calculated from the reference date. The reference dates are:
For a vehicle with an expired WoF or without a previous WoF: the date the vehicle passes the inspection
For a vehicle with a current WoF expiring in 14 days or less after the vehicle passes the inspection: the expiry date of
the current WoF
For a vehicle with a current WoF expiring in more than 14 days after the vehicle passes the inspection: the date that is
14 days after the vehicle passes the inspection
For a vehicle that has been issued with a pink or green sticker (other than a G2 green sticker) or that has its WoF
revoked: the date the vehicle passes the inspection.
The WoF expiry date must be determined as follows:
Vehicle Date of first registration anywhere or vehicle age WoF expiry
Light motor vehicle
(other than an agricultural motor
vehicle)
Never registered anywhere previously 12 months from reference
date
First registered anywhere on or after 1/1/2004 12 months from reference
date
First registered anywhere before 1/1/2004 6 months from reference
date
Heavy motor vehicle (CoF exempt)
(other than an agricultural motor
vehicle)
Never registered anywhere previously 12 months from reference
date
Less than six years old from date of first registration
anywhere
12 months from reference
date
Six years or older from date of first registration
anywhere
6 months from reference
date
Agricultural motor vehicle Any age 12 months from reference
date
Expiry date of the CoF
The CoF expiry date is calculated from the reference date. The reference dates are:
For a vehicle with an expired CoF or without a previous CoF: the date the vehicle passes the inspection
For a vehicle with a current CoF expiring in 28 days or less after the vehicle passes the inspection: the expiry date of
the current CoF
For a vehicle with a current CoF expiring in more than 28 days after the vehicle passes the inspection: the date that is
28 days after the vehicle passes the inspection
For a vehicle that has been issued with a pink or green sticker (other than a G2 green sticker) or that has its CoF or
temporary permit revoked: the date the vehicle passes the inspection.
The CoF expiry date must be either:
a) six months from the reference date, or
b) for a class MA rental vehicle that was new when it was first registered in New Zealand as a rental service vehicle:
i. 12 months from the date the vehicle passes its first CoF inspection, then
ii. six months from the reference date for any subsequent CoF inspections.
Expiry date of a temporary permit (CoF vehicles only)
The expiry date is 28 days after the date of issue of the permit.
When a WoF, CoF or temporary permit ceases to be current
A WoF, CoF or temporary permit ceases to be current:
a) after its expiry date , or
b) if the vehicle has been green or pink stickered and a new WoF or CoF is required (note that a new WoF or CoF is not
required for a G2 green sticker so the existing expiry date remains unaffected), or
c) if the WoF, CoF or temporary permit has been revoked by a person authorised by the NZTA.
3.8.2 Completing and affixing the WoF or CoF label
Completing the WoF label
Figure 3-8-1. Warrant of fitness WoF label details (for 2014 expiry dates only)

Figure 3-8-2. Warrant of fitness (WoF) label (for expiry dates from 2014 onwards)

If the vehicle passes the WoF inspection, the new WoF label must be completed in the following manner:
a) Front side:
i. select the WoF label with the correct year of expiry of the WoF, and
ii. using a
hole punch of at least 6mm diameter:
punch out the appropriate number representing the month of the WoF expiry date if using the WoF label in
Figure 3-8-1, or
punch out the appropriate numbers representing the month and year of the WoF expiry date if using the
WoF label in Figure 3-8-2.
b) Reverse side: record the:
i. name of the inspecting
organisation (a business stamp is acceptable), and
ii. vehicle registration number, and
iii. system authorisation number, and
iv. full expiry date of the WoF.
Each WoF label has a unique serial number printed on three places of the reverse side. The two small serial number stickers
on the left are for cross referencing of the inspection documentation. The vehicle inspector must remove both serial number
stickers and attach one to the file copy of the checksheet and the other to the customers copy of the checksheet.
Affixing the WoF label
The WoF label must be affixed by the vehicle inspector or a delegated employee of the inspecting organisation in one of the
following positions:
a) if the vehicle is fitted with a windscreen:
i. to the inside of the windscreen facing outwards on the same side as the steering wheel, and
ii. as close as possible to the edge of the windscreen where it is clearly visible from the outside and is not obscured by
an anti-glare band or sticker
b) for a trailer, on the back of the vehicle near the registration plate, or on the right-hand side of the vehicle at the rear, or if
this is impracticable, in a position where it can readily be seen
c) for any other vehicle, in a position where it can readily be seen.
Not more than one WoF label may be displayed at one time. When issuing a new WoF label, the vehicle inspector or a
delegated employee of the inspecting organisation must remove the existing label.
Completing the CoF label
Figure 3-8-3. Certificate of Fitness (CoF) label details

If the vehicle passes the CoF inspection, the new CoF label must be completed in the following manner:
a) Front side:
i. select the CoF label with the correct year of expiry of the CoF, and
ii. using a hole punch of at least 6mm diameter, punch out the appropriate number representing the month of the CoF
expiry date.
b) Reverse side: record the:
i. vehicle registration number, and
ii. vehicle make, and
iii. full expiry date of the CoF, and
iv. name of the inspecting organisation.
c) Label record (butt): record the:
i. vehicle registration number, and
ii. date the CoF is issued, and
iii. full expiry date of the CoF, and
iv. signature of the vehicle inspector.
Each CoF label has a unique serial number which must be recorded on both copies of the checksheet.
Affixing the CoF label
The CoF label must be affixed by the vehicle inspector or a delegated employee of the inspecting organisation in one of the
following positions:
a) if the vehicle is fitted with a windscreen:
i. to the inside of the windscreen facing outwards, on the same side as the steering wheel, and
ii. as close as possible to the edge of the windscreen where it is clearly visible from the outside and is not obscured by
an anti-glare band
b) for a trailer, on the back of the vehicle near the registration plate, or on the right-hand side of the vehicle at the rear, or if
this is impracticable, in a position where it can readily be seen
c) for any other vehicle, in a position where it can readily be seen.
Not more than one CoF label may be displayed at one time. When issuing a new CoF label, the vehicle inspector must remove
the existing label.
3.8.3 Completing the temporary permit (28 day permit for CoF vehicles only)
Figure 3-8-4. Temporary permit (28 day permit for CoF vehicles)

This permit may be issued by an inspecting organisation in the case of a vehicle that does not comply with all applicable
requirements, but is safe to be operated subject to specified conditions. The completed permit must be carried in the vehicle.
requirements, but is safe to be operated subject to specified conditions. The completed permit must be carried in the vehicle.
The permit must be completed in the following manner:
Record the:
1. vehicle registration number, and
2. expiry date of the permit, and
3. validity period of 28 days, and
4. class of the vehicle, and
5. make and model, and
6. VIN or chassis number, and
7. name of the registered owner, and
8. registered owners business address, and
9. specified conditions relating to the vehicles operation, and
10. date of issue of the permit, and
11. signature of the vehicle inspector.
These details must be clearly legible on both copies of the permit.
Each permit has a unique serial number which must be recorded on both copies of the checksheet.
Page amended 1 January 2014 (see amendment details).
3-9 Collecting fees
Applicable legislation: Land Transport (Certification and Other Fees) Regulations 1999, Regulations 7 and 8.
Application for inspection and certification of vehicles for in-service
The fee to be paid by an applicant for inspection and certification of a vehicle for in-service (WoF, CoF or permit) is the amount
fixed by the inspecting organisation that is reasonable, having regard to:
a) the time spent in inspecting the vehicle to ascertain whether it complies with the relevant requirements, and
b) any fees payable to the NZTA, and
c) any standard or usual rate at which the inspecting organisation imposes charges for other work carried out in respect of
motor vehicles.
Where a vehicle fails a WoF inspection, no additional fee is payable for any subsequent inspection by the same inspecting
organisation for the purpose of the same certification, if such application is made within 28 days of the first inspection for the
issue of the evidence of vehicle inspection. A fee is payable for an inspection if the vehicle is presented after the 28 days have
lapsed.
Duplicate evidence of vehicle inspection
The fee to be paid by the operator of a motor vehicle to an inspecting organisation for a duplicate of an evidence of vehicle
inspection is $7.70 including GST.
When issuing a duplicate WoF or CoF label, the same requirements apply as for the original label as specified in section 3.8,
that is, it must be attached by the vehicle inspector or delegated employee, and only one label may be attached to the vehicle
at any time.
3.10 Operating a vehicle without a current WoF or CoF
A person must not operate a vehicle on the road unless it has a current WoF/CoF and complies with WoF/CoF requirements.
A person may legally operate a vehicle with an expired WoF/CoF ONLY if the vehicle is being operated SOLELY for the
purpose of bringing it into compliance, and provided the vehicle is safe to be operated for that purpose.
The 28 days given after a failed WoF/CoF only relate to the payment of inspection fees and when a new inspection starts, see
sections 3.6.6 and 3.9. The 28 days do NOT allow a person to continue using the vehicle for a purpose other than for bringing
the vehicle into compliance.
Where a vehicle still has a current WoF/CoF when it is failed, it must be brought up to compliance before it can again be
operated for other purposes up to the date the WoF/CoF expires.
4 Complaints
Customers should be encouraged to direct any complaints to the inspecting organisation in the first instance.
To ensure all written complaints received are investigated, the inspecting organisation must maintain an effective complaint
management process, which must meet the following requirements:
1. a clear and concise statement that recognises the positive value of complaints
2. clear and concise instructions to all customers on how to register a complaint. This can be accomplished in several ways, for
example:
a) a conspicuous notice on the workplace wall, or
b) a clear statement on any receipt or invoice issued, or
c) a clear statement on the inspecting organisations checksheet
3. a straightforward explanation of the expected standards for resolution and the customers right to appeal to the NZTA if they
are dissatisfied with the proposed resolution
4. documentation of any investigation into a complaint prepared in accordance with the PRS manual so that details of the
investigation can be readily checked
5. acknowledgment of all written complaints in writing within three working days, and the investigation completed and a
resolution proposed to the complainant within 20 working days of the complaint being made
6. a record of all complaints, both verbal and written, in accordance with the PRS manual
7. directions for any customer who wishes to make a complaint or appeal a decision made by an inspecting organisation to
contact the NZTA Helpdesk (0800 699 000).
5 Inspection premises and equipment
The inspecting organisation must continue to comply with the applicable requirements in this section.
The inspecting organisation must maintain their premises and equipment in a good state of repair at all times.
The inspecting organisation must use any specified equipment when inspecting a vehicle, where practicable.
Brake performance testing equipment must be calibrated at least every 12 months, or more frequently if required by the
equipment manufacturer.
5.1 Premises specifications
5.1.1 Access, exit, radius and brake test area specifications
Dimensions
Specification Vehicle class
LC, LD,
TA
LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2,
NA, TB
MD3, MD4, ME, NB, NC,
TC, TD
Minimum width of access to and exit from the
inspection area
2.4m 2.8m 3.0m
Minimum height of access to and exit from the
inspection area
2.0m 2.6m
(3.0m TSDA)
4.5m
Access to a level test strip Level test strip only required
Minimum level access in front of roller brake machine
(where used)
2.0m 5.0m 19m
Minimum level exit from roller brake machine (where
used)
2.0m 5.0m 19m
Minimum turning radius 5.0m 8.0m 1
Marked turning circle diameter N/A N/A
25m
2
1
700mm clearance on each side of the 12.5m radius swept path for a B-train.
2
May be located within 5km of inspection premises.
Other requirements and considerations
The ground must be even and level (the ground will be considered level when it can be demonstrated that all vehicle
combinations will remain stationary with all brakes released).
The ground must be constructed of a material that will remain firm in all weather conditions.
The access to or from the brake roller machine may encroach upon the inspection area.
Inspections must take place in the inspection area unless otherwise permitted by the NZTA.
5.1.2 Inspection area specifications
Minimum dimensions
Specification Vehicle class
LC, LD, TA LE, MA, MC, MD1, MD2, NA, TB MD3, MD4, ME, NB, NC, TC, TD
Inspection area width 2.4 m 3.5m (TSDA 4.0m) 5.0m see (c) below
Inspection area height 2.5 m 3.0 m 5.0 m
Inspection area length 3.0 m 6.0 m 23.0m see (g) below
Other requirements and considerations:
The inspection area must be situated within a building that has a roof, sides and doors made of permanent building
materials.
The inspection area must be clear of all structural and equipment intrusions apart from the vehicle hoist and roller
brake machine.
The inspection area width for vehicle classes MD3, MD4, ME, NB, NC, TC and TD may overlap any adjoining
inspection area for the same vehicle class up to 1m along its length.
The inspection area floor must be smooth concrete or tar seal.
The ground must be even and level. That is, all vehicle combinations must remain stationary with all brakes released.
There must be sufficient suitable lighting in the inspection area.
The minimum inspection area length for vehicle classes MD3, MD4, ME, NB, NC, TC, TD may be reduced to 16m for
drive-through premises.
The inspection area length must be increased by 3m where a light board is used for testing headlamp alignment.
5.1.3 Minimum underbody inspection area specifications
Available options

At least one of the following as
applicable
Vehicle class
LC,
LD
LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2, NA, TB,
TA
MD3, MD4, ME, NB, NC, TC,
TD
Vehicle hoist N/A WoF/CoF N/A
Inspection pit Width N/A 0.81.0m 0.81.0m
Depth N/A 1.3m 1.3m
Length N/A 4m Side entry: 10m
End entry: 15m
Other requirements and considerations
The underbody inspection facility must be located and centrally aligned within the inspection area.
The pit length is measured at the base of the pit and does not include any steps that may be located at the ends.
There must be sufficient and suitable lighting provided for the underbody inspection.
5.1.4 Warrant of fitness equipment
5.1.4 Warrant of fitness equipment
A tick means that the equipment is to be available for inspecting the indicated class of vehicle.
Equipment Vehicle class
LC,
LD
LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1,
MD2, NA
TA, TB NB, NC,
TC, TD
Lamps
Graduated light board (motorcycles only), or
Commercial quality optical headlamp beam tester
Vision
Calibrated light transmission measuring device (optional)
Brakes
Access to an NZTA-approved decelerometer, or an NZTA-
approved roller brake machine
Air gauge (minimum 1000 kPa)
Fittings that enable the air gauge to be attached to a duomatic
coupling
Stop watch
Running gear
a) Two-post vehicle hoist and industrial quality trolley
jack
f only f and any one of ae Any one
of df
Any one of
de,
f optional
b) Four-post vehicle hoist with built-in jacking
mechanism
c) Four-post vehicle hoist and industrial quality trolley
jack
d) Inspection pit with in-pit jack
e) Inspection pit and industrial quality trolley jack
f) Industrial quality trolley jack and four axle stands
Industrial quality hand-held inspection lamp
Steel test bar for steering and suspension
Steel test bar for ball-race turntables
Graduated tyre tread depth gauge
Vehicle dimensions
3m measuring tape
25m measuring tape
Tow connections
40mm tow pin wear indicator gauge
40mm tow eye wear indicator gauge

5.1.5 Certificate of fitness equipment
Equipment Vehicle class
LC,
LD
LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1,
MD2, NA
TA, TB MD3, MD4, ME, NB,
NC, TC, TD
Lamps
Graduated light board (motorcycles only), or
Commercial quality optical headlamp beam tester
Vision
Calibrated light transmission measuring device
(optional)
Brakes
Access to level test strip
NZTA-approved roller brake machine
Air gauge (minimum 1000 kPa)
Fittings that enable the air gauge to be attached to
a duomatic coupling
Stop watch
Running gear
a) Two-post vehicle hoist any one of ae any one of
d or e
any one of d or e
b) Four-post vehicle hoist with built-in
jacking mechanism
c) Four-post vehicle hoist and industrial
quality trolley jack
d) Inspection pit with in-pit jack
e) Inspection pit and industrial quality
trolley jack
f) Industrial quality trolley jack and four axle
stands
Industrial quality hand-held inspection lamp
Steel test bar for steering and suspension
Steel test bar for ball-race turntables
Graduated tyre tread depth gauge
Vehicle dimensions
3m measuring tape
25m measuring tape
Tow connections
Taxi meters
Test strip, or
Calibrated rolling road
Meter seal kit
Stop watch
5.1.6 Compliance with statutory requirements
It is the inspecting organisations responsibility to ensure that the inspection premises and equipment comply with:
Occupational Safety and Health requirements, and
any other relevant Acts, regulations, and local bylaws.
5.1.7 Approved brake test equipment (WoF)
Note The vehicle inspector must use an approved brake tester when carrying out the brake test. Should the tester break down,
or a vehicle cannot reasonably be tested with that tester, the vehicle must be tested with another approved brake tester or
undergo the brake distance test.
Manufacturer Models
Gazette notice
details
Anzen BS52FL Roller brake testing machine 26 October 1989,
No 189, p 5299
Autoteknik Portable truck brake testing machine Model No BM20200 30 January 1997,
No 8, p 190
Model No BM8010 (with or without the facility to test the brakes on dedicated
4WD vehicles)
2 May 1996, No 41,
p 1182
BMX200 Roller brake testing machine 12 November 1998,
No 184, p 4350
BMX010 Turbo roller brake testing machine 14 January 1999,
No 246, p 65
Model BM17200 10 August 2000, No
89, p 2184
Auto Test Products AutoStop Mini 1.0
AutoStop Maxi 6.2 and 6.2x
AutoStop HVBM
5 December 2000,
No 164, p 4262
AutoStop Micro Plus
AutoStop Mini Plus
3 March 2011, No
23, p 623
Banzai BBT51S Roller brake testing machine 26 August 1989, No
189, p 5299
Bear 450, 451, 452, 4510 and 4511 7 March 1957, No
20, p 449
BM Autoteknik BM17200 1 August 2000, No
89, p 2184
BM7010 31 October 2000,
No 150, p 3866
BM30200 (upgraded Crypton EB30) 5 December 2000,
No 164, p 4262
BM63200 (upgraded Crypton 630) 12 March 2002, No
28, p 626
BM3010, BM9010, BM12200 30 March 2001, No
37, p 830
14200 series 17 April 2008, No
73, p 2055
BM4010 14 December 2006,
No 172, p 5032
Bowmonk Brake Check Model 801 25 May 2006, No
46, p 1232
Bowmonk Brake Check Model 803 25 May 2006, No
46, p 1232
Bowmonk Model MkIII Dynamometer 25 August 1960, No
54, p 1281
CEMB DCA 3 Roller brake testing machine 10 June 1999, No
67, p 1549
DCA5-FN3 25 June 2009, No.
94, p 2117
Circuitlink Brake Check 22 May 2003, No
53, p 1380
Brake-Testa Model BT1 25 May 1995, No
50, p 1282
Crypton Crypton Bradbury E10 dynamic brake tester 16 March 1967, No
16, p 384
Crypton Models 630 and 660 Roller brake testing machine 26 October 1989,
No 189, p 5299
Crypton 690A brake tester 14 August 2003, No
101, p 2689
Hammar Dynometer 54 21 March 1968, No
15, p 474
Hartridge MkII Brake tester 3 September 1970,
No 53, p 1574
Hoffman Werkstatt Brekon 131-3
Brekon 131-4 and 4S
Safeline Pro testing lanes that include one of the following:
Brekon 130-3
Brekon 130-4 and 4S
Safeline Truck testing lanes that include brake testing devices suitable for 10,
13, 16 or 18 t axle load at a test speed of 2.6, 2.8, 5.2, or 5.6 km/h
25 September
2001, No 135, p
3469
Brekon 141-3 and 141-4 9 November 2006,
No. 132, p 3837
HPA Models 2302, 2303, and 2313-MK Roller brake testing machine 22 March 1973, No
23, p 524
Model 5023 Roller brake testing machine 29 June 1995, No
64, p 1733
Model LX5004.138.009 Roller brake testing machine 21 March 1996, No
28, p 867
Hunter B400 Plate Brake Tester 19 September
1991, No 140, p
2992
B404 Plate Brake Tester 22 August 1991, No
126, p 2727
Intertech Model No HH650 EV 7 March 1996, No
23, p 735
Kismet Model Nos KBT 300, 301 and 302 22 March 1973, No
23, p 524
MAHA MAHA PP2 Platform brake tester (digital and analogue) 6 October 1988, No
170, p 3973
MAHA Platform brake tester Model Junior-Check 2P 14 September
1995, No 99, p
3102
MAHA Platform brake tester MPP 2240 9 June 2011, No
81, p1909
MAHA Roller brake testing machine Model IW 2 Series 24 February 1994,
No 16, p 914
MAHA Roller brake testing machine Model IW 4 21 March 1996, No
28, p 867
MAHA Roller brake tester Model IW 7 Mobile 15 June 2006, No
52, p 1430
MAHA Roller brake tester Model MBT 2100 17 December 2009,
No 188, p4524
MBT 5250 and MBT 4250 Eurosystem (was Model IW 4) 17 October 2013,
No 143, p 3914
Muller BEM Billanmatic series 45200, 43300, 44800, 44700
Note the model number may also include B, 2V, B-2V Billanmatic series 7300,
7500, 7700, 8600, 10000
5 December 2000,
No 164, p 4262
Nepean Model Barbie 14104 Vehicle inspection trailer 11 June 1998, No
79, p 1760
Nissalco Model IM2581 Roller brake tester 3 December 1981,
No 145, p 3661
Model M2581 Super-Combi Tester 24 June 1999, No
75, p 1696
PlateTronic Models Pitstop 2P, Pitstop 4P Platebrake tester 9 April 2009, No 48,
p 1177
Shenzhen Cosber
Industrial Co Ltd
Model Cosber KZD-3 series of roller brake testing machines 25 September
2008, No 143,
p 3901
Simaret Models Simaret BrakeSafe, Simaret 3000, Simaret F 12 November 1998,
No 184, p 4350
Tapley Tapley portable brake tester 7 March 1957, No
20, p 449
Tecalemit Model No DE 5000 CU Roller brake testing machine 22 February 1996,
No 15, p 508
Tiangle Brake testing instruments Commercial Vehicle Model and Standard Model (Ref.
DBT2)
5 May 1966, No 25,
p 737
Vane Vane Bowmonk dynometer 16 March 1967, No
16, p 384
Vehicle Inspection
Systems Pty Ltd
VIS-Check, VIS-TF-RL and VIS-VE-RL 4 March 2010, No
25, p 580
Vericom Model VC2000 and VC2000PC brake testing computers 26 October 1995,
No 122, p 3775
Model VC3000 27 March 2003, No
30, p 847
Vipac Model VBT101 brake-tester 23 June 1994, No
62, p 2089, or
25 May 1995, No
50, p 1282
VTEQ S.L. (Spain)
(previously BCN)
VTEQ 3080 14 August 2003, No
101, p 2689
VTEQ 2080 17 February 2004,
No 17, p 372
VTEQ 6000 (analogue)
VTEQ 7000 (digital)
9 November 2006,
No. 132, p 3837
Weaver WY-25, WY-30, WY-40S, WY-55, WY-60, WY-70S, WY-75 and WY-76 7 March 1957, No
20, p 449
5.1.8 Approved brake test equipment (CoF)
Note A decelerometer from the WoF list under 5.1.7 may be used only under special circumstances, such as the roller brake
machine breaking down unexpectedly, or being presented with a vehicle that cannot be reasonably tested on the roller brake
machine. Refer to Heavy vehicle brake testing protocol for detailed requirements.
Manufacturer Models Gazette notice details
Autoteknik Portable truck brake testing machine Model No BM
20200
30 January 1997, No 8, p 190
Model BM 17200 10 August 2000, No 89, p 2184
BM Autotecknik BM17200 1 August 2000, No 89, p 2184
BM12200 30 March 2001, No 37, p 830
MAHA MAHA Roller brake testing machine Model IW 4 21 March 1996, No 28, p 867
MAHA Roller brake tester Model IW 7 Mobile 15 June 2006, No 52, p 1430
MBT 5250 and MBT 4250 Eurosystem (was Model IW
4)
17 October 2013, No 143, p 3914
Nepean Model Barbie 14104 Vehicle inspection trailer 11 June 1998, No 79, p 1760
Simaret Models Simaret BrakeSafe, Simaret 3000, Simaret F 12 November 1998, No 184, p
4350
Tiangle Brake testing instrument Commercial Vehicle Model 5 May 1966, No 25, p 737
Vehicle Inspection Systems Pty
Ltd
VIS-Check, VIS-TF-RL and VIS-VE-RL 4 March 2010, No 25, p 580
Vericom Model VC2000 and VC2000PC Brake testing
computers
26 October 1995, No 122, p 3775
Model VC3000 27 March 2003, No 30, p 847
VTEQ S.L. (Spain) VTEQ 7000 (digital) November 2006, No 132, p3837

6 Appointments
6.1 Vehicle inspectors
6.1.1 Warrant of Fitness
Applications for appointment must be sponsored by an employing inspecting organisation.
The candidate must:
a) have the following qualifications/work experience:
i. be qualified as an automotive technician with either NZ Trade Certificate, National A-Grade Registration, NZ Advanced
Trade Certificate or equivalent, or
ii. be qualified as an automotive technician with either National Certificate in Automotive Engineering, National
Registration or equivalent, and three years relevant work experience, or
iii. have worked full-time carrying out repairs and maintenance to all safety aspects of light motor vehicles for at least five
years cumulatively
Note Overseas qualifications must be recognized in New Zealand through the NZ Qualifications Authority (NZQA).
Vehicle inspectors currently or wishing to be appointed to inspect general vehicles under this clause may, on
application, also be appointed to inspect motorcycles if they are able to provide evidence of:
i. appropriate training on motorcycle repairs, maintenance or inspections (may be external or internal training), or
ii. appropriate work experience repairing, maintaining or inspecting motorcycles (other practical experience, such as
repairing and servicing own motorcycles, will be considered).
b) demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of the requirements in the VIRM: In-service certification, sufficient to inspect and
certify a vehicle
c) demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of common vehicles and their:
i. structure, including glazing and external projections
ii. suspension, steering and braking systems
iii. safety equipment, including seatbelts and airbags
iv. lighting system requirements
d) be a fit and proper person (section 2.6 of the Rule). The criteria considered with any application include:
i. relevant criminal convictions
ii. transport related offences
iii. relevant warnings, penalties and disciplinary actions imposed
iv. relevant complaints
v. the public interest and land transport safety
e) have a current driver licence for the class(es) of vehicles to be inspected.
Application packs may be obtained from, and applications must be made to:
Vehicle Certifiers Registers
NZ Transport Agency
Palmerston North Office
Private Bag 11777
Palmerston North 4442
Phone 0800 587 287
6.1.2 Certificate of Fitness
Applications for appointment must be sponsored by an employing TSD agent.
For vehicle classes LC, LD, LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2, NA:
The candidate must:
a) have the following qualifications/work experience:
i. be qualified as an automotive technician with either NZ Trade Certificate, National A-Grade Registration, NZ Advanced
Trade Certificate or equivalent, or
ii. be qualified as an automotive technician with either National Certificate in Automotive Engineering, National
Registration or equivalent, and three years relevant work experience, or
iii. have worked full-time carrying out repairs and maintenance to all safety aspects of light motor vehicles for at least five
years cumulatively
Vehicle inspectors currently or wishing to be appointed to inspect general vehicles under this clause may, on
application, also be appointed to inspect motorcycles if they are able to provide evidence of:
i. appropriate training on motorcycle repairs, maintenance or inspections (may be external or internal training), or
ii. appropriate work experience repairing, maintaining or inspecting motorcycles (other practical experience, such as
repairing and servicing own motorcycles, will be considered).
certify a vehicle
i. structure, including glazing and external projections
ii. suspension, steering and braking systems
iii. safety equipment, including seatbelts and airbags
d) be a fit and proper person (section 2.6 of the Rule). The criteria considered with any application include:
ii. transport-related offences
e) have a current driver licence for the class(es) of vehicles to be inspected.
For vehicle classes MD3, MD4, ME, NB, NC, TC, TD:
Note The applicant can only apply for one of the two following categories at a time, with two months between applications, that
is, either:
MD3, MD4, ME, or
NB, NC, TC, TD.
The candidate must:
a) be qualified as:
i. an automotive technician with either NZ Trade Certificate, National A-Grade Registration, or NZ Advanced Trade
Certificate or equivalent and three years relevant workshop experience performing vehicle maintenance and repair work
ii. an automotive technician with either National Certificate in Automotive Engineering, National Registration or equivalent
and three years relevant work experience
iii. a person who has worked in full-time employment carrying out repairs and maintenance to all safety aspects of heavy
motor vehicles for at least five years cumulatively.
certify a vehicle
i. structures, including glazing and external projections, and
ii. suspensions, steering and braking systems, and
iii. tow connections and load anchorages, and
d) demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of large passenger service vehicles and their requirements (applicable to MD3,
MD4 and ME category only)
e) be a fit and proper person (section 2.6 of the Rule). The criteria considered with any application include:
f) have a current driver licence for the class(es) of vehicles to be inspected.
Application for appointment must be made by the candidates employing organisation head office to:
Vehicle Certifiers Registers
Transport Registry Centre
Private Bag 11777
Palmerston North 4442
Phone 0800 587 287
6.1.3 Lapse of appointment
A vehicle inspectors appointment category will be revoked if it is not used within a 12-month period.
6.2 Inspecting organisations
6.2.1 Warrant of Fitness
WoF inspecting organisations must:
a) meet the requirements for inspection premises and equipment, and
b) be fit and proper (section 2.6 of the Rule). The criteria considered with any application include:
v. the public interest and land transport safety, and
c) have currently employed a vehicle inspector approved for the relevant classes of vehicles.
6.2.2 Certificate of Fitness
The requirements are set out in the Transport Service Delivery (TSD) agent contracts.
7 Definitions and abbreviations
A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L | M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W | X | Y | Z
A-train means an articulated vehicle towing a full trailer.
Affix in relation to a vehicle identifier, means stamp, emboss, etch or engrave onto
(a) the permanent structure of a motor vehicle, or
(b) a plate affixed to the permanent structure of a vehicle.
Agricultural in relation to purposes or operations, means connected directly with the operation or management of a
farm.
Agricultural
motor vehicle
a) means a motor vehicle that is designed, constructed or adapted for agricultural purposes, and
includes:
i) an agricultural trailer, and
ii) an agricultural tractor, but
b) does not include any vehicle that is:
i) of a class specified in section 3-2 of the Introduction, and
ii) designed or constructed for general road use.

Agricultural
purpose
includes:
a) land cultivation
b) growing and harvesting crops (including horticulture and viticulture)
c) rearing livestock
d) any land management operation undertaken in connection with the operation or management of
a farm.
Agricultural purpose does not include forestry, or any land management operation not
referred to in (a) to (d) above.
Agricultural
tractor
means a vehicle that is designed and constructed principally for the purposes of:
a) towing an agricultural trailer, or
b) drawing, or powering, an implement ordinarily used for an agricultural purpose.
Agricultural
trailer
means:
a) a trailer that is used exclusively for agricultural purposes, and
b) includes a wheeled agricultural implement, the wheels of which are in contact with the road when
the implement is being towed; but
c) does not include a trailer that is
i. designed for the carriage of goods operated at a speed exceeding 40km/h, or
ii. a logging trailer.
Air brake means a brake, the operation of which requires the use of compressed air.
All-terrain
vehicle (ATV)
means a vehicle, with or without motor cycle controls and equipment, that:
a) is principally designed for off-road use, and
b) has three or more wheels, and
c) has an engine capacity exceeding 50 ml, and
d) has a gross weight of less than 1000 kg.
Alley lamp means a work lamp designed primarily to provide a fixed or movable beam of light to the side of a
Alley lamp means a work lamp designed primarily to provide a fixed or movable beam of light to the side of a
vehicle to which it is fitted.
Alternative fuel
inspection
certificate
means evidence of vehicle inspection relating to the periodic in-service inspection and certification of
an LPG or CNG fuel system.
Alternative fuel
installation
certificate or
compliance plate
means an inspection and certification document relating to the installation of an LPG or CNG fuel
system.
Alternative fuel
system
means a fuel storage and conducting system that is used to provide liquid petroleum gas, compressed
natural gas or any other pressurised liquid or gaseous fuel (other than petrol or diesel) for the purpose
of propulsion of a vehicle.
Alternative fuel
system
inspection and
certification
means inspection and certification of an LPG or CNG fuel system comprising either
a) specialist inspection and certification required for the issuing of an alternative fuel installation
certificate or an alternative fuel installation compliance plate, or
b) in-service inspection and certification required for the issuing of an alternative fuel inspection
certificate.
Ambulance means a motor vehicle designed and used principally for the carriage of sick or injured persons.
Ambulance
service
means a service that complies with the requirements in NZS 8156:2002 Ambulance Sector Standard,
and is generally a vehicle marked and identified as an ambulance.
Anti-glare band
overlay
means a tinted overlay that is transparent and that is applied along the top edge of the windscreen for
the purpose of reducing glare from the sun.
Anti-lock braking
system (ABS)
means a device that senses that one or more of the wheels is starting to lock up during braking and
regulates the braking forces automatically and effectively to prevent it.
Applicable
requirement
means any requirement specified or incorporated in an Act, regulation, code or rule that applies to the
design, construction, condition, equipment, modification, repair or maintenance of a specific vehicle. All
applicable requirements for in-service inspection and certification are contained in this manual.
Approved in relation to an appliance, apparatus, device, system, component, equipment or fitting, means
approved by NZTA.
Articulated bus means a bus consisting of two or more rigid sections that:
a) articulate relative to each other, and
b) have interconnecting passenger compartments that allow passengers to move freely between them,
and
c) are not easily detachable from each other without specialist equipment.
Articulated
vehicle
means any motor vehicle with a semi-trailer attached, so that part of the semi-trailer is superimposed
upon the motor vehicle and a substantial part of the weight of the semi-trailer and of its load is borne by
the motor vehicle.
Asymmetric
dipped-beam
headlamp
means a dipped-beam headlamp that emits a beam of light with a distinct horizontal cut-off from at least
the centre to the edge of the beam.
At a height not
exceeding
in relation to lighting equipment fitted to a vehicle, means the height above which no part of the
illuminated area of the equipment extends when the vehicle is at its gross vehicle mass and when each
tyre with which the vehicle is fitted is inflated to the pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer.
Auxiliary brake means a device, other than a service brake or parking brake, fitted to a vehicle to enable the driver to
control its speed, whether or not it is suitable to stop the vehicle.
Average
deceleration
means the average deceleration during braking, which is either the mean value of deceleration during
braking or the deceleration calculated from the distance travelled during the period when the
deceleration occurred and the difference between the speed immediately before and after that.
Axle means one or more shafts, spindles, or bearings in the same vertical transverse plane by means of
which, in conjunction with wheels mounted on those shafts, spindles, or bearings, a portion of the
weight of the vehicle is transmitted to the roadway, and:
(a) if two or more wheels of a motor vehicle are substantially in the same line transversely and some or
all of them have separate axles, the axles of all those wheels are to be treated as one axle;
(b) if the longitudinal centre-line of an axle of a motor vehicle is less than 1m distant from the
longitudinal centre-line of another axle, the two axles are to be treated as one axle (a dual axle);
(c) for the purposes of measuring the distance of a dual axle from any other axle, the measurement is
taken from the longitudinal centreline of the axle that is nearer to the axle from which the distance is to
be measured.
Axle set means a single axle set, a tandem axle set, a twin-steer axle set, a tri-axle set or a quad-axle set.
Axle stop device means a device to control the movement of the axle in the event of suspension failure.
B-train means a motor vehicle comprising a towing vehicle and two semi-trailers connected at two points of
articulation where the forward distance of the longer trailer divided by the forward distance of the
shorter trailer does not exceed 1.4.
Ballrace
turntable
means a device incorporating a low friction ball bearing fitted between two substantial structural
components of a vehicle to enable rotational motion between those components about a vertical axis.
Beacon means a warning lamp comprising one or more light sources designed to emit a flashing light or a
revolving beam of light.
Body means the part of the vehicle that is designed for the use and accommodation of the occupants or to
hold any goods, and (for PSVs) includes all of the portion of the vehicle that is designed for the use and
accommodation of the occupants and their luggage, and to hold any goods that may be carried.
Body transfer
vehicle
means a motor vehicle that is used primarily for the transportation of deceased persons.
Bolster
Attachment
Code
means the Bolster Attachment Code of the Log Transport Safety Council, approved by the NZTA.
Brake means a system to reduce the speed of a vehicle, to stop the vehicle or to keep the vehicle stationary.
Brake circuit means the combination of components that functionally links the brake control and the foundation
brake. The circuit may be mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical or a mix of these.
Brake coupling means the device for connecting the control and supply lines of the towing vehicle to the control and
supply lines of the trailer.
Brake friction
material
means a brake component having a friction surface that is designed to be preferentially sacrificed.
Brake friction
surface
means any surface of a brake component that is designed to convert kinetic energy to heat.
Brake lining means a brake lining in the case of a drum brake, and a brake pad in the case of a disc brake.
Brake lining
assembly
means a component of a friction brake, including a brake lining and its backing plate or a brake lining
and its brake shoe, that is pressed against the brake disc or drum to produce friction force.
Brake pedal
assembly
means an assembly containing the brake pedal and pedal pivot, pedal bracket, pedal return spring and
associated components.
Brake reservoir means a device designed and constructed to store fluid, compressed air, compressed gas or vacuum;
does not include pipes, valves, hoses or booster cylinders operated by vacuum or compressed air.
Braking force means the retarding force generated by a brake assembly.
Breakaway
brake
means a service brake or parking brake fitted to a trailer that ensures, under all conditions of use, that, if
the trailer is unintentionally disconnected from its towing vehicle, the brake will automatically and
immediately apply and will remain applied for at least 15 minutes.
Cab-guard means a structure attached to a vehicle that provides protection to the cab occupants from the effects of
load impact, and may include a headboard.
Caravan trailer means a trailer that is permanently equipped with features intended to make the vehicle suitable as a
persons dwelling place, and must include at least one sleeping berth and one table, both of which may
be of a design that allows them to be retracted or folded away.
Central tyre
inflation system
means a type of tyre pressure control system that adjusts tyre pressure for the purpose of inflating and
deflating tyres to improve tyre adhesion and reduce road surface damage and which is under the
central control of the driver or an automated system, or a combination of both the driver and an
automated system (commonly known as CTI).
Certificate of
fitness (CoF)
means evidence of vehicle inspection issued to vehicles listed under 3.3.1 of the Introduction.
Certificate of
fitness
inspection and
certification
means periodic in-service inspection and certification of a vehicle listed under 3.3.1 of the Introduction.
Certificate of
loading (CoL)
means a certificate issued to a vehicle that requires verification of its loading and weight limits.
Certificate of
loading
inspection and
certification
means inspection and certification of a vehicle, required for the issuing of a certificate of loading.
Certify means
a) in relation to a vehicle, or specific aspect of a vehicle, to make a record of determination that confirms
that the vehicle inspector or inspecting organisation has determined that the vehicle or specific aspect
of the vehicle complies with the applicable requirements, or
b) in relation to a vehicles loading and weight limits, to make a record of determination of a vehicles
loading and weight limits.
Chassis means the structural lower part of a vehicle to which the running gear and, as applicable, engine,
transmission, steering system and body may be attached.
Chassis
assembly
means a chassis with running gear attached and, as applicable, engine, transmission and steering
system attached.
Child restraint includes child seats, booster seats and seatbelts designed specifically to fit children.
Child safety lock means a safety device installed during the manufacture of the vehicle to prevent a door from being
opened from inside of the vehicle.
Class in relation to vehicles, means a category of vehicle of one of the Groups A, L, M, N and T, as specified
under 3.2 of the Introduction.
CNG means compressed natural gas.
Coaming rail means a raised frame boarder around the load platform of a vehicle.
Combination
vehicle
means a towing vehicle in combination with one or more trailers or other motor vehicle that is being
towed.
Compliance label means an attachment to a vehicle in the form of a label that confirms compliance of the vehicle or a
specific aspect of the vehicle with applicable requirements.
Compliance
plate
means an attachment to a vehicle in the form of a plate that confirms compliance of the vehicle or a
specific aspect of the vehicle with applicable requirements.
Conditional
permit (or
permit, including
temporary
permit or 28-day
permit)
means inspection and certification document that confirms that a determination has been made that the
vehicle is safe to be operated under specified conditions.
Construction
(vehicle)
means the manufacture, assembly, reassembly or modification of a vehicle, and includes all acts and
activities related or incidental to the construction of a vehicle.
Construction
(tyre)
means
(a) for a pneumatic tyre, the type of tyre carcass (including ply orientation and ply rating or load index),
or
(b) for any other tyre, characteristics relating to size, shape and material.
Control means the part of the brake actuated directly by the driver to regulate the operation of the brake.
Control (service)
line
means the part of the brake circuit that transmits the service brake signal within a vehicle and also
between vehicles being operated as a combination vehicle.
Converter dolly means an individual trailer unit with a fifth-wheel coupling used to convert a semi-trailer to a full trailer.
A dolly must have either
(a) a rigid drawbar associated with an oscillating fifth wheel and a single axle or a tandem axle set, or
(b) a tandem axle set with a hinged drawbar with a fixed fifth wheel.
Cornering lamp means a lamp designed to emit light at the front of the vehicle to supplement a vehicles headlamps by
illuminating the road ahead in the direction of the turn.
Corrosion is where the metal has been eaten away, which is evident by pitting. The outward signs of such
damage corrosion damage is typically displayed by the lifting or bubbling of paint. In extreme cases, the area
affected by the corrosion damage will fall out and leave a hole.
Coupling means that part of a vehicle that is specifically designed to enable it to be connected to another vehicle,
and does not include a structural member of the towing or towed vehicle.
Cosmetic lamp means a lamp that is not a headlamp, stop lamp, direction-indicator lamp, position lamp, rear
registration plate illumination lamp, reflector, fog lamp, daytime running lamp, cornering lamp, reversing
lamp, reflective material, interior lamp, work lamp, flashing or revolving beacon or illuminated vehicle-
mounted sign.
Crew in relaton to a PSV, means the person or group of persons in control or having responsibility for the
operation of the vehicle or the well-being of the passengers.
Cross-ply means a pneumatic tyre structure in which the ply cords in the tyre carcass extend to the beads and are
laid at alternate angles, which are substantially less than 90 degrees, to the centreline of the tread. This
tyre structure is also referred to as bias ply or diagonal ply.
Cut-off means that part of a dipped beam that marks a separation between areas of higher and lower
luminance.
Daytime running
lamp
means a lamp designed to emit a low-intensity light forward of a vehicle to make it more easily seen in
the daytime.
Deceleration means the rate of speed reduction over time.
Dedicated
combination
means, in relation to heavy vehicle brakes, a combination of vehicles certified for use in combination
where both vehicles are affixed with a plate clearly and indelibly marked with the VIN or chassis
number of the vehicle.
Dedicated
emergency exit
in relation to a PSV, means any doorway, window, hatch or other opening that is designed and
constructed solely to provide a means of leaving the vehicle in the event of an emergency.
Dedicated
groundsprayer
means a self-propelled or trailing machine whose sole function is the application of chemicals or liquid
fertiliser to crops or to the ground.
De-registered means that a vehicles New Zealand registration has been cancelled in accordance with section 27 or
section 28 of the Transport (Vehicle and Driver Registration and Licensing) Act 1986.
Design in relation to a motor vehicle, refers to the construction of the motor vehicle, and not its use or intended
use, and designed has a corresponding meaning.
Determination means a record, in paper or electronic form, that a vehicle or specific aspect of vehicle complies or does
not comply with the applicable requirements.
Dipped beam means a beam of light, emitted from a lamp fitted to a vehicle, that is angled downwards in such a way
that it prevents undue dazzle or discomfort to oncoming drivers and other road users.
Dipped-beam
headlamp
means a headlamp designed to emit a dipped beam.
Direct trailer
service brake
means a service brake fitted to a trailer that allows the driver of a towing vehicle, from their driving
position, to directly and progressively regulate the trailer brake effort.
Direction
indicator lamp
means a lamp designed to emit a flashing light to signal the intention of the driver to change the
direction of the vehicle to the right or to the left.
Door retention
system
means any system, contrivance or mechanism that connects the doors of a motor vehicle to those
doorways that are used for the entry and exit of vehicle occupants.
Drawbar means an assembly of components, that includes: the trailer coupling that connects the trailer to the
coupling of the towing vehicle, hinges (where applicable) and the structural and other related
components between the trailer coupling and trailer bogie or chassis.
Drawbeam means the part of the towing vehicle to which a coupling is fitted to enable a heavy trailer to be
connected, and includes the attached coupling.
Dual steering in relation to a vehicle, means the vehicle is able to be steered from the left-hand and right-hand side of
the vehicle.
Emergency
brake
in relation to any vehicle, or combination of vehicles, means the system that makes it possible to
undertake a controlled stop of the vehicle or combination in the event of the failure of the service brake.
Emergency exit means:
a) a door used for the entry and exit of the occupants and, for this purpose, a door of double width is a
single emergency exit
b) the access between the front and rear sections of an articulated bus
c) the stairway from the upper deck to the lower deck
d) a dedicated emergency exit.
Emergency
vehicle
means a vehicle used for attendance at emergencies and operated
a) by an enforcement officer, or
b) by an ambulance service, or
c) as a fire service vehicle, or
d) as a civil defence emergency vehicle, or
e) as a defence force emergency vehicle.
End-outline
marker lamp
means a position lamp designed to be fitted near the outer extremity of a vehicle in addition to forward-
facing and rearward-facing position lamps, and includes a cab roof lamp.
Engine brake means a device or feature of an engine to increase, when applied, the retardation force provided by the
engine that can be utilised to control the speed of the vehicle.
Enter service in relation to a vehicle, means to begin to be operated in service on the road in New Zealand for the first
time in compliance with registration requirements of the Transport (Vehicle and Driver Registration and
Licensing) Act 1986.
Entered service
as a passenger
service vehicle
means the most recent occasion of the vehicle entering service as a passenger service vehicle.
Entry inspection
and certification
means inspection and certification of a vehicle that is entering or re-entering service, and that is carried
out by a TSD Agent.
Evidence of
vehicle
inspection
in relation to a vehicle, means any certificate, label or document issued as evidence of the completion
of the periodic vehicle inspection requirements in respect of that vehicle (ie a WoF or CoF label or an
Alternative Fuel Inspection Certificate, but not a temporary permit).
Exhaust system means a pipe assembly through which the engine exhaust gases pass to the atmosphere and includes
some means of sound attenuation.
Fifth wheel means a device fitted to a vehicle to enable a semi-trailer to be connected to it by means of a kingpin so
that the semi-trailer may be towed.
First registered in relation to a motor vehicle, means, unless specified otherwise, first registered in any country.
Fog lamp means a high-intensity lamp designed to aid the driver or other road users in conditions of severely
reduced visibility, including fog or snow, but not including clear atmospheric conditions under the hours
of darkness, and that is
a) a front fog lamp, or
b) a rear fog lamp.
Foot room means an area on the floor in front of the seat or partially under the seat to accommodate the feet of the
person sitting on the seat.
Forestry in relation to purpose or operations, means connected directly with the operation or management of a
forest. A forestry chipper is a vehicle that is designed and used exclusively in this capacity.
Forklift means a motor vehicle (not fitted with self-laying tracks) designed principally for lifting, carrying and
stacking goods by means of one or more tines, platens or clamps.
Forward
distance
means:
a) in relation to a rigid vehicle, or the front section of an articulated bus, the distance from the rear axis
to the front of the vehicle or its load, whichever is foremost
b) in relation to a full trailer, the distance from the rear axis to the front of the trailer (excluding the
drawbar and front axle set with its associated carriage) or its load, whichever is foremost
c) in relation to a simple trailer, or the rear section of an articulated bus, the distance from the rear axis
to the centre of the point of attachment to the towing vehicle
d) in relation to a semi-trailer, the distance from the rear axis to centre of the kingpin
e) in relation to a pole trailer with only one axle set, the distance, excluding load, from the trailers rear
axis to the centre of the point of attachment to the towing vehicle with the drawbar fully extended
f) for a pole trailer having two axle sets, the distance, excluding load, from the trailers front axis to the
centre of the point of attachment to the towing vehicle with the drawbar fully extended.
Foundation
brake
means the basic brake assembly fitted to each axle or road wheel which produces the braking force
necessary to bring a vehicle to a stop; and includes the complete drum or disc brake.
Front axis means:
a) the centre point of the front axle set of a trailer that has two axle sets and is steered by the front axle
set, or
b) the centre of the foremost axle of a rigid vehicle with motive power.
Front fog lamp means a fog lamp designed to provide a dipped beam of light to the front of a motor vehicle for the
purpose of illuminating the road ahead of that vehicle.
Front overhang means the distance measured to the foremost point of the vehicle, including its load but in the case of a
full trailer excluding the drawbar, from the following positions:
a) for a rigid vehicle, from the front edge of the drivers seat, when in the rearmost position, or
b) for a semi-trailer, the centre of the kingpin, or
c) for a full trailer, the centre of the turntable, or
d) for a simple trailer, the centre of the tow coupling, or
e) for the load of a pole trailer combination, the centre of the turntable on the towing vehicle.
Frontal impact
protection
system
means a set of associated parts, components and systems incorporated in a motor vehicle to protect
occupants in a frontal impact collision.
Full trailer means a trailer with two axle sets, the foremost of which is steered by a drawbar, and includes a semi-
trailer with non-steering axles coupled to a converter dolly.
Goods means all kinds of movable personal property, and includes articles sent by post and animals.
Goods service means the carriage of goods on any road, whether or not for hire or reward, by means of a motor
vehicle whose gross laden weight is 6000 kg or more, and includes the letting on hire of a motor
vehicle whose gross laden weight is 6000kg or more by a person who drives the vehicle or provides a
driver for the vehicle, where the motor vehicle is used for the carriage of goods.
Goods service
licence
means a transport service licence granted by the NZTA that authorises its holder to carry on a goods
service.
Goods service
vehicle
means a motor vehicle used or capable of being used in a goods service for the carriage of goods, but
does not include a vehicle specified as an exempt goods service vehicle in the regulations or the rules.
Goods vehicle means a motor vehicle that is constructed primarily for the carriage of goods.
Gross
combination
mass
means, for a vehicle that is permitted to tow another vehicle, the maximum permitted combined mass of
the towing vehicle and any combination of attached trailers or vehicles, determined by the vehicle
manufacturer and approved by the NZTA, or determined by the NZTA.
Gross laden
weight
in relation to a motor vehicle, means:
a) the greatest of the following weights:
i. a weight specified (subsequent to the latest modification specified, if any) as the gross
laden weight of the vehicle by the manufacturer of the vehicle
ii. a weight specified as the gross laden weight of the vehicle, or of a vehicle of that kind, by
or under the regulations or the rules
iii. the weight of the vehicle, together with the load that the vehicle is for the time being
carrying, including equipment and accessories
b) if evidence is adduced in respect of any but not all of the 3 weights referred to in paragraph (a), the
greater of the weights, or (as the case may be) the only weight, in respect of which evidence is adduced
c) if evidence is not adduced in respect of any of the weights referred to in paragraph (a), the total of the
unladen weight of the vehicle and the weight of the maximum load that the vehicle may safely carry.
Gross mass
(GM)
(or gross weight)
in relation to any vehicle or combination vehicle, means the mass of that vehicle and its load,
equipment, and accessories, which may be determined by adding the mass on the vehicles axles or
axle sets.
Gross vehicle
mass (GVM)
means either:
a) the maximum permitted mass of a vehicle, which includes the mass of the accessories, the crew, the
passengers and load, and is, unless (b) applies, the gross vehicle mass specified (subsequent to the
latest modification, if any) by the manufacturer of the vehicle, or
b) if a person approved for the purpose by the NZTA determines that the gross vehicle mass of a
vehicle should differ from that specified by the manufacturer, taking into account evidence on the
capability of the systems and components of the vehicle, or the effects of any modification, that mass
determined by that person.
Groundspreader means a vehicle designed specifically for the carriage of powder or particulate artificial fertilisers on the
road, and for the distribution of those fertilisers directly from the vehicle onto the land by means of a
mechanical or pneumatic distributor that forms part of the vehicle.
Group in relation to vehicles, means a collective category of the vehicle classes listed under 3.2 of the
Introduction as follows:
(a) Group A means vehicles of class AA and AB
(b) Group L means vehicles of class LA, LB, LC, LD and LE
(c) group M means vehicles of class MA, MB, MC, MD and ME
(d) Group N means vehicles of class NA, NB and NC
(e) Group T means vehicles of class TA, TB, TC and TD.
Head restraint means a fitting forming part of a vehicle seat intended to restrain occupants heads from excessive
movement in the event of a crash.
Headboard means the substantially vertical part of the forward end of a flat deck or curtain-sided body of a vehicle.
Headlamp means a lamp designed to illuminate the road ahead of a vehicle, and that is:
(a) a dipped-beam headlamp, or
(b) a main-beam headlamp, or
(c) a combination of a dipped-beam headlamp and a main-beam headlamp.
Heavy haulage
trailer
means a trailer that is fitted with an hydraulic suspension system that allows the adjustment of the ride
height, and for which the pressure in the hydraulic system varies significantly at any given load
condition of the trailer depending solely on the ride height.
Heavy (motor)
vehicle
means a motor vehicle that is:
(a) of class MD3, MD4, ME, NB, NC, TC or TD, or
(b) a vehicle not listed under 3.2 of the Introduction with a gross vehicle mass that exceeds 3500 kg.
Heavy
passenger
service vehicle
(heavy PSV)
means a passenger service vehicle whose gross vehicle mass exceeds 3500kg.
Heavy vehicle
specialist
inspection and
certification
means specialist inspection and certification of specific aspects of a heavy vehicle.
High-mounted
stop lamp
means a stop lamp that is designed to be fitted in a central, high-mounted position at the rear of a
vehicle.
Hook truck means a vehicle recovery service vehicle with a crane hoist that partially lifts the vehicle to be
recovered, which is then towed in this position.
Hours of
darkness
means:
(a) a period of time between half an hour after sunset on one day and half an hour before sunrise on
the next day, or
(b) any other time when there is not sufficient daylight to render clearly visible a person or vehicle at a
distance of 100 m.
Hub means the part of a vehicle that is attached to the axle and rotates on, or with, the axle, and to which the
wheel is attached, and includes any bearings.
HVS means heavy vehicle specialist, as in HVS certification.
Hydraulic brake means a brake that utilises hydraulic pressure to activate the foundation brake, whether its operation is
assisted by compressed air, vacuum or any other means.
Independent
brake
means a brake of which the entire operating mechanism or system is either:
(a) distinct and separate from all parts or connections of any other brake or brake system, so that the
independent brake cannot be adversely affected by the operation or failure of any other brake, or
(b) common to any other brake or brake system only in parts or connections which are of such design
and strength that under normal operating conditions and with a proper standard of maintenance there
is no reasonable probability of failure by reason of the failure of any other brake or brake system.
Indirect trailer
service brake
means a service brake fitted to a trailer where the action of the driver of a towing vehicle applying the
brakes of that vehicle results in a reaction by the trailer that is used to progressively regulate the trailer
brake effort.
Inspecting
organisation
means a person or organisation appointed by the NZTA who is responsible for inspection and
certification outcomes.
Inspection and
certification
means the performance of two or more of the following, for the purposes of determining compliance
with applicable requirements:
(a) examining vehicles
(b) determining whether or not a vehicle or specific aspect of a vehicle complies with applicable
requirements
(c) issuing evidence of vehicle inspection, a conditional permit or a certificate of loading
(d) recording and making available information about vehicles (including their systems, components,
devices, fittings and equipment).
Inspection and
certification
document
means a document required, produced or issued in the inspection and certification process, including a
plate, a label, an electronic record and a check sheet.
Inspection and
certification
outcome
in relation to a vehicle, means:
(a) production of a record of determination as appropriate to the inspection and certification activity, or
(b) provision of other records and information about the vehicle to the NZTA or other persons, or
(c) production of evidence of vehicle inspection, conditional permits or certificates of loading.
Installer in relation to glazing, means a person who repairs or modifies a vehicle by installing glazing in the
vehicle.
Inter-vehicle
spacing
means the distance between a towing vehicle (excluding the tow coupling shroud) and trailer
(excluding the drawbar or tow rope or front dolly but including the load).
Interior lamp means a lamp designed to illuminate the interior of the vehicle for the convenience of passengers.
J-hook assembly means a load-rated metal lashing that:
(a) consists of a bush, fastener, associated washer or washers, and J-shaped bar including its threaded
portion, and
(b) is used for the retention of a stockcrate or detachable bin to the vehicle load platform, and
(c) is vertically fixed either inside or outside the deck coaming rail and tensioned through a permanently
fitted bush on the crate or bin structure by way of a threaded fastener.
Jinker pole means a telescoping or sliding pole that forms the drawbar to steer a pole trailer.
Kingpin means a pin attached to the skid plate of a semi-trailer and used for connecting the semi-trailer to the
fifth wheel of a towing vehicle.
Laden weight means the weight of the vehicle and its load for the time being carried.
Laminated glass means glazing consisting of two or more pieces of sheet glass, plate glass or float glass bonded
together by one or more intervening layers of plastic material.
Lamp means a device designed to emit light, and includes an array of separate light sources that appear as a
continuous illuminated surface.
Lap-and-diagonal
seatbelt
means a seatbelt comprising a lap strap that passes across the front of the wearers pelvic region, and
a diagonal strap that passes across the front of the wearers torso from one side of the pelvic region to
the shoulder on the opposite side.
Lap seatbelt means a seatbelt that passes solely across the front of the wearers pelvic region.
Lifting gear in relation to a vehicle recovery service vehicle, means any equipment used to lift another vehicle, and
includes towing attachments.
Light (motor)
vehicle
means a motor vehicle that is:
(a) of group A or L, or of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2, NA, TA or TB, or
(b) a vehicle not listed under 3.2 of the Introduction with a gross vehicle mass of 3500kg or less.
Light output means the intensity or brightness of light emitted from lighting equipment per unit area in a given
direction.
Light passenger
service vehicle
(light PSV)
means a passenger service vehicle whose gross vehicle mass is 3500kg or less.
Light source means a device that emits light, including an incandescent or fluorescent light bulb, with each filament
in an incandescent bulb having multiple filaments deemed to be a separate light source.
Light trailer means a trailer that has a gross vehicle mass of 3500 kg or less.
Lighting
equipment
means equipment designed both to emit or reflect light and to be fitted to a vehicle, and includes a
reflector and reflective material.
Lighting
equipment
endorsement
means an endorsement, relating to lighting equipment on historic vehicles, on a valid Vehicle Identity
Card issued by the Vintage Car Club of New Zealand (Inc.).
Load includes part of a load, and:
(a) includes covers, ropes, ties, blocks, tackles, barrows or other equipment or objects used in the
securing or containing of a load on a vehicle or the loading or unloading of a vehicle, whether or not
any other load is on the vehicle, and
(b) does not include animal wastes discharged from animals being carried on a vehicle at the time.
Load anchorage
point
means a device permanently attached to a vehicle to enable a load to be secured or attached to the
vehicle.
Load rating means the maximum force that can be withstood without incurring any loss of structural capacity.
Load securing
equipment
means equipment or a device permanently fitted to a vehicle to secure, either by itself or in conjunction
with other equipment or devices such as lashings, a load to a vehicle.
Load-sharing
axle set
means an axle set suspension system that has effective damping characteristics on all axles of the set
and is built to divide the load between the tyres on the set so that no tyre carries a mass more than 10%
greater than the mass it would carry if
(a) the load were divided in the axle set so that each tyre carries an equal load, or
(b) the axle set is a tandem axle set comprising a twin-tyred axle and a large single-tyred axle and is
built to divide the load between the tyres on the set so that
i. 60% of the load is borne by the twin-tyred axle and 40% of the load is borne by the large
single-tyred axle, or
ii. 55% of the load is borne by the twin-tyred axle and 45% of the load is borne by the large
single-tyred axle.
Logging bolster means a vertically orientated member attached to a vehicle that is used to secure loads of timber logs.
Logging truck means a heavy motor vehicle designed and used principally for transporting logs.
Logging vehicle means a vehicle that is constructed exclusively for transporting timber logs using permanently fitted log
bolsters.
Low volume
vehicle
means a make and model of a vehicle of a class other than MD3, MD4, ME, NB, NC, TC and TD, that is:
(a) manufactured, assembled, or scratch-built in quantities of 500 or less in any one year, and where
the construction of the vehicle may directly or indirectly affect compliance of the vehicle with any of the
vehicle standards prescribed by New Zealand law, or
(b) modified uniquely, or in quantities of 500 or less in any one year, in such a way that compliance of
the vehicle, its structure, systems, components or equipment with a legal requirement relating to safety
performance applicable at the time of the modification may be affected.
Low Volume
Vehicle Code
means the code of the Low Volume Vehicle Technical Association Incorporated (LVVTA).
Low volume
vehicle plate,
label or authority
card
means a plate, label or authority card issued in accordance with the Low Volume Vehicle Code.
Low volume
vehicle
specialist
inspection and
certification
means specialist inspection and certification of a light vehicle as specified in the Low Volume Vehicle
Code.
LPG means liquefied petroleum gas.
LVV means low volume vehicle.
LVVTA means the Low Volume Vehicle Technical Association. The LVVTA administers the Low Volume
Vehicle Code.
Main-beam
headlamp
means a headlamp designed to illuminate the road over a long distance ahead of a vehicle.
Manufacturers means:
operating limits
(a) in relation to a motor vehicle, the allowance provided by the vehicle manufacturer in terms of
performance capability and dimensions, relative to deterioration, malfunction or damage beyond which
the safe performance of the vehicle, as defined by the vehicle manufacturer, is compromised, and
(b) in relation to a system, component or item of equipment, incorporated in or attached to a vehicle, the
allowance provided by the system, component or equipment manufacturer in terms of performance
capability and dimensions, relative to the deterioration, malfunction or damage, beyond which the safe
performance of the system, component or item of equipment (and consequently the vehicle) is
compromised.
Maximum towed
mass
means the maximum permitted mass of all vehicles that may be towed behind a vehicle as determined
by the manufacturer of the towing vehicle and approved by the NZTA.
Middle seating
position
means a seating position in a vehicle that is not an outer seating position.
Military trailer means a trailer that is used exclusively as equipment of the New Zealand Defence Force.
Mobile crane means a non-load carrying self-propelled vehicle designed solely or principally for lifting objects using
a boom with lifting gear.
Modify in relation to a vehicle, means to change the vehicle structure from its original state by altering,
substituting, adding or removing any structure, system, component or equipment, but does not include
repair.
Monocoque in relation to a motor vehicle, means that the chassis of the vehicle is integral to the body.
Motor vehicle means a vehicle drawn or propelled by mechanical power, and includes a trailer, but does not include:
(a) a vehicle running on rails
(b) a trailer (other than a trailer designed solely for the carriage of goods) that is designed and used
exclusively as part of the armament of the New Zealand Defence Force
(c) a trailer running on one wheel and designed exclusively as a speed measuring device or for testing
the wear of vehicle tyres
(d) a vehicle designed for amusement purposes and used exclusively within a place of recreation,
amusement or entertainment to which the public does not have access with motor vehicles
(e) a pedestrian-controlled machine
(f) a vehicle that the NZTA has declared is not a motor vehicle under section 168A of the Land
Transport Act 1998
(g) a mobility device.
Motorcycle means a motor vehicle running on 2 wheels, or not more than 3 wheels when fitted with a sidecar, and
includes a vehicle with motorcycle controls that is approved as a motorcycle by the NZTA, but does not
include a moped.
Motorhome in relation to seatbelts and seatbelt anchorages only, means a motor vehicle, other than a trailer, that is
permanently equipped with features intended to make the vehicle suitable as a dwelling place, and
must include at least one sleeping berth and one table, both of which may be of a design that allows
them to be retracted or folded away.
Mudguard means a fitting, inclusive of any portion of the vehicle and of any mudflaps attached, that serves to
intercept material thrown up by a wheel more or less in the plane of the wheel.
Multiple-
sensitive
emergency-
locking retractor
means a seatbelt retractor that, during normal driving conditions, allows freedom of movement by the
wearer of the seatbelt by means of length-adjusting components that automatically adjust the strap to
the wearer, and that is activated by two or more of the following:
locking retractor
(a) deceleration of the vehicle (ie vehicle sensitive), or
(b) acceleration of the strap from the retractor (ie web-sensitive), or
(c) other means of activation.
Non-steering
axle
means any axle of a vehicle the wheels of which remain substantailly parallel with the longitudinal
centreline of the vehicle while the vehicle is turning.
Normal braking means the level of braking applied to a vehicle that does not lock any of the vehicles wheels and
permits the vehicle to decelerate without adversely affecting directional control.
NZTA means the New Zealand Transport Agency
Occupant in relation to a PSV, means a passenger or a member of the crew, whether seated or standing.
Open-bodied
vehicle
means a PSV which is not fully enclosed by a permanent body structure.
Operate in relation to a vehicle, means to drive or use the vehicle on a road, or to cause or permit the vehicle to
be on a road or to be driven on a road, whether or not the person is present with the vehicle.
Operation in
service
in relation to a vehicle, means to be operated on the road in New Zealand after having been registered
in compliance with requirements in the Transport (Vehicle and Driver Registration and Licensing) Act
1986.
Original
equipment (OE)
(unless stated otherwise elsewhere in this manual) means equipment that is fitted by the vehicle
manufacturer when the vehicle is manufactured, or equipment that is approved by the vehicle
manufacturer for use in a specific vehicle type for a specific purpose or as a replacement for the original
equipment.
Oscillating Axle means any axle that complies with the following provisions:
(a) the axle has four wheels and four or eight tyres attached to it, consisting of two pairs of wheels, and
(b) each of the pair of wheels is mounted on a separate axle affixed to the vehicle so as to share the
load equally between the two wheels and to permit oscillation of the separate axles in a vertical
transverse plane which is at right angles to the longitudinal centreline of the vehicle, and
(c) the centre of each such wheel is at least 500mm distant from the centre of every other wheel fitted to
the motor vehicle.
Outdoor-access
vehicle
means a PSV that is used to provide access to remote areas solely in connection with outdoor activities.
Outer seating
position
means a seating position next to a side wall of the vehicle where there is no more than 500mm
between the longitudinal centre of the seat and the side wall.
Outrigger in relation to a vehicle that is fitted with a crane or hoist, means a device fitted to the vehicle that
extends and stabilises the vehicle while the crane or hoist is in use.
Overall length means the length of a vehicle or vehicle combination measured in a straight line, and includes:
(a) the length of any load, and
(b) the length of the drawbar in a fully extended horizontal straight ahead position measured to the
towing eye centre of a full trailer when measured on its own.
Overall visible
light
transmittance
is the visible light transmittance (VLT) of glazing including any overlays that are applied to the glazing.
Overlay means a transparent, translucent or opaque self-adhesive or clinging film that is applied to large areas,
or the entirety, of a piece of glazing for purposes such as, but not limited to, reduction of ultraviolet,
infrared or visible light transmission, advertising, identification, information, protection or for aesthetic
reasons, and includes:
(a) an anti-glare band overlay, and
(b) a stoneguard overlay, and
(c) a sticker of a size that cannot be wholly contained within the limits relating to the location and size of
stickers on a particular piece of glazing, depending on the location of that piece of glazing on the
vehicle.
Parking brake means a brake that is designed for keeping the vehicle stationary, and that is readily applicable and
capable of remaining applied for an indefinite period without further attention.
Passenger means a person travelling in a vehicle but does not include the crew.
Passenger
service
means the carriage of passengers on any road for hire or reward by means of a motor vehicle, and
includes the letting on hire of a vehicle by a person who drives the vehicle or provides a driver for the
vehicle if, during the hiring, the vehicle is used for the carriage of passengers.
Passenger
service licence
means a transport service licence granted by the NZTA that authorises its holder to carry on a
passenger service.
Passenger
service vehicle
(PSV)
means:
(a) a motor vehicle used or available for use in a passenger service for the carriage of passengers, or
(b) a motor vehicle with more than 12 seating positions, or
(c) a heavy motor vehicle with more than nine seating positions.
Note The following vehicles are not required to comply with the Passenger Service Vehicles Rule
requirements contained in the light PSV and heavy PSV VIRM pages:
(a) vehicles exempted from the transport service licensing requirements
(b) ambulances designed to carry recumbent patients
(c) vehicles designed or modified for lawfully-detained persons
(d) NZ Defence Force dual purpose trucks with removable seating (eg some NZ Army Pinzgauers)
(e) NZ Defence Force armoured vehicles
(f) Vehicles registered under the Amusement Devices Regulations 1978 that are either used in venture
tourism or that are trailers designed, constructed and permitted to be drawn at a maximum speed of 50
km/h or less
(g) Motorcycles and motorcycles with side cars.
Passenger
vehicle
means a motor vehicle constructed primarily for the carriage of passengers.
Permanent
structure
means a non-removable structure capable of sustaining loads associated with seatbelts and seatbelt
anchorages.
Pivot steer
vehicle
means a vehicle with a chassis that is split into two dependent parts that are connected by a permanent
steering pivot.
Pneumatic tyre means a tyre that, when in use, is inflated by air or gas introduced from time to time under pressure so
as to enclose under normal inflation a cushion of air or gas forming altogether at least half of the total
area of an average cross-section of a tyre so inflated.
Pole trailer means a trailer that is attached to a towing vehicle by a telescoping or sliding pole, and is designed to
support a common long load spanning between the trailer and the towing vehicle.
Position lamp means a low-intensity lamp that is designed to indicate to road users the presence and dimensions of a
vehicle, being:
(a) a forward-facing position lamp, or
(b) a rearward-facing position lamp, or
(c) a side-marker lamp, or
(d) an end-outline marker lamp.
PRS manual means the Performance review system manual.
Quad-axle set means a set of four axles, where:
(a) the centres of the first and fourth axles are spaced not less than 3.75m and not more than 4m apart,
and
(b) all axles contain an equal number of tyres, and
(c) none of the axles is a single standard-tyred axle.
Radial-ply means a pneumatic tyre structure in which the ply cords, which extend from bead to bead, are laid at
approximately 90 degrees to the centreline of the tread, the carcass being stabilised by an essentially
inextensible circumferential belt.
Re-enter service in relation to a vehicle previously certified for entry into service on the road in New Zealand that has
been de-registered, means to begin to be operated in service again.
Rear axis (a) in relation to a vehicle with only one non-steering axle, means that axle
(b) in relation to a vehicle with a non-steering axle set of two axles, means
i. midway between those axles, if each axle has an equal number of tyres on it
ii. two-thirds of the distance from the lesser-tyred axle towards the greater-tyred axle, if one
axle has twice as many tyres on it as the other axle
(c) in relation to a vehicle with a non-steering tri-axle set or a non-steering quad-axle set, or an
overdimension vehicle with more than three axles, means midway between the extreme axles of the set
(d) except as specified in (e) below, in relation to a vehicle whose rear axle set includes one or more
steerable axles in conjunction with one or more non-steering axles, means midway between the
extreme non-steering axles of the set
(e) in relation to a semi-trailer with two non-steering axles at the front and two steering axles at the rear,
means the centre line of the second non-steering axle
(f) in relation to a vehicle whose rear axle set includes one or more retracted axles in conjunction with
one or more non-retracted axles, means midway between the extreme non-retracted axles of the set
(g) in relation to a vehicle that does not have an axle arrangement that is in paragraphs (a) to (f), means
a position determined by the NZTA.
Rear fog lamp means a fog lamp designed to indicate to road users the presence of the rear of the vehicle.
Rear overhang (a) for pole trailers transporting a long load, means the distance from the rear axis or centre of the
bolster to the rear of the vehicle or its load, whichever is greater
(b) for all other vehicles, means the distance from the rear axis to the rear of the vehicle or its load,
whichever is the greater.
Rear-
registration-plate
means a lamp designed to illuminate the rear registration plate of a motor vehicle.
illumination lamp
Rear seating
position
means a seating position in a vehicle behind the driver.
Rear trailing unit
distance
means the maximum distance from the centre of the fifth wheel or tow coupling on the towing vehicle to
the rear of the combination.
Record of
determination
means a record, in paper or electronic form, that a vehicle or specific aspect of a vehicle complies or
does not comply with applicable requirements.
Reflective
material
means any material that reflects incident light back towards the light source or in a specific direction, but
does not include a reflector.
Reflector means a distinct item of lighting equipment that is designed to reflect incident light back towards the
light source, but does not include retroreflective material.
Registered in relation to a vehicle, means registered under the Transport (Vehicle and Driver Registration and
Licensing) Act 1986.
Rental service means the letting of a motor vehicle on hire for the carriage of passengers (including the driver) or of
goods, or both, to a person who drives the vehicle or provides a driver for the vehicle.
Rental service
licence
means a transport service licence granted by the NZTA that authorises its holder to carry on a rental
service.
Rental service
vehicle
means a vehicle used or available for use in a rental service for letting on hire for the carriage of
passengers or goods, or both, to a person who drives the vehicle or provides a driver for the vehicle.
Repair means to restore a damaged or worn motor vehicle, its structure, systems, components or equipment,
and includes the replacement of damaged or worn structures, systems, components or equipment with
equivalent undamaged or new structures, systems, components or equipment.
Retarder means a device permanently fitted to a vehicle to provide, when applied, a continuous braking effort not
generated by a brake.
Retractable axle means an axle that has a convenient adjustment to allow the axle load distribution of the axle set to be
varied substantially. An axle that is retracted is not considered to be part of the axle set.
Retractor means a device to accommodate parts, or all, of the webbing of a seatbelt.
Retrofit in relation to a seatbelt or seatbelt anchorage in a motor vehicle, means to fit a seatbelt or seatbelt
anchorage in a location where a seatbelt or seatbelt anchorage has not been fitted before.
Reversing lamp means a lamp designed to illuminate the area behind a vehicle while it is reversing and to warn other
road users that the vehicle is reversing or about to reverse.
Rigid vehicle means a vehicle that does not have any pivot points to allow any part of the chassis of the vehicle to
move or rotate in relation to any other part of the chassis of the vehicle, and includes an articulated bus
and a pivot steer vehicle.
Rim means that part of the wheel on which the tyre is mounted and supported.
Rule means Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002.
Safe tolerance means the tolerance within which the safe performance of the vehicle, its structure, systems,
components or equipment is not compromised, having regard to any manufacturers operating limits.
Scene lamp means a work lamp designed to provide a fixed or moveable beam of light to illuminate the area around
a vehicle, or the vehicle itself.
Seat means an assembly, or part of an assembly, intended to seat at least one person, which may or may not
be integral to the structure of the vehicle.
Seat anchorage means the parts of the vehicle structure to which a seat is attached.
Seatbelt means an assembly of straps made of webbing or metal with a securing buckle, adjusting devices and
attachments, including any device for absorbing energy or for retracting the webbing, that:
(a) is able to be anchored to the interior of a vehicle, and
(b) is designed to diminish the risk of injury to its wearer in the event of a collision or abrupt
deceleration of the vehicle by limiting the mobility of the wearers body.
Seatbelt
anchorage
means the parts of the vehicle structure, seat structure or any other part of the vehicle to which a
seatbelt assembly is attached.
Seating position means a seat or part of a seat that is of a suitable size and shape for one person.
Semi-trailer means a trailer with only one axle set where the point of attachment to the towing vehicle or leading
trailer:
(a) is no further rearward than the rearmost axle of the towing vehicle or rearmost axle of the leading
trailer, or
(b) if the towing vehicle is a rigid vehicle and has more than one axle in its rear axle set, is no more than
300mm rearward of the rear axis of the towing vehicle.
Service brake means a brake for intermittent use that is normally used to slow down and stop a vehicle.
Shuttle service means a passenger service carried on by means of a shuttle or shuttles.
Side-marker
lamp
means a position lamp designed to be fitted to the side of a vehicle or its load.
Sideboard means the substantially vertical part of the side of a flat deck body of a vehicle.
Simple trailer means a trailer (other than a semi-trailer) that has only one axle set.
Single-axle set means either one axle or two axles having their centres spaced less than 1m apart.
Single large-
tyred axle
means a single-tyred axle that is not a single standard-tyred axle.
Single-sensitive
emergency-
locking retractor
means a seatbelt retractor that, during normal driving conditions, does not restrict the freedom of
movement by the wearer of the seatbelt by means of length adjusting components that automatically
adjust the seatbelt to the wearer, and that comprises a locking mechanism activated in an emergency
by deceleration of the vehicle.
Single standard-
tyred axle
means a single-tyred axle fitted with tyres smaller than:
(a) a manufacturers designated tyre section width of 330mm and a rim diameter of 24 inches at the
bead seat, or
(b) a manufacturers designated tyre section width of 355mm and a rim diameter of 19.5 inches at the
bead seat.
Single-tyred axle means any axle fitted with two or more wheels, but which is neither an oscillating axle nor a twin-tyred
axle.
Skid plate means the plate stucture forming part of the semi-trailer that houses the kingpin and that mounts on the
coupler plate to form the connection between the towing vehicle and the semi-trailer.
Small PSV means a passenger service vehicle, used or available for use in a passenger service for the carriage of
passengers, that is designed or adapted to carry 12 or fewer persons (including the driver).
Specialist
inspection and
certification
means inspection and certification of a specific aspect of a vehicle.
Specialist
seatbelt
means a seatbelt that is designed for specialist purposes, and includes a full harness seatbelt used for
motor sport activities.
Specific purpose in relation to the modification of a motor vehicle, includes, but is not limited to, a modification for motor
sport activities and for a person with a disability.
Speedometer means an instrument in a motor vehicle that continuously indicates to the driver the forward speed of
the vehicle in either kilometres per hour or miles per hour.
Static Roll
Threshold (SRT)
means the maximum level of steady turning lateral acceleration a vehicle can tolerate without rolling
over, which is expressed as a proportion of g where g is the acceleration constant due to gravity (9.81
m/s/s).
Steering axle means the axle of a vehicle where the wheels can turn at an angle to the centreline of the vehicle.
Steering system means those components, parts and systems that connect the drivers controls to the vehicles wheels
or tracks by means of which the direction of motion of a vehicle is controlled.
Sticker in relation to glazing, means a self-adhesive or clinging film, with or without print on it, that is applied for
purposes such as, but not limited to, advertising, identification, information, or for aesthetic or legal
reasons.
Stinger lift truck means a vehicle recovery service vehicle with an arm that partially lifts the vehicle to be recovered,
which is then towed in this position.
Stockcrate means a container designed for transporting livestock, which can be secured to a vehicle.
Stockcrate
retention device
means one or more restraining devices or lashings designed to facilitate the attachment of the
stockcrate to the deck or chassis of a vehicle.
Stoneguard
overlay
means a clear overlay that is transparent and that is applied along the bottom edge of the windscreen
for the purpose of preventing damage to the windscreen from stones and other debris thrown up by
other vehicles.
Straddle truck means a powered vehicle that transports a load beneath its chassis and between its wheels.
Stretch
limousine
means a saloon-type motor vehicle that has been modified to increase the standard wheelbase by the
insertion of a structure of a significant length whose cross-section conforms to that of the passenger
compartment.
Sun visor means any attachment mounted above the inside of the windscreen and provided for the purpose of
shielding the eyes of the driver and other front seat passengers from solar glare.
Supply line means the part of a brake circuit that supplies energy in the form of compressed air or in any other
suitable form from the towing vehicle to the towed vehicle.
Suspension
system
means a system that allows controlled and limited movement of an axle relative to the chassis or body
of a vehicle, and includes a spring and damping system and any associated controls.
Swept path means the maximum road width required by a vehicle when it negotiates a turn.
Symmetric
dipped-beam
headlamp
means a dipped-beam headlamp that is not an asymmetric dipped-beam headlamp.
Tailboard means the substantially vertical part of the rear end of a flat deck or curtain-sided body of a vehicle.
Tandem axle set means an axle set of two axles having their centres spaced not less than 1m and not more than 2m
apart.
Temporary
permit (or 28-day
permit)
means inspection and certification document that confirms that a determination has been made that the
vehicle is safe to be operated under specified conditions. This permit may be used only for CoF
vehicles.
Temporary-use
spare tyre
means a combination tyre and wheel designed and constructed solely for temporary use under
restricted driving conditions, and not intended for use under normal driving conditions. (Commonly
known as a space-saver tyre.)
Three-point
linkage
means, for a tractor or agricultural trailer, a towing connection that has three points of attachment.
Threshold
pressure
for an axle of an air-braked vehicle, means the pressure measured at the control line of the brake
coupling when a braking effect on the axle begins.
Towbar means the part of the towing vehicle to which a coupling for a light trailer is connected.
Towing
connection
means the combination of components that enables one vehicle to tow or be towed by another vehicle,
and includes a towbar, drawbar, drawbeam and coupling.
Towing vehicle means a rigid vehicle that tows a trailer or other motor vehicle.
Tractor means a motor vehicle (not being a traction engine) designed exclusively for traction at speeds not
exceeding 50km/h (Note: See also definition for agricultural tractor).
Trailer means a vehicle without motive power that is capable of being drawn or propelled by a motor vehicle
from which it is readily detachable, but does not include
(a) a sidecar attached to a motorcycle, or
(b) a vehicle normally propelled by mechanical power while it is being temporarily towed without the
use of its own power.
Trailer brake
hand control
means a hand-operated control capable of applying the service brake of the trailer or trailers.
Transmission in relation to a motor vehicle, means the gearing system and related components, including a
driveshaft, by which power is transmitted from the flywheel or the engine output shaft to the input shafts
of the powered axles.
Transport
service licence
means any of the following licences granted by the NZTA:
service licence
(a) a goods service licence
(b) a passenger service licence
(c) a rental service licence
(d) a vehicle recovery service licence.
TRC means the Transport Registry Centre of the NZTA.
Tri-axle set means a set of three axles, where
(a) the centres of the first and third axles are spaced not less than 2m and not more than 3m apart, and
(b) all axles contain an equal number of tyres, and
(c) none of the axles is a single standard-tyred axle.
TSD Agent
(TSDA)
means a transport service delivery agent, that is the NZ Automibile Assiociation, Vehicle Testing NZ, or
Vehicle Inspection NZ.
Tube means an inflatable elastic liner, in the form of a hollow ring fitted with an inflation valve assembly,
designed for insertion into certain tyre assemblies to provide a cushion of air or gas, that, when inflated,
supports the wheel. (Also known as an inner tube.)
Twin-steer axle
set
means an axle set of two axles with single tyres, where both axles are connected to the same
mechanism in order to steer similarly.
Twin-tyred axle means any axle, not being an oscillating axle, that has a wheel track of 1.3m or more and is equipped
with four or more tyres.
Two-point
linkage
means, for an agricultural trailer, a towing connection that has two points of attachment.
Tyre carcass means that structural part of a pneumatic tyre other than the tread and outermost rubber of the sidewalls
that, when inflated, contains the gas that supports the load.
Tyre load rating means the maximum load a tyre can carry at the corresponding cold inflation pressure prescribed by
the tyre manufacturer and the speed indicated by its speed category symbol.
Tyre pressure
control system
means a system designed to maintain, monitor or vary tyre pressure while the vehicle is in operation.
Tyre rolling
radius
means the distance from the centre of the wheel to the road.
Tyre tread means the portion of a tyre that contacts the road.
Unclassified
(motor) vehicle
In relation to lighting, means a motor vehicle not listed under 3.2 of the Introduction.
Unladen mass
(or tare weight)
in relation to a vehicle, means the mass of the vehicle together with the fuel in its fuel system (if any)
and the equipment and accessories on it that are necessary for its operation for the purpose for which it
was designed.
Valid in relation to a VIN, means capable of being decoded to provide information about the vehicle, from a
unique number that has been assigned to the vehicle in the vehicles country of origin or by a person
appointed by the NZTA.
Vehicle means a group of letters and numbers, consisting of 17 characters, that is affixed to the vehicle and that
Identification
Number (VIN)
complies with the requirements of one of the following
(a) ISO 3779, or
(b) Australian Design Rule 61/01, or
(c) Chapter 565 of the Code of Federal Regulations 49.
The VIN can be decoded to provide identifying information about the vehicle.
Vehicle
inspector
means an individual appointed by the NZTA to carry out inspection and certification activities in
accordance with requirements and conditions imposed by the NZTA.
Vehicle recovery
service
means the towing or carrying on any road of a motor vehicle, irrespective of the size or design of the
towing or carrying vehicle, and whether or not the towing or carrying of the vehicle is carried out by a
person intending to carry out repairs on the vehicle.
Vehicle recovery
service licence
means a transport service licence granted by the NZTA that authorises its holder to carry on a vehicle
recovery service.
Vehicle recovery
service vehicle
means a vehicle used or available for use in a vehicle recovery service for towing or carrying on a road
any motor vehicle.
Visible light
transmittance
(VLT)
is the proportion of visible light that passes through glazing, measured perpendicular to the glazing.
Warrant of
fitness (WoF)
means evidence of vehicle inspection issued to a vehicle listed under 3.3.2 of the Introduction.
Warrant of
fitness
inspection and
certification
means periodic in-service inspection and certification of a vehicle listed under 3.3.2 of the Introduction.
Wheel means a rotating load-carrying member between the tyre and the hub, which usually consists of two
major parts, the rim and the wheel disc, and which may be manufactured as one part, or permanently
attached to each other or detachable from each other and, where relevant, includes the tyre fitted to the
rim.
Wheel centre-
disc
means that part of the wheel that is the supporting member between the hub and the rim.
Wheel spacer means an additional component used for the purpose of positioning the wheel centre-disc relative to
the hub, or in multiple wheel sets, for the purpose of positioning the wheel centre-disc relative to
another wheel.
Wheel track means the distance between the centres of the left-side and right-side wheels of a pair of wheels.
Wheelbase means the distance from a vehicles rear axis to its front axis.
Windscreen means all glazing extending across the front of a vehicle that is not parallel to the vehicles longitudinal
centreline, but does not include a wind deflector.
Wire glass means glass that incorporates reinforcing wire mesh. This glass is sometimes fitted to dangerous goods
vehicles and is not usually marked.
Work lamp means a high-intensity lamp, which is not necessary for the operation of the vehicle but is designed to
illuminate a work area or scene, and includes:
(a) a scene lamp, and
(b) a spot lamp, and
(c) an alley lamp.

Page amended 1 June 2013 (see amendment details).
8 Sample certification documents
Figure 8-1-1. LVV certification plates
Figure 8-1-2. Modification declaration
Figure 8-1-3. LVV Authority cards (can only be issued by MotorSport NZ and the NZ Hot Rod Association)
Figure 8-1-4. Vintage Car Club identity cards
Figure 8-1-5. Vehicle licence label
Figure 8-1-6. LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate
Figure 8-1-1. LVV certification plates

Figure 8-1-2. Modification declaration
Note: Other formats are available, and an invoice from the company carrying out the modification is acceptable.

Figure 8-1-3. LVV Authority cards (can only be issued by MotorSport NZ and the NZ Hot Rod
Association)

Figure 8-1-4. Vintage Car Club identity card
The Vintage Car Club of New Zealand (Inc.) is recognised by the NZTA as the historic motor vehicle authority in New Zealand.
They issue a vehicle identity card that can be used to confirm:
< p>
b) that the vehicle is a genuine historic motor vehicle and not a replica.
Historic vehicles that do not meet normal requirements for lighting equipment must present a vehicle identity card with a
lighting endorsement at an in-service inspection. To pass the inspection the vehicle must meet the conditions of the
endorsement. A historic vehicle may also have an endorsement for not meeting the normal requirements for visible smoke
emissions.
Vehicle owners who would like more details should contact:
The National Vehicle Registrar
Vintage Car Club of New Zealand Inc.
PO Box 2546
CHRISTCHURCH

Figure 8-1-5. Vehicle licence label

Figure 8-1-6. LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate

1 HV specialist certifier categories
Certification
category
Description Required documentation
HVEC,
HVMC,HMCD
Chassis, suspension, steering, PSV rollover
strength, PSV stability
LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate
HVET, HVMT,
HMTD
Towing connections LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate
HVEA,
HVMA,
HMAD
Load anchorages LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate
HVEL, HVML,
HMLD
Log bolster attachment code LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate
HVEK,
HVMK,
HMKD
Brake modification including New Zealand Heavy
Vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ)
LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate
Heavy vehicle brake code (HVBC) LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate, and
Statement of Compliance with the HVBC
HVS1, HVS2 Static roll threshold (SRT) LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate and SRT
compliance certificate
HVP1 Swept path Certification LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate
HVP2 Performance based standards LT400 Heavy vehicle specialist certificate
2 Vehicles certified by the New Zealand Army may be certified on an Army Heavy Vehicle Specialist Certificate instead
of an LT400, provided the following conditions are met:
the vehicle is a heavy motor vehicle operated by the New Zealand Army
the heavy vehicle specialist vehicle inspector is identified as Lt Col K. M. Barclay
Lt Col K. M. Barclays signature, which may be electronic, appears in the Inspectors signature box
the Examiners signature box contains an original signature, that is the signature must be pen ink, not printed or
copied.
General vehicles
1 Vehicle identification
1-1 VIN and chassis number
Important Ensure that the VIN or chassis number is recorded in full on the checksheet.
This number must be:
the VIN if fitted not the chassis number (locally allocated VIN)
the stamped VIN on the VIN plate not the VIN etched on the glazing.
Also refer to Table 1-1-1. Location of New Zealand VIN numbers, Figure 1-1-1. Structure of a VIN issued by the NZ
Transport Agency and Figure 1-1-2. Structure of a VIN issued by the vehicle manufacturer.
Reasons for rejection
Mandatory requirements
1. A vehicle first registered or re-registered in New Zealand before 1 April 1994 does not have a VIN or chassis number (Note
1).
2. A vehicle first registered or re-registered in New Zealand from 1 April 1994 does not have a VIN number (Note 1).
3. A VIN number is not valid (Note 1)(Note 2).
Condition
4. A VIN or chassis number has been (Note 1):
a) removed, or
b) erased, or
c) altered, or
d) defaced, or
e) obscured, or
f) destroyed, or
g) obliterated, or
h) affixed unlawfully or by unauthorised persons.
Note 1
The vehicle inspector must notify the Police and the NZTA using the vehicle report form if there is reason to believe that the
VIN or chassis number has been tampered with in any way.
The vehicle inspector must not issue a WoF/CoF/permit until approved by NZTA. Approval will usually include the issue or re-
issue of a new VIN plate.
Refer the vehicle to a VIN issuing agent (VTNZ, VINZ, NZAA). They will inspect the vehicle and seek approval from NZTA to
issue or re-issue a VIN plate.
Note 2
A valid VIN is a unique number that has been assigned to the vehicle in the vehicles country of origin or by a person
appointed by the NZTA. It consists of 17 characters that never contain the letters I, O or Q, and that is capable of being decoded
to provide identifying information about the vehicle.

Table 1-1-1. Location of New Zealand VIN numbers
Vehicle Permitted VIN locations
Vehicles that are not forward controlled
(passenger cars and off-road passenger
vehicles)
In the engine compartment on the right-hand side of the firewall
In the engine compartment on the right-hand side adjacent to
the front suspension mounting point
In a location inside the engine compartment approved by the
NZTA for a specified vehicle or vehicle model
On the firewall or inner guards so it is visible from the front of the
vehicle.
Forward-controlled vehicles
(passenger vans and off-road vehicles)
In the passenger compartment, on the top of the right-hand side
wheel arch adjacent to the seat cushion
In the passenger compartment, on the inner panel of the right-
hand A-pillar, adjacent to where the floor meets the A-pillar
In the passenger compartment on the B-pillar.
Goods vehicles and light omnibuses Vehicle with a separate chassis:
On the outside of the chassis adjacent to the right front wheel
arch,
Vehicle without a separate chassis:
As specified for forward-controlled vehicles.
If the vehicle is unfamiliar, and the VIN or chassis number cannot be located, the vehicle inspector should contact the
manufacturers agent or the local VIN issuing agent (VTNZ, VINZ, NZAA).
Figure 1-1-1. Structure of a VIN issued by the NZ Transport Agency
Pre-29 November 2009
Post-29 November 2009

Figure 1-1-2. Structure of a VIN issued by the vehicle manufacturer
Car
Truck

Summary of legislation
Applicable legislation
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002.
1. A vehicle first registered or re-registered in New Zealand before 1 April 1994 must have a chassis number or VIN.
2. A vehicle first registered or re-registered in New Zealand from 1 April 1994 must have a VIN.
Condition
3. A VIN or chassis number must not have been removed, erased, altered, defaced, obscured, destroyed, obliterated or affixed
unlawfully, or be unauthorised.
2 Vehicle exterior
2-1 External projections
Condition and performance
1. The risk of a component (Note 5) hooking a vehicle, or hooking or grazing a person, has not been minimised, eg a bonnet or
bumper has been removed, exposing sharp, moving or hot components.
2. An ornamental object or fitting (Note 2) protrudes in such a way that it is likely to injure a person.
3. A protruding object or fitting that has a functional purpose (Note 3) is not installed so that the risk of causing injury to a
person is minimised, eg the object or fitting:
a) is of excessively heavy construction for the purpose for which it has been fitted, or
b) has sharp corners, or
c) slopes forward, unless this is necessary to fit the contours of the vehicle, or
d) has an unnecessarily wide gap between the object or fitting and the front of the vehicle, or
e) exceeds the vehicles width by more than 100mm on either side, other than side mounted glass sheet transport racks
and collapsible side mirrors, or
f) is a glass sheet transport rack that is not fitted with a front flaring to minimise the risk of injury to a person.
4. A protruding component, object or fitting is not securely attached to the vehicle.
5. A protruding object or fitting adversely affects the drivers vision or control.
Modifications
6. A modification (Note 4) affects an external projection including a protruding object or fitting that has a functional purpose
and affects the drivers vision or control of the vehicle, and
a) is not excluded from the requirements for LVV specialist certification (Table 2-1-1), and
b) is missing proof of LVV specialist certification, ie:
i. the vehicle is not fitted with a valid LVV vehicle certification plate, or
ii. the operator is not able to produce a valid modification declaration or authority card.
Note 1
The external projections requirements relate to the design and maintenance of objects and fittings that protrude from the
exterior of the motor vehicle with regard to the safety of other motor vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists. The attachment of such
objects and fittings to the vehicle is addressed in the Vehicle structure section of this manual.
Note 2
Ornamental object or fitting means an object or fitting that does not have a practical purpose, eg bonnet emblems.
Note 3
Functional object or fitting means an object or fitting that has a practical purpose, eg panniers, pack racks, spare wheel
carriers, and so on.
Note 4
Modify means to change a vehicle from its original state by altering, substituting, adding or removing any structure, system,
component or equipment, but does not include repair.
Repair means to restore a damaged or worn vehicle, its structure, systems, components or equipment to within safe tolerance
of its condition when manufactured, including replacement with equivalent undamaged or new structures, systems,
components or equipment.
Note 5
Components include damaged, corroded and exposed body panels.
Note 6
The following vehicles with a GVM of 2500kg or less must comply with a frontal impact occupant protection standard:
Class MA motor vehicles manufactured on or after 1 March 1999
Class MA motor vehicles that were less than 20 years old when they were first registered in New Zealand on or after
1 April 2002
Class MB and MC motor vehicles manufactured on or after 1 October 2003.
Table 2-1-1. Modifications that do not require LVV certification
Fitting of or modification to: LVV certification is not required provided that:
Cosmetic body kits and components
(including utility canopies and plastic
bumper skins)
the fitting system does not weaken the vehicle structure, and
no frontal impact components have been removed where the vehicle is
required to comply with a frontal impact occupant protection standard
(Note 6)
the kit or components do not present any forward-facing external
projections, and
the performance of any lamps are not affected as a result of the kit or
components.
Auxiliary winches
the winch either:
does not protrude forward of the front face of the bumper, or
does project forward of the bumper line, but is fitted with pedestrian-
friendly shrouds to reduce trapping risk and present a larger forward-
facing surface area.
Side racks (for glass or other sheet
materials)
there is no doubt as to the racks load carrying capacity, and
no forward-facing pedestrian traps exist, and
the rack is designed and protected so that sharp or dangerous cargo
cannot face directly forward projecting beyond the outside of the body.
Bumper bar (removal and change) (Note
1)
the vehicle is not required to comply with a frontal impact occupant
protection standard (Note 6)
Auxiliary bars (including bull bars, nudge
bars, external roll cages and A-frames [or
similar])
protection standard (Note 6), or
the vehicle is required to comply with a frontal impact occupant
protection standard and the auxiliary bar:
is a vehicle manufacturer supplied component for that vehicle, or
has been certified by the auxiliary bar manufacturer as frontal impact
compliant (as may be indicated by a label), or
- is an A-frame that meets all of the following requirements:
- is attached to the chassis by means other than welding, and
- components are fit for purpose, and
- the brackets remaining on the vehicle when the A-frame is removed
are recessed behind the forward surface of the bumper by no less than
20mm, and
- the brackets are fitted so that they do not bridge the vehicles crumple
zones or significantly stiffen the front of the vehicle.
Note that an auxiliary bar that does not meet the above
minimum requirements is unlikely to meet LVV requirements and so
cannot be certified.
Fitting of or modification to: LVV certification is never required:
Aerials
in-service requirements for conditions and
performance must be met.
Engine hood emblems
Engine hood pins
Towbars
Trunk racks
Roof-mounted wheelchair winch
Roofracks on a vehicle other than a PSV. (Refer to section 3-3 for
PSV requirements.)
Additional or substituted rear-view mirrors
Any modification for the purposes of law enforcement or the
provision of emergency services
Land Transport Rule: External Projections 2001.
Permitted equipment
1. A motor vehicle may be fitted with a protruding ornamental or functional object or fitting.
2. A protruding ornamental object or fitting must not be likely to injure a person.
3. A protruding object or fitting that has a functional purpose must be installed so that the risk of the object or fitting causing
injury to a person is minimised.
4. Components of a motor vehicle, including damaged or corroded body panels, must be such that the risk of their hooking a
vehicle, or hooking or grazing a person, is minimised.
5. A protruding object or fitting must not adversely affect driver vision or driver control.
Modifications
6. A modification that affects an external projection must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the
vehicle:
a) is excluded from the requirement for LVV specialist certification (Table 2-1-1), and
b) has been inspected in accordance with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition and
performance.
2-2 Dimensions
The vehicle inspector need only inspect dimensions in detail if there is doubt about the vehicles compliance.
Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle (Note 1) with a GVM of 3500kg or less exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-1 and is not:
a) a specialist overdimension vehicle (Note 3), or
b) a vehicle designed primarily to transport an overdimension load, or
c) a vehicle operating on a valid permit, exemption or approval.
2. A rigid vehicle that exceeds the dimensions set out in Table 2-2-1 is not fitted with the appropriate hazard warning
equipment set out in Table 2-2-2.
3. A required revolving beacon cannot be activated and deactivated.
Note 1
A rigid vehicle means a vehicle with motive power, drivers position and steering system, that does not have any pivot points to
allow any part of the vehicle chassis to move or rotate in relation to any other part of the vehicle chassis, but includes a pivot
steer vehicle.
Note 2
The rear axis of a vehicle means:
if the vehicle is fitted with one rear axle: the centre of that axle
if the vehicle is fitted with a set of two axles: midway between those two axles if each axle has an equal number of tyres
on it, or two-thirds of the distance from the lesser-tyred axle towards the greater-tyred axle, if one axle has twice as
many tyres on it as the other axle.
Note 3
Specialist overdimension vehicle means a vehicle of which the primary purpose is to carry out a specialist function that
requires overdimension equipment, and the dismantling of the equipment would make it unusable for its intended purpose, or
it would take more than four hours to dismantle the equipment. Additional operational requirements may apply, eg if operated
at night.
Table 2-2-1. Dimension requirements (see Figure 2-2-1)
Dimension
Maximum
distance
Comments
Width 2.5m
1.25m from each
side of the
longitudinal
centreline
Measurement does not include:
collapsible mirrors which extend no more than 240mm from the body
direction indicators and side-marker lamps
cab exterior grab rails that extend no more than 50mm from the side of the body
ropes, lashings, straps, chains and related connectors and tensioning devices that
extend no more than 25mm from either side, and that are not permanently or rigidly
fixed to the vehicle
the bulge towards the bottom of a tyre.
Overall
length
12.6m (no tow
coupling fitted)
11.5m (tow
coupling fitted)
Measurement does not include collapsible mirrors.
Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load restraining devices (ropes, lashings, straps, chains,
covers and related connectors and tensioning devices) that extend no more than 25mm
above the vehicle, and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
9.5m (no tow
coupling fitted)
8.5m (including
tow coupling if
fitted)
Forward distance is measured from the rear axis (Note 2) to the front of the vehicle.
Rear
overhang
4m Rear overhang is measured from the rear axis (Note 2) to the rear of the vehicle.
Front
overhang
3m Front overhang is measured from the front edge of the drivers seat in the rearmost position
to the front of the vehicle.
Table 2-2-2. Hazard warning equipment requirements (see Figure 2-2-4 for vehicle category
thresholds)
Vehicle category
(see Figure 2-2-4)
Dimension
Limits
(up to and
including)
Required hazard warning equipment
Category 1 Width/forward
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/11.4m,
or
3.1m/10.5m,
or
3.7m/8.5m,
or
25m, or
7m, or
7m
Flags
1
or panels
2
fitted on each side at the front and rear as close
as practical to the outside edge
Category 2 (not
including category 1)
Width/forward
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/13.3m,
or
4.5m/8.5m,
or
35m, or
10m, or
10m
1. Panels
2
fitted on each side at the front and rear as close as
practical to the outside edge
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
fitted at the front and rear if more than 3.1m
wide
3. Revolving amber beacon fitted so that it is visible to approaching
traffic if the vehicle is more than 3.7m wide
Category 3 (not
Width/forward
distance
2.5m/20m
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
fitted at the front and rear
Category 4 (not
Width/forward
distance
11m/20m
11m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
1
Flags:
must be fluorescent yellow
must be at least 400mm long x 300mm wide.
2
Hazard warning panels:
must be reflective yellow-green with a reflective orange diagonal stripe
must be of at least the minimum dimensions and the colours specified in Figure 2-2-2.
3
OVERSIZE sign:
must be black lettering on a yellow-green background
must be at least 300mm x 1100mm in size
may be in two parts: OVER and SIZE.
Figure 2-2-1. Dimension requirements

Figure 2-2-2. Hazard panel details

Figure 2-2-3. Hazard panel location and orientation

Figure 2-2-4. Vehicle categories and width/forward-distance thresholds
Use this figure to determine vehicle category in Table 2-2-2

Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Dimensions and Mass 2002.
Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle, or an articulated bus, with a GVM of 3500kg or less that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-1 must meet
the requirements in Table 2-2-2.
2. A vehicle may exceed the dimensions in Table 2-2-3 only if it is:
b) a vehicle designed primarily to transport overdimension loads, or
3 Vehicle structure
3-1 Structure (incl. frontal impact)
Condition
1. The structure of the vehicle (shaded areas of Figure 3-1-2) has visible:
a) deformation from the original shape that has affected the vehicles structural integrity (Note 1) (Note 3), or
b) cracking, or
c) fracture, or
d) corrosion damage (Note 2) that is individually larger than 50mm in diameter (Figure 3-1-1), or
e) corrosion damage within 150mm of the top of an A-pillar (Figure 3-1-2), or
f) any corrosion that the inspector considers has caused weakening of a load-bearing structure (Note 6), or
g) poor repairs that have not returned the structure to within a safe tolerance of when it was manufactured (Note 3) (Note
6), eg:
i. filler has been used in an attempt to conceal corrosion damage or deformation of a component
ii. a high strength steel component has been heated
iii. a component has been strengthened.
Modification (Note 5)
2. The performance of the frontal impact occupant protection system may have been affected by a modification, including an
added or removed object, fitting or component, after the vehicle was manufactured if the vehicle has a GVM of 2500 kg or less
and:
a) is:
i. a class MA motor vehicle manufactured from 1 March 1999, or
ii a class MA motor vehicle that was less than 20 years old when it was first registered in New Zealand on or after 1
April 2002, or
iii a class MB or MC motor vehicle manufactured from 1 October 2003, and
b) is not excluded from the requirements for LVV specialist certification (Table 3-1-1).
3. A modification affects the vehicle structure including an object or fitting affixed after manufacture that is welded to the
chassis, sub-frame, cross-member or body of a monocoque structure, and
i. the vehicle is not fitted with a valid low volume vehicle certification plate, or
Note 1
The structure of a vehicle may incorporate crumple zones that form part of a frontal impact occupant protection system.
Note 2
Corrosion damage is where the metal has been eaten away, which is evident by pitting. The outward sign of such corrosion
damage is typically displayed by the lifting or bubbling of paint. In extreme cases, the area affected by the corrosion damage
will fall out and leave a hole.
Bumper bar means either the structural part inside a plastic bumper or a complete metal bumper as used on older vehicles.
Note 3
The vehicle inspector may request additional relevant information from a repairer or other relevant person. The vehicle
inspector should withhold the warrant of fitness if there is reason to believe that the vehicle has:
a) structural damage, or
b) inadequate structural repair(s), or
c) corrosion damage
to the extent that it could affect the vehicles structural strength or one of the vehicles safety requirements. If the owner
questions the decision, the vehicle inspector should recommend the vehicle owner obtain further written assessment from a
panel beater.
Note 4
The following vehicles with a GVM of 2500kg or less must comply with a frontal impact occupant protection standard:
Class MA motor vehicles manufactured on or after 1 March 1999
Class MA motor vehicles that were less than 20 years old when they were first registered in New Zealand on or after 1
April 2002
Class MB and MC motor vehicles manufactured on or after 1 October 2003.
Note 5 Definitions
Modify means to change a vehicle from its original state by altering, substituting, adding or removing a structure, system,
Note 6
Where the inspector is presented with a Nissan Terrano or Nissan Mistral vehicle of the type that is fitted with a two-layer
(double skin) floor panel, the inspection procedure in Technical bulletin 2 must be followed.
Note 7
A body lift on a body/chassis vehicle (commonly a 4x4) always requires LVV certification.
Addition of side windows into a
panel van or goods van
The modification was carried out before 1/3/1999, or
The modification was carried out on or after 1/3/1999, and the material
removed for the side window installation does not contribute to the strength of
the vehicle structure (for example, cutting into flat panels does not affect the
structural strength, but cutting into bracing material does affect the structural
strength of the vehicle).
Campervan conversions
The conversion was completed before 1/3/1999, or
The conversion was completed on or after 1/3/1999, and
No modifications were carried out to the vehicle roof or rear wall, and
No seats or seatbelt anchorages were retrofitted.
Note This means that a campervan conversion completed on or after 1/3/1999, other
than a camper box fitted to an unmodified cab and chassis, always requires LVV
certification.
Cosmetic body kits and
components (including utility
canopies and plastic bumper
skins)
the kit or components do not present any forward-facing external projections,
and
none of the frontal impact components have been removed where the vehicle
is required to comply with a frontal impact occupant protection standard (Note
4), and
the performance of any lamps is not affected as a result of the kit or
components.
Bumper bar (removal and change)
(Note 2)
the vehicle is not required to comply with a frontal impact occupant protection
standard (Note 4)
Fibreglass replacement panels
(that are substituted for OE panels)
the OE panels being replaced do not contribute to the strength of the vehicle
structure, including side impact resistance, and
the replacement panels use OE attachment points.
Seatbelt anchorages retrofitted
after 1 January 1992 in vehicles of
classes MA, MB, MC or after 1
March 1999, in vehicles of other
classes
the anchorage is a top tether anchorage for a child seat or child harness, and
the installation is carried out in accordance with the instructions of the seat or
harness manufacturer.
Suspension braces (strut tower
braces)
there are no structural changes to the body or suspension mounting points.
Auxiliary bars (including bull bars,
nudge bars, external roll cages
and A-frames [or similar])
the vehicle is not required to comply with a frontal impact occupant protection
standard (Note 4), or
the vehicle is required to comply with a frontal impact occupant protection
standard and the auxiliary bar:
has been certified by the auxiliary bar manufacturer as frontal impact compliant
(as may be indicated by a label)or
- the brackets remaining on the vehicle when the A-frame is removed are
recessed behind the forward surface of the bumper by no less than 20mm, and
- the brackets are fitted so that they do not bridge the vehicles crumple zones
or significantly stiffen the front of the vehicle.
Note that an auxiliary bar that does not meet the above minimum requirements is
unlikely to meet LVV requirements and so cannot be certified.
Front-mounted intercooler
the front structure of the vehicle has not been modified, and
the front bumper structure is unaltered (cosmetic changes are permitted), and
the components do not present any forward-facing external projections, and
none of the frontal impact components have been removed where the vehicle
is required to comply with a frontal impact occupant protection standard (Note
4).
Cargo hoist/lift platform
the vehicle structure has not been weakened.
Stereo equipment and speakers
any modification or fitting carried out before 1/1/1992
If fitted to the rear parcel shelf :
no upper seatbelt anchorage is attached to the shelf or any shelf support
bracket, and
if upper seatbelt anchorage is fitted, the removal of any material from the rear
shelf is unlikely to have weakened the vehicle structure to which a seatbelt
anchorage is attached, and
in the case of a top tether point for a child seat attached to the rear shelf, the top
tether point is not located within 150mm of a modification to a rear parcel shelf.
If fitted to a part of the vehicle other than the rear parcel shelf:
no structural material has been removed from within 300mm of a seatbelt
anchorage, and
any material removed is minimal and is unlikely to have weakened the vehicle
structure (including a seatbelt anchorage structure).
Aftermarket sunroof or roof vent/hatch
in-service requirements for condition and
Towbars
Roof racks fitted to a vehicle other than a PSV (refer to 3-3 for PSV
requirements).
Figure 3-1-1. Corrosion damage 50mm diameter limit

Figure 3-1-2. Corrosion damage as referred to in Condition above
These include chassis, cross-members and sub-frames, load-bearing monocoque body structures, body mounts and the body
on a vehicle with a separate chassis. Other sections also contain Reasons for rejection and diagrams relating to specific
vehicle components. See figures for corrosion limits to hinge and latch anchorages (section 6-1), seatbelt anchorages (section
7-5), and front or rear suspension anchorages (section 9-1).
Note that the diagram has been updated to take into account the more modern vehicle structures of common vehicles.
Land Transport Rule: Frontal Impact 2001
Condition
1. The vehicle must be safe to be operated.
2. The components and materials must be fit for their purpose and within safe tolerance of their state when manufactured or
modified.
3. The performance of a motor vehicle in relation to protecting occupants in a frontal impact collision must not be reduced
below a safe tolerance by any factors, including corrosion, structural damage, material degradation, inadequate repair, the
fitting of additional equipment, or the removal of equipment, taking into account:
a) the function of the additional equipment fitted to the motor vehicle after manufacture, and the measures taken to
minimise the risk of injury from the equipment;
b) evidence that the motor vehicle is within the manufacturers operating limits.
Modification
4. A modification that affects the integrity of the vehicle structure must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier,
unless the vehicle:
performance.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
Mandatory and permitted equipment
1. A vehicle other than class LE is not fitted with one pair of dipped-beam headlamps.
2. A vehicle other than class LE is fitted with more than:
a) one pair of dipped-beam headlamps (Note 10), or
b) two pairs of dipped-beam headlamps if the vehicle was first registered anywhere between 1 January 1977 and 31
March 1980, or
c) two pairs of main-beam headlamps.
3. A vehicle other than class LE is fitted with a headlamp that is not in a pair.
4. A vehicle of class LE is not fitted with one dipped-beam headlamp.
5. A vehicle of class LE is fitted with more than:
a) two dipped-beam headlamps, or
b) two main-beam headlamps.
6. A vehicle (eg a vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard headlamp requirements, and:
a) does not have a valid vehicle identity card with a lighting equipment endorsement, or
b) does not meet the conditions of the lighting equipment endorsement in its vehicle identity card.
7. A retrofitted pair of headlamps is not fitted:
a) symmetrically, or
b) as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
8. A retrofitted dipped-beam headlamp on a vehicle with a GVM of 12,000 kg or less is positioned at a height exceeding 1.2m
from the ground (Note 9).
9. A device that allows the headlamps to flash alternately is fitted to a vehicle that is not an emergency vehicle or a pilot
vehicle.
10. A vehicle is fitted with a dipped-beam headlamp where the maximum intensity of the beam is projected to the right.
Condition (Note 5)
11. A lamp is insecure, obscured, or contains dirt or moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
12. A lens is missing, or has a hole, crack or other damage that allows moisture or dirt to enter.
13. A lens or reflector is damaged or has deteriorated so that light output is reduced.
14. A main-beam headlamp warning device is obscured from the drivers vision.
Performance
15. When switched on, a headlamp emits a light that is:
a) not substantially white or amber, or
b) not approximately equal in colour or intensity from the other lamp in a pair, or
c) not steady, or
d) not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead, eg due to modification, deterioration or an incorrect light source, or
e) too bright, eg due to the fitment of an HID conversion kit (Note 8) or other incorrect light source.
16. When the dipped-beam headlamps are switched on (with wheels pointing straight ahead):
a) a lamp does not operate, or
b) more than two lamps operate on dipped beam, or
c) more than four lamps operate on dipped beam on a vehicle first registered anywhere between 1 January 1977 and 31
March 1980, or
d) the light beam produces an incorrect beam pattern, is not focused, or is reduced or altered, or
e) the centreline of the light beam is too far to the left or slopes down too far so that the headlamp is no longer capable of
illuminating the road at least 50m ahead (Figure 4-1-1), or
f) the centreline of the light beam projects to the right of the vehicles centreline, or projects from the lamp at an angle other
than:
i. as specified by the vehicle or lamp manufacturer, or
ii. as specified in Table 4-1-1.
17. When the main-beam headlamps are switched on (with wheels pointing straight ahead):
b) more than two lamps operate on main beam on a class LE vehicle, or
c) more than four lamps operate on main beam on a vehicle of group M or N, or
d) a vehicle first registered anywhere between 1 February 1977 and 31 March 1980 has a second pair of dipped-beam
headlamps that continue to operate, or
e) the centreline of the light beam projects to the right of the vehicles centreline or up from the horizontal, or
f) the light beam produces an incorrect beam pattern, is not focused or is reduced or altered, or
g) the lamps are not capable of being switched to dipped beam or turned off from the drivers seating position, or
h) a main-beam headlamp warning device does not indicate to the driver that the main-beam headlamps are switched on.
18. A device fitted to a vehicle that allows the headlamps to flash alternately:
a) does not indicate to the driver that the device is activated, or
b) flashes:
i. faster than two flashes per second, or
ii. slower than one flash per second, or
iii. at a varying frequency.
Note 1
An original equipment (OE) lamp is one that is fitted by the vehicle manufacturer in the original position, or is an equivalent
replacement or aftermarket lamp suitable for the position provided by the vehicle manufacturer for that lamp. All other lamps
are considered retrofitted (ie non-OE).
Note 2
If the dipped-beam headlamps are able to be adjusted from the drivers seating position, the alignment must be checked with
the adjustment at its highest position.
Note 3
If the vehicle is fitted with self-levelling suspension, the alignment must be checked with the suspension at its normal level.
Note 4 Definitions
of its condition when manufactured, including replacement with undamaged or new structures, systems, components or
equipment.
Headlamp means a lamp designed to illuminate the road ahead of a vehicle, and that is a:
a) dipped-beam headlamp (single lamp), or
b) main-beam (high-beam) headlamp (single lamp), and includes a driving lamp, or
c) combination of a dipped-beam headlamp and a main-beam headlamp (dual-lamp unit).
Dipped-beam headlamp means a headlamp that is designed to emit a dipped beam, which is a beam of light that is angled
downwards in such a way that it prevents undue dazzle or discomfort to oncoming drivers and other road users.
Main-beam headlamp means a headlamp that is designed to illuminate the road over a long distance ahead of the vehicle.
Note 5
If a headlamp is fitted with a readily removable cover, other than a clear protective cover, this must be removed for inspection
of the headlamp.
Note 6
A vehicle originally manufactured with a headlamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this section
may retain the original headlamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as intended by the vehicle
manufacturer.
Note 7
A forward-facing permitted lamp that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance requirements must be
made to comply or be removed from the vehicle.
Note 8
A high-intensity discharge (HID or Xenon HID) conversion kit consists of an HID bulb with a high voltage power output or
ballast which fits into the original headlamp unit in place of the original bulb with no change to the headlamp lens, reflector or
housing.
It is illegal to fit an HID conversion kit to a vehicle as it brings the headlamp out of standards compliance by producing poor
beam patterns and light that is far too bright to be safe. The bulbs can also produce light that is noticeably blue and not the
required substantially white or amber colour. Vehicle and headlamp manufacturers do not permit this modification, and these
kits cannot be LVV certified.
It is permitted to replace a complete halogen headlamp unit with a complete HID headlamp unit.
Note 9
The dipped-beam headlamps may be positioned at a height exceeding 1.2 m if a road maintenance implement
(eg, snowplough or roadsweeper) fitted to the front of the vehicle would obscure headlamps placed at a height of 1.2 m or less.
Note 10
It is acceptable for a pair of dipped-beam headlamps to consist of one symmetric and one asymmetric dipped-beam headlamp.
However, in some cases this may result in one lamp being noticeably brighter than the other lamp in the pair. In that case, the
vehicle inspector may determine that the dipped beams differ noticeably in light intensity, and the lamps fail the inspection.
Note that a beamsetters luxmeter cannot measure the light intensity of a dipped beam headlamp.
Table 4-1-1. Allowable dipped-beam headlamp alignment
Headlamp type
Distance from ground to
centre of light source
Dip rate of beam centre:
lower and upper limits
Percent
(%)
mm/3
m
Degrees
()
EITHER
Any headlamp dipped beam N/A That specified by the vehicle
or headlamp manufacturer
OR
Headlamp with symmetric dipped-beam pattern N/A 3.03.5 90
105
1.72.0
OR
Headlamp with asymmetric dipped-beam pattern and
distance from ground to centre of light source
less than 0.8 m 1.01.5 30
45
0.57
0.85
0.81.2 m 1.02.0 30
60
0.57
1.15
more than 1.2 m 2.02.5 60
75
1.15
1.43
Table 4-1-2. Dipped-beam angle conversions

Figure 4-1-1. Minimum illuminated area
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Lighting 2004
New Zealand Gazette, 28 August 1980, issue 103, page 2569.
1. A vehicle other than of class LE:
a) must be fitted with one pair of dipped-beam headlamps, and
b) may be fitted with one or two pairs of main-beam headlamps.
2. A vehicle of class LE:
a) must be fitted with one or two dipped-beam headlamps, and
b) may be fitted with one or two main-beam headlamps.
3. A vehicle first registered anywhere between 1 February 1977 and 31 March 1980 may be fitted with a second pair of dipped-
beam headlamps that:
a) do not operate when the main-beam headlamps are switched on, and
b) may operate independently of the first pair of dipped-beam headlamps.
4. A vehicle (eg a vintage or veteran vehicle) manufactured without lamps, or with lamps that cannot meet specified
requirements, may obtain a WoF if:
a) the vehicle has a valid vehicle identity card with a lighting equipment endorsement, and
b) the vehicle meets the conditions of that endorsement.
5. A retrofitted dipped-beam headlamp on a vehicle with a GVM of 12,000 kg or less must be fitted at a height not exceeding
1.2 m from the ground (Note 9).
6. A warning device may be fitted that indicates that the main-beam headlamps are switched on.
7. An emergency vehicle or a pilot vehicle may be fitted with a device that allows the headlamps to flash alternately, provided it
is also fitted with equipment that indicates to the driver that the device is activated.
8. A retrofitted pair of headlamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
Prohibited equipment
9. A dipped-beam headlamp designed solely for a left-hand drive vehicle, where the maximum intensity of the beam is
dispersed to the right, must not be fitted.
Condition (Note 5)
10. A headlamp must:
a) be in sound condition, and
b) not be obscured.
Performance
11. A headlamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
12. A headlamp must emit a steady light.
13. A headlamp must provide sufficient illumination and light output to illuminate the road ahead.
14. If fitted with a device that allows headlamps to flash alternately, the lamps must flash at a fixed frequency.
15. A pair of headlamps must emit light that is approximately of equal colour and intensity when switched on.
16. A headlamp must emit a beam that is substantially white or amber.
17. A main-beam headlamp must be capable of being dipped or turned off from the drivers position.
18. A warning device that indicates that the main-beam lamps are in operation must be in good working order.
19. When the headlamps are switched on and the vehicles front wheels are pointing in the straight-ahead position:
a) the centre of a headlamp beam must be either parallel to or to the left of the longitudinal centreline of the vehicle, and
b) the centre of a main-beam headlamp beam must be either parallel to or dipping down from the horizontal, and
c) the centre of a dipped-beam headlamp beam must dip at an angle specified by the vehicle or lamp manufacturer, or:
i. 33.5% for a symmetric beam pattern, or
ii. 11.5% for an asymmetic beam pattern where the centre of the light source is less than 0.8 m from the ground, or
iii. 12% for an asymmetric beam pattern where the centre of the light source is 0.81.2 m from the ground, or
iv. 22.5% for an asymmetric beam pattern where the centre of the light source is above 1.2 m from the ground.
20. The dipped-beam headlamps must illuminate the road ahead for 50 m in normal darkness.
21. A device fitted to a vehicle that allows the headlamps to flash must:
a) make the headlamps flash alternately at a frequency of 12 Hertz, and
b) incorporate equipment that indicates to the driver that the device is activated.
22. A headlamp must be fitted with a light source that is specified by the vehicle manufacturer or the headlamp manufacturer.
Modifications (Note 4)
23. A headlamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and performance requirements.
Page amended 28 April 2014 (see amendment details).
4-2 Front and rear fog lamps
Permitted equipment
1. A group M or N vehicle is fitted with:
a) only one front fog lamp, or
b) more than one pair of front fog lamps.
2. A vehicle of class LE is fitted with more than two front fog lamps.
3. A vehicle is fitted with more than two rear fog lamps.
4. A retrofitted pair of fog lamps is not fitted:
b) as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable, or
c) positioned higher than the dipped-beam headlamps.
Condition (Note 3)
5. A lamp is insecure or contains moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
7. A reflector is damaged or has deteriorated so that light output is reduced.
8. A fog lamp warning device, if fitted, is obscured from the drivers vision.
Performance
9. When switched on, a front fog lamp does not operate.
10. When switched on, a front fog lamp emits light that:
a) is not projected to the front, or
b) produces an incorrect beam pattern (Figure 4-2-1), or
c) is not substantially white or amber to the front, or
d) is not approximately equal in colour or intensity from the other lamp in the pair, or
e) is not steady, or
f) is not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead in conditions of severely reduced visibility, eg due to modification,
deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light source, or
g) is too bright, and could dazzle other road users, eg due to the fitment of an HID conversion kit (Note 6) or an incorrect, or
h) is altered, eg due to damage or modification, or
i) has a beam centre to the right of the vehicles centreline, or
j) has a beam that is not permanently dipped, or
k) has a beam centre that dips at an angle of less than 3% (Figure 4-2-1).
11. When switched on, a rear fog lamp emits light that is:
a) not projected to the rear, or
b) not diffuse, or
c) not substantially red, or
d) not approximately equal in colour or intensity from the other lamp in a pair, or
e) of variable intensity, or
f) not bright enough to indicate the presence of the vehicle from the rear in conditions of severely reduced visibility, eg due
to modification, deterioration or an incorrect light source, or
g) altered, eg due to damage or modification.
12. A fog lamp cannot be switched off from the drivers seating position.
13. Where a fog lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), fewer than 75% of these operate.
14. A fog lamp warning device, if fitted, does not operate.
Note 1
Fog lamp means a high-intensity front or rear lamp designed to aid the driver or other road users in conditions of severely
reduced visibility, including fog or snow, but not including clear atmospheric conditions under the hours of darkness.
Note 2
A rear fog lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to comply or be
disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
If a front fog lamp is fitted with a readily removable cover, other than a clear protective cover, this must be removed for
inspection of the fog lamp.
Note 4
A vehicle originally manufactured with a front- or rear-fog-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
this section may retain the original front or rear fog lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as
intended by the vehicle manufacturer.
Note 5
made to comply or be removed from the vehicle
Note 6
housing. It is illegal to fit an HID conversion kit to a vehicle as it brings the headlamp out of standards compliance by producing
poor beam patterns and light that is far too bright to be safe. The bulbs can also produce light that is noticeably blue and not
the required substantially white or amber colour. Vehicle and headlamp manufacturers do not permit this modification, and
these kits cannot be LVV certified. It is permitted to replace a complete halogen headlamp unit with a complete HID headlamp
unit.
Figure 4-2-1. Front fog lamp characteristics

Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Lighting 2004.
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle other than class LE: one pair of front fog lamps.
2. A vehicle of class LE: one or two front fog lamps.
3. One or two rear fog lamps.
4. A retrofitted pair of fog lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far as is practicable towards each side of the vehicle.
5. A retrofitted front fog lamp must not be positioned higher than the dipped-beam headlamps.
6. A vehicle may be fitted with a warning device that indicates that a front or rear fog lamp is in operation.
Condition
7. A front fog lamp must be in sound condition.
8. A rear fog lamp must be in sound condition if it emits a light.
Performance
9. A fog lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
10. A fog lamp must emit a steady light.
11. A front fog lamp must provide sufficient light output to illuminate the road ahead in conditions of severely reduced
visibility.
12. A rear fog lamp must provide sufficient light output to indicate the presence of the vehicle on the road in conditions of
severely reduced visibility.
13. The light emitted from a front fog lamp must be substantially white or amber.
14. The light emitted from a rear fog lamp must be diffuse and substantially red in colour.
15. A pair of fog lamps must emit light that is approximately equal in colour and intensity.
16. The centre of a front fog lamp beam must be parallel to or to the left of the longitudinal centreline of the vehicle.
17. The centre of a front fog lamp beam must be permanently dipped at an angle of at least 3%.
18. A fog lamp must be able to be turned off from the drivers seating position.
19. A front or rear fog lamp warning device must be in good working order.
20. Where a fog lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
Modifications
22. A fog lamp that is affected by a modification:
a) must meet equipment, condition and performance requirements, and
b) does not require LVV specialist certification.
4-3 Cornering lamps
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle is fitted with:
a) only one lamp, or
b) more than one pair of lamps, or
c) a lamp that either:
i. was not originally fitted by the vehicle manufacturer, or
ii. is not fitted in the original position.
Condition
2. A lamp is insecure.
4. A lamps reflector is damaged or has deteriorated so that light output is reduced.
Performance
5. When activated by switching on the direction indicator lamp or by turning the steering wheel, a cornering lamp:
a) does not operate, or
b) does not project in the direction of the turn.
6. A cornering lamp emits light that is:
b) not approximately equal in colour or intensity from the other lamp in the pair, or
c) not steady, or
d) not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead in the direction of the turn, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt or or
an incorrect light source, or
e) too bright causing dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source or misalignment, or
f) altered, eg due to damage or modification.
7. Where a cornering lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), fewer than 75% of these operate.
Note 1
Cornering lamp means a lamp designed to emit light at the front of a vehicle to supplement the vehicles headlamps by
Note 2
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a cornering lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this
section may retain the original cornering lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as intended by
the vehicle manufacturer.
Note 4
Permitted equipment
1. One pair of cornering lamps fitted as OE.
Condition
2. A cornering lamp must be in sound condition.
Performance
3. A cornering lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
4. A cornering lamp must emit light that is substantially white or amber.
5. A pair of cornering lamps must emit light that is approximately equal in colour and intensity.
6. A cornering lamp must emit a steady light.
7. A cornering lamp must provide sufficient light output to illuminate the road ahead in the direction of the turn.
8. A cornering lamp must be correctly aligned.
9. Where a cornering lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
Modifications
10. A cornering lamp that is affected by a modification:
4-4 Daytime running lamps
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle other than class LE is fitted with:
b) more than one pair of lamps.
2. A vehicle of class LE is fitted with:
a) more than four lamps, or
b) three or four lamps, and:
i. a lamp is not identified with its maximum light output in candela (cd), or
ii. the sum of the light outputs of all lamps combined exceeds 2400cd.
3. A lamp is fitted in a position other than at the front of the vehicle.
4. A retrofitted lamp is not:
a) symmetrically mounted, or
b) mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
8. When switched on, a daytime running lamp does not operate (Note 4).
9. When switched on, a daytime running lamp emits light that is:
a) projected in a direction other than to the front, or
b) not substantially white or amber, or
c) not approximately equal in colour or intensity from the other lamp in the pair, or
d) not steady, or
e) not bright enough to make the vehicle more easily seen during the daytime, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt
or or an incorrect light source, or
f) too bright, causing significant dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source, or
10. Where a daytime running lamp comprises an array of light sources, fewer than 75% of these operate.
11. A daytime running lamp continues to operate when the headlamps or fog lamps are switched on.
Note 1
Daytime running lamp means a lamp designed to emit a low-intensity light forward of a vehicle to make it more easily seen in
the daytime.
Note 2
A vehicle originally manufactured with a daytime running lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
this section may retain the original daytime running lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as
Note 3
Note 4
Some vehicles are equipped with OE or after-market daytime running lamps (DRLs) that also incorporate position lamp and
direction indicator lamp functions. When the DRLs are on (when headlamps are off), and an indicator lamp is activated, the
corresponding DRL is temporarily extinguished or dimmed. When the position lamps are on and an indicator lamp is activated,
the corresponding position lamp may remain lit.
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle other than class LE may have: one pair of daytime running lamps fitted to the front of the vehicle.
2. A vehicle of class LE may have:
a) one or two daytime running lamps fitted to the front of the vehicle, or
b) three or four daytime running lamps fitted to the front of the vehicle provided that:
i. each lamp is identified with its maximum light output in candela (cd), and
ii. the sum of the light outputs identified on each lamp does not exceed 2400cd.
Condition
3. A daytime running lamp must be in sound condition.
Performance
4. A daytime running lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
5. A daytime running lamp must emit light that is substantially white or amber.
6. A pair of daytime running lamps must emit light that is of approximately equal colour and intensity.
7. A daytime running lamp must emit a steady light.
8. A daytime running lamp must provide sufficient light output to make the vehicle more easily seen during the daytime.
9. A daytime running lamp must be correctly aligned.
10. A daytime running lamp must not operate when a front fog lamp or a headlamp is in use.
11. Where a daytime running lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
Modifications
12. A daytime running lamp that is affected by a modification:
4-5 Direction indicator lamps
1. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is not fitted with one pair of lamps to the front
and one pair of lamps to the rear.
2. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 is fitted with more than one pair of lamps to the
front or more than one pair of lamps to the rear.
3. A vehicle other than class LE first registered anywhere on or after 1 July 1967 is not fitted with one pair of lamps to the front
4. A vehicle is fitted with more than:
a) two pairs of lamps to the front, or
b) two pairs of lamps to the rear, or
c) three pairs of lamps (including top-mounted lamps) to the rear if the vehicle is an emergency vehicle.
5. An emergency vehicle is fitted at the rear with:
a) more than one pair of top-mounted lamps, or
b) top-mounted lamps that are not mounted as close as is practicable to the top corners of the bodywork.
6. A vehicle is fitted with more than two side-facing lamps on each side of the vehicle.
7. A vehicle is fitted with a lamp that is not in a pair.
8. A vehicle is not fitted with a visual lamp indicator device that indicates to the driver that a lamp has failed ( only where one
was fitted as original equipment).
10. A retrofitted lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp on an emergency vehicle, is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding
1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
11. A vehicle (eg avintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard direction indicator lamp requirements, and:
Condition
12. A lamp is insecure or, if a mandatory lamp, contains moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
15. A visual lamp-failure warning device is obscured from the driver in the drivers seating position.
Performance
16. When switched on, a direction indicator lamp:
b) does not begin flashing within one second of switching on, or
c) flashes:
iii. at a different rate from other lamps on the same side.
17. When switched on, a direction indicator lamp emits a light that is:
a) not substantially white or amber to the front, or
b) not substantially amber or red to the rear, or
c) not substantially amber to the side, or
e) not bright enough to be visible from 100m in normal daylight and from 200m in normal darkness, eg due to modification,
f) too bright causing significant dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source , or
18. A non-OE mandatory lamp mounted outside the original position emits a light that is not visible within (Figure 4-5-1):
a) 15 above and below the horizontal, or
b) 45 inboard or 80 outboard.
19. A modification to the vehicle has reduced the visibility angles of a mandatory lamp to less than (Figure 4-5-1):
20. On a vehicle of American origin fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the stop lamp function is not overridden by
the indicator function.
21. Where a lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), fewer than 75% of these operate.
22. A visual lamp indicator device does not operate.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Direction indicator lamp means a lamp designed to emit a flashing light to signal the intention of the driver to change the
Note 2
A permitted (ie non-mandatory) rear or a non-OE side-facing direction indicator lamp that does not comply with equipment,
condition and performance requirements must be made to comply or disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
Note 4
Vehicles first registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 may have rear direction indicator lamps that also function as
reversing lamps.
Note 5
A vehicle originally manufactured with a direction indicator lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
this section may retain the original direction indicator lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as
Note 6
Note 7
Figure 4-5-1. Direction indicator beam angles

1. A vehicle other than class LE first registered anywhere before 1 July 1967 may be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps to
the front and one or two pairs of lamps to the rear of the vehicle.
2. A vehicle other than class LE first registered anywhere on or after 1 July 1967 must be fitted with one or two pairs of
lamps to the front and one or two pairs of lamps to the rear of the vehicle.
3. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 may be fitted with one pair of lamps to the
front and one pair of lamps to the rear of the vehicle.
4. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two pairs of
5. An emergency vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of indicator lamps at the rear of the vehicle that must be
symmetrically mounted as near to the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
6. A vehicle may be fitted with one or two side-facing lamps on each side.
7. A suitable device must be fitted that indicates to the driver the failure of a mandatory lamp.
9. A retrofitted pair of lamps, other than top-mounted lamps, must be mounted:
a) symmetrically as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable, and
b) at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5 m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the
vehicle, not exceeding 2.1 m.
10. On vehicles of American origin, the stop lamp and direction indicator lamp function may be combined in one lamp.
Condition
11. A direction indicator lamp must:
b) not be obscured (if a mandatory lamp).
Performance
12. A direction indicator lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
13. A direction indicator lamp must emit a light that is substantially:
a) white or amber to the front, and
b) red or amber to the rear, and
c) amber to the side.
14. A lamp must flash at a fixed frequency in the range of 12 Hertz.
15. Each lamp in a pair must, when operated, emit a light of approximately equal intensity, colour and frequency.
16. The lamp-failure indicating device must function.
17. A lamp must emit a light that is visible from 100m during normal daylight and 200m in normal darkness.
18. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must emit a light that is visible within angles of
a) 15 above and below the horizontal, and
b) 45 inboard, and
c) 80 outboard.
19. If a vehicle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must override the
stop lamps so that the stop lamps operate as direction indicators.
20. Where a lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
21. A direction indicator lamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and performance
requirements.
4-6 Forward-facing position lamps
1. One pair of lamps is not fitted to:
a) a vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 1.5m in width, or
b) a vehicle that exceeds 2m in width.
a) one pair of lamps, or
b) two single lamps.
3. A vehicle (eg a vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard forward-facing position lamp requirements, and:
4. A retrofitted lamp is mounted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not
practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
5. A retrofitted pair of lamps is:
a) not symmetrically mounted, or
b) not mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
9. When switched on, a forward-facing position lamp does not operate (Note 5).
10. When switched on, a forward-facing position lamp emits a light that is:
b) not diffuse, or
c) not projected to the front, or
e) not steady, or
f) not bright enough to be visible from 200m in normal darkness, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt or an incorrect
light source, or
g) is altered, eg due to damage or modification.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Position lamp means a low-intensity lamp that is designed to indicate to road users the presence and dimensions of a vehicle,
being:
a) a forward-facing position lamp (front side lamp), or
b) a rearward-facing position lamp (rear side lamp or tail lamp), or
c) a side-marker lamp, or
d) an end-outline marker lamp (including cab roof lamp).
Note 2
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a forward-facing position lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or
permitted in this section may retain the original forward-facing position lamps provided they remain fitted in their original
position and perform as intended by the vehicle manufacturer.
Note 4
Note 5
Figure 4-6-1. Forward-facing position lamp bem angles
1. One pair of lamps must be fitted to:
a) a vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 1.5m in width
2. One or two lamps may be fitted to:
a) a vehicle that does not exceed 1.5m in width
b) a vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 that does not exceed 2m in width.
4. A retrofitted pair of lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
5. A retrofitted lamp must be mounted at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the
shape of the bodywork of the vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
6. A forward-facing position lamp must:
a) be in sound condition
Performance
7. A forward-facing position lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
8. A lamp must emit a light that is:
a) diffuse, and
b) substantially white or amber, and
c) steady, and
d) sufficient to indicate to other road users the presence and dimensions of the vehicle, and
e) visible from 200m in normal darkness, and
f) of approximately equal intensity and colour to the other lamp of a pair.
9. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must be visible within angles of:
b) 45 inboard, and
c) 80 outboard.
11. A forward-facing position lamp that is affected by a modification must meet the equipment, condition and performance
requirements.
4-7 Rearward-facing position lamps
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that is more than 1.5m wide:
a) is not fitted with one pair of lamps, or
b) is fitted with more than two pairs of lamps, or
c) is fitted with a lamp that is not in a pair, or
d) is an emergency vehicle and is fitted with more than three pairs of lamps, including top-mounted lamps.
2. A group M or N vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or is less than 1.5m wide is:
a) not fitted with one single lamp or one pair of lamps, or
b) fitted with more than one single lamp, or
c) fitted with more than two pairs of lamps.
3. An emergency vehicle is fitted with:
4. A class LE vehicle that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that is less than 1.5m wide is not fitted
with at least one lamp.
5. A vehicle (eg a vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard rearward-facing position lamp requirements, and:
6. A retrofitted lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp on an emergency vehicle, is mounted at a height from the ground
exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
7. A retrofitted pair of lamps:
a) is not symmetrically mounted, or
b) is not mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
11. When switched on, a mandatory lamp does not operate.
12. When switched on, a lamp emits a light that is:
a) not substantially red, or
b) not diffuse, or
c) not projected to the rear, or
d) not approximately equal in colour or intensity from that of the other lamp in a pair, or
e) not steady, or
light source, or
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
being:
Note 2
A permitted rearward-facing position lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must
be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
Note 4
A vehicle originally manufactured with a rearward-facing position lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or
permitted in this section may retain the original rearward-facing position lamps provided they remain fitted in their original
Figure 4-7-1. Rearward-facing position lamp beam angles
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 and that is more than 1.5m wide must be fitted with
one or two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps.
2. A vehicle of group M or N that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that does not exceed 1.5m
in width must be fitted with:
a) one single rearward-facing position lamp in the centre or to the right of the centre of the vehicle, or
b) one or two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps.
3. A vehicle of class LE that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that does not exceed 1.5m in
width must be fitted with at least one rearward-facing position lamp.
4. An emergency vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of lamps that must be symmetrically mounted as near the top
corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
b) at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the
vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
7. A rearward-facing position lamp must:
Performance
8. A rearward-facing position lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
a) diffuse, and
b) substantially red.
10. A lamp must emit a steady light.
11. A lamp must provide sufficient light output to indicate to other road users the presence and dimensions of the vehicle.
12. A lamp must emit light that is visible from a distance of 200m in normal darkness.
13. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must be visible within angles of 15 above and below the horizontal, and within 45
inboard and 80 outboard.
14. Each lamp in a pair must, when operated, emit a light of approximately equal intensity and colour.
16. A rearward-facing position lamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and performance
requirements.
4-8 Side-marker lamps
Permitted and prohibited equipment
1. A side-marker lamp is not positioned so that it gives an indication of the vehicles dimensions.
2. A vehicle less than 6m in length is fitted with a side-marker lamp.
Condition
Performance
6. When switched on, a side-marker lamp emits a light that:
a) is not substantially white or amber to the front, or
b) is not substantially red or amber to the rear, or
c) is not diffuse, or
d) is not approximately of the same colour and intensity on each side of the vehicle, or
e) does not remain steadily illuminated, or
f) is not bright enough to produce light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight and from 200m in normal darkness, eg
due to modification, deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light source.
Modifications
8. A side-marker lamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and performance requirements.
Note 1 Definitions
Side-marker lamp means a position lamp designed to be fitted to the side of a vehicle or its load.
being:
Note 2
A permitted side-marker lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to
comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Figure 4-8-1. Visibility angles for side marker lamps
1. A light vehicle 6m or more in length may be fitted with one or more side-marker lamps.
2. A side-marker lamp must be positioned so that it gives an indication of the vehicles dimensions.
3. A light vehicle less than 6m in length must not be fitted with a side-marker lamp.
Condition
4. A side-marker lamp must be in sound condition.
Performance
5. A side-marker lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
a) diffuse, and
b) substantially white or amber to the front, and
c) substantially red or amber to the rear.
8. A side-marker lamp must provide sufficient light output to indicate to other road users the presence and dimensions of the
vehicle.
9. A side-marker lamp must emit a light that is visible from a distance of 100m in daylight and 200m during the hours of
darkness.
Modifications
4-9 End-outline marker lamps
1. A light vehicle with an overall width of 1.8m or more is fitted with:
a) more than four forward-facing lamps, or
b) more than two rearward-facing lamps.
2. A light vehicle with an overall width of less than 1.8m is fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
3. The lamps are not positioned in such a way that they give an indication of the vehicles dimensions.
Condition
Performance
7. When switched on, a forward-facing end-outline marker lamp does not operate (Note 2).
8. When switched on, an end-outline marker lamp emits a light that is:
b) not substantially red to the rear, or
c) not diffuse, or
d) not projected to the front or rear, or
e) not approximately of the same colour or intensity as the other lamp if fitted in a pair, or
f) not steady, or
g) not bright enough to indicate the presence and dimensions of the vehicle to other road users.
Note 1 Definitions
End-outline marker lamp means a position lamp designed to be fitted near the outer extremity of the vehicle in addition to
forward-facing and rearward-facing position lamps, and includes a cab roof lamp.
Position lamp means a low-intensity lamp that is designed to indicate the presence and dimensions of a vehicle to other road
users, being:
a) a forward-facing position lamp (front side or park lamp), or
Note 2
A rearward-facing end-outline marker lamp that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance requirements,
must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light. A non-complying forward-facing end-outline marker
lamp must be made to comply or be fully removed from the vehicle.
1. A light vehicle that has an overall width of 1.8m or more may be fitted with a maximum of:
a) four forward-facing lamps, and
b) two rearward-facing lamps.
2. The position of the lamps must be such that it gives an indication of the vehicles dimensions.
3. A light vehicle with an overall width of less than 1.8m must not be fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
Condition
4. An end-outline marker lamp must be in sound condition.
Performance
5. An end-outline marker lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
a) diffuse, and
c) substantially red to the rear.
8. An end-outline marker lamp must provide sufficient light output to indicate to other road users the presence and dimensions
of the vehicle.
Modifications
10. An end-outline marker lamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and performance
requirements.
4-10 Stop lamps
1. A class LE vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is not fitted with one stop lamp.
2. A class LE vehicle is fitted with more than two stop lamps.
3. A group M or N vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978:
a) is not fitted with one stop lamp if the vehicle is so constructed that the drivers arm signals cannot be seen from behind
the vehicle, or
b) is fitted with more than four stop lamps.
4. A group M or N vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is:
a) not fitted with one pair of stop lamps, or
b) fitted with more than two pairs of stop lamps, or
c) fitted with a stop lamp that is not in a pair, or
d) an emergency vehicle and is fitted with more than three pairs of lamps, including top-mounted lamps.
6. A vehicle (eg vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard stop lamp requirements, and:
7. A retrofitted stop lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp on an emergency vehicle, is fitted at a height from the ground
8. A retrofitted pair of lamps is not:
9. A vehicle (eg a vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard stop lamp requirements, and:
Condition
Performance
13. When the service brake is activated:
a) a mandatory lamp does not operate, or
b) a lamp does not remain steadily illuminated.
14. A lamp operates when the service brake is not applied.
15. A lamp emits a light that is:
b) not diffuse, or
d) not approximately equal in intensity from the other lamp in a pair, or
e) not bright enough to produce a light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight, eg due to modification, deterioration,
dirt or an incorrect light source, or
f) is altered, eg due to damage or modification.
b) 45 inboard and outboard.
19. On a vehicle of American origin fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the stop lamp function is not
overridden by the indicator function.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Stop lamp means a lamp that is designed to operate when the service brake is activated.
Note 2
A permitted stop lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to comply
or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
Note 4
A vehicle originally manufactured with a stop lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this section
may retain the original stop lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as intended by the vehicle
manufacturer.
Figure 4-10-1. Stop-lamp visibility angles
1. A class LE vehicle:
a) first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 may be fitted with one or two stop lamps.
b) first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two stop lamps
2. A group M or N vehicle:
a) first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978:
i. may be fitted with one, two or four stop lamps, or
ii. must be fitted with one, two or four stop lamps if its construction, equipment or loading prevents an arm signal
given by the driver from being seen from behind the vehicle.
b) first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two pairs of stop lamps that emit
a light that is visible from 100m.
5. A retrofitted pair of stop lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
6. A retrofitted stop lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp, must be fitted at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or
if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
8. A stop lamp must:
Performance
9. A stop lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
10. The light emitted from a stop lamp must be diffuse light that is substantially red.
11. A required stop lamp must operate when a service brake is activated.
12. A required stop lamp must provide sufficient light output to fulfil its intended purpose.
13. A stop lamp must emit a steady light.
14. A retrofitted mandatory stop lamp must emit a light that is visible within the angles of 15 above and below the
horizontal, and 45 inboard and outboard.
15. If a vehicle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must
override the stop lamps so that the stop lamps will operate as direction indicators.
16. Where a stop lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
17. A stop lamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and performance requirements.
4-11 High-mounted stop lamps
1. A class MA vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1990 is not fitted with one high-mounted stop lamp.
2. A vehicle is fitted with more than two high-mounted stop lamps.
3. A lamp is not fitted in a central high-mounted position.
4. A lamp fitted to a group M or N vehicle, except one that does not have a rear window, or that does not have a rear window
visible from the rear, has an illuminated surface that is lower than 150mm below the bottom edge of the rear window.
Condition
7. A mandatory lamp (Note 2) is obscured, or contains moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
Performance
a) a mandatory (Note 2) lamp does not operate, or
11. A lamp operates when the service brake is not activated.
12. A lamp emits a light that is not:
a) substantially red, or
b) diffuse, or
c) projected to the rear, or
d) bright enough to be visible from 100m in normal daylight, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light
source
Note 1 Definitions
High-mounted stop lamp means a stop lamp that is designed to be fitted in a central, high-mounted position at the rear of a
vehicle.
Note 2
Mandatory lamp the vehicle must have one high-mounted stop lamp that meets the equipment, condition and performance
requirements. Any other high-mounted stop lamp is a permitted lamp. The permitted lamp is not required to operate, but if it
does operate, it must meet the equipment, condition and performance requirements, although it may be obscured.
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a high-mounted stop lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
this section may retain the original high-mounted stop lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform
as intended by the vehicle manufacturer.
1. A class MA vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1990 must be fitted with one or two high-mounted
stop lamps.
2. Any other vehicle may be fitted with one or two high-mounted stop lamps.
3. A lamp on a group M or N vehicle must be fitted in a central high-mounted position at the rear of the vehicle.
4. No part of a lamps illuminated surface must be lower than 150mm below the bottom edge of the rear window, except where
there is no rear window fitted or visible from behind the vehicle.
Condition
6. A high-mounted stop lamp must be in good condition.
7. At least one high-mounted stop lamp must not be obscured.
Performance
8. A high-mounted stop lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
9. The light emitted from a high-mounted stop lamp must be diffuse light that is substantially red.
10. A high-mounted stop lamp must emit a steady light.
11. At least one unobscured lamp must operate when the vehicles service brakes are activated.
12. Where a high-mounted stop lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
Modifications
13. A high-mounted stop lamp that is affected by a modification:
4-12 Rear-reg.-plate illumination lamps
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle is not fitted with at least one rear-registration-plate illumination lamp.
2. A vehicle (eg a vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard rear-registration-plate illumination lamp requirements,
and:
Performance
3. The lamp emits a light that is not:
a) substantially white, or
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
4. The lamps are not bright enough to show up the registration plate text from 20m in normal darkness.
5. The light source of a lamp is visible from the rear of the vehicle.
Note 1 Definitions
Rear-registration-plate illumination lamp means a lamp designed to illuminate the rear registration plate of a vehicle.
equipment.
Note 2
A vehicle originally manufactured with a rear-registration-plate illumination lamp arrangement that differs from what is required
or permitted in this section may retain the original rear-registration-plate illumination lamps provided they remain fitted in their
original position and perform as intended by the vehicle manufacturer.
Mandatory equipment
1. At least one rear-registration-plate illumination lamp.
Performance
3. A rear-registration-plate illumination lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
4. A lamp must emit a diffuse light that is substantially white.
5. A rear-registration-plate illumination lamp must emit a steady light.
6. The light source of the lamp must not be visible from the rear of the vehicle.
7. A lamp must illuminate the figures and letters of the plate so that they are visible from 20m during normal darkness.
Modifications
9. A rear-registration-plate illumination lamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and
performance requirements.
4-13 Rear-reflectors
a) is not fitted with at least one red rearward-facing reflector on each side, or
b) is fitted with a red rearward-facing reflector that is not in a pair.
2. A class LE vehicle is not fitted with at least one red rearward-facing reflector.
3. A reflector is not positioned to the rear of the vehicle.
4. A retrofitted reflector is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practicable
due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
5. A retrofitted pair of reflectors is not:
Condition
6. A mandatory reflectors ability to reflect light is affected by excessive:
a) fading, or
b) scratching or other damage.
7. A mandatory reflector is obscured.
Performance
8. The reflected light from a mandatory reflector is not visible from 100m.
9. The reflected light from a reflector is not red.
Note 1 Definitions
Reflector means a distinct item of lighting equipment that is designed to reflect incident light back towards the light source, but
does not include reflective material (such as reflective tape).
Reflective material means any material that is designed to reflect incident light back towards the light source and includes
reflective tape, but does not include a reflector.
Note 2
A vehicle originally manufactured with a rear reflector arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this section
may retain the original rear reflectors provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as intended by the
vehicle manufacturer.
1. A group M or N vehicle must be fitted with at least one pair of rearward-facing reflectors at a height from the ground not
exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m.
2. A class LE vehicle must be fitted with at least one rearward-facing reflector that reflects light that is visible from 100m.
3. A rearward-facing reflector must be positioned to the rear of the vehicle.
4. A reflector must be of an area that allows it to reflect light to improve the visibility of the vehicle to other road users, but it must
not cause them undue dazzle or discomfort.
5. A retrofitted pair of reflectors must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
Condition
6. A mandatory reflector must be in good condition and not be obscured.
Performance
7. A reflector must operate in a way that is appropriate for the reflector and the vehicle.
8. A reflector must reflect white light as substantially red light.
9. A reflector must provide sufficient light reflection to fulfil its intended purpose.
Modifications
10. A rear reflector that is affected by a modification:
4-14 Reversing lamps
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle is fitted with more than two reversing lamps at the rear of the vehicle.
2. A retrofitted pair of reversing lamps is not:
Condition
Performance
6. A lamp controlled by gear engagement continues to display a light to the rear when the reverse gear is disengaged.
7. A lamp controlled by a manual switch continues to display a light to the rear while the headlamps are switched on.
8. When engaged, a lamp emits light that is not:
a) substantially white (Note 3), or
b) steady, or
c) diffuse or a dipped beam.
Note 1 Definitions
Reversing lamp means a lamp designed to illuminate the area behind the vehicle while it is reversing and to warn other road
users that the vehicle is reversing or about to reverse.
Note 2
A reversing lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to comply or
be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
Vehicles first registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 were allowed to use rear indicator lamps as reversing
lamps. Although the light emitted is amber rather than white, this arrangement is still permitted for these vehicles.
Note 4
A vehicle originally manufactured with a reversing lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this
section may retain the original reversing lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as intended by
Permitted equipment
1. One or two reversing lamps fitted at the rear of the vehicle.
2. A retrofitted pair of reversing lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
Condition
3. A reversing lamp must be in good condition.
Performance
4. A reversing lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
5. A reversing lamp, when operated, must emit a diffuse light or a dipped beam of light that is substantially white (Note 3).
6. A reversing lamp must emit a steady light.
7. A reversing lamp may operate only when the reverse gear is engaged or the headlamps are turned off.
8. Where a reversing lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
Modifications
9. A reversing lamp that is affected by a modification:
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
1. A cosmetic lamp (ie one not listed in Table 4-15-1) that is fitted to a vehicle:
a) has a part of its light-emitting surface positioned within 250mm of any mandatory lamp, or
b) is not mounted in a fixed position, or
c) is positioned so that its light-emitting surface is visible within the shaded areas in Figure 4-15-1.
Performance
2. When switched on, a cosmetic lamp with a light-emitting surface not visible within the shaded areas in Figure 4-15-1 emits a
light that:
a) is not diffuse, or
b) flashes or otherwise varies in intensity or colour, or
c) revolves, rotates or otherwise moves, or
d) is too bright and likely to dazzle other road users, or
e) is likely to cause confusion about the orientation of the vehicle, or
f) is red when seen directly from the front, or
g) is not red or amber when seen directly from the rear.
Note 1
A rear or side cosmetic lamp that does not comply with requirements for condition or performance must be made to comply, or
Note 2 Definitions
Lamp means a device designed to emit light, and includes an array of separate light sources that appear as a continuous
illuminated surface.
Cosmetic lamp means any lamp that is not listed in Table 4-15-1.
Note 3
A forward-facing cosmetic lamp that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance requirements must be
Table 4-15-1. Lamps that are not cosmetic lamps
Lamps covered in the VIRM Other lighting equipment not requiring inspection
Headlamps
Stop lamps
High-mounted stop lamps
Direction indicator lamps
Position lamps
(includes side-marker lamps
and end-outline marker lamps)
Rear-registration-plate
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Daytime running lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps
Designed to illuminate the interior of the vehicle for the convenience of passengers
Work lamps
White or amber high-intensity lamps that are not necessary for the operation of the vehicle
but are designed to illuminate the area around the vehicle or the vehicle itself
Scene lamps
Work lamps designed to provide a fixed or movable beam of light to illuminate the area
around the vehicle or the vehicle itself
Alley lamps
Work lamps designed primarily to provide a fixed or movable beam of light to the side of
the vehicle it is fitted to
Flashing or revolving beacons
Illuminated vehicle-mounted signs
Includes PSV destination signs, taxi signs and variable message signs operated by
enforcement officers, under a traffic management plan or permitted by other legislation
A light source that is a necessary part of equipment required or permitted by any
enactment to be fitted to a vehicle
Includes LEDs that indicate status on eRUC labels
Figure 4-15-1. Visibility angles for cosmetic lamps

Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with one or more lamps not specified in Table 4-15-1, provided they are fitted so that light sources
are not visible in those regions specified in Figure 4-15-1.
2. A lamp must be fitted in a fixed position on the vehicle and positioned so that no part of the light source is situated within
250mm of a mandatory lamp.
Performance
3. A lamp must:
a) only emit light that is diffuse, and
b) not emit light that flashes or otherwise varies in intensity or colour, and
c) be fitted in a way, and be of a luminance that ensures, that it does not dazzle, confuse or distract other road users,
and
d) not emit a light that revolves, rotates or otherwise moves, and
e) not cause confusion as to the orientation of the vehicle, and
f) not emit a red light that is directly visible from the front of the vehicle, and
g) not emit a light other than red or amber if the light is directly visible from the rear of the vehicle.
5 Vision
5-1 Glazing
Mandatory equipment
Glazing markings visual inspection
1. A glazing marking is not permanent, except for:
a) glazing marked by a vendor or installer, and fitted in a vehicle before 1 January 1997, which may be marked by means of a
self-adhesive label.
2. A glazing marking required in Table 5-1-1 or Table 5-1-2 is missing, except for:
a) plastic glazing behind the drivers seat in a soft-top convertible, or
b) hard plastic material behind the drivers seat in a vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1991, or
c) wire glass fitted to a window behind the drivers seat of a dangerous goods vehicle.
3. The glazing has an incorrect marking for the location in which it is fitted.
4. Glazing that is marked by a vendor or installer does not contain (Table 5-1-3 and Figure 5-1-3):
a) wording, characters or symbols that indicate the approved vehicle standard, and
b) the type of glazing, and
c) the thickness of the glazing in millimetres, or, in the case of laminated glass only, the thickness of the intervening layer of
plastic, and
d) the identity of the vendor or installer of the glazing.
Glazing condition
5. A piece of glazing is not mechanically sound, or is not securely affixed to the vehicle.
6. A windscreen or front side window is so dirty or obstructed that the drivers vision is impaired.
7. A windscreen has damage that prevents the wiper blades from working properly.
8. A windscreen has scratches, discolouration or other defects that unreasonably impair the drivers vision or compromise the
strength of the windscreen.
Condition within the critical vision area (CVA)
9. The critical vision area (CVA) of a windscreen (Figure 5-1-4) is damaged (apart from scratching and surface pitting that does
not affect the drivers vision, such as small stone marks).
Condition outside the CVA
10. A windscreen has damage (Note 2) of the types and exceeding the dimensions in Table 5-1-5.
11. Any damage that extends through more than one layer of glass.
Glazing performance
12. The overall visible light transmittance (VLT) (Note 3) of a windscreen is less than 70%.
13. The overall VLT of a front side window is less than 35%.
14. Glazing has a mirrored effect sufficient to dazzle other road users (unless it is OE and has an approved standard marking).
Permitted modifications
15. A modification that affects glazing is not within the limits in Table 5-1-6.
Glazing removal
16. OE glazing that affects the structural integrity of the vehicle (eg bonded glazing) has been permanently removed but the
vehicle has not been certified to the LVV Code and is not fitted with a valid LVV certification plate, or the operator is not able to
produce a valid modification declaration or authority card.
Condition of modified glazing
17. Glazing has scratches or other defects that unreasonably impair vision or compromise the strength of the glazing.
Performance of modified glazing
18. A modification:
a) unreasonably impairs the drivers vision through the windscreen or a front side window, or
b) adversely affects the strength or mechanical performance of the glazing or the vehicle.
Windscreen repair
19. A windscreen that has been rejected for a WoF or CoF has been repaired and re-presented without the required
documentation (Note 6).
Note 1 - Definitions
centreline, but does not include a wind deflector. No fitting or overlays of stickers are permitted to the windscreen except those
previously mentioned.
Laminated glass means glazing consisting of two or more pieces of sheet glass, plate glass or float glass bonded together by
one or more intervening layers of plastic material.
Overlay means a transparent, translucent or opaque self-adhesive or clinging film that is applied to large areas, or the whole,
of a piece of glazing, including anti-glare band overlays, stoneguard overlays.
Sticker means a self-adhesive or clinging film, with or without print on it, that is applied for purposes such as, but not limited to,
advertising, identification, information, or for aesthetic or legal reasons.
Anti-glare band overlay means a tinted overlay that is transparent and that is applied along the top edge of the windscreen for
Stoneguard overlay means a clear overlay that is transparent and that is applied along the bottom edge of the windscreen for
the purpose of preventing damage to the windscreen from stones and other debris thrown up by other vehicles.
Note 2
Damage includes any unrepaired damage and attempted visible repairs.
Note 3
Visible light transmittance (VLT) is the proportion of visible light that passes through glazing, measured perpendicular to the
glazing. Overall VLT is the VLT of the glazing together with any overlays.
Note 4
Any OE opaque edging (usually black) is not considered part of the windscreen when determining the boundaries of the CVA,
or the areas permitted for stickers, print on an anti-glare band, or radio antennae.
Note 5
Perforated overlays are usually made from printed-on materials. They are therefore not transparent and may be fitted only
where stickers are allowed.
Note 6
When a windscreen has been rejected for a WoF or CoF, repaired, and then re-presented for inspection, the repair must be
certified to AS/NZS 2366: 1999, AS 2366-1990 or NZS 5470: 1993. Proof of certification is the receipt issued in accordance
with the relevant standard by the repairer. For AS/NZS 2366: 1999, the windscreen repair invoice must include:
a) invoice number
b) date of repair
c) date of invoice (if different from date of repair)
d) trading name and address of repairer
e) name or identification of person performing the repair
f) make of vehicle
g) registration number of vehicle, or if registration number is unavailable then the vehicle identification number (VIN) or
chassis number
h) details of work carried out
i) type and location of repaired damage on the windscreen (it is recommended that this be marked on a schematic
windscreen on the invoice form)
j) in the case of repairs performed to this standard, a statement that the repairs have been made in accordance with and
comply with AS/NZS 2366.1 using a repair system that complies with AS/NZS 2366.2
k) any guarantees or warranties given.
Table 5-1-1. Required markings for windscreens (Note 1)
Date of manufacture
Vehicle
class
before
1/1/60
1/1/601/7/86 1/7/861/1/91 1/1/911/7/97 from 1/7/97
MA, MB,
MC, NA
Safety glass with approved
trade name or approved
standard
Laminated glass
with approved
standard
Laminated glass
with approved
standard
Laminated glass
with approved
standard
MD1,
MD2
standard
Safety glass with
approved standard
Safety glass with
approved standard
Laminated glass
with approved
standard
Low
volume
vehicles
LVV Code LVV Code
Table 5-1-2. Required markings for other glazing
Date of manufacture
Vehicle class
before
1/2/77
1/2/771/1/91 from 1/1/91
MA, MB
1
, MC, NA, MD1
1
,
MD2
1
Safety glass with approved trade name or
approved standard
standard
Low volume vehicles LVV Code
1
Curved scenic skylights above the cant rail, curved windows at front and rear corners, skylights, louvres and interior partitions
may be made of a transparent material of a kind that does not shatter. This material is not usually marked.
Table 5-1-3. Approved trade names for glazing
Armourfloat
Armourplate
Blindex
Duolite Safety
Duplate Safety
Flolite
Ford Indestructo
Ford Safety Glass
Ford Silver Arrow
Glacetex
Hankuk Glass Safety Heat
Line
HMC Glass Safety Hankuk
TF5
TV5
Indestructo
Nippon Safety
NM Laminated Safety Glass
FHP
Peerless
Plexite
Safetyflex
Safety MGB (Meloplate)
Safety MGB (Melite Safety
Plate)
Sekurit
Sigla
Spectrofloat Splintex
Sunmat
Suntex Safety Glass
Temperlite
Temperlite Santa Marina
Thorex Connex
Triplex
Triplex Plate
Tuflite
Tyneside
Veracetex

Table 5-1-4. Glossary of codes for safety glass (including laminated glass) (Note 1) (Note 4)
L laminated glass
F float glass
P plate glass
LF laminated float
LP laminated plate
/
toughened, when near the mark
// or ///
laminated, when near the mark
TS toughened glass
TP toughened plate
T toughened or tempered
Z zone tempered
HP high performance laminated safety glass
WHP complies with impact test (windscreen high performance laminated safety glass)
DOT Department of Transport (USA)
AS 1 or
AS 2
the glass, in the direction of the arrow, complies with the 70% light transmission requirement
ANSI American National Standards Institute
FMVSS codes
AS1 for use anywhere in the vehicle
AS2 for use anywhere in the vehicle other than windscreen
AS3 for rear and rear side windows only
AS4 and
AS5
for glazing not used for drivers vision (eg the rear window of heavy truck cabs or convertible tops,
windows/doors in motorhome bodies, ute canopies, rear windows on buses, roof glazing etc)
Glazing cut from mother sheet
L.76WHP laminated, 0.76 mm interlayer, suitable for all locations
L.38 laminated, 0.38 mm interlayer, must not be used for windscreens
PCZ26.1 polycarbonate, meets requirements of ANSI Z26, must not be used for windscreens
Table 5-1-5. Types and maximum sizes of windscreen damage (Note 2).
(see also Figure 5-1-5)

Table 5-1-6. Permitted modifications
Fitting of or modification to: Modification permitted provided that:
Overlays (Note 1):
See below for overlays on windscreens,
front side windows, rear and rear side
windows, and sun roofs
overlays do not:
have any bubbling or other defect that could unreasonably impair vision,
or
have a mirrored effect that is sufficient to dazzle other road users, or
affect the performance of any high-mounted stop lamp fitted to the
vehicle.
Windscreens:
Stickers (Note 1)

stickers are wholly within 100mm of the top or bottom edge, or 50mm of
the side edges (Note 4), unless required or permitted by legislation, eg:
a licence label
a road user licence label
a WoF label
an alternative fuel sticker
a current parking permit or other document issued by the local authority
learner L-plates (in sticker format) provided the drivers vision is not
unreasonably affected.
Anti-glare band overlay
(Note 1)

the overlay is transparent, and
the overlay does not extend below the bottom edge of the vehicles OE
sun visors when they are folded down as far as possible towards the
windscreen, and
the overlay does not contain print below a line that is 100 mm below
and parallel to the top edge of the windscreen (Note 4).
Clear or transparent stoneguard overlay
(Note 1)
the vehicle is not of class MA or MC, and
the overlay is applied only to the bottom edge of the windscreen, and
the top edge of the overlay does not extend any higher than the highest
point of the steering wheel.
Radio antennae
antennae are wholly within 100mm of any edge (Note 4).
Front side windows:
Transparent overlays (Note 5)
the overall visible light transmittance (VLT) is not reduced to below
35%.
Stickers
stickers are wholly within 100mm of the bottom edge, or 50 mm of any
other edge, unless required or permitted by legislation.
Radio antennae
antennae are wholly within 100mm of any edge.
Rear and rear-side windows (behind the drivers seat)
class MA vehicles except stretch limousines and body transfer vehicles:
35%, and
the vehicle is equipped on both sides with external rear-view mirrors.
Stickers
the stickers are wholly within 100mm of any edge unless they are:
required or permitted by legislation
required for motorsport purposes (such as competition numbers
or competitor names), and the vehicle has a valid motorsport
authority card.
Radio antennae
any vehicle class except MA, but including stretch limousines and body transfer vehicles:
Overlays and other modifications
Stickers
stickers may be applied anywhere on the glazing but, if not wholly
within 100mm of any edge (Note 4), the vehicle must be equipped on
both sides with external rear-view mirrors.
Radio antennae
in-service requirements for condition and performance are met.
Fitting of or modification to: Modification always permitted:
Monsoon shields
Electric demisters
Sunroofs (overlays and stickers applied anywhere on the glazing,
radio antennae, and electric demisters)
Figure 5-1-1 Approved standards markings

Figure 5-1-2. Typical laminated glazing markings (Note 1)

Figure 5-1-3. Typical markings required on glazing cut from mother sheet

Figure 5-1-4. Windscreen critical vision area (CVA)

Figure 5-1-5. Actual maximum sizes of types of windscreen damage

Note Due to different screen resolutions and sizes the above image may not be shown at actual size.

Figure 5-1-6. Minimum VLT limits for modified glazing (tinted overlays) for different vehicle classes

Note The minimum VLT for any windscreen is 70% but no overlays may be fitted.
Land Transport Rule: Glazing, Windscreen Wipe and Wash, and Mirrors 1999.
Mandatory equipment
Glazing markings
1. Windscreens and other glazing must be permanently and indelibly marked as complying with an approved trade name or
approved vehicle standard as shown in Table 5-1-1 and Table 5-1-2 unless excluded as below:
a) glazing marked by a vendor or installer, and fitted in a vehicle before 1 January 1997, may be marked by means of a
self-adhesive label
b) plastic glazing behind the drivers seat in a soft-top convertible need not be marked
c) hard plastic material behind the drivers seat in a vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1991 need not be marked.
2. Glazing marked by the vendor or installer must contain wording, characters or symbols that indicate the approved vehicle
standard, and the:
a) type of glazing, and
b) thickness of the glazing in millimetres or, in the case of laminated glass only, the thickness of the intervening layer of
plastic, and
c) identity of the vendor or installer of the glazing.
Permitted glazing
3. Wire glass may be used in any window behind the drivers seat, if required or allowed under any legislation.
4. Vehicles of class MD1 or MD2 may be fitted with the following, which may be made of a transparent material of a kind that
does not shatter:
a) curved scenic skylights above the cant rail
b) curved windows at the front and rear corners
c) skylights
d) louvres
e) interior partitions.
Glazing condition
5. Glazing must be mechanically sound, strong, and securely affixed to the vehicle.
6. A windscreen and front side windows must be clean and free of obstruction to ensure the driver has sufficient vision through
the glazing to operate the vehicle safely.
7. A windscreen must not have scratches and other defects that:
a) unreasonably impair vision, or
b) compromise its strength.
8. A laminated windscreen must not show signs of discolouration that could unreasonably impair the drivers vision.
9. Glazing in roof panels may be tinted.
Glazing performance
10. A windscreen visible light transmittance (VLT) must be at least 70%.
11. Front side windows VLT must be at least 35%.
12. Glazing must not have a mirrored effect sufficient to dazzle other road users.
13. A modification that affects glazing is permitted if within the limits in Table 5-1-6.
Glazing removal
14. Permanent removal of OE-specified glazing that affects the structural integrity of the vehicle (eg bonded glazing) must be
certified in accordance with the Low Volume Vehicle Code.
15. Overlays must not have any bubbling or other defects that could unreasonably impair vision.
16. Glazing must not have any scratches or other defects that unreasonably impair vision or compromise the strength of the
glazing.
17. Modifications must not:
a) unreasonably impair vision through a windscreen or a front side window, or a rear or rear side window in the case of MA
vehicles other than stretch limousines or body transfer vehicles, or
b) adversely affect the strength or mechanical performance of the glazing or the vehicle.
Windscreen repair
18. Windscreens: a repair to a windscreen carried out on or after 1 January 1997 must comply with whichever of the following
standards is applicable at the date of repair:
a) New Zealand standard 5470: 1993, Code of Practice for Automotive Windscreen Repair (superseded by Australian
Standard/New Zealand standard 2366: 1999, Windscreen Repairs), or
b) Australian standard 2366-1990, Repair of Laminated Glass Windscreens fitted to Road Vehicles (superseded by
Australian Standard/New Zealand standard 2366: 1999, Windscreen Repairs).
Page amended 1 November 2012 (see amendment details).
5-2 Sun visors
Mandatory equipment
1. A sun visor for the drivers use is not fitted to a vehicle (other than of class LE) which can practicably be fitted with a sun visor
(Note 1).
Condition
2. A sun visor:
a) is insecurely mounted, or
b) for the driver, cannot be adjusted from the normal driving position, or
c) cannot maintain its adjusted position, or
d) has been modified or has deteriorated, and the likelihood of injury to vehicle occupants has not been minimised.
Performance
3. A drivers sun visor does not effectively aid the drivers vision by intercepting the glare from the sun.
Note 1 Definitions
Sun visor means any attachment mounted above the inside of the windscreen and provided for the purpose of shielding the
eyes of the driver and other front seat passengers from solar glare.
equipment.
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Equipment 2004
Land Transport Rule: Interior Impact 2002.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle other than of class LE must be fitted with a sun visor for the drivers use if it is reasonable and practicable to do so
(Note 1).
Permitted equipment
2. A vehicle of class LE may be fitted with a sun visor.
3. Additional sun visors may be fitted in other positions.
Condition
4. The condition of a sun visor must be such that the likelihood of injury to occupants is minimised.
Performance
5. A drivers sun visor must be effective.
Modification
6. A sun visor that is not OE or that has been affected by a modification (Note 1):
a) must meet the requirements for equipment, condition and performance, and
5-3 Windscreen wipe and wash
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle that has a windscreen is not fitted with a windscreen wipe system.
2. A vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 1992 is not fitted with a windscreen wash system.
3. A vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 1960 is fitted with wipers that are not power driven.
Condition
Windscreen wipe system
4. The wiper operating device is missing.
5. A wiper arm or wiper blade is:
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
c) damaged so as to affect the performance of the wipers.
6. The wiper operating mechanism is:
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
Windscreen wash system
7. A wash system component is missing or insecure.
8. The wash operating device is missing.
Performance
9. A windscreen wiper does not wipe the windscreen effectively, preventing adequate forward vision by the driver.
10. The wipe operating device is unable to activate the wipe system.
11. A windscreen wash nozzle does not discharge washer liquid directly onto the windscreen.
12. The wash operating device is unable to activate the wash system.
Modifications
13. A modification affects a windscreen wipe system, and:
i. the vehicle is not fitted with a valid LVV certification plate, or
Removal of a windscreen wash system from a vehicle
manufactured before 1/1/1992
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1992 that is fitted with a windscreen must have a windscreen wipe system.
2. A vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 1992 that is fitted with a windscreen must have a windscreen wipe and wash
system.
3. Windscreen wipers must be power driven, unless they follow OE specifications in a vehicle manufactured before 1 January
1960.
Permitted equipment
4. A vehicle may be fitted with a wash system when this is not required.
Condition
5. A vehicles windscreen wipe system must be efficient and within the vehicle manufacturers operating limits.
Performance
6. The equipment fitted must be capable of keeping an adequate area of the windscreen clean and clear so that the vehicle
may be operated safely under all reasonably foreseeable conditions.
Modifications
7. An OE windscreen washing system may be removed from a vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1992.
8. A modification to the windscreen wipe system must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier unless the
vehicle:
b) has been inspected in accordance with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition, and
performance.
5-4 Rear-view mirrors
Mandatory equipment
1. A mandatory rear-view mirror identified in Table 5-4-1 is missing.
Condition
2. A rear-view mirror:
a) is not mounted securely, or
b) cannot be adjusted, or
d) is corroded or dirty, or
e) is damaged so that it increases the risk of injury to vehicle occupants.
Performance
a) does not provide a clear view to the rear of the vehicle, or
b) is not sufficiently isolated from vibrations.
Modifications
4. A modification affects rear-view mirrors, and:
Note 1
A vehicle with overlays on the rear side windows and rear screen must be fitted with a left-hand and a right-hand exterior
mirror.
Table 5-4-1. Mandatory requirements for rear-view mirrors
For left-hand drive vehicles, read R/H side instead of L/H side, and L/H side instead of R/H side.
Vehicle class
Year of manufacture
Before 1 January 2000 From 1 January 2000
MA, MB, MC External R/H side or interior External R/H side and interior
NA External R/H side or interior External R/H side and interior or external L/H side
MD1, MD2 External R/H side and external L/H side External R/H side and external L/H side
Additional or substituted rear-view mirrors , or removal of a non-
mandatory mirror
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with one or more of the rear-view mirrors listed in Table 5-4-1.
Permitted equipment
2. Additional rear-view mirrors may be fitted.
Condition
3. A rear-view mirror must be:
a) securely attached so that the risk of injury is minimised, and
b) mounted so that vibration does not inhibit the drivers required clear view to the rear, and
c) sufficiently adjustable, and able to maintain its position.
Performance
4. A rear-view mirror must provide a clear view to the rear of:
a) the motor vehicle itself, and
b) the vehicles load, and
c) any towed trailer and its load.
5. A rear-view mirror must be sufficiently isolated from vibrations.
Modifications
6. The fitting of additional rear-view mirrors, or a modification that affects rear-view mirrors, must be inspected and certified by
an LVV specialist certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
6 Entrance and exit
6-1 Door and hinged panel retention systems
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle fitted with doors used by the driver or passengers for entrance and exit of the motor vehicle does not have a
door retention system.
2. A vehicle for transporting prisoners which does not have doors in the prison compartment that can be opened from the
inside, has no alternative exit that can be operated by an authorised person in an emergency.
Equipment condition
3. A hinge for a door or other hinged panel is not securely attached to both the vehicle body and to the door or other hinged
panel due to loose connections, corrosion or other damage (Note 1).
4. A door used for entrance and exit of the driver or passengers cannot be opened from the inside, unless the vehicle is
designed or adapted to transport prisoners and the door is inoperable from the inside of the prison compartment.
5. A child safety lock or similar safety device cannot be deactivated.
6. There is corrosion damage within 150 mm of the hinge of a door or other hinged panel (see Figure 6-1-1).
7. There is corrosion damage within 150 mm of the latch of a door or other hinged panel (see Figure 6-1-1).
Equipment performance
8. A door used for entrance and exit of the driver or passengers does not open or close easily.
9. A door or other hinged panel does not remain secure in a closed or locked position.
Modifications
10. A modification (Note 2) affects door or hinged panel retention systems, and:
Note 1
Corrosion damage is where the metal has been eaten away, which is evident by pitting. The outward signs of such corrosion
Note 2 Definitions
Repair means to restore a damaged or worn vehicle, its structure, systems, components or equipment, including replacement
with undamaged or new structures, systems, components or equipment.
Child safety lock (also known as a kiddi-lock) means a safety device installed during the manufacture of the vehicle to prevent
a door from being opened from the inside of the vehicle.
Tables and images
Table 6-1-1 Modifications that do not require LVV certification
Exterior door handles (on doors
normally used for entry and exit of
occupants)
the modification is minor (eg removal of key locks), and
door handles remain fitted and in serviceable condition.
Note
The fitting of a door opening/closing mechanism (which may include the removal
of exterior door handles) that differs from original must be LVV certified.
Fitting of or modification to:
LVV certification is never required:

Figure 6-1-1 Hinge and latch anchorages

No corrosion damage is allowed within 150mm of a circle around the outside of hinge or latch components.
See also figures for corrosion limits to structure (section 3-1), seatbelt anchorages (section 7-5), and front or rear suspension
anchorages (section 9-1).
Land Transport Rule: Door Retention Systems 2001
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002, section 7.4.
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle fitted with doors used by the driver or passengers for entrance and exit of the motor vehicle must have a
Permitted equipment
2. The door retention system on doors to the rear of the drivers seat may incorporate safety devices installed during the
manufacture of the vehicle to prevent the doors from being opened from the inside of the vehicle (eg child safety locks).
3. A vehicle designed or adapted to transport prisoners is not required to be fitted with a mechanism for opening a door from
the inside if the prison compartment has an alternative exit that can be operated by an authorised person in an emergency.
Equipment condition
4. A door retention system and its mountings must be safe and structurally sound.
5. A door used for the entrance and exit of the driver or passengers must be operable by any occupant seated by the door from
inside the motor vehicle, unless it is permitted equipment designed or adapted to operate otherwise.
6. The vehicle must be designed and constructed using components and materials that are fit for their purpose, and within safe
tolerance of their state when manufactured or modified.
7. A door retention system must be in good working order.
8. A door used for entrance and exit must open and close easily.
9. A door used for entrance and exit must remain secure in a closed position during the operation of the motor vehicle.
Modifications
10. A modification that affects door or hinged panel retention systems must be inspected and certified by a low volume vehicle
specialist certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
7 Vehicle interior
7-1 Seats and seat anchorages
Mandatory equipment
1. The vehicle is not fitted with a drivers seat.
2. A seat is not attached to the vehicle structure by seat anchorages.
3. A seat frame or seat structure has been weakened, eg due to damage, corrosion or excessive wear.
4. The adjustment mechanism of a drivers seat:
b) is worn, causing excessive movement of the seat.
5. The attachment of the seat to the seat anchorage is loose or weakened by damage.
6. The attachment of the seat anchorage to the vehicle structure is loose or weakened by damage.
7. There is corrosion damage within 150mm of a seat anchorage (Note 4).
8. There is corrosion damage within 300mm of the anchorage of a seat with integrated seatbelt anchorages (Note 4).
9. A drivers seat is in such a condition that it does not allow the driver to have proper control of the vehicle.
Modification
10. A modification (Note 3) carried out after 1 March 1999 affects a seat or seat anchorage, and:
Note 1
A seat may be able to be rotated or placed to face in different directions.
Note 2
Note 3 Definitions
equipment.
Seat means an assembly, or part of an assembly, intended to seat at least one person, which may or may not be integral to the
structure of the vehicle, and includes components, such as rails and runners, that attach to the seat anchorages.
Seat anchorages means the parts of the vehicle structure to which a seat is attached.
Note 4
Note 5
Where a seat with an integrated airbag is fitted with a seat cover that is not airbag compatible, this modification is allowed (a
pass), but the inspector should advise the operator, for example by putting a note on the checksheet , that the seat airbag may
not work properly in a crash. Airbag compatible seat covers are now readily available.
Aftermarket Retro brand child
seats designed for children 5
12 years old (up to 38kg)
the seat is identified as complying with the Australian Federal Code of Practice
VSB-5A (category 2 and 3) and installed by Auckland Auto Trimmers or their
agents before 1 June 2012.
Seats modification or
replacement or installation of a
seat anchorage after 1 March
1999
the seat is either an unmodified OE seat from another vehicle or of a known and
reputable aftermarket brand, and
the seat is fitted to unmodified OE seat anchorages, and
the seatbelt anchorage or operation is not affected, and
the seat components (including brackets, runners and rails) are compatible with each
other, ie they are either OE components from a production vehicle or of a known and
reputable aftermarket brand, and are not fitted together by welding, and
the relationship between seat, seat occupant, front airbag and location of the seatbelt
anchorages is not affected.
Note LVV certification is not required where the only modification is the removal of seats
and/or seatbelts. However, a class change and a new load rating may be required in
some cases.
Note This means that a campervan conversion completed on or after 1/3/1999, other than
a camper box fitted to an unmodified cab and chassis, always requires LVV certification.
Seat pads or covers (see (Note 5) for seats with integrated
airbags)
Any modification for the purpose of law enforcement or the
Land Transport Rule: Seats and Seat Anchorages 2002.
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle must be fitted with a drivers seat.
2. A seat in a motor vehicle must be fitted to the vehicle structure by means of seat anchorages.
3. Seats and seat anchorages must be safe, strong, in sound condition and compatible in strength with each other and with the
vehicle structure.
4. The drivers seat and its anchorages must be designed, constructed and maintained to enable the driver to have proper
control of the vehicle.
5. Seats and seat anchorages must be securely attached to the vehicle structure.
6. When a seatbelt or any part of the seatbelt is integral to a seat, the seat and seat anchorages must be compatible in strength
with the seatbelt or with that part of the seatbelt attached to the seat.
Modification
7. A modification, on or after 1 March 1999 to a seat or seat anchorage must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist
certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
7-3 Head restraints
1. The external surfaces and padding of a head restraint have deteriorated to the extent that they are likely to injure a vehicle
occupant.
2. An adjustable head restraint is unable to remain locked in its adjusted position.
Modification
3. A modification (Note 1) affects a head restraint, and
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Fitting of or
modification to:
LVV certification is not required provided that:
Head restraint removal
A front-seat head restraint must not be removed from a vehicle required to comply with a
frontal impact occupant protection standard. These vehicles are the following with a GVM
of 2500 kg or less:
a class MA motor vehicle manufactured from 1 March 1999
a class MA motor vehicle that was less than 20 years old when it was first registered in New
Zealand on or after 1 April 2002,
a class MB or MC motor vehicle manufactured from 1 October 2003.
Fitting of aftermarket
LCD screens to head
restraints
the performance of the head restraint is not affected, eg the head restraint still provides
sufficient padding for the seat occupant, and
the screen is fitted in a suitable manner, eg it appears similar to OE fitments in other
vehicles, or
the screen can be easily attached or removed.
Land Transport Rule: Head Restraints 2001
Land Transport Rule: Frontal Impact 2001.
Permitted equipment
1. A motor vehicle may be fitted with head restraints.
2. The external surfaces and padding of a head restraint must not have deteriorated to the extent that the likelihood of injury to
an occupant of the vehicle is increased.
3. An adjustable head restraint must remain able to be adjusted and locked into position.
Modification
4. A modification that affects a head restraint must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the vehicle
is:
a) excluded from the requirement for LVV specialist certification (Table 7-3-1), and
performance.
7-5 Seatbelts and seatbelt anchorages
Mandatory equipment
1. A seatbelt (Note 1) of the type specified in Table 7-5-1 (first registered in NZ before 1/1/1991), Table 7-5-2 (first registered in
NZ between 1/1/1991 and 31/3/2002)and Table 7-5-3 (first registered in NZ from 1/4/2002) has not been fitted (see (Note 18)
for permitted specialist seatbelts), and
a) the requirements for specific motor vehicles in Table 7-5-4 are not met, or
b) the requirements for modification in Table 7-5-5 are not met.
2. A seat that can be rotated or reversed to face in different directions, for which seatbelts are not provided for all directions,
has no notice easily visible by the seat occupant that indicates the direction the seat must (or must not) face when the vehicle
is moving.
Condition
Seatbelts
3. The seatbelt assembly is not securely fixed to a seatbelt anchorage.
4. A seatbelt component (eg protective plastic cover on buckle, tongue or retractor system) is damaged so that foreign objects
may enter the interior components, or that they may cause damage to the interior components, mechanisms or webbing.
5. The seatbelt webbing (including webbing attached to the buckle) has:
a) a cut, including a cut on the surface, or
b) a rip or tear, or
c) fraying, or
d) stretching (eg the belt has unusual web patterns or the webbing is deformed, will not lie flat, or is curled or rippled), or
e) fading so that most of the colour has been bleached, and:
i. shows signs of chalking, or a powdery residue is evident on the webbing, or
ii. it has become stiff
f) been dyed to conceal fading, or
g) contamination from grease, paint, solvents or similar products.
h) been replaced or shows other signs of repair (Note 14) and there is no evidence of approval from the seatbelt
manufacturer.
Note Such approval is very unlikely.
6. The seatbelt stitching:
a) is damaged or insecure, or
b) shows signs of home repair, eg gluing, stitching by hand or home sewing machine, staples, bolts, or rivets, or
c) indicates that the 'rip stitch' system has been activated, ie the stitching is broken and a 'REPLACE BELT' label has been
exposed near the lower seatbelt anchorage, or this label has been cut off.
7. A buckle and tongue:
a) are mismatched, or
b) do not lock, or
c) do not remain locked, or
d) do not release easily, or
e) are insecure when coupled.
8. A component is missing (Note 19), or is cracked, distorted, damaged or deteriorated in such a way that:
a) its strength or integrity is reduced, or
b) it may damage another component or the webbing, or
c) foreign matter may enter the interior of the mechanism, or
d) the seatbelt or a seatbelt component cannot function as intended.
9. A seatbelt stalk:
a) (wire-cable type) shows broken wires, or
b) (plastic-covered webbing type) webbing has deteriorated, or is frayed, cut or faded, or
c) (solid metal type) is corroded, cracked or buckled, or
d) is not the correct type for the vehicle or the seating position.
10. A seatbelt pretensioning system has not been replaced after activation.
Seatbelt anchorages
11. A seatbelt anchorage (Note 12):
a) is not securely fixed to the vehicle structure, or
b) is not securely fixed to the seat if the seatbelt is an integral part of the seat, or
c) is corroded, damaged or shows signs of tampering, or
d) has evidence of corrosion damage (Note 13 and Note 17) or structural damage within 150 mm of a lower seatbelt
anchorage mounted in a wheel arch, or within 300 mm of any other seatbelt anchorage.
Performance
12. The seatbelt webbing of a retractor-type seatbelt does not easily pull out from the retractor.
13. The seatbelt webbing of a retractor-type seatbelt has difficulty retracting, eg is slow or intermittent, or does not fully retract.
14. A static seatbelt cannot be adjusted to fit a variety of persons.
15. The seatbelt is not of sufficient length to fit a variety of persons.
16. A seatbelt is located so that it cannot be readily fastened or released by the wearer.
17. The web and/or vehicle sensitivity of a dual-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a front seating position does not
function correctly.
18. The vehicle sensitivity of a single-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a front seating position does not function
correctly.
19. The web sensitivity of a dual-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a rear seating position does not function correctly.
20. The vehicle sensitivity of a single-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a rear seating position does not function correctly.
Modification
21. A modification affects a seatbelt or seatbelt anchorage including fitting of an alternative type of seatbelt, or a modification
(since 1 January 1992) that affects a seatbelt anchorage, and
Note 1
Seatbelt means an assembly of straps made of webbing or metal with a securing buckle, adjusting devices and attachments,
including any device for absorbing energy or for retracting the webbing, that is:
a) able to be anchored to the interior of a vehicle, and
b) designed to diminish the risk of injury to its wearer in the event of a collision or abrupt deceleration of the vehicle by
limiting the mobility of the wearers body.
Note 2
Note 3
Single-sensitive means a seatbelt retractor that, during normal driving conditions, allows freedom of movement by the wearer
of the seatbelt by means of length-adjusting components that automatically adjust the seatbelt to the wearer, and that
comprises a locking mechanism activated in an emergency by deceleration of the vehicle (ie the seatbelt is vehicle sensitive).
Note 4
Dual-sensitive means a seatbelt retractor that, during normal driving conditions, allows freedom of movement by the wearer of
the seatbelt by means of length-adjusting components that automatically adjust the strap to the wearer, and that is activated by
two or more of the following:
a) deceleration of the vehicle, or
b) acceleration of the strap from the retractor, or
c) other means of activation.
Note 5
Note 6
Outer seating position means a seating position next to a side wall of a vehicle where there is no more than 500mm between
the longitudinal centre of the seat and the side wall.
Note 7
Middle seating position means a seating position in a vehicle that is not an outer seating position.
Note 8
Rear seating position means a seating position in a vehicle behind the driver.
Note 9
Monocoque, in relation to a motor vehicle, means that the chassis of the vehicle is integral to the body.
Note 10
Retrofit, in relation to a seatbelt or seatbelt anchorage in a motor vehicle, means to fit a seatbelt or seatbelt anchorage in a
location where a seatbelt or seatbelt anchorage has not been fitted before.
Note 11
Motorhome means a motor vehicle, other than a trailer, that is permanently equipped with features intended to make the
vehicle suitable as a dwelling place, and must include at least one sleeping berth and one table, both of which may be of a
design that allows them to be retracted or folded away.
Note 12
Seatbelt anchorage means the parts of a vehicle structure, seat structure or any other part of the vehicle to which a seatbelt
assembly is attached.
Note 13
damage is typically displayed by the lifting or bubbling of paint. In extreme cases the area affected by the corrosion damage
Note 14
equipment.
Any repairs, such as webbing or retractor replacement, must be approved by the seatbelt manufacturer. Any
modification, such as fitting a different type of seatbelt or a seatbelt extension, must be approved by the seatbelt or
vehicle manufacturer. It is very unlikely that a repair or modification will be approved by the vehicle or seatbelt
manufacturer. Where such approval is claimed, the inspector must request appropriate evidence.
Note 15
Specialist seatbelt means a seatbelt that is designed for specialist purposes, and includes a full harness seatbelt used for
motorsport activities.
Note 16
Permanent structure means a non-removable structure capable of sustaining loads associated with seatbelts and seatbelt
anchorages.
Note 17
Note 18
A vehicle may be fitted with seatbelts other than of type L, S, R1 or R2 only if the seatbelts are of a specialist type (eg full
harness seatbelts), and:
a) the specialist seatbelts are the vehicle manufacturers original equipment specification, or
b) the specialist seatbelts have been fitted for a specific purpose (eg motorsport), and the operator produces a valid
LVV authority card, or
c) the vehicle is scratchbuilt and the specialist seatbelts are noted on the LVV plate.
Note 19
Some vehicles (such as the Peugeot 307 SW) are designed with rear OE seats that can be placed in any of the rear seating
positions provided by the vehicle manufacturer (4 or 5 positions in two rear rows). However, vehicle manufacturers may supply
rear seats only for one rear row, leaving two positions with only the upper seatbelt parts, but no seats and attached seatbelt
buckles.
If you are presented with such a vehicle with incomplete seatbelts, these incomplete seatbelts must be inspected as far as
practicable as presented (ie a seat/buckle is not required to be fitted in these positions). The vehicle may be passed only if
these incomplete seatbelts, including the webbing, retractor mechanism and anchorages, meet the condition and performance
requirements, and only if the vehicle is fitted with at least the number of seats to fit the first rear row of seats.
Key to Table 7-5-1, Table 7-5-2 and Table 7-5-3: Types of seatbelts
1
No seatbelt required
L Lap seatbelt
S Static lap-and-diagonal seatbelt without a retractor (Note 2)
R1 Single-sensitive emergency-locking retractor (ELR) lap and diagonal seatbelt (Note 3)
R2 Multiple- (dual-) sensitive emergency-locking retractor lap-and-diagonal seatbelt (Note 4)
1
A requirement for a specified type of seatbelt may be met by the type specified or another type below it in the key.
Table 7-5-1. Vehicles first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1991
Vehicle class Seating position (Note 5)
First registered anywhere
1/1/195531/10/1979 1/11/197931/12/1990
MA, MB, MC
LE (without motorcycle controls)
(tare <2000 kg)
Front outer and drivers (Note 6)
S
2
R2
1, 3
Front middle (Note 7) L
Rear outer (Note 8) R2 or R1 or S
Rear middle L
NA (tare <2000 kg) Front outer and drivers
S
2
R2
1
Front middle L
1
A four-wheel-drive vehicle may be fitted with type S or type R1 seatbelts in the front outer seating position.
2
May retain OE seatbelts, but replacement seatbelts must be of type S, R1 or R2.
3
A class MA vehicle must have a type R2 webbing clamp seatbelt in a front outer seating position, when a type R1 or R2
seatbelt in that position failed an in-service inspection on or after 1 April 2003 because of its condition or performance.
Refer to Technical bulletin 5 for requirements and exceptions.
1
L Lap seatbelt
1
Table 7-5-2. Vehicles first registered in New Zealand 1 January 1991 to 31 March 2002
Vehicle class Seating position
1/1/195531/12/1960 1/1/196131/3/2002
MA, MB, MC
Front outer and drivers
S
1, 2
R2
5, 6
Front middle L
Rear outer
R2 or R1 or S
1
Rear middle L or S or R1 or R2
NA Front outer and drivers
S
1, 2
R2
5
Front middle L
MD1, MD2 Front outer and drivers
R2
3, 4, 5
Front middle
L
4
1
Tare weight less than 2000 kg.
2
May retain OE belts, but replacement belts must be of type S, R1 or R2.
3
Applies to MD2 only if of monocoque construction (Note 9).
4
If seatbelts are not fitted, but anchorages are fitted, must have seatbelts fitted from 1 October 2002. If anchorages are not
fitted, seatbelts must be retrofitted from 1 October 2003.
5
Front type R1 seatbelts may remain fitted if they were fitted as OE and have a declaration issued by a TSD agent, or a plate
affixed to the vehicle in a position approved by the NZTA (see Figure 7-5-2, Figure 7-5-3, Figure 7-5-4, Figure 7-5-5 and
Figure 7-5-6). If missing, refer the vehicle to a TSD agent.
6
seatbelt in that position failed an in-service inspection on or after 1 April 2003 because of its condition or performance. Refer to
Technical bulletin 5 for requirements and exceptions.
1
L Lap seatbelt
1
Table 7-5-3. Vehicles first registered in New Zealand from 1 April 2002
Vehicle class
Seating
position
Manufactured
1/1/1955
31/10/1979
1/11/1979
30/9/2003
1/10/2003
MA, MB, MC
Front outer and
drivers
S
1, 2
R2
5, 6
R2
5, 6
Front middle L L
Rear outer R2 or R1 or
S
1
R2 or R1
Rear middle L or S or R1
or R2
L or S or R1
or R2
NA (excluding motorhomes manufactured from 1 October
2003, refer to Table 7-5-4)
Front outer and
drivers
S
1, 2
R2
5
R2
5
Front middle L L
Rear outer R2 or R1
or R2
MD1, MD2
7 Front outer and
drivers
R2
3, 4, 5
R2
5
Front middle
L
3, 4 L
Rear outer R2 or R1
or R2
1
2
3
4
fitted, seatbelts must be retrofitted from 1 October 2003 (Note 10).
5
affixed to the vehicle in a position approved by the NZTA (see Figures 7-5-2 to 7-5-6). If missing, refer the vehicle to a TSDA.
6
7
MD2 vehicles must be issued with a CoF, please refer the vehicle to the nearest CoF testing station.
Table 7-5-4. Requirements for specific motor vehicles
Specific
vehicles
Mandatory equipment
Sideways-
facing
seating
positions
1. A Land Rover manufactured before 1 January 1991 does not require a seatbelt to be fitted.
2. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 October 2002 must have a seatbelt of any type fitted.
3. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 October 2002 must have a lap seatbelt fitted.
Vehicles
without a
structure to
fit required
seatbelts
4. A vehicle manufactured before 1 October 2003 may be fitted with lap belts in any seating position if the
vehicle has a permanent structure that ends less than 500mm above the top of the uncompressed seat
cushion (measured from a point 150mm forward of the lowest part of the back cushion), and OE upper
seatbelt anchorages are not fitted.
5. An class MA or MC vehicle manufactured before 1 October 2003 may be fitted with static lap-and-
diagonal seatbelts in outer seating positions instead of R2 type seatbelts if the vehicle has a permanent
structure that ends less than 500mm above the top of the uncompressed seat cushion (measured from a
point 150mm forward of the lowest part of the back cushion).
6. An class MA or MC vehicle first registered outside New Zealand before 1 November 1979 that does not
have B-pillars, and does not have seatbelts or seatbelt anchorages fitted for the front-outer seating
positions, may be fitted with lap belts if the inspector has determined that it is not practicable to retrofit
upper anchorages for static lap-and-diagonal seatbelts, and the lower anchorages have been certified to
the LVV Code if retrofitted after 1 April 2002, or LVV code or ST120395 if retrofitted prior to 1 April 2002.
Note The vehicle inspector may accept documentation issued by the LVVTA (see Figure 7-5-5) that verifies
that the vehicle does not have a suitable structure to fit required seatbelts.
Motorhomes
(Note 11)
7. Motorhomes manufactured prior to 1 October 2003 or motor vehicles converted to motorhomes prior to
1 October 2003 must have seatbelts fitted that are appropriate for the class of vehicle in which the vehicle
was registered when it was registered as a motorhome.
8. Motorhomes manufactured from 1 October 2003 or motor vehicles converted to motorhomes from 1
October 2003 must be fitted with the following seatbelts and notice:
a) front seating positions: seatbelts must be fitted as specified for class MB vehicles in Table 7-5-3
b) rear seating positions: as many or more lap belts as there are sleeping berths which exceed the
number of front seating positions.
c) a notice must be displayed in a prominent location that recommends, on safety grounds, that when
the vehicle is travelling, passengers use seats that are fitted with seatbelts, and that advises
passengers that it is compulsory to wear fitted seatbelts.
Motor
vehicles that
transport
detained
persons
9. A motor vehicle designed exclusively for transporting a person detained by the NZ Police or the
Department of Corrections or a person acting on their behalf must comply with requirements for front
seating positions, but does not have to comply with requirements for other seating positions.
Fitting of or
modification to:
Seatbelts
the modification is approved by the seatbelt or vehicle manufacturer (note that such
approval is unlikely, but the inspector must ask for proof if approval is claimed) (Note 14),
or
the modification is temporary for the accommodation of a child restraint, and does not:
affect the performance of the child restraint, or
cause injury to a vehicle occupant, or
cause damage to the seatbelt.
Top-tether anchorage
for a child seat or
harness
the installation has been carried out in accordance with the instructions of the seat or
Stereo equipment and
speakers
If fitted to the rear parcel shelf:
no upper seatbelt anchorage is attached to the shelf or any shelf support bracket, and
in the case of a top tether point for a child seat attached to the rear shelf, the top tether
point is not located within 150 mm of a modification to a rear parcel shelf, and
the removal of any material from the rear shelf is minimal and is unlikely to have
weakened the vehicle structure to which a seatbelt anchorage is attached.
no structural material has been removed from within 300 mm of a seatbelt anchorage,
and
any material removed is minimal and is unlikely to have weakened the vehicle structure
(including a seatbelt anchorage structure).
Note This means that a campervan conversion completed on or after 1/3/1999, other than a
camper box fitted to an unmodified cab and chassis, always requires LVV certification.
Retrofitted type-tested rear seatbelt anchorages
Rear seatbelts fitted to class MD1, MD2 and NA vehicles before 1 March
1999
Removal of non-mandatory seatbelts
Replacing a type R1 or R2 seatbelt with a webclamp R1 or R2 seatbelt
(eg where Technical bulletin 5 applies)
Any modification for the purposes of law enforcement or the provision of
emergency services
Table 7-5-6. Specific seatbelt exemptions
Key to exemption codes
Front out-board seating positions
F1 Seatbelts may be static or single sensitive.
F2 Seatbelts may be single sensitive, that is web or vehicle sensitive.
F3 Seatbelts may be vehicle sensitive only.
F4 Seatbelts may be web sensitive only.
F5 Drivers seatbelt may be approved lap belt.
Seating positions behind the driver
R1 All seatbelts may be approved lap belts.
R2 Forward-facing folding seats may be fitted with approved lap belts.
R3 Side-facing folding seats behind the driver are not required to have seatbelts fitted.
R4 Rear seats occupied by prisoners are not required to have seatbelts.
Note Exemptions (other than R4 and F5) are only available for vehicles first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1991.
The following exemptions are applicable only to vehicles first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1991:
Bedford CF: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: 97360JZ7: 860638, 860640, 860641, 860643, 860644. 97560JZ7: 859025,
859026, 859027, 859029, 859031, 859032, 859035, 860581. 97370JZ7: 855826, 855827, 855835, 855836, 856133, 856769,
856733, 856775, 858021, 858026, 858027, 859127, 858593, 858594, 858596, 858599, 859200, 859469, 859471, 859473,
859474, 859475, 859477, 859479, 859529, 859531, 859533, 859535, 859536, 860163, 860837, 860848, 860938, 860939,
860941, 860944, 862061, 862067. 97G70JZ7: 856782, 860142, 860144, 860147, 860148, 860150, 860152, 861858, 861859,
861860, 861861, 861862, 861863, 861868, 862265, 862266, 862267, 862268, 862270, 862271, 862273, 862274, 862276.
97570JZ7: 853277, 855402, 855405, 855407, 855408, 855409, 855410, 855411, 855412, 856702, 856709, 856711, 856713,
858402, 858404, 858408, 858410, 858641, 858642, 858643, 858644, 859087, 859088, 859089, 959093, 859096, 861456,
861457, 861459, 861953, 861954. 97770JZ7: 851548. 97360JZ7: 800842, 860634, 860644, 861767. 97370JZ7: 851296,
853467, 854403, 854404, 854529, 854836, 855418, 855729, 855734, 855735, 855766, 855826, 856051, 856133, 856261,
856616, 856653, 856769, 856917, 857154, 857157, 858024, 858593, 858594, 859014, 859020, 859024, 859196, 859197,
859474, 859530, 860160, 860848, 860933, 860942, 862061, 862065, 862288, 862458, 862468, 862653, 863080, 863204,
863205, 863208, 863210, 863211, 863212, 864817. 97G70JZ7: 854097, 855062, 855063, 856783, 856790, 857907, 859349,
859350, 859358, 860141, 860142, 860144, 860148, 861858, 861860, 861867, 862265, 862276, 862271. 97560JZ7: 859035.
87570JZ7: 852305, 854309, 854310, 854314, 854319, 854463, 854544, 855774, 855780, 855783, 857463, 857714, 858406,
858412, 861460. 97670JZ7: 860145. 97770JZ7: 852373, 856250
Citroen 2CV: Exemption code R1
Chrysler Avenger: Exemption code R1: Vehicles with model prefix: BP
Daihatsu Charade: Exemption codes F1, R1: Serial numbers: XTE: G10-GMG: 830230, 830331, 830379, 830388, 830402,
830416, 830442, 830453, 830490, 830518, 830540, 830558, 830571, 830579, 830602, 830611, 830631, 830646, 830663,
830672, 830697, 830713, 830733, 830747, 830761, 830792, 830801, 830815, 823244, 823291, 823313, 823428, 831579,
831609, 831630, 831643, 831679, 831747, 831777, 831833, 831849, 831885, 831917, 831963, 831973, 832018, 832064,
854309. XG: G10-GMD: 830280, 830305, 830393, 830510, 830599, 830617, 830654, 830691, 830711, 830719, 830764,
830798, 830820. XG: G10-GKD: 830345, 830526, 830637, 830683, 830770
Daihatsu Delta: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: VT24T-C: 90990, 91015, 91016, 91028, 91029, 91032, 91033, 91054,
91091, 91094-91099, 91100-91128, 91165-91200. V24W-C: 91129, 91131, 91133-91138. S60P: 022366
Daihatsu Rocky: Exemption codes R2, R3: Models: F75RV-BG, F75RV-MBGT and F85-VBG
Datsun 180SX: Exemption code F4: Serial numbers: KHS110: 000074, 000124, 000580, 000583, 000585, 000589, 000591,
000594, 000597, 000603, 000607, 000611, 000615, 000618, 000621, 000624, 000630, 000640, 000644, 000645, 000649,
000651, 000655, 000658, 000660, 000663, 000680, 000687, 000689, 000695, 000697, 0006999
Datsun Cherry: Exemption code F1: Series: BF10
Fiat 128: Exemption code F2: FA289 to FA336
Ford Cortina wagon: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: CLBNVJ: 35642, 38051, 38052, 38053. CLBNVL: 30889, 31516.
CLBNVT: 32987, 32998, 35480, 35488, 35498, 35502, 35503, 35504, 35505, 35507, 35508, 35511, 35514, 35524, 35526,
35532, 35533, 35545, 35581, 36548. CLBNVY: 32881, 32885, 32909, 32925, 32926, 32969
Ford Cortina sedan: Exemption code R1: CLBFVE: 28977, 29656. CLBFVJ: 37727, 37745, 37758, 37761, 37798, 37799,
37808, 37818, 37855, 37890, 37906, 37957, 37958, 37984, 38354, 38373, 38374. CLBFVL: 29738, 30749, 30845, 31404,
31429, 31448, 32172, 32313, 32688. CLBFVY: 30320, 30815, 31448, 32629, 32374, 32391, 32680, 35024, 35030. CLBFVS:
32352, 32361, 32796, 32840, 32844, 32852, 32861, 34220, 34248, 34255, 34258, 34262, 34264, 34265, 34267, 34269,
34272, 34274, 34280, 34296, 34298, 34299, 34310, 34322, 34328, 34341, 34962, 34963, 34986, 35173, 35183, 35233,
35246, 35267, 35271, 35277, 35280, 35281, 35282, 35285, 35291, 35330, 35333, 35340, 35367, 35369, 35370, 35384,
35395, 35396, 35401, 35402, 35407, 35408, 35410, 35411, 35412, 35416, 35419, 35420, 35430, 35434, 35442, 35444,
35450, 35452, 35454, 35457, 35612, 35728, 36589, 36590, 36591, 36593, 36598, 36600, 36604, 36605, 36607, 36608,
36614, 36615, 36616, 36618, 36623, 36630, 36631, 36633, 36892, 36893, 36894, 36896, 36898, 36900, 36901, 36908,
36911, 36921, 37451, 37593, 37595, 37627, 37642. CLBFVT: 35534, 35566, 36539, 36541, 36546, 36547, 36549, 36553,
36554, 36555, 36556, 35564, 36565, 36569, 36571, 36577, 36923, 36925, 36926, 36927, 36929, 36941, 36946, 36950,
36951, 36952, 36953, 36956, 36960, 36964, 36965, 36966, 36972, 36975, 36979, 36980, 36981, 36982, 36983, 3685,
36990, 37641, 37642, 37644, 37645, 37649, 37651, 37652, 37653, 37656, 37657, 37659, 37660, 37661, 37664, 37666,
37670, 37674, 37675, 37676, 37677, 37679, 37680, 37686, 37692, 37694, 37697, 37698, 3799, 37700, 37701, 37702,
37704, 37705, 37706, 37707, 37708, 37710, 37711, 37714, 37716, 37733, 37736, 37737, 37775, 37992, 37994, 37996,
37997, 37999, 38000, 38001, 38002, 38004, 38007, 38008, 38011, 38012, 38013, 38018, 38022, 38024, 38028, 38030,
38032, 38035, 38037, 38038, 38039, 39648. BABFWD: 44439, 44444, 44446, 44449, 44450
Ford Escort wagon: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: CLADVS: 30987, 30998, 31001, 31018, 31022, 31024, 31025,
31033, 39140. CLADVT: 37320
Holden HZ utility: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: 8N80TJZ7: 0048Z, 00049, 00053, 00059, 00065, 00904, 00907, 00913,
00918, 00923, 00929, 00931, 00934, 00941, 00949, 00950, 00951, 00953, 00954, 00956. 8N80DJZ7: 99950Z, 99956, 99959,
99966, 99969, 99977, 99981, 99984, 99985, 99987, 99991. 8N80JZ7: 00891, 00893, 00898, 00902, 00903, 00905, 00908,
00911, 00916, 00917, 00947, 00948, 00986, 00993, 00996, 01002, 01003, 01008, 01038, 01042, 01062, 01100, 01101,
01102, 01103, 01026, 01050, 01070, 01074, 01090, 01085, 01087, 01092, 01093, 01094, 01152, 99951, 99955. 8N80DJZ7:
98169Z. 8N80LJZ7: 0128Z, 01990Z, 97844Z, 97854Z, 98216Z, 99259Z, 99276Z. 8N80TJZ7: 00051Z, 00893Z, 00922Z,
00932Z, 00946Z, 00957Z, 97107Z
Holden One Ton chassis/cab: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: 8M60JZ7: 01113, 01117, 01121, 01123Z, 01124, 01125,
01136, 01138, 01141, 01142, 01145, 01146, 01169, 98821, 98833, 98846, 98851. 8M60LJZ7: 01105Z, 01124Z, 01136Z,
01141Z, 96554Z, 98725Z, 98801Z, 98857Z, 98861Z, 99902Z
Isuzu Gemini model PF50: Exemption code F3: Serial numbers: 6709544 to 548, 6709806 to 810, 6714557 to 576, 6715252 to
261, 6715835 to 844, 6720255 to 264, 6702417 to 436, 6720675 to 681, 6725925 to 934, 6726142 to 151, 6726286 to 295,
6726536 to 545, 6731789 to 791, 6732010 to 017, 6732219 to 227, 6732425 to 432, 6732635 to 642, 6732826 to 829,
6736172 to 181
Isuzu KAG51 light commercial: Exemption code F1
Isuzu Space cab TFR17HPRRML: Exemption code R1
Isuzu TLD23: Exemption code F1
Kawasaki KAP-300 Mule 500: Exemption code F5
Land Rover all models: Exemption code R3
Mitsubishi L300 all types (includes Delica): Exemption codes F1, R1
Mitsubishi Colt 1400 light commercial: Exemption code F1
Mitsubishi Galant Sigma Estate: Exemption code R1: Any chassis number less than GQ7445 1753
NZ Police prisoner vans: Exemption code R4
Renault Alpine V6 GT D50005: Exemption code R1
Renault Alpine V6 GT Turbo D50105: Exemption code R1
Subaru 1600 GFT: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: 002019, 002121, 002122, 002123, 002124, 002127, 002128,
002129, 002130, 002131, 002132, 002133, 002134, 002135, 002136, 002137, 002138, 002139, 002140, 002144, 002149,
002150, 002151, 002153, 002158, 002161, 002162, 002163, 002164, 002169, 002172, 002173, 002174, 002175, 002176,
002177, 002178, 002180, 002182, 002183, 002184, 002185, 002186, 002187, 002188, 002191, 002192, 002197, 002201,
002202, 002430, 002431, 002432, 002433, 002436, 002443, 002444, 002446, 002447, 002448, 002449, 002453, 002454,
002455, 002456, 002457, 002458, 002459, 002460, 002461, 002465, 002469, 002470, 002476, 002478
Subaru Domingo van: Exemption code R1: 1986 and 1987 models
Subaru 700 van: Exemption code R1: 1986 and 1987 models
Suzuki ST80: Exemption code F1: ST80 KRA: 0003, 0010, 0034, 0036, 0044, 0049, 0050, 0079, 0096
Suzuki ST90: Exemption code F1: ST90 KRA: 0097 to 0132. ST90 VRA: 0133 to 0493
Toyota Corolla mode: Exemption code F4: Serial numbers: KE 35R-KSB: up to serial number 3681
Toyota Corona estate: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: TT132RG-TWKDS: up to unit number 781. TT132RG-TWHDS: up
to unit number 381
Toyota Dyna chassis/cab: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: RU20R-QRBT3 (petrol): up to serial number 171. RU30R-
QRDHT3 (diesel): up to serial number 151
Toyota Hi-Ace van: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: RH20RV-JRE: up to serial number 1381
Toyota Hi-Ace chassis/cab: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: RH11R-JR3: up to serial number 391
Toyota Hilux chassis/cab: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: RN40R-JRS3: up to serial number 401. RN41R-JR3 up to
serial number 171
Toyota Hilux 850 double cab: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: YN 65: 0002226, 0002916 to 0002925, 0002946 to
0002955, 0002993 to 0003002, 0003235 to 0003264, 0003306 to 0003335, 0003489 to 0003498, 0003733 to 0003742,
0003827 to 0003836, 0003951 to 0003960, 0003994 to 0004003, 0004075 to 0004084.
Toyota Lite Ace: Exemption code R1: Model: KM20RV-JRZ or YM20RV-MR

Figure 7-5-1. Corrosion limits around seatbelt anchorages
>
See also figures for corrosion limits to structure (section 3-1), hinge and latch anchorages (section 6-1), and front or rear
suspension anchorages (section 9-1).

Figure 7-5-2. Example of seatbelt declaration: Approved Certifiers Declaration

Figure 7-5-3. Example of seatbelt declaration: TSD Agents Declaration

Figure 7-5-4. Example of plate fitted to a vehicle that may retain single-sensitive front seatbelts

Figure 7-5-5. FS012 Upper seatbelt anchorage request form

Land Transport Rule: Seatbelts and Seatbelt Anchorages 2002.
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle must be fitted with seatbelts as specified in Table 7-5-1, Table 7-5-2 and Table 7-5-3, or as specified for
specific vehicles in Table 7-5-4, or as specified in requirement 2 below, unless an exemption in Table 7-5-5 applies.
2. A seat that can be rotated or reversed to face in different directions: if seatbelts are not provided for all directions, a notice
easily visible by the seat occupant must be placed inside the vehicle, indicating the direction the seat must face so that a
seatbelt may be worn while the vehicle is moving.
Permitted equipment
3. A vehicle fitted with a seatbelt and seatbelt anchorage in a position where these are not required must meet the condition
and performance requirements for seatbelts and seatbelt anchorages.
Condition
Seatbelts
4. A seatbelt must be of a design suitable for the vehicle, and must be strong, secure and in sound condition.
5. Seatbelt webbing must not be cut, stretched, frayed or faded, or have otherwise deteriorated so as to reduce the
performance of the seatbelt.
6. Seatbelt webbing must be securely attached to the tongue or the adjusting buckle and to any fittings that secure a seatbelt to
the seatbelt anchorages.
7. The strands of the steel cables of a seatbelt stalk must not be damaged or have deteriorated, and the seatbelt stalk must not
have any other weaknesses that could reduce its performance.
8. Seatbelt buckles, retractor mechanisms or any other fittings intended to ensure the safe use of the seatbelt must not have
deteriorated below safe tolerance.
Seatbelt anchorages
9. A seatbelt anchorage and its mounting location:
a) must be of a strength appropriate to both the motor vehicle and the attached seatbelt
b) must be structurally sound and free of corrosion, and
c) must not be damaged or distorted.
10. When a seatbelt or part of a seatbelt is integral to a seat, the seat and seat anchorages must be compatible in strength with
the seatbelt or with that part of the seatbelt attached to the seat.
Performance
11. A seatbelt must be in good working order.
12. A seatbelt must be able to be adjusted by the wearer.
13. A seatbelt must be able to be readily fastened and released by the wearer.
Modification
14. A seatbelt must not have been modified (Note 14) since 1 January 1992, except where:
a) the modification is approved by the seatbelt or vehicle manufacturer
b) the seatbelt has been modified temporarily to accommodate a child restraint, provided the modification:
i. does not affect the performance of the child restraint, and
ii. is not likely to cause injury to a vehicle occupant, and
iii. does not cause damage to the seatbelt.
15. The fitting of an alternative type of seatbelt (Note 15) or a modification that affects a seatbelt anchorage must be inspected
and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the vehicle is:
performance.
7-6 Frontal impact airbags
Mandatory equipment
1. A deployed frontal impact airbag has not been replaced.
2. An OE airbag warning light system has been removed from a vehicle fitted with airbags.
3. A motor vehicle has a sign, light or other device that indicates the vehicle is fitted with an airbag when it is not fitted with an
airbag.
4. An airbag cover:
a) is damaged, or
b) has deteriorated, or
c) shows signs of tampering or inadequate repair.
5. Additional equipment has been fitted that may affect the proper performance of the airbag.
6. The airbag warning light:
b) indicates a fault in the system.
Modification
7. A modification (Note 2) affects an airbag system (eg an airbag has been removed, or made inoperable, including retrofitting
a switch), and:
8. A motor vehicle that has had an airbag system removed or made inoperable and been certified as above does not:
a) have all OE signs, lights, or other devices that indicated the vehicle was fitted with an airbag removed, or
b) if the signs, lights, or other devices cannot be readily removed, have a label that indicates an airbag has been removed
permanently attached in a prominent location where it is clearly visible to any occupant of the seating position that was
previously protected by the airbag.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Some modifications are permitted, but they must always be LVV certified. The only modifications permitted are:
1. fitting a switch to render an airbag temporarily inoperable, and
2. the removal or permanent deactivation of an airbag in a vehicle that:
is at least 14 years old, or
has been adapted for a person with a disability, or
has been extensively modified for motorsport use.
Mandatory equipment
1. A frontal impact airbag and its operating system must remain operational if the vehicle was originally manufactured with
a frontal impact airbag.
2. An airbag warning light system must remain operational if it was fitted by the vehicle manufacturer.
3. A motor vehicle must not have a sign, light, or other device that indicates the vehicle is fitted with an airbag if it is not
fitted with an airbag.
4. A motor vehicle must not have a light or other device indicating an airbag operating system is operable if it is inoperable.
Permitted equipment
5. A switch may be installed as OE to render an airbag temporarily inoperable.
6. An airbag and its operating system must be safe and in good condition.
7. An airbag warning light fitted by the manufacturer must remain operational.
Modification
8. A motor vehicle that has had an airbag removed or made inoperable must either:
a) have all OE signs lights, or other devices that indicated the vehicle was fitted with an airbag removed, or
b) if the signs, lights, or other devices cannot be readily removed, have a label that indicates an airbag has been
removed permanently attached in a prominent location where it is clearly visible to any occupant of the seating position
that was previously protected by the airbag.
9. A modification that affects an airbag system must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the
vehicle is:
b) has been inspected in accordance with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition
and performance.
7-7 Interior impact
Mandatory equipment
1. Where an interior fitting, control or surface has been added, removed, substituted or has deteriorated, the likelihood of injury
to occupants has not been minimised.
Modification
2. A modification (Note 1) affects an interior fitting, control or surface, and:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Cargo hoists and tail-lifters in goods vans
the vehicle is not adapted for the transportation of a person in
a wheelchair, and the hoist or tail lifter is positioned to the
rear of any vehicle occupants and adequately mounted.
Disability adaptive controls For disability adaptive hand control systems:
the hand control operates the accelerator system only, and
the presence of the hand control system does not significantly
increase the risk of injury to occupants in the event of a crash.
For an additional accelerator pedal fitted to the left of the brake
pedal:
the vehicle is equipped with automatic transmission, and
the additional accelerator pedal does not affect the operation
of the brake pedal or any other part of the brake system, and
the vehicle retains the original equipment accelerator pedal
to the right of the brake pedal, and
adequate clearance is maintained between all pedals, and
the accelerator system is protected from accidental
application, eg by shielding the right hand accelerator pedal
or ability to fold away either accelerator pedal when not in
use, and
there is a warning notice easily visible to the driver warning
that the foot controls are not as provided by the vehicle
manufacturer.
For a steering wheel spinner to assist in the operation of the steering
wheel:
the spinner is contained within the outer circumference of the
steering wheel.
Stereo equipment and speakers If fitted to the rear parcel shelf:
no upper seatbelt anchorage is attached to the shelf or any
shelf support bracket, and
in the case of a top tether point for a child seat attached to the
rear shelf, the top tether point is not located within 150 mm of
a modification to a rear parcel shelf, and
the removal of any material from the rear shelf is minimal and
is unlikely to have weakened the vehicle structure to which a
seatbelt anchorage is attached.
no structural material has been removed from within 300 mm
of a seatbelt anchorage, and
any material removed is minimal and is unlikely to have
weakened the vehicle structure (including a seatbelt
anchorage structure).
Steering wheels
the vehicle does not have an airbag installed as OE, and
the vehicle is not required to comply with a frontal impact
occupant protection standard
1
. The following vehicles with a
GVM of 2500 kg or less are required to comply with such a
standard:
class MA motor vehicles manufactured from 1 March 1999, and
class MA motor vehicles that were less than 20 years old when
they were first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 April 2002,
and
class MB or MC motor vehicles manufactured from 1 October
2003, and
the steering wheel is:
a direct substitute without shaft modification, and
a non-OE item of a reputable brand or an OE item from another
vehicle.
Additional and substituted items such as
instruments, switches, cellphone installations and
navigation equipment or an OE item from another
vehicle
the items are:
mounted flush with, or protected by, the dashboard surface, or
fitted forward of the steering wheel, or between the steering
wheel and the nearest door, or
fitted between and forward of the front seats (where no centre
seat exists), and within 140 mm either side of the vehicle
centreline.
Roll-bar or roll-cage structures (roll protection or
cosmetic)
each seating position is fitted with an effective head restraint,
and
the bars are positioned:
behind, following a plane extending upward, parallel to the
back of the backrest on the rear-most seat, and
in such a way that the head restraint would provide protection
from head contact with any bar section during a crash.
Gear shift lever relocation
no substantial modifications have occurred to the floor or
gearbox tunnel area, other than provision for gear-shift
mechanism.
1
A vehicle that cannot comply with this clause cannot be LVV certified unless it has been issued with an LVV authority card or
is at least 14 years old.
Modified accelerator pedal
Roof and door lining replacement
Cargo barriers
1. Interior fittings, controls and surfaces in the passenger compartments must be such that the likelihood of injury to occupants
is minimised.
Modification
2. A modification that affects the interior fittings, controls or surfaces must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist
performance.
7-12 Speedometer
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 December 1951 that is capable of a speed exceeding 50km/h is not
fitted with a speedometer, and the vehicle operator cannot produce acceptable written evidence (Note 2) that:
a) the speedometer has been removed for repair, or
b) there are no undue delays by the vehicle owner in having the speedometer replaced.
2. The speedometer:
a) does not operate as intended when the vehicle is moving forward, or
b) is obscured from the drivers position, or
c) does not indicate the vehicles speed in km/h or mph.
3. Reason for rejection 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c) applies and the vehicle operator cannot produce acceptable written evidence (Note 2)
that repair of the speedometer or associated equipment is impracticable or that a suitable replacement is not available.
Note 1
Speedometer means an instrument in a motor vehicle that continuously indicates to the driver the forward speed of the vehicle
in either kilometres per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). For clarification: This definition does not include the speed
provided by a GPS system.
Note 2
Acceptable written evidence is documentation provided by the speedometer repairer or supplier. A copy of the documentation
must be kept on file with the checksheet.
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Equipment 2004.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 December 1951 that is capable of a speed exceeding 50km/h must be
fitted with a speedometer (Note 1).
2. A vehicle is not required to have a speedometer if the speedometer or associated equipment:
a) has been removed for repair and there are no undue delays by the vehicle owner in having it replaced, or
b) is out of repair, repair is impracticable and a suitable replacement is not available.
3. The speedometer must be in good working order and operate while the vehicle is moving forward.
Modification
4. A speedometer that is affected by a modification:
7-13 Audible warning devices
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle is:
a) not fitted with a horn, or
b) fitted with a bell or whistle (Note 2), or
c) not an emergency vehicle (Note 1) and is fitted with a siren (Note 2).
2. A horn cannot be easily operated from the drivers seating position.
Performance
3. The horn does not operate when activated.
4. The horn operates when not activated.
5. The sound from the horn is not steady and continuous, eg the horn plays a tune.
6. The horn is not audible at a distance of 100 m.
7. A siren fitted to an emergency vehicle operates when not activated.
Note 1
Emergency vehicle means a vehicle used for the attendance of emergencies and operated:
e) as a New Zealand Defence Force emergency vehicle.
Note 2
A vehicle may be fitted with a bell, whistle or siren that is part of an anti-theft car alarm, personal security alarm or reversing
warning device.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with a device (horn) that is audible to other road users.
Permitted equipment
2. A vehicle may be fitted with a bell, whistle or siren only as follows:
a) a siren fitted to an emergency vehicle (Note 1), or
b) a siren, bell or whistle that is part of an anti-theft car alarm, personal security alarm or a reversing warning device.
Performance
3. The device must be in good working order.
4. The device must be capable of giving a warning that is audible under normal traffic conditions from a distance of at least 100
m.
Modification
5. An audible warning device that is affected by a modification:
a) must meet the requirements for equipment and performance, and
8 Brakes
8-1 Service brake and parking brake
Mandatory equipment
Service brake (Note 1)
1. A vehicle does not have a service brake.
2. A vehicle first registered anywhere on or after 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake that is designed to act on
each wheel.
3. A vehicle first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake that is designed to act on at least
two wheels.
4. A vehicle of class LE first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake that is designed to act
on at least one wheel.
5. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA first registered in New Zealand after 1 November 1990 that does not have
a dual-circuit service brake does not have a parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop.
Parking brake (Note 1)
6. A vehicle does not have a parking brake.
7. A parking brake on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA does not act on at least one complete axle.
8. A parking brake on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA does not act on at least one axle that has dual wheels
fitted.
Condition
Service brake
9. There is corrosion damage (Note 1) within 150mm of a brake component mounting point.
10. The service brake pedal:
a) is insecure, or
b) is spongy (indicating air in the system), or
c) creeps, or
d) has a non-slip surface which has deteriorated to such an extent that the brake cannot be safely applied, or
e) has excessive travel (pedal travel reduces after one or two applications).
11. A vacuum hose or pipe (including connections) is:
a) insecure, or
b) leaking, or
c) damaged (cracked, chafed, twisted, stretched or corroded, eg showing signs of pitting or a noticeable decrease in the
pipes outside diameter).
12. The brake vacuum servo (brake booster) is:
a) not functioning fully or adequately, or
b) leaking, or
c) insecure.
13. The brake vacuum pump:
a) is not functioning fully or adequately, or
b) is insecure, or
c) drive belt is in poor condition.
14. The brake master cylinder is:
a) leaking brake fluid, or
b) insecure, or
c) excessively corroded.
15. A brake valve is:
a) not operating (eg has a seized load-sensing valve), or
b) leaking brake fluid, or
c) insecure, or
d) excessively corroded.
16. A brake pipe (including connections) is:
b) insecure, or
c) deformed from its original shape, or
d) chafed, or
e) corrosion damaged, eg there are signs of pitting or a noticeable increase in the pipes outside diameter.
17. A flexible hydraulic brake hose (including connections):
a) is leaking brake fluid, or
b) is insecure, or
c) bulges under pressure, or
d) is twisted, stretched or chafed, or
e) has external sheathing which is cracked to the extent that the reinforcing cords are exposed, or
f) has metal connections which are excessively corroded, or
g) has an end fitting which is not attached to the hose by means of swaging, machine crimping or a similar process (Note
3).
18. A brake calliper:
a) shows visible signs of leaking, or
b) is insecure.
19. A brake backing plate is:
a) insecure, or
b) severely corroded, or
d) cracked, or
e) contaminated by brake fluid, oil or grease.
20. A wheel cylinder:
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
21. An ABS system component is damaged, insecure or missing.
22. A brake disc or drum is:
a) worn beyond manufacturers specifications (where visible without removing vehicle components) (Note 2), or
b) fractured or otherwise damaged (where visible without removing components) (Note 2), or
c) contaminated by brake fluid, oil or grease.
23. Brake friction material (where visible without removing vehicle components) (Note 2) is:
a) worn below manufacturers specifications, or
b) separating from the brake pad backing plate or brake shoe, or
24. A gap between the brake shoe and the brake drum exceeds manufacturers specifications (where visible without removing
vehicle components) (Note 2).
25. A service brake component shows signs of heating or welding after original manufacture.
Parking brake
26. The parking brake lever:
a) has excessive travel, or
b) is insecure, or
c) mounting is damaged, corroded, distorted or fractured within 150 mm of the lever mounting, or
d) mechanism or lever pivot bearing is worn or damaged so that the parking brake could be easily released by accident.
27. The parking brake cable:
a) is knotted, frayed or excessively corroded, or
b) has an auxiliary tensioner fitted, or
c) has otherwise deteriorated so that it may affect the parking brake performance.
28. A parking brake actuating rod or guide:
a) is excessively corroded, or
b) is excessively worn, or
29. A parking brake component shows signs of heating or welding after original manufacture.
Performance (Note 4)
Service brake
30. The service brake cannot be applied in a controlled and progressive manner.
31. When the service brake is applied and without assistance from the engine:
a) the vehicle does not stop within 7m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%), or
b) the vehicle does not stop within 9m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%) for a vehicle which has a
service brake designed to act on fewer than four wheels, or
c) the vehicle does not stop within 20m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 18%) for a vehicle which has
been manufactured before 31 December 1918.
32. When the service brake is applied:
a) the vehicle vibrates under braking to the extent that the control of the vehicle is adversely affected, or
b) the brake fails to release immediately after the brake pedal has been released, or
c) the directional control is affected (eg there is swerving to one side, or the brakes on one side apply more slowly than on
the other side), or
d) the brake balance, at any time during the brake application, varies by more than 20% between wheels on a common
axle.
33. The ABS or brake system warning lamp or self-check system, if fitted, indicates a defect in the ABS or brake system (does
not apply to brake pad wear warning systems).
Parking brake
34. When the parking brake is applied:
b) it does not hold the vehicle at rest on a slope of 1 in 5, or
c) it does not hold all the wheels on a common axle stationary against attempts to drive the vehicle away.
35. The directional control of the vehicle is affected when the parking brake is being applied on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC,
MD1, MD2 or NA first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 that does not have a dual-circuit service brake.
36. A modification affects a brake or braking performance, and:
Note 1 Definitions
Parking brake means a brake readily applicable and capable of remaining applied for an indefinite period without further
attention.
equipment.
Note 2
If a brake is fitted with an inspection port plug, this must be removed for inspection of the brake components.
Note 3
Hose end fittings that can be undone using hand tools are unacceptable.
Note 4
Refer to Technical bulletin 10 for specific service and parking brake test procedures for specific vehicles (such as electro-
mechanical parking brakes on BMW vehicles), especially when testing these vehicles on roller brake machines.
Aftermarket brake pedal pads or covers
the fitment of the pads or covers does not:
necessitate any modification to the pedal arm, or
significantly affect the safe operation of the brake pedal or other
pedals (eg a brake pad or cover significantly wider than the original
brake pad may not be acceptable, depending on fitment).
Aftermarket or custom brake pedal extensions
(for unusually short people)
The extension:
does not exceed 100mm length when measured from the surface of
the original brake pedal, and
is securely clamped to the original pedal by mechanical means, and
is sufficiently strong and rigid to withstand emergency brake loads,
and
does not involve any modification to, or compromise the strength of,
does not significantly change the sideways load or leverage against
the pedal, and
does not significantly increase the weight of the pedal.
Additional brake pedals
(for driving school vehicles)
the operation of the primary brake pedal is not affected, and
no modifications to the primary brake pedal or any other part of the
primary brake system has occurred.
Removal of secondary accelerator and brake
system (where driving school vehicle is
converted to single primary system)
the vehicle was not originally manufactured as a dual-control
vehicle (system was retrofitted after manufacture), and
the removal of the secondary system has reinstated the vehicles
primary systems back to the vehicles exact original specification.
Aftermarket brake rotors
the substitute rotors are:
the same size as the OE rotors, and
catalogued aftermarket items for that make and model of vehicle (and
can include cross-drilled and/or slotted types), and
attached to unmodified OE parts.
Disability parking brake system
the system is a non-OE mechanical or electrical system for applying
and releasing the parking brake, and:
the parking brake performance is not compromised, and
in the case of electrical failure, the parking brake does not release.
Aftermarket brake pads, linings and hoses (including stainless steel
braided brake hoses)(Note 3)
Any modifications for the purposes of law enforcement or the
Land Transport Rule: Light-Vehicle Brakes 2002.
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
1. Vehicles must have a service brake that acts on each wheel, except in the following cases:
a) A vehicle first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 may have a service brake that is designed to act on fewer
than four wheels
b) A vehicle of class LE first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 may have a service brake that is designed to act
on fewer than three wheels.
2. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA first registered in New Zealand from 1 November 1990 that does not have
a dual-circuit service brake must have a parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop if the service
brake fails.
Parking brake
3. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA must have a parking brake that:
a) acts on at least one complete axle, or
b) if the vehicle has dual wheels on an axle, acts on that axle.
4. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA first registered in New Zealand from 1 November 1990 without dual-circuit
service brakes must have a parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop if the service brake fails.
Permitted equipment
5. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA may be fitted with a warning system that is part of, or associated with, the
use of a brake component or system.
Condition
6. A brake must be in good condition.
7. The brake friction surfaces on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA must be within safe tolerance of their state
when manufactured, and must not be scored, weakened or damaged to the extent that the safety performance of the brake is
adversely affected.
Performance
8. The service brake on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA must be able to be applied in a controlled and
progressive manner.
9. When the brake on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA is applied:
a) the vehicle or its controls must not vibrate to the extent that control of the vehicle is adversely affected, and
b) the braking effort on each wheel must provide stable and efficient braking without adverse effect on the directional
control of the vehicle, and
c) if the vehicle is equipped with an anti-lock braking system (ABS), the wheels must not lock, other than when the speed of
the vehicle falls below the ABS activation parameters set by the vehicle manufacturer.
10. A brake warning system, if fitted on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA, must function correctly (does not
apply to a brake pad wear system).
Service brake
11. The service brake of a vehicle or vehicle combination that is operated on a hard, dry, level surface that is free of loose
material and without assistance from the compression of the engine or other retarders must operate in the following manner:
a) A service brake that acts on each wheel must stop the vehicle within a distance of 7m from a speed of 30km/h (average
brake efficiency of 50%).
b) A service brake that is designed to act on fewer than four wheels on a vehicle first registered anywhere before 1
February 1977 must stop the vehicle within a distance of 9 m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%).
c) The service brake on a vehicle manufactured before 31 December 1918 not capable of exceeding 30km/h must stop the
vehicle within a distance of 20m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 18%).
Parking brake
12. A parking brake must:
a) stop the vehicle within 18m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 20%), or
b) hold the vehicle at rest on a slope of 1 in 5.
Modification
13. A modification to a brake or vehicle that affects the braking performance must be inspected and certified by an LVV
Specialist Certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
9 Steering and suspension
9-1 Steering and suspension systems
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle capable of exceeding a speed of 50km/h and equipped with a steering system (Note 1) with no direct mechanical
connection between the drivers means of control and the wheels, or other means of changing the vehicles direction, does not
have at least one additional means of steering.
Condition
2. The steering wheel:
a) is insecurely attached to the steering shaft, or
b) shows excessive movement indicating unacceptable wear or looseness in the steering box or rack or steering column
bearings, or
c) has a rim covering which is insecure so that the directional control of the vehicle is affected.
3. The steering column is insecure.
4. The power steering:
a) has been disconnected, or
b) system does not operate correctly, requiring unreasonable force to steer the vehicle, or
c) has a hose, pump drive, drive belt or pump mounting that is insecure, damaged or has significantly deteriorated, or
d) has a significant fluid leak.
5. A linkage or joint between the steering column shaft and steering box or rack:
a) is insecure, or
b) is damaged, significantly corroded, distorted or cracked, or
c) shows signs of welding or heating after original manufacture, or
d) has play beyond manufacturers specifications, or
e) does not operate smoothly without roughness or stiffness, or
f) is fouling on the vehicle structure, wheel tyre or brake system component.
6. The steering box or rack:
a) is insecure, or
f) has an excessive fluid leak.
7. A steering rack gaiter is missing, insecure or split.
8. A steering linkage or joint (Note 2):
a) is insecure, or
f) is fouling on the vehicle structure, wheel tyre or brake system component, or
g) shows signs of plastic injection.
9. A steering arm or associated component:
a) is insecure, or
c) shows signs of welding or heating after original manufacture.
10. A king pin or suspension joint (Note 3):
a) is insecure, or
d) has play beyond the manufacturers specifications, or
f) shows signs of plastic injection.
11. A lock stop is loose or damaged.
12. A steering or suspension component mounting point:
a) is insecure, or
b) has corrosion damage, buckling or fractures within 150mm of a mounting point (Figure 9-1-1).
13. Any other suspension component:
a) is insecure or missing, or
f) has excessive leakage of damping fluid or air (Technical bulletin 9), or
g) shows excessive play, roughness or stiffness in a strut upper support bearing, or
h) is a replacement urethane suspension bush that is not voided or shaped to allow for similar movement to an OE bush, or
i) is a flexible bush that is significantly cracked, damaged or perished.
14. There is corrosion damage (Note 4) within 150mm of a suspension component mounting point.
Performance
15. During operation:
a) the vehicle veers significantly to one side, or
b) the vehicle requires unreasonable force to steer, or
c) the steering is unreasonably stiff, rough or light, or
d) the vehicle does not handle safely under normal conditions of road use, eg the suspension is excessively hard or soft, or
there is excessive body roll.
Modifications
16. A modification affects a component or system that directly or indirectly affects the directional control of the vehicle, and:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Steering system means those components, parts and systems that connect the drivers controls to a vehicles wheels or tracks
by means of which the direction of motion of a vehicle is controlled.
Note 2
A damaged boot on a steering joint is not a ground for rejection; however, the vehicles owner should be advised.
Note 3
A damaged boot on a suspension joint is not a ground for rejection; however, the vehicles owner should be advised.
Note 4
Note 5
Where a vehicle has LVV certified modified suspension, the ride height is provided on the LVV plate. The ride height is
measured from the centre of the wheel to the underside of the wheel arch.
Steering wheel spinner to assist in the
operation of the steering wheel
The spinner is contained within the outer circumference of the
steering wheel.
Right-hand drive steering conversions
the conversion can be proven via documented evidence to have
been carried out prior to 1 August 1990, or
the conversion was carried out between 1 August 1990 and 1
March 1999 and an approved conversion agents individually
numbered plate is attached to the vehicle structure.
Steering wheels
protection standard
1
. The following vehicles with a GVM of 2500kg
or less are required to comply with such a standard:
class MA motor vehicles that were less than 20 years old when they
were first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 April 2002, and
class MB or MC motor vehicles manufactured from 1 October 2003,
and
vehicle.
1
A vehicle that cannot comply with this clause cannot be LVV certified
unless it has been issued with an LVV authority card, or is at least 14
years old.
Springs and shock absorbers
the springs or shock absorbers are direct replacements, and
replacement springs are contained within unmodified OE seats
throughout full suspension travel, and
replacement springs are self-retaining in their seats at full
extension, without the use of non-standard devices such as wire-
ties, straps, or external spring locators, and
replacement springs have not been heated or cut, and
springs and spring seats are not height adjustable by any means
(unless OE), and
replacement shock absorbers, including air-adjustable units, fit
unmodified OE mountings, and
suspension maintains sufficient travel for safe operation when fully
laden, and
suspension components maintain sufficient clearance from
unmodified bumpstops when fully laden, and
a minimum of 100mm ground clearance (unladen and without
driver) exists below any part of the vehicle structure, or any
steering, braking or suspension component
2
, and
the normal relationship between front and rear suspension height
is not unduly affected.
2
Does not include such items as exhaust pipes and exterior body panels
that do not contribute to the structural strength of the vehicle.
Blocks for leaf springs to adjust their ride height
(up or down)
the suspension has not been raised by any other means, and
the blocks are:
securely fitted, and
constructed from metal, and
designed for the purpose, and
firmly seated over not less than the OE seat area, and
not more than 50mm in height.
Larger diameter anti-sway bar
the bar is attached to unmodified OE mounting points.
Addition of anti-sway bar
no cutting, heating or welding to the vehicle structure or
suspension components is involved in attachment of the bar.
Suspension braces (strut tower braces)
there are no structural changes to the body or suspension
mounting points.
Eccentric bolts/bushes for adjustability of wheel
alignment (eg for camber correction in
association with lowered suspensions)
the bolts/bushes are:
designed as a means of correcting or improving wheel alignment;
and
catalogued aftermarket items for that make and model of vehicle.
Urethane suspension bushes
Figure 9-1-1. Corrosion limits around front or rear suspension anchorages.
See also figures for corrosion limits to structure (section 3-1), hinge and latch anchorages (section 6-1), and seatbelt
Land Transport Rule: Steering Systems 2001
Traffic Regulations 1976, regulation 70
New Zealand Gazette, 19 March 1998, issue 42, page 978, notice 1851 and amendment
New Zealand Gazette, 25 February 1999, issue 23, page 575, notice 1478.
Mandatory equipment
1. The steering column of a motor vehicle shall be to the right of the longitudinal centreline of the body of the vehicle except as
permitted below.
2. A motor vehicle capable of a speed of more than 50km/h and equipped with a steering system with no direct mechanical
connection between the drivers means of control and the wheels or other means of changing the vehicles direction must have
at least one additional means of steering.
Permitted equipment
3. A registered vehicle may be in left-hand drive or dual-steer configuration. Such a vehicle is not required to carry a Left-Hand
Drive Permit, as the LHD requirements are enforced at the time of first registration in New Zealand.
Condition
4. The steering system and associated systems and components that directly or indirectly affect the directional control of the
vehicle must be:
a) sound and in good condition, and
b) strong, durable and fit for their purpose, taking into account whether adverse effects have resulted from a loss of integrity
of any protective system used by a relevant component.
Performance
vehicle must provide the vehicle with safe, efficient, convenient and sensitive control.
Modifications
6. A modification that affects the steering system must be inspected and certified by an LVV Specialist Certifier, unless the
vehicle:
performance.
10 Tyres, wheels and hubs
10-1 Tyres and wheels
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
1. Tyres on the same axle are not of the same:
a) size designation (see Table 10-1-3), or
b) carcass type (ie mixed steel ply, fabric radial ply, bias/cross ply, run-flat), or
c) tread pattern type (mixed asymmetric, directional, normal highway, traction , winter tyre tread (Figure 10-1-3)).
2. All the tyres on a vehicle class MA, MB, MD1 or NA that was first registered or re-registered in New Zealand from 1 October
2002, other than vehicles that are incapable of exceeding 30km/h or are 30 years old or more, are not of the same carcass
type (ie mixed steel ply, fabric radial ply, bias/cross ply, run-flat).
3. A class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA vehicle fitted with a winter tyre (Note 3) is not fitted with winter tyres on all road
wheels.
4. The tyres on an axle of a light vehicle do not meet at least one of the following:
the tyre ply ratings are the same
the tyre load indices differ by no more than 2 (Note 4).
5. An asymmetric tyre is fitted to a vehicle with the inside tyre wall facing outwards.
6. A directional tyre is fitted contrary to its correct direction of rotation.
7. A tyre has a speed category that is less than the speed limit for the vehicle or less than the vehicles maximum speed if this
is less than the speed limit (Note 4) (Note 5).
8. The vehicle has one or more of the following types of tyre fitted:
a) a space-saver tyre, or
b) a non-pneumatic tyre, or
c) a tyre with studs, cleats, lugs or other gripping devices, or
d) a tyre that is not compatible with the vehicle to which it is fitted, eg a tyre is marked with any of the following:
i. NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE
ii. NHS (Not for Highway Service)
iii. FOR TRAILER USE ONLY
iv. ADV (Agricultural Drawn Vehicle)
v. RACING PURPOSES ONLY.
e) a tyre that has had all its manufacturer / brand / model information removed so that the tyre can no longer be identified
(Figure 10-1-4).
Wheels
9. A wheel is not compatible with the tyre fitted to it for rim profile, flange height or valve fitment (Note 6).
10. A wheel is:
a) not compatible with the vehicle to which it is fitted, or
b) not correctly attached to the vehicle.
Condition
Tyres (excluding spare tyres)
11. There are signs that a tyre is fouling on another part of the vehicle.
12. A tyre shows damage that is likely to compromise its ability to operate in a safe manner or lead to premature tyre failure,
such as:
a) a lump or bulge that is likely to be caused by separation or partial failure of the tyre structure, or
b) a cut or crack in a sidewall or tread more than 25mm long that reaches the cords, or
c) exposed or cut cords, or
d) the tread of a retreaded tyre shows signs of separation, or
e) nails or other sharp objects embedded in the tyre, or
f) significant perishing, eg due to age, moisture or exposure.
13. A tyre has a string-type repair visible from the outside.
14. A tyre, other than a winter tyre (Note 3), fitted to a vehicle capable of exceeding 30km/h, does not have a tread pattern
depth (Technical bulletin 7) of at least 1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator strip) around the whole
circumference of the tyre:
a) within all the principal grooves that normally contain moulded tread depth indicators, or
b) if the tyre does not normally have moulded tread-depth indicators (such as some retreaded or vintage tyres), across at
least three-quarters of the tread width.
15. A winter tyre (Note 3) does not have a tread depth of at least 4mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator strip)
within all principal grooves that normally contain moulded tread-depth indicators and around the whole circumference of the
tyre.
16. A tyre not identified as designed for regrooving has had its tread depth increased by regrooving.
17. A tyre is noticeably under- or over-inflated.
Spare tyres
18. A spare tyre, if carried is not:
a) securely attached by a device that is in good condition and correctly applied, or
b) stowed in a closed compartment separate from the occupant space (eg if the manufacturers attachment device is
missing or faulty).
Wheels
19. There are signs that a wheel is fouling on another part of the vehicle.
20. A wheel is:
a) cracked, or
b) significantly damaged, distorted or has deteriorated, or
c) not securely attached to the hub.
21. An alloy wheel has poor visible repairs.
22. A wheel nut is:
a) missing, or
b) loose, or
c) has deteriorated, or
d) is of the incorrect type, or
e) has insufficient thread engagement to the wheel stud.
Modifications
23. A modification affects the wheels or tyres, and:
Note 1
Tread pattern and tread depth requirements do not apply to vehicles that are not capable of exceeding 30 km/h.
Note 2 Definitions:
Asymmetric tyre means a tyre which, through tread pattern or construction, is required to be fitted to a vehicle so that one
particular side wall faces outwards.
Construction in relation to a tyre means:
a) for a pneumatic tyre, the type of tyre carcass (including ply orientation and ply rating or load index, but not including tyre
tread), or
b) for any other tyre, characteristics relating to size, shape and material.
Cross-ply means a pneumatic tyre structure in which the ply cords in the tyre carcass extend to the beads and are laid at
alternate angles, which are substantially less than 90 degrees, to the centreline of the tread. This tyre structure is also referred
to as bias ply or diagonal ply.
Directional tyre, also known as unidirectional tyre, means a tyre with a tread pattern that is designed to run in only one
direction. A directional tyre usually has an arrow marked on the side wall indicating the direction it is designed to run.
Load index is an assigned number ranging from 0 to 279 that corresponds with the maximum load-carrying capacity of the
tyre. Most passenger car tyre load indices range from 62 (= 265kg) to 126 (= 1700kg).
Ply rating is an index of tyre strength used to identify a given tyre with its recommended maximum permitted load when used
for a specific service. It does not necessarily represent the actual number of plies in a tyre. Common ply ratings are 2, 4, 6, 8,
10 and 12. Commercial (eg truck) tyres often have a ply rating rather than a load index.
Pneumatic tyre means a tyre that, when in use, is inflated by air or gas introduced from time to time under pressure so as to
enclose under normal inflation a cushion of air or gas forming altogether at least half of the total area of an average cross-
section of a tyre so inflated.
Principal grooves means the wide grooves in the tyre tread which have the tread-wear indicators located inside them. Any
other grooves are secondary grooves which may wear out during the service life of the tyre.
Radial-ply means a pneumatic tyre structure in which the ply cords, which extend from bead to bead, are laid at approximately
90 degrees to the centreline of the tread, the carcass being stabilised by an essentially inextensible circumferential belt.
equipment.
Run-flat tyre (also known as self-supporting tyre) means a tyre that is so constructed that in case of a puncture the basic tyre
functions are still provided for a short distance (at least 80km) and at a reduced speed (usually 80km/h), allowing the vehicle to
be safely driven to a place of repair. Some run-flat tyres are identified by an F within the size designation.
Size designation means the size description of the tyre, ie section width, aspect ratio and rim diameter. It does not include the
speed rating, load index or tyre construction (eg R for radial).
Space saver tyre (temporary-use spare tyre) means a combination tyre and wheel designed and constructed solely for
temporary use under restricted driving conditions, and not intended for use under normal driving conditions.
Speed category means a code allocated to a tyre by a tyre manufacturer that indicates the maximum vehicle speed for which
the use of the tyre is rated.
Tread means that part of a pneumatic tyre which comes into contact with the ground.
Tread-depth indicator (or tread-wear indicator) means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual
indication of the degree of wear of the tread. To help locate these on a tyre, inspectors should look for a or TWI mark on
the outer edge of the tyre side wall (most tyres have these marks).
Tube means an inflatable elastic liner, in the form of a hollow ring fitted with an inflation valve assembly, designed for insertion
into certain tyre assemblies to provide a cushion of air or gas that, when inflated, supports the wheel (also known as an inner
tube).
Tyre carcass means the structural part of a pneumatic tyre other than the tread and outermost rubber of the sidewalls that,
when inflated, contains the gas that supports the load. Carcass type refers to steel ply, fabric radial ply, bias/cross ply, run-flat.
Tyre load rating means the maximum load a tyre can carry at the corresponding cold inflation pressure prescribed by the tyre
manufacturer and the speed indicated by its speed category symbol. It is usually indicated by the load index or ply rating.
Wheel means a rotating load-carrying member between the tyre and the hub, which usually consists of two major parts, the rim
and the wheel disc, and which may be manufactured as one part, or permanently attached to each other, or detachable from
each other.
Wheel centre-disc means the part of the wheel that is the supporting member between the hub and the rim.
Wheel spacer means an additional component used for the purpose of positioning the wheel centre-disc relative to the hub or,
in multiple wheel sets, for the purpose of positioning the wheel centre-disc relative to another wheel.
Note 3
Winter tyre means a tyre which is principally designed to be operated at temperatures of less than 7C. A winter tyre can be
identified by its distinctive tyre tread pattern consisting of deep tread blocks with wavy sipes and is always marked with the
word STUDLESS and/or a symbol of a snowflake and mountain on the sidewall (see Figure 10-1-3).
Note 4
The tyre load index and speed category are usually marked on the tyre. Where the tyre is not marked, the load and speed
rating information must be obtained from the tyre manufacturer or a reference guide of tyre ratings before the tyre can be
passed.
Note 5
Sometimes a retreaded or repaired tyre has had its speed rating removed. Where a tyre has been repaired or retreaded in
accordance with standard NZS 5423 (Repairing and retreading car, truck and bus tyres), the tyre must be marked with
NZS 5423 and, if a car tyre, have the speed rating removed. In such a case, a missing speed rating is acceptable for WoF/CoF
(unless the inspector believes on reasonable grounds that the tyre would not have had the required minimum speed rating for
the vehicle in the first place).
Note 6
If there is any doubt about the compatibility of a tyre/wheel combination, the vehicle inspector may request/ take into account
relevant information provided by the tyre manufacturer.
Fitting of or
modification
to:
Aftermarket
wheel
fitments
1
the wheels:
are of a known and reputable brand, and
would be considered an appropriate fitment for the vehicle type by the wheel manufacturer, and
are not modified, and
do not have spacers or adaptors fitted.
the tyre tread:
does not protrude beyond the unmodified original body panels (including unmodified factory-fitted
mudguard extensions), or
protrudes beyond the unmodified original body panels, but is covered by aftermarket or modified
mudguard extensions or modified body panels, and the track width has increased by no more than
25mm from OE.
Tyre size
changes
the tyres:
have an outer circumference that is no more than 5% greater than OE, and
are an appropriate selection for rim width, and
have tread that does not extend beyond the original or modified body panels or guard extension (see
Figure 10-1-1).
1
The vehicle inspector may refer the vehicle to an LVV certifier if the inspector has reasonable concerns that the safety of the
vehicle has been affected by an aftermarket wheel fitment.
Table 10-1-2. Tyre speed symbol categories
Speed symbol speed category (km/h)
A1 5 A5 25 B 50 F 80 L 120 Q 160 U 200 Y 300
A2 10 A6 30 C 60 G 90 M 130 R 170 H 210 ZR over 240
A3 15 A7 35 D 65 J 100 N 140 S 180 V 240
A4 20 A8 40 E 70 K 110 P 150 T 190 W 270
Table 10-1-3. Tyre interchangeability imperial and metric
Imperial sizing Metric sizing
10/70R22.5 255/70R22.5
11/70R22.5 275/70R22.5
12/70R22.5 305/70R22.5
15R22.5 385/65R22.5
16.5R22.5 425/65R22.5
18R22.5 445/65R22.5

Figure 10-1-1. Tyre and body panel position

Figure 10-1-2. Tyre markings

Figure 10-1-3. How to identify a winter tyre
Note: For WoF purposes, a tyre is considered to be a winter tyre only if it has BOTH a winter tyre tread AND a studless marking
and/or mountain/snowflake symbol.

Figure 10-1-4. Example of tyre with manufacturer/brand/model information removed
The circled areas show where information has been removed so that the tyre can no longer be identified.

Land Transport Rule: Tyres and Wheels 2001.
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
1. Tyres must be compatible with the vehicle to which they are fitted.
2. Tyres on the same axle must be of the same size designation and construction, and of the same tread pattern type.
3. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MD1 or NA first registered or re-registered in New Zealand from 1 October 2002, must have all
tyres of the same construction unless the vehicle is incapable of exceeding 30km/h or is 30 years old or more.
4. Winter tyres (Note 3), if fitted to a class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA vehicle, must be fitted to all of the vehicles road
wheels.
5. Asymmetric tyres must be fitted in axle sets in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
6. A directional tyre must be fitted to a wheel position corresponding to its direction of rotation.
7. The speed category of a tyre must be compatible with the maximum legal speed limit for the vehicle, or the vehicles
maximum speed (Note 4) (Note 5).
8. A vehicle must not be fitted with a metal tyre or other non-pneumatic tyre, or with a tyre with studs, cleats, lugs or other
gripping devices.
Wheels
9. A wheel must be:
a) sufficiently strong for the type of vehicle to which it is fitted, and
b) compatible with the vehicle to which it is fitted, and
c) compatible with the tyre rim profile, flange height and valve fitment (Note 6).
10. There must be adequate clearance for the brake, hub, suspension and steering mechanism, and body parts.
Permitted equipment
11. A vehicle may be fitted with retreaded tyres.
Condition
Tyres (excluding spare tyres and space-saver tyres)
12. A tyre must be of good quality and construction, fit for its purpose, and maintained in a safe condition.
13. A tyre must not have worn, damaged or visible cords apparent by external examination.
14. A tyre, other than a winter tyre, fitted to a vehicle capable of exceeding 30km/h, must have a tread pattern depth of not less
than 1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator strip) around the whole circumference of the tyre:
a) within all principal grooves that contain tread-depth indicators, or
b) if the tyre does not normally have tread-depth indicators, across at least three-quarters of the tyre tread width.
15. A winter tyre (Note 3) must have a tread pattern depth of not less than 4mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator
strip) within all principal grooves that contain moulded tread-depth indicators and around the circumference of the tyre.
16. The regrooving of a tyre is permitted only if the tyre is identified as having been specifically designed for regrooving after
manufacture.
17. A tyre that is fitted to a vehicle must be maintained at a safe inflation pressure.
Spare tyre
18. If the vehicle carries a spare tyre, the tyre must be securely attached on or in the vehicle.
Wheels
19. The components of the wheel assembly must be in good condition.
20. The wheel must be securely attached to the hub.
Modifications
21. A modification that affects the wheels or tyres must be inspected and certified by an LVV Specialist Certifier, unless the
vehicle is:
a) excluded from the requirement for LVV specialist certification (Table 10-1-1), and has been inspected in accordance
with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition and performance, or
b) fitted with a wheel spacer that is approved for the purpose by the vehicle, wheel or axle manufacturer, or
c) fitted with a hand-grooved tyre, provided the tyre was a blank tyre case manufactured for hand-grooving, and complies
with the applicable listed requirements.
10-2 Hubs and axles
Condition
1. A hub:
a) is not securely attached to the vehicle, or
b) has a visible crack, or
c) is significantly damaged, distorted or has deteriorated, or
d) has a broken or missing wheel stud.
2. A wheel bearing:
a) has play beyond the manufacturers specifications, or
b) is over-tight or sounds rough.
3. An axle:
a) is insecure, eg has loose U-bolts, or
b) is visibly cracked, or
d) shows signs of welding or heating after original manufacture, or
e) shows signs of fouling the vehicle structure or a brake, suspension or steering component.
Performance
4. The geometry of a hub or axle causes:
a) the vehicle to veer significantly to one side, or
b) the wheels not to self centre.
Modification
5. A modification affects the hubs or axles, and:
Note 1 Definitions
Hub means that part of a vehicle that is attached to the axle and rotates on, or with, the axle, and to which the wheel is
attached, and includes any bearings.
equipment.
Differential ratio changes
only the differential centre or gear-set is changed, and
the OE axle housing is retained.
Axle housing replacement
the axle housing fits the vehicle without adaptation, and
no change to the OE suspension geometry occurs, and
the OE drive-shatfs(s) is unmodified, and
no changes are made to the OE brake system.
Condition
1. The components of the assembly must be in good condition.
2. The hub and axle must be sufficiently strong for the type of vehicle to which they are fitted.
3. The hub and axle must have a suitable and correctly adjusted geometry.
Modification
4. A modification that affects the hubs or axles must be inspected and certified by a Low Volume Vehicle Specialist Certifier,
unless the vehicle:
performance.
10-3 Mudguards
Mandatory equipment
1. A mudguard over a road wheel is missing where it is reasonable and practicable to fit a mudguard, unless the vehicle is:
a) in an unfinished condition legally used under the authority of trade plates, or
b) not capable of exceeding a speed of 30km/h, or
c) has a valid mudguard exemption issued by the New Zealand Hot Rod Association (Figure 10-3-4).
2. A mudguard does not cover the full tread width (Note 2) of a tyre or tyres fitted to a road wheel (Figure 10-3-1 and Figure 10-
3-2), except when the mudguard is fitted to a vehicle designed for industrial purposes and it is not practicable to fit a full
mudguard due to the vehicles construction.
3. On a vehicle with twin or close-spaced multiple tyres a mudguard fitted over a wheel on the rear axle is more than one-third
higher than the horizontal distance between the vertical lines of the lowest point of the mudguard and the centre of the wheel
(Figure 10-3-3), except when:
a) the mudguard is fitted to a vehicle designed for industrial purposes and it is not practicable to fit a full mudguard due to
the vehicles construction.
Mudguard condition
4. A mudguard is not securely fixed to the vehicle.
5. A mudguard is so constructed or damaged that it is likely to present a hazard to road users (Note 2).
Modification
6. A modification affects a mudguard, and:
b) is missing proof of LVV certification, ie:
Note 1 Definitions
Mudguard means a fitting, inclusive of any portion of the vehicle and of any mudflaps attached, that serves to intercept material
thrown up by a wheel more or less in the plane of the wheel.
equipment.
Note 2
Damage on full mudguards fitted to logging trucks is permissable if it is above a horizontal line on top of the tyre (Figure 10-3-
5), and that damage is unlikely to result in the mudguard presenting a hazard to road users.
Fitting of or modification to LVV certification is never required:
Modified mudguards, including flared wheel arches or the addition
of mudguard extensions
1
(see also Table 10-1-1)
1
Some vehicles fitted with flared wheel arches or mudguard extensions will require LVV certification as a result of aftermarket
wheel fitments and tyre size changes. See Table 10-1-1.

Figure 10-3-1. Position of individual mudguard in relation to tyre tread

Figure 10-3-2. Position of body panel mudguard in relation to tyre tread

Figure 10-3-3. Size and position of mudguards for the rear wheels of a vehicle fitted with dual
wheels or close-spaced multiple wheels

Figure 10-3-4. LVV Authority Card: New Zealand Hot Rod Association

Figure 10-3-5. Permissable damage area on logging truck mudguards (Note 2)
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with a mudguard over each road wheel if it is reasonable and practicable to do so (Note 1).
2. A mudguard must cover no less than the width of the tyre tread on each road wheel (Figure 10-3-1 and Figure 10-3-2).
3. A vehicle fitted with twin tyres or close-spaced multiple tyres must be fitted with a mudguard over each wheel on the rear
axle that provides continuous protection from a horizontal line tangent to the top of the tyre tread (Note 2) to a line with a slope
of 1 in 3 rising rearward from the tyres contact point on the road (Figure 10-3-3).
4. A vehicle designed for industrial purposes may be fitted with partial mudguards if the vehicles construction makes it
impracticable to fit full mudguards.
5. The following vehicles are not required to be fitted with mudguards:
a) a vehicle in an unfinished condition used under the authority of trade plates and operated in accordance with the
Compliance Rule
b) a vehicle not capable of exceeding a speed of 30 km/h
c) a vehicle with a valid LVV authority card (Figure 10-3-4).
Mudguard condition
6. A mudguard must be securely fixed to the vehicle and must be constructed so that it does not present a hazard to road
users.
Modification
7. A modification that affects a mudguard must be inspected and certified by a Low Volume Vehicle specialist certifier, unless
the vehicle:
a) is excluded from the requirement for LVV certification (Table 10-3-1), and
performance.
11 Exhaust
11-1 Exhaust system
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle is not fitted with an exhaust system that includes a means of sound reduction (Note 1) (Note 6).
2. A light vehicle is presented for a WoF or CoF because it has been ordered off the road (pink- or green-stickered) by an
enforcement officer for non-compliant exhaust noise, and there is no evidence that the vehicle has passed an LVVTA objective
noise test since the vehicle was ordered off the road (Note 4), ie:
a) the owner cannot produce a valid objective exhaust noise emissions test certificate (Figure 11-1-1) issued after the
vehicle was ordered off the road (Note 5), and
b) the exhaust system tail pipe is not fitted with a valid LVVTA noise test label (Figure 11-1-2).
Condition
3. An exhaust system is not securely mounted.
4. The exhaust system is so constructed or modified that its operation or effectiveness can be readily interfered with, eg the
driver is able to interfere with the exhaust system by operating a manual switch, or the exhaust is fitted with a flame thrower kit.
5. The exhaust system is so constructed that emitted heat or fumes are likely to harm vehicle occupants, eg the exhaust gases
are not directed away from the perimeter of the vehicles passenger compartment (Note 6).
Performance
6. There is a leak of exhaust fumes from the exhaust system.
7. The exhaust noise output from a class LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA vehicle (other than a class MA or MC motorsport
vehicle with a valid motorsport authority card) is not less than or similar to the noise output the vehicle (or a vehicle of a similar
type (Note 2)) would have had when it was manufactured with its original exhaust system, and:
a) the increased noise output exceeds the relevant noise limit in Table 11-1-1 when assessed by the vehicle inspector:
i. using their own experience, or
ii. using the Noise Quick Check specified in Technical bulletin 1, or
b) there is no evidence that the vehicle has passed an LVVTA objective noise test, ie:
i. the owner cannot produce a valid objective exhaust noise emission test certificate (Figure 11-1-1), and
ii. the exhaust system tailpipe is not fitted with a valid LVVTA noise test label (Figure 11-1-2).
Note 1
Exhaust system means a pipe assembly through which the engine exhaust gases pass to the atmosphere and includes some
means of sound reduction such as a silencer or resonator.
Note 2
For the purpose of Reason for rejection, a vehicle of a similar type means a vehicle of similar age, vehicle size, body type,
engine size and power output, and may be of a different make and model.
Note 3
The noise limits in Table 11-1-1 are lower than the noise limits specified in legislation, and considered to be clearly below the
legal noise limits. Vehicles with an exhaust noise output clearly below the legal limits do not require an Objective Noise Test.
Note 4
A new objective noise test is required every time the vehicle is ordered off the road for non-compliant exhaust noise, even if the
vehicle is presented for WoF or CoF with a quieter or original exhaust system.
Note 5
Sight the ordering off the road notice or phone the NZ Police to find out when the ordering off the notice was issued.
Note 6
Externally venting wastegates (screamer pipes) are not permitted as they are not adequately muffled and the exhaust gases
passing through the wastegate are not directed through the vehicles exhaust system. However, wastegates that have their
own exhaust system or exhaust pipe exiting behind the passenger compartment are permitted.
Note 7
LVV certification is always required for the fitting of a turbocharger as a modification, or the upgrading of a turbo or wastegate.
Table 11-1-1. Noise limits for the Noise Quick Check (Note 3)
Vehicle
Noise limit (decibels) (Note 3)
Class LE with an engine capacity of 125 cc or less

93 dBA
Class LE with an engine capacity of more than 125 cc 97 dBA
Class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2, NA first registered in New Zealand before 1 June 2008 92 dBA
Class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2, NA first registered in New Zealand on or after
1 June 2008 and:
manufactured before 1 January 1985
manufactured on or after 1 January 1985

92 dBA
87 dBA
Figure 11-1-1. Objective exhaust noise emission test certificate

Figure 11-1-2. Objective noise test label

Land Transport Act 1998, section 115.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle with an internal combustion engine must be fitted with an exhaust system (Note 1) (Note 6).
2. A vehicle that is presented for a WoF or CoF because it has been ordered off the road by an enforcement officer for non-
compliant exhaust noise must pass an LVVTA objective noise test before the vehicle may be issued with a WoF or CoF (Note
4).
Condition
3. An exhaust system must not be constructed or modified in a way that allows a person to interfere readily with its operation or
reduce its effectiveness.
4. An exhaust system must be designed, constructed, positioned and maintained in a way that minimises the risk of heat or
fumes emitted from the system harming the vehicles occupants.
Performance
5. An exhaust system must be effective and in good working order.
6. The noise output from the exhaust system of a class LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA vehicle (other than a class MA or MC
motorsport vehicle with a valid motorsport authority card):
a) must be less than or similar to the noise output from the vehicles original exhaust system at the time of the vehicles
manufacture, or
b) must not, if the noise output of the vehicles original exhaust system at the time of the vehicles manufacture is not
known, exceed the applicable maximum decibel level when tested and certified by an LVV specialist certifier in
accordance with the LVVTA objective noise test.
Modification
7. A class LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA vehicle that has been modified so as to increase its exhaust noise output must
have the exhaust system inspected, tested and certified by an LVV specialist certifier as having passed the LVVTA objective
noise test, unless:
a) the increased noise output is clearly below (Note 3) the applicable noise limits, and
b) the vehicle has been inspected in accordance with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment,
condition and performance.
8. When a vehicle has been certified by an LVV specialist certifier as having passed the LVVTA objective noise test:
a) the owner must produce a valid objective exhaust noise emissions test certificate (Figure 11-1-1), and
b) the exhaust system tailpipe must be fitted with a valid LVVTA noise test label (Figure 11-1-2).
11-2 Exhaust emissions
Performance
1. A vehicle with the engine at normal operating temperature (Note 1) emits clearly visible smoke (Technical bulletin 8) from
the exhaust tailpipe (Note 2):
a) for a continuous period of five seconds when the engine is idling and does not meet the additional requirements in
Table 11-2-1, or
b) as the engine is being rapidly accelerated to approximately 2500rpm or approximately half the maximum engine speed
(whichever is lower) and does not meet the additional requirements in Table 11-2-1.
2. A vehicle (other than group L vehicle or a class MA or MC motorsport vehicle with a valid motorsport authority card) that was
first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 May 2010 and manufactured from 1 January 1990 has a catalytic converter
removed where there is evidence that one was originally fitted, and there is no written evidence issued by a TSDA that the
vehicle passed a prescribed metered emissions test in this condition (Note 5) (Note 6) (Figure 11-2-1).
Note 1 Test procedure:
a) Carry out the idling and acceleration tests in Reason for rejection 1. A vehicle that passes both tests with the engine below
normal operating temperature is deemed to have passed with the engine at normal operating temperature.
b) If the vehicle has failed either test, ensure the engine is at normal operating temperature. Then purge the system by
increasing the engine speed to 2500 rpm (or half the maximum engine speed if this is lower) and holding it there for about 5
seconds. Repeat the idling and acceleration tests in Reasons for rejection 1.
Note 2
Visible emissions caused by the condensation of water vapour do not count as smoke.
Note 3
Acceptable evidence is:
a) a letter on the letterhead of the manufacturer or manufacturers representative, or
b) a letter on the letterhead of an appropriate automobile club, or
c) evidence of equal authority to (a) or (b) above, eg from an appropriate expert.
Note 4
The vehicle inspector may need to take into account further information about unusual or older vehicles, eg from an
appropriate expert such as an office holder in a vintage car club.
Note 5
This reason for rejection does not apply if the vehicle operator can provide evidence that the vehicle was first certified for entry
before 1 May 2008.
Note 6
The metered emissions test can only be carried out at TSDA sites (VTNZ, VINZ, NZAA) where entry inspections are carried out.
The TSDAs will issue a document (Figure 11-2-1) that identifies the vehicle, whether or not the vehicle has passed the test,
and whether or not the vehicle was tested with any OE catalytic converters removed. A metered emissions test is not required if
a catalytic converter is refitted, or if there is evidence that the vehicle was not originally fitted with a catalytic converter.
Table 11-2-1. Additional requirements
Type of vehicle Additional requirements
First registered on or after 1 January
1960 with four-stroke engine, or
First registered before 1 January
1960with four-stroke engine
manufactured on or after 1 January
1960.
1. Document produced by the vehicle operator that proves that (Note 3):
a) the engine is original equipment for the vehicle, and
b) its design means that the vehicle cannot reasonably comply with the
visible smoke emission requirements.
Note No evidence is required if, during the acceleration test, a diesel-powered
vehicle emits moderate smoke caused by turbo lag.
2. The smoke produced is not noticeably and significantly more visible than it
would have been when the vehicle was manufactured and supplied with the fuel
recommended by the manufacturer.
First registered before 1 January 1960
with four-stroke engine manufactured
before 1 January 1960, or
Vehicle with two-stroke engine or rotary
engine.
The smoke produced is not noticeably and significantly more visible than it
recommended by the manufacturer (Note 4).
Figure 11-2-1. Exhaust emissions test certificate

Download a copy of the Exhaust emissions test certificate.
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Exhaust Emissions 2007.
Performance
1. A motor vehicle must not emit clearly visible smoke (Note 2) when the vehicles engine is running at its normal operating
temperature, under either of the following conditions:
a) for a continuous period of five seconds when the engine is idling
b) as the engine is being accelerated rapidly to approximately 2500 revolutions per minute or approximately half the
maximum engine speed (whichever is lower).
2. Requirement 1 above does not apply if the driver of the vehicle produces documentation that proves that the engine is
original equipment for the vehicle and the engines design means the vehicle cannot reasonably comply (Note 3).
3. The exhaust emissions system or exhaust control equipment of a vehicle (other than a group L vehicle or a class MA or MC
motorsport vehicle) first certified for entry into service on or after 1 May 2008 and manufactured on or after 1 January 1990
must not be modified so as to prevent the vehicle from being able to pass a prescribed metered emissions test.
Technical Information
www.nzta.govt.nz/resources/vehicle-failed-smoky-exhaust/smoky-exhaust-test.html
12 Towing connections
12-1 Light vehicle towbar and fifth wheel
Mandatory equipment
1. A towbar fitted to a vehicle does not have provision for securely fitting the safety chain from a trailer coupling, except for:
a) New Zealand Defence Force vehicles
b) fire-fighting vehicles.
Condition
2. The towbar or towbar mounting (or fifth wheel or fifth-wheel mounting):
a) is not securely attached, or
b) has a bolt or nut that is missing or significantly corroded, or
c) has corrosion damage (Note 1) within 150mm of the mounting points, or
d) is cracked or distorted, or
e) jaws are worn beyond manufacturers specifications or out of adjustment, or
f) pivot is seized, worn beyond manufacturers specifications, or insecure, or
g) has any other damage that the vehicle inspector considers has affected the structural integrity of the towbar or its
attachment to the vehicle.
3. The towbar coupling (towball):
b) is worn beyond the manufacturers specifications, or
c) is significantly corroded, distorted or cracked, or
d) has a nut that is missing or significantly corroded.
Note 1
Note 2
A towbar attachment is a modification to the vehicle structure (which never requires LVV certification), refer to section 3-1
Structure for structure requirements around the towbar attachments.
Figure 12-1-1. Towbar and towbar coupling
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002, section 7.4
Land Transport Rule: Light-vehicle Brakes 2002.
Mandatory equipment
1. A towbar, if fitted to a vehicle, must have provision for securing the safety chain or cable from a trailer coupling, except if the
vehicle is likely to tow any of the following trailers:
a) a trailer designed for armament purposes by the New Zealand Defence Forces
b) a trailer pump for fire-fighting purposes.
Condition
2. A trailer must be securely attached to the towing vehicle by an adequate coupling.
3. A vehicle must:
a) be safe to be operated, and
b) have been constructed using components and materials that are fit for the purpose, and
c) be within safe tolerance of its state when manufactured or modified.
13 Miscellaneous items
13-1 Engine and transmission
Condition
1. The engine or gearbox is insecurely mounted.
2. A driveshaft is bent or severely damaged.
3. A driveshaft flange:
a) is insecure, or
b) has a bolt or nut missing.
4. A driveshaft support bearing is:
a) insecure, or
b) worn beyond manufacturers specifications.
5. A driveshaft universal joint spider (cross) bearing:
a) is worn so that the movement in the joint is beyond manufacturers specifications, or
b) caps have loose or missing cap bolts or circlips, or
c) is damaged, displaced or the seals between the spider journals and bearing caps are missing.
6. A rubber doughnut-type driveshaft coupling:
a) is worn or damaged beyond manufacturers specifications, or
b) is split or delaminated so that its mechanical integrity is affected, or
c) securing bolt is loose or missing.
7. A driveshaft slip joint (spline) is worn beyond manufacturers specifications.
8. The universals in the driveshaft are not fitted in accordance with manufacturers specifications.
Modifications
9. A modification (Note 1) affects the engine and transmission (Note 2), and:
b) is missing proof of LVV specialist certification, that is:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
LVV certification is always required for the fitting of a supercharger or turbocharger as a modification, or the upgrading of a
supercharger, turbo or wastegate, or the re-chipping of electronic engine control units on turbo vehicles.
Note 3
Externally venting wastegates (screamer pipes) are not permitted as they are not adequately muffled and the exhaust gasses
passing through the wastegate are not directed through the vehicles exhaust system. However, wastegates that have their
own exhaust system or exhaust pipe exiting behind the passenger compartment are permitted.
Substitution of engines
when compared with the OE engine, the replacement engine:
is of the same or less cubic capacity, and
has equal or less weight, and
has the same or less power output, and
uses the same fuel (petrol, diesel, LPG, CNG), and
uses the same unmodified attachment points and system (ie bolts-
in), and
uses the same family of block and cylinder head from the same
vehicle manufacturer, and
is of the same configuration.
Minor modifications to OE engine
the modifications result in not more than 20% more power than
the OE engine, which may include the fitting of:
extractor or free-flow exhaust manifolds, or big bore exhaust
systems
changed intake manifolds
changed or multiple carburettors
modified fuel injection systems
changed ignition systems
alternative cold air box induction systems.
See (Note 2).
Gearbox substitution
the OE gearbox cross-member has not been heated, cut or
welded, and
the OE gearbox cross-member mounting to the OE body or
chassis members is unchanged, and
no replacement gearbox cross-member is used, and
the OE driveshaft(s) is unmodified, and
mechanism.
Change from 4WD to permanent 2WD (removal
of drive train components in 4WD vehicles)
the vehicle was originally manufactured with selectable 4WD
and a solid/live front axle.

Figure 13-1-1. A typical driveshaft assembly
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance Rule 2002, section 7.4
modified.
Modifications
3. A modification that affects the engine and transmission must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless
the vehicle:
performance.
13-2 Fuel system
Condition
1. There is a noticeable fuel leak from the fuel system.
2. There is corrosion damage (Note 1), cracking or other damage within 150mm of a tank mounting.
3. The security of the fuel tank is affected by:
a) corrosion damage (Note 1) insecure or loose tank mountings.
4. A fuel line is insecure or loose so that it is likely to be damaged during normal use of the vehicle.
5. A fuel pipe is severely damaged or excessively corroded.
6. A fuel hose is damaged or perished.
7. The fuel pump is insecure.
8. The fuel filler cap or capless fuel filler seal is missing, insecure or likely to allow fuel spillage when the vehicle is in normal
use.
9. The fuel tank is fitted with a temporary use fuel filler cap.
Modification
10. A modification affects the fuel system, and:
a) is not excluded from the requirements for LVV specialist certification (Table 13-2-1), or
Note 1
damage is typically displayed by the lifting or bubbling of paint. In extreme cases, the area affected by corrosion damage will
fall out and leave a hole.
Fuel system changes and
modifications
no structural modifications have occurred to the vehicle during the installation or
modification, and
the filling location remains the same as at original manufacture, and
the fuel type (petrol, diesel) has not changed (other than a change to LPG/CNG).
1. Fuel tanks, fuel lines and associated components must be:
a) securely mounted, and
b) made of suitable materials, and
c) in good condition, and
d) free from significant leaks, and
e) positioned so that the risk of mechanical damage or heat gain is minimised.
Modification
2. A modification that affects the fuel tank and fuel lines must be inspected and certified by a Low Volume Vehicle Specialist
Certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
13-3 LPG/CNG fuel system
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle that is equipped with an LPG or CNG fuel system that is in working order does not have a current alternative fuel
inspection certificate (Note 1) (Note 2) (Figure 13-3-1).
Condition
2. An LPG or CNG fuel system component is:
a) loose, or
b) significantly corroded, distorted or cracked.
3. A gas line:
a) shows signs of corrosion damage (Note 3), such as pitting, or
b) is bulging, or
c) is insecure, or
d) is damaged, eg cut or crimping.
4. There is a noticeable gas leak.
5. There is corrosion damage, distortion or fracture within 300mm of a tank mounting
Note 1 Definitions
Alternative fuel inspection certificate means evidence of vehicle inspection relating to the periodic in-service inspection and
certification of an LPG or CNG fuel system.
Alternative fuel installation certificate means an inspection and certification document relating to the installation of an LPG
or CNG fuel system. It is not required for the issue of a WoF or CoF.
LPG/CNG fuel system means a fuel storage and conducting system that is used to provide liquid petroleum gas (LPG) or
compressed natural gas (CNG) for the purpose of propulsion of a vehicle.
Note 2
An LPG or CNG fuel system with all the necessary components is deemed to be in working order, whether or not it is charged.
A system that has had the filler connection removed is deemed to be not in working order.
Note 3
Figure 13-1-1. Alternative fuels certificate label
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle equipped with an LPG or CNG fuel system that is in working order must display a current alternative fuel
inspection certificate.
Condition
2. An LPG or CNG fuel system must be in safe working condition.
Modification
3. The installation of an LPG or CNG fuel system is not a modification that requires certification by a LVV specialist certifier.
4. A modification to an existing LPG or CNG fuel system must be inspected and certified by an approved LPG or CNG fuel
inspector or inspecting organisation.
Heavy vehicles
1).
Condition
a) removed, or
b) erased, or
c) altered, or
d) defaced, or
e) obscured, or
f) destroyed, or
g) obliterated, or
Note 1
Note 2

vehicles)
vehicle.
arch,

Car
Truck

Condition
2 Vehicle exterior
Modifications
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
bumper skins)
(Note 6)
projections, and
components.
Auxiliary winches
the winch either:
materials)
1)
similar])
20mm, and
Aerials
Engine hood emblems
Engine hood pins
Towbars
Trunk racks
PSV requirements.)
Permitted equipment
Modifications
vehicle:
performance.
2-2 Dimensions
Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle (Note 1) with a GVM of 3501kg or more exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-3 and is
not:
Note 1
Rigid vehicle means a vehicle that does not have any pivot points to allow any part of the chassis of the vehicle to move or
rotate in relation to any other part of the chassis of the vehicle, and includes an articulated bus and a pivot steer vehicle.
Note 2
at night.
Note 3
High-productivity motor vehicle (HPMV) means a heavy motor vehicle or heavy combination vehicle that carries a divisible
load and with or without a load:
a) exceeds a gross mass of 44,000kg, or
b) varies from a dimension requirement in Table 2-2-3, (other than width, height or ground clearance), or
c) both (a) and (b), and
d) operates on an HPMV permit issued by a road controlling authority.
Road controlling authority means the authority, body or person having control of the road (eg the NZTA, regional council or
an authorized delegate).
Note 4
An HPMV that does not comply with a dimension requirement in Table 2-2-3 may comply instead with a variation to that
requirement as specified on the HPMV permit. The permit must be produced for inspection if required. Any other conditions
specified on the permit are not required to be enforced at CoF.
Note 5
A bicycle rack fitted to the front of a vehicle of class MD3, MD4 or ME is not included in determining the overall length or
forward distance of the vehicle.
Note 6
A high-productivity motor vehicle is not required to comply with the Hazard warning equipment requirements of Table 2-2-4.
Note 7
Instead of displaying a hazard warning flag or panel, the boom head of a mobile crane may be painted to delineate its excess
front overhang, provided that the colour of the paint on the front face of the boom head is either white, yellow or red or a
combination of these colours, so that the area on each side of the boom head that is painted covers an area of not less than
0.12 square metres (eg 400mm x 300 mm).
Table 2-2-3. Dimension requirements for heavy rigid vehicles (see Figures 2-2-8 and 2-2-9) and
(Note 4) (Note 5)
Dimension Maximum distance Comments
Width 2.5m, or
1.25m from each side of the
longitudinal centreline of the
vehicle
collapsible mirrors which extend no more than 240mm from the
body
direction indicator and side-marker lamps
cab exterior grab rails that extend no more than 50mm from the
side of the body
ropes, lashings, straps, chains, and related connectors and
tensioning devices that extend no more than 25mm from either
side, and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle
J-hook assemblies that extend not more than 25mm from either
side of the vehicle
the bulge towards the bottom of a tyre
central tyre inflation system hoses that extend not more than
75mm beyond the outside of the tyre on the drive axles
hubodometer provided it is fitted to a non-lifting, non-steering axle
that causes the least overwidth
trolley bus poles and their safety cables
the wheels, on a rear-steering single large-tyred axle of a rigid
vehicle, that extend not more than 25mm from either side of the
vehicle.
Overall
length
11.5m (tow coupling fitted)
12.6m (no tow coupling fitted)
13.5m (rigid bus with three axles
where the rearmost axle is a
single-tyred steering axle that is:
a) either positively and
continuously linked to the
front steer (except may be
locked for reverse and
high-speed operation); or
b) automatically locked at
a speed of 30 km/h in the
straight-ahead position
and for reverse operations)
18m (articulated bus)
collapsible mirrors
ferry securing point that extends 50mm or less beyond the body of
the vehicle at the front or rear of the vehicle is not included in
determining the overall length of the vehicle.

Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load-restraining devices such as ropes,
lashings, traps, chains, covers and related connectors and tensioning
devices, that extend not more than 25mm above the body of the vehicle,
and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
8.5m (for both front and rear
sections of an articulated bus)
Forward distance is measured from:
the rear axis to the front of a rigid vehicle or front section of an
articulated bus
the rear axis of the rear section of an articulated bus to the centre
of the point of attachment to the front section of the articulated
bus.
A vehicle with a retractable axle must meet the dimension requirements
whether the axle is in contact with the road or in the retracted position.
Rear
overhang
The lesser of 4m or 70% of
wheelbase where rearmost axle is
Rear overhang is measured from the rear axis to the rear of the vehicle.
overhang wheelbase where rearmost axle is
a non-steering axle
The lesser of 4.25m or 70% of
a steering axle
wheelbase of a rigid bus with
overall length exceeding 12.6m
forward distance (articulated bus)
4m (for a vehicle first registered
anywhere before 1 December
1989)
Ground
clearance
The greater of 100mm or 6% of
the distance from the nearest axle
to the point where the ground
clearance is measured
Measurement does not include flexible mudflaps, wheels, tyres or
devices designed to discharge static electricity.
Front
overhang
3m Front overhang is measured from the front edge of the drivers seat in the
rearmost position to the front of the vehicle.
Articulated
vehicle
point of
attachment
No further rearward than centre of
rear axle (where rear axle set
consists of only one axle)
No further than 300mm rearward
of rear axis (where rear axle set
consists of more than one axle)
Does not apply to articulated buses.
Tow
coupling
position
(articulated
bus only)
45% of wheelbase of the leading
unit
The tow coupling position is the distance rearward from the vehicles rear
axis to the centre of the tow coupling.
Turning
circle
25m outside diameter
10.6m inside diameter (articulated
bus only)
The vehicle must complete a 360-degree turn in either direction.
No part of the vehicle (other than collapsible mirrors) must extend
beyond the outside diameter or into the inside diameter.
Table 2-2-4. Hazard warning equipment requirements for vehicles that exceed the dimensions in
Table 2-2-3 (see Figure 2-2-7 for vehicle category thresholds) (Note 6)
Vehicle
category
(see Figure 2-2-
7)
Dimension
Limits
(up to and
including)
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/11.4m,
or
3.1m/10.5m,
or
3.7m/8.5m,
or
25m, or
7m, or
7m
Flags
1
or panels
2
practical to the outside edge (for alternative requirements for a mobile
crane see (Note 7))
Category 2 (not
including
category 1)
Width/forward
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/13.3m,
or
4.5m/8.5m,
or
35m, or
10m, or
10m
1. Panels
2
fitted on each side at the front and rear as close as practical to
the outside edge (for alternative requirements for a mobile crane see
(Note 7))
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
fitted at the front and rear if more than 3.1m wide
3. Revolving amber beacon fitted so that it is visible to approaching traffic
if the vehicle is more than 3.7m wide
Category 3 (not
including
category 2)
Width/forward
distance
2.5m/20m
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
(Note 7))
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Category 4 (not
including
category 3)
Width/forward
distance
11m/20m
11m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
(Note 7))
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
1
Flags:
2
3
OVERSIZE sign:


Figure 2-2-7. Vehicle categories and width/forward distance thresholds

Figure 2-2-8. Dimensions for rigid heavy vehicles

Figure 2-2-9. Dimensions for articulated bus

Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle, or an articulated bus, with a GVM of 3501kg or more that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-3 must meet
2-3 Heavy vehicle equipment
Mandatory equipment
1. An outrigger fitted to a vehicle does not have a locking device to prevent its inadvertent extension or separation .
2. The A vehicle recovery service hook truck or stinger-lift truck does not have its manufacturers stated lifting capacity clearly
displayed, in kilograms, at the rear of the vehicle in letters and figures not less than 30mm high, rounded to the nearest 50kg
3. A vehicle of class NB or class NC that is fitted with a swivelling (or knuckle boom) crane for loading the vehicle or a trailer
towed by the vehicle does not have either:
a) a locking device fitted to each outrigger that is able to be seen in a locked position when an outrigger is retracted, or
b) a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if an outrigger is not in the fully retracted position (Note 2).
4. An outrigger locking device is bent, worn or otherwise damaged or deteriorated so that it is not effective.
5. An outrigger locking device does not lock the outrigger in its retracted position.
Note 1 Definitions
Outrigger means, in relation to a vehicle fitted with a crane or a hoist, a device fitted to the vehicle that extends and stabilises
the vehicle while the crane or hoist is in use.
Hook truck means a vehicle recovery service vehicle with a crane hoist that partially lifts the vehicle to be recovered, which is
then towed in this position.
Stinger-lift truck means a recovery service vehicle with an arm that partially lifts the vehicle to be recovered, which is then
towed in this position.
Vehicle recovery service vehicle means a vehicle used in a vehicle recovery service for towing or transporting on a road any
motor vehicle; does not include a vehicle that is not designed or adapted for the purpose of towing or carrying motor vehicles.
Lifting gear means, in relation to a vehicle recovery service vehicle, any equipment used to lift another vehicle, and includes a
towing connection.
Note 2
An alarm must be visible or audible from the drivers seating position, and the alarm must operate when the vehicles engine is
running, except when the parking brake is fully applied or when the gear selector of a vehicle with an automatic transmission is
in the park positionP>
Land Transport Rule: Heavy Vehicles 2004.
Mandatory equipment
1. An outrigger fitted to a vehicle must have a locking device to prevent its inadvertent extension or separation.
2. The manufacturers stated lifting capacity of a hook truck or stinger-lift truck must be clearly displayed, in kilograms, at the
rear of the vehicle in letters and figures not less than 30 mm high, rounded to the nearest 50kg.
towed by the vehicle must be:
a) fitted with a locking device to each outrigger that is able to be seen in a locked position when an outrigger is retracted, or
b) equipped with a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if an outrigger is not in the fully retracted position.
4. An alarm must be visible or audible from the drivers seating position, and the alarm must operate when the vehicles engine
is running, except when the parking brake is fully applied or when the gear selector of a vehicle with an automatic transmission
is in the park position.
5. An outrigger locking device must be effective.
3 Vehicle structure
3-1 Structure
Mandatory equipment
1. A sliding chassis is not fitted with both:
a) a locking device to prevent inadvertent extension or separation, and
b) endstops at the end of the slideway to prevent separation of the sliding parts if the primary locking device fails.
2. Refer to general vehicle pages.
3. The chassis (Note 1), body or other load-bearing structure of a vehicle, including a cab or a monocoque construction body,
has damage so that the vehicle is no longer of adequate strength for all conditions of loading and operation for which the
vehicle was constructed, such as:
a) deformation from original shape that has affected the vehicles structural integrity, or
b) cracking, or
c) significant corrosion or delamination, or
d) significant rust heave that exceeds the limits in (Figure 3-1-3), or
e) poor repairs that have not returned the structure to within safe tolerance of when it was manufactured, eg:
i. filler has been used to conceal corrosion damage or deformation of a component
ii. a high-strength steel component has been heated
f) loose, broken or missing fasteners or rivets, or
g) damage that affects the integrity, operation or mounting of the following components:
i. steering and suspension system, or
ii. load anchorages
iii. seat or seatbelt anchorages, or
iv. brake system, or
v. mandatory lighting equipment, or
vi. towing connections, or
vii. transmission, or
viii. cab or vehicle body.
4. A body-to-chassis attachment, such as a weld, fastener, hinge, body guide or locking device, is:
a) missing, or
b) loose, or
c) broken, or
d) cracked, or
e) otherwise in poor condition.
5. A tipping body hinge, body guide or locking device has deteriorated so that it is not effective in securing the body to the
chassis.
6. The locking of a sliding chassis locking device is either:
a) not readily verifiable by visual inspection, or
b) the vehicle is not equipped with a visible or audible alarm to warn the driver if the chassis is not locked in one of the
locking positions (Note 5).
7. A sliding chassis locking device has wear or damage, such as a worn or bent pin, so that it is not effective.
8. A sliding chassis locking device does not operate correctly.
9. A sliding chassis end stop is:
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
c) damaged.
10. A bin securing device does not operate correctly.
Modification and repair
11. A modification or repair affects the vehicle structure and:
a) is not excluded from the requirements for HVS certification (Table 3-1-2), or
b) the modification is not for the purpose of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services, or
c) is missing proof of HVS certification, ie:
i. the vehicle was modified or repaired before the last CoF inspection and no LANDATA record has been entered, or
ii. the vehicle was modified or repaired since the last CoF inspection and no valid LT400 form from a HVS certifier of
category HVEC, or HMCD has been presented.
Note 1 Definitions
Chassis means the structural lower part of a vehicle to which the running gear and, as applicable, engine, transmission,
steering system and body may be attached.
Chassis assembly means a chassis with running gear attached and, as applicable, engine, transmission and steering system
attached.
Body means the part of the vehicle that is designed for the use and accommodation of the occupants or to hold any goods.
Note 2
Rust stains can indicate fretting or movement between two components, eg as a result of loose fasteners or cracking.
Note 3
Chassis cracking is most likely to occur in the following areas:
abrupt changes in chassis section
adjacent to welds
body mounting points
adjacent to loose fasteners
notches.
Note 4
Corrosion is most likely to occur in areas where moisture is retained, or when the vehicle is used to carry stock, fertiliser or
corrosive cargo.
Note 5
in the park position.
Table 3-1-2. Requirements for HVS certification
HVS certification is required HVS certification is not required
1. Repairs to a structural component of a monocoque body.
2. Repairs to a chassis cross-member, ie:
a) the first or last cross-member of the chassis
b) a cross-member that is fitted within 500mm of an engine
mount, transmission mount, or suspension support
c) a cross-member to which a driveshaft centre bearing is
fitted
d) a cross-member that supports any of the following:
i. ballrace turntable
ii. tow coupling
iii. fifth wheel
iv. kingpin
v. bolster attachment
vi. hoist, hydraulic cylinder of a tipping body or any
other device that may place a concentrated load on
the chassis.
3. Repairs to a coaming rail that supports a certified load
anchorage point or J-hook, or that secures a load-rated
curtain.
4. Modifications that affect the chassis, including fitting of a
hoist, crane, tipping body or other special equipment which
may result in increased stress to a localised area of the
chassis or significant redistribution of the load over the
chassis as determined by an HVS certifier.
1. Repairs to a non-structural component of a monocoque
body (eg a body panel).
2. Repairs to a first failure of a chassis cross-member
except a repair listed in the left-hand column.
3. Repairs to a coaming rail that does not support a load
anchorage point (including a stock crate J-hook) or that
does not secure a load-rated curtain.
4. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out
before 1 January 1997 (modifications and repairs before
this date generally required certification but for inspection
purposes no evidence of this is required).
5. Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand
column unless the vehicle inspector considers that
certification is required because the modification or repair
has affected the vehicles safety performance (a second
opinion from an expert may be needed).

Figure 3-1-3. Rust heave limits
Rust heave beyond the limits described above is acceptable only if an HVS certifier has confirmed this in writing. The vehicle
may continue without repair until an expiry date specified by the HVS certifier. Where no expiry date is specified the vehicle
must be referred to an HVS certifier for another assessment at the next CoF inspection.
Regardless of any expiry date, an inspector may refer the vehicle to an HVS certifier if he/she suspects that the safety of the
vehicle is compromised, eg due to excessive corrosion or chassis cracking. If the chassis is repaired, an LT400 is required.
Mandatory equipment
1. A sliding chassis must be fitted with:
a) a locking device to prevent inadvertent extension or separation, and
2. The body of a vehicle such as a tank body for transporting bulk liquid, a tipping body for transporting sand, grain or other
bulk goods, or other types of body that are constructed to contain the transported goods without the use of lashings, chains or
other devices, must be specifically designed to contain that type and size of load.
3. The following must be of adequate strength for all conditions of loading and operation for which the vehicle was constructed:
a) the chassis and body of the vehicle
b) the body of a vehicle of monocoque construction
c) any other load-bearing structure.
4. The locking of a sliding chassis locking device must be readily verifiable by visual inspection or the vehicle must be
equipped with a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if the chassis is not in one of the locking positions.
6. A sliding chassis locking device must be effective.
7. If a sliding chassis locking device incorporates a system that provides energy for its operation, the device must remain fully
engaged in the locked position, or the locking action must be initiated immediately, if the energising system fails.
8. Load-securing equipment that is fitted to a vehicle must be constructed to ensure that the load can be securely contained on
the vehicle under all conditions of loading and operation for which the vehicle was constructed.
9. A modification or repair that affects the vehicle structure must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category
HVEC or HMCD unless the vehicle:
a) is excluded from the requirement for HVS certification (Table 3-1-2), and
performance.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
March 1980, or
vehicle.
Condition (Note 5)
Performance
c) not steady, or
March 1980, or
than:
b) flashes:
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4 Definitions
equipment.
Note 5
of the headlamp.
Note 6
manufacturer.
Note 7
Note 8
housing.
Note 9
Note 10
Headlamp type
Percent
(%)
mm/3
m
Degrees
()
EITHER
OR
105
1.72.0
OR
less than 0.8 m 1.01.5 30
45
0.57
0.85
0.81.2 m 1.02.0 30
60
0.57
1.15
more than 1.2 m 2.02.5 60
75
1.15
1.43
Percent (%) mm/3 m Degrees () Percent (%) mm/3 m Degrees ()
1.0 30 0.6 2.3 69 1.3
1.1 33 0.6 2.4 72 1.4
1.2 36 0.7 2.5 75 1.4
1.3 39 0.7 2.6 78 1.5
1.4 42 0.8 2.7 81 1.5
1.5 45 0.9 2.8 84 1.6
1.6 48 0.9 2.9 87 1.7
1.7 51 1.0 3.0 90 1.7
1.8 54 1.0 3.1 93 1.8
1.9 57 1.1 3.2 96 1.8
2.0 60 1.1 3.3 99 1.9
2.1 63 1.2 3.4 102 1.9
2.2 66 1.3 3.5 105 2.0

Condition (Note 5)
b) not be obscured.
Performance
Permitted equipment
Condition (Note 3)
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Note 6
unit.

Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
visibility.
Modifications
4-3 Cornering lamps
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
c) not steady, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
d) not steady, or
Note 1
the daytime.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
2. A heavy vehicle of class MD3, MD4, ME, NB, or NC first registered on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 9.2m in length:
a) is not fitted with one side-facing direction indicator lamp on each side, at or near the front of the vehicle, or
b) is fitted with more than two side-facing direction indicator lamps on either side.
3. A retrofitted side-facing direction indicator lamp is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting
below 1.5m is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
4. A heavy vehicle is fitted at the rear with:
a) only one top-mounted lamp, or
b) more than one pair of top-mounted lamps, or
c) top-mounted lamps that are not mounted symmetrically as close as is practicable to the top corners of the bodywork.
5. A pair of forward-facing or rearward-facing direction indicator lamps (other than top-mounted lamps):
a) in the case of a vehicle with one pair, is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below
1.5m is not practical due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle), or
b) in the case of a vehicle with two pairs:
i. the lower pair is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practical
due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle), or
ii. the other pair is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 2.1m.
6. A heavy vehicle is fitted with top-mounted lamps at the front of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
9. A mandatory side-facing direction indicator lamp is not visible from the side of the vehicle (Figure 4-5-2):
a) through an angle of 60 above and below a horizontal plane passing through the lamp, or
b) at least between an angle of 30 and 80 rearward of a vertical plane that is at right angles to the longitudinal centreline
of the vehicle and passing through the lamp.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Note 3
replacement or aftermarket lamp suitable for the position provided by the vehicle manufacturer for that lamp. All other lamps,
including those fitted by the body builder, are considered retrofitted (ie non-OE).
Note 4
reversing lamps.
Note 5
intended by the vehicle manufacturer. This does not include lamps fitted by a body builder.
Note 6
A forward-facing permitted direction indicator lamp that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance
requirements must be made to comply or be removed from the vehicle.
Figure 4-5-2. Required angles for side-facing direction indicator lamps

2. A heavy vehicle of class MD3, MD4, ME, NB, or NC first registered on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 9.2m in length
must be fitted with one or two side-facing direction indicator lamps on each side, at or near the front of the vehicle.
3. A retrofitted side-facing direction indicator lamp must be mounted at a height not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable
due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m.
4. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of direction indicator lamps at the rear of the vehicle that must be
symmetrically mounted as near the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
5. Forward-facing or rearward-facing direction indicator lamps (excluding top-mounted lamps) may be mounted as follows:
a) one pair at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of
the vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m, and
b) a second pair at a height from the ground not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
Performance
8. A mandatory side-facing direction indicator must be visible from the side of the vehicle:
a) through an angle of 60 above and below the horizontal plane passing through the lamp, and
Modifications
2. A heavy vehicle is fitted at the front with:
c) top-mounted lamps that are not mounted as close as is practicable to the top corners of the bodywork.
Condition
Performance
Note 1
The following total numbers of position lamps may generally be fitted to the front or rear of a vehicle:
Front of vehicle:
a) one pair of forward-facing position lamps below 1.5 m (usually the OE lamps)
b) one pair of forward-facing position lamps at the top corners
c) two cab roof lamps
d) 10 end-outline marker lamps fitted elsewhere on the outline of the vehicle or on the cab roof (for vehicles first
registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 there is no restriction on the number of forward-facing end-outline marker
lamps that may be fitted).
Rear of vehicle:
a) two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps, one pair below 1.5 m and a second pair below 2.1 m, fitted symmetrically as
far as possible towards the extremities
b) one pair of rearward-facing position lamps at the top corners
c) six end-outline marker lamps elsewhere on the outline of the vehicle.
Note 2 Definitions
equipment.
being:
Note 3
A permitted forward-facing position lamp, fitted to a class NC vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005,
that does not comply with condition and performance requirements must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not
emit a light. All other permitted forward-facing position lamps that do not comply with requirements must be made to comply or
be removed from the vehicle.
Note 4
Note 5
A vehicle originally manufactured with a position lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this
section may retain the original position lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as intended by
the vehicle manufacturer. This does not include lamps fitted by a body builder.
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of forward-facing position lamps that must be symmetrically
mounted as near the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
Performance
Modifications
3. A rearward-facing position lamp (other than top-mounted lamps):
a) in the case of a vehicle with one or one pair, is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting
below 1.5m is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle), or
i. the lower pair is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practicable
Condition
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
being:
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of rearward-facing position lamps that must be symmetrically mounted
as near the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
2. Rearward-facing position lamps (excluding top-mounted lamps) may be mounted as follows:
a) one lamp or one pair at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the
bodywork of the vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m, and
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
a) is not substantially white or amber to the front (for a vehicle manufactured before January 2006), or
b) is not substantially amber to the front (for a vehicle manufactured on or after January 2006), or
c) is not substantially red or amber to the rear, or
d) is not diffuse, or
e) is not approximately of the same colour and intensity on each side of the vehicle, or
f) does not remain steadily illuminated, or
g) is not bright enough to produce light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight and from 200m in normal darkness, eg
Modifications
Note 1 Definitions
being:
Note 2
Figure 4-8-1. Visibility angles for side-marker lamps

Permitted equipment
1. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with one or more side-marker lamps.
Condition
3. A side-marker lamp must:
Performance
a) diffuse, and
b) substantially white or amber to the front (for a vehicle manufactured before January 2006), or
c) substantially amber to the front (for a vehicle manufactured on or after January 2006), or
d) substantially red or amber to the rear.
vehicle.
darkness.
Modifications
Mandatory, permitted and prohibited equipment
1. A vehicle listed in Table 4-9-1:
a) is not fitted with the lamps required in Table 4-9-1, or
b) is fitted with lamps that exceed the numbers permitted in Table 4-9-1.
2. A vehicle not listed in Table 4-9-1 is fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
3. An end-outline marker lamp is not positioned so that it gives an indication of the vehicles dimensions, that is lamps, other
than cab roof lamps, are fitted other than around the outline of the vehicle (Note 2).
Condition
4. A lamp is insecure or, if a mandatory lamp, obscured.
Performance
7. When switched on, a mandatory or a forward-facing end-outline marker lamp does not operate (Note 3).
c) not diffuse, or
f) not steady, or
9. A mandatory cab roof lamp is not bright enough to produce light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight and from 200m
in normal darkness, eg due to modification, deterioration or an incorrect light source.
Note 1
For vehicles manufactured before 1/5/2011, the following total numbers of position lamps may generally be fitted to the front or
rear of a vehicle:
Front of vehicle:
a) one pair of forward-facing position lamps below 1.5m (usually the OE lamps)
registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 there is no restriction on the number of forward-facing end-outline
marker lamps that may be fitted).
Rear of vehicle:
a) two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps, one pair below 1.5m and a second pair below 2.1m, fitted symmetrically as
Note 2 Definitions
users, being:
Note 3
A rearward-facing end-outline marker lamp, or a forward-facing end-outline marker lamp fitted to a class NC vehicle first
registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005, that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance
requirements, must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light. All other permitted forward-facing end-
outline marker lamps must be made to comply or be fully removed from the vehicle.
Table 4-9-1. Fitting requirements for end-outline marker lamps
If the vehicle
was:
Row Characteristics of the heavy vehicle
Front Rear
Mandatory
lamps
1,4
Maximum
permitted
lamps
2
Maximum
permitted
lamps
2
Vehicle
manufactured
before 1/4/2011
3
A
A vehicle with a GVM exceeding 11,300 kg
A vehicle with a towing connection where
the vehicle combination is likely to have a
total length exceeding 9.2m
2 12
(No Limit if first
registered
before
27/2/2005)
6
B A vehicle with an overall width of 1.8 m or more
(other than a vehicle in row A)
Not
required
6 4
Vehicle
manufactured
from 1/4/2011
C A vehicle with an overall width exceeding 2.1m and
with a GVM or GCM exceeding 12,000kg
2 12 6
D A vehicle with an overall width exceeding 2.1m
(other than a vehicle in row C)
2 6 4
E A vehicle with an overall width of 1.8 m or more
(other than a vehicle in row C or D).
Not
required
6 4
1
Vehicles in Table 4-9-2 are not required to be fitted with mandatory lamps.
2
Maximum permitted lamps are the maximum number of lamps allowed to be fitted, including mandatory lamps.
3
A vehicle manufactured before 1/4/2011 also has the option of complying with the requirements applicable to vehicles
manufactured from 1/4/2011.
4
Mandatory lamps must be positioned at a height no lower than the top edge of the windscreen.
Table 4-9-2. Vehicles exempt from mandatory cab roof requirements
A vehicle fitted with a waste collection unit that incorporates front-loading container handling equipment and a cab
protection shield, and which operates predominantly within 50km/h speed limit zones during daylight hours only.
A PSV used exclusively on urban routes.
A vehicle designed principally for carrying ready-mix concrete no more than 9.2m in length, and which operates
predominantly in 50km/h speed limit zones.
New Zealand Gazette, 12 May 1983, No. 63, page 1500
New Zealand Gazette, 7 July 1977, No. 73, page 1893.
1. A vehicle listed in Table 4-9-1 must or may be fitted with end-outline marker lamps as specified in the table.
2. A vehicle not listed in Table 4-9-1 must not be fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
3. An end-outline marker lamp must be positioned so that it gives an indication of the vehicles dimensions.
Condition
4. An end-outline marker lamp must:
Performance
a) diffuse, and
of the vehicle.
9. A mandatory cab roof lamp must emit a light that is visible from a distance of 100m in daylight and 200m during the hours of
darkness.
Modifications
requirements.
4-10 Stop lamps
3. A stop lamp (other than top-mounted lamps):
Condition
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
equipment. Stop lamp means a lamp that is designed to operate when the service brake is applied.
Note 2
A permitted stop lamp that does not comply with condition and performance requirements must be made to comply or be
Note 3
including those fitted by a body builder, are considered retrofitted (ie non-OE).
Note 4
manufacturer. This does not include lamps fitted by a body builder.
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of stop lamps that must be symmetrically mounted as near the top
2. Stop lamps (excluding top-mounted lamps) may be mounted as follows:
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Condition
Performance
b) diffuse, or
source
Note 1 Definitions
vehicle.
Note 2
Note 3
stop lamps.
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Mandatory equipment
and:
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
Performance
Modifications
Mandatory equipment
2. A rearward-facing reflector fitted to a class NB or NC vehicle:
a) does not have an area of at least 30cm
2
, or
b) is not fitted within 150mm on the right and left extremities of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
Mandatory equipment
2. A rearward-facing reflector fitted to a class NB or NC vehicle must have an area of at least 30 cm
2
and be fitted within
150mm on the right and left extremities of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
b) steady, or
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
Performance
light that:
Note 1
Note 2
A forward-facing cosmetic lamp fitted to a class NC vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 that does
not comply with the equipment, condition and performance requirements, must be made to comply or be disabled so that it
does not emit a light. All other forward-facing cosmetic lamps that do not comply must be made to comply or be removed from
the vehicle.
Note 3 Definitions
Headlamps
Stop lamps
Position lamps
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps
Work lamps
Scene lamps
Alley lamps


Permitted equipment
Performance
3. A lamp must:
c) be fitted in a way, and be of a luminance that ensures, that it does not dazzle, confuse or distract other road users, and
5 Vision
5-1 Glazing
Mandatory equipment
2. A glazing marking required in Table 5-1-8 or Table 5-1-9 is missing, except for hard plastic glazing behind the drivers seat
in a vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1991.
Condition
3. Refer to general vehicle pages (Note 1).
4. A wire-mesh windscreen stoneguard (Figure 5-1-7):
a) top edge is both above the top of the steering wheel in its highest adjusted position and above 225mm measured from
the bottom edge of the windscreen, or
b) has a mesh size smaller than 12mm (Note 2), or
c) makes it difficult to access the windscreen for cleaning.
Performance
Modification
7. OE glazing that affects the structural integrity of the vehicle has been permanently removed and:
a) is missing proof of HVS certification, ie:
ii. the vehicle was modified or repaired since the last CoF inspection and no valid LT400 form from an HVS certifier of
category HVEC or HMCD has been presented.
Windscreen repair
Note 1
With reference to Figure 5-1-4. Windscreen critical vision area (general vehicle pages), for heavy vehicles only, the upper
and lower boundaries of the CVA must be taken as:
Upper boundary: the lower of 100mm from the edge of the glazing or 900mm from the top of the uncompressed seat cushion
Lower boundary: the higher of the top of the uncompressed seat cushion or 100mm from the bottom of the windscreen.
Note 2
Objects, whether functional or otherwise (for example signage or badges) must not be attached to a wire-mesh windscreen
stoneguard.
Table 5-1-8. Required markings for windscreens on heavy vehicles
Vehicle class
Date of manufacture
Before
1/1/60
1/1/6031/12/90 1/1/9130/6/97 From 1/7/97
MD3, MD4,
ME, NB, NC
Safety glass with approved trade name
or approved standard
Safety glass with
approved standard
Laminated glass with
approved standard
Table 5-1-9. Required marking for other glazing on heavy vehicles
Vehicle class
Date of manufacture
Before
1/2/77
1/2/7731/12/90 From 1/1/91
MD3
1
, MD4
1
, ME
1
,
NB, NC
Safety glass with approved trade name or approved
standard
standard
1
may be made of transparent material of a kind that does not shatter. This material is not usually marked.

Figure 5-1-7. Stoneguard measurements

Land Transport Rule: Glazing, Windscreen Wipe and Wash, and Mirrors 1999
Mandatory equipment
2. A glazing marking required in Table 5-1-8 or Table 5-1-9 is missing, unless it is hard plastic glazing behind the drivers seat
Condition
Performance
Modification
5. The permanent removal of OE glazing that affects the structural integrity of the vehicle requires certification by an HVS
certifier.
5-2 Sun visors
Mandatory equipment
(Note 1).
Condition
2. A sun visor:
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Mandatory equipment
(Note 1).
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modification
Mandatory equipment
Condition
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
Performance
Modifications
Mandatory equipment
2. A vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 1992 that is fitted with a windscreen must have a windscreen wipe and
wash system.
3. Windscreen wipers must be power driven, unless they follow OE specifications in a vehicle manufactured before 1
January 1960.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
vehicle:
b) has been inspected in accordance with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition,
and performance.
Mandatory equipment
1. A class MD3, MD4, ME, NB or NC vehicle is not fitted with:
a) an outside left-hand rear view mirror, or
b) an outside right-hand rear view mirror.
2. An unclassified vehicle is not fitted with at least one rear view mirror.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Land Transport Rule: Windscreen Wipe and Wash, and Mirrors 1999.
Mandatory equipment
1. A class MD3, MD4, ME, NB and NC vehicle must be fitted with an outside left-hand and an outside right-hand rear-view
mirror.
2. An unclassified heavy vehicle must be fitted with at least one rear-view mirror.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
6. A rear-view mirror that is affected by a modification or repair:
b) does not require HVS certification.
6 Entrance and exit
Mandatory equipment
Equipment condition
Modifications
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Tables and images
occupants)
Note


Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Equipment condition
Modifications
performance.
7 Vehicle interior
Mandatory equipment
3. A modification or repair since 1 April 2002 affects a seat or seat anchorage and:
Certification
required
Certification not required
1. Retrofitting a
seat that:
a) has an
integrated
seatbelt, or
b) is not fitted
to existing
unmodified
OE seat
anchorages.
1. Seat modification or replacement, or installation of a seat anchorage, provided that:
a) the seat is either an unmodified OE seat from another vehicle or of a known and reputable
aftermarket brand, and
i. the seat is fitted to unmodified OE seat anchorages, and
ii. the anchorage or operation of seatbelts is not affected, and
iii. the relationship between seat, seat occupant, and location of the seatbelt anchorages is not
affected.
2. Removal of seats and/or seatbelts (however, a class change and a new load rating may be required
in some cases).
3. Fitting or modification to seat pads or covers.
4. Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand column unless the vehicle inspector considers
that certification is required because the modification or repair has affected the vehicles safety
performance (a second opinion from an expert may be needed, eg the manufacturers representative,
or a reputable workshop).
Mandatory equipment
1. Refer to to general vehicle pages.
Modifications
3. A modification on or after 1 April 2002 that affects a seat or seat anchorage must be inspected and certified by an HVS
certifier of category HVEC or HMCD unless the vehicle:
performance.
7-3 Head restraints
occupant.
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Fitting of or
modification to:
of 2500 kg or less:
LCD screens to head
restraints
vehicles, or
Permitted equipment
Modification
is:
performance.
performance.
Mandatory equipment
2. A class NB or NC vehicle is not fitted with seatbelts as specified in Table 7-5-7, and the requirements for specific vehicles in
Table 7-5-4 (general vehicle pages) are not met.
Condition
Performance
5. A modification or repair since 1 April 2002 affects a seatbelt or seatbelt anchorage and:
Note 1
On NZ Army Pinzgauer vehicles, the belts/harnesses fitted in the rear are attached to load anchorage points certified to NZS
5444. They are not considered to be seatbelts for the purpose of CoF inspections.
Table 7-5-7. Seatbelt requirements for heavy vehicles first registered in New Zealand from 1 April
2002
Manufactured
before 1 October 2003 from 1 October 2003
NB, NC Front outer and drivers
R2
2
Front middle L
Rear outer
1
Rear middle
1
1
A sideways-facing seating position in a vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 October 2002 may be fitted with a
seatbelt of any type, and in a vehicle first registered from 1 October 2002 may be fitted with a seat belt that is a lapbelt only.
2
affixed to the vehicle in a position approved by the NZTA.
Table 7-5-8. Certification requirements for seatbelts and seatbelt anchorages
1. Retrofitting of seatbelt
anchorages, including seats
with integrated seatbelts (for
Pinzgauers see (Note 1)).
2. Fitting of an alternative
type of seatbelt.
1. Fitting of or modification to seatbelts, when:
a) the modification is approved by the seatbelt or vehicle manufacturer, or
b) the modification is temporary for the accommodation of a child restraint, and does not:
i. affect the performance of the child restraint, or
ii. cause injury to a vehicle occupant, or
iii. cause damage to the seatbelt.
2. Top-tether anchorage for a child seat or harness, when the installation has been carried
out in accordance with the instructions of the seat or harness manufacturer.
3. Fitting of unmodified seatbelts.
4. Retrofitting type-tested rear seatbelt anchorages.
5. Removal of seatbelts.
6. Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand column unless the vehicle inspector
considers that certification is required because the modification or repair has affected the
vehicles safety performance (a second opinion from an expert may be needed, eg the
manufacturers representative, or a reputable workshop).
Land Transport Rule: Seatbelts and Seatbelt Anchorages 2002
Mandatory equipment
2. A class NB or NC vehicle must be fitted with seatbelts as specified in Table 7-5-7.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modification
7. The fitting of an alternative type of seatbelt, or a modification on or after 1 April 2002 that affects a seatbelt anchorage in a
heavy vehicle, must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVEC or HMCD unless the vehicle is:
a) excluded from the requirement for HVS certification (Table 7-5-8), and
performance.
Mandatory equipment
3. A modification affects an airbag system (eg an airbag has been removed or made inoperable, including retrofitting a switch),
and
a) the modification is not for the purposes of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services, or
b) is missing proof of HVS certification, ie:
4. A motor vehicle that has an airbag system removed or made inoperable and been certified as above does not:
a) have all OE signs, lights, or other devices that indicated that the vehicle was fitted with an airbag removed, or
b) if the signs, lights or other devices cannot be readily removed, have a label that indicates an airbag has been removed
Note 1
Some modifications are permitted, but they must always be HVS certified. The only modifications permitted are:
Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Modification
4. A motor vehicle that has had its airbag removed or made inoperable must either:
5. A modification that affects an airbag system must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier unless the vehicle is:
a) excluded from the requirement for HVS certification, and
performance.
7-7 Interior impact
Mandatory equipment
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Cargo hoists and tail-lifters in goods vans
the vehicle is not adapted for the transportation of a person in
a wheelchair, and the hoist or tail lifter is positioned to the
rear of any vehicle occupants and adequately mounted.
Disability adaptive controls For disability adaptive hand control systems:
the hand control operates the accelerator system only, and
the presence of the hand control system does not significantly
increase the risk of injury to occupants in the event of a crash.
For an additional accelerator pedal fitted to the left of the brake
pedal:
the vehicle is equipped with automatic transmission, and
the additional accelerator pedal does not affect the operation
of the brake pedal or any other part of the brake system, and
the vehicle retains the original equipment accelerator pedal
to the right of the brake pedal, and
adequate clearance is maintained between all pedals, and
the accelerator system is protected from accidental
application, eg by shielding the right hand accelerator pedal
or ability to fold away either accelerator pedal when not in
use, and
there is a warning notice easily visible to the driver warning
that the foot controls are not as provided by the vehicle
manufacturer.
For a steering wheel spinner to assist in the operation of the steering
wheel:
the spinner is contained within the outer circumference of the
steering wheel.
Stereo equipment and speakers If fitted to the rear parcel shelf:
no upper seatbelt anchorage is attached to the shelf or any
shelf support bracket, and
in the case of a top tether point for a child seat attached to the
rear shelf, the top tether point is not located within 150 mm of
a modification to a rear parcel shelf, and
the removal of any material from the rear shelf is minimal and
is unlikely to have weakened the vehicle structure to which a
seatbelt anchorage is attached.
no structural material has been removed from within 300 mm
of a seatbelt anchorage, and
any material removed is minimal and is unlikely to have
weakened the vehicle structure (including a seatbelt
anchorage structure).
Steering wheels
the vehicle is not required to comply with a frontal impact
occupant protection standard
1
. The following vehicles with a
GVM of 2500 kg or less are required to comply with such a
standard:
class MA motor vehicles that were less than 20 years old when
they were first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 April 2002,
and
class MB or MC motor vehicles manufactured from 1 October
2003, and
vehicle.
Additional and substituted items such as
instruments, switches, cellphone installations and
navigation equipment or an OE item from another
vehicle
the items are:
mounted flush with, or protected by, the dashboard surface, or
fitted forward of the steering wheel, or between the steering
wheel and the nearest door, or
fitted between and forward of the front seats (where no centre
seat exists), and within 140 mm either side of the vehicle
centreline.
Roll-bar or roll-cage structures (roll protection or
cosmetic)
each seating position is fitted with an effective head restraint,
and
the bars are positioned:
behind, following a plane extending upward, parallel to the
back of the backrest on the rear-most seat, and
in such a way that the head restraint would provide protection
from head contact with any bar section during a crash.
Gear shift lever relocation
mechanism.
1
A vehicle that cannot comply with this clause cannot be LVV certified unless it has been issued with an LVV authority card or
is at least 14 years old.
Modified accelerator pedal
Roof and door lining replacement
Cargo barriers
is minimised.
Modification
2. A modification that affects the interior fittings, controls or surfaces must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist
performance.
7-12 Speedometer
Mandatory equipment
2. The speedometer:
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
Modification
Mandatory equipment
Performance
Note 1
Note 2
warning device.
Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Performance
m.
Modification
8 Brakes
8-1 Service brake, parking brake and heavy vehicle emergency brake
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
1. A heavy vehicle does not have a service brake.
2. A heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 does not have a service brake that is
designed to act on each wheel.
3. A vehicle of class NB or NC listed in Table 8-1-2 is not fitted with an anti-lock braking system (ABS).
Parking brake
4. A heavy vehicle does not have a parking brake.
5. A parking brake of a heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 acts on less than 40% of
the wheels.
6. The parking brake of a heavy vehicle or combination of vehicles cannot be applied by the driver from the normal driving
position using one control only.
Emergency brake
7. A heavy vehicle does not have an emergency brake.
8. The emergency brake of a heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 that is combined
with the service brake or with a parking brake that acts on the transmission does not meet the requirements of Table 8-1-3.
Hoses and other flexible tubing
9. A hose or other flexible tubing forming part of a compressed air or vacuum line does not comply with at least one of the
standards in Table 8-1-4 (Note 2).
Compressed air brake systems
10. A heavy vehicle that is fitted with an air brake or a brake that is operated with the assistance of compressed air is not
equipped with an air pressure gauge that indicates the pressure in a service brake reservoir (Note 3).
11. The service brake circuit of an air-braked class NB or NC vehicle are not fitted with a low-pressure warning device visible
and /or audible from the drivers normal driving position.
12. An air-braked vehicle of class NB or NC listed in Table 8-1-5 does not have towing vehicle protection (Note 4).
13. The air brake of a heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 March 2007 that has a towing connection to
tow an air braked trailer (or a tow connection fitted on or after 1 March 2007) is not capable of being connected to the air
brake of the trailer by means of a two-line system.
14. A vehicle that is certified to the New Zealand Heavy-vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ) does not have:
a) a drain valve fitted to the lowest point of each brake reservoir, specifically, the reservoirs of the service brake and park
brake, and including the so-called wet tank, or
b) a drain valve fitted to an air-brake reservoir or to the reservoir of auxiliary equipment is not capable of being operated by
a person standing beside the vehicle, without the need for a pit or hoist, or
c) an automatic drain valve does not have a means of manual operation.
Note Operation of drain valves must not require the use of tools.
Permitted equipment
15. An air-operated device is supplied air from a service brake reservoir (ie not from a separate reservoir) unless:
a) the operation of the device requires only a small amount of compressed air and it is supplied with compressed air by a
hose or pipe with an external diameter not exceeding 8mm, or
b) the device is operated only when the vehicle is stationary, or
c) the vehicle manufacturer allows it.
16. An air-operated device is connected to the air brake system without protection (Note 5).
17. A temporary stop brake:
a) cannot be operated from the drivers normal driving position, or
b) interferes with the safe operation of the service brake or the parking brake of the vehicle, or
c) when it can be deactivated only by the driver, does not have a label permanently attached displaying the words NOT
FOR PARKING, or
d) when it can be deactivated by the control system of the vehicle (eg when the engine is switched off), does not have at
least one of the following:
a label permanently attached displaying the words NOT FOR PARKING
an audible warning device that operates when the drivers door is open while the device is activated and the
parking brake is not fully applied.
18. A retarder or engine brake fitted on or after 1 March 2007 does not have a control that can be operated from the drivers
normal driving position.
19. A trailer - brake hand control does not:
a) apply the service brakes of the trailer(s), or
b) automatically return to its original position.
20. A heavy vehicle has a device fitted that allows the driver to adjust the service brake force distribution between the axles or
between the vehicles that are used in combination.
21. A service brake has more than one control (other than a separate trailer hand brake control or a vehicle converted to dual
steering)
Condition
23. A brake is not capable of being easily adjusted.
24. An adjustment indicator rod is:
a) missing, or
b) seized.
25. A brake component has excessive travel or stroke (eg as shown by an adjustment indicator rod or similar device).
26. A brake actuator (including a slack adjuster and associated components):
a) is insecure, or
b) is leaking air, or
c) is cracked, or
d) does not operate, or
e) is excessively worn or corroded, or
f) is not seated correctly.
27. A treadle valve, brake valve, reservoir, compressor or fluid pump:
a) is missing, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is cracked, or
d) is leaking air, or
e) does not operate or operates incorrectly, eg due to corrosion, damage,incorrect fitment or excessive travel, or
f) contains excessive amounts of foreign fluids (eg water or oil).
28. A compressor or pump drive belt is:
a) insecure, or
b) damaged, or
c) significantly deteriorated.
29. A brake lining or brake pad:
a) has obviously been replaced on or after 1 March 2007 without all the linings or pads on the axle being replaced at the
same time, or
b) is obviously of a different make, type or grade from another on the same axle.
30. A required service brake reservoir air pressure gauge is not readily visible to the driver (day and night) from the drivers
normal driving position (Note 6).
31. An air brake coupling device fitted to a heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 March 2007 or fitted to a
vehicle on or after that date:
a) is not robust, durable, or suitable for automotive application, or
b) is unable to prevent the incorrect connection of the control and supply lines, or
c) adversely affects the performance of the brake of either the towing or towed vehicle(s), or
d) does not have an effective break-away function, or
e) the coupling is not fitted as close as practicable to:
i. the centre-line of the vehicle, or
ii. the rear of the towing vehicle, or
iii. the towing connection by which the towed and towing vehicles are connected.
a) leaking, or
b) insecure, or
d) chafed, or
e) corrosion damaged, eg there are signs of pitting or a noticeable increase in the pipes diameter, or
f) damaged so the cross-sectional area is reduced, or
g) fouled by moving parts.
33. A hose or plastic brake pipe (including connections):
a) is leaking, or
b) is insecure, or
d) is twisted or stretched, or
e) is cracked or chafed, eg the reinforcement cords are exposed, or
f) has metal components that are excessively corroded, or
34. A coiled nylon brake hose (suzie coil) does not have:
a) a straight hose section at the connector that is at least 50mm long, or
b) a spring guard adjacent to the end fittings capable of supporting and protecting the brake hose.
While spring guards can vary in design and length they must remain in good condition, ie not have broken or
looped coils.
Performance
36. When the service brake is applied and without assistance from the engine or other retarders:
a) the vehicle does not stop within seven metres from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%) for a vehicle
which has a service brake designed to act on at least four wheels, or
b) the vehicle does not stop within nine metres from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%) for a vehicle first
registered in New Zealand before 1 February 1977 which has a service brake designed to act on fewer than four wheels,
or
c) the vehicle does not stop within 20m from a speed of 30 km/h (average braking efficiency of 18%) or equivalent
efficiency at its maximum speed for a vehicle manufactured before 31 December 1918 and not capable of exceeding a
speed of 30km/h.
37. Where the service brake is applied:
c) the directional control is affected (eg swerving to one side, or the brakes on one side apply more slowly than the other
side), or
d) the brake balance, at any time above the threshold value, varies by more than 30% between wheels on a common axle.
a) the vehicle does not stop within 18 m from a speed of 30 km/h (average brake efficiency of 20%), or
b) it does not hold all the wheels on a common axle stationary against attempts to drive the vehicle away.
40. Reservoir capacity: With the air pressure in the braking system at its maximum operational pressure as specified by the
vehicle or brake manufacturer and the compressor stopped, the reserve of compressed air does not provide:
a) for a combination of heavy vehicles equipped with a towing vehicle protection valve (tractor protection valve) on the
towing vehicle and an emergency or a breakaway valve on the trailer(s):
i. three full service brake applications with full release of the brakes before the low-pressure warning device operates,
or before the emergency valve operates, and
ii. two full applications with full release of the brakes after the low-pressure warning device operates, or
b) For a single class NB or NC vehicle that complies with a Australian Design Rule 35 or European brake standard:
i. four full service brake applications, with full release of the brakes after each application, before the low-pressure
warning device operates, and
ii. two full applications, with full release of the brakes, after the low-pressure warning device operates, or
c) For all other vehicles:
i. five full service brake applications, with full release of the brakes after each application, before the low-pressure
ii. two full applications, with full release of the brakes, after the low-pressure warning device operates.
A full service-brake application is considered to be made when the brake pedal is fully depressed and there is no
further movement of the brake actuators.
41. Compressor capacity: At the maximum governed speed, or where the engine is not governed at a speed determined by the
vehicle inspector, the compressor is not capable of raising the air pressure in the braking system to the maximum operating
pressure specified by the vehicle or brake manufacturer, in the following times:
a) in not more than three minutes, starting from the pressure at which:
i. the low pressure warning device ceases to operate, or:
ii. the pressure at which the emergency brake operates, and
b) in not more than 90 seconds, starting from the pressure to which the brake system falls from the maximum specified
operating pressure as a result of fully applying and releasing the service brakes:
i. five times for a single class NB or NC vehicle, or a heavy vehicle combination without a towing vehicle protection
valve (tractor protection valve) and an emergency or breakaway valve on the trailer(s), or
ii. three times for heavy vehicle combinations with a towing vehicle protection valve (tractor protection valve) and an
emergency or breakaway valve on the trailer(s).
42. A service brake reservoir air-pressure gauge does not operate correctly.
43. A required low-pressure warning device does not give a continuous signal, visible or audible, that clearly indicates to the
driver when the pressure in any of the service brake circuits is below the minimum safe operating pressure unless the parking
brake is fully applied or an automatic transmission is in the park position (Note 8).
44. A required towing vehicle protection valve does not operate.
45. A required drain valve cannot be operated manually.
Operation of drain valves must not require the use of tools.
46. A class NB or NC vehicle has more than one air service brake circuit and there is no protection between those circuits
(Note 9).
47. On a vehicle that is certified to the New Zealand Heavy-vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ) the simultaneous
application of the service brake and the spring parking brake results in the compounding of the two individual brake forces on
that axle.
Modification and certification.
48. A vehicle in Table 8-1-6:
a) has not been certified as required by that table, or
b) has been modified so that recertification is required.
49. A modification that affects the brake system has not been inspected and certified by a heavy vehicle specialist certifier,
unless the vehicle:
a) is excepted from the requirement for heavy vehicle specialist certification (Table 8-1-7), and
performance.
Note 1 Definitions
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) means a device that senses that one or more of the wheels is starting to lock-up during
braking and regulates the braking forces automatically and effectively to prevent it.
Auxiliary brake means a device, other than a service brake or parking brake, fitted to a vehicle to enable the driver to control
its speed, whether or not it is suitable to stop the vehicle.
Dedicated combination means a combination of vehicles certified for use in combination where both vehicles are affixed with
a plate clearly and indelibly marked with the VIN or chassis number of the other vehicle.
Emergency brake in relation to any vehicle, or combination of vehicles, means the system that makes it possible to undertake
a controlled stop of the vehicle or combination in the event of the failure of the service brake. (Emergency brakes must act as
directly as practicable without any interposition of any differential gearing.)
Foundation brake means the basic brake assembly fitted to each axle or road wheel which produces the braking force
Modify means to change the vehicle from its original state by altering, substituting, adding or removing any structure, system,
component or equipment; but does not include repair.
Parking brake means a brake that is designed for keeping the vehicle stationary, and that is readily applicable and capable of
remaining applied for an indefinite period without further attention. (Hydraulic locking devices are not acceptable as parking
brakes. The parking brake must be applied by solely mechanical means.)
Repair means to restore a damaged or worn vehicle, its structure, systems, components or equipment; and includes the
replacement of damaged or worn structures, systems, components or equipment with equivalent undamaged or new
structures, systems, components or equipment.
Reservoir for the purpose of the Heavy-vehicle Brakes Rule, means a device designed and constructed to store fluid,
compressed air, compressed gas, or vacuum; and does not include pipes, valves, hoses, or booster cylinders operated by
vacuum or compressed air.
Service brake means a brake for intermittent use that is designed for the purpose of slowing down and stopping the vehicle.
Trailer brake hand control means a hand-operated control capable of applying the service brake of the trailer or trailers.
and the wheel disc, which may be manufactured as one part, or permanently attached to each other, or detachable from each
other; and includes the tyre fitted to the rim.
Note 2
For in-service inspections standards compliance must be verified when there is reason to believe a hose or flexible tubing
does not comply or when it forms part of a brake modification or repair.
Note 3
A vehicle may be fitted with more than one gauge, but only one gauge that indicates the pressure in one service brake
reservoir is necessary. A gauge fitted to a supply reservoir (wet tank) cannot be used to indicate the pressure in a service
brake reservoir.
Note 4
Towing vehicle protection means a means by which the air brake system of a towing vehicle is protected from loss of air
pressure in the event of failure of the trailers brake system, or when the trailer becomes disconnected from the towing vehicle.
Note 5
Protection, in this case, means a system to prevent the operation or failure of the device lowering the pressure in any service
brake reservoir below the pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer or, if this information is not
available, two-thirds of the maximum operational pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer. (Air
auxiliaries have to be inspected at Entry certification however they do not have to be tested for in-service inspection provided:
they have been fitted as standard equipment by the vehicle manufacturer or their approved New Zealand agent, or
they are connected to an auxiliary take-off point provided by the vehicle manufacturer).
Note 6
A pressure gauge must indicate the pressure in pressure units, or on a coloured scale, or in an equivalent way. The gauge
display must be visible, though it may be multi-functional, ie have the ability to display various items including the air pressure.
Note 7
For the purpose of testing the brakes, the vehicle shall be presented with a load of at least 60 per cent of the road legal limit, or
be subject to equivalent load simulation (refer to CoF and entry certification brake test protocol and procedure for specific
requirements at www.nzta.govt.nz/resources/heavy-vehicle-brake-testing).
Note 8
Where the minimum safe operating pressure is not specified by the vehicle or brake manufacturer, the minimum safe operating
pressure is taken as 50% of the correctly adjusted cut-out pressure for the compressor or governor.
Note 9
Protection, in this case, means a system to prevent a brake failure that lowers the pressure in one service brake circuit below
the minimum safe operating pressure from lowering the pressure in any other service brake circuit below the minimum safe
operating pressure or pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer.
Note 10
A supply reservoir (wet tank) is a brake reservoir from which the service brake reservoirs receive compressed air.
Table 8-1-2. Class NB and NC vehicles that must be fitted with an anti-lock braking system
1
Class NB and NC vehicles
Imported vehicles
operated in a combination with a GM
2
>39 44 t, and
first registered in New Zealand after 1 March 2007 and before 1 July 2008, EXCEPT FOR
vehicles that comply with European standards
3
UNLESS fitted OE with ABS, and
logging vehicles UNLESS fitted OE with ABS, and
vehicles that comply with HVBS(2) or HVBC(2)
Imported vehicles
fitted with a towing connection for towing a heavy trailer, and
first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2008, EXCEPT FOR
vehicles that comply with European standards
3
UNLESS fitted OE with ABS, and
logging vehicles UNLESS fitted OE with ABS
1
The OE fitting of an anti-lock braking system (ABS) indicates that it was probably required by the standard. The removal of an
ABS is a modification and must be HVS certified.
2
GM means gross mass (see definitions in the Introduction)
3
A vehicle that complies with European standards is identified as HVBE on the Certificate of Loading. Refer to Table 3-1-1 of
the LATIS agent's manual.
Table 8-1-3. Emergency brake requirements for class NB and NC vehicles
All vehicles first registered in New Zealand on
or after 1 November 1990 except those in the
right hand column
Vehicles first registered in New Zealand 1 November 1990 to 31
December 1994 when the parking brake acts on the transmission
and brakes not modified since manufacture
Full dual-circuit service brake
1
, and
a) one of those circuits activates the brake
on all the front wheels and the other circuit
activates the brake on all the rear wheels,
or
b) each circuit activates the brake on at
least one-third of the wheels
2
.
EITHER
A full dual-circuit service brake
1
, and
a) one of those circuits activates the brake on all the front
wheels and the other circuit activates the brake on all the rear
wheels, or
b) each circuit activates the brake on at least one-third of the
wheels
2
OR
A dual-line service brake that is fitted with a tandem/dual master
cylinder
OR
A single-line hydraulic service brake that is divided into two
independent circuits through and excess flow-prevention valve, and
the brake fluid reservoir is fitted with a low-level warning device.
1
For a hydraulic system, this means a dual or tandem master cylinder.
2
Both circuits together must activate the brake on all the wheels.
Table 8-1-4. Approved vehicle standards for brake hoses and flexible tubing
1
All vehicles
SAE J844: Nonmetallic Air Brake System Tubing
SAE J1394: Metric Nonmetallic Air Brake System Tubing
SAE J1402: Automotive Air Brake Hose and Hose Assemblies
SAE J1403: Vacuum Brake Hose (supersedes SAE 40 R3)
British Standard AU 110: 1965, Specification for rubber hoses and hose assemblies for automotive air pressure brakes
systems (withdrawn, revised)
British Standard AU 109: 1965, Specification for vacuum brake hose (heavy duty) of oil-resistant rubber (withdrawn)
Japan Industrial Standard D2606-80: Rubber hose for automotive air brake system
DIN 74324-1: 1996, Air braking systems Thermoplastic tubing Requirements and tests
DIN 73378: 1996, Polyamide tubing for motor vehicles
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 106: Brake hoses
SAE 40 R2 (A-E)
SAE 70 R3H
SAE 40 R3 L
SAE 40 R3 H
SAE R3 M
Nylon tubing of approved makes: Anson Plastics, Nylex, TWL
1
Hoses and tubing may comply with a more recent version of these standards if the safety performance of the vehicle is not
adversely affected.
Refer also Figure 8-1-4.
Table 8-1-5. Air-braked class NB and NC vehicles that must have towing vehicle protection
Air-braked class NB and NC vehicles
Operated in a combination with a GM
1
>39 44 t, and
first registered in New Zealand after 1 March 2007 and before 1 July 2008, or
modified after 1 March 2007 and before 1 July2008.
Fitted with a towing connection for towing a heavy trailer, and
first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2008, or
modified on or after 1 July 2008.
1
GM means gross mass (see definitions in the Introduction).
Table 8-1-6. Heavy vehicle brakes: certification requirements for class NB and NC vehicles
Conditions applying Requirements
2
>39 44 t, and
first registered in New Zealand before 1 March 2007, and
not modified on or after 1 March 2007 (includes vehicles
modified before 1 March 2007)
Existing applicable certification:
IHVBS(1) Interim Performance Specification
for Heavy Vehicle Braking, or
IHVBS(2) Heavy vehicle braking
specification of 6 December 1998, or
HVBC(1) Heavy Vehicle Brake Code, First
Edition 1991, or
HVBC(2) Heavy vehicle brake code, second
edition
Modified
3
in New Zealand 1 March 200730 June 2008, and
operated in a combination with a GM
2
>39 44 t.
Applicable certification:
IHVBS(2) Heavy vehicle braking
specification of 6 December 1998, or
edition, or
HVBNZ New Zealand heavy vehicle brake
specification
1
Modified
3
in New Zealand 1 March 200730 June 2008
Heavy vehicle specialist certification
Modified
3
in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2008, and with a towing
connection for towing a heavy trailer
specification
1
Modified
3
in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2008, and without
towing connection for towing a heavy trailer.
specification
1
, or
6.1(2)(b) of Heavy Vehicle Brake Rule
(stopping tests)
1
1
Except that a vehicle that originally complied with one of the approved vehicle standards for brakes and that is modified by
fitting an additional axle, removing an axle, replacing an axle with one that is not of the same make and model, or replacing the
brake of an axle with one that is not of the same make and model may be modified so as to continue to meet the technical and
performance requirements of the approved vehicle standard for brakes with which it originally complied. (A heavy vehicle
specialist certifier is required to certify compliance).
2
GM means gross mass (see definitions in the Introduction).
3
Modified in this case means to change the vehicle or its braking system from its original state by altering, substituting, adding
or removing any structure, system, component or equipment that may affect the brakes and includes, but is not limited to:
altering a vehicles wheelbase
fitting a tow connection to tow a heavy vehicle.
Table 8-1-7. Modifications that do not require HVS certification
Fitting of or modification to: HVS certification is not required provided that:
have any effect on the operation of other pedals.
Aftermarket or custom brake pedal
extensions (for unusually short people)
the extension:
does not compromise the strength of the original pedal, and
is sufficiently strong to withstand emergency braking loads.
no modifications to the primary brake pedal or any other part
of the primary brake system has occurred.
Replacement of an air brake coupling device
the coupling replaces:
glad hands with a duomatic or triomatic, or
a duomatic with a triomatic.
Fitting an air brake coupling device
the coupling and associated air lines utilise the tractor
protection valve fitted by the vehicle manufacturer
Fitting of a valve to allow the spring parking brake of
any towed trailer(s) to operate when the parking
brake of the powered vehicle is applied.
the fitting of the valve is carried out in accordance with the
vehicle manufacturers recommendations
Fitting of air auxiliary devices
the air auxiliaries:
- have been fitted as standard equipment by the vehicle
manufacturer or their approved New Zealand agent, or
- they are connected to an auxiliary take-off point provided by the
vehicle manufacturer, or
- the supply line has an outside diameter no greater than 8 mm.
Air fittings (eg a connector, T-piece or an air
reservoir drain valve)
the air fitting:
- does not affect the performance of the braking system, and
- is suitable for the intended purpose, and
- is unmodified (ie not welded, drilled or tapped), and
- is installed correctly to unmodified components.
Vehicles wheelbase
the vehicle is standard compliant
1
the altered wheelbase is not outside the range specified by
the vehicle manufacturer, or if no range is specified, is not
altered by more than 500mm from original manufacturer
2
.
Any modifications for the purposes of law
enforcement or the provision of emergency services
1
Standard compliant means, in this case, either:
an imported vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1/3/2007 and certified to comply with one of the
approved heavy vehicle brake standards (CoL is marked with HVBE, HVBJ, HVBA or HVBUS), or
a vehicle that was manufactured in New Zealand on or after 1/3/2007 and certified to the New Zealand Heavy-
vehicle Brake Specification (CoL is marked with HVBNZ).
2
Original manufacture means, in this case, the state at manufacture, not the state after any subsequent
modification/certification.

Figure 8-1-4. Brake hoses and flexible tubing information.
Refer also to Table 8-1-4.

Land Transport Rule: Heavy-vehicle Brakes 2006.
Service brake
1. A heavy vehicle must have a service brake that acts on each wheel, except for a heavy vehicle first registered in New
Zealand before 1 November 1990 which may have a service brake that is designed to act on those wheels as determined by
2. A vehicle of class NB or NC listed in Table 8-1-2 must be fitted with an anti-lock braking system (ABS).
Parking brake
3. A heavy vehicle must have a parking brake.
4. A parking brake of a heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 must act on at least 40% of
the wheels.
5. The parking brake of a heavy vehicle, whether in combination or not, must be able to be applied by the driver from the
normal driving position using one control only.
Emergency brake
6. A heavy vehicle must have an emergency brake which may be combined with the parking or service brake.
7. The emergency brake of a heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 that is combined
with the service brake or the parking brake acts on the transmission must meet the requirements of Table 8-1-3.
8. A hose or other flexible tubing forming part of the compressed air or vacuum lines of a vehicle must comply with one or more
of the approved vehicle standards in Table 8-1-4.
9. An air-braked class NB or NC vehicle must be fitted with one (or more) pressure gauge(s), readily visible to the driver at all
times from the drivers normal driving position, to indicate to the driver the pressure in the service brake reservoir(s).
10. An air-braked class NB or NC vehicle must be fitted with a device that provides a continuous signal that is clearly visible or
audible from the drivers normal driving position if the pressure in one or more of the service brake reservoirs is below the
minimum safe operating pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer. An audible signal may be
rendered inoperative only while the parking brake is fully applied or an automatic transmission is in the park position.
11. An air-braked vehicle of class NB or NC listed in Table 8-1-5 must have towing vehicle protection.
12. The air brake of a heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 March 2007 or modified on or after that date
that can be operated in a combination vehicle must be capable of being connected to the air brake of the other vehicle by
means of a two-line system.
13. A two-line system must consist of:
a) a supply line that supplies compressed air from the towing to the towed vehicle, and
b) a control line that supplies a control signal, in the form of modulated air pressure, to regulate the intensity of the brake
application on the towed vehicle or vehicles.
14. A vehicle that is certified to the New Zealand Heavy-vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ) must:
a) have a drain valve fitted to the lowest point of each brake reservoir, specifically, the reservoirs of the service brake and
park brake, and including the so-called wet tank, and
b) a drain valve fitted to an air-brake reservoir or to the reservoir of auxiliary equipment must be capable of being operated
by a person standing beside the vehicle, without the need for a pit or hoist, and
c) an automatic drain valve must have a means of manual operation.
Permitted equipment
15. An air-operated device may be connected to the air brake only if:
a) the brake is protected so that the operation or failure of the device cannot lower the pressure in any service or parking
brake reservoir(s) below the pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer, or, if such information
is not available, two-thirds of its maximum operational pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake
manufacturer, and
b) the supply to the device is drawn from a reservoir separate from the service brake or parking brake reservoir(s)
supplying the brake, except that an air-operated device may be supplied with compressed air from the service brake or
parking brake reservoir(s) if:
i. the operation of the device requires only a small amount of compressed air and it is supplied with compressed air by
a hose or pipe with an external diameter not exceeding 8mm, or
ii. the device is operated only when the vehicle is stationary, or
iii. the vehicle manufacturer allows it.
16. A vehicle may be fitted with a device (temporary stop brake) that can be operated by the driver from the drivers normal
driving position to keep the vehicle stationary temporarily, provided that the device does not prevent the safe operation of the
service brake or the parking brake of the vehicle.
17. A temporary stop brake may:
a) apply the service brake, either partially or fully, on some or all of the vehicles wheels, or
b) prevent the release of the service brake, when applied by the driver, on some or all of the vehicles wheels.
18. A temporary stop brake that can only be deactivated by the driver must have a label permanently attached displaying the
words NOT FOR PARKING.
19. A temporary stop brake that can be deactivated by the control system of the vehicle must have:
a) a label permanently attached displaying the words NOT FOR PARKING, or
b) an audible warning device that operates when the drivers door is open while the device is activated and the parking
brake is not fully applied.
20. A vehicle may be fitted with a retarder or engine brake to control the speed of the vehicle.
21. A retarder or engine brake fitted on or after 1 March 2007 must have a control that can be operated from the drivers
normal driving position.
22. A powered vehicle that is operated as a combination vehicle may be fitted with a trailer-brake hand control that must be
capable of applying the service brake of the trailer or trailers in a progressive manner; and must automatically return to its
original position.
23. A powered vehicle with a hydraulic service brake may be fitted with an additional rear axle that has an air operated disc
brake as a service brake.
24. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with a warning system that is part of, or associated with, the use of a brake component or
system.
25. A heavy vehicle must not have a device fitted by which the driver would be able to adjust the service brake force
distribution between the axles or between the vehicles that are used in combination.
26. The service brake of a vehicle must not have more than one control (other than a separate trailer hand brake control, or a
vehicle converted to dual steering in which case the service brake control assembly must be replicated on the other side of the
vehicle.)
Condition
27. A brake must be easily adjustable to compensate for wear or have a means of automatic adjustment and be in good
condition.
28. The brake friction material of a brake must be:
a) secure, and
b) in good condition, and
c) free of defects that could noticeably and adversely affect the performance of the brake.
29. When a brake lining or a brake pad on an axle is replaced:
a) all the brake linings or brake pads on that axle must be replaced, and
b) all replacement brake linings and brake pads on that axle must be of the same make, type and grade.
30. A pressure gauge must indicate the pressure in pressure units, or on a coloured scale, or in an equivalent way.
31. A towing vehicle and an air-braked towed vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 March 2007 or modified on
or after that date must be fitted with a coupling device to connect the air brake to, and disconnect it from, that of the other
vehicle, and that device must:
a) be robust, durable, and suitable for automotive application, and
b) prevent, either through the design of the coupling device or through its installation, the incorrect connection of the control
and supply lines, and
c) not adversely affect the performance of the brake of either the towing or towed vehicle(s), and
d) have an effective break-away function.
32. The socket of a coupling device must be fitted as close as practicable to:
a) the centre-line of the vehicle, and
b) the towing connection by which the towed and towing vehicles are connected.
Performance
33. A brake test that verifies that a vehicle complies with performance requirements must be carried out, and the test results
evaluated, in accordance with methods and conditions approved by the NZTA by notice in the New Zealand gazette.
34. The service brake on a heavy vehicle must be able to be applied in a controlled and progressive manner.
35. Every brake which simultaneously applies the braking pressure on two wheels with a common axis must be adjusted or
fitted so that the braking effect is approximately the same on both wheels when the brake is applied by the driver, except if the
braking effect is modulated by a device to prevent the wheels locking or to improve stability (eg ABS or EBS).
36. When the brake on a heavy vehicle is applied:
c) if the vehicle is equipped with an anti-lock braking system (ABS), the vehicles rotationally-sensed wheels must not lock,
when the speed of the vehicle is above the ABS-activation parameters set by the vehicle manufacturer.
37. A brake warning system, if fitted on a heavy vehicle must function correctly (does not apply to a brake pad wear system ).
Service brake
38. The service brake of a vehicle that is operated on a hard, dry, level surface that is free of loose material, and without
assistance from the compression of the engine or other retarders must operate in the following manner:
a) a service brake that is designed to act on four or more wheels must stop the vehicle within a distance of seven metres
from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%).
b) a service brake that is designed to act on fewer than four wheels on a vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1
February 1977 must stop the vehicle within a distance of 9m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%).
c) A service brake on a heavy vehicle manufactured before 31 December 1918 not capable of exceeding a speed of
30km/h must stop the vehicle within a distance of 20m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency 18%) or
equivalent brake efficiency at its maximum speed.
Parking brake
39. A parking brake of a vehicle or vehicle combination that is operated on a hard, dry, level surface that is free of loose
material, and without assistance from the compression of the engine or other retarders must operate in the following manner:
Stop the vehicle within 18m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 20%).
40. Reservoir capacity: With the air pressure in the braking system at its maximum operating pressure specified by the vehicle
manufacturer or brake manufacturer and with the compressor stopped, the reserve of compressed air of the braking system
must provide a minimum of:
a) For a combination of heavy vehicles equipped with a towing vehicle protection valve (tractor protection valve) on the
towing vehicle and an emergency or break-away valve on the trailer(s):
three full service brake applications with full release of the brakes after each application before the low pressure
warning device or emergency valve operates, and two further full applications after the low pressure warning device
operates, or
b) In the case of a single vehicle that complies with Australian Design Rule 35 or a European brake standard:
four full service brake applications with full release of the brakes after each application before the low-pressure
warning operates, and two further full applications after the low pressure warning device operates, or
c) For all other vehicles:
five full service brake applications with full release of the brakes after each application before the low-pressure warning
device operates, and two further full applications after the low pressure warning device operates.
A full service-brake application is considered to be made when all the brake actuators on the vehicle or
combination are operated to apply their associated brakes in an effective manner.)
41. Compressor capacity: At the maximum governed speed, or where the engine is not governed at a speed determined by the
vehicle inspector, the compressor shall be capable of raising the pressure in the braking system to the maximum operating
pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer in the following times:
a) in not more than 3 minutes, starting from the pressure at which the low-pressure warning ceases to operate or, when the
emergency braking operates, and
b) in not more than 90 seconds, starting from the pressure to which the brake system falls from the maximum operating
pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer as a result of fully applying and releasing the service
brakes three times as permitted in Summary of legislation 40 above, or five times in all other cases.
42. The compressor must supply only the brake reservoirs with compressed air until the pressure in those reservoirs reaches
the pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or the brake manufacturer, or, if such information is not available, two-thirds
of the maximum operational pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or the brake manufacturer.
43. An air brake must have priority of supply of compressed air from the brake reservoir.
44. For a class NB or NC vehicle that has more than one compressed air service or parking brake circuit, a failure in any
service or parking brake circuit that lowers the pressure in any service or parking brake reservoir below the pressure at which
the low pressure warning device starts to operate, must not reduce the pressure in any other service or parking brake reservoir
below that pressure.
45. A vehicle that is certified to the New Zealand Heavy-vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ) and fitted with a spring-
operated parking brake that is normally released by compressed air, the simultaneous application of the service brake and
parking brake must not result in a compounded brake force on the axle or axles on which the parking brake acts. This may be
referred to as an anti-compounding requirement.
Modification and certification
46. The brakes fitted to a heavy vehicle must comply with the certification requirements in Table 8-1-6.
47. A modification that may affect the brake system must be inspected and certified by a heavy vehicle specialist certifier of
category HVEK or HMKD, unless the vehicle:
performance.
8-2 Heavy vehicle brake code
Mandatory requirement
1. A vehicle that has been certified to the Heavy Vehicle Brake Code does not have a label stating that the vehicle complies
with either NZHVBC first or second edition.
2. An NZHVBC label:
a) is missing, or
b) is illegible, or
c) does not match the vehicle, or
d) has obvious signs of tampering, or
e) is not affixed as close as practicable to the vehicle manufacturers identification plate.
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
3. Refer to heavy vehicles, section 8-1.
Parking brake
4. A heavy vehicle does not have a parking brake.
5. A vehicle that was first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 does not have a park brake that acts on at
least half of the wheels.
Emergency brake
6. A vehicle does not have an emergency brake combined with either:
a) the parking brake, or
b) the service brake.
7. A vehicle that was first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 does not have an emergency brake that acts
on at least half of the wheels.
8. The emergency brake is not operable from the driving seat while keeping at least one hand on the steering control.
Hoses or other flexible tubing
11. The vehicle is not fitted with air pressure gauges which indicate the pressure in each independent service brake air
reservoir.
12. A vehicle equipped with compressed air operated service brakes is not equipped with an audible low pressure warning
device.
13. A vehicle does not have a tractor protection valve.
14. Air connections between all towing vehicles and trailers are not of the two line system using a one piece coupling, eg:
a) a duomatic coupling, or
b) a triomatic coupling where an auxiliary air supply (separate from the braking system) is required for a trailer.
15. The coupling housing (eg duomatic or triomatic) is not situated close to the centre line (preferably to the right hand side of
the centre, ie drivers side).
16. The air lines are not installed so that when facing the cover of the female section of the coupling housing:
a) the control (service) line is not on the left side of the housing, and coloured blue or black within 150mm of the coupling
or junction, and
b) the supply (emergency) line is not on the right side of the housing, and coloured red or yellow within 150mm of the
coupling or junction.
17. A service brake or parking brake reservoir, including any wet tank in an air brake system:
a) is not fitted with a condensate drain valve at the lowest point, or
b) is fitted with an automatic condensate valve that does not have provision for manual operation.
Permitted equipment
19. A manually operated push/pull valve that is used to apply the park brakes on the towing vehicle or trailer separately is not
adequately guarded to prevent accidental operation during an emergency.
20. A manually operated push/pull valve that is used to apply the combinations park brakes is not coloured yellow.
Condition
a) has been replaced without all the linings or pads on the axle being replaced at the same time, or
b) does not comply with the NZHVBC (Note 1)
24. A service brake reservoir air pressure gauge is not readily visible to the driver (day and night) from the drivers normal
driving position.
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
28. An air pressure gauge does not operate correctly.
29. A low pressure warning device does not give a continuous audible signal that clearly indicates to the driver when the
pressure in any of the service brake circuits is below the minimum safe operating pressure recommended by the manufacturer
unless the park brake is fully applied and the automatic transmission is in the park position.
30. A tractor protection valve does not operate.
31. A drain valve is not able to be operated manually.
32. The individual brake forces of the service brake and spring parking brake are able to be compounded.
Modification and certification (Note 1)
Note 1
If there is reason to believe that a component does not meet the requirements of the NZHVBC then the vehicle inspector must
require the brake maintenance records to be produced.
Land Transport Rule: Heavy-vehicle Brakes 2006, including:
Heavy Vehicle Brake Code, first edition (1991)
Heavy Vehicle Brake Code, second edition (June 1997).
1. A vehicle that has been certified to the Heavy Vehicle Brake Code (first edition) prior to 31 August 1997 must have a label
affixed to the vehicle, adjacent to the vehicle manufacturers identification plate stating that the vehicle complies with
NZHVBC, dated 1991
2. A vehicle that has been certified to the Heavy Vehicle Brake Code (second edition) on or after 31 August 1997 and before 1
July 2008 must have a label of permanent material affixed to the vehicle, as close as practicable to the vehicle manufacturers
identification plate. The label must include the words NZHVBC Edition No. 2.
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
Parking brake
4. A vehicle must have a parking brake.
5. A vehicle that was first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 must have a park brake that acts on at least
half of the wheels.
Note Spring brakes are the preferred type of park brake.
6. A parking brake must be able to be applied by the driver from the normal driving position.
Emergency brake
7. A vehicle must have an emergency brake which may be combined with the parking brake or the service brake.
8. A vehicle that was first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 must have an emergency brake that acts on
at least half of the wheels.
9. The emergency brake must be operable from the driving seat while keeping at least one hand on the steering control.
12. The service brake air system of vehicles first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 must have at least
two completely independent brake actuating circuits, each with its own air reservoir.
13. Gauges must be fitted to indicate to the driver the pressure in each independent service brake air reservoir and be visible
to the driver from the normal driving position
14. Every vehicle equipped with compressed air operated service brakes and where the prescribed emergency braking
performance cannot be achieved without the use of the compressed air, the air reservoirs must be equipped with a low
pressure alarm device. The low pressure alarm may be rendered inoperative while the parking brake is applied and the
selector is in the park position in vehicles fitted with an automatic transmission.
15. The service brake system of the towing vehicle must incorporate a tractor protection valve to preserve the integrity of the
brake system should the trailers brake system fail.
16. A pressure test connection must be fitted to the air inlet of the least favourably placed brake chamber (or pneumatic device
in the case of part pneumatic brake systems) on each independent circuit of the braking system.
17. Air connections between all towing vehicles and trailers must be of the two line system using a one piece coupling, eg a
duomatic coupling, or when an auxiliary air supply (separate from the braking system) is required for a trailer, a triomatic
coupling .
18. The coupling housing (eg duomatic or triomatic) must be situated close to the centre line, preferably to the right hand side
(ie drivers side) of centre.
19. The control (service) and supply (emergency) air lines must be installed so that when facing the cover of the female section
of the coupling housing:
a) the control (service) line must be on the left side of the housing, and coloured blue or black within 150mm of the
coupling or junction, and
b) the supply (emergency) line must be on the right side of the housing, and coloured red or yellow within 150mm of the
20. Each reservoir in an air brake system must be fitted with a condensate drain valve at the lowest point.
21. Where an automatic condensate valve is fitted, it must have a provision for manual operation.
Permitted equipment
23. A vehicle may be fitted with additional manually operated push/pull valves that are used to apply the park brakes on the
towing vehicle or trailer separately provided these valves are adequately guarded to prevent accidental operation during an
emergency.
24. A vehicle may be fitted with an additional manually operated push/pull valve that is used to apply the combinations park
brakes provided it is coloured yellow.
Condition
26. Brake linings or brake pads must be replaced as axle sets.
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
31. A low pressure alarm device must sound loudly when the brake air reservoir pressures fall below the minimum safe
operating pressure recommended by the manufacturer.
32. The low pressure alarm may be rendered inoperative while:
a) the park brake is applied, and
b) the selector is in the park position in vehicles fitted with an automatic transmission.
33. The brake systems must not compound their individual brake forces.
8-3 Interim heavy vehicle braking specification
Service brake
2. The service brake does not act on each axle.
Parking brake
4. The parking brake does not act on at least half of the vehicles axles.
Emergency brake
5. The vehicle does not have an emergency brake.
6. The emergency brake:
a) does not act on at least half of the vehicles axles, or
b) is not operable from one control within easy reach of the driver in his normal seating position.
9. Air connections between the towing and towed vehicles are not of the two-line type (excluding auxiliaries).
10. Air connections between the towing and towed vehicles that are physically capable of being incorrectly connected are not
colour-coded, ie:
a) the control (service) line is not coloured yellow, green or blue, or
b) the supply (emergency) line is not coloured red.
11. The couplings used for the air connections between the towing and towed vehicles:
a) are not mounted on the longitudinal centre-line of the vehicle, or as close to it on the right-hand side, or
b) do not have the control (service) line to the left of the vehicle, ie the curb side, or
c) do not have the supply (emergency) line to the right of the vehicle, ie the drivers side.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
Note 1
If there is reason to believe that the vehicle has been modified since it was certified to the Interim Heavy Vehicle Braking
Specification then the vehicle inspector must refer to the details shown on the vehicles data sheet (form 4067A) issued at the
time of certification.
Land Transport Rule: Heavy-vehicle Brakes 2006
Heavy Motor Vehicle Regulations 1974, Reg. 16A
Interim Heavy Vehicle Braking Specification (6 December 1988).
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
2. The service brake must operate on each axle.
Parking brake
4. The park brake must act on at least half of the axles on each vehicle.
Emergency brake
5. The vehicle must have an emergency brake system, which is substantially independent of the service braking system.
6. The emergency brake must:
a) act on at least half of the axles on each vehicle, and
b) be operable from one control within easy reach of the driver in his normal seating position.
9. Air connections between the towing and towed vehicles must be of the two-line type (excluding auxiliaries).
10. Air connections between the towing and towed vehicles that are physically capable of being incorrectly connected shall be
colour-coded as follows:
a) the control (service) line must be coloured yellow, green or blue, and
b) the supply (emergency) line must be coloured red.
11. The couplings used for the air connections between the towing and towed vehicles must:
a) be mounted on the longitudinal centre-line of the vehicle, or as close to it on the right-hand side, and
b) have the control (service) line to the left of the vehicle, ie the curb side, and
c) have the supply (emergency) line to the right of the vehicle, ie the drivers side.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
Emergency brake
Mandatory equipment
Condition
3. An axle-stop has been removed, or its condition is such that it may not be effective.
Performance
5. A modification or repair affects the steering and suspension system and:
Note 1
Axle-stop device means a device to control the movement of the axle in the event of suspension failure (eg a shacke stop,
security strap [SAF] or catch strap [BPW]).
1. Left- to right-hand drive or dual-
steering conversion.
2. A steering or suspension
system that is modified, including
a replacement system that is not
identical to the system fitted by the
3. The steering system of a vehicle
to which a second steering axle is
fitted to form a twin-steer axle set.
4. Any components showing
successive repairs.
1. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 January
1997. (Modifications and repairs before this date generally required certification
but for inspection purposes no evidence of this is required.)
2. Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand column unless the
vehicle inspector considers that certification is required because the
modification or repair has affected the vehicles safety performance (a second
opinion from an expert may be needed, eg the manufacturers representative,
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Dimensions and Mass 2002
Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
3. A vehicle may be fitted with an axle-stop device.
4. A vehicle may be fitted with a ballrace turntable.
Condition
6. The suspension system must have adequate strength for all conditions of loading and operation for which the vehicle was
constructed.
7. An axle-stop device fitted to a vehicle must be within safe tolerance of its original condition.
Performance
9. The suspension system must have performance characteristics for all conditions of loading and operation for which the
vehicle was constructed.
10. A modification or repair that affects the steering or suspension system must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of
category HVEC or HMCD unless the vehicle:
performance.
2. On a groundspreader or dedicated groundsprayer fitted with multiple tyre sets that are made up of tyres of different size or
construction:
a) the tyre sets are not fitted so that those fitted at one end of the axle mirror those fitted at the other end of the axle.
3. The tyres on an axle do not meet at least one of the following:
a) the tyre ply ratings:
i. are the same on a class MD3 vehicle
ii. differ by no more than two on a vehicle of other than class MD3
b) the tyre load indices:
i. differ by no more than two on a class MD3 vehicle
ii. differ by no more than six on a vehicle of other than class MD3
c) where no load index is indicated, the tyre load ratings (kg) on an axle differ by no more than 21% of the lowest rating.
Condition
such as:
a) a lump or bulge that is likely to be caused by separation of the tyre structure, or
b) a cut or crack in a side wall or tread more than 25mm long that reaches the cords (see (Note 2) for visible cords in the
tread area of heavy vehicle radial-ply tyres), or
c) exposed or cut cords (see (Note 2) for visible cords in the tread area of heavy vehicle radial-ply tyres), or
6. A modification or repair affects the tyres and wheels and:
Note 1 Definitions
Central tyre inflation system means a type of tyre pressure control system that adjusts tyre pressure for the purpose of
inflating and deflating tyres to improve tyre adhesion and reduce road surface damage and is under the central control of the
driver or an automated system, or a combination of both the driver and an automated system (commonly known as CTI).
Dedicated groundsprayer means a self-propelled or trailing machine whose sole function is the application of chemicals or
liquid fertiliser to crops or to the ground.
Groundspreader means a vehicle designed specifically for the carriage of powder or particulate artificial fertilisers on the road,
and for the distribution of those fertilisers directly from the vehicle onto the land by means of a mechanical or pneumatic
distributor that forms part of the vehicle.
Protective belt, sometimes called a protective ply or breaker, means an optional layer of ply material (cords) located
immediately under the tread to minimise damage to the structural belts beneath.
Note 2
Where a heavy vehicle radial-ply tyre has visible cords in the tread area, the vehicle inspector may pass such a tyre for CoF
provided the tyre is in a safe condition, eg only the protective cord layer (protective belt, see Figure 10-1-5) is visible. When
determining whether such a tyre is in a safe condition, the vehicle inspector may take into account written evidence from a
person who has current specialist tyre knowledge and experience, particularly in heavy vehicle tyre inspection.
HVS
certification is
required
HVS certification is not required
1. Increase of
track width
beyond vehicle
manufacturers
specified limits.
2. Fitting of
tyres additional
to the limit
specified by the
vehicle
manufacturer.
3. Modified
wheels
(including
fitting of
different rims).
1. Modified wheels with written evidence from the vehicle manufacturer that the complete assembly of
tyre, hub and axle is within the vehicle manufacturers operating limits. Such approval is likely to contain
the approved tyre and wheel sizes and the maximum track, separately for all axles, together with the
maximum number of wheels fitted to one axle, and may also include a few restrictions such as reduced
axle load and so on (see Technical bulletin (CoF) 2).
2. Retrofitting a tyre pressure control system in accordance with the equipment manufacturers
instructions.
3. Fitting a regrooved tyre identified as specifically designed and constructed for the process of regrooving
after manufacture.
4. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 January 1997 (modifications and
repairs before this date generally required certification but for inspection purposes no evidence of this is
required).
5. Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand column unless the vehicle inspector considers that
certification is required because the modification or repair has affected the vehicles safety performance (a
second opinion from an expert may be needed, eg the manufacturers representative, or a reputable
workshop).

Figure 10-1-5. Cross-sectional representation of a heavy vehicle radial-ply tyre
Land Transport Rule: Tyres and Wheels 2001
Goods Service Vehicle (Constructional) Regulations 1936.
2. Individual tyres of multiple tyre sets on groundspreaders or dedicated groundsprayers may be of different sizes or
construction in the same set, but each multiple tyre set must be the same as the other multiple tyre set on the same axle.
Condition
4. A heavy vehicle radial-ply tyre may have visible cords in the tyre tread area provided the tyre is in a safe condition. To
assess whether such a tyre is in a safe condition, the vehicle inspector may take into account written evidence from a person
who has current specialist tyre knowledge and experience, particularly in heavy vehicle tyre inspection.
5. A modification or repair that affects the tyres or wheels must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVEC,
HVMC or HVIC, unless the vehicle:
performance.
10-2 Hubs and axles
Mandatory and permitted equipment (Note 1)
1. A rigid heavy vehicle is not supported by:
a) a single or twin-steer axle set at the front, or
b) a single, tandem or tri-axle set at the rear.
2. An axle set, other than a twin-steer axle set, is not load sharing.
3. The manufacturers plate for a tandem axle set with a twin-tyred axle and a large single-tyred axle (where these were fitted
from 1 July 2002):
a) is missing, or
b) is not legible, or
c) does not show:
i. the load-share ratio of the axle set, or
ii. a ratio that is either 60:40 or 55:45, or
iii. the tyre size on each axle, or
iv. the maximum individual axle ratings, or
d) has details that do not match the vehicle.
4. A heavy vehicle is fitted with one or more rear steering axles, and the vehicle is not one of the following types:
a) a mobile crane
b) the rear unit of an articulated bus
c) a rigid vehicle without a heavy tow coupling, provided that no more than half of the axles within the rear axle set steer at
any one time
d) a specialist vehicle designed to transport overdimension or overweight load, or to primarily carry out a specialist function
that requires overdimension equipment.
5. A mobile crane does not have at least either a non-steering axle or a steering axle capable of being locked so that it is non-
steering.
6. A heavy vehicle is presented towing an A-train or B-train and is fitted with a retractable axle in its rear axle set.
7. A device for altering the distribution of mass between axles has been fitted to the vehicle when:
a) the device does not lift an unpowered axle clear of the ground, or
b) the device reduces the mass carried by an unpowered axle without lifting it clear of the ground, but the device:
i. does not have a spring-loaded control, ie when the control is released, the mass on the unpowered axle does not
revert to what it was before the operation of the control, or
ii. does not have a control with an automatic timing device with an activation time of not more than two minutes after
which the mass on the unpowered axle reverts automatically to what it was before the operation of the control, and with
a non-activation time of at least 30 seconds during which the control cannot be activated again.
8. A sliding axle set is not fitted with both:
a) an effective locking device to prevent inadvertent extension or separation, and
Condition
10. A sliding axle assembly has deteriorated, eg:
a) a chassis rail/guide, locking pin or other component is missing, deformed, cracked or otherwise worn or damaged, or
b) a locking pin is too small or too short, or
c) there is an air leak from the lock pin air ram.
11. A locking of a sliding axle locking device is either:
b) the vehicle is not equipped with a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if the axle is not locked in one of the locking
positions (Note 2).
12. A sliding axle locking device is bent, worn or otherwise damaged, or has deteriorated so that it is not effective.
13. A sliding axle locking device does not operate correctly.
14. A sliding axle endstop is:
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
c) damaged.
Performance
16. A modification or repair affects the hubs or axles and:
Note 1
For specialist overdimension vehicles, none of the equipment Reasons for rejection or Summaries of legislation apply except
numbers 2 and 7, that is axle sets must be load sharing, and axle mass redistribution devices must meet specified
requirements.
Note 2
Note 3 Definitions
Load-sharing axle set means an axle set suspension system that has effective damping characteristics on all axles of the set
and is built to divide the load between the tyres on the set so that no tyre carries a mass more than 10% greater than the mass
it would carry if:
a) the load were divided in the axle set so that each tyre carries an equal load, or
b) the axle set is a tandem-axle set comprising a twin-tyred axle and a large single-tyred axle and is built to divide the load
between the tyres on the set so that:
i. 60% of the load is borne by the twin-tyred axle and 40% of the load is borne by the large single-tyred axle, or
ii. 55% of the load is borne by the twin-tyred axle and 45% of the load is borne by the large single-tyred axle.
Specialist overdimension vehicle means:
a) a vehicle designed primarily to transport overdimension or overweight loads, or
b) a vehicle whose primary purpose is to carry out a specialist function that requires overdimension equipment, and
i. dismantling of the vehicles equipment would make the equipment unusable for its intended purpose, or
ii. it would take more than four hours to dismantle the vehicles equipment.
1. An axle that is modified,
including a replacement axle
that is not identical to the one
fitted by the vehicle
manufacturer.
2. Fitting of an additional axle.
3. A retractable axle.
1. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 January 1997,
(modifications and repairs before this date generally required certification but for
inspection purposes no evidence of this is required).
2. Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand column unless the vehicle
inspector considers that certification is required because the modification or repair has
affected the vehicles safety performance (a second opinion from an expert may be
needed, eg the manufacturers representative, reputable workshop).
1. A rigid heavy vehicle must be supported by a front single or twin-steer axle set, and by a rear single, tandem or tri-axle set.
2. The axle sets, except a twin-steer axle set, of a heavy vehicle must be load sharing.
3. A tandem-axle set with a large single-tyred axle must have a manufacturers indelible plate clearly visible to the person
weighing the vehicle that specifies the:
a) load-share ratio of the axle set of 60:40 or 55:45, and
b) tyre size on each axle, and
c) maximum individual axle ratings.
4. A heavy vehicle must not have any rear steering axles, except if the vehicle is:
a) a mobile crane, or
b) the rear unit of an articulated bus, or
c) a rigid vehicle without a heavy tow coupling provided no more than half the axles within the rear axle set steer at any
one time, or
d) a specialist vehicle designed to transport overdimension or overweight loads, or to primarily carry out a specialist
function that requires overdimension equipment.
5. A mobile crane must have at least one rear axle capable of being locked so that it is non-steering.
6. A heavy vehicle not towing an A-train or B-train may have a retractable axle in its rear axle set.
7. A device for altering the distribution of mass between axles may only be fitted to a vehicle if the device:
a) lifts an unpowered axle clear of the ground, or
i. reduces the mass carried by an unpowered axle without lifting it clear of the ground, and
ii. is a control that is spring loaded, so that when the control is released the mass on the unpowered axle reverts to what
it was before the operation of the controls, or
b) has a control with an automatic timing device with an activation time of not more than two minutes after which the mass
on the unpowered axle reverts automatically to what is was before the operation of the control, and with a non-activation
time of at least 30 seconds during which the control cannot be activated again.
8. A sliding axle set must be fitted with both:
a) an effective locking device to prevent inadvertent separation or extension, and
b) endstops at the end of the slideway to prevent the separation of the sliding parts if the primary locking device fails.
Permitted equipment
Condition
11. An axle fitted to a vehicle must have adequate strength and performance characteristics for all conditions of loading and
operation for which the vehicle was constructed.
12. The locking of a sliding axle locking device must be readily verifiable by visual inspection, or the vehicle must be equipped
with a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if the equipment is not locked in one of the locking positions.
Performance
13. An alarm must be visible or audible from the drivers seating position , and the alarm must operate when the vehicles
engine is running, except when the parking brake is fully applied or when the gear selector of a vehicle with an automatic
transmission is in the park position.
14. If the sliding axle set locking device incorporates a system that provides energy for its operation, the device must remain
fully engaged in the locking position, or the locking action must be initiated immediately, if the energising system fails.
16. A modification or repair that affects the hubs or axles must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVEC
or HMCD unless the vehicle:
performance.
10-3 Mudguards
Mandatory equipment
Mudguard condition
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
1
(see also Table 10-1-1)
1





Mandatory equipment
Compliance Rule
Mudguard condition
users.
Modification
the vehicle:
performance.
11 Exhaust
11-1 Exhaust system
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle is not fitted with an exhaust system that includes a means of sound reduction (Note 1).
Condition
driver is able to interfere with the exhaust system by operating a manual switch.
are not directed away from the perimeter of the passenger compartment.
Performance
6. The exhaust noise output from a heavy vehicle is noticeably and significantly louder than it would have been when the
vehicle was manufactured with its original exhaust system
Note 1
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle with an internal combustion engine must be fitted with an exhaust system.
Condition
Performance
5. The noise output from the exhaust system of a heavy vehicle must not be noticeably and significantly louder than the noise
output from the vehicles original exhaust system at the time of the vehicles manufacture.
Modification
6. An exhaust system that is affected by a modification must meet the requirements in this manual, including those for
equipment, condition and performance.
Performance
Table 11-2-1, or
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
before 1 May 2008.
Note 6
1960.
engine.

Performance
12-2 Towbar
1. A towbar fitted to a heavy vehicle does not have evidence of certification, ie:
a) the towbar was fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and no LANDATA record has been
entered,
Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need not be
checked
or
b) the towbar was fitted after the last CoF inspection and
i. a valid LT400 form has not been presented, or
ii. the HVS certifier was not of category HVET or HMTD or
c) there is no valid certification plate/label attached to the vehicle as required in Table 12-2-1.
2. A towbar fitted to a heavy vehicle before 1 April 2006 for towing a light trailer has not been certified as complying with at
NZS 5467: 1993
NZS 5446: 1987
NZS 5446: 1987, amended by Appendix A to Policy Statement 5 for towbars rated for a maximum towed mass of 2000
kg or less.
3. A towbar fitted to a heavy vehicle on or after 1 April 2006 for towing a light trailer has not been certified as complying with
NZS 5467: 1993.
4. The certification label or plate:
a) is not indelible, or
b) is illegible, or
c) is not complete, or
d) has expired (where expiry date is required under Table 12-2-1), or
e) is not attached to the towbar in an easily visible position, or
f) does not match the vehicle, or
g) has obvious signs of tampering.
5. A 50mm or 1 7/8-inch-diameter tow ball for towing a light trailer is not marked with:
a) the ball size, that is 50mm or 1 7/8 inch, or
b) the ball rating in kilograms.
Mandatory equipment
6. A towbar does not have provision for securely fitting the safety chain from a trailer coupling, except for:
a) New Zealand Armed Forces vehicles
b) fire fighting vehicles.
Condition
7. The towbar or towbar mounting:
c) has corrosion damage within 150mm of the mounting points, or
d) is cracked or distorted.
b) is worn beyond manufacturers specifications, or
9. A modification or repair affects the towbar and:
b) is not for the purpose of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services, or
category HVET or HMTD has been presented.
Note 1 Definitions
Coupling means that part of a vehicle that is specifically designed to enable it to be connected to another vehicle; does not
include a structural member of the towing or towed vehicle (for example fifth wheel, hook, pin, ball or socket type).
Light trailer means a trailer that has a gross vehicle mass of 3500kg or less.
Towbar means that part of the towing vehicle to which a coupling for a light trailer is connected.
Table 12-2-1. Minimum information on towbar certification label/plate
NZS 5467 NZS 5446
NZS 5446 as amended by
Appendix A to Policy Statement 5
Manufacturers name or trademark
Maximum towed mass (braked and
unbraked)
Model (vehicle make, model or part
number)
Maximum vertical load
Certifier or agency approval
number
Company or agency name
Certifying engineer
Vehicle VIN or chassis number
Maximum towed mass (kg)
Expiry date (if certified after
August 1991)
Manufacturers name
Towbar model number or part number
Rating maximum towed mass (MTM) in kg
(maximum of 2000kg)
HVS
certification
is required
1. Fitting of
a towbar
1. A replacement bolt-on 50mm or 1 7/8-inch-diameter tow ball
2. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 January 1997 (modifications and repairs
before this date generally required certification but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need not be
checked).
workshop).
Land Transport Rule: Heavy Vehicles 2004
Land Transport Rule: Passenger Service Vehicles 1999
New Zealand Standard 5467: 1993, Code of Practice for Light Trailers
New Zealand Standard 5446: 1987, Code of Practice for Heavy Motor Vehicle Towing Connections: Drawbar Trailers
Policy Statement 5, Appendix A
New Zealand Standard 5232: 1993, Specification for Ball-and-Socket Type Trailer Couplings.
1. A towbar fitted to a heavy vehicle before 1 April 2006 must comply with and be certified to:
a) NZS 5467: 1993, or
b) NZS 5446: 1987, or
c) NZS 5446: 1987, amended by Appendix A to Policy Statement 5 for towbars rated for a maximum towed mass of 2000kg
or less.
2. A towbar fitted to a vehicle on or after 1 April 2006 for towing a light trailer must comply with and be certified to NZS 5467:
1993.
Mandatory equipment
a) a trailer designed for armament purposes by the New Zealand Defence Force
b) a trailer pump for fire fighting purposes.
Condition
4. Towing connection components fitted to a vehicle must ensure that a secure connection can be maintained between the
towing and towed vehicles under all conditions of loading and operation for which the vehicle was constructed.
5. A modification or repair that affects the towbar must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVET or
HMTD unless the vehicle:
performance.
12-3 Drawbeam
1. A drawbeam fitted to a heavy vehicle, other than a tractor to which section 12-4 applies or a recovery service vehicle, does
not have evidence of certification to NZS 5446, ie
a) the drawbeam was fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and no LANDATA record has been
entered,
checked
or
b) the drawbeam was fitted after the last CoF inspection and
ii. the HVS certifier was not of category HVET or HMTD, or
c) there is no valid certification label or plate attached to the vehicle as required in Table 12-3-1.
b) is illegible, or
d) is not attached to the drawbeam in an easily visible position, or
e) does not match the vehicle, or
f) has obvious signs of tampering, or
g) has expired.
Mandatory equipment
3. A hook- or pin-type coupling does not have a locking device or a separate means of retaining this device in the locked
position.
4. A towing connection component is:
a) damaged, deformed, cracked or has significantly deteriorated, or
b) worn beyond manufacturers specifications, or
c) not securely attached, or
d) missing, or
e) not mounted in accordance with manufacturers specifications.
5. The towing pin diameter is worn to less than (Note 1):
a) 36.4mm for a 40mm pin, or
b) 46.4mm for a 50mm pin.
6. A towing hook, pin or ball has been repaired or welded.
8. A drawbeam is sliding or adjustable.
9. Locking of the coupling is not readily verifiable by visual inspection.
10. A coupling locking device is in such condition that it is not effective.
Modification and repair (Note 4)
11. A modification or repair affects the drawbeam and:
a) the modification is not for the purpose of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services, or
i. the vehicle was modified or repaired before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and no LANDATA
record has been entered,
Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record
need not be checked
or
ii. the vehicle was modified or repaired since the last CoF inspection and no valid LT400 form from a HVS Certifier of
Note 1
Manufacturers wear limits may be used instead of those stated.
Note 2 Definitions
Coupling means that part of a vehicle that is specifically designed to enable it to be connected to another vehicle; it does not
include a structural member of the towing or towed vehicle (eg fifth wheel, hook, pin, ball or socket type).
Drawbeam means that part of the towing vehicle to which a coupling is fitted to enable a heavy trailer to be connected; it
includes the attached coupling.
Full trailer means a trailer with two axle sets, the foremost of which is steered by a drawbar; includes a semi-trailer with non-
steering axles coupled to a converter dolly.
Note 3
Some special-use vehicles, such as fertiliser trucks and trailers, are fitted with towing connections where the towing eye is
fitted to the towing vehicle and the pin- or hook-type coupling to the trailer. This is permitted. In these cases, please refer to
heavy trailer pages of section 8-3 for wear limits and other relevant requirements.
Note 4
A towing connection that was certified to New Zealand standard 5446: 1987 (superseded) before November 2007 may
continue to comply with and be certified to that standard until the towing connection is modified.
Table 12-3-1. Minimum information on drawbeam certification label/plate
NZS 5446: 1987 NZS 5446: 2007
Certifying engineer
VIN/Chassis number
Expiry date (if certified on or after 1 August 1991)
Person, company or agency name
Certifier ID
Compliance certificate number (LT400)
VIN/Chassis number
Maximum towed mass
Permitted static vertical load
Coupling D value (minimum)
Expiry date
NZS 5446

Figure 12-3-1. Drawbeam components
New Zealand Standard 5446: 2007, Heavy Vehicle Towing Connections Drawbeams and Drawbars.
1. A drawbeam fitted to a vehicle used in a combination, (other than a tractor to which section 12-4 applies or a recovery
service vehicle) must comply and be certified to NZS 5446.
Mandatory equipment
2. A hook- or pin-type coupling must have an effective locking device and a separate means of retaining this device in the
locked position.
4. A drawbeam used for towing a full trailer must not be sliding or adjustable.
5. Locking of the coupling must be readily verifiable by visual inspection.
6. A modification or repair that affects the drawbeam must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVET or
HMTD.
12-4 Heavy tractor towing connection
1. A tractor with a towing connection other than a three-point linkage does not have one or two attachment points to which
safety chains from a trailer coupling can be securely attached.
Condition
2. A towing connection component including a safety chain attachment point is:
d) missing, or
3. A coupling mechanism or safety locking device does not:
a) operate smoothly or effectively, or
b) fasten securely.
Note 1 Definitions
Heavy tractor means a motor vehicle (other than a traction engine) with a gross vehicle mass exceeding 3500 kg constructed
principally for towing an agricultural trailer or powering agricultural implements. This definition applies to towing connections
only.
Towing connection means the combination of components that enables one vehicle to tow or be towed by another vehicle; it
includes a towbar, drawbar, drawbeam and coupling.
Three-point linkage means, for a tractor or agricultural trailer, a towing connection that has three points of attachment.
1. A tractor may be fitted with towing connections, including three-point agricultural linkages.
2. A tractor with a towing connection other than a three-point linkage must have one or two points for attaching trailer safety
chains that each has a strength of at least twice the maximum mass of any vehicles that may be towed by the tractor by means
of that towing connection.
Condition
towing and towed vehicles under all conditions of loading and operations for which the vehicle was constructed.
12-5 Heavy vehicle fifth wheel or ball coupling (for towing a semi-trailer)
Mandatory equipment
1. A fifth wheel is not designed to fit a 50mm or 90mm kingpin.
2. A fifth wheel or ball-type coupling fitted to a heavy vehicle does not have evidence of certification (unless excepted in Table
12-5-1), ie:
a) the coupling was fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and no LANDATA record has been
entered,
checked
or
b) the coupling was fitted after the last CoF inspection and
ii. the HVS certifier was not of category HVET or HMTD.
3. A 50 mm-diameter fifth wheel, other than a rigid fifth wheel, has not been certified to NZS 5450: 1989.
4. A 90 mm-diameter fifth wheel, other than a rigid fifth wheel, has not been certified to one of the following:
a) if fitted before 1 April 2005, NZS 5450
b) if fitted on or after 1 April 2005, both AS 2174 and AS/NZS 4968 (Note 1).
5. A rigid fifth wheel has not been certified to manufacturers specifications.
6. A vehicle that is fitted with a 90mm-diameter fifth wheel does not have 90mm fifth wheel, where 90 is at least 60mm high,
clearly displayed in a position readily visible from the position from which the release handle of the fifth wheel is operated.
7. An Operator Statement of Compliance with the Maintenance Requirements of NZS 5450: 1989 (NZTA 4085A form) is:
a) not presented, or
b) incomplete (Note 2), or
c) not current, ie more than:
i. the time or distance specified by the fifth wheel manufacturer has elapsed or been travelled since the most recent
inspection recorded on the form, or
ii. 30 days have lapsed or 15,000km has been travelled, whichever occurred sooner, since the most recent inspection
recorded on the form, where manufacturers specifications are unavailable.
8. A vehicle is fitted with a ball-type coupling to tow a semi-trailer and:
a) is not certified to NZS 5446, or
b) does not have a valid certification label or plate attached to the vehicle as required in Table 12-5-2, or
c) is not part of a dedicated combination.
9. A required certification label or plate (ball-type couplings only):
b) is illegible, or
d) is not attached to the vehicle in an easily visible position, or
g) has expired.
Condition and performance (Note 3)
10. A coupling or its mounting:
b) bolt or nut is missing, significantly corroded or not suitable, or
c) is cracked, distorted or significantly corroded or has deteriorated, or
d) has corrosion damage within 150mm of the mounting points, or
e) pivot is seized, worn beyond manufacturers specifications, or not securely attached, or
f) is worn beyong manufacturers specifications.
11. The fifth wheel release mechanism:
a) is not in good condition, eg the handle is bent or damaged, or
b) does not operate freely (check only if presented without trailer attached).
12. The fifth wheel locking mechanism:
a) is not in good condition, eg jaws are worn beyond manufacturers specifications or out of adjustment, or
13. A modification or repair affects the coupling and:
a) is not excepted from the requirements for HVS certification (Table 12-5-1), or
Note 1
AS/NZS 4968 supersedes AS 1773 and AS 1771.
Note 2
Where the service history is incomplete, the CoF inspector must note this on the CoF checksheet, but the vehicle is not
required to be failed for this reason alone.
Note 3
Where a vehicle is presented in combination, the vehicles do not have to be separated, but a thorough visual inspection as far
as practicable must be carried out.
Note 4
A towing connection that was certified to New Zealand standard 5446: 1987 (superseded) before November 2007 may
Note 5
While not included as an inspection item, a vehicle may not be towed using a fifth wheel coupled to another fifth wheel.
Note 6 Definitions
Fifth wheel means a device fitted to a vehicle to enable a semi-trailer to be connected to it by means of a kingpin so that the
semi-trailer may be towed.
a plate clearly and indelibly marked with the VIN or chassis number of the other vehicle (the plate is fitted by the HVS certifying
Eengineer).
Semi-trailer means a trailer with only one axle set that is partially superimposed on the towing vehicle so that a substantial
part of the trailer and its load is borne by the towing vehicle.
HVS certification is
required
1. Fitting of a coupling,
other than a direct bolt-
on replacement.
2. Modification or repair
of a coupling, except
when this is not
required in the right-
hand column.
1. Fifth wheel or ball-type coupling that is a direct bolt-on replacement.
2. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 January 1997
(modifications and repairs before this date required certification but for inspection
purposes the LANDATA record need not be checked).
Table 12-5-2. Minimum information on certification label/plate
NZS 5446: 1987 NZS 5446: 2007
Certifying engineer
VIN/Chassis number
Certifier ID
VIN/Chassis number
Maximum towed mass
Expiry date
NZS 5446

Figure 12-5-1. Fifth wheels

Figure 12-5-4. NZTA 4085A form (blank forms available from CoF inspecting organisations)
New Zealand Standard 5450: 1989, Coupling Devices for Articulated Vehicles Fifth Wheel Assemblies
Australian Standard 1773-1996: Articulated Vehicles Fifth Wheel Assemblies
Australian Standard 1771-1996: Installation of Fifth Wheel and Turntable Assemblies
Australian Standard 2174-1994: Articulated Vehicles Mechanical Coupling between Prime Movers and Semi-Trailers
Interchangeability Requirements
New Zealand Standard 5446: 1987, Code of Practice for Heavy Motor Towing Connections Drawbar Trailers
New Zealand Standard 5446: 2007, Code of Practice for Heavy Motor Towing Connections Drawbeams and
Drawbars.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle that is constructed to tow a semi-trailer must be fitted with either:
a) a 50mm-diameter fifth wheel, or
b) a 90mm-diameter fifth wheel, or
c) a ball-type coupling certified to NSZ 5446 and be operated as part of a dedicated combination.
2. A 50mm-diameter fifth wheel must comply with New Zealand Standard 5450: 1989.
3. A 90mm-diameter fifth wheel installed before 1 April 2005 must comply with New Zealand Standard 5450: 1989.
4. A 90mm-diameter fifth wheel installed on or after 1 April 2005 and before 29 December 2007 must comply with:
a) Australian Standard 1773-1996, and
b) Australian Standard 1771-1996, and
c) Australian Standard 2174-1994.
5. A 90mm-diameter fifth wheel installed on or after 29 December 2007 must comply with:
a) AS/NZS 4968, and
b) AS 2174.
6. A vehicle that is fitted with a 90mm-diameter fifth wheel must have, clearly displayed in a position readily visible from the
position from which the release handle of the fifth wheel is operated, 90mm fifth wheel where 90 must not be less than 60mm
high.
7. A rigid fifth wheel fitted to a vehicle must be installed and maintained in accordance with the fifth-wheel manufacturers
instructions.
9. A modification or repair that affects a coupling must be inspected and certified by a HVS Certifier of category HVET or
a) excepted from the requirement for HVS certification (Table 12-5-1), and
performance.
Condition
2. A device fitted to a vehicle to restrict the field of swing of a driveshaft in the event of driveshaft failure is:
a) missing, where there is evidence that one was originally fitted, or
b) not securely attached, or
c) cracked, or
d) significantly deteriorated or damaged so that it is unlikely to prevent the driveshaft from striking the ground, chassis or
floor in the event of driveshaft failure, or
e) showing evidence of contact with the driveshaft.
Modification
3. A modification or repair affects the engine or transmission and:
c) is missing proof of HVS certification, that is the vehicle was modified or repaired since the last CoF inspection and no
valid LT400 form from an HVS certifier of category HVEC or HMCD has been presented.
HVS certification
is required
1. Significant work
involving:
a) relocation of
components
b) fitting of
components
that are not
identical to OE
components
c) modification
of components.
repairs before this date generally required certification but for inspection purposes no evidence of this
is required).
Permitted equipment
1. The vehicle may be fitted with a device to restrict the field of swing of a driveshaft in the event of driveshaft failure.
Condition
2. The transmission must:
a) be within safe tolerance of its original condition, and
b) have adequate strength and performance characteristics for the conditions and loading for which the vehicle was
constructed.
3. A device fitted to a vehicle to restrict the field of swing of a driveshaft in the event of driveshaft failure must be within safe
tolerance of its original condition.
Modification
4. A modification or repair that affects the engine or transmission must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of
performance.
13-2 Fuel system
Condition
a) corrosion damage (Note 1) insecure or loose tank mountings.
8. The fuel filler cap or capless fuel filler seal is missing, insecure or likely to allow fuel spillage when the vehicle is in normal
use.
Modification
10. A modification affects the fuel system, and:
Note 1
damage is typically displayed by the lifting or bubbling of paint. In extreme cases, the area affected by corrosion damage will
modifications
modification, and
the filling location remains the same as at original manufacture, and
the fuel type (petrol, diesel) has not changed (other than a change to LPG/CNG).
Modification
2. A modification that affects the fuel tank and fuel lines must be inspected and certified by a Low Volume Vehicle Specialist
Certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
Mandatory equipment
Condition
a) loose, or
3. A gas line:
b) is bulging, or
c) is insecure, or
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Note 3
Mandatory equipment
Condition
Modification
13-4 Electrical wiring
Condition
1. An electrical wire shows signs of:
a) overheating, or
b) chafing, or
c) other damage.
2. Electrical wires in a heavy vehicle are not:
a) insulated and protected from damage that could be caused by water, fuel, oil, other fluids, dirt or heat, or
b) clipped or otherwise gathered into looms with an insulating material, where this is practicable.
3. Electrical wires and looms are not:
a) appropriately and securely fastened to the vehicle to protect them from damage, or
b) protected from damage where they pass through holes in the vehicle structure.
Condition
1. The current ratings of the electrical wires in a vehicle must not be exceeded.
2. Electrical wires in a heavy vehicle must:
a) be insulated and protected from damage that could be caused by water, fuel, oil, other fluids, dirt or heat, and
b) if practicable, be clipped or otherwise gathered into looms with an insulating material.
3. Electrical wires and looms must:
a) be appropriately and securely fastened to the vehicle to protect them from damage, and
b) where they pass through holes in the vehicle structure, be protected from damage.
14 Load restraints
14-1 Load anchorages
1. A load anchorage point does not have evidence of certification to NZS 5444, ie:
a) the load anchorage point was fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and no LANDATA record
has been entered,
checked
or
b) the load anchorage point was fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
ii. the HVS certifier was not of category HVEA or HMAD, or
c) there is no valid certification label or plate attached to the vehicle (usually fitted to the left-hand chassis or coaming rail,
or to the load platform) as specified in Table 14-1-1.
Mandatory equipment
2. A vehicle constructed to transport a load is not fitted with load anchorage points (hooks, rope rails, twist locks, tie-down
rings, keyhole plates or chain slots), unless the vehicle is one of the following:
a) a vehicle fitted with a body that is specifically designed to contain the transported load without the use of lashings,
chains or other devices, such as a tank body or a tipping body for transporting bulk goods (refer to section 3-1)
b) a vehicle fitted with a stock crate and stock crate retention devices (refer to section 14-2)
c) a curtain-sided body fitted with a load-rated curtain and curtain anchorage system (refer to section 14-5)
d) a vehicle fitted with logging bolsters (refer to section 14-3).
Condition
3. A certification label or plate:
a) is not indelibly marked, or
b) is illegible, or
c) is attached so that it is not easily visible, or
d) has details that do not match the vehicle, or
e) has obvious signs of tampering.
4. A load anchorage component:
a) is missing, or
b) is not securely attached, or
c) is cracked or deformed, or
d) has significant corrosion damage, or
e) is worn beyond manufacturers specifications.
5. A modification or repair affects a load anchorage or its attachment and:
category HVEA or HMAD has been presented.
Note 1 Definitions
Load-securing equipment means equipment or a device permanently fitted to a vehicle to secure, either by itself or in
conjunction with other equipment or devices such as lashings, a load to a vehicle.
Load anchorage point means a device permanently attached to a vehicle to enable a load to be secured or attached to the
vehicle.
Table 14-1-1. Minimum certification label and plate details required
NZS 5444: 1989 NZS 5444: 2005
Identity of the manufacturer
Rated capacity of the load anchorage
points
Certificate number
HVS identifier
Number and capacity of each type of load anchorage point fitted
VIN or chassis number
Any special conditions if applicable
Note Any label or plate issued on or after 1 June 2005 must contain the above
information
HVS certification
is required
1. Fitting of load
anchorages
2. A repair (by
heating or welding)
affects a load
anchorage or
attachment)
3. A modification
affects a load
anchorage or
attachment
1. Repairs to coaming rails that do not support certified load anchorage points or J-hooks.
2. A vehicle fitted with a bin lifting and hooking mechanism does not require HVS certification to NZS
5444, but the bin must be able to be secured safely using a fail-safe system. This may include a
hydraulically operated and locked hook or similar, provided the locking device can only be opened by
applying a positive and definitive hydraulic pressure.
3. Tarpaulin hooks and load restraints fitted inside a box- or van-type body, eg to restrain furniture,
are not considered to be load anchorages and therefore do not require HVS certification (it is
recommended that tarpaulin hooks and rails are identified to be used only for retaining tarpaulins).
repairs before this date required certification but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need
not be checked).
New Zealand Standard 5444: 1989, Load Anchorage Points for Heavy Vehicles
New Zealand Standard 5444: 2005, Load Anchorage Points for Heavy Vehicles (applicable from 1 June 2005).
1. Load anchorage points (hooks, rope rails, twist locks, tie-down rings, keyhole plates and chain slots) must comply with and
be certified to NZS 5444.
Mandatory equipment
2. A vehicle that is constructed to transport a load must be fitted with load securing equipment (Note 1).
3. A vehicle must have load anchorage points that are certified by an HVS certifier as complying with New Zealand standard
5444, unless the vehicle is one of the following:
chains or other devices, such as a tank body or a tipping body for transporting bulk goods (refer to section 3-1), or
b) a vehicle fitted with a stock crate and stock crate retention devices (refer to section 14-2), or
c) a curtain-sided body fitted with a load-rated curtain and curtain anchorage system (refer to section 14-5), or
4. A load anchorage must be certified by an HVS certifier of category HVIA, HVMA or HVEA.
Condition
5. A certification label or plate must be:
a) clearly and indelibly marked, and
b) securely attached.
6. Load securing equipment that is fitted to a vehicle must be constructed to ensure that the load can be securely contained on

7. A modification or repair that affects a load anchorage point must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category
HVEAor HMAD unless the vehicle:
performance.
14-2 Stock crates and stock crate retention devices
Mandatory equipment
1. A stock crate, including its retention devices (Figure 14-2-1), fitted to a vehicle with a GVM of 6000 kg or more, has no
manufacturers plate certifying construction in accordance with NZS 5413, that specifies at least all of the following details:
company name
stock crate serial number
date of manufacture of stock crate
restraint capacity total in kilograms
restraint capacity individual in kilograms
number of restraints per side.
2. Stock crate anchorage points fitted to the deck have not been certified to NZS 5444, ie:
a) the stock crate anchorage points were fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and there is no
LANDATA record,
checked
or
b) the stock crate anchorage points were fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
i. a valid LT400 form is not presented, or
iii. there is no valid certification plate/label attached to the vehicle as required in Table 14-2-1.
Condition
b) is illegible, or
4. The stock crates external doors:
a) are not securely attached to the stock crate body, or
b) do not remain secure in a closed or locked position.
5. A J-hook assembly or other retention device, or an anchorage point:
b) has a bush, fastener, washer, J-hook or other component missing or significantly corroded, or
c) is cracked or distorted, or
d) has cracks or corrosion damage on the stock crate within 150 mm of the retention device attachment point, or
e) is not of a type suitable for retaining the stock crate, or
f) is worn beyond manufacturers specifications.
6. A modification or repair affects the stock crate or its retention devices and:
Note 1 Definitions
Body means the part of the vehicle that is designed for the use and accommodation of the occupants or to hold any goods. It
comprises the load platform/deck, headboard, sideboards, tailgate, coaming rails, cross-members, runners and attachment to
the chassis.
J-hook means a retention device fabricated from metal for the retention of stock crates to the vehicle load platform, mounted in
such a way as to be fixed either inside or outside the coaming rail vertically and tensioned through a bush on the crate
structure by way of a threaded fastener.
vehicle.
NZS 5444: 1989 NZS 5444: 2005
points
Certificate number
HVS identifier
information.
required
1. Stock crate retention
devices that have been
modified or repaired
resulting in altered load
ratings
1. A stock crate retention device has been repaired or modified, and the HVS Certifier can
confirm that the load ratings are still correct.
(modifications and repairs before this date generally required certification but for inspection
manufacturers representative,or a reputable workshop).

Figure 14-2-1. Types of acceptable J-hooks
New Zealand Standard 5413: 1993, Code of Practice for the Manufacture and Use of Stock crates on Heavy Vehicles
New Zealand Standard 5444: 2005, Load Anchorage Points for Heavy Vehicles.
Mandatory equipment
1. A stock crate and its retention devices, if fitted to a vehicle with a GVM of 6000 kg or more, must be constructed in
accordance with NZS 5413.
2. Stock crate anchorage points fitted to the deck of a vehicle must comply with and be certified to NZS 5444.
3. Stock crate retention devices must be attached to the crate structure so as to transmit the restraint forces to the vehicle load
platform or basic vehicle structure.
Condition
4. External doors shall be firmly fixed to prevent stock from being ejected onto the roadway.
5. Load securing equipment must be constructed to ensure that the load can be safely contained on the vehicle under all
conditions of loading and operation for which the vehicle was constructed.
6. A modification or repair that affects a stock crate anchorage point must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of
category HVEA or HMAD unless the vehicle:
performance.
14-3 Log bolsters
1. A logging bolster attachment fitted to a vehicle that is required to be certified in Table 14-3-1 does not have evidence of
certification.
2. A logging bolster attachment fitted to a vehicle certified to the Bolster Attachment Code (issue 1 May 2001 and issue 2
November 2010) does not have evidence of certification, ie:
a) the attachment was fitted before the last CoF inspection and there is no LANDATA record of the certification, or
b) the attachment was fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
ii. the HVS Certifier was not of category HVEL or HMLD, or
c) individual bolsters are not stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify their serial numbers, or
d) individual bolster attachments are not stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify their serial numbers, or
e) the vehicle is not fitted on the left-hand chassis rail with at least one tag clearly identifying the bolsters, bolster
attachments, bolster rating, HVS Certifier, bolster manufacturer, vehicle and expiry date.
3. A logging bolster attachment fitted to a vehicle certified to the Bolster Attachment Code (issue 27 November 1998) does not
have evidence of certification, ie:
a) there is no LANDATA record of the certification, or
b) individual bolsters are not stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify the bolster manufacturer, bolster
serial number and rated bolster load, or
c) the vehicle is not fitted on the left-hand chassis rail with at least one tag to clearly identify the bolsters, bolster
attachment, vehicle and expiry date.
4. A logging bolster attachment on a long-log logging vehicle fitted with a convertible (sliding or folding) bolster does not have
evidence of certification required in Table 14-3-1, ie there is no LANDATA record of the certification.
Condition
5. A required certification label, plate, or marking is:
a) illegible, or
b) incorrect, eg serial numbers differ between the label and the bolsters, or
c) expired.
6. A log bolster or log bolster mounting, including a component such as a load cell, weld and fastener:
a) is missing, or
e) is worn beyond manufacturers specifications, or
f) has excessive wear between mating surfaces.
7. A sliding bolster locking device is:
a) missing, or
b) not effective, or
c) of an unacceptable type, eg air or hydraulic slide cylinder or chain drives.
8. A modification or repair affects the log bolster or its attachment and:
category HVEL or HMLD has been presented.
Note 1
A convertible bolster is usually slid to a different position or dropped down to allow long logs to span two trailers.
Note 2
Table 14-3-1. Logging bolster attachment certification requirements
Fitted
before 1
October
1999
Fitted 1 October 1999
30 April 2001
Fitted from 1 May 2001
30 September 2011
Fitted from 1 October 2011
No
certification
Either:
Bolster Attachment Code
(issue 27 November 1998),
or
(issue
1 May 2001), or
optional for convertible
bolsters on long-log
logging vehicles:
certification that the
same design of
bolster attachments
has successfully
completed
250,000km of
service on a single
vehicle without
indications of
fatigue or failure.
All bolster attachments:
(issue
1 May 2001), or
logging vehicles:
same design of
bolster attachments
has successfully
completed
250,000km of
service on a single
vehicle without
indications of
fatigue or failure.
(issue
2 November 2010), or
logging vehicles:
same design of
bolster attachments
has successfully
completed
250,000km of
service on a single
vehicle without
indications of
fatigue or failure.
HVS
certification
is required
1. Any
repairs to
the bolster
attachments
1. Where a fastener fails the inspection, the CoF inspector must request a written report from an HVS certifier
of category HVEL, HVML or HVIL who will disassemble the fasteners and confirm that:
a) movable parts such as lock pins have been checked for proper operation and engagement, and
b) mating parts seat correctly, and
c) fasteners have been fitted to manufacturers specifications and bolt torques are correct, and
d) any other manufacturers requirements have been complied with.
2. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 October 1999.
second opinion from an expert may be needed, for example the manufacturers representative, or a
reputable workshop).
Bolster Attachment Code, issue 27 November 1998
Bolster Attachment Code, issue 1 May 2001
New Zealand Gazette, 14 January 1999, issue 1, page 64
New Zealand Gazette, 27 May 1999, issue 60, page 1431
New Zealand Gazette, 26 April 2001, issue 43, page 957.
1. A logging bolster attachment fitted to a vehicle must comply with the requirements in Table 14-3-1.
2. Certification of a logging bolster attachment must be by an HVS certifier of category HVEL or HMLD.
Mandatory equipment
Bolster Attachment Code (issue 27 November 1998)
3. Individual bolsters must be stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify the:
a) bolster manufacturer, and
b) bolster serial number, and
c) rated bolster load.
4. The vehicle must be fitted, on the left-hand side chassis rail as far as practicable in line with the front of the coaming rail, with
at least one tag identifying the:
a) bolsters, and
b) bolster attachment, and
c) vehicle, and
d) expiry date.
Bolster Attachment Code (issue 1 May 2001 and issue 2 November 2010)
5. Individual bolsters must be stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify their serial number.
6. Individual bolster mounts must be stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify their serial number.
7. The vehicle must be fitted with at least one tag identifying the bolsters, bolster attachments, bolster rating, the HVS certifier,
the bolster manufacturer, the vehicle and the expiry date.
Condition
9. A load-bearing structure must be of adequate strength for all conditions and loading for which the vehicle was constructed.
10. A modification or repair that affects a log bolster attachment must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category
HVEL or HMLD, unless the vehicle:
performance.
14-4 Cab-guards, headboards, sideboards and tailboards
Mandatory equipment
1. A logging truck is not fitted with a cab guard, or the cab guard:
a) is not attached to the chassis, or
b) is not at least as wide and as high as the cab, or
c) has apertures that could allow any forward-moving logs to pass through the cab guard.
Condition
2. A cab guard on a logging truck, or a headboard, sideboard or tailboard:
b) has a fastener that is missing or loose, or
c) is cracked or significantly distorted or corroded.
Note 1 Definitions
Cab guard means a structure attached to a vehicle that provides protection to the cab occupants from the effects of load impact
and may include a headboard.
Headboard means the substantially vertical part of the forward end of a flat-deck or curtain-sided body of a vehicle.
Sideboard means the substantially vertical part of the side of a flat-deck body of a vehicle.
Tailboard means the substantially vertical part of the rear end of a flat-deck or curtain-sided body of a vehicle.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle constructed for the purpose of transporting timber logs must be fitted with a cab guard that:
a) is attached to the chassis, and
b) is at least as wide and as high as the cab, and
c) does not have apertures that could allow any forward-moving logs to pass through the cab guard.
Condition
2. A cab guard on a logging truck, and its attachment to the chassis:
a) must be strong enough to withstand load impact during loading, unloading and emergency braking, and
b) must not adversely affect the strength and durability of the chassis or cause damage to the chassis during heavy load
impact.
3. A headboard, sideboard or tailboard fitted to a vehicle for the purpose of restraining a load on that vehicle must be of
adequate strength to withstand load forces without incurring permanent deformation.
4. A headboard, sideboard or tailboard must be fitted to a vehicle in a way that ensures that the parts of the vehicle to which it
is attached are able to withstand the forces exerted by the headboard, sideboard or tailboard without incurring permanent
deformation.
14-5 Curtain systems
Condition
1. A load-rated curtain (Note 1) (Note 2):
a) is ripped, or
b) has deteriorated, resulting in weakening of the curtain material, eg crazing, brittleness or stiffness, or
c) has become detached from the frame, or
d) has been poorly repaired.
2. A load-rated curtain-tensioning system component:
a) is missing, or
c) is damaged, cracked or deformed, or
f) does not function correctly.
3. A non-load-rated curtain has deteriorated to such an extent that parts could come loose (Note 3).
Note 1
For the purposes of this inspection, a load-rated curtain is one that has labelling that includes the manufacturers load rating
in kilograms per metre.
Note 2
Advice from the curtain manufacturer may be required in case of doubt about damage and deterioration limits and quality of
repairs.
Note 3
For curtain siders that are not load rated, refer to section 14-1 Load anchorages for requirements.
Mandatory equipment
1. If a vehicle has a curtain-sided body that is constructed to secure a load on a vehicle, each curtain and curtain anchorage
system must:
a) have a manufacturers load rating appropriate for all conditions of loading and operation of the vehicle, and
b) be clearly marked with the manufacturers load rating in kilograms per metre, in a position on the curtain that is readily
accessible for inspection purposes.
Condition
15 Certificate of loading
15-1 Certificate of loading
1. A heavy vehicle that requires a certificate of fitness (Note 1) does not have a certificate of loading (Note 2) displayed on the
vehicle.
2. The vehicle is one of the following and the CoL is no longer valid:
a) the vehicle has been modified so as to require heavy vehicle specialist certification, or
b) the vehicle has been de-registered, or
c) an application for a change of use has been made (ie an MR14 has been completed) and the requirements for CoL
differ for the new use, eg change from PSV to motorhome.
3. An invalid certificate of loading has not been surrendered to the vehicle inspector (Note 3).
Condition
4. A certificate of loading:
a) is illegible, or
b) is attached so that it is not easily visible, or
c) has details that do not match the vehicle, or
d) has obvious signs of tampering.
Note 1
Vehicles that require a certificate of fitness are listed in section 3.3.1 in the Introduction of this manual.
Note 2
Certificate of loading means a certificate issued under this section to a vehicle that requires verification of its loading and
weight limits.
Note 3
A vehicle with an invalid certificate of loading requires a new certificate of loading.
Figure 15-1-1. Certificate of loading

1. A heavy vehicle that requires a certificate of fitness (Note 1) requires a certificate of loading (Note 2).
2. Before issuing a certificate of fitness, a vehicle inspector must determine that a current certificate of loading is still valid, if
one or more of the following events has occurred since the current certificate of loading was issued:
c) an application for a change of use has been made under section 16 of the Transport (Vehicle and Driver Registration
and Licensing) Act 1986 and the requirements for certificates of loading differ for the new use.
3. If a vehicle inspector has determined that a current certificate of loading for a vehicle is no longer valid, they must request
the vehicles operator to surrender the certificate to the NZTA.
16 Transport service licence
16-1 TSL
1. The operator of a vehicle that requires a transport service licence (Table 16-1-1) has not notified (Note 2)the vehicle
inspector of the transport service licence number under which the vehicle is operated.
Note 1
If correctly licensed, a vehicle requiring a transport service licence can be identified by the T or L on the vehicle licence
label.
Note 2
Every vehicle that operates in a goods service or vehicle recovery service must display a TSL label that identifies the TSL
number the vehicle is presently operated under (see Figure 16-1-1). For CoF purposes, the vehicle inspector must record the
number on the TSL label. Where there is no TSL label, or for a rental vehicle, the TSDA is expected to make a reasonable
effort to request the TSL number from the driver. The TSL number must be entered into the system when the inspection is
recorded, but where a TSL number cannot be obtained, fault code VLP must be entered.
Table 16-1-1. Requirements for transport service licences
Vehicles that require Vehicles that do not require
Goods service licence:
Heavy vehicles with a GVM of 6000
kg or more and capable of carrying
goods
Vehicle recovery service vehicle
Vehicles running on tracks and rollers
Vehicles that operate solely in areas to which the public does not have right of
access
Vehicles used as places of abode that are not used in a rental service (eg
motorhomes and dual-purpose motorhomes carrying horses where at least 50% of
the floor space is constructed for human accommodation (this includes dedicated
tractor and semi-trailer motorhomes))
Vehicles listed as farm vehicles (ie exempt class B licence)
Tractors and traction engines
Forklifts
Hearses
Mobile cranes
Fire engines
Mobile machines
Vehicle recovery service licence:
Vehicle recovery service vehicles (ie
designed or adapted for the purpose
of towing or carrying motor vehicles
for hire or reward)
Recovery vehicles of the New Zealand Defence Force
Rental service licence:
Rental vehicles
Figure 16-1-1. Sample TSL label

Land Transport Act 1998.
Business details
1. No certificate of fitness shall be issued in respect of any transport service vehicle unless the vehicle inspector has been
notified of the transport service licence number under which the vehicle is being operated.
Light PSVs
1).
Condition
a) removed, or
b) erased, or
c) altered, or
d) defaced, or
e) obscured, or
f) destroyed, or
g) obliterated, or
Note 1
Note 2

vehicles)
vehicle.
arch,

Car
Truck

Condition
2 Vehicle exterior
Modifications
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
bumper skins)
(Note 6)
projections, and
components.
Auxiliary winches
the winch either:
materials)
1)
similar])
20mm, and
Aerials
Engine hood emblems
Engine hood pins
Towbars
Trunk racks
PSV requirements.)
Permitted equipment
Modifications
vehicle:
performance.
2-2 Dimensions
Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle (Note 1) with a GVM of 3500kg or less exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-1 and is not:
Note 1
A rigid vehicle means a vehicle with motive power, drivers position and steering system, that does not have any pivot points to
steer vehicle.
Note 2
if the vehicle is fitted with one rear axle: the centre of that axle
if the vehicle is fitted with a set of two axles: midway between those two axles if each axle has an equal number of tyres
on it, or two-thirds of the distance from the lesser-tyred axle towards the greater-tyred axle, if one axle has twice as
many tyres on it as the other axle.
Note 3
at night.
Dimension
Maximum
distance
Comments
Width 2.5m
1.25m from each
side of the
longitudinal
centreline
cab exterior grab rails that extend no more than 50mm from the side of the body
ropes, lashings, straps, chains and related connectors and tensioning devices that
Overall
length
12.6m (no tow
coupling fitted)
11.5m (tow
coupling fitted)
Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load restraining devices (ropes, lashings, straps, chains,
covers and related connectors and tensioning devices) that extend no more than 25mm
above the vehicle, and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
9.5m (no tow
coupling fitted)
8.5m (including
tow coupling if
fitted)
Forward distance is measured from the rear axis (Note 2) to the front of the vehicle.
Rear
overhang
4m Rear overhang is measured from the rear axis (Note 2) to the rear of the vehicle.
Front
overhang
3m Front overhang is measured from the front edge of the drivers seat in the rearmost position
to the front of the vehicle.
Table 2-2-2. Hazard warning equipment requirements (see Figure 2-2-4 for vehicle category
thresholds)
Vehicle category
(see Figure 2-2-4)
Dimension
Limits
(up to and
including)
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/11.4m,
or
3.1m/10.5m,
or
3.7m/8.5m,
or
25m, or
7m, or
7m
Flags
1
or panels
2
Category 2 (not
Width/forward
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/13.3m,
or
4.5m/8.5m,
or
35m, or
10m, or
10m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
wide
Category 3 (not
Width/forward
distance
2.5m/20m
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Category 4 (not
Width/forward
distance
11m/20m
11m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
1
Flags:
2
3
OVERSIZE sign:



Figure 2-2-4. Vehicle categories and width/forward-distance thresholds
Use this figure to determine vehicle category in Table 2-2-2

Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle, or an articulated bus, with a GVM of 3500kg or less that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-1 must meet
3 Vehicle structure
3-1 Structure
Mandatory equipment
1. An open-bodied vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 January 2001:
a) has side walls that are less than 450mm above the highest point of the uncompressed seat cushion on the open-bodied
part of the vehicle, or
b) does not have a permanent framework in addition to the side walls to provide reasonable protection for the occupants in
the case of the vehicle rolling over, or
c) on any upper deck does not have any drains to prevent water from collecting on it or draining into the body of the
vehicle.
Condition
3. The structural strength of a PSV has been reduced so that it does not provide reasonable protection for the occupants in the
event of roof or wall deformation resulting from the vehicle rolling over, eg:
a) structural parts of the superstructure have been removed or substituted with parts that are of insufficient strength or not fit for
purpose.
4. A body to chassis attachment, such as a weld, or fastener is:
a) missing, or
b) loose, or
c) cracked, or
d) broken, or
e) significantly corroded, or
f) otherwise in poor condition.
Modification
Land Transport Rule: Passenger Service Vehicles 1999.
Mandatory equipment
1. An open-bodied vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 January 2001 must:
a) on the open-bodied part of the vehicle have side walls that extend at least 450 mm above the highest point of the
uncompressed seat cushion, and
b) have a permanent framework to provide reasonable protection for the occupants in the case of the vehicle rolling over,
and
c) on any upper deck have drains to prevent water from collecting on it or draining into the body of the vehicle.
Condition
3. The structural strength must be maintained throughout the service life of the PSV.
4. The superstructure must be of robust design, and made of materials fit for the purpose.
5. The body of a PSV must be fit for its purpose and securely fixed to the chassis.
6. The structural strength of a PSV must be sufficient to provide reasonable protection for the occupants in the event of roof or
wall deformation resulting from the vehicle rolling over.
Modification
8. A modification that affects the vehicle structure must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier.
3-2 Stability
Modification
1. A modification from 1 July 2000 affects the vehicle stability and:
a) is not excluded from the requirements for LVV certification (Table 3-2-1), or
c) is missing proof of LVV certification, that is the vehicle is not fitted with a valid low volume vehicle certification plate.
Table 3-2-1. Requirements for LVV certification
LVV certification is required LVV certification is not required
1. Fitting of components to the
roof, eg a roof rack or an air
conditioning unit.
2. Changes in floor height or
geometry, eg due to changes
to suspension, wheel or tyre
size.
vehicles safety performance (a second opinion from an expert may be needed).
Modification
1. A modification, on or after 1 July 2000, that affects the stability of a light PSV must be inspected and certified by an LVV
a) is excluded from the requirements for LVV specialist certification (Table 3-2-1), and
performance.
3-3 PSV roof racks
1. A roof rack does not have a sign or plate on the left-hand side.
2. A roof rack sign or plate does not state:
a) the purpose of the roof rack, if other than for general baggage, or
b) the maximum weight it is allowed to carry, or
c) the manufacturer of the roof rack, or
d) at least one of the following:
i. the make, model and registration number of the PSV to which it is fitted
ii. vehicle identification number or chassis number of the PSV to which it is fitted
iii. if rated and certified for a vehicle model, the approval for that vehicle model.
Condition
3. The roof rack sign or plate is:
a) not securely fitted, or
b) not legible.
4. A roof rack that is fitted to a light PSV:
a) is not fitted as appropriate for that particular vehicle make, or
b) is not fitted securely, eg fastenings are missing, broken or loose, or
c) shows signs of significant deterioration that affects its ability to hold or retain the rated load.
Modification
5. A modification since 1 July 2000 affects the roof rack, or a roof rack has been fitted since 1 July 2000, and:
a) is not for the purpose of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services, or
i. the vehicle is not fitted with a valid low volume vehicle certification plate.
1. A roof rack that is fitted to a light PSV must have a sign or plate on the left-hand side stating:
a) the purpose of the roof rack, if other than for general baggage, and
b) the maximum weight it is allowed to carry, and
c) the manufacturer of the roof rack, and
d) either:
i. the make, model and registration number of the PSV to which it is fitted, or
ii. vehicle identification number or chassis number of the PSV to which it is fitted, or
iii. if rated and certified by the vehicle manufacturer or an LVV specialist certifier for a vehicle model, the approval for
that vehicle model.
Condition
2. A roof rack that is fitted to a light PSV must be fitted in accordance with instructions by an LVV specialist certifier.
Modification
3. A modification that affects the roof rack of a light PSV, including the fitting of a roof rack, must be inspected and certified by
an LVV specialist certifier.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
March 1980, or
vehicle.
Condition (Note 5)
Performance
c) not steady, or
March 1980, or
than:
b) flashes:
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4 Definitions
equipment.
Note 5
of the headlamp.
Note 6
manufacturer.
Note 7
Note 8
housing.
Note 9
Note 10
Headlamp type
Percent
(%)
mm/3
m
Degrees
()
EITHER
OR
105
1.72.0
OR
less than 0.8 m 1.01.5 30
45
0.57
0.85
0.81.2 m 1.02.0 30
60
0.57
1.15
more than 1.2 m 2.02.5 60
75
1.15
1.43
1.0 30 0.6 2.3 69 1.3
1.1 33 0.6 2.4 72 1.4
1.2 36 0.7 2.5 75 1.4
1.3 39 0.7 2.6 78 1.5
1.4 42 0.8 2.7 81 1.5
1.5 45 0.9 2.8 84 1.6
1.6 48 0.9 2.9 87 1.7
1.7 51 1.0 3.0 90 1.7
1.8 54 1.0 3.1 93 1.8
1.9 57 1.1 3.2 96 1.8
2.0 60 1.1 3.3 99 1.9
2.1 63 1.2 3.4 102 1.9
2.2 66 1.3 3.5 105 2.0

Condition (Note 5)
b) not be obscured.
Performance
Permitted equipment
Condition (Note 3)
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Note 6
unit.

Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
visibility.
Modifications
4-3 Cornering lamps
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
c) not steady, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
d) not steady, or
Note 1
the daytime.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
1. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is not fitted with one pair of lamps to the front
2. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 is fitted with more than one pair of lamps to the
front or more than one pair of lamps to the rear.
3. A vehicle other than class LE first registered anywhere on or after 1 July 1967 is not fitted with one pair of lamps to the front
c) three pairs of lamps (including top-mounted lamps) to the rear if the vehicle is an emergency vehicle.
5. An emergency vehicle is fitted at the rear with:
6. A vehicle is fitted with more than two side-facing lamps on each side of the vehicle.
8. A vehicle is not fitted with a visual lamp indicator device that indicates to the driver that a lamp has failed ( only where one
was fitted as original equipment).
10. A retrofitted lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp on an emergency vehicle, is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding
1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
11. A vehicle (eg avintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard direction indicator lamp requirements, and:
Condition
Performance
c) flashes:
f) too bright causing significant dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source , or
22. A visual lamp indicator device does not operate.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
reversing lamps.
Note 5
Note 6
Note 7

1. A vehicle other than class LE first registered anywhere before 1 July 1967 may be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps to
the front and one or two pairs of lamps to the rear of the vehicle.
2. A vehicle other than class LE first registered anywhere on or after 1 July 1967 must be fitted with one or two pairs of
3. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 may be fitted with one pair of lamps to the
front and one pair of lamps to the rear of the vehicle.
4. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two pairs of
5. An emergency vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of indicator lamps at the rear of the vehicle that must be
symmetrically mounted as near to the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
b) at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5 m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the
vehicle, not exceeding 2.1 m.
10. On vehicles of American origin, the stop lamp and direction indicator lamp function may be combined in one lamp.
Condition
Performance
18. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must emit a light that is visible within angles of
b) 45 inboard, and
c) 80 outboard.
19. If a vehicle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must override the
21. A direction indicator lamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and performance
requirements.
3. A vehicle (eg a vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard forward-facing position lamp requirements, and:
practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
b) not mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
9. When switched on, a forward-facing position lamp does not operate (Note 5).
b) not diffuse, or
e) not steady, or
light source, or
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
being:
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Figure 4-6-1. Forward-facing position lamp bem angles
a) a vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 1.5m in width
a) a vehicle that does not exceed 1.5m in width
Condition
a) be in sound condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
c) steady, and
9. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must be visible within angles of:
b) 45 inboard, and
c) 80 outboard.
requirements.
c) is fitted with a lamp that is not in a pair, or
d) is an emergency vehicle and is fitted with more than three pairs of lamps, including top-mounted lamps.
2. A group M or N vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or is less than 1.5m wide is:
c) fitted with more than two pairs of lamps.
4. A class LE vehicle that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that is less than 1.5m wide is not fitted
with at least one lamp.
5. A vehicle (eg a vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard rearward-facing position lamp requirements, and:
6. A retrofitted lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp on an emergency vehicle, is mounted at a height from the ground
7. A retrofitted pair of lamps:
b) is not mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
e) not steady, or
light source, or
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
being:
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 and that is more than 1.5m wide must be fitted with
2. A vehicle of group M or N that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that does not exceed 1.5m
in width must be fitted with:
3. A vehicle of class LE that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that does not exceed 1.5m in
width must be fitted with at least one rearward-facing position lamp.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
13. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must be visible within angles of 15 above and below the horizontal, and within 45
inboard and 80 outboard.
requirements.
2. A vehicle less than 6m in length is fitted with a side-marker lamp.
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Note 1 Definitions
being:
Note 2
Figure 4-8-1. Visibility angles for side marker lamps
1. A light vehicle 6m or more in length may be fitted with one or more side-marker lamps.
3. A light vehicle less than 6m in length must not be fitted with a side-marker lamp.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
vehicle.
darkness.
Modifications
1. A light vehicle with an overall width of 1.8m or more is fitted with:
a) more than four forward-facing lamps, or
b) more than two rearward-facing lamps.
2. A light vehicle with an overall width of less than 1.8m is fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
3. The lamps are not positioned in such a way that they give an indication of the vehicles dimensions.
Condition
Performance
c) not diffuse, or
f) not steady, or
Note 1 Definitions
users, being:
Note 2
A rearward-facing end-outline marker lamp that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance requirements,
must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light. A non-complying forward-facing end-outline marker
lamp must be made to comply or be fully removed from the vehicle.
1. A light vehicle that has an overall width of 1.8m or more may be fitted with a maximum of:
3. A light vehicle with an overall width of less than 1.8m must not be fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
of the vehicle.
Modifications
requirements.
4-10 Stop lamps
1. A class LE vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is not fitted with one stop lamp.
2. A class LE vehicle is fitted with more than two stop lamps.
3. A group M or N vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978:
a) is not fitted with one stop lamp if the vehicle is so constructed that the drivers arm signals cannot be seen from behind
the vehicle, or
4. A group M or N vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is:
b) fitted with more than two pairs of stop lamps, or
c) fitted with a stop lamp that is not in a pair, or
d) an emergency vehicle and is fitted with more than three pairs of lamps, including top-mounted lamps.
6. A vehicle (eg vintage or veteran vehicle) does not meet standard stop lamp requirements, and:
7. A retrofitted stop lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp on an emergency vehicle, is fitted at a height from the ground
Condition
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
manufacturer.
Figure 4-10-1. Stop-lamp visibility angles
1. A class LE vehicle:
a) first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 may be fitted with one or two stop lamps.
b) first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two stop lamps
a) first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978:
i. may be fitted with one, two or four stop lamps, or
ii. must be fitted with one, two or four stop lamps if its construction, equipment or loading prevents an arm signal
given by the driver from being seen from behind the vehicle.
b) first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two pairs of stop lamps that emit
a light that is visible from 100m.
6. A retrofitted stop lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp, must be fitted at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or
Condition
Performance
14. A retrofitted mandatory stop lamp must emit a light that is visible within the angles of 15 above and below the
horizontal, and 45 inboard and outboard.
15. If a vehicle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must
Condition
Performance
b) diffuse, or
source
Note 1 Definitions
vehicle.
Note 2
Note 3
stop lamps.
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Mandatory equipment
and:
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
Performance
Modifications
Condition
a) fading, or
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
b) steady, or
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
Performance
light that:
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Note 3
Headlamps
Stop lamps
Position lamps
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps
Work lamps
Scene lamps
Alley lamps

Permitted equipment
Performance
3. A lamp must:
c) be fitted in a way, and be of a luminance that ensures, that it does not dazzle, confuse or distract other road users,
and
4-17 PSV interior lighting
1. An interior light for the purpose of illuminating a doorway, aisle or step:
a) does not function, or
b) interferes with the drivers vision when the doors are closed.
1. Interior lights must be positioned so that they adequately illuminate doorways, aisles and steps, but without interfering with
the drivers vision when the doors are closed.
5 Vision
5-1 Glazing
Mandatory equipment
Glazing markings visual inspection
1. A glazing marking is not permanent, except for:
a) glazing marked by a vendor or installer, and fitted in a vehicle before 1 January 1997, which may be marked by means of a
self-adhesive label.
2. A glazing marking required in Table 5-1-1 or Table 5-1-2 is missing, except for:
a) plastic glazing behind the drivers seat in a soft-top convertible, or
b) hard plastic material behind the drivers seat in a vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1991, or
c) wire glass fitted to a window behind the drivers seat of a dangerous goods vehicle.
3. The glazing has an incorrect marking for the location in which it is fitted.
4. Glazing that is marked by a vendor or installer does not contain (Table 5-1-3 and Figure 5-1-3):
a) wording, characters or symbols that indicate the approved vehicle standard, and
b) the type of glazing, and
c) the thickness of the glazing in millimetres, or, in the case of laminated glass only, the thickness of the intervening layer of
plastic, and
d) the identity of the vendor or installer of the glazing.
Glazing condition
6. A windscreen or front side window is so dirty or obstructed that the drivers vision is impaired.
9. The critical vision area (CVA) of a windscreen (Figure 5-1-4) is damaged (apart from scratching and surface pitting that does
not affect the drivers vision, such as small stone marks).
Condition outside the CVA
10. A windscreen has damage (Note 2) of the types and exceeding the dimensions in Table 5-1-5.
11. Any damage that extends through more than one layer of glass.
Glazing performance
Glazing removal
16. OE glazing that affects the structural integrity of the vehicle (eg bonded glazing) has been permanently removed but the
vehicle has not been certified to the LVV Code and is not fitted with a valid LVV certification plate, or the operator is not able to
produce a valid modification declaration or authority card.
17. Glazing has scratches or other defects that unreasonably impair vision or compromise the strength of the glazing.
18. A modification:
b) adversely affects the strength or mechanical performance of the glazing or the vehicle.
Windscreen repair
documentation (Note 6).
Note 1 - Definitions
centreline, but does not include a wind deflector. No fitting or overlays of stickers are permitted to the windscreen except those
previously mentioned.
Sticker means a self-adhesive or clinging film, with or without print on it, that is applied for purposes such as, but not limited to,
advertising, identification, information, or for aesthetic or legal reasons.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Perforated overlays are usually made from printed-on materials. They are therefore not transparent and may be fitted only
where stickers are allowed.
Note 6
certified to AS/NZS 2366: 1999, AS 2366-1990 or NZS 5470: 1993. Proof of certification is the receipt issued in accordance
with the relevant standard by the repairer. For AS/NZS 2366: 1999, the windscreen repair invoice must include:
a) invoice number
b) date of repair
f) make of vehicle
g) registration number of vehicle, or if registration number is unavailable then the vehicle identification number (VIN) or
chassis number
i) type and location of repaired damage on the windscreen (it is recommended that this be marked on a schematic
windscreen on the invoice form)
j) in the case of repairs performed to this standard, a statement that the repairs have been made in accordance with and
comply with AS/NZS 2366.1 using a repair system that complies with AS/NZS 2366.2
k) any guarantees or warranties given.
Table 5-1-1. Required markings for windscreens (Note 1)
Date of manufacture
Vehicle
class
before
1/1/60
1/1/601/7/86 1/7/861/1/91 1/1/911/7/97 from 1/7/97
MA, MB,
MC, NA
standard
Laminated glass
with approved
standard
Laminated glass
with approved
standard
Laminated glass
with approved
standard
MD1,
MD2
standard
Safety glass with
approved standard
Safety glass with
approved standard
Laminated glass
with approved
standard
Low
volume
vehicles
LVV Code LVV Code
Table 5-1-2. Required markings for other glazing
Date of manufacture
Vehicle class
before
1/2/77
1/2/771/1/91 from 1/1/91
MA, MB
1
, MC, NA, MD1
1
,
MD2
1
Safety glass with approved trade name or
approved standard
standard
Low volume vehicles LVV Code
1
may be made of a transparent material of a kind that does not shatter. This material is not usually marked.
Table 5-1-3. Approved trade names for glazing
Armourfloat
Armourplate
Blindex
Duolite Safety
Duplate Safety
Flolite
Ford Indestructo
Ford Safety Glass
Ford Silver Arrow
Glacetex
Hankuk Glass Safety Heat
Line
TF5
TV5
Indestructo
Nippon Safety
NM Laminated Safety Glass
FHP
Peerless
Plexite
Safetyflex
Safety MGB (Meloplate)
Safety MGB (Melite Safety
Plate)
Sekurit
Sigla
Spectrofloat Splintex
Sunmat
Suntex Safety Glass
Temperlite
Temperlite Santa Marina
Thorex Connex
Triplex
Triplex Plate
Tuflite
Tyneside
Veracetex

Table 5-1-4. Glossary of codes for safety glass (including laminated glass) (Note 1) (Note 4)
L laminated glass
F float glass
P plate glass
LF laminated float
LP laminated plate
/
toughened, when near the mark
// or ///
laminated, when near the mark
TS toughened glass
TP toughened plate
T toughened or tempered
Z zone tempered
HP high performance laminated safety glass
WHP complies with impact test (windscreen high performance laminated safety glass)
DOT Department of Transport (USA)
AS 1 or
AS 2
the glass, in the direction of the arrow, complies with the 70% light transmission requirement
ANSI American National Standards Institute
FMVSS codes
AS1 for use anywhere in the vehicle
AS2 for use anywhere in the vehicle other than windscreen
AS3 for rear and rear side windows only
AS4 and
AS5
for glazing not used for drivers vision (eg the rear window of heavy truck cabs or convertible tops,
windows/doors in motorhome bodies, ute canopies, rear windows on buses, roof glazing etc)
Glazing cut from mother sheet
L.76WHP laminated, 0.76 mm interlayer, suitable for all locations
L.38 laminated, 0.38 mm interlayer, must not be used for windscreens
PCZ26.1 polycarbonate, meets requirements of ANSI Z26, must not be used for windscreens
Table 5-1-5. Types and maximum sizes of windscreen damage (Note 2).

Overlays (Note 1):
See below for overlays on windscreens,
windows, and sun roofs
overlays do not:
have any bubbling or other defect that could unreasonably impair vision,
or
affect the performance of any high-mounted stop lamp fitted to the
vehicle.
Windscreens:
Stickers (Note 1)

stickers are wholly within 100mm of the top or bottom edge, or 50mm of
the side edges (Note 4), unless required or permitted by legislation, eg:
a licence label
a WoF label
Anti-glare band overlay
(Note 1)

the overlay does not extend below the bottom edge of the vehicles OE
sun visors when they are folded down as far as possible towards the
windscreen, and
the overlay does not contain print below a line that is 100 mm below
and parallel to the top edge of the windscreen (Note 4).
Clear or transparent stoneguard overlay
(Note 1)
the vehicle is not of class MA or MC, and
the overlay is applied only to the bottom edge of the windscreen, and
the top edge of the overlay does not extend any higher than the highest
point of the steering wheel.
Radio antennae
antennae are wholly within 100mm of any edge (Note 4).
Front side windows:
35%.
Stickers
stickers are wholly within 100mm of the bottom edge, or 50 mm of any
other edge, unless required or permitted by legislation.
Radio antennae
class MA vehicles except stretch limousines and body transfer vehicles:
35%, and
Stickers
the stickers are wholly within 100mm of any edge unless they are:
required for motorsport purposes (such as competition numbers
or competitor names), and the vehicle has a valid motorsport
authority card.
Radio antennae
any vehicle class except MA, but including stretch limousines and body transfer vehicles:
Stickers
stickers may be applied anywhere on the glazing but, if not wholly
within 100mm of any edge (Note 4), the vehicle must be equipped on
both sides with external rear-view mirrors.
Radio antennae
Monsoon shields
Electric demisters
Figure 5-1-1 Approved standards markings

Figure 5-1-2. Typical laminated glazing markings (Note 1)

Figure 5-1-3. Typical markings required on glazing cut from mother sheet


Figure 5-1-5. Actual maximum sizes of types of windscreen damage

Note Due to different screen resolutions and sizes the above image may not be shown at actual size.

Figure 5-1-6. Minimum VLT limits for modified glazing (tinted overlays) for different vehicle classes

Note The minimum VLT for any windscreen is 70% but no overlays may be fitted.
Mandatory equipment
Glazing markings
1. Windscreens and other glazing must be permanently and indelibly marked as complying with an approved trade name or
approved vehicle standard as shown in Table 5-1-1 and Table 5-1-2 unless excluded as below:
a) glazing marked by a vendor or installer, and fitted in a vehicle before 1 January 1997, may be marked by means of a
self-adhesive label
b) plastic glazing behind the drivers seat in a soft-top convertible need not be marked
c) hard plastic material behind the drivers seat in a vehicle manufactured before 1 January 1991 need not be marked.
2. Glazing marked by the vendor or installer must contain wording, characters or symbols that indicate the approved vehicle
standard, and the:
a) type of glazing, and
b) thickness of the glazing in millimetres or, in the case of laminated glass only, the thickness of the intervening layer of
plastic, and
c) identity of the vendor or installer of the glazing.
Permitted glazing
3. Wire glass may be used in any window behind the drivers seat, if required or allowed under any legislation.
4. Vehicles of class MD1 or MD2 may be fitted with the following, which may be made of a transparent material of a kind that
does not shatter:
a) curved scenic skylights above the cant rail
b) curved windows at the front and rear corners
c) skylights
d) louvres
e) interior partitions.
Glazing condition
Glazing performance
Glazing removal
14. Permanent removal of OE-specified glazing that affects the structural integrity of the vehicle (eg bonded glazing) must be
certified in accordance with the Low Volume Vehicle Code.
16. Glazing must not have any scratches or other defects that unreasonably impair vision or compromise the strength of the
glazing.
17. Modifications must not:
a) unreasonably impair vision through a windscreen or a front side window, or a rear or rear side window in the case of MA
vehicles other than stretch limousines or body transfer vehicles, or
Windscreen repair
18. Windscreens: a repair to a windscreen carried out on or after 1 January 1997 must comply with whichever of the following
standards is applicable at the date of repair:
a) New Zealand standard 5470: 1993, Code of Practice for Automotive Windscreen Repair (superseded by Australian
Standard/New Zealand standard 2366: 1999, Windscreen Repairs), or
b) Australian standard 2366-1990, Repair of Laminated Glass Windscreens fitted to Road Vehicles (superseded by
Australian Standard/New Zealand standard 2366: 1999, Windscreen Repairs).
5-2 Sun visors
Mandatory equipment
(Note 1).
Condition
2. A sun visor:
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Mandatory equipment
(Note 1).
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modification
Mandatory equipment
Condition
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
Performance
Modifications
Mandatory equipment
wash system.
January 1960.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
vehicle:
and performance.
Mandatory equipment
1. A mandatory rear-view mirror identified in Table 5-4-1 is missing.
Condition
Performance
Modifications
4. A modification affects rear-view mirrors, and:
Note 1
A vehicle with overlays on the rear side windows and rear screen must be fitted with a left-hand and a right-hand exterior
mirror.
Table 5-4-1. Mandatory requirements for rear-view mirrors
For left-hand drive vehicles, read R/H side instead of L/H side, and L/H side instead of R/H side.
Vehicle class
Year of manufacture
Before 1 January 2000 From 1 January 2000
MA, MB, MC External R/H side or interior External R/H side and interior
NA External R/H side or interior External R/H side and interior or external L/H side
MD1, MD2 External R/H side and external L/H side External R/H side and external L/H side
Additional or substituted rear-view mirrors , or removal of a non-
mandatory mirror
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with one or more of the rear-view mirrors listed in Table 5-4-1.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
6. The fitting of additional rear-view mirrors, or a modification that affects rear-view mirrors, must be inspected and certified by
performance.
5-5 PSV driver's vision
1. The drivers view through the windscreen or front side window is obstructed.
2. A passenger seat is positioned so that its occupant obstructs the drivers view through the windscreen or front side windows.
3. The interior of the vehicle, except a stretch limousine, cannot be clearly seen by the driver either:
a) directly, or
b) indirectly using mirrors or closed-circuit cameras (Note 1).
4. A person in the exterior vicinity of any door used by passengers cannot be clearly seen by the driver either:
a) directly, or
b) indirectly using existing rear-view mirrors, additional mirrors, or closed-circuit cameras.
5. A required closed-circuit camera has a screen that does not operate.
Note 1
The indirect view may be provided using rear-view mirrors (section 5-4), additional mirrors, or closed-circuit cameras.
Performance
1. The vehicle must provide the driver with a direct or indirect (Note 1) clear view of:
a) the interior of the vehicle (except for stretch limousines), and
b)any person in the exterior vicinity of any door used by passengers.
2. Seats must not be positioned where their occupants will obstruct the drivers view through the windscreen or front side
windows.
3. A closed-circuit camera system may be fitted to provide the driver with an indirect view on a television screen.
5-6 PSV demisters
Mandatory equipment
1. The windscreen or a side window used by the driver is not equipped with demisting equipment.
2. The demisting equipment:
b) is ineffective, eg the air is not hot enough or there is insufficient volume, or
c) cannot be operated from the drivers seat.
Mandatory equipment
1. The front windscreen and side windows used by the driver must be equipped with effective demisting equipment, adjustable
from the drivers seat.
6 Entrance and exit
Mandatory equipment
Equipment condition
Modifications
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Tables and images
occupants)
Note


Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Equipment condition
Modifications
performance.
6-2 PSV doors and doorways
Reasons for Rejection
Mandatory equipment
General
1. Refer to section 6-1.
2. A PSV does not have at least one doorway for passenger entry or exit on the left-hand side of the vehicle, unless it is:
a) an outdoor-access vehicle, or
b) a vehicle fitted with equipment for people with special mobility requirements.
3. An outdoor-access vehicle does not have at least one doorway for passenger entry or exit on the left-hand side or in the rear
of the vehicle.
4. On a motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV on or after 1 July 2000, a door, except for a left-front door alongside and
within direct line of sight of the driver, does not have a device that warns the driver if the door is not closed properly.
Power-operated doors
5. A motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV before 1 July 2000 that has a door which is controlled from the drivers seat
does not have either:
a) a sign by the door, in letters at least 10 mm high, which states: In an emergency use door control by the drivers seat, or
b) emergency controls which:
i. are fitted on or next to the door, both inside and outside the vehicle, or
ii. have easy-to-understand operating instructions fitted next to them, both inside and outside the vehicle.
6. A motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV on or after 1 July 2000 that has a door which is controlled from the drivers
seat does not have emergency controls which:
a) can be operated in an emergency when the PSV is stationary, or
b) are fitted on or next to the door, both inside and outside the vehicle, or
c) have easy-to-understand operating instructions fitted next to them, both inside and outside the vehicle.
General
8. A door locks automatically when it is closed.
9. A small passenger service vehicle (Note 2) has a speed-sensitive or other automatic central-locking device that causes any
door to stay locked while the vehicle is stationary.
10. A safety device installed during the manufacture of the vehicle to prevent the doors from being opened from inside the
vehicle, eg a child safety lock (Note 1), has not been removed or permanently deactivated, and
a) an approved sign (Figure 6-2-1) is not displayed adjacent to the exterior handle of each rear side door, or
b) the approved sign is not clearly legible, or
c) in the case of a class MD2 vehicle, a valid exemption cannot be produced.
11. A door that is not controlled by the driver cannot be opened from outside the vehicle.
12. A doorway provided for passenger entry or exit is obstructed.
13. A device to warn the driver that the door is not closed properly:
a) does not function correctly, or
b) is not effective.
14. A door or doorway is in such a condition that it is likely to injure passengers entering or leaving the vehicle.
15. An emergency door control sign or operating instruction is not clearly legible.
16. An emergency door control:
a) cannot be operated when the PSV is stationary, or
b) does not allow the door to be operated manually in the event of a power failure, or
c) has a component that has significantly deteriorated so that its operation in an emergency is likely to be compromised.
17. A power-operated door is such that it is likely to injure or trap a person eg by excessive opening or closing force (Note 3)
(Technical bulletin (CoF) 5), or damage or deterioration.
Modification
19. A door or doorway was modified since the last CoF inspection and there is no written confirmation that items affected by the
modification comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Note 1
Note 2
Small passenger service vehicle means a vehicle used or available for use in a passenger service for the carriage of
passengers that is designed or adapted to carry 12 or fewer persons (including the driver).
Note 3
A power-operated door may be deemed acceptable in terms of potential injury or entrapment of a person due to excessive
closing force if:
a) the door is located at the left-front of the vehicle within the drivers direct line of sight*, and is opened and closed by means
of a driver-operated control, or
b) the door automatically opens when it meets an obstruction, and remains open until being closed using the driver-operated
control, or
c) in the event that the door closes onto part of a person, the person can readily extract the trapped part (see Technical
Bulletin 5: Power-operated door test procedure (PSV)).
* For this purpose, direct line of sight is where the driver has a clear view of the door.
Figure 6-2-1. Approved child safety lock sign (white text on red background)

Mandatory equipment
General
2. A PSV must have at least one doorway for passenger entry or exit on the left-hand side of the vehicle, unless it is:
a) an outdoor-access vehicle, and a doorway for passenger entry or exit is provided in the rear, or
b) a vehicle fitted with equipment for people with special mobility requirements.
3. On a motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV on or after 1 July 2000, a door, except a left-front door alongside and
within direct line of sight of the driver, must have a device that warns the driver if the door is not closed properly.
must have:
i. can be operated in an emergency when the PSV is stationary, and
ii. are fitted on or next to the door, both inside and outside the vehicle, and
iii. have easy-to-understand operating instructions fitted next to them, both inside and outside the vehicle.
seat must have emergency controls which:
a) can be operated in an emergency when the PSV is stationary, and
b) are fitted on or next to the door, both inside and outside the vehicle, and
Performance
General
6. A door and its operation must meet the requirements of section 6-1, except:
safety devices installed during the manufacture of the vehicle to prevent the doors from being opened from the
inside of the vehicle (eg a child safety lock (Note 1)) must be removed or permanently deactivated (unless the
vehicle is a small passenger service vehicle (Note 2) and a sign approved by the NZTA is displayed at the outer
door handle), and
doors that are not controlled by the driver must be able to be opened from both inside and outside the vehicle when
someone is in the vehicle except when the occupant has locked the doors, and
a door must be operable by any occupant next to the door, from inside the vehicle.
7. A doorway provided for passenger entry or exit must be clear of obstruction.
8. A door must not lock automatically when it is closed.
9. Speed-sensitive or other automatically operating central-locking devices fitted to a small passenger service vehicle (Note 2)
must not automatically cause any door to be locked while the vehicle is stationary.
10. A power-operated door must be maintained so that the opening and closing force of the door, or its method of operation, is
unlikely to injure or trap any person (Note 3) (Technical bulletin (CoF) 5).
Modification
11. If a PSV doorway has been modified since it was last certified for operation in-service and the modification has affected the
doors operation or the doorway dimensions, the doorway must comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Page amended April 28 2014 (see amendment details).
6-3 PSV entry and exit steps, ramps and hoists
1. A wheelchair ramp or hoist fitted to a PSV that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or a
wheelchair ramp or hoist fitted to a PSV on or after 1 July 2000, does not have evidence of LVV specialist certification, that is
the vehicle is not fitted with a valid LVV certification plate.
2. An entry and exit step or ramp:
a) does not have a slip-resistant tread surface, or
b) does not provide safe entry or exit for occupants, eg:
i. the tread surface is slippery or has significantly deteriorated, or
ii. the structure or its attachment is loose or significantly deteriorated.
3. A ramp or retractable step does not:
a) operate correctly, or
b) remain secure in its retracted position or when in use.
Wheelchair hoists (Note 1)
4. A wheelchair hoist:
a) does not operate correctly, or
b) is not securely fitted to the vehicle, or
c) has a component which is missing, insecure or has significantly deteriorated, or
d) if power-operated, does not incorporate a braking function that actuates when the control device is released, or
e) when powered down, does not have a device that prevents jacking of the vehicle, or
f) if side-mounted, does not have a means of warning the driver when the hoist is not stowed, or
g) has moving parts which touch the vehicle during the raising/lowering cycle, or
h) platform does not provide safe parking for the wheelchair, or
i) is not fitted with a constraint to prevent the wheelchair rolling off the platform, or
j) platform cannot be manually deployed and lowered.
Wheelchair ramps (Note 2)
5. On a vehicle fitted with a wheelchair ramp that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or on a
PSV fitted with a wheelchair ramp on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair ramp and its fitting to a PSV:
a) does not, from the driving position, allow an unobstructed view of :
i. the exterior and interior of the doorway used for entry and exit, or
ii. the wheelchair parking position, or
iii. the ramp, unless where the ramp is power operated and cannot be seen clearly by the driver, or
b) if it is power operated and cannot be clearly seen by the driver, does not stop or retract if it meets an obstruction
before it is fully extended, or
c) does not have on the ramp side edges:
i. a safety ridge, or
ii. a conspicuous stripe at least 20 mm wide, or
d) does not have adequate illumination of the fully extended ramp to enable safe use during the hours of darkness, or
e) if it is power operated, the ramp:
i. has no audible warning while the ramp is extending or retracting, or
ii. has no safety system to prevent the vehicle from moving off while the ramp is extended, or
iii. cannot be manually deployed and lowered in the event of a power failure.
6. A wheelchair ramp:
a) if side-mounted, has no device that warns the driver when the ramp is not stowed, or
b) has a moving part which touches the vehicle during the raising/lowering cycle.
Modification
7. An entry and exit step or ramp, or a wheelchair hoist or ramp, was modified since the last CoF inspection and there is no
written confirmation that items affected by the modification comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Note 1
Wheelchair hoist means an appliance attached to the vehicle used for raising or lowering wheelchairs and their occupants
into or out of the vehicle.
Note 2
Wheelchair ramp means an inclined platform that is either permanently or temporarily attached to the vehicle to allow
wheelchairs and their occupants into or out of the vehicle.
AS 3856.11991
AS 3856.21991
AS/NZS 3856.11998
AS/NZS 3856.21998.
1. On a vehicle fitted with a wheelchair ramp that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or on
a PSV fitted with a wheelchair ramp on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair ramp and its fitting to a PSV must be certified by
an LVV Specialist Certifier.
2. On a vehicle fitted with a wheelchair hoist that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or on
a PSV fitted with a wheelchair hoist on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair hoist and its attachment to a PSV must be certified
by an LVV Specialist Certifier.
3. The step-tread surfaces of entry and exit steps and ramps must be of a slip-resistant material.
4. Entry and exit steps and ramps must provide safe entry or exit for the occupants of a PSV.
5. External steps and ramps must be constructed so that they are not likely to injure any person.
modified.
8. On a vehicle fitted with a wheelchair ramp that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or on
a PSV fitted with a wheelchair ramp on or after 1 July 2000:
a) there must be an unobstructed view from the driving position, either directly or indirectly of:
i. the exterior and interior of the doorway used for entry and exit, and
ii. the wheelchair parking position, and
iii. the ramp, except where the ramp is power operated and cannot be seen clearly by the driver, it must be fitted
with a sensor so that the ramp stops or retracts if it meets an obstruction before it is fully extended, and
b) ramps must have a slip-resistant surface, and
c) ramps must have:
i. a safety ridge along the side edges, or
ii. a conspicuous stripe, at least 20mm wide, along the side edges, and
d) there must be adequate illumination of the fully extended ramp to enable safe use during the hours of darkness, and
e) power-operated ramps must:
i. be fitted with a device that gives audible warning while the ramp is extending or retracting, and
ii. have a safety system to prevent the vehicle from moving off while the ramp is extended, and
iii. be able to be operated in the event of power failure.
Modification
9. An entry and exit step or ramp, or a wheelchair hoist or ramp, fitted to or modified on a light PSV since it was last certified
for operation in-service, must meet the requirements for entry certification.
6-4 PSV emergency exits
Mandatory equipment
Emergency exits (Note 3)
1. The compartment (Note 2) of a class MD1 or MD2 PSV does not have at least two emergency exits (Note 6).
Signs and markings (Note 1) (MD1 and MD2 vehicles only)
2. A dedicated emergency exit does not have at least one of the following:
a) a coloured band on the inside frame, at least 20mm wide, which contrasts with the background
b) signs on the exit, both inside and outside the PSV, with the words EMERGENCY EXIT in letters that are at least 75mm
high.
3. A clear sign instruction for opening the exit:
a) is not displayed on or next to every dedicated emergency exit and power-operated passenger entry and exit door, both
inside and outside the PSV, or
b) does not include the word "Emergency" in letters that are at least 10mm high, or
c) does not have words or drawings that identify the exit, and that clearly identify and describe or illustrate its operating
mechanism.
Dedicated emergency exits (Note 4)
4. A breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit does not have a device, (eg a hammer) that is capable of breaking the glass,
fitted in a prominent position on or next to trhe glass inside the PSV.
5. The glazing of a breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit:
a) is laminated, or
b) is not made of readily breakable, toughened safety glass (refer to section 5-1 of this manual for markings), or
c) has been modified, covered or treated in a way which might adversely affect the breakability or the removal of the glass,
eg it has a vinyl overlay.
6. A chain or similar device used to retain a dedicated emergency exit is not easily breakable or detachable.
7. A seat which is designed to tilt out of the way to provide access to a dedicated emergency exit does not have:
a) a single-action tilting mechanism, or
b) a tilting mechanism that has an automatic locking device which locks the seat in the tilted position, or
c) operating instructions.
Performance
Dedicated emergency exits (Note 4)(MD1 and MD2 vehicles only)
8. The removal of a readily removeable glass-breaking device (eg a hammer) does not generate an audible or visible warning
to the driver that the hammer has been removed or tampered with.
9. A dedicated emergency exit, including its control mechanisms or associated equipment:
a) is likely to injure or trap any person, if it is operated according to the operating instructions, or
b) does not open easily from both inside and outside the vehicle when stationary, or
c) has sharp edges on the frame, or
d) has security locks or similar devices that do not give audible and visible warning to the driver when the exit is locked and
the engine is running.
10. Internal access to a dedicated emergency exit is obstructed.
11. A hinged or hatch-type dedicated emergency exit does not open easily from both inside and outside the PSV (Note 5).
12. The opening of a hinged or hatch-type dedicated emergency exit does not generate an audible warning to the driver that
the opening mechanism is activated, with the exception of:
a) an emergency hatch in the floor of the upper deck of a double-decked vehicle
b) an emergency roof hatch, if its internal opening device is sealed in such a way that it is clearly apparent if the seal has
been opened
c) an emergency window, if its internal opening device is sealed in such a way that it is clearly apparent if the seal has
been opened.
Modification
13. An emergency exit was modified (including fitting or removal) since the last CoF inspection and there is no written
confirmation that items affected by the modification comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Note 1
These requirements are for light PSV emergency exit signs. Section 7-10 covers signs and instructions generally.
Note 2
Compartment, for the purposes of emergency exits, means:
a) the separated drivers compartment
b) the upper and lower passenger compartments of a double-decked vehicle
c) the front and rear sections of the passenger compartment of an articulated bus
d) the passenger compartment of a single-decked non-articulated bus.
Note 3
a) a door used for the entry and exit of the occupants and, for this purpose, a door of double width is a single emergency exit
Note 4
Dedicated emergency exit means any doorway, window, hatch or other opening that is designed and constructed solely to
provide a means of leaving the vehicle in the event of an emergency.
Note 5
Check the operation of an emergency exit only if it can be done without causing damage.
Note 6
A sliding or similar type of dedicated emergency exit, which is likely to jam even with slight distortion of the vehicle body, must
not be taken into account when counting the number of required emergency exits.
Mandatory equipment
1. The compartment (Note 2) of a class MD1 or MD2 PSV must have at least two emergency exits.
Signs and markings (Note 1) (MD1 and MD2 vehicles only)
2. A dedicated emergency exit must have:
a) a coloured band on the inside frame, at least 20mm wide, which contrasts with the background, or
high.
3. A clear instruction sign for opening the exit must be displayed:
a) both inside and outside the vehicle on or next to every:
i. power-operated passenger entry and exit door, and
ii. dedicated emergency exit, and
b) the clear instruction sign must include:
i. the word "Emergency" in letters that are at least 10mm high, and
ii. words or drawings that identify the exit, and clearly identify and describe or illustrate its operating mechanism.
Dedicated emergency exits (Note 4) (MD1 and MD2 vehicles only)
4. A breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit must have a device that is capable of breaking the glass to enable the safe exit
of passengers, and:
a) is provided in a prominent position on or next to the glass, on the inside of the vehicle, and
b) if the device is readily removable, there must be an audible or visual alarm system that alerts the driver if the device is
removed or tampered with.
5. Seats which are designed to tilt out of the way to provide access to a dedicated emergency exit must have:
a) a single-action tilting mechanism, and
b) a tilting mechanism that has an automatic locking device which locks the seat in the tilted position, and
6. A chain or similar device used to retain the dedicated emergency exit must be easily breakable or detachable.
7. The glazing of a breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit must:
a) not be laminated, and
b) be made of readily breakable, toughened safety glass (refer to section 5-1 of this manual for markings), and
c) not be modified, covered or treated in a way which might adversely affect the breakability or the removal of the glass.
Performance
8. A dedicated emergency exit, its control mechanisms and associated equipment must comply with the following
requirements:
a) its operation must be unlikely to injure or trap any person, if it is operated according to the operating instructions, and
b) it must open easily from both inside and outside the vehicle when stationary, and
c) the frame must not have sharp edges, and
d) security locks or similar devices , if fitted, must have a device which gives audible and visible warning to the driver when
the exit is locked and the engine is running.
9. Internal access to a dedicated emergency exit must not be obstructed.
10. A dedicated emergency exit must open easily from both inside and outside the PSV.
11. A dedicated emergency exit must have an audible alarm system to warn the driver if the opening mechanism is activated,
with the exception of:
a) a breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit
b) an emergency hatch in the floor of the upper deck of a double-decked vehicle
c) an emergency roof hatch or emergency window, if its internal opening device is sealed in such a way that it is clearly
apparent if the seal has been opened.
Modification
12. If an emergency exit or dedicated emergency exit is fitted to or modified on a light PSV since it was last certified for
operation in-service, the emergency exit or dedicated emergency exit must meet the requirements for entry certification.
7 Vehicle interior
Mandatory equipment
7. There is corrosion damage within 150mm of a seat anchorage (Note 4).
8. There is corrosion damage within 300mm of the anchorage of a seat with integrated seatbelt anchorages (Note 4).
Modification
Note 1
A seat may be able to be rotated or placed to face in different directions.
Note 2
Note 3 Definitions
equipment.
Seat means an assembly, or part of an assembly, intended to seat at least one person, which may or may not be integral to the
structure of the vehicle, and includes components, such as rails and runners, that attach to the seat anchorages.
Seat anchorages means the parts of the vehicle structure to which a seat is attached.
Note 4
Note 5
Where a seat with an integrated airbag is fitted with a seat cover that is not airbag compatible, this modification is allowed (a
pass), but the inspector should advise the operator, for example by putting a note on the checksheet , that the seat airbag may
not work properly in a crash. Airbag compatible seat covers are now readily available.
Aftermarket Retro brand child
seats designed for children 5
12 years old (up to 38kg)
the seat is identified as complying with the Australian Federal Code of Practice
VSB-5A (category 2 and 3) and installed by Auckland Auto Trimmers or their
agents before 1 June 2012.
Seats modification or
replacement or installation of a
seat anchorage after 1 March
1999
the seat is either an unmodified OE seat from another vehicle or of a known and
reputable aftermarket brand, and
the seatbelt anchorage or operation is not affected, and
the seat components (including brackets, runners and rails) are compatible with each
other, ie they are either OE components from a production vehicle or of a known and
reputable aftermarket brand, and are not fitted together by welding, and
the relationship between seat, seat occupant, front airbag and location of the seatbelt
Note LVV certification is not required where the only modification is the removal of seats
and/or seatbelts. However, a class change and a new load rating may be required in
some cases.
Note This means that a campervan conversion completed on or after 1/3/1999, other than
a camper box fitted to an unmodified cab and chassis, always requires LVV certification.
Seat pads or covers (see (Note 5) for seats with integrated
airbags)
Mandatory equipment
vehicle structure.
Modification
7. A modification, on or after 1 March 1999 to a seat or seat anchorage must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist
performance.
7-2 PSV seating
1. On a vehicle fitted with a wheelchair or wheelchair and occupant restraint that entered passenger service in New Zealand
on or after 1 July 2000, or on a light PSV fitted with a wheelchair occupant restraint on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair or
wheelchair and occupant restraint has not been certified by an LVV specialist certifier.
2. The driver's seat is not adjustable.
3. Refer to section 7-1, general vehicle pages.
4. There is a seat on the right-hand side of the drivers seat.
5. A forward-facing passenger seat (other than one fitted with a seatbelt) does not have either another seat, a partition or a
guard rail positioned no more than 1m in front of the front edge of the seat.
6. A vehicle, except any outdoor-access vehicle (Note 2), that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand:
a) before 1 July 2000 does not have armrests fitted to the open ends of sideways-facing seats, or
b) on or after 1 July 2000 does not have armrests fitted to sideways-facing seats at intervals of 1.8 m or less as well as to
the open ends of sideways-facing seats.
7. A folding crew seat (Note 1):
a) is fitted other than in the stairwell of the front doorway, or
b) does not fold away automatically when unoccupied, or
c) does not have clear signs stating that the seats:
i. are for use by crew members only, or
ii. must be secured in the fold-away position when they are not being used.
Wheelchair and wheelchair-occupant restraints
8. A PSV that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, and is designed to carry a forward-facing
wheelchair and occupant, is not fitted with a restraint system for a wheelchair.
9. A light PSV that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 and that is designed to carry a rearward-
facing wheelchair and occupant is not fitted with a backrest head support and a restraint system for a wheelchair.
10. A restraint system for a wheelchair, or for a wheelchair and occupant, on a vehicle that entered passenger service in New
Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or that was fitted with such equipment on or after 1 July 2000 does not include:
a) a horizontal handrail adjacent to the wheelchair parking position for wheelchair occupants to steady themselves while
the passenger service vehicle is moving, or
b) a means of preventing the wheelchair from tipping backwards, or
c) a head support if the back of the wheelchair occupants head would be against a window, bulkhead or partition, or
d) a means of preventing the wheelchair from swinging out of position or tipping over, or
e) a sign adjacent to the wheelchair parking position stating that the restraint system must be secured and the wheelchairs
brakes applied, or
f) easily accessible quick-release mechanisms.
12. A wheelchair or wheelchair-occupant restraint does not meet the condition and performance requirements of section 7-5,
general vehicle pages.
13. The driver does not have safe and reasonably easy access to the drivers seat.
14. The driving controls are not protected, or located in such a way as to minimise the risk that they will be operated
accidentally.
Modification
16. A seat or seating arrangement, including a wheelchair or wheelchair occupant restraint system, has been modified since
the last CoF inspection and there is no written confirmation that items affected by the modification comply with the
requirements for entry certification.
Note 1
Crew, in relation to a PSV, means the person or group of persons in control or having responsibility for the operation of the
vehicle or the wellbeing of the passengers.
Note 2
Outdoor-access vehicle means a motor vehicle that is used to provide access to remote areas solely in connection with
outdoor activities.
on or after 1 July 2000, or on a light PSV fitted with a wheelchair occupant restraint on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair
occupant restraint must be certified by an LVV specialist certifier.
2. A driver's seat must be adjustable to ensure the driver has access to the driving controls.
4. There must not be a seat on the right-hand side of the drivers seat.
5. Every forward-facing passenger seat must have either another seat, a partition or a guard rail positioned no more than 1 m
in front of the front edge of the seat unless the seat is fitted with a seatbelt.
6. A vehicle, except any outdoor-access vehicle (Note 2), that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand:
a) before 1 July 2000 must have armrests fitted to the open ends of sideways-facing seats, or
b) on or after 1 July 2000 must have armrests fitted to sideways-facing seats at intervals of 1.8 m or less as well as to the
open ends of sideways-facing seats.
7. Folding crew seats (Note 1):
a) may be fitted only in the stairwell of the front doorway of a PSV, and
b) must fold away automatically when unoccupied, and
c) must have clear signs stating that the seats:
i. are for use by crew members only, and
Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or that was fitted with such equipment on or after 1 July 2000, must comply with all of the
following requirements:
a) there must be a horizontal handrail adjacent to the wheelchair parking position for wheelchair occupants to steady
themselves while the passenger service vehicle is moving, and
b) the wheelchair must be prevented from tipping backwards, and
c) a head support must be fitted if the back of the wheelchair occupants head would be against a window, bulkhead or
partition, and
d) a restraint system must be fitted to prevent the wheelchair from swinging out of position or tipping over, and
e) there must be a sign adjacent to the wheelchair parking position stating that the restraint system must be secured and
the wheelchairs brakes applied, and
f) the restraint system must include easily accessible quick-release mechanisms.
9. A PSV that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 that is designed to carry a forward-facing
wheelchair and occupant must be fitted with a restraint system for a wheelchair.
10. A light PSV that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 that is designed to carry a rearward-
facing wheelchair and occupant, must be fitted with a backrest head support and a restraint system for a wheelchair.
12. The driver must have safe and reasonably easy access to the drivers seat.
13. The driving controls must be protected, or located in such a way as to minimise the risk that they will be operated
accidentally.
Modification
15. If a passenger seat, crew seat, wheelchair restraint system, or wheelchair and occupant restraint system is fitted, relocated
or modified in a light PSV since it was last certified for operation in-service, the passenger seat, crew seat, wheelchair restraint
system or wheelchair and occupant restraint system must comply with the requirements for entry certification.

7-3 Head restraints
occupant.
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Fitting of or
modification to:
of 2500 kg or less:
LCD screens to head
restraints
vehicles, or
Permitted equipment
Modification
is:
performance.
7-4 PSV aisles
Note An unmodified vehicle is not required to comply with section 7-4 provided that it complies with either:
UN/ECE 36 and UN/ECE 66; UN/ECE 107 and UN/ECE 66; UN/ECE 52 or Directive 2001/85/EC.
Mandatory equipment
1. A PSV does not have at least one of the following:
a) an aisle to provide unobstructed access throughout the PSV from each doorway used for passenger entry and exit
b) a door alongside every seat or every row of forward-facing or rearward-facing seats
c) a doorway that gives access to a compartment with fewer than nine seating positions in two rows of seats that face each
other and opens into the space between the seats
d) in an outdoor-access vehicle with sideways-facing seats, at least a 300 mm space between the front edges of seats
which face each other, and at least 300 mm foot room for any other seats.
Aisle steps and ramps
2. A flight of aisle steps, an internal ramp or a landing is not provided with handrails, handholds, or handgrips.
Aisles in a PSV used for standing passengers
3. A PSV with a certificate of loading that allows standing passengers is not fitted with handrails, handholds or handgrips
whose number and location are appropriate for:
a) the number of passengers permitted to occupy the aisle, or
b) passengers of different heights.
4. A light, push button, air vent or similar device:
a) projects more than 5 mm into the required minimum aisle space, or
b) is not designed to minimise the risk of injury to passengers.
5. A handrail, handhold or handgrip is:
a) not suitable, or
c) in a condition such that it is likely to injure a person.
6. The aisle step-tread surfaces are:
a) not of a slip-resistant material, or
b) slippery or have deteriorated so that they are no longer safe to use.
Modification
7. An aisle arrangement was modified since the last CoF inspection and there is no written confirmation that items affected by
the modification comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Mandatory equipment
1. An aisle is required in a PSV to provide unobstructed access throughout the PSV from each doorway used for passenger
entry and exit, except where:
a) there is a door alongside every seat or every row of forward- or rearward-facing seats, or
b) a doorway:
i. gives access to a compartment with fewer than nine seating positions in two rows of seats which face each other, and
ii. opens into the space between the seats, or
c) the sideways-facing seats in an outdoor-access vehicle have at least a 300 mm space between the front edges of seats
which face each other, and there is at least 300 mm foot room for any other seats.
2. Aisle steps, internal ramps and landings must be provided with suitable handrails, handholds or handgrips.
3. If the certificate of loading allows standing passengers to be carried on the PSV, handrails, handholds or handgrips must be
fitted, whose number and location must be appropriate for the number of passengers permitted to occupy the aisle and for
passengers of different heights.
Performance
4. An aisle, where required, must provide unobstructed access throughout the PSV from each doorway used for passenger
entry and exit.
5. The aisle, where required, must be clear of any fixture, except that lights, push buttons, air vents, and similar devices may
project up to 5 mm into the required minimum aisle-height space, provided it is designed to minimise the risk of injury to
passengers.
6. The aisle step-tread surfaces must be of a slip-resistant material.
Modification
7. If an aisle in a PSV has been modified since it was last certified for operation in-service, the aisle must meet the
Mandatory equipment
1. A seatbelt (Note 1) of the type specified in Table 7-5-1 (first registered in NZ before 1/1/1991), Table 7-5-2 (first registered in
NZ between 1/1/1991 and 31/3/2002)and Table 7-5-3 (first registered in NZ from 1/4/2002) has not been fitted (see (Note 18)
for permitted specialist seatbelts), and
a) the requirements for specific motor vehicles in Table 7-5-4 are not met, or
b) the requirements for modification in Table 7-5-5 are not met.
2. A seat that can be rotated or reversed to face in different directions, for which seatbelts are not provided for all directions,
has no notice easily visible by the seat occupant that indicates the direction the seat must (or must not) face when the vehicle
is moving.
Condition
Seatbelts
3. The seatbelt assembly is not securely fixed to a seatbelt anchorage.
may enter the interior components, or that they may cause damage to the interior components, mechanisms or webbing.
a) a cut, including a cut on the surface, or
b) a rip or tear, or
c) fraying, or
d) stretching (eg the belt has unusual web patterns or the webbing is deformed, will not lie flat, or is curled or rippled), or
e) fading so that most of the colour has been bleached, and:
i. shows signs of chalking, or a powdery residue is evident on the webbing, or
ii. it has become stiff
f) been dyed to conceal fading, or
g) contamination from grease, paint, solvents or similar products.
h) been replaced or shows other signs of repair (Note 14) and there is no evidence of approval from the seatbelt
manufacturer.
Note Such approval is very unlikely.
6. The seatbelt stitching:
a) is damaged or insecure, or
b) shows signs of home repair, eg gluing, stitching by hand or home sewing machine, staples, bolts, or rivets, or
c) indicates that the 'rip stitch' system has been activated, ie the stitching is broken and a 'REPLACE BELT' label has been
exposed near the lower seatbelt anchorage, or this label has been cut off.
b) do not lock, or
8. A component is missing (Note 19), or is cracked, distorted, damaged or deteriorated in such a way that:
b) it may damage another component or the webbing, or
c) foreign matter may enter the interior of the mechanism, or
d) the seatbelt or a seatbelt component cannot function as intended.
b) (plastic-covered webbing type) webbing has deteriorated, or is frayed, cut or faded, or
c) (solid metal type) is corroded, cracked or buckled, or
d) is not the correct type for the vehicle or the seating position.
10. A seatbelt pretensioning system has not been replaced after activation.
Seatbelt anchorages
11. A seatbelt anchorage (Note 12):
d) has evidence of corrosion damage (Note 13 and Note 17) or structural damage within 150 mm of a lower seatbelt
anchorage mounted in a wheel arch, or within 300 mm of any other seatbelt anchorage.
Performance
17. The web and/or vehicle sensitivity of a dual-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a front seating position does not
function correctly.
18. The vehicle sensitivity of a single-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a front seating position does not function
correctly.
19. The web sensitivity of a dual-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a rear seating position does not function correctly.
20. The vehicle sensitivity of a single-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a rear seating position does not function correctly.
Modification
21. A modification affects a seatbelt or seatbelt anchorage including fitting of an alternative type of seatbelt, or a modification
(since 1 January 1992) that affects a seatbelt anchorage, and
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Single-sensitive means a seatbelt retractor that, during normal driving conditions, allows freedom of movement by the wearer
Note 4
Dual-sensitive means a seatbelt retractor that, during normal driving conditions, allows freedom of movement by the wearer of
Note 5
Note 6
Outer seating position means a seating position next to a side wall of a vehicle where there is no more than 500mm between
the longitudinal centre of the seat and the side wall.
Note 7
Note 8
Note 9
Monocoque, in relation to a motor vehicle, means that the chassis of the vehicle is integral to the body.
Note 10
Note 11
Motorhome means a motor vehicle, other than a trailer, that is permanently equipped with features intended to make the
vehicle suitable as a dwelling place, and must include at least one sleeping berth and one table, both of which may be of a
design that allows them to be retracted or folded away.
Note 12
Note 13
Note 14
equipment.
Any repairs, such as webbing or retractor replacement, must be approved by the seatbelt manufacturer. Any
modification, such as fitting a different type of seatbelt or a seatbelt extension, must be approved by the seatbelt or
vehicle manufacturer. It is very unlikely that a repair or modification will be approved by the vehicle or seatbelt
manufacturer. Where such approval is claimed, the inspector must request appropriate evidence.
Note 15
Specialist seatbelt means a seatbelt that is designed for specialist purposes, and includes a full harness seatbelt used for
Note 16
anchorages.
Note 17
Note 18
A vehicle may be fitted with seatbelts other than of type L, S, R1 or R2 only if the seatbelts are of a specialist type (eg full
harness seatbelts), and:
a) the specialist seatbelts are the vehicle manufacturers original equipment specification, or
b) the specialist seatbelts have been fitted for a specific purpose (eg motorsport), and the operator produces a valid
LVV authority card, or
c) the vehicle is scratchbuilt and the specialist seatbelts are noted on the LVV plate.
Note 19
Some vehicles (such as the Peugeot 307 SW) are designed with rear OE seats that can be placed in any of the rear seating
positions provided by the vehicle manufacturer (4 or 5 positions in two rear rows). However, vehicle manufacturers may supply
rear seats only for one rear row, leaving two positions with only the upper seatbelt parts, but no seats and attached seatbelt
buckles.
If you are presented with such a vehicle with incomplete seatbelts, these incomplete seatbelts must be inspected as far as
practicable as presented (ie a seat/buckle is not required to be fitted in these positions). The vehicle may be passed only if
these incomplete seatbelts, including the webbing, retractor mechanism and anchorages, meet the condition and performance
requirements, and only if the vehicle is fitted with at least the number of seats to fit the first rear row of seats.
1
L Lap seatbelt
1
Table 7-5-1. Vehicles first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1991
Vehicle class Seating position (Note 5)
1/1/195531/10/1979 1/11/197931/12/1990
MA, MB, MC
(tare <2000 kg)
Front outer and drivers (Note 6)
S
2
R2
1, 3
Front middle (Note 7) L
Rear outer (Note 8) R2 or R1 or S
Rear middle L
NA (tare <2000 kg) Front outer and drivers
S
2
R2
1
Front middle L
1
A four-wheel-drive vehicle may be fitted with type S or type R1 seatbelts in the front outer seating position.
2
May retain OE seatbelts, but replacement seatbelts must be of type S, R1 or R2.
3
seatbelt in that position failed an in-service inspection on or after 1 April 2003 because of its condition or performance.
Refer to Technical bulletin 5 for requirements and exceptions.
1
L Lap seatbelt
1
Table 7-5-2. Vehicles first registered in New Zealand 1 January 1991 to 31 March 2002
1/1/195531/12/1960 1/1/196131/3/2002
MA, MB, MC
Front outer and drivers
S
1, 2
R2
5, 6
Front middle L
Rear outer
R2 or R1 or S
1
Rear middle L or S or R1 or R2
NA Front outer and drivers
S
1, 2
R2
5
Front middle L
MD1, MD2 Front outer and drivers
R2
3, 4, 5
Front middle
L
4
1
2
3
4
fitted, seatbelts must be retrofitted from 1 October 2003.
5
affixed to the vehicle in a position approved by the NZTA (see Figure 7-5-2, Figure 7-5-3, Figure 7-5-4, Figure 7-5-5 and
Figure 7-5-6). If missing, refer the vehicle to a TSD agent.
6
1
L Lap seatbelt
1
Table 7-5-3. Vehicles first registered in New Zealand from 1 April 2002
Vehicle class
Seating
position
Manufactured
1/1/1955
31/10/1979
1/11/1979
30/9/2003
1/10/2003
MA, MB, MC
Front outer and
drivers
S
1, 2
R2
5, 6
R2
5, 6
Front middle L L
Rear outer R2 or R1 or
S
1
R2 or R1
or R2
L or S or R1
or R2
NA (excluding motorhomes manufactured from 1 October
2003, refer to Table 7-5-4)
Front outer and
drivers
S
1, 2
R2
5
R2
5
Front middle L L
Rear outer R2 or R1
or R2
MD1, MD2
7 Front outer and
drivers
R2
3, 4, 5
R2
5
Front middle
L
3, 4 L
Rear outer R2 or R1
or R2
1
2
3
4
fitted, seatbelts must be retrofitted from 1 October 2003 (Note 10).
5
affixed to the vehicle in a position approved by the NZTA (see Figures 7-5-2 to 7-5-6). If missing, refer the vehicle to a TSDA.
6
7
MD2 vehicles must be issued with a CoF, please refer the vehicle to the nearest CoF testing station.
Table 7-5-4. Requirements for specific motor vehicles
Specific
vehicles
Mandatory equipment
Sideways-
facing
seating
positions
1. A Land Rover manufactured before 1 January 1991 does not require a seatbelt to be fitted.
2. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 October 2002 must have a seatbelt of any type fitted.
3. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 October 2002 must have a lap seatbelt fitted.
Vehicles
without a
structure to
fit required
seatbelts
4. A vehicle manufactured before 1 October 2003 may be fitted with lap belts in any seating position if the
vehicle has a permanent structure that ends less than 500mm above the top of the uncompressed seat
cushion (measured from a point 150mm forward of the lowest part of the back cushion), and OE upper
seatbelt anchorages are not fitted.
5. An class MA or MC vehicle manufactured before 1 October 2003 may be fitted with static lap-and-
diagonal seatbelts in outer seating positions instead of R2 type seatbelts if the vehicle has a permanent
structure that ends less than 500mm above the top of the uncompressed seat cushion (measured from a
point 150mm forward of the lowest part of the back cushion).
6. An class MA or MC vehicle first registered outside New Zealand before 1 November 1979 that does not
have B-pillars, and does not have seatbelts or seatbelt anchorages fitted for the front-outer seating
positions, may be fitted with lap belts if the inspector has determined that it is not practicable to retrofit
upper anchorages for static lap-and-diagonal seatbelts, and the lower anchorages have been certified to
the LVV Code if retrofitted after 1 April 2002, or LVV code or ST120395 if retrofitted prior to 1 April 2002.
Note The vehicle inspector may accept documentation issued by the LVVTA (see Figure 7-5-5) that verifies
that the vehicle does not have a suitable structure to fit required seatbelts.
Motorhomes
(Note 11)
7. Motorhomes manufactured prior to 1 October 2003 or motor vehicles converted to motorhomes prior to
1 October 2003 must have seatbelts fitted that are appropriate for the class of vehicle in which the vehicle
was registered when it was registered as a motorhome.
8. Motorhomes manufactured from 1 October 2003 or motor vehicles converted to motorhomes from 1
October 2003 must be fitted with the following seatbelts and notice:
a) front seating positions: seatbelts must be fitted as specified for class MB vehicles in Table 7-5-3
b) rear seating positions: as many or more lap belts as there are sleeping berths which exceed the
number of front seating positions.
c) a notice must be displayed in a prominent location that recommends, on safety grounds, that when
the vehicle is travelling, passengers use seats that are fitted with seatbelts, and that advises
passengers that it is compulsory to wear fitted seatbelts.
Motor
vehicles that
transport
detained
persons
9. A motor vehicle designed exclusively for transporting a person detained by the NZ Police or the
Department of Corrections or a person acting on their behalf must comply with requirements for front
seating positions, but does not have to comply with requirements for other seating positions.
Fitting of or
modification to:
Seatbelts
the modification is approved by the seatbelt or vehicle manufacturer (note that such
approval is unlikely, but the inspector must ask for proof if approval is claimed) (Note 14),
or
the modification is temporary for the accommodation of a child restraint, and does not:
affect the performance of the child restraint, or
cause injury to a vehicle occupant, or
cause damage to the seatbelt.
Top-tether anchorage
for a child seat or
harness
the installation has been carried out in accordance with the instructions of the seat or
Stereo equipment and
speakers
If fitted to the rear parcel shelf:
no upper seatbelt anchorage is attached to the shelf or any shelf support bracket, and
in the case of a top tether point for a child seat attached to the rear shelf, the top tether
point is not located within 150 mm of a modification to a rear parcel shelf, and
the removal of any material from the rear shelf is minimal and is unlikely to have
weakened the vehicle structure to which a seatbelt anchorage is attached.
no structural material has been removed from within 300 mm of a seatbelt anchorage,
and
any material removed is minimal and is unlikely to have weakened the vehicle structure
(including a seatbelt anchorage structure).
Note This means that a campervan conversion completed on or after 1/3/1999, other than a
camper box fitted to an unmodified cab and chassis, always requires LVV certification.
Retrofitted type-tested rear seatbelt anchorages
Rear seatbelts fitted to class MD1, MD2 and NA vehicles before 1 March
1999
Removal of non-mandatory seatbelts
Replacing a type R1 or R2 seatbelt with a webclamp R1 or R2 seatbelt
(eg where Technical bulletin 5 applies)
Any modification for the purposes of law enforcement or the provision of
emergency services
Table 7-5-6. Specific seatbelt exemptions
Key to exemption codes
Front out-board seating positions
F1 Seatbelts may be static or single sensitive.
F2 Seatbelts may be single sensitive, that is web or vehicle sensitive.
F3 Seatbelts may be vehicle sensitive only.
F4 Seatbelts may be web sensitive only.
F5 Drivers seatbelt may be approved lap belt.
Seating positions behind the driver
R1 All seatbelts may be approved lap belts.
R2 Forward-facing folding seats may be fitted with approved lap belts.
R3 Side-facing folding seats behind the driver are not required to have seatbelts fitted.
R4 Rear seats occupied by prisoners are not required to have seatbelts.
Note Exemptions (other than R4 and F5) are only available for vehicles first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1991.
The following exemptions are applicable only to vehicles first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1991:
Bedford CF: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: 97360JZ7: 860638, 860640, 860641, 860643, 860644. 97560JZ7: 859025,
859026, 859027, 859029, 859031, 859032, 859035, 860581. 97370JZ7: 855826, 855827, 855835, 855836, 856133, 856769,
856733, 856775, 858021, 858026, 858027, 859127, 858593, 858594, 858596, 858599, 859200, 859469, 859471, 859473,
859474, 859475, 859477, 859479, 859529, 859531, 859533, 859535, 859536, 860163, 860837, 860848, 860938, 860939,
860941, 860944, 862061, 862067. 97G70JZ7: 856782, 860142, 860144, 860147, 860148, 860150, 860152, 861858, 861859,
861860, 861861, 861862, 861863, 861868, 862265, 862266, 862267, 862268, 862270, 862271, 862273, 862274, 862276.
97570JZ7: 853277, 855402, 855405, 855407, 855408, 855409, 855410, 855411, 855412, 856702, 856709, 856711, 856713,
858402, 858404, 858408, 858410, 858641, 858642, 858643, 858644, 859087, 859088, 859089, 959093, 859096, 861456,
861457, 861459, 861953, 861954. 97770JZ7: 851548. 97360JZ7: 800842, 860634, 860644, 861767. 97370JZ7: 851296,
853467, 854403, 854404, 854529, 854836, 855418, 855729, 855734, 855735, 855766, 855826, 856051, 856133, 856261,
856616, 856653, 856769, 856917, 857154, 857157, 858024, 858593, 858594, 859014, 859020, 859024, 859196, 859197,
859474, 859530, 860160, 860848, 860933, 860942, 862061, 862065, 862288, 862458, 862468, 862653, 863080, 863204,
863205, 863208, 863210, 863211, 863212, 864817. 97G70JZ7: 854097, 855062, 855063, 856783, 856790, 857907, 859349,
859350, 859358, 860141, 860142, 860144, 860148, 861858, 861860, 861867, 862265, 862276, 862271. 97560JZ7: 859035.
87570JZ7: 852305, 854309, 854310, 854314, 854319, 854463, 854544, 855774, 855780, 855783, 857463, 857714, 858406,
858412, 861460. 97670JZ7: 860145. 97770JZ7: 852373, 856250
Citroen 2CV: Exemption code R1
Chrysler Avenger: Exemption code R1: Vehicles with model prefix: BP
Daihatsu Charade: Exemption codes F1, R1: Serial numbers: XTE: G10-GMG: 830230, 830331, 830379, 830388, 830402,
830416, 830442, 830453, 830490, 830518, 830540, 830558, 830571, 830579, 830602, 830611, 830631, 830646, 830663,
830672, 830697, 830713, 830733, 830747, 830761, 830792, 830801, 830815, 823244, 823291, 823313, 823428, 831579,
831609, 831630, 831643, 831679, 831747, 831777, 831833, 831849, 831885, 831917, 831963, 831973, 832018, 832064,
854309. XG: G10-GMD: 830280, 830305, 830393, 830510, 830599, 830617, 830654, 830691, 830711, 830719, 830764,
830798, 830820. XG: G10-GKD: 830345, 830526, 830637, 830683, 830770
Daihatsu Delta: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: VT24T-C: 90990, 91015, 91016, 91028, 91029, 91032, 91033, 91054,
91091, 91094-91099, 91100-91128, 91165-91200. V24W-C: 91129, 91131, 91133-91138. S60P: 022366
Daihatsu Rocky: Exemption codes R2, R3: Models: F75RV-BG, F75RV-MBGT and F85-VBG
Datsun 180SX: Exemption code F4: Serial numbers: KHS110: 000074, 000124, 000580, 000583, 000585, 000589, 000591,
000594, 000597, 000603, 000607, 000611, 000615, 000618, 000621, 000624, 000630, 000640, 000644, 000645, 000649,
000651, 000655, 000658, 000660, 000663, 000680, 000687, 000689, 000695, 000697, 0006999
Datsun Cherry: Exemption code F1: Series: BF10
Fiat 128: Exemption code F2: FA289 to FA336
Ford Cortina wagon: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: CLBNVJ: 35642, 38051, 38052, 38053. CLBNVL: 30889, 31516.
CLBNVT: 32987, 32998, 35480, 35488, 35498, 35502, 35503, 35504, 35505, 35507, 35508, 35511, 35514, 35524, 35526,
35532, 35533, 35545, 35581, 36548. CLBNVY: 32881, 32885, 32909, 32925, 32926, 32969
Ford Cortina sedan: Exemption code R1: CLBFVE: 28977, 29656. CLBFVJ: 37727, 37745, 37758, 37761, 37798, 37799,
37808, 37818, 37855, 37890, 37906, 37957, 37958, 37984, 38354, 38373, 38374. CLBFVL: 29738, 30749, 30845, 31404,
31429, 31448, 32172, 32313, 32688. CLBFVY: 30320, 30815, 31448, 32629, 32374, 32391, 32680, 35024, 35030. CLBFVS:
32352, 32361, 32796, 32840, 32844, 32852, 32861, 34220, 34248, 34255, 34258, 34262, 34264, 34265, 34267, 34269,
34272, 34274, 34280, 34296, 34298, 34299, 34310, 34322, 34328, 34341, 34962, 34963, 34986, 35173, 35183, 35233,
35246, 35267, 35271, 35277, 35280, 35281, 35282, 35285, 35291, 35330, 35333, 35340, 35367, 35369, 35370, 35384,
35395, 35396, 35401, 35402, 35407, 35408, 35410, 35411, 35412, 35416, 35419, 35420, 35430, 35434, 35442, 35444,
35450, 35452, 35454, 35457, 35612, 35728, 36589, 36590, 36591, 36593, 36598, 36600, 36604, 36605, 36607, 36608,
36614, 36615, 36616, 36618, 36623, 36630, 36631, 36633, 36892, 36893, 36894, 36896, 36898, 36900, 36901, 36908,
36911, 36921, 37451, 37593, 37595, 37627, 37642. CLBFVT: 35534, 35566, 36539, 36541, 36546, 36547, 36549, 36553,
36554, 36555, 36556, 35564, 36565, 36569, 36571, 36577, 36923, 36925, 36926, 36927, 36929, 36941, 36946, 36950,
36951, 36952, 36953, 36956, 36960, 36964, 36965, 36966, 36972, 36975, 36979, 36980, 36981, 36982, 36983, 3685,
36990, 37641, 37642, 37644, 37645, 37649, 37651, 37652, 37653, 37656, 37657, 37659, 37660, 37661, 37664, 37666,
37670, 37674, 37675, 37676, 37677, 37679, 37680, 37686, 37692, 37694, 37697, 37698, 3799, 37700, 37701, 37702,
37704, 37705, 37706, 37707, 37708, 37710, 37711, 37714, 37716, 37733, 37736, 37737, 37775, 37992, 37994, 37996,
37997, 37999, 38000, 38001, 38002, 38004, 38007, 38008, 38011, 38012, 38013, 38018, 38022, 38024, 38028, 38030,
38032, 38035, 38037, 38038, 38039, 39648. BABFWD: 44439, 44444, 44446, 44449, 44450
Ford Escort wagon: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: CLADVS: 30987, 30998, 31001, 31018, 31022, 31024, 31025,
31033, 39140. CLADVT: 37320
Holden HZ utility: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: 8N80TJZ7: 0048Z, 00049, 00053, 00059, 00065, 00904, 00907, 00913,
00918, 00923, 00929, 00931, 00934, 00941, 00949, 00950, 00951, 00953, 00954, 00956. 8N80DJZ7: 99950Z, 99956, 99959,
99966, 99969, 99977, 99981, 99984, 99985, 99987, 99991. 8N80JZ7: 00891, 00893, 00898, 00902, 00903, 00905, 00908,
00911, 00916, 00917, 00947, 00948, 00986, 00993, 00996, 01002, 01003, 01008, 01038, 01042, 01062, 01100, 01101,
01102, 01103, 01026, 01050, 01070, 01074, 01090, 01085, 01087, 01092, 01093, 01094, 01152, 99951, 99955. 8N80DJZ7:
98169Z. 8N80LJZ7: 0128Z, 01990Z, 97844Z, 97854Z, 98216Z, 99259Z, 99276Z. 8N80TJZ7: 00051Z, 00893Z, 00922Z,
00932Z, 00946Z, 00957Z, 97107Z
Holden One Ton chassis/cab: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: 8M60JZ7: 01113, 01117, 01121, 01123Z, 01124, 01125,
01136, 01138, 01141, 01142, 01145, 01146, 01169, 98821, 98833, 98846, 98851. 8M60LJZ7: 01105Z, 01124Z, 01136Z,
01141Z, 96554Z, 98725Z, 98801Z, 98857Z, 98861Z, 99902Z
Isuzu Gemini model PF50: Exemption code F3: Serial numbers: 6709544 to 548, 6709806 to 810, 6714557 to 576, 6715252 to
261, 6715835 to 844, 6720255 to 264, 6702417 to 436, 6720675 to 681, 6725925 to 934, 6726142 to 151, 6726286 to 295,
6726536 to 545, 6731789 to 791, 6732010 to 017, 6732219 to 227, 6732425 to 432, 6732635 to 642, 6732826 to 829,
6736172 to 181
Isuzu KAG51 light commercial: Exemption code F1
Isuzu Space cab TFR17HPRRML: Exemption code R1
Isuzu TLD23: Exemption code F1
Kawasaki KAP-300 Mule 500: Exemption code F5
Land Rover all models: Exemption code R3
Mitsubishi L300 all types (includes Delica): Exemption codes F1, R1
Mitsubishi Colt 1400 light commercial: Exemption code F1
Mitsubishi Galant Sigma Estate: Exemption code R1: Any chassis number less than GQ7445 1753
NZ Police prisoner vans: Exemption code R4
Renault Alpine V6 GT D50005: Exemption code R1
Renault Alpine V6 GT Turbo D50105: Exemption code R1
Subaru 1600 GFT: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: 002019, 002121, 002122, 002123, 002124, 002127, 002128,
002129, 002130, 002131, 002132, 002133, 002134, 002135, 002136, 002137, 002138, 002139, 002140, 002144, 002149,
002150, 002151, 002153, 002158, 002161, 002162, 002163, 002164, 002169, 002172, 002173, 002174, 002175, 002176,
002177, 002178, 002180, 002182, 002183, 002184, 002185, 002186, 002187, 002188, 002191, 002192, 002197, 002201,
002202, 002430, 002431, 002432, 002433, 002436, 002443, 002444, 002446, 002447, 002448, 002449, 002453, 002454,
002455, 002456, 002457, 002458, 002459, 002460, 002461, 002465, 002469, 002470, 002476, 002478
Subaru Domingo van: Exemption code R1: 1986 and 1987 models
Subaru 700 van: Exemption code R1: 1986 and 1987 models
Suzuki ST80: Exemption code F1: ST80 KRA: 0003, 0010, 0034, 0036, 0044, 0049, 0050, 0079, 0096
Suzuki ST90: Exemption code F1: ST90 KRA: 0097 to 0132. ST90 VRA: 0133 to 0493
Toyota Corolla mode: Exemption code F4: Serial numbers: KE 35R-KSB: up to serial number 3681
Toyota Corona estate: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: TT132RG-TWKDS: up to unit number 781. TT132RG-TWHDS: up
to unit number 381
Toyota Dyna chassis/cab: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: RU20R-QRBT3 (petrol): up to serial number 171. RU30R-
QRDHT3 (diesel): up to serial number 151
Toyota Hi-Ace van: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: RH20RV-JRE: up to serial number 1381
Toyota Hi-Ace chassis/cab: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: RH11R-JR3: up to serial number 391
Toyota Hilux chassis/cab: Exemption code F1: Serial numbers: RN40R-JRS3: up to serial number 401. RN41R-JR3 up to
serial number 171
Toyota Hilux 850 double cab: Exemption code R1: Serial numbers: YN 65: 0002226, 0002916 to 0002925, 0002946 to
0002955, 0002993 to 0003002, 0003235 to 0003264, 0003306 to 0003335, 0003489 to 0003498, 0003733 to 0003742,
0003827 to 0003836, 0003951 to 0003960, 0003994 to 0004003, 0004075 to 0004084.
Toyota Lite Ace: Exemption code R1: Model: KM20RV-JRZ or YM20RV-MR

Figure 7-5-1. Corrosion limits around seatbelt anchorages
>
See also figures for corrosion limits to structure (section 3-1), hinge and latch anchorages (section 6-1), and front or rear
suspension anchorages (section 9-1).

Figure 7-5-2. Example of seatbelt declaration: Approved Certifiers Declaration

Figure 7-5-3. Example of seatbelt declaration: TSD Agents Declaration

Figure 7-5-4. Example of plate fitted to a vehicle that may retain single-sensitive front seatbelts

Figure 7-5-5. FS012 Upper seatbelt anchorage request form

Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle must be fitted with seatbelts as specified in Table 7-5-1, Table 7-5-2 and Table 7-5-3, or as specified for
specific vehicles in Table 7-5-4, or as specified in requirement 2 below, unless an exemption in Table 7-5-5 applies.
2. A seat that can be rotated or reversed to face in different directions: if seatbelts are not provided for all directions, a notice
easily visible by the seat occupant must be placed inside the vehicle, indicating the direction the seat must face so that a
seatbelt may be worn while the vehicle is moving.
Permitted equipment
3. A vehicle fitted with a seatbelt and seatbelt anchorage in a position where these are not required must meet the condition
and performance requirements for seatbelts and seatbelt anchorages.
Condition
Seatbelts
4. A seatbelt must be of a design suitable for the vehicle, and must be strong, secure and in sound condition.
8. Seatbelt buckles, retractor mechanisms or any other fittings intended to ensure the safe use of the seatbelt must not have
Seatbelt anchorages
9. A seatbelt anchorage and its mounting location:
a) must be of a strength appropriate to both the motor vehicle and the attached seatbelt
b) must be structurally sound and free of corrosion, and
c) must not be damaged or distorted.
Performance
Modification
14. A seatbelt must not have been modified (Note 14) since 1 January 1992, except where:
a) the modification is approved by the seatbelt or vehicle manufacturer
b) the seatbelt has been modified temporarily to accommodate a child restraint, provided the modification:
i. does not affect the performance of the child restraint, and
ii. is not likely to cause injury to a vehicle occupant, and
iii. does not cause damage to the seatbelt.
15. The fitting of an alternative type of seatbelt (Note 15) or a modification that affects a seatbelt anchorage must be inspected
and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the vehicle is:
performance.
Mandatory equipment
airbag.
4. An airbag cover:
a) is damaged, or
Modification
7. A modification (Note 2) affects an airbag system (eg an airbag has been removed, or made inoperable, including retrofitting
a switch), and:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A frontal impact airbag and its operating system must remain operational if the vehicle was originally manufactured with
a frontal impact airbag.
3. A motor vehicle must not have a sign, light, or other device that indicates the vehicle is fitted with an airbag if it is not
fitted with an airbag.
Permitted equipment
Modification
a) have all OE signs lights, or other devices that indicated the vehicle was fitted with an airbag removed, or
b) if the signs, lights, or other devices cannot be readily removed, have a label that indicates an airbag has been
removed permanently attached in a prominent location where it is clearly visible to any occupant of the seating position
that was previously protected by the airbag.
9. A modification that affects an airbag system must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the
vehicle is:
b) has been inspected in accordance with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition
and performance.
7-7 Interior impact
Mandatory equipment
1. An outdoor-access vehicle is not fitted with energy-absorbent material on all the interior surfaces that could come into
contact with the occupants when the vehicle is vigorously manoeuvring or in a crash.
2. A motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 is not fitted with energy-absorbent
material to:
a) the tops of exposed partitions, which are less than 1.2m high, situated in front of seats, or
b) the tops of seats, except in the following limited areas:
i. at the upper corners of seat backs which are dedicated handholds and which are integrated parts of the seat frames
ii. where the upper point of a lap-and-diagonal seatbelt is fitted.
4. Energy-absorbent material is missing, damaged or has deteriorated to the extent that the likelihood of injury to passengers
is increased.
Mandatory equipment
1. If the vehicle is an outdoor-access vehicle it must be fitted with energy-absorbent material on the interior surfaces that could
come into contact with the occupants when the vehicle is vigorously manoeuvring or in a crash.
2. A motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 must be fitted with energy-absorbent
material to:
a) the tops of exposed partitions, which are less than 1.2m high, situated in front of seats, and
b) the tops of seats, except in a limited area:
i. at the upper corners of seat backs which are dedicated handholds and which are integrated parts of the seat frames,
or
ii. to which the upper point of a lap-and-diagonal seatbelt is fitted.
7-8 PSV heating and ventillation
Mandatory equipment
1. A PSV does not have ventilation that is provided by at least one of the following:
a) opening windows or roof hatches,
b) forced ventilation.
2. The driver does not have at least one independently adjustable means of ventilation.
3. A window or roof hatch used for ventilation cannot be easily opened.
4. A forced ventilation system:
b) has insufficient air flow.
5. An interior heating system is installed in a way that does not minimise the risk of occupants being burned.
6. The operation of an interior heating, ventilation or air-conditioning system introduces harmful gases into the vehicle.
Mandatory equipment
1. A PSV must have ventilation that is provided by:
a) opening windows or roof hatches, or
2. The driver must have at least one independently adjustable means of ventilation.
3. The ventilation system must provide adequate ventilation throughout the length of the passenger compartment.
4. An interior heating system must be installed in a way that will minimise the risk of occupants being burned.
5. An interior heating or air-conditioning system must be designed and constructed so that no harmful fumes associated with its
operation can be introduced into the vehicle.
6. Ventilation air intakes must be in a position which minimises the possibility of introducing exhaust gases or other harmful
fumes into the passenger compartment.
7-9 PSV fire protection
Fire extinguishers
1. A PSV that has more than 12 seating positions is not equipped with a fire extinguisher.
2. The fire extinguishers in a PSV with more than 12 seating positions are not appropriate for:
a) the size of the vehicle, or
b) the materials used in the construction of the vehicle, or
c) the type of fuel used, eg a trolley bus has a fire extinguisher filled with water.
3. A passenger compartment (Note 1) that has more than 12 seating positions does not have at least one fire extinguisher.
4. A fire extinguisher does not have clear and simple operating instructions, in English or with pictorial symbols, attached to it.
5. A PSV required to have a fire extinguisher does not have a fire extinguisher located near the driver:
a) that is also clearly visible to passengers, or
b) where there is clearly visible signage that indicates its location to passengers.
6. If a fire extinguisher is located within a closed container, the container does not:
a) have a cover that is readily removable or breakable by a passenger; or
b) clearly display instructions that explain how to access the fire extinguisher in an emergency; or
c) enable a driver to confirm that the fire extinguisher is present by:
i. being sufficiently transparent to enable a clear view of the fire extinguisher; or
ii. being equipped with an audible or visual alarm system that alerts the driver if the extinguisher is not in place when
the vehicles engine is running.
Fire extinguishers
7. A fire extinguisher:
a) does not have a date of inspection recorded on or near the fire extinguisher, or
b) is past its specified re-inspection period (usually printed on the extinguisher), or
c) is not within six months of the last recorded inspection, where no re-inspection period is specified, or
d) is showing low on its charge indicator, or
e) is not sealed, that is it may have been discharged and needs recharging or replacement.
Note 1
Compartment, for the purposes of fire extinguishers, means
a) the separated driver's compartment
Mandatory equipment
Fire extinguishers
1. A PSV that has more than 12 seating positions must be equipped with fire extinguishers that are appropriate for:
a) the size of the vehicle, and
b) the materials used in the construction of the vehicle, and
c) the type of fuel used.
2. Every passenger compartment (Note 1) must have at least one fire extinguisher if that passenger compartment has more
than 12 seating positions.
3. Clear and simple operating instructions, in English or with pictorial symbols, must be attached to each fire extinguisher.
4. One of the fire extinguishers must be located near the driver, and must:
a) be clearly visible to passengers; or
b) have clearly visible signage that indicates its location to passengers.
5. If a fire extinguisher is located within a closed container, the container must:
a) have a cover that is readily removable or breakable by a passenger; and
b) clearly display instructions that explain how to access the fire extinguisher in an emergency; and
i. being sufficiently transparent to enable a clear view of the fire extinguisher; or
Fire extinguishers
6. A fire extinguisher must be:
a) inspected regularly as is appropriate for the particular make and model of fire extinguisher, and the date of the
inspection must be recorded on or near the fire extinguisher, and
b) sealed so it is clearly apparent if it has been discharged and needs recharging or replacement.
7-10 PSV signs and instructions
1. A sign or instruction is:
a) not in a simple typeface, or
b) not in a colour which contrasts with the background of the sign, or
c) obscured by other fittings, or
d) incomplete, or
e) illegible.
1. Signs and instructions:
a) must be in a simple typeface, and
b) must be in a colour which contrasts with the background of the sign, and
c) must not be obscured by other fittings.
7-11 PSV emergency passenger signals
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle in which direct communication between the passengers and driver is restricted by a partition, obstruction or for
some other reason, has no other form of communication between the passengers and the driver in case of emergency (Note
1).
2. An emergency communication system between passengers and driver:
a) is in poor condition, or
b) does not operate as intended.
Note 1
This does not include signalling equipment designed to indicate to the driver that a passenger wishes to alight at the next stop.
Mandatory equipment
1. If direct communication with the driver is restricted by a partition, obstruction or for some other reason, signalling equipment
must be installed to provide the passengers with some other form of communication with the driver in case of emergency.
7-12 Speedometer
Mandatory equipment
2. The speedometer:
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
Modification
Mandatory equipment
Performance
Note 1
Note 2
warning device.
Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Performance
m.
Modification
8 Brakes
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle does not have a service brake.
2. A vehicle first registered anywhere on or after 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake that is designed to act on
each wheel.
3. A vehicle first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake that is designed to act on at least
two wheels.
4. A vehicle of class LE first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake that is designed to act
on at least one wheel.
5. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA first registered in New Zealand after 1 November 1990 that does not have
a dual-circuit service brake does not have a parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop.
7. A parking brake on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA does not act on at least one complete axle.
8. A parking brake on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA does not act on at least one axle that has dual wheels
fitted.
Condition
Service brake
a) is insecure, or
c) creeps, or
a) insecure, or
b) leaking, or
b) leaking, or
c) insecure.
13. The brake vacuum pump:
a) is not functioning fully or adequately, or
b) is insecure, or
c) drive belt is in poor condition.
b) insecure, or
c) insecure, or
b) insecure, or
d) chafed, or
b) is insecure, or
g) has an end fitting which is not attached to the hose by means of swaging, machine crimping or a similar process (Note
3).
b) is insecure.
a) insecure, or
d) cracked, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
b) fractured or otherwise damaged (where visible without removing components) (Note 2), or
Parking brake
b) is insecure, or
c) mounting is damaged, corroded, distorted or fractured within 150 mm of the lever mounting, or
Service brake
31. When the service brake is applied and without assistance from the engine:
b) the vehicle does not stop within 9m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%) for a vehicle which has a
service brake designed to act on fewer than four wheels, or
c) the vehicle does not stop within 20m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 18%) for a vehicle which has
been manufactured before 31 December 1918.
the other side), or
d) the brake balance, at any time during the brake application, varies by more than 20% between wheels on a common
axle.
Parking brake
35. The directional control of the vehicle is affected when the parking brake is being applied on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC,
MD1, MD2 or NA first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 that does not have a dual-circuit service brake.
36. A modification affects a brake or braking performance, and:
Note 1 Definitions
attention.
equipment.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Refer to Technical bulletin 10 for specific service and parking brake test procedures for specific vehicles (such as electro-
mechanical parking brakes on BMW vehicles), especially when testing these vehicles on roller brake machines.
significantly affect the safe operation of the brake pedal or other
pedals (eg a brake pad or cover significantly wider than the original
brake pad may not be acceptable, depending on fitment).
Aftermarket or custom brake pedal extensions
(for unusually short people)
The extension:
does not exceed 100mm length when measured from the surface of
is sufficiently strong and rigid to withstand emergency brake loads,
and
does not involve any modification to, or compromise the strength of,
does not significantly change the sideways load or leverage against
the pedal, and
no modifications to the primary brake pedal or any other part of the
primary brake system has occurred.
Removal of secondary accelerator and brake
system (where driving school vehicle is
converted to single primary system)
the vehicle was not originally manufactured as a dual-control
vehicle (system was retrofitted after manufacture), and
the removal of the secondary system has reinstated the vehicles
primary systems back to the vehicles exact original specification.
catalogued aftermarket items for that make and model of vehicle (and
can include cross-drilled and/or slotted types), and
Disability parking brake system
the system is a non-OE mechanical or electrical system for applying
and releasing the parking brake, and:
the parking brake performance is not compromised, and
in the case of electrical failure, the parking brake does not release.
braided brake hoses)(Note 3)
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
1. Vehicles must have a service brake that acts on each wheel, except in the following cases:
a) A vehicle first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 may have a service brake that is designed to act on fewer
than four wheels
b) A vehicle of class LE first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 may have a service brake that is designed to act
2. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA first registered in New Zealand from 1 November 1990 that does not have
a dual-circuit service brake must have a parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop if the service
brake fails.
Parking brake
3. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA must have a parking brake that:
4. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA first registered in New Zealand from 1 November 1990 without dual-circuit
service brakes must have a parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop if the service brake fails.
Permitted equipment
5. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA may be fitted with a warning system that is part of, or associated with, the
use of a brake component or system.
Condition
7. The brake friction surfaces on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA must be within safe tolerance of their state
when manufactured, and must not be scored, weakened or damaged to the extent that the safety performance of the brake is
adversely affected.
Performance
8. The service brake on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA must be able to be applied in a controlled and
progressive manner.
9. When the brake on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA is applied:
10. A brake warning system, if fitted on a vehicle of class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA, must function correctly (does not
apply to a brake pad wear system).
Service brake
a) A service brake that acts on each wheel must stop the vehicle within a distance of 7m from a speed of 30km/h (average
brake efficiency of 50%).
b) A service brake that is designed to act on fewer than four wheels on a vehicle first registered anywhere before 1
February 1977 must stop the vehicle within a distance of 9 m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%).
c) The service brake on a vehicle manufactured before 31 December 1918 not capable of exceeding 30km/h must stop the
Parking brake
Modification
Specialist Certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
2. The condition of the PSV is such that excessive body sway is likely to adversely affect the steering stability.
3. An axle-stop, shackle or other suspension safeguard is:
a) missing (where originally fitted), or
b) insecure, or
c) bent, or
d) cracked, or
e) excessively corroded or otherwise weakened.
Modification
2. A PSV must be maintained so that no excessive body sway will occur which is likely to adversely affect the steering stability.
3. Axle-stops, shackles, or similar devices must be maintained within safe tolerance of their original condition.
Modification
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
c) tread pattern type (mixed asymmetric, directional, normal highway, traction , winter tyre tread (Figure 10-1-3)).
2. All the tyres on a vehicle class MA, MB, MD1 or NA that was first registered or re-registered in New Zealand from 1 October
2002, other than vehicles that are incapable of exceeding 30km/h or are 30 years old or more, are not of the same carcass
type (ie mixed steel ply, fabric radial ply, bias/cross ply, run-flat).
3. A class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA vehicle fitted with a winter tyre (Note 3) is not fitted with winter tyres on all road
wheels.
4. The tyres on an axle of a light vehicle do not meet at least one of the following:
the tyre ply ratings are the same
the tyre load indices differ by no more than 2 (Note 4).
is less than the speed limit (Note 4) (Note 5).
(Figure 10-1-4).
Wheels
9. A wheel is not compatible with the tyre fitted to it for rim profile, flange height or valve fitment (Note 6).
10. A wheel is:
Condition
such as:
14. A tyre, other than a winter tyre (Note 3), fitted to a vehicle capable of exceeding 30km/h, does not have a tread pattern
depth (Technical bulletin 7) of at least 1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator strip) around the whole
circumference of the tyre:
tyre.
Spare tyres
18. A spare tyre, if carried is not:
missing or faulty).
Wheels
20. A wheel is:
a) cracked, or
22. A wheel nut is:
a) missing, or
b) loose, or
Modifications
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions:
particular side wall faces outwards.
Construction in relation to a tyre means:
a) for a pneumatic tyre, the type of tyre carcass (including ply orientation and ply rating or load index, but not including tyre
tread), or
Cross-ply means a pneumatic tyre structure in which the ply cords in the tyre carcass extend to the beads and are laid at
equipment.
Size designation means the size description of the tyre, ie section width, aspect ratio and rim diameter. It does not include the
speed rating, load index or tyre construction (eg R for radial).
tube).
Tyre carcass means the structural part of a pneumatic tyre other than the tread and outermost rubber of the sidewalls that,
when inflated, contains the gas that supports the load. Carcass type refers to steel ply, fabric radial ply, bias/cross ply, run-flat.
each other.
Wheel centre-disc means the part of the wheel that is the supporting member between the hub and the rim.
Note 3
Note 4
passed.
Note 5
accordance with standard NZS 5423 (Repairing and retreading car, truck and bus tyres), the tyre must be marked with
NZS 5423 and, if a car tyre, have the speed rating removed. In such a case, a missing speed rating is acceptable for WoF/CoF
Note 6
If there is any doubt about the compatibility of a tyre/wheel combination, the vehicle inspector may request/ take into account
relevant information provided by the tyre manufacturer.
Fitting of or
modification
to:
Aftermarket
wheel
fitments
1
the wheels:
are of a known and reputable brand, and
the tyre tread:
25mm from OE.
Tyre size
changes
the tyres:
Figure 10-1-1).
1
The vehicle inspector may refer the vehicle to an LVV certifier if the inspector has reasonable concerns that the safety of the
vehicle has been affected by an aftermarket wheel fitment.
A1 5 A5 25 B 50 F 80 L 120 Q 160 U 200 Y 300
A2 10 A6 30 C 60 G 90 M 130 R 170 H 210 ZR over 240
A3 15 A7 35 D 65 J 100 N 140 S 180 V 240
A4 20 A8 40 E 70 K 110 P 150 T 190 W 270
10/70R22.5 255/70R22.5
11/70R22.5 275/70R22.5
12/70R22.5 305/70R22.5
15R22.5 385/65R22.5
16.5R22.5 425/65R22.5
18R22.5 445/65R22.5



Note: For WoF purposes, a tyre is considered to be a winter tyre only if it has BOTH a winter tyre tread AND a studless marking


Mandatory equipment
Tyres
3. A vehicle of class MA, MB, MD1 or NA first registered or re-registered in New Zealand from 1 October 2002, must have all
tyres of the same construction unless the vehicle is incapable of exceeding 30km/h or is 30 years old or more.
4. Winter tyres (Note 3), if fitted to a class MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA vehicle, must be fitted to all of the vehicles road
wheels.
gripping devices.
Wheels
9. A wheel must be:
c) compatible with the tyre rim profile, flange height and valve fitment (Note 6).
Permitted equipment
Condition
14. A tyre, other than a winter tyre, fitted to a vehicle capable of exceeding 30km/h, must have a tread pattern depth of not less
than 1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator strip) around the whole circumference of the tyre:
manufacture.
Spare tyre
Wheels
Modifications
21. A modification that affects the wheels or tyres must be inspected and certified by an LVV Specialist Certifier, unless the
vehicle is:
a) excluded from the requirement for LVV specialist certification (Table 10-1-1), and has been inspected in accordance
with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition and performance, or
b) fitted with a wheel spacer that is approved for the purpose by the vehicle, wheel or axle manufacturer, or
c) fitted with a hand-grooved tyre, provided the tyre was a blank tyre case manufactured for hand-grooving, and complies
with the applicable listed requirements.
10-2 Hubs and axles
Condition
1. A hub:
2. A wheel bearing:
3. An axle:
Performance
b) the wheels not to self centre.
Modification
5. A modification affects the hubs or axles, and:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Differential ratio changes
only the differential centre or gear-set is changed, and
the OE axle housing is retained.
the OE drive-shatfs(s) is unmodified, and
Condition
Modification
4. A modification that affects the hubs or axles must be inspected and certified by a Low Volume Vehicle Specialist Certifier,
unless the vehicle:
performance.
10-3 Mudguards
Mandatory equipment
Mudguard condition
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
1
(see also Table 1011)
1
wheel fitments and tyre size changes. See Table 1011.





Mandatory equipment
Compliance Rule
Mudguard condition
users.
Modification
the vehicle:
performance.
11 Exhaust
11-1 Exhaust system
Mandatory equipment
3. Part of the exhaust system or turbocharger is located where:
a) ignitable or heat-sensitive materials could fall on it, or
b) adjacent material has been degraded by heat.
4. Exhaust system heat shielding has been removed or does not perform as intended.
5. Ventilation designed to cool part of the exhaust system does not perform as intended.
6. Exhaust heat or fumes can harm occupants.
7. The outlet pipe is not located or shielded to avoid injury to passengers entering or exiting, or to other road users.
8. The outlet pipe discharges on the left-hand side of the vehicle.
Mandatory equipment
3. The exhaust system, including any turbochargers, must be installed, located, shielded and ventilated so that:
a) no ignitable or heat-sensitive materials could fall on the exhaust system, and
b) material adjacent to any hot surface forming part of, or connected to, the exhaust system must not, under any operating
condition, be heated sufficiently to cause degradation.
4. The design, construction and maintenance of the exhaust system must ensure that:
a) emitted heat or fumes cannot harm the occupants of the PSV, and
b) the outlet pipe is shielded or located in a position where other road users, or passengers entering or exiting the vehicle,
cannot be burned by the exhaust, and
c) the outlet pipe does not discharge on the left-hand side of the vehicle.
Performance
Table 11-2-1, or
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
before 1 May 2008.
Note 6
1960.
engine.

Performance
12-1 Light vehicle towbar and fifth wheel
Mandatory equipment
Condition
2. The towbar or towbar mounting (or fifth wheel or fifth-wheel mounting):
e) jaws are worn beyond manufacturers specifications or out of adjustment, or
f) pivot is seized, worn beyond manufacturers specifications, or insecure, or
g) has any other damage that the vehicle inspector considers has affected the structural integrity of the towbar or its
b) is worn beyond the manufacturers specifications, or
Note 1
Note 2
A towbar attachment is a modification to the vehicle structure (which never requires LVV certification), refer to section 3-1
Structure for structure requirements around the towbar attachments.
Figure 12-1-1. Towbar and towbar coupling
Mandatory equipment
a) a trailer designed for armament purposes by the New Zealand Defence Forces
Condition
3. A vehicle must:
12-2 Towbar
Mandatory equipment
1. A towbar that is fitted to a PSV does not show evidence of meeting the requirements of Table 12-2-1.
3. A certification plate is:
a) illegible, or
b) has details that do not match the vehicle, or
c) has obvious signs of tampering.
Table 12-2-1. Requirements for certification
Towbar/vehicle date Evidence of certification
Vehicle entered service as a PSV in New Zealand before 1 September 1999 and
fitted with a towbar before 1 September 1999
1. A towbar fitted to a class MA vehicle
is identified as supplied by the vehicle
manufacturer.
2. For any vehicle, a permanently
attached plate, indelibly marked with:
a) manufacturers name, and
b) towbar model number or part
number, and
c) rating maximum towed mass
(MTM)
i. not exceeding 2000 kg if
vehicle class is MA, MB, MC or
MD1, or
ii. not exceeding 3500 kg if
vehicle class is MD2.
Note A towbar that doesnt meet 1. or 2.
above must be identified for private use
only, for example on the checksheet.
Vehicle entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 September 1999
and fitted with a towbar, or vehicle entered service as a PSV in New Zealand
before 1 September 1999 and fitted with a towbar on or after 1 September 1999.
1. A towbar fitted to a class MA vehicle
is identified as supplied by the vehicle
manufacturer.
2. For any vehicle, a permanently
attached plate, indelibly marked with:
a) manufacturers name or
trademark which clearly identifies
the agency or person who has built
the towbar, and
b) the maximum towed mass (MTM)
not exceeding 3500 kg, and
c) the maximum vertical load
applied at the towing ball, and
d) vehicle make, model or part
number which identifies the
vehicle(s) for which the towbar has
been designed.
Note An unrated towbar may be assessed, rated and plated by an appropriately qualified engineer (does not have to be an
engineer appointed by the NZTA).
St281192 Exemption from Specified Requirements of the PSV Construction Regulations 1978
Ministry of Transport Policy Statement 5.
Mandatory equipment
1. A towbar that is fitted to a PSV must comply with the requirements in Table 12-2-1.
Mandatory equipment
1. The engine compartment is not lined with, or made of, fire-resistant materials.
3. Fuel, oil or other combustible materials have accumulated or dripped onto a high temperature surface within the engine
compartment.
4. A fire-resistant lining is:
a) missing, or
b) damaged or deteriorated so that the risk of fire is increased.
a) missing, where there is evidence that one was originally fitted, or
c) cracked, or
d) significantly deteriorated or damaged so that it is unlikely to prevent the driveshaft from striking the ground, chassis or
floor in the event of driveshaft failure, or
e) showing evidence of contact with the driveshaft.
Modification
Mandatory equipment
1. The engine compartment must be lined with, or made of, fire-resistant materials, in a manner that complies with the engine
manufacturers specifications for minimum clearances.
Permitted equipment
4. The design of the engine installation and engine compartment must ensure that no fuel, oil or other combustible materials
could accumulate in the engine compartment or drip on to any high temperature surface.
5. Devices to protect against driveshaft failure must be maintained within safe tolerance of their original condition.
Modification
13-2 Fuel system
Mandatory equipment
1. Fuel for a PSV is carried in a temporary fuel tank.
3. A fuel tank or fuel line shows signs of corrosion.
4. The fuel-tank filling inlet cannot be accessed from outside the body.
5. A fuel cap:
a) does not tighten properly, or
b) seal is in poor condition.
Mandatory equipment
1. Fuels for a PSV and the vehicles equipment must be carried in permanent fuel tanks.
2. Each filling inlet must be provided with a leak-proof cap.
4. Fuel tanks and fuel lines must be:
a) corrosion resistant, and
b) designed and constructed of durable, fuel-resistant material, and
c) securely mounted, and
d) reasonably protected from collision damage.
5. Access to the fuel-tank filling inlet must be from outside the body of the PSV.
Mandatory equipment
Condition
a) loose, or
3. A gas line:
b) is bulging, or
c) is insecure, or
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Note 3
Mandatory equipment
Condition
Modification
1. An electrical cable is not:
b) if practicable, clipped or otherwise gathered into looms with an insulated material, or
c) appropriately and securely fastened to the vehicle, or
d) protected from damage where it passes through holes in the vehicle structure.
2. An electrical cable that enters the passenger compartment is not protected by a secure cover.
3. A detachable service cover inside the vehicle giving access to electrical cables or equipment does not have a sign warning
of the operating voltage.
4. An electrical cable or insulation shows signs of overheating, chafing or other damage.
Condition
Electrical voltages up to and including 32 volts AC or 115 volts DC:
1. The electrical current ratings appropriate to that make and model of cable as installed in the PSV must not be exceeded.
2. Electrical cables must be:
a) insulated and protected from heat, water, fuel, oil and other fluids used in the PSV, and
b) held securely in position and protected from damage due to cutting, abrasion or chafing.
3. Any cable that enters or passes through the passenger compartment must be protected from damage by secure covers.
4. Where electrical cables or equipment are installed in a PSV there must be a sign warning of the operating voltage adjacent
to any detachable service cover giving access to the electrical cables or equipment.
14 Load restraints
14-6 PSV baggage and freight restraints
Mandatory equipment
1. A light PSV that is designed to carry cargo is not equipped with facilities capable of securing or containing that cargo such
as:
a) a separate cargo compartment; or
b) a means of safely securing items of cargo likely to be carried; or
c) a cargo barrier that is fit for purpose, for example, the cargo barrier is fitted with a label or plate indicating compliance
with AS/NZS 4034.
2. Baggage and freight cannot be safely secured or contained to protect occupants, pedestrians and other road users from its
possible movement, for example, the compartment, barrier or securing device is unlikely to be strong enough to hold likely
cargo during vigorous maneuvering of the vehicle.
Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 4034: Motor vehicles cargo barriers for occupant protection.
Mandatory equipment
1. A light PSV that is designed to carry cargo must be equipped with facilities capable of securing or containing that cargo such
as:
a) a separate cargo compartment; or
b) a means of safely securing items of cargo likely to be carried; or
c) a cargo barrier that is fit for purpose, which may be demonstrated by compliance with the version of Australian
Standard/New Zealand Standard 4034 that was applicable at the time the cargo barrier was installed.
2. A PSV and its fittings must be designed, constructed and maintained so that baggage and freight can be safely secured or
contained to protect occupants, pedestrians and other road users from its possible movement.
1. A light PSV that requires a certificate of fitness (Note 1) does not have a certificate of loading (Note 2) displayed on the
vehicle.
a) the vehicle has been modified so as to require LVV specialist certification, or
differ for the new use, eg change from goods van to PSV.
Condition
a) is illegible, or
Note 1
Note 2
weight limits. Light rental vehicles do not require a CoL.
Note 3

1. A passenger service vehicle with a GVM of 3500kg or less that requires a certificate of fitness (Note 1) requires a certificate
of loading (Note 2).
2. Before issuing a certificate of fitness, a CoF vehicle inspector must determine that a current certificate of loading is still valid,
if one or more of the following events has occurred since the current certificate of loading was issued:
a) the vehicle has been modified so as to require low volume vehicle specialist certification, or
16-1 TSL
Please note that this page includes light rental vehicles.
1. The operator of a light PSV has not notified (Note 3) the vehicle inspector of the passenger service licence number under
which the vehicle is operated.
2. The operator of a light rental service vehicle has not notified the vehicle inspector of the rental service licence number under
Note 1
If correctly licensed, a vehicle that requires a transport service licence can be identified by the L on the vehicle licence label.
Note 2 Definitions
PSV (passenger service vehicle), for the purpose of this section, means a vehicle that:
is used to carry passengers for hire or reward, including the letting on hire of a vehicle by a person who drives the
vehicle
or provides a driver for the vehicle if, during hiring, the vehicle is used for the carriage of passengers, or
is a class MD2 vehicle,
but does not include the following:
a rental vehicle that is not a passenger service vehicle, or
a vehicle used as a place of abode to the extent that it is not used in a rental service (eg a motorhome or dual-purpose
motorhome carrying horses where at least 50% of the floor space is constructed for human accommodation), or
a hearse.
Rental service vehicle, for the purposes of this section, means a vehicle that is used or available for use in a rental service for
letting on hire for the carriage of passengers or goods, or both, to a person who drives or provides a driver for the vehicle.
Note 3
Many vehicles are required to display a TSL label that identifies the TSL number the vehicle is presently operated under (see
Figure 16-1-1). For CoF purposes, the vehicle inspector should use the number on the TSL label unless otherwise notified by
the operator.

Land Transport Act 1998
Heavy PSVs
1).
Condition
a) removed, or
b) erased, or
c) altered, or
d) defaced, or
e) obscured, or
f) destroyed, or
g) obliterated, or
Note 1
Note 2

vehicles)
vehicle.
arch,

Car
Truck

Condition
2 Vehicle exterior
Modifications
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
bumper skins)
(Note 6)
projections, and
components.
Auxiliary winches
the winch either:
materials)
Bumper bar (removal and change) (Note 1)
similar])
20mm, and
Aerials
Engine hood emblems
Engine hood pins
Towbars
Trunk racks
PSV requirements.)
Permitted equipment
Modifications
vehicle:
performance.
2-2 Dimensions
Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle (Note 1) with a GVM of 3501kg or more exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-3 and is
not:
Note 1
Rigid vehicle means a vehicle that does not have any pivot points to allow any part of the chassis of the vehicle to move or
rotate in relation to any other part of the chassis of the vehicle, and includes an articulated bus and a pivot steer vehicle.
Note 2
at night.
Note 3
Road controlling authority means the authority, body or person having control of the road (eg the NZTA, regional council or
Note 4
Note 5
A bicycle rack fitted to the front of a vehicle of class MD3, MD4 or ME is not included in determining the overall length or
forward distance of the vehicle.
Note 6
A high-productivity motor vehicle is not required to comply with the Hazard warning equipment requirements of Table 2-2-4.
Note 7
Instead of displaying a hazard warning flag or panel, the boom head of a mobile crane may be painted to delineate its excess
front overhang, provided that the colour of the paint on the front face of the boom head is either white, yellow or red or a
combination of these colours, so that the area on each side of the boom head that is painted covers an area of not less than
0.12 square metres (eg 400mm x 300 mm).
Table 2-2-3. Dimension requirements for heavy rigid vehicles (see Figures 2-2-8 and 2-2-9) and
(Note 4) (Note 5)
Width 2.5m, or
vehicle
body
side of the body
ropes, lashings, straps, chains, and related connectors and
J-hook assemblies that extend not more than 25mm from either
side of the vehicle
central tyre inflation system hoses that extend not more than
75mm beyond the outside of the tyre on the drive axles
hubodometer provided it is fitted to a non-lifting, non-steering axle
that causes the least overwidth
trolley bus poles and their safety cables
the wheels, on a rear-steering single large-tyred axle of a rigid
vehicle, that extend not more than 25mm from either side of the
vehicle.
Overall
length
13.5m (rigid bus with three axles
where the rearmost axle is a
single-tyred steering axle that is:
a) either positively and
continuously linked to the
front steer (except may be
locked for reverse and
high-speed operation); or
b) automatically locked at
a speed of 30 km/h in the
straight-ahead position
and for reverse operations)
18m (articulated bus)
collapsible mirrors
ferry securing point that extends 50mm or less beyond the body of
the vehicle at the front or rear of the vehicle is not included in
determining the overall length of the vehicle.

Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load-restraining devices such as ropes,
lashings, traps, chains, covers and related connectors and tensioning
devices, that extend not more than 25mm above the body of the vehicle,
and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
8.5m (for both front and rear
sections of an articulated bus)
the rear axis to the front of a rigid vehicle or front section of an
articulated bus
the rear axis of the rear section of an articulated bus to the centre
of the point of attachment to the front section of the articulated
bus.
Rear
overhang
Rear overhang is measured from the rear axis to the rear of the vehicle.
overhang wheelbase where rearmost axle is
a non-steering axle
a steering axle
wheelbase of a rigid bus with
overall length exceeding 12.6m
forward distance (articulated bus)
4m (for a vehicle first registered
anywhere before 1 December
1989)
Ground
clearance
The greater of 100mm or 6% of
the distance from the nearest axle
to the point where the ground
clearance is measured
Front
overhang
3m Front overhang is measured from the front edge of the drivers seat in the
rearmost position to the front of the vehicle.
Articulated
vehicle
point of
attachment
No further rearward than centre of
rear axle (where rear axle set
consists of only one axle)
No further than 300mm rearward
of rear axis (where rear axle set
consists of more than one axle)
Does not apply to articulated buses.
Tow
coupling
position
(articulated
bus only)
45% of wheelbase of the leading
unit
The tow coupling position is the distance rearward from the vehicles rear
axis to the centre of the tow coupling.
Turning
circle
10.6m inside diameter (articulated
bus only)
The vehicle must complete a 360-degree turn in either direction.
No part of the vehicle (other than collapsible mirrors) must extend
beyond the outside diameter or into the inside diameter.
Vehicle
category
(see Figure 2-2-
7)
Dimension
Limits
(up to and
including)
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/11.4m,
or
3.1m/10.5m,
or
3.7m/8.5m,
or
25m, or
7m, or
7m
Flags
1
or panels
2
practical to the outside edge (for alternative requirements for a mobile
crane see (Note 7))
Category 2 (not
including
category 1)
Width/forward
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/13.3m,
or
4.5m/8.5m,
or
35m, or
10m, or
10m
1. Panels
2
(Note 7))
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Category 3 (not
including
category 2)
Width/forward
distance
2.5m/20m
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
(Note 7))
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Category 4 (not
including
category 3)
Width/forward
distance
11m/20m
11m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
(Note 7))
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
1
Flags:
2
3
OVERSIZE sign:




Figure 2-2-9. Dimensions for articulated bus

Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle, or an articulated bus, with a GVM of 3501kg or more that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-3 must meet
the requirements in Table 224.
2-3 Heavy vehicle equipment
Mandatory equipment
1. An outrigger fitted to a vehicle does not have a locking device to prevent its inadvertent extension or separation .
2. The A vehicle recovery service hook truck or stinger-lift truck does not have its manufacturers stated lifting capacity clearly
displayed, in kilograms, at the rear of the vehicle in letters and figures not less than 30mm high, rounded to the nearest 50kg
towed by the vehicle does not have either:
a) a locking device fitted to each outrigger that is able to be seen in a locked position when an outrigger is retracted, or
b) a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if an outrigger is not in the fully retracted position (Note 2).
4. An outrigger locking device is bent, worn or otherwise damaged or deteriorated so that it is not effective.
5. An outrigger locking device does not lock the outrigger in its retracted position.
Note 1 Definitions
Outrigger means, in relation to a vehicle fitted with a crane or a hoist, a device fitted to the vehicle that extends and stabilises
Hook truck means a vehicle recovery service vehicle with a crane hoist that partially lifts the vehicle to be recovered, which is
then towed in this position.
Stinger-lift truck means a recovery service vehicle with an arm that partially lifts the vehicle to be recovered, which is then
towed in this position.
Vehicle recovery service vehicle means a vehicle used in a vehicle recovery service for towing or transporting on a road any
motor vehicle; does not include a vehicle that is not designed or adapted for the purpose of towing or carrying motor vehicles.
Lifting gear means, in relation to a vehicle recovery service vehicle, any equipment used to lift another vehicle, and includes a
towing connection.
Note 2
in the park positionP>
Mandatory equipment
2. The manufacturers stated lifting capacity of a hook truck or stinger-lift truck must be clearly displayed, in kilograms, at the
rear of the vehicle in letters and figures not less than 30 mm high, rounded to the nearest 50kg.
towed by the vehicle must be:
a) fitted with a locking device to each outrigger that is able to be seen in a locked position when an outrigger is retracted, or
b) equipped with a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if an outrigger is not in the fully retracted position.
3 Vehicle structure
3-1 Structure
Mandatory equipment
1. An open-bodied vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 January 2001:
a) has side walls that are less than 450mm above the highest point of the uncompressed seat cushion on the open-bodied
part of the vehicle, or
b) does not have a permanent framework in addition to the side walls to provide reasonable protection for the occupants in
the case of the vehicle rolling over, or
c) on any upper deck does not have drains to prevent water from collecting on it or draining into the body of the vehicle.
2. On a heavy open-bodied vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2001:
a) a front screen to extend above the upper floor level:
i. is missing, or
ii. does not extend to at least 1m above the highest point of the uncompressed seat cushion, or
iii. does not extend to at least 1.95m above the upper floor level, or
b) a railing, or another structure, to extend above the side walls:
i. has a railing above the side walls through which a sphere of 125mm diameter can be passed, or
ii. has a railing that does not extend above the side walls to a height of at least 610mm above the highest point of the
uncompressed seat cushion.
Condition
3. Refer to heavy vehicle pages.
4. The structural strength of a PSV has been reduced so that it does not provide reasonable protection for the occupants in the
event of roof or wall deformation resulting from the vehicle rolling over, eg:
a) structural parts of the superstructure have been removed or substituted with parts that are of insufficient strength or not fit
for purpose.
5. A body-to-chassis attachment, such as a weld, or fastener is:
a) missing, or
b) loose, or
c) cracked, or
d) broken, or
e) significantly corroded, or
f) otherwise in poor condition.
Modification
Mandatory equipment
1. An open-bodied vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 January 2001 must:
a) on the open-bodied part of the vehicle have side walls that extend at least 450mm above the highest point of the
uncompressed seat cushion, and
b) have a permanent framework to provide reasonable protection for the occupants in the case of the vehicle rolling over,
and
c) on any upper deck have drains to prevent water from collecting on it or draining into the body of the vehicle.
2. A heavy open-bodied vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2001 must have:
a) a front screen that extends at least 1m above the highest uncompressed seat cushion, and at least 1.95 m above the
upper floor level, and
b) a railing, or another structure through which a sphere of 125mm diameter cannot be passed, that extends above the side
walls to a height of 610mm above the highest point of the uncompressed seat cushion.
Condition
4. The structural strength must be maintained throughout the service life of the PSV.
5. The superstructure must be of robust design, and made of materials fit for the purpose.
6. The body of a PSV must be fit for its purpose and securely fixed to the chassis.
7. The structural strength of a PSV must be sufficient to provide reasonable protection for the occupants in the event of roof or
wall deformation resulting from the vehicle rolling over.
3-2 Stability
1. A modification or repair since 1 July 2000 affects the vehicle stability and:
ii. the vehicle was modified or repaired since the last CoF inspection and no valid LT400 form from an HVS certifier has
been presented.
1. Fitting of components to the
roof, eg a roof rack or an air
conditioning unit.
2. Changes in floor height or
geometry, eg due to changes
to suspension, wheel or tyre
size.
vehicles safety performance (a second opinion from an expert may be needed).
1. A modification or repair, on or after 1 July 2000, that affects the stability of a heavy PSV must be inspected and certified by
an HVS certifier, unless the vehicle:
a) is excluded from the requirements for HVS certification (Table 3-2-1), and
performance.
3-3 Heavy PSV
1. A roof rack does not have a sign or plate on the left-hand side.
2. A roof rack sign or plate does not state:
a) the purpose of the roof rack, if other than for general baggage, or
b) the maximum weight it is allowed to carry, or
c) the manufacturer of the roof rack, or
d) at least one of the following:
i. the make, model and registration number of the PSV to which it is fitted
ii. vehicle identification number or chassis number of the PSV to which it is fitted
iii. if rated and certified for a vehicle model, the approval for that vehicle model.
Condition
3. The roof rack sign or plate is:
a) not securely fitted, or
b) not legible.
4. A roof rack that is fitted to a heavy PSV:
a) is not fitted as appropriate for that particular vehicle make and model, or
b) is not fitted securely, eg fastenings are missing, broken or loose, or
c) shows signs of significant deterioration that affects its ability to hold or retain the rated load.
5. A modification or repair since 1 July 2000 affects the roof rack, or a roof rack has been fitted since 1 July 2000, and:
category HVEC, HVMC or HVIC has been presented.
HVS
certification
is required
Fitting a roof
rack
Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand column unless the vehicle inspector considers that
second opinion from an expert may be needed, eg the manufacturers representative or a reputable
workshop).
1. A roof rack that is fitted to a heavy PSV must have a sign or plate on the left-hand side stating:
a) the purpose of the roof rack, if other than for general baggage, and
b) the maximum weight it is allowed to carry, and
c) the manufacturer of the roof rack, and
d) either:
i. the make, model and registration number of the PSV to which it is fitted, or
ii. vehicle identification number or chassis number of the PSV to which it is fitted, or
iii. if rated and certified by the vehicle manufacturer or a category HVEC, HVIC or HVMC heavy vehicle specialist
certifier for a vehicle model, the approval for that vehicle model.
Condition
2. A roof rack that is fitted to a heavy PSV must be fitted in accordance with instructions by a category HVEC, HVIC or HVMC
heavy vehicle specialist certifier.
Modification
3. A modification that affects the roof rack of a heavy PSV, including the fitting of a roof rack, must be inspected and certified by
a) is excluded from the requirements for HVS specialist certification (Table 3-3-1), and
performance.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
March 1980, or
vehicle.
Condition (Note 5)
Performance
c) not steady, or
March 1980, or
than:
b) flashes:
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4 Definitions
equipment.
Note 5
of the headlamp.
Note 6
manufacturer.
Note 7
Note 8
housing.
Note 9
Note 10
Headlamp type
Percent
(%)
mm/3
m
Degrees
()
EITHER
OR
105
1.72.0
OR
less than 0.8 m 1.01.5 30
45
0.57
0.85
0.81.2 m 1.02.0 30
60
0.57
1.15
more than 1.2 m 2.02.5 60
75
1.15
1.43
1.0 30 0.6 2.3 69 1.3
1.1 33 0.6 2.4 72 1.4
1.2 36 0.7 2.5 75 1.4
1.3 39 0.7 2.6 78 1.5
1.4 42 0.8 2.7 81 1.5
1.5 45 0.9 2.8 84 1.6
1.6 48 0.9 2.9 87 1.7
1.7 51 1.0 3.0 90 1.7
1.8 54 1.0 3.1 93 1.8
1.9 57 1.1 3.2 96 1.8
2.0 60 1.1 3.3 99 1.9
2.1 63 1.2 3.4 102 1.9
2.2 66 1.3 3.5 105 2.0

Condition (Note 5)
b) not be obscured.
Performance
Permitted equipment
Condition (Note 3)
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Note 6
unit.

Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
visibility.
Modifications
4-3 Cornering lamps
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
c) not steady, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
d) not steady, or
Note 1
the daytime.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
2. A heavy vehicle of class MD3, MD4, ME, NB, or NC first registered on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 9.2m in length:
a) is not fitted with one side-facing direction indicator lamp on each side, at or near the front of the vehicle, or
b) is fitted with more than two side-facing direction indicator lamps on either side.
3. A retrofitted side-facing direction indicator lamp is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting
below 1.5m is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
c) top-mounted lamps that are not mounted symmetrically as close as is practicable to the top corners of the bodywork.
1.5m is not practical due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle), or
i. the lower pair is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practical
6. A heavy vehicle is fitted with top-mounted lamps at the front of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
9. A mandatory side-facing direction indicator lamp is not visible from the side of the vehicle (Figure 4-5-2):
a) through an angle of 60 above and below a horizontal plane passing through the lamp, or
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
reversing lamps.
Note 5
intended by the vehicle manufacturer. This does not include lamps fitted by a body builder.
Note 6
A forward-facing permitted direction indicator lamp that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance
requirements must be made to comply or be removed from the vehicle.
Figure 4-5-2. Required angles for side-facing direction indicator lamps

2. A heavy vehicle of class MD3, MD4, ME, NB, or NC first registered on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 9.2m in length
must be fitted with one or two side-facing direction indicator lamps on each side, at or near the front of the vehicle.
3. A retrofitted side-facing direction indicator lamp must be mounted at a height not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable
due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m.
4. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of direction indicator lamps at the rear of the vehicle that must be
symmetrically mounted as near the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
Performance
8. A mandatory side-facing direction indicator must be visible from the side of the vehicle:
a) through an angle of 60 above and below the horizontal plane passing through the lamp, and
Modifications
2. A heavy vehicle is fitted at the front with:
Condition
Performance
Note 1
Front of vehicle:
a) one pair of forward-facing position lamps below 1.5 m (usually the OE lamps)
registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 there is no restriction on the number of forward-facing end-outline marker
lamps that may be fitted).
Rear of vehicle:
a) two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps, one pair below 1.5 m and a second pair below 2.1 m, fitted symmetrically as
Note 2 Definitions
equipment.
being:
Note 3
A permitted forward-facing position lamp, fitted to a class NC vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005,
that does not comply with condition and performance requirements must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not
emit a light. All other permitted forward-facing position lamps that do not comply with requirements must be made to comply or
be removed from the vehicle.
Note 4
Note 5
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of forward-facing position lamps that must be symmetrically
mounted as near the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Condition
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
being:
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of rearward-facing position lamps that must be symmetrically mounted
as near the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Note 1 Definitions
being:
Note 2

Permitted equipment
1. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with one or more side-marker lamps.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
vehicle.
darkness.
Modifications
a) is not fitted with the lamps required in Table 4-9-1, or
3. An end-outline marker lamp is not positioned so that it gives an indication of the vehicles dimensions, that is lamps, other
than cab roof lamps, are fitted other than around the outline of the vehicle (Note 2).
Condition
4. A lamp is insecure or, if a mandatory lamp, obscured.
Performance
7. When switched on, a mandatory or a forward-facing end-outline marker lamp does not operate (Note 3).
c) not diffuse, or
f) not steady, or
9. A mandatory cab roof lamp is not bright enough to produce light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight and from 200m
in normal darkness, eg due to modification, deterioration or an incorrect light source.
Note 1
For vehicles manufactured before 1/5/2011, the following total numbers of position lamps may generally be fitted to the front or
rear of a vehicle:
Front of vehicle:
a) one pair of forward-facing position lamps below 1.5m (usually the OE lamps)
registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 there is no restriction on the number of forward-facing end-outline
marker lamps that may be fitted).
Rear of vehicle:
a) two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps, one pair below 1.5m and a second pair below 2.1m, fitted symmetrically as
Note 2 Definitions
users, being:
Note 3
A rearward-facing end-outline marker lamp, or a forward-facing end-outline marker lamp fitted to a class NC vehicle first
registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005, that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance
requirements, must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light. All other permitted forward-facing end-
outline marker lamps must be made to comply or be fully removed from the vehicle.
If the vehicle
was:
Front Rear
Mandatory
lamps
1,4
Maximum
permitted
lamps
2
Maximum
permitted
lamps
2
Vehicle
manufactured
before 1/4/2011
3
A
2 12
(No Limit if first
registered
before
27/2/2005)
6
Not
required
6 4
Vehicle
manufactured
from 1/4/2011
2 12 6
2 6 4
Not
required
6 4
1
Vehicles in Table 4-9-2 are not required to be fitted with mandatory lamps.
2
3
4
Table 4-9-2. Vehicles exempt from mandatory cab roof requirements
A vehicle fitted with a waste collection unit that incorporates front-loading container handling equipment and a cab
protection shield, and which operates predominantly within 50km/h speed limit zones during daylight hours only.
A PSV used exclusively on urban routes.
A vehicle designed principally for carrying ready-mix concrete no more than 9.2m in length, and which operates
predominantly in 50km/h speed limit zones.
New Zealand Gazette, 12 May 1983, No. 63, page 1500
New Zealand Gazette, 7 July 1977, No. 73, page 1893.
1. A vehicle listed in Table 4-9-1 must or may be fitted with end-outline marker lamps as specified in the table.
Condition
4. An end-outline marker lamp must:
Performance
a) diffuse, and
of the vehicle.
9. A mandatory cab roof lamp must emit a light that is visible from a distance of 100m in daylight and 200m during the hours of
darkness.
Modifications
requirements.
4-10 Stop lamps
Condition
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
equipment. Stop lamp means a lamp that is designed to operate when the service brake is applied.
Note 2
Note 3
including those fitted by a body builder, are considered retrofitted (ie non-OE).
Note 4
manufacturer. This does not include lamps fitted by a body builder.
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of stop lamps that must be symmetrically mounted as near the top
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Condition
Performance
b) diffuse, or
source
Note 1 Definitions
vehicle.
Note 2
Note 3
stop lamps.
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Mandatory equipment
and:
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
Performance
Modifications
Condition
a) fading, or
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
b) steady, or
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
Performance
light that:
Note 1
Note 2
A forward-facing cosmetic lamp fitted to a class NC vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 that does
not comply with the equipment, condition and performance requirements, must be made to comply or be disabled so that it
does not emit a light. All other forward-facing cosmetic lamps that do not comply must be made to comply or be removed from
the vehicle.
Note 3 Definitions
Headlamps
Stop lamps
Position lamps
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps
Work lamps
Scene lamps
Alley lamps


Permitted equipment
Performance
3. A lamp must:
4-16 PSV audible and visible reversing warning devices
Mandatory equipment
1. A heavy motor vehicle that can carry 13 or more persons, which entered service on or after 1 July 2000, is not fitted with a
reversing warning device that operates when the reverse gear is engaged and the engine is running.
2. With reverse gear engaged and the engine running, the reversing warning device does not give:
a) an audible external warning, or
b) a visible external warning (usually the reversing lamps).
Mandatory equipment
1. A heavy motor vehicle that can carry more than 12 persons, which entered service on or after 1 July 2000, must be fitted with
a device that operates when the reverse gear is engaged and the engine is running, and which gives an audible and visible
external warning when the vehicle is reversing.
4-17 PSV interior lighting
1. An interior light for the purpose of illuminating a doorway, aisle or step:
a) does not function, or
b) interferes with the drivers vision when the doors are closed.
1. Interior lights must be positioned so that they adequately illuminate doorways, aisles and steps, but without interfering with
the drivers vision when the doors are closed.
5 Vision
5-1 Glazing
Mandatory equipment
2. A glazing marking required in Table 5-1-8 or Table 5-1-9 is missing, except for hard plastic glazing behind the drivers seat
Condition
3. Refer to general vehicle pages (Note 1).
4. A wire-mesh windscreen stoneguard (Figure 5-1-7):
a) top edge is both above the top of the steering wheel in its highest adjusted position and above 225mm measured from
the bottom edge of the windscreen, or
b) has a mesh size smaller than 12mm (Note 2), or
c) makes it difficult to access the windscreen for cleaning.
Performance
Modification
7. OE glazing that affects the structural integrity of the vehicle has been permanently removed and:
a) is missing proof of HVS certification, ie:
Windscreen repair
Note 1
With reference to Figure 5-1-4. Windscreen critical vision area (general vehicle pages), for heavy vehicles only, the upper
and lower boundaries of the CVA must be taken as:
Upper boundary: the lower of 100mm from the edge of the glazing or 900mm from the top of the uncompressed seat cushion
Lower boundary: the higher of the top of the uncompressed seat cushion or 100mm from the bottom of the windscreen.
Note 2
Objects, whether functional or otherwise (for example signage or badges) must not be attached to a wire-mesh windscreen
stoneguard.
Table 5-1-8. Required markings for windscreens on heavy vehicles
Vehicle class
Date of manufacture
Before
1/1/60
1/1/6031/12/90 1/1/9130/6/97 From 1/7/97
MD3, MD4,
ME, NB, NC
Safety glass with approved trade name
or approved standard
Safety glass with
approved standard
Laminated glass with
approved standard
Table 5-1-9. Required marking for other glazing on heavy vehicles
Vehicle class
Date of manufacture
Before
1/2/77
1/2/7731/12/90 From 1/1/91
MD3
1
, MD4
1
, ME
1
,
NB, NC
Safety glass with approved trade name or approved
standard
standard
1
may be made of transparent material of a kind that does not shatter. This material is not usually marked.

Figure 5-1-7. Stoneguard measurements

Mandatory equipment
2. A glazing marking required in Table 5-1-8 or Table 5-1-9 is missing, unless it is hard plastic glazing behind the drivers seat
Condition
Performance
Modification
5. The permanent removal of OE glazing that affects the structural integrity of the vehicle requires certification by an HVS
certifier.
5-2 Sun visors
Mandatory equipment
(Note 1).
Condition
2. A sun visor:
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Mandatory equipment
(Note 1).
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modification
Mandatory equipment
Condition
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
Performance
Modifications
Mandatory equipment
wash system.
January 1960.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
vehicle:
and performance.
Mandatory equipment
1. A class MD3, MD4, ME, NB or NC vehicle is not fitted with:
a) an outside left-hand rear view mirror, or
b) an outside right-hand rear view mirror.
2. An unclassified vehicle is not fitted with at least one rear view mirror.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Land Transport Rule: Windscreen Wipe and Wash, and Mirrors 1999.
Mandatory equipment
1. A class MD3, MD4, ME, NB and NC vehicle must be fitted with an outside left-hand and an outside right-hand rear-view
mirror.
2. An unclassified heavy vehicle must be fitted with at least one rear-view mirror.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
6. A rear-view mirror that is affected by a modification or repair:
b) does not require HVS certification.
5-5 PSV driver's vision
1. The drivers view through the windscreen or front side window is obstructed.
2. A passenger seat is positioned so that its occupant obstructs the drivers view through the windscreen or front side windows.
3. The interior of the vehicle, except a stretch limousine, cannot be clearly seen by the driver either:
a) directly, or
b) indirectly using mirrors or closed-circuit cameras (Note 1).
4. A person in the exterior vicinity of any door used by passengers cannot be clearly seen by the driver either:
a) directly, or
b) indirectly using existing rear-view mirrors, additional mirrors, or closed-circuit cameras.
5. A required closed-circuit camera has a screen that does not operate.
Note 1
The indirect view may be provided using rear-view mirrors (section 5-4), additional mirrors, or closed-circuit cameras.
Performance
1. The vehicle must provide the driver with a direct or indirect (Note 1) clear view of:
a) the interior of the vehicle (except for stretch limousines), and
b) any person in the exterior vicinity of any door used by passengers.
2. Seats must not be positioned where their occupants will obstruct the drivers view through the windscreen or front side
windows.
3. A closed-circuit camera system may be fitted to provide the driver with an indirect view on a television screen.
5-6 PSV demisters
Mandatory equipment
1. The windscreen or a side window used by the driver is not equipped with demisting equipment.
2. The demisting equipment:
b) is ineffective, eg the air is not hot enough or there is insufficient volume, or
c) cannot be operated from the drivers seat.
Mandatory equipment
1. The front windscreen and side windows used by the driver must be equipped with effective demisting equipment, adjustable
from the drivers seat.
6 Entrance and exit
Mandatory equipment
Equipment condition
Modifications
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Tables and images
occupants)
Note


Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Equipment condition
Modifications
performance.
6-2 PSV doors and doorways
Mandatory equipment
General
2. A heavy PSV does not have all doorways for normal passenger entry and exit on the left-hand side of the vehicle, unless it is
an outdoor access vehicle with a doorway provided for passenger entry and exit in the rear.
3. A heavy PSV has a doorway on the right-hand side of the vehicle unless it is a vehicle a vehicle fitted with equipment for
people with special mobility requirements.
4. An outdoor-access vehicle does not have at least one doorway for passenger entry or exit either on the left-hand side or in
the rear of the vehicle.
5. On a motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV on or after 1 July 2000, a door, except for a left-front door alongside and
within direct line of sight of the driver, does not have a device that warns the driver if the door is not closed properly.
does not have either:
i. are fitted on or next to the door, both inside and outside the vehicle, or
ii. have easy-to-understand operating instructions fitted next to them, both inside and outside the vehicle.
seat does not have emergency controls which:
a) can be operated in an emergency when the PSV is stationary, or
b) are fitted on or next to the door, both inside and outside the vehicle, or
General
9. A door locks automatically when it is closed.
10. A small passenger service vehicle (Note 2) has a speed-sensitive or other automatic central locking device that causes any
door to be locked while the vehicle is stationary.
11. A passenger service vehicle, other than a small passenger service vehicle (Note 2), has a safety device installed during
the manufacture of the vehicle to prevent the doors from being opened from inside the vehicle, eg a child safety lock (Note 1),
and the safety device has not been removed or permanently deactivated, and
a) a valid exemption cannot be produced, or
b) an approved sign (Figure 6-2-2) is not displayed adjacent to the exterior handle of each rear side door, or
c) the approved sign is not clearly legible.
12. A small passenger service vehicle (Note 2) has a safety device installed during the manufacture of the vehicle to prevent
the doors from being opened from inside the vehicle, eg a child safety lock (Note 1), and the safety device has not been
removed or permanently deactivated, and
a) an approved sign (Figure 6-2-2) is not displayed adjacent to the exterior handle of each rear side door, or
b) the approved sign is not clearly legible.
13. A door that is not controlled by the driver cannot be opened from outside the vehicle.
14. A doorway provided for passenger entry or exit is obstructed.
15. A device to warn the driver that the door is not closed properly:
a) does not function correctly, or
b) is not effective.
16. A door or doorway is in such a condition that it is likely to injure passengers entering or leaving the vehicle.
17. An emergency door control sign or operating instruction is not clearly legible.
18. An emergency door control:
a) cannot be operated when the PSV is stationary, or
b) does not allow the door to be opened manually in the event of a power failure, or
c) has a component that has significantly deteriorated so that its operation in an emergency is likely to be compromised.
19. A handrail or handhold for assisting people who are entering or leaving the vehicle is:
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
c) significantly deteriorated so that it is likely to injure passengers.
20. A power-operated door is such that it is likely to injure or trap a person eg by excessive opening or closing force, or
damage or deterioration (Note 3) (Technical bulletin (CoF) 5).
Modification
21. A door or doorway was modified since the last CoF inspection and there is no written confirmation that items affected by the
modification comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Note 1
Note 2
Small passenger service vehicle means a vehicle used for use in a passenger service for the carriage of passengers that is
designed or adapted to carry 12 or fewer persons (including the driver).
Note 3
closing force if:
a) the door is located at the left-front of the vehicle within the drivers direct line of sight*, and is opened and closed by means
of a driver-operated control, or
b) the door automatically opens when it meets an obstruction, and remains open until being closed using the driver-operated
control, or
c) in the event that the door closes onto part of a person, the person can readily extract the trapped part (see Technical
Bulletin 5: Power-operated door test procedure (PSV)).
Figure 6-2-1. Approved child safety lock sign (white text on red background)

Mandatory equipment
General
2. Heavy PSV and doorways for passenger entry or exit must be on the left-hand side of the vehicle, unless:
a) the vehicle is an outdoor-access vehicle, and a doorway for passenger entry or exit is provided in the rear, or
b) the vehicle is fitted with equipment for people with special mobility requirements.
3. On a motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV on or after 1 July 2000, a door, except a left-front door alongside and
within direct line of sight of the driver, must have a device that warns the driver if the door is not closed properly.
4. A heavy PSV must be fitted with handrails or handholds which are suitable to assist people who are entering or leaving the
vehicle.
must have:
i. can be operated in an emergency when the PSV is stationary, and
ii. are fitted on or next to the door, both inside and outside the vehicle, and
iii. have easy-to-understand operating instructions fitted next to them, both inside and outside the vehicle.
seat must have emergency controls which:
a) can be operated in an emergency when the PSV is stationary, and
b) are fitted on or next to the door, both inside and outside the vehicle, and
Performance
General
7. A door and its operation must meet the requirements of section 6-1, except:
a) safety devices installed during the manufacture of the vehicle to prevent the doors from being opened from the inside of
the vehicle (eg a child safety lock (Note 1)) must be removed or permanently deactivated (unless the vehicle is a small
passenger service vehicle (Note 2) and a sign approved by the NZTA is displayed at the outer door handle), and
b) doors that are not controlled by the driver must be able to be opened from both inside and outside the vehicle when
someone is in the vehicle except when the occupant has locked the doors, and
c) a door must be operable by any occupant next to the door, from inside the vehicle.
8. A doorway provided for passenger entry or exit must be clear of obstruction.
9. A door must not lock automatically when it is closed.
10. Speed-sensitive or other automatically operating central-locking devices fitted to a small passenger service vehicle (Note
2) must not automatically cause any door to be locked while the vehicle is stationary.
11. A power-operated door must be maintained so that the opening and closing force of the door, or its method of operation, is
unlikely to injure or trap any person (Note 3).
Modification
12. If a PSV doorway has been modified since it was last certified for operation in-service and the modification has affected the
doors operation or the doorway dimensions, items affected by the modification must comply with the requirements for entry
certification.
Page amended April 28 2014 (see amendment details).
6-3 PSV entry and exit steps, ramps and hoists
Note An unmodified vehicle is not required to comply with Summary of legislation 16 or Reasons for rejection 17
provided that it complies with either:
UN/ECE 36 and UN/ECE 66; UN/ECE 107 and UN/ECE 66; UN/ECE 52 or Directive 2001/85/EC.
1. A wheelchair ramp or hoist fitted to a PSV that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 or a
wheelchair ramp or hoist fitted to a PSV on or after 1 July 2000 does not have evidence of HVS certification, ie:
a) the hoist or ramp was fitted before the last CoF inspection and no LANDATA record has been entered, or
b) the hoist or ramp was fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
ii. the HVS certifier was not of the category, HVEC, HVIC or HVMC.
Mandatory equipment
2. A heavy PSV is not fitted with a panel to prevent the feet of seated passengers from protruding into any nearby stairwell or
ramp.
3. A heavy PSV is not fitted with a guardrail or equivalent item both:
to the rearward side of any stairwell or ramp if passengers can stand or sit behind the stairwell or ramp, and
to the forward side of the stairwell or ramp if there is a rearward- or sideways-facing seat in front of it or if
passengers can stand in front of it.
4. An entry and exit step or ramp:
a) does not have a slip-resistant tread surface, or
b) does not provide safe entry or exit for occupants, eg:
ii. the structure or its attachment is loose or has significantly deteriorated.
5. A ramp or retractable step does not:
a) operate correctly, or
b) remain secure in its retracted position or when in use.
6. A panel fitted to prevent the feet of seated passengers from protruding into any nearby stairwell or ramp:
a) is insecure, or
b) has deteriorated so that it is likely to injure occupants.
7. A guardrail or equivalent item:
a) is insecure, or
b) has deteriorated so that it is likely to injure occupants.
8. A wheelchair hoist:
a) does not operate correctly, or
b) is not securely fitted to the vehicle, or
c) has a component which is missing, insecure or has significantly deteriorated, or
d) if power operated, does not incorporate a braking function that actuates when the control device is released, or
e) when powered down, does not have a device that prevents jacking of the vehicle, or
f) if side-mounted, does not have a means of warning the driver when the hoist is not stowed, or
g) has moving parts which touch the vehicle during the raising/lowering cycle, or
h) platform does not provide safe parking for the wheelchair, or
i) is not fitted with a constraint to prevent the wheelchair rolling off the platform, or
j) platform cannot be manually deployed and lowered.
PSV fitted with a wheelchair ramp on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair ramp and its fitting to a PSV:
a) does not, from the driving position, allow an unobstructed view of :
i. the exterior and interior of the doorway used for entry and exit, or
ii. the wheelchair parking position, or
iii. the ramp, unless the ramp is power operated and cannot be seen clearly by the driver, or
b) if it is power operated and cannot be clearly seen by the driver, does not stop or retract if it meets an obstruction
before it is fully extended, or
c) does not have on the ramp side edges:
i. a safety ridge, or
ii. a conspicuous stripe at least 20 mm wide, or
d) does not have adequate illumination of the fully extended ramp to enable safe use during the hours of darkness, or
e) if it is power operated:
i. has no audible warning while the ramp is extending or retracting, or
ii. has no safety system to prevent the vehicle from moving off while the ramp is extended, or
iii. cannot be manually deployed and lowered in the event of a power failure.
10. A wheelchair ramp:
a) if side-mounted, has no device that warns the driver when the ramp is not stowed, or
b) has a moving part which touches the vehicle during the raising/lowering cycle.
Modification
11. An entry and exit step or ramp, or a wheelchair hoist or ramp, was modified since the last CoF inspection and there is no
written confirmation that items affected by the modification comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Note 1
Wheelchair hoist means an appliance attached to the vehicle which is used for raising or lowering wheelchairs and their
occupants into or out of the vehicle.
Note 2
Wheelchair ramp means an inclined platform that is either permanently or temporarily attached to the vehicle to allow
wheelchairs and their occupants into or out of the vehicle.
AS 3856.11991
AS 3856.21991
AS/NZS 3856.11998
AS/NZS 3856.21998.
PSV fitted with a wheelchair ramp on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair ramp and its fitting to a PSV must be certified by an
HVS certifier.
2. On a vehicle fitted with a wheelchair hoist that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or on a
PSV fitted with a wheelchair hoist on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair hoist and its attachment to a PSV must be certified by
an HVS certifier.
Mandatory equipment
3. A heavy PSV must be fitted with a panel to prevent the feet of seated passengers from protruding into any nearby stairwell or
ramp.
4. A heavy PSV must be fitted with a guardrail or equivalent item:
a) to the rearward side of any stairwell or ramp if passengers can stand or sit behind the stairwell or ramp, and
b) to the forward side of the stairwell or ramp if there is a rearward- or sideways-facing seat in front of it or if passengers can
stand in front of it.
5. The step-tread surfaces of entry and exit steps and ramps must be of a slip-resistant material.
6. Entry and exit steps and ramps must provide safe entry or exit for the occupants of a PSV.
7. External steps and ramps must be constructed so that they are not likely to injure any person.
modified.
PSV fitted with a wheelchair ramp on or after 1 July 2000:
a) there must be an unobstructed view from the driving position, either directly or indirectly of the:
i. exterior and interior of the doorway used for entry and exit, and
ii. wheelchair parking position, and
iii. ramp, except where the ramp is power operated and cannot be seen clearly by the driver, it must be fitted with a
sensor so that the ramp stops or retracts if it meets an obstruction before it is fully extended, and
b) ramps must have a slip-resistant surface, and
c) ramps must have:
i. a safety ridge along the side edges, or
ii. a conspicuous stripe, at least 20mm wide, along the side edges, and
d) there must be adequate illumination of the fully extended ramp to enable safe use during the hours of darkness, and
e) power-operated ramps must:
i. be fitted with a device that gives audible warning while the ramp is extending or retracting, and
ii. have a safety system to prevent the vehicle from moving off while the ramp is extended, and
iii. be able to be operated in the event of power failure.
Modification
11. An entry and exit step or ramp, or a wheelchair hoist or ramp, fitted to or modified on a heavy PSV since it was last certified
for operation in-service must meet the requirements for entry certification.
6-4 PSV emergency exits
Mandatory equipment
1. The compartment (Note 2) of a heavy PSV does not have at least (Note 6):
a) two emergency exits, if the compartment accommodates 26 or fewer persons, or
b) three emergency exits, if the compartment accommodates 27 or more persons, or
c) four emergency exits, if the compartment accommodates 36 or more persons and the vehicle entered service as a PSV
in New Zealand on or after 1 September 1999.
Signs and markings (Note 1)
2. A dedicated emergency exit does not have at least one of the following:
a) a coloured band on the inside frame, at least 20mm wide, which contrasts with the background
high.
3. A clear instruction sign for opening the exit:
a) isnot displayed on or next to every dedicated emergency exit and power-operated passenger entry and exit door, both
inside and outside the PSV, or
b) does not include the word "Emergency" in letters that are at least 10mm high, or
c) does not have words or drawings that identify the exit, and that clearly identify and describe or illustrate its operating
mechanism.
4. A breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit does not have a device (eg a hammer) that is capable of breaking the glass
fitted in a prominent position on or next to the glass, inside the PSV.
5. The glazing of a breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit:
a) is laminated, or
b) is not made of readily breakable, toughened safety glass (refer to section 5-1 of this manual for markings), or
c) has been modified, covered or treated in a way which might adversely affect the breakability or the removal of the glass,
eg it has a vinyl overlay.
6. A chain or similar device used to retain a dedicated emergency exit is not easily breakable or detachable.
7. A seat which is designed to tilt out of the way to provide access to a dedicated emergency exit does not have:
a) a single-action tilting mechanism, or
b) a tilting mechanism that has an automatic locking device which locks the seat in the tilted position, or
Performance
8. The removal of a readily removeable glass-breaking device (eg a hammer) does not generate an audible or visible warning
to the driver that the hammer has been removed or tampered with.
9. A dedicated emergency exit, including its control mechanisms or associated equipment:
a) is likely to injure or trap any person, if it is operated according to the operating instructions, or
b) does not open easily from both inside and outside the vehicle when stationary, or
c) has sharp edges on the frame, or
d) has security locks or similar devices that do not give audible and visible warning to the driver when the exit is locked and
the engine is running.
10. Internal access to a dedicated emergency exit is obstructed.
11. A hinged or hatch-type dedicated emergency exit does not open easily from both inside and outside the PSV (Note 5).
12. The opening of a hinged or hatch-type dedicated emergency exit does not generate an audible warning to the driver that
the opening mechanism is activated, with the exception of:
a) an emergency hatch in the floor of the upper deck of a double-decked vehicle
b) an emergency roof hatch, if its internal opening device is sealed in such a way that it is clearly apparent if the seal has
been opened
c) an emergency window, if its internal opening device is sealed in such a way that it is clearly apparent if the seal has
been opened.
Modification
13. An emergency exit was modified (including fitting or removal) since the last CoF inspection and there is no written
confirmation that items affected by the modification comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Note 1
These requirements are for heavy PSV emergency exit signs. Section 7-10 covers signs and instructions generally.
Note 2
Compartment, for the purposes of emergency exits, means:
a) the separated drivers compartment
Note 3
a) a door used for the entry and exit of the occupants and, for this purpose, a door of double width is a single emergency exit
Note 4
Dedicated emergency exit means any doorway, window, hatch or other opening that is designed and constructed solely to
provide a means of leaving the vehicle in the event of an emergency.
Note 5
Check the operation of an emergency exit only if it can be done without causing damage.
Note 6
A sliding or similar type of dedicated emergency exit, which is likely to jam even with slight distortion of the vehicle body, must
not be taken into account when counting the number of required emergency exits
Mandatory equipment
1. The compartment (Note 2) of a heavy PSV must have at least:
a) two emergency exits, if the compartment accommodates 26 or fewer persons, or
b) three emergency exits, if the compartment accommodates 27 or more persons, or
c) four emergency exits, if the compartment accommodates 36 or more persons and the vehicle entered service as a PSV
in New Zealand on or after 1 September 1999.
Signs and markings (Note 1)
2. A dedicated emergency exit must have:
a) a coloured band on the inside frame, at least 20 mm wide, which contrasts with the background, or
high.
3. A clear instruction sign for opening the exit must be displayed:
a) both inside and outside the vehicle on or next to every:
i. power-operated passenger entry and exit door, and
ii. dedicated emergency exit, and
b) the clear instruction sign must include:
i. the word "Emergency" in letters that are at least 10 mm high, and
ii. words or drawings that identify the exit, and clearly identify and describve or illustrate its operating mechanism.
4. A breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit must have a device that is capable of breaking the glass to enable the safe exit
of passengers:
a) is provided in a prominent position on or next to the glass, on the inside of the vehicle, and
b) if the device is readily removeable there must be an audible or visual alarm system that alerts the driver if the device is
removed or tampered with.
5. Seats which are designed to tilt out of the way to provide access to a dedicated emergency exit must have:
a) a single-action tilting mechanism, and
b) a tilting mechanism that has an automatic locking device which locks the seat in the tilted position, and
6. A chain or similar device used to retain the dedicated emergency exit must be easily breakable or detachable.
7. The glazing of a breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit must:
a) not be laminated, and
b) be made of readily breakable, toughened safety glass (refer to section 5-1 of this manual for markings), and
c) not be modified, covered or treated in a way which might adversely affect the breakability or the removal of the glass.
Performance
8. A dedicated emergency exit, its control mechanisms and associated equipment must comply with the following
requirements:
a) its operation must be unlikely to injure or trap any person, if it is operated according to the operating instructions, and
b) it must open easily from both inside and outside the vehicle when stationary, and
c) the frame must not have sharp edges, and
d) security locks or similar devices , if fitted, must have a device which gives audible and visible warning to the driver when
the exit is locked and the engine is running.
9. Internal access to a dedicated emergency exit must not be obstructed.
10. A dedicated emergency exit must open easily from both inside and outside the PSV.
11. A dedicated emergency exit must have an audible alarm system to warn the driver if the opening mechanism is activated,
a) a breakable-glass dedicated emergency exit
b) an emergency hatch in the floor of the upper deck of a double-decked vehicle
c) an emergency roof hatch or emergency window, if its internal opening device is sealed in such a way that it is clearly
apparent if the seal has been opened.
Modification
12. If an emergency exit or dedicated emergency exit is modified (including fitting or removal) on a heavy PSV since it was last
certified for operation in-service, the emergency exit or dedicated emergency exit must meet the requirements for entry
certification.
7 Vehicle interior
Mandatory equipment
3. A modification or repair since 1 April 2002 affects a seat or seat anchorage and:
Certification
required
Certification not required
1. Retrofitting a
seat that:
a) has an
integrated
seatbelt, or
b) is not fitted
to existing
unmodified
OE seat
anchorages.
1. Seat modification or replacement, or installation of a seat anchorage, provided that:
a) the seat is either an unmodified OE seat from another vehicle or of a known and reputable
aftermarket brand, and
i. the seat is fitted to unmodified OE seat anchorages, and
ii. the anchorage or operation of seatbelts is not affected, and
iii. the relationship between seat, seat occupant, and location of the seatbelt anchorages is not
affected.
2. Removal of seats and/or seatbelts (however, a class change and a new load rating may be required
in some cases).
3. Fitting or modification to seat pads or covers.
Mandatory equipment
Modifications
3. A modification on or after 1 April 2002 that affects a seat or seat anchorage must be inspected and certified by an HVS
certifier of category HVEC or HMCD unless the vehicle:
performance.
7-2 PSV seating
on or after 1 July 2000, or on a PSV fitted with a wheelchair-occupant restraint on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair or
wheelchair and occupant restraint has not been certified by an HVS certifier.
2. The drivers seat is not adjustable.
4. There is a seat on the right-hand side of the drivers seat.
5. A forward-facing passenger seat (Note 2), other than one fitted with a seatbelt or facing a longitudinal aisle, does not have
another seat, partition, guardrail or equivalent fitting installed in front of it within 1m of the front edge of the seat to prevent a
passenger sitting on the seat from being thrown forward.
6. A vehicle (Note 4), except any outdoor-access vehicle (Note 3), that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand:
a) before 1 July 2000 does not have armrests fitted to the open ends of sideways-facing seats, or
b) on or after 1 July 2000 does not have armrests fitted to sideways-facing seats at intervals of 1.8m or less as well as to the
7. A folding crew seat (Note 1):
a) is fitted other than in the stairwell of the front doorway, or
b) does not fold away automatically when unoccupied, or
c) does not have clear signs stating that the seats:
i. are for use by crew members only, or
8. A folding or tilting passenger seat (Note 2):
a) is fitted to the stairwell forward of the front axle, or
b) is fitted to the stairwell behind the front axles and does not have operating instructions.
9. A passenger service vehicle that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, and is designed to
carry a forward-facing wheelchair and occupant, is not fitted with a restraint system for a wheelchair.
10. A heavy passenger service vehicle that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, and is
designed to carry a rearward-facing wheelchair and occupant, is not fitted with a backrest head support.
Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or that was fitted with such equipment on or after 1 July 2000 does not include:
a) a horizontal handrail adjacent to the wheelchair parking position for wheelchair occupants to steady themselves while
the passenger service vehicle is moving, or
b) a means of preventing the wheelchair from tipping backwards, or
c) a head support if the back of the wheelchair occupants head would be against a window, bulkhead or partition, or
d) a means of preventing the wheelchair from swinging out of position or tipping over, or
e) a sign adjacent to the wheelchair parking position stating that the restraint system must be secured and the wheelchairs
brakes applied, or
f) easily accessible quick-release mechanisms.
13. A wheelchair or wheelchair-occupant restraint does not meet the condition and performance requirements of section 7-5,
general vehicle pages.
Folding or tilting passenger seats fitted in stairwells
14. A folding or tilting passenger seat is fitted to the stairwell behind the front axle and:
a) the front doorway is obstructed, or
b) operating instructions for the seat are not clearly displayed, or
c) the seat does not lock automatically, both when in use and in the fold-away or tilted position, or
d) the risk of injury to the seat operator has not been minimised, or
e) the seat could injure persons using the stairwell where the seat is located.
Position of drivers seat and controls
15. The driver does not have safe and reasonably easy access to the drivers seat.
16. The driving controls are not protected, or located in such a way as to minimise the risk that they will be operated
accidentally.
Modification
17. A seat or seating arrangement, including a wheelchair or wheelchair occupant restraint system, has been modified since
the last CoF inspection and there is no written confirmation that items affected by the modification comply with the
Note 1
Crew, in relation to a PSV, means the person or group of persons in control or having responsibility for the operation of the
vehicle or the wellbeing of the passengers.
Note 2
Note 3
Outdoor-access vehicle means a motor vehicle that is used to provide access to remote areas solely in connection with
outdoor activities.
Note 4
Sideways-facing passenger seats may be fitted in a heavy motor vehicle without armrests if:
a) the seats fold down for use and fold away when not in use to enable the carriage of wheelchairs or pushchairs, and
b) a row of sideways-facing seating positions is no more than 1.8m wide.
on or after 1 July 2000, or on a PSV fitted with a wheelchair-occupant restraint on or after 1 July 2000, a wheelchair-occupant
restraint must be certified by an HVS certifier.
2. A drivers seat must be adjustable to ensure the driver has access to the driving controls.
4. There must not be a seat on the right-hand side of the drivers seat.
5. Every forward-facing passenger seat (Note 2) must have either another seat, a partition or a guard rail positioned no more
than 1m in front of the front edge of the seat unless the seat is:
a) fitted with a seatbelt, or
b) fitted in a heavy passenger service vehicle and is facing a longitudinal aisle.
6. A vehicle (Note 4), except any outdoor-access vehicle (Note 3), that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand:
a) before 1 July 2000 must have armrests fitted to the open ends of sideways-facing seats, or
b) on or after 1 July 2000 must have armrests fitted to sideways-facing seats at intervals of 1.8m or less as well as to the
7. Folding crew seats:
a) may be fitted only in the stairwell of the front doorway of a PSV and
b) must fold away automatically when unoccupied, and
c) must have clear signs stating that the seats:
i. are for use by crew members only, and
8. A heavy PSV may be fitted with folding or tilting passenger seats, with operating instructions, to the stairwell behind the front
axle.
Zealand on or after 1 July 2000, or that was fitted with such equipment on or after 1 July 2000, must comply with all of the
a) there must be a horizontal handrail adjacent to the wheelchair parking position for wheelchair occupants to steady
themselves while the passenger service vehicle is moving, and
b) the wheelchair must be prevented from tipping backwards, and
c) a head support must be fitted if the back of the wheelchair occupants head would be against a window, bulkhead or
partition, and
d) a restraint system must be fitted to prevent the wheelchair from swinging out of position or tipping over, and
e) there must be a sign adjacent to the wheelchair parking position stating that the restraint system must be secured and
the wheelchairs brakes applied, and
f) the restraint system must include easily accessible quick-release mechanisms.
10. A passenger service vehicle that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 that is designed to
carry a forward-facing wheelchair and occupant, must be fitted with a restraint system for a wheelchair.
11. A heavy passenger service vehicle that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 that is designed
to carry a rearward-facing wheelchair and occupant, must be fitted with a backrest head support and may be fitted with a
restraint system for a wheelchair.
Folding or tilting passenger seats fitted in stairwells
13. A folding or tilting passenger seat fitted to the stairwell behind the front axle must comply with the following:
a) there must be an unobstructed doorway in front of the front axle for passenger entry or exit, and
b) the seats must lock automatically, both when in use and in the fold-away or tilted position, and
c) operating instructions for the seats must be clearly displayed, and
d) the seats must be designed to minimise the risk of injury to the passengers using the seats, and
e) provision must be made to ensure that the seat mechanism cannot cause injury to passengers using the concealed
stairwell.
Position of drivers seat and controls
14. The driver must have safe and reasonably easy access to the drivers seat.
15. The driving controls must be protected, or located in such a way as to minimise the risk that they will be operated
accidentally.
Modification
17. If a passenger seat, crew seat, wheelchair restraint system, or wheelchair and occupant restraint system is fitted, relocated
or modified in a heavy PSV since it was last certified for operation in-service, the passenger seat, crew seat, wheelchair
restraint system, or wheelchair and occupant restraint system must comply with the requirements for entry certification.
7-3 Head restraints
occupant.
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Fitting of or
modification to:
of 2500 kg or less:
LCD screens to head
restraints
vehicles, or
Permitted equipment
Modification
is:
performance.
7-4 PSV aisles
Mandatory equipment
1. A PSV does not have at least one of the following:
a) an aisle to provide unobstructed access throughout the PSV from each doorway used for passenger entry and exit
b) a door alongside every seat or every row of forward-facing or rearward-facing seats
c) a doorway that gives access to a compartment with fewer than nine seating positions in two rows of seats that face each
other and opens into the space between the seats
d) in an outdoor-access vehicle with sideways-facing seats, at least a300 mm space between the front edges of seats
which face each other, and at least 300 mm foot room for any other seats.
2. A flight of aisle steps, an internal ramp or a landing is not provided with handrails, handholds, or handgrips.
3. A PSV with a certificate of loading that allows standing passengers is not fitted with handrails, handholds or handgrips
whose number and location are appropriate for:
a) the number of passengers permitted to occupy the aisle, or
b) passengers of different heights.
4. A light, push button, air vent or similar device:
a) projects more than 5mm into the required minimum aisle space, or
b) is not designed to minimise the risk of injury to passengers.
5. A handrail, handhold or handgrip is:
a) not suitable, or
c) in a condition such that it is likely to injure a person.
6. The aisle step-tread surfaces are:
a) not of a slip-resistant material, or
b) slippery or have deteriorated so that they are no longer safe to use.
Modification
7. An aisle arrangement was modified since the last CoF inspection and there is no written confirmation that items affected by
the modification comply with the requirements for entry certification.
Mandatory equipment
1. An aisle is required in a PSV to provide unobstructed access throughout the PSV from each doorway used for passenger
entry and exit, except where:
a) there is a door alongside every seat or every row of forward- or rearward-facing seats, or
b) a doorway:
i. gives access to a compartment with fewer than nine seating positions in two rows of seats which face each other, and
ii. opens into the space between the seats, or
c) the sideways-facing seats in an outdoor-access vehicle have at least a 300mm space between the front edges of seats
which face each other, and there is at least 300 mm foot room for any other seats.
2. Aisle steps, internal ramps and landings must be provided with suitable handrails, handholds or handgrips.
3. If the certificate of loading allows standing passengers to be carried on the PSV, handrails, handholds or handgrips must be
fitted, whose number and location must be appropriate for the number of passengers permitted to occupy the aisle and for
passengers of different heights.
Performance
4. An aisle, where required, must provide unobstructed access throughout the PSV from each doorway used for passenger
entry and exit.
5. The aisle, where required, must be clear of any fixture, except that lights, push buttons, air vents, and similar devices may
project up to 5mm into the required minimum aisle-height space, provided it is designed to minimise the risk of injury to
passengers.
6. The aisle step-tread surfaces must be of a slip-resistant material.
Modification
7. If an aisle in a PSV has been modified since it was last certified for operation in-service, the aisle must meet the
Mandatory equipment
1. A heavy open-bodied vehicle that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2001 and is fitted with
seatbelts, does not have legible signs that state that passengers must remain seated with seatbelts on while the vehicle is
moving.
Condition
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A heavy open-bodied vehicle that entered passenger service in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2001, if fitted with seatbelts,
must have signs that state that passengers must remain seated with seatbelts on while the vehicle is moving.
Condition
Performance
Mandatory equipment
3. A modification affects an airbag system (eg an airbag has been removed or made inoperable, including retrofitting a switch),
and
a) the modification is not for the purposes of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services, or
4. A motor vehicle that has an airbag system removed or made inoperable and been certified as above does not:
a) have all OE signs, lights, or other devices that indicated that the vehicle was fitted with an airbag removed, or
b) if the signs, lights or other devices cannot be readily removed, have a label that indicates an airbag has been removed
Note 1
Some modifications are permitted, but they must always be HVS certified. The only modifications permitted are:
Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Modification
4. A motor vehicle that has had its airbag removed or made inoperable must either:
5. A modification that affects an airbag system must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier unless the vehicle is:
a) excluded from the requirement for HVS certification, and
performance.
7-7 Interior impact
Mandatory equipment
1. An outdoor-access vehicle is not fitted with energy-absorbent material on all the interior surfaces that could come into
contact with the occupants when the vehicle is vigorously manoeuvring or in a crash.
2. A motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 is not fitted with energy-absorbent
material to:
a) the tops of exposed partitions, which are less than 1.2m high, situated in front of seats, or
b) the tops of seats, except in the following limited areas:
i. at the upper corners of seat backs which are dedicated handholds and which are integrated parts of the seat frames
ii. where the upper point of a lap-and-diagonal seatbelt is fitted.
4. Energy-absorbent material is missing, damaged or has deteriorated to the extent that the likelihood of injury to passengers
is increased.
Mandatory equipment
1. If the vehicle is an outdoor-access vehicle it must be fitted with energy-absorbent material on the interior surfaces that could
come into contact with the occupants when the vehicle is vigorously manoeuvring or in a crash.
2. A motor vehicle that entered service as a PSV in New Zealand on or after 1 July 2000 must be fitted with energy-absorbent
material to:
a) the tops of exposed partitions, which are less than 1.2m high, situated in front of seats, and
b) the tops of seats, except in a limited area:
i. at the upper corners of seat backs which are dedicated handholds and which are integrated parts of the seat frames,
or
ii. to which the upper point of a lap-and-diagonal seatbelt is fitted.
7-8 PSV heating and ventillation
Mandatory equipment
1. A PSV does not have ventilation that is provided by at least one of the following:
a) opening windows or roof hatches,
2. The driver does not have at least one independently adjustable means of ventilation.
3. A window or roof hatch used for ventilation cannot be easily opened.
4. A forced ventilation system:
b) has insufficient air flow.
5. An interior heating system is installed in a way that does not minimise the risk of occupants being burned.
6. The operation of an interior heating, ventilation or air-conditioning system introduces harmful gases into the vehicle.
7. A window opening:
a) next to a passenger seat and below 610mm above the uncompressed seat cushion allows a 125mm sphere to pass
through it, or
b) with no seat next to it and below 1.5m above the floor allows a 125mm sphere to pass through it.
Mandatory equipment
1. A PSV must have ventilation that is provided by:
a) opening windows or roof hatches, or
2. The driver must have at least one independently adjustable means of ventilation.
3. The ventilation system must provide adequate ventilation throughout the length of the passenger compartment.
4. An interior heating system must be installed in a way that will minimise the risk of occupants being burned.
5. An interior heating or air-conditioning system must be designed and constructed so that no harmful fumes associated with its
operation can be introduced into the vehicle.
6. Ventilation air intakes must be in a position which minimises the possibility of introducing exhaust gases or other harmful
fumes into the passenger compartment.
7. The design and construction of an opening window must ensure that a sphere of 125mm diameter cannot be passed
through that part of the opening which:
a) is below the height of 610mm above the uncompressed seat cushion, if there is a seat other than the drivers seat next to
that window, or
b) is below 1.5m above the floor, if there is no seat next to that window.
7-9 PSV fire protection
Fire extinguishers
1. A PSV that has more than 12 seating positions is not equipped with a fire extinguisher.
2. The fire extinguishers in a PSV with more than 12 seating positions are not appropriate for:
a) the size of the vehicle, or
b) the materials used in the construction of the vehicle, or
c) the type of fuel used, eg a trolley bus has a fire extinguisher filled with water.
3. A passenger compartment (Note 1) that has more than 12 seating positions does not have at least one fire extinguisher.
4. A fire extinguisher does not have clear and simple operating instructions, in English or with pictorial symbols, attached to it.
5. A PSV required to have a fire extinguisher does not have a fire extinguisher located near the driver:
a) that is also clearly visible to passengers, or
b) where there is clearly visible signage that indicates its location to passengers.
6. If a fire extinguisher is located within a closed container, the container does not:
a) have a cover that is readily removable or breakable by a passenger, or
b) clearly display instructions that explain how to access the fire extinguisher in an emergency, or
i. being sufficiently transparent to enable a clear view of the fire extinguisher, or
Fire extinguishers
7. A fire extinguisher:
a) does not have a date of inspection recorded on or near the fire extinguisher, or
b) is past its specified re-inspection period (usually printed on the extinguisher), or
c) is not within six months of the last recorded inspection, where no re-inspection period is specified, or
d) is showing low on its charge indicator, or
e) is not sealed, that is it may have been discharged and needs recharging or replacement.
Note 1
Compartment, for the purposes of fire extinguishers, means
a) the separated driver's compartment
Mandatory equipment
Fire extinguishers
1. A PSV that has more than 12 seating positions must be equipped with fire extinguishers that are appropriate for:
a) the size of the vehicle, and
b) the materials used in the construction of the vehicle, and
c) the type of fuel used.
2. Every passenger compartment (Note 1) must have at least one fire extinguisher if that passenger compartment has more
than 12 seating positions.
3. Clear and simple operating instructions, in English or with pictorial symbols, must be attached to each fire extinguisher.
4. One of the fire extinguishers must be located near the driver, clearly visible to the passengers and must:
a) be clearly visible to the passengers, or
b) have clearly visible signage that indictaes its location to passengers.
5. If a fire extinguisher is located within a closed container, the container must:
a) have a cover that is readily removable or breakable by a passenger, and
b) clearly display instructions that explain how to access the fire extinguisher in an emergency, and
i. being sufficiently transparent to enable a clear view of the fire extinguisher, or
Fire extinguishers
6. A fire extinguisher must be:
a) inspected regularly as is appropriate for the particular make and model of fire extinguisher, and the date of the
inspection must be recorded on or near the fire extinguisher, and
b) sealed so it is clearly apparent if it has been discharged and needs recharging or replacement.
7-10 PSV signs and instructions
1. A sign or instruction is:
a) not in a simple typeface, or
b) not in a colour which contrasts with the background of the sign, or
c) obscured by other fittings, or
d) incomplete, or
e) illegible.
Mandatory equipment
7-11 PSV emergency passenger signals
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle in which direct communication between the passengers and driver is restricted by a partition, obstruction or for
some other reason, has no other form of communication between the passengers and the driver in case of emergency (Note
1).
2. An emergency communication system between passengers and driver:
a) is in poor condition, or
b) does not operate as intended.
Note 1
This does not include signalling equipment designed to indicate to the driver that a passenger wishes to alight at the next stop.
Mandatory equipment
7-12 Speedometer
Mandatory equipment
2. The speedometer:
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
Modification
Mandatory equipment
Performance
Note 1
Note 2
warning device.
Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Performance
m.
Modification
8 Brakes
8-1 Service brake, parking brake and heavy vehicle emergency brake
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
Parking brake
Emergency brakes
4. The emergency brake of a heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 that is combined with the
service brake or with a parking brake that acts on the transmission does not meet the requirements of Table 8-1-8.
7. An air-braked heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand before 10 February 1978 is not fitted with either:
a) a visual low pressure warning device fitted to the service brake reservoirs that is clearly visible from the drivers normal
driving position, or
b) an air pressure gauge that indicates the pressure in a service brake reservoir (Note 1).
8. An air-braked heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 is not fitted with an air pressure
gauge that indicates the pressure in a service brake reservoir (Note 1).
9. The service brake reservoirs of an air-braked heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 are
not fitted with a low pressure warning device that is clearly visible and/or audible from the drivers normal driving position.
Vacuum brake systems
10. A heavy PSV with more than 9 seating positions that uses a vacuum to boost the force supplied by the driver to apply the
brakes and is fitted with a vacuum reservoir, is not fitted with both of the following:
an audible warning device
a vacuum gauge.
Hydraulic brake systems
11. A heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 September 1954 with brakes that are operated by pump-
generated hydraulic pressure is not fitted with both of the following:
an audible warning device
a visible warning lamp or a suitable pressure gauge that is able to indicate both the maximum and minimum
pressures being used.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
18. Reservoir capacity of a heavy PSV with the air pressure in the braking system at its maximum operating pressure
specified by the vehicle or brake manufacturer and the compressor stopped, the reserve of stored compressed air does not
provide:
a) For a vehicle that complies with Australian Design Rule 35 or a European brake standard:
i. four full service brake applications, with full release of the brakes after each application, before the low-pressure
ii. two full applications, with full release of the brakes, after the low-pressure warning device operates.
b) For a vehicle that does not comply with a European brake standard:
i. five full service brake applications with full release of the brakes after each application before the low pressure
warning operates, and
ii. two full applications with full release of the brakes after the low pressure warning operates, or
Note A full service-brake application is considered to be made when the brake pedal is fully depressed and there is no further
movement of the brake actuators.
19. Compressor capacity of a heavy PSV with the vehicles engine at maximum governed speed or if not governed, then at a
speed determined by the vehicle inspector, the compressor is not capable of raising the air pressure in the braking system to
the maximum operating pressure specified by the vehicle or brake manufacturer within:
90 seconds, starting from the pressure to which the brake system falls from the maximum specified operating
pressure as a result of fully applying and releasing the service brakes five times.
20. A required low pressure warning device does not give a continuous signal, visible or audible, that clearly indicates to the
driver when the pressure in any of the service brake reservoirs is below the minimum safe operating pressure unless the
parking brake is fully applied or an automatic transmission is in the park position (Note 2).
21. A service brake reservoir air-pressure gauge does not operate correctly.
22. A heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 has more than one air service brake circuit and
there is no protection between those circuits (Note 3).
Vacuum brake system
23. On a heavy PSV with more than nine seating positions that uses vacuum to boost the force supplied by the driver to apply
the brakes and is fitted with a vacuum reservoir:
a) The audible warning device does not give continuous signal at any time the vacuum in the vehicles reservoir has less
than 25 kilopascals or its equivalent (200mm mercury), or
b) The vacuum gauge does not indicate to the driver at all times the vacuum in kilopascals, or its equivalent, available in
the reservoir.
Hydraulic brake system
24. The audible warning device and the visible warning lamp/suitable pressure gauge fitted to a heavy PSV first registered in
New Zealand on or after 1 September 1954 with brakes tht are operated by pump-generated hydraulic pressure:
a) is not clearly visible to the driver (day and night) from the normal driving position, or
b) does not operate correctly.
Note 1
A vehicle may be fitted with more than one gauge, but only one gauge that indicates the pressure in one service brake
reservoir is necessary. A gauge fitted to a supply reservoir (wet tank) cannot be used to indicate the pressure in a service
brake reservoir.
Note 2
Where the minimum safe operating pressure is not specified by the vehicle or brake manufacturer, the minimum safe operating
pressure is taken as 50% of the correctly adjusted cut-out pressure for the compressor-governor.
Note 3
Protection, in this case, means a system to prevent a brake failure that lowers the pressure in one service brake circuit below
the minimum safe operating pressure from lowering the pressure in any other service brake circuits below the minimum safe
operating pressure.
Note 4
A supply reservoir (wet tank) is a brake reservoir from which the service brake reservoirs receive compressed air.
Table 8-1-8. Emergency brake Requirements for heavy PSVs
Vehicle with hydraulic service
brake first registered 10
February 1978 to 31 October
1990
All vehicles first registered in
New Zealand on or after 1
November 1990 except those in
the right hand column
Vehicles first registered in New Zealand 1
November 1990 to 31 December 1994, when
the parking brake acts on the transmission, and
brakes not modified since manufacture
1
,
and
a) one of those circuits
activates the brake on all the
front wheels and the other
circuit activates the brake on
all the rear wheels, or
b) each circuit activates the
brake on at least one-third of
the wheels.
2
1
,
and
a) one of those circuits
activates the brake on all the
front wheels and the other
circuit activates the brake on
all the rear wheels, or
b) each circuit activates the
brake on at least one-third of
the wheels.
2
EITHER
A full dual-circuit service brake
1
, and
a) one of those circuits activates the brake on
all the front wheels and the other circuit
activates the brake on all the rear wheels, or
b) each circuit activates the brake on at least
one-third of the wheels
2
OR
A dual-line service brake that is fitted with a
tandem/ dual master cylinder
OR
A single-line hydraulic service brake that is
divided into two independent circuits through and
excess flow-prevention valve, and the brake fluid
reservoir is fitted with a low-level warning device.
1
For a hydraulic system, this means a dual or tandem master cylinder.
2
Both circuits acting together must activate the brake on all the wheels.
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
Parking brake
Emergency brakes
4. The emergency brake of a heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 that is combined with
the service brake or the parking brake acts solely through the transmission must meet the requirements of Table 8-1-8.
7. An air-braked heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand before 10 February 1978 must be fitted with either:
a) one (or more) pressure gauge(s), readily visible to the driver at all times from the drivers normal driving position, to
indicate to the driver the pressure in the service brake reservoir(s), or
b) a device that provides a continuous signal that is clearly visible from the drivers normal driving position if the pressure in
one or more of the brake reservoirs is below the minimum safe operating pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or
brake manufacturer.
8. An air-braked heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 must be fitted with one (or more)
pressure gauge(s), readily visible to the driver at all times from the drivers normal driving position, to indicate to the driver the
pressure in the service brake reservoir(s).
9. An air-braked heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 must be fitted with a device that
provides a continuous signal that is clearly visible or audible from the drivers normal driving position if the pressure in one or
more of the service brake reservoirs is below the minimum safe operating pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or
brake manufacturer. An audible signal may be rendered inoperative only while the parking brake is fully applied or an
automatic transmission is in the park position.
Vacuum brake systems
10. A heavy PSV with more than nine seating positions first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 that uses
a vacuum to boost the force supplied by the driver to apply the brakes and is fitted with a vacuum reservoir, must be equipped
with:
a) a device that provides a continuous signal that is clearly audible to the driver, and
b) a vacuum gauge.
Hydraulic brake systems
11. A heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 September 1954 with brakes that are operated by pump-
generated hydraulic pressure must be fitted with an audible warning device, and either:
a) a warning lamp, or
b) a suitable pressure gauge that is able to record both the maximum and minimum pressures being used.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
19. Reservoir capacity of a heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 with the air pressure in
the braking system at its maximum operating pressure specified by the vehicle or brake manufacturer and the compressor
stopped, the reserve of compressed air of the braking system must provide a minimum of:
a) in the case of a vehicle that complies with Australian Design Rule 35 or a European brake standard:
four full service brake applications with full release of the brakes after each application before the low-pressure
warning operates, and 2 further full applications after the low pressure warning device operates, or
b) in the case of a vehicle that does not comply with a European brake standard:
five full service brake applications with full release of the brakes after each application before the low pressure
warning device operates, and two further full applications after the low pressure warning device operates,
Note A full service-brake application is made when all the brake actuators on the vehicle are operated to apply their
associated brakes in an effective manner.
20. Compressor capacity of a heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 at the maximum
governed speed, or where the engine is not governed at a speed determined by the vehicle inspector, the compressor shall be
capable of raising the pressure in the braking system to the maximum operating pressure specified by the vehicle or brake
manufacturer within the following time:
In not more than 90 seconds, starting from the pressure to which the brake system falls from the maximum operating
pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer as a result of fully applying and releasing the
service brakes five times.
21. For a heavy PSV first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 that has more than one compressed air
service or parking brake circuit, a failure in any service or parking brake circuit that lowers the pressure in any service or
parking brake reservoir below the pressure at which the low pressure warning device starts to operate, must not reduce the
pressure in any other service or parking brake reservoir below that pressure.
Vacuum brake system
22. A heavy PSV with more than nine seating positions first registered in New Zealand on or after 10 February 1978 that uses
vacuum to boost the force supplied by the driver to apply the brakes and is fitted with a vacuum reservoir , must meet the
a) the audible warning device must give continuous warning at any time the vacuum in the vehicles reservoir has less than
25 kilopascals or its equivalent (eg 200mm mercury), and
b) the vacuum gauge must indicate to the driver, in kilopascals or equivalent units, the vacuum available in the reservoir.
Hydraulic brake system
23. The audible warning system and the visible warning system / suitable pressure gauge fitted to a heavy PSV first registered
in New Zealand on or after 1 September 1954 with brakes that are operated by pump-generated hydraulic pressure must
ensure that the driver at all times becomes aware immediately that the minimum hydraulic pressure is less than the pressure
necessary for the safe operation of the vehicle.
Mandatory equipment
1. A heavy PSV first registered on or after 1 September 1966 and before 1 September 1999 is not fitted with an axle stop,
shackle stop or similar device to prevent the front axle from moving backwards to such an extent that the driver is likely to lose
directional control should a suspension component fail in service.
3. The condition of the PSV is such that excessive body sway is likely to adversely affect the steering stability.
4. An axle stop, shackle or other suspension safeguard is:
a) missing (where originally fitted), or
b) insecure, or
c) bent, or
d) cracked, or
e) excessively corroded or otherwise weakened.
PSV (Constructional) Regulations 1978.
Mandatory equipment
1. A heavy PSV first registered on or after 1 September 1966 and before 1 September 1999 must be fitted with axle stops,
shackle stops or other devices to prevent the front axle from moving backwards to such an extent that the driver is likely to lose
directional control should a suspension component fail in service.
Permitted equipment
4. A PSV must be maintained so that no excessive body sway will occur which is likely to adversely affect the steering stability.
5. Axle stops, shackles, or similar devices must be maintained within safe tolerance of their original condition.
construction:
a) the tyre ply ratings:
i. are the same on a class MD3 vehicle
ii. differ by no more than two on a vehicle of other than class MD3
b) the tyre load indices:
i. differ by no more than two on a class MD3 vehicle
ii. differ by no more than six on a vehicle of other than class MD3
Condition
such as:
6. A modification or repair affects the tyres and wheels and:
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
HVS
certification is
required
1. Increase of
track width
beyond vehicle
manufacturers
specified limits.
2. Fitting of
tyres additional
to the limit
specified by the
vehicle
manufacturer.
3. Modified
wheels
(including
fitting of
different rims).
axle load and so on (see Technical bulletin (CoF) 2).
instructions.
3. Fitting a regrooved tyre identified as specifically designed and constructed for the process of regrooving
after manufacture.
required).
workshop).

Land Transport Rule: Tyres and Wheels 2001
Goods Service Vehicle (Constructional) Regulations 1936.
Condition
5. A modification or repair that affects the tyres or wheels must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVEC,
HVMC or HVIC, unless the vehicle:
performance.
10-2 Hubs and axles
1. A rigid heavy vehicle is not supported by:
a) a single or twin-steer axle set at the front, or
b) a single, tandem or tri-axle set at the rear.
from 1 July 2002):
a) is missing, or
c) does not show:
4. A heavy vehicle is fitted with one or more rear steering axles, and the vehicle is not one of the following types:
a) a mobile crane
b) the rear unit of an articulated bus
c) a rigid vehicle without a heavy tow coupling, provided that no more than half of the axles within the rear axle set steer at
any one time
d) a specialist vehicle designed to transport overdimension or overweight load, or to primarily carry out a specialist function
that requires overdimension equipment.
5. A mobile crane does not have at least either a non-steering axle or a steering axle capable of being locked so that it is non-
steering.
6. A heavy vehicle is presented towing an A-train or B-train and is fitted with a retractable axle in its rear axle set.
7. A device for altering the distribution of mass between axles has been fitted to the vehicle when:
a) the device does not lift an unpowered axle clear of the ground, or
b) the device reduces the mass carried by an unpowered axle without lifting it clear of the ground, but the device:
i. does not have a spring-loaded control, ie when the control is released, the mass on the unpowered axle does not
revert to what it was before the operation of the control, or
ii. does not have a control with an automatic timing device with an activation time of not more than two minutes after
which the mass on the unpowered axle reverts automatically to what it was before the operation of the control, and with
a non-activation time of at least 30 seconds during which the control cannot be activated again.
Condition
11. A locking of a sliding axle locking device is either:
b) the vehicle is not equipped with a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if the axle is not locked in one of the locking
positions (Note 2).
12. A sliding axle locking device is bent, worn or otherwise damaged, or has deteriorated so that it is not effective.
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
c) damaged.
Performance
16. A modification or repair affects the hubs or axles and:
Note 1
For specialist overdimension vehicles, none of the equipment Reasons for rejection or Summaries of legislation apply except
numbers 2 and 7, that is axle sets must be load sharing, and axle mass redistribution devices must meet specified
requirements.
Note 2
Note 3 Definitions
it would carry if:
ii. 55% of the load is borne by the twin-tyred axle and 45% of the load is borne by the large single-tyred axle.
b) a vehicle whose primary purpose is to carry out a specialist function that requires overdimension equipment, and
including a replacement axle
that is not identical to the one
fitted by the vehicle
manufacturer.
2. Fitting of an additional axle.
3. A retractable axle.
1. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 January 1997,
inspector considers that certification is required because the modification or repair has
affected the vehicles safety performance (a second opinion from an expert may be
needed, eg the manufacturers representative, reputable workshop).
1. A rigid heavy vehicle must be supported by a front single or twin-steer axle set, and by a rear single, tandem or tri-axle set.
2. The axle sets, except a twin-steer axle set, of a heavy vehicle must be load sharing.
3. A tandem-axle set with a large single-tyred axle must have a manufacturers indelible plate clearly visible to the person
weighing the vehicle that specifies the:
a) load-share ratio of the axle set of 60:40 or 55:45, and
b) tyre size on each axle, and
c) maximum individual axle ratings.
4. A heavy vehicle must not have any rear steering axles, except if the vehicle is:
a) a mobile crane, or
b) the rear unit of an articulated bus, or
c) a rigid vehicle without a heavy tow coupling provided no more than half the axles within the rear axle set steer at any
one time, or
d) a specialist vehicle designed to transport overdimension or overweight loads, or to primarily carry out a specialist
function that requires overdimension equipment.
5. A mobile crane must have at least one rear axle capable of being locked so that it is non-steering.
6. A heavy vehicle not towing an A-train or B-train may have a retractable axle in its rear axle set.
7. A device for altering the distribution of mass between axles may only be fitted to a vehicle if the device:
a) lifts an unpowered axle clear of the ground, or
i. reduces the mass carried by an unpowered axle without lifting it clear of the ground, and
ii. is a control that is spring loaded, so that when the control is released the mass on the unpowered axle reverts to what
it was before the operation of the controls, or
b) has a control with an automatic timing device with an activation time of not more than two minutes after which the mass
on the unpowered axle reverts automatically to what is was before the operation of the control, and with a non-activation
time of at least 30 seconds during which the control cannot be activated again.
8. A sliding axle set must be fitted with both:
Permitted equipment
Condition
12. The locking of a sliding axle locking device must be readily verifiable by visual inspection, or the vehicle must be equipped
with a visual or audible alarm to warn the driver if the equipment is not locked in one of the locking positions.
Performance
13. An alarm must be visible or audible from the drivers seating position , and the alarm must operate when the vehicles
engine is running, except when the parking brake is fully applied or when the gear selector of a vehicle with an automatic
transmission is in the park position.
performance.
10-3 Mudguards
Mandatory equipment
Mudguard condition
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
1
(see also Table 1011)
1
wheel fitments and tyre size changes. See Table 1011.





Mandatory equipment
Compliance Rule
Mudguard condition
users.
Modification
the vehicle:
performance.
11 Exhaust
11-1 Exhaust system
Mandatory equipment
3. Part of the exhaust system or turbocharger is located where:
a) ignitable or heat-sensitive materials could fall on it, or
b) adjacent material has been degraded by heat.
4. Exhaust system heat shielding has been removed or modified so as not to perform as intended.
5. Ventilation designed to cool part of the exhaust system does not function.
6. Exhaust heat or fumes can harm occupants.
7. The outlet pipe is not located or shielded to avoid injury to passengers entering or exiting, or to other road users.
8. The outlet pipe discharges on the left-hand side of the vehicle.
Mandatory equipment
3. The exhaust system, including any turbochargers, must be installed, located, shielded and ventilated so that:
a) no ignitable or heat-sensitive materials could fall on the exhaust system, and
b) material adjacent to any hot surface forming part of, or connected to, the exhaust system must not, under any operating
condition, be heated sufficiently to cause degradation.
4. The design, construction and maintenance of the exhaust system must ensure that:
a) emitted heat or fumes cannot harm the occupants of the PSV, and
b) the outlet pipe is shielded or located in a position where other road users, or passengers entering or exiting the vehicle,
cannot be burned by the exhaust, and
c) the outlet pipe does not discharge on the left-hand side of the vehicle.
Performance
Table 11-2-1, or
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
before 1 May 2008.
Note 6
1960.
engine.

Performance
12-2 Towbar
Mandatory requirement and equipment
1. The towbar has a maximum towed mass (MTM) exceeding 3500kg.
Land Transport Rules: Heavy Vehicles 2004.
Mandatory equipment
1. A passenger service vehicle must not tow heavy trailers.
Mandatory equipment
1. The engine compartment is not lined with, or made of, fire-resistant materials.
3. Fuel, oil or other combustible materials have accumulated or dripped on to a high temperature surface within the engine
compartment.
4. A fire-resistant lining is:
a) missing, or
b) damaged or deteriorated so that the risk of fire is increased.
Modification
Mandatory equipment
1. The engine compartment must be lined with, or made of, fire-resistant materials, in a manner that complies with the engine
manufacturer's specifications for minimum clearances.
Permitted equipment
4. The design of the engine installation and engine compartment must ensure that no fuel, oil or other combustible materials
could accumulate in the engine compartment or drip onto any high temperature surface.
5. The engine compartment of a heavy PSV, with an engine positioned rearward of the front axle set must be maintained:
a) free of any build-up of residual fuel, oil or other combustible material, and
b) to ensure that the clearance space between the lining or compartment walls and the engine or its ancillary components is
maintained within safe tolerance of the clearance that existed when the engine was installed.
6. Devices to protect against driveshaft failure must be maintained within safe tolerance of their original condition.
Modification
13-2 Fuel system
Mandatory equipment
1. Fuel for a PSV is carried in a temporary fuel tank.
3. A fuel tank or fuel line shows signs of corrosion.
4. The fuel-tank filling inlet cannot be accessed from outside the body.
5. A fuel cap:
a) does not tighten properly, or
b) seal is in poor condition.
Mandatory equipment
1. Fuels for a PSV and the vehicles equipment must be carried in permanent fuel tanks.
2. Each filling inlet must be provided with a leak-proof cap.
4. Fuel tanks and fuel lines must be:
a) corrosion resistant, and
b) designed and constructed of durable, fuel-resistant material, and
c) securely mounted, and
d) reasonably protected from collision damage.
5. Access to the fuel-tank filling inlet must be from outside the body of the PSV.
Mandatory equipment
Condition
a) loose, or
3. A gas line:
b) is bulging, or
c) is insecure, or
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Note 3
Mandatory equipment
Condition
Modification
1. An electrical cable is not:
b) if practicable, clipped or otherwise gathered into looms with an insulated material, or
c) appropriately and securely fastened to the vehicle, or
d) protected from damage where it passes through holes in the vehicle structure.
2. An electrical cable that enters the passenger compartment is not protected by a secure cover.
3. A detachable service cover inside the vehicle giving access to electrical cables or equipment does not have a sign warning
of the operating voltage.
4. A heavy PSV with an engine positioned rearward of the front axle set that entered service as a PSV on or after 1 October
2012 does not have:
a) all batteries secured and easily accessible; or
b) battery terminals and leads protected against the risk of a short circuit.
5. An electrical cable or insulation shows signs of overheating, chafing or other damage.
Condition
Electrical voltages up to and including 32 volts AC or 115 volts DC:
1. The electrical current ratings appropriate to that make and model of cable as installed in the PSV must not be exceeded.
2. Electrical cables must be:
a) insulated and protected from heat, water, fuel, oil and other fluids used in the PSV, and
b) held securely in position and protected from damage due to cutting, abrasion or chafing.
3. Any cable that enters or passes through the passenger compartment must be protected from damage by secure covers.
4. A heavy PSV with an engine positioned rearward of the front axle set that entered service as a PSV on or after 1 October
2012 must comply with the following requirements:
a) all batteries secured and easily accessible; or
b) battery terminals and leads protected against the risk of a short circuit.
5. Where electrical cables or equipment are installed in a PSV there must be a sign warning of the operating voltage adjacent
to any detachable service cover giving access to the electrical cables or equipment.
14 Load restraints
has been entered,
checked
or
b) the load anchorage point was fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
Mandatory equipment
2. A vehicle constructed to transport a load is not fitted with load anchorage points (hooks, rope rails, twist locks, tie-down
rings, keyhole plates or chain slots), unless the vehicle is one of the following:
chains or other devices, such as a tank body or a tipping body for transporting bulk goods (refer to section 3-1)
b) a vehicle fitted with a stock crate and stock crate retention devices (refer to section 14-2)
Condition
b) is illegible, or
a) is missing, or
Note 1 Definitions
vehicle.
NZS 5444: 1989 NZS 5444: 2005
points
Certificate number
HVS identifier
information
HVS certification
is required
1. Fitting of load
anchorages
2. A repair (by
heating or welding)
affects a load
anchorage or
attachment)
3. A modification
affects a load
anchorage or
attachment
3. Tarpaulin hooks and load restraints fitted inside a box- or van-type body, eg to restrain furniture,
are not considered to be load anchorages and therefore do not require HVS certification (it is
repairs before this date required certification but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need
not be checked).
New Zealand Standard 5444: 2005, Load Anchorage Points for Heavy Vehicles (applicable from 1 June 2005).
1. Load anchorage points (hooks, rope rails, twist locks, tie-down rings, keyhole plates and chain slots) must comply with and
be certified to NZS 5444.
Mandatory equipment
2. A vehicle that is constructed to transport a load must be fitted with load securing equipment (Note 1).
3. A vehicle must have load anchorage points that are certified by an HVS certifier as complying with New Zealand standard
5444, unless the vehicle is one of the following:
chains or other devices, such as a tank body or a tipping body for transporting bulk goods (refer to section 3-1), or
b) a vehicle fitted with a stock crate and stock crate retention devices (refer to section 14-2), or
4. A load anchorage must be certified by an HVS certifier of category HVIA, HVMA or HVEA.
Condition

HVEAor HMAD unless the vehicle:
performance.
14-6 PSV baggage and freight restraints
1. Baggage and freight cannot be safely secured or contained to protect occupants, pedestrians and other road users from its
possible movement, for example, a compartment, barrier or securing device is unlikely to be strong enough to hold likely cargo
during vigorous maneuvering of the vehicle.
1. A PSV and its fittings must be designed, constructed and maintained so that baggage and freight can be safely secured or
contained to protect occupants, pedestrians and other road users from its possible movement.
1. A heavy PSV that requires a certificate of fitness (Note 1) does not have a certificate of loading (Note 2) displayed on the
vehicle.
differ in the new use, eg change from goods vehicle to PSV.
3. An invalid certificate of loading has not been surrendered to the vehicle inspector.
Condition
a) is illegible, or
Note 1
Note 2
weight limits. Light rental vehicles do not require a CoL.
Note 3

16-1 TSL
1. The operator of a heavy PSV has not notified (Note 3) the vehicle inspector of the passenger service licence number under
Note 1
If correctly licensed, a PSV can be identified by the L on the vehicle licence label.
Note 2
PSV (passenger service vehicle), for the purpose of this section, means:
a vehicle used to carry passengers for hire or reward, or
a class MD3, MD4 or ME vehicle with 13 or more seats,
a vehicle used as a place of abode that is not used in a rental service (eg a motorhome and dual-purpose motorhome
carrying horses where at least 50% of the floor space is constructed for human accommodation), or
a hearse
a mobile bloodbank vehicle.
Note 3
Every heavy PSV must display a TSL label that identifies the TSL number the vehicle is presently operated under (see Figure
16-1-1). For CoF purposes, the vehicle inspector must record the number on the TSL label. Where there is no TSL label, the
TSDA is expected to make a reasonable effort to request the TSL number from the driver. The TSL number must be entered
into the system when the inspection is recorded, but where a TSL number cannot be obtained, fault code VLP must be entered.

notified of the transport service licence under which the vehicle is being operated.
Motorcycles
1).
3. A VIN number is not valid (Note 2).
Condition
4. A VIN or chassis number has been (Note 1) (Note 3):
a) removed, or
b) erased, or
c) altered, or
d) defaced, or
e) obscured, or
f) destroyed, or
g) obliterated, or
h) affixed unlawfully or by unauthorised persons (Note 3).
Note 1
A vehicle must be referred to a VIN issuing agent (VTNZ, VINZ, NZAA) to have a VIN attached if:
a) the vehicle does not have a VIN or chassis number, or
b) the VIN or chassis number has become illegible.
Note 2
Note 3
The vehicle inspector must advise the local police if there is reason to believe that the VIN or chassis number has been
tampered with in any way.
Table 1-1-1. Location of VIN numbers
Vehicle Permitted VIN Locations
Motorcycles
On the frame under the riders seat, or
a non-removable part of the mainframe in a position where it is visible but not prone to damage.

Car
Truck

Condition
2 Vehicle Exterior
1. The risk of a component (Note 5) hooking a vehicle, or hooking or grazing a person, has not been minimised.
person is mimimised, eg the object or fitting:
e) exceeds the vehicles width by more than 100mm on either side.
4. A protruding component, object or fitting is not securely fitted.
5. a protruding object or fitting adversley affects the riders vision or control.
6. A modification affects an external projection including a protruding object or fitting that has a functional purpose and
affects the drivers vision or control of the vehicle, and:
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Towbars
Permitted equipment
Modification
vehicle:
performance.
2-2 Footrests
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle is not fitted with adequate footrests for:
a) the rider, or
b) the pillion passenger where there is a pillion passenger seating position.
Condition
2. A footrest or footrest mounting is:
a) insecure, or
b) weakened by corrosion or other damage.
Modification
3. A modification affects the footrest, and is:
a) not excluded from the requirements for LVV specialist certification (Table 2-2-1), or
b) missing proof of LVV specialist certification, ie:
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle must have:
a) footrests for the rider, and
b) footrests for the pillion passenger if provision is made for pillion riding.
Condition
2. Footrests must be adequate.
Modification
3. A modification that affects a footrest must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
2-3 Dimensions
Note The vehicle inspector need only inspect dimensions in detail if there is doubt about the vehicles compliance.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle does not meet the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-3-1 (see also Figure 2-3-1, Figure 2-3-2, and Figure
2-3-3).
Table 2-3-1. Dimension requirements
(see also Figure 2-3-1, Figure 2-3-2, and Figure 2-3-3)
Dimension
Maximum
distance
Comments
Width 1m (motorcycle
without sidecar)
2.5m (motorcycle
with sidecar or
motor tricycle)
collapsible mirrors which extend no more than 240 mm from the body
ropes, lashings, straps, chains, and related connectors and tensioning devices that
Overall
length
12.6m (no tow
coupling fitted)
11.5m (tow
coupling fitted)
Height 4.25m Measurement does not include:
load-restraining devices (ropes, lashings, straps, chains, covers and related
connectors and tensioning devices) that extend no more than 25mm above the
vehicle, and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
9.5m (no tow
coupling fitted)
8.5m (tow
coupling fitted)
Forward distance is measured from the centre of the rear axle to the front of the vehicle.
Rear
overhang
4m Rear overhang is measured from the centre of the rear axle to the rear of the vehicle.
Front
overhang
3m Front overhang is measured from the front edge of the drivers seat to the front of the
vehicle.
Figure 2-3-1. Maximum width for a motorcycle

Figure 2-3-2. Maximum width for a motorcycle with sidecar or a motor tricycle

Figure 2-3-3. Other dimensions for a motorcycle, motorcycle with sidecar, or motor tricycle

Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must meet the dimensions in Table 2-3-1.
3 Vehicle Structure
3-1 Structure
Condition
1. The structure of the motorcycle has visible:
a) deformation from the original shape that has affected the vehicles structural integrity (Note 2), or
b) cracking, or
c) fracture, or
d) corrosion damage (Note 1) that affects its strength, or
e) poor repairs that have not returned the structure to within a safe tolerance of when it was manufactured (Note 2), such
as:
i. filler has been used in an attempt to conceal corrosion damage or deformation of a component.
ii. a high strength steel component has been heated.
Modification
2. A modification affects the vehicle structure, and:
Note 1
Note 2
The vehicle inspector may request additional relevant information from a repairer or other relevant person.
Note 3
Towbars
Condition
1. A vehicle must not be affected by corrosion or weakening of its structure, that is apparent by visual examination, so that the
vehicle is unsafe to operate.
2. The performance of a frontal impact occupant protection system must not be affected by any factor, including corrosion,
structural damage, material degradation, inadequate repair, the fitting of additional equipment, or the removal of equipment.
Modification
3. A modification that affects the integrity of the vehicle structure must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier,
unless the vehicle:
performance.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
1. A motorcycle is not fitted with one dipped-beam headlamp.
2. A motorcycle is fitted with more than:
3. A motorcycle (eg a vintage or veteran motorcycle) does not meet standard headlamp requirements, and:
b) as far towards each side of the motorcycle as practicable.
5. A retrofitted dipped-beam headlamp is positioned at a height exceeding 1.2m from the ground.
6. A device that allows the headlamps to flash alternately is fitted to a motorcycle that is not an emergency vehicle or a pilot
vehicle.
7. A motorcycle is fitted with a dipped-beam headlamp that projects the maximum intensity of the beam to the right.
Condition (Note 4)
8. A lamp is insecure, obscured, or contains moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
Performance
12. When switched on, a headlamp emits light that is:
c) not steady, or
e) too bright causing significant dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source, or
b) more than the two lamps operate on dipped beam, or
c) more than four lamps operate on dipped beam on a motorcycle first registered anywhere between 1 January 1977 and
31 March 1980, or
f) the centreline of a lamps beam projects to the right of the motorcycles centreline, or projects down from the lamp at an
angle other than:
i. as specified by the motorcycle or lamp manufacturer, or
b) more than two lamps operate on main beam, or
c) the centreline of a lamps beam projects to the right of the motorcycles centreline or up from the horizontal, or
d) the lightbeam produces an incorrect beam pattern, is not focused, or is reduced or altered, or
e) the lamps are not capable of being switched to dipped beam or switched off from the drivers seating position, or
f) a main-beam headlamp warning device does not indicate to the driver that the main-beam headlamps are switched on.
15. A device fitted to a motorcycle that allows the headlamps to flash alternately:
b) flashes:
Note 1
Note 2
If the motorcycle is fitted with self-levelling suspension, the alignment must be checked with the suspension at its normal level.
Note 3 Definitions
c) combination of a dipped-beam headlamp and a main-beam headlamp (dual lamp unit).
component, or equipment, but does not include repair.
equipment.
replacement or aftermarket lamp suitable for the position provided by the vehicle manufacturer for that lamp.
All other lamps are considered retrofitted (non-OE).
Note 4
If a headlamp is fitted with a readily removable cover, other than a clear plastic cover, this must be removed for inspection of
the headlamp.
Note 5
manufacturer.
Note 6
Headlamp type
Distance from ground
to centre of light source
Percent
(%)
mm/3
m
Degrees
()
EITHER

Any headlamp dipped beam N/A That specified by the
motorcycle or headlamp
manufacturer
OR

105
1.72.0
OR

Headlamp with asymmetric dipped-beam pattern
and distance from ground to centre of light source
less than 0.8m 1.01.5 3045 0.570.85
0.81.2m 1.02.0 3060 0.571.15
more than 1.2m 2.02.5 6075 1.151.43
1.0 30 0.6 2.3 69 1.3
1.1 33 0.6 2.4 72 1.4
1.2 36 0.7 2.5 75 1.4
1.3 39 0.7 2.6 78 1.5
1.4 42 0.8 2.7 81 1.5
1.5 45 0.9 2.8 84 1.6
1.6 48 0.9 2.9 87 1.7
1.7 51 1.0 3.0 90 1.7
1.8 54 1.0 3.1 93 1.8
1.9 57 1.1 3.2 96 1.8
2.0 60 1.1 3.3 99 1.9
2.1 63 1.2 3.4 102 1.9
2.2 66 1.3 3.5 105 2.0

Figure 4-1-1. Dipped beams
1. A motorcycle:
2. A motorcycle (eg a vintage or veteran motorcycle) manufactured without lamps, or with lamps that cannot meet specified
a) the motorcycle has a valid vehicle identity card with a lighting equipment endorsement, and
b) the motorcycle meets the conditions of that endorsement.
5. A retrofitted pair of headlamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as ispracticable.
6. A retrofitted dipped-beam headlamp must be positioned at a height not exceeding 1.2 m from the ground.
Condition
8. A headlamp must:
b) not be obscured.
Performance
17. When the headlamps are switched on and the motorcycles front wheel is pointing in the straight ahead position:
a) the headlamp beam must be either parallel to or to the left of the longitudinal centreline of the motorcycle, and
c) the centre of a dipped-beam headlamp beam must dip at an angle specified by the motorcycle or lamp manufacturer, or
ii. 11.5% for an asymmetric beam pattern where the centre of the light source is less than 0.8m from the ground, or
iii. 12% for an asymmetric beam pattern where the centre of the light source is 0.81.2m from the ground, or
iv. 22.5% for an asymmetric beam pattern where the centre of the light source is above 1.2m from the ground.
18. The dipped beam headlamps must illuminate the road ahead for 50m in normal darkness.
19. A device fitted to a motorcycle that allows the headlamps to flash must:
20. A headlamp must be fitted with a light source that is specified by the motorcycle manufacturer or the headlamp
manufacturer.
Modifications
Permitted equipment
a) two front fog lamps, or
b) two rear fog lamps.
2. A retrofitted pair of fog lamps is not:
a) fitted symmetrically, or
b) fitted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as is practicable, or
Condition (Note 1)
Performance
g) is too bright, and could dazzle other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source, or
i) has a beam centre to the right of the motorcycles centreline, or
b) not diffuse, or
d) not approximately equal in colour or intensity from the other lamp when fitted in a pair, or
e) not steady, or
f) not bright enough to indicate the presence of the motorcycle from the rear in conditions of severely reduced visibility, eg
due to modification, deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light source, or
Note 1
Note 2 Definition
Fog lamp means a front or rear lamp designed to aid the driver or other road users in conditions of severely reduced visibility,
including fog or snow, but not including clear atmospheric conditions under the hours of darkness.
Note 3
Note 4
A vehicle originally manufactured with a fron-t or rear-fog-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
this section may retain the original fog lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as intended by
Note 5
Figure 4-2-1. Front fog lamp light characteristics

Permitted equipment
1. One or two front fog lamps.
3. A retrofitted pair of fog lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far as practicable towards each side of the motorcycle.
5. A motorcycle may be fitted with a warning device that indicates that a front or rear fog lamp is in operation.
Condition
Performance
10. A front fog lamp must provide sufficient light output to illuminate the road ahead in conditions of severely reduced visibility.
15. The centre of a front fog lamp beam must be parallel to or to the left of the longitudinal centreline of the motorcycle.
Modifications
4-3 Cornering lamps
Permitted equipment
1. A motorcycle is fitted with:
c) a lamp that:
i. was not originally fitted by the motorcycle manufacturer, or
Condition
Performance
5. When activated by switching on the direction indicator lamp or by turning the handle bars, a cornering lamp:
b) does not operate in the direction of the turn.
c) not steady, or
d) not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead in the direction of the turn, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt or an
incorrect light source, or
e) too bright, causing dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source or misalignment, or
Note 1 Definitions
are considered retrofitted (non-OE).
Note 2
Note 3
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
1. A motorcycle is fitted with:
ii. the sum of the light outputs of all lamps combined exceeds 2400 cd.
2. A lamp is fitted in a position other than at the front of the motorcycle.
b) mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as practicable.
Condition
6. A lamps reflector is damaged or hasdeteriorated so that light output is reduced.
Performance
7. When switched on, a daytime running lamp does not operate.
d) not steady, or
e) not bright enough to make the motorcycle more easily seen during the daytime, eg due to modification, deterioration,
f) too bright causing significant dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source, or
Note 1 Definition
daytime.
Note 2
Note 3
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may have:
a) one or two daytime running lamps fitted to the front of the motorcycle, or
ii. the sum of the light outputs identified on each lamp does not exceed 2400 cd.
Condition
Performance
8. A daytime running lamp must provide sufficient light output to make the motorcycle more easily seen during the daytime.
Modifications
1. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978, other than one that is exempted (Table 4-5-1) is not
fitted with:
a) one pair of lamps to the front, and
b) one pair of lamps to the rear.
2. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 is fitted with more than:
a) one pair of lamps to the front, or
b) one pair of lamps to the rear, or
c) two side-facing lamps on each side of the motorcycle.
3. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is fitted with more than:
c) two side-facing lamps on each side of the motorcycle.
4. A motorcycle is fitted with a lamp that is not in a pair.
5. A motorcycle is not fitted with a suitable device that indicates to the driver that a lamp has failed.
6. A retrofitted lamp:
b) is not mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as is practicable, or
c) is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5 m is not practicable due to the
shape of the bodywork of the motorcycle).
7. A motorcycle (eg a vintage or veteran motorcycle) does not meet standard direction indicator lamp requirements, and:
Condition
11. A visual lamp failure warning device is obscured from the drivers vision.
Performance
c) flashes:
iii at a different rate from other lamps on the same side.
14. A mandatory lamp that is not OE and not mounted in the original position emits a light that is not visible within:
b) 45 inboard and 80 outboard.
15. A mandatory lamps visibility angles are reduced due to modification of the motorcycle so that emitted light is not visible
within:
a) 15 above and below the horizontal (Figure 4-5-1), or
b) 45 inboard and 80 outboard (Figure 4-5-2).
16. On a lamp of American origin fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the stop lamp function is not overridden by the
indicator function.
18. A lamp-failure warning device does not operate.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Motorcycles first registered in New Zealand before 27 February 2005 may have rear direction indicator lamps that also function
as reversing lamps.
Note 5
Table 4-5-1. Motorcycles exempted from direction indicator lamp requirements
Bajaj Super 150
Bultaco Sherpa T250
Bultaco Sherpa T350
Bultaco Frontera 250
Bultaco Frontera 370
DKW 125 Enduro
Gemini MA 50
Honda NC50 Express
Honda XR185 Enduro
Honda XR200 Enduro
Honda XR250 Enduro
Honda XR500 Enduro
Kawasaki KLX 250 Enduro
Kawasaki KV75
Kawasaki KT250
Mini Buffalo
Montesa 250H6
Montesa 360H6
Montesa 247T
Montesa 247
Montesa 348
Suzuki DS80
Suzuki DR 370
Suzuki DR400
Suzuki PE 175
Suzuki PE 250
Suzuki RL 250
Suzuki TF 100
Suzuki TF 125
Suzuki TF 185
Yamaha IT175
Yamaha IT400
Yamaha Trials TY175
Yamaha Trials TY250
Yamaha TT250
Yamaha TT500 Enduro
Zundapp K 550

Figure 4-5-1. Direction indicator vertical beam angles

Figure 4-5-2. Direction indicator horizontal beam angles
1. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 may be fitted with one pair to the front and one pair to
2. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps to the
front and one or two pairs of lamps to the rear of the vehicle.
3. A retrofitted pair of lamps must be:
a) symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as is practicable, and
b) at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork, not
exceeding 2.1m.
6. On motorcycles of American origin, the stop lamp and direction indicator lamp functions may be combined in one lamp.
Condition
Performance
13. A lamp must emit a light that is visible from 100 m during normal daylight and 200 m in normal darkness.
14. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must emit a light that is visible within angles of:
b) 45 inboard, and
c) 80 outboard.
15. If a motorcycle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must override the
Modifications
17. A direction indicator lamp that is affected by a modification must meet equipment, condition and performance requirements.
a) a motorcycle first registered in new Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 1.5m in width, or
b) a motorcycle that exceeds 2m in width.
3. A motorcycle (eg a vintage or veteran motorcycle) does not meet standard forward-facing position lamp requirements, and:
practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the motorcycle).
b) mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
9. When switched on, a forward-facing position lamp does not operate.
b) not diffuse, or
e) not steady, or
light source
11. A mandatory lamp that is not OE and not mounted in the original position emits a light that is not visible within (Figure 4-6-
1):
12. A mandatory lamps visibility angles are reduced due to modification of the motorcycle so that emitted light is not visible
within:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
All other lamps are considered retrofitted (ie non-OE).
being:
Note 2
Note 3
Figure 4-6-1. Forward-facing position lamp beam angles

a) a motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 1.5m in width
b) a motorcycle that exceeds 2m in width.
a) a motorcycle that does not exceed 1.5m in width
b) a motorcycle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 that does not exceed 2m in width.
4. A retrofitted pair of lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as practicable.
shape of the bodywork of the motorcycle, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
c) steady, and
d) sufficient to indicate to other road users the presence and dimensions of the motorcycle, and
e) visible from 200 m in normal darkness, and
Modifications
requirements.
1. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that is more than 1.5m wide:
c) is fitted with a lamp that is not in a pair.
2. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that is less than 1.5m wide is not fitted with at least
one lamp.
3. A motorcycle (eg avintage or veteran motorcycle) does not meet standard rearward-facing position lamp requirements, and:
Condition
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
e) not steady, or
light source
11. A non-OE mandatory lamp not mounted in the original position, emits a light that is not visible within (Figure 4-7-1):
12. A modification to the motorcycle has reduced the mandatory lamps angles to less than (Figure 4-7-1):
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
All other lamps are considered retrofitted (non-OE).
being:
Note 2
Note 3
1. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 and that is more than 1.5m wide must be fitted with
2. A motorcycle that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that does not exceed 1.5m in width must be
fitted with at least one rearward-facing position lamp.
4. A retrofitted pair of lamps must be:
a) symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as is practicable, and
b) mounted at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of
the motorcycle, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
Performance
7. A lamp must emit a diffuse light that is substantially red.
9. A lamp must provide sufficient light output to indicate to other road users the presence and dimensions of the motorcycle.
11. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must be visible within angles of 15 above and below the horizontal, and within 45 inboard
and 80 outboard.
Modifications
requirements.
1. A motorcycle is fitted with a side-marker lamp (Note 1).
Note 1
Only certain heavy trailers and vehicles with a length of 6 m or more may be fitted with side-marker lamps.
Note 2 Definitions
being:
1. A motorcycle must not be fitted with side-marker lamps (Note 1).
1. A motorcycle is fitted with an end-outline marker lamp (Note 1).
Note 2 Definitions
End-outline marker lamp means a position lamp designed to be fitted near the outer extremity of a vehicle in addition to
forward-facing and rearward-facing position lamps; and includes a cab roof lamp.
being:
Note 1
End-outline marker lamps may be fitted only to certain heavy motor vehicles, and to light vehicles with an overall width
exceeding 1.8 m.
1. A motorcycle must not be fitted with end-outline marker lamps (Note 1).
4-10 Stop lamps
1. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is not fitted with one stop lamp.
2. A motorcycle is fitted with more than two stop lamps.
3. A motorcycle (eg a vintage or veteran motorcycle) does not meet standard stop lamp requirements, and does not:
a) have a valid vehicle identity card with a lighting equipment endorsement, or
b) meet the conditions of the lighting equipment endorsement in its vehicle identity card.
4. A retrofitted stop lamp is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not
Condition
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
12. A non-OE mandatory lamp not mounted in the original position, emits a light that is not visible within
(Figure 4-10-1):
b) 45 either side of the vertical.
13. A modification to the motorcycle has reduced the mandatory lamps angles to less than (Figure 4-10-1):
b) 45 either side of the vertical.
15. On a motorcycle of American origin fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the stop-lamp function is not
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Stop lamp means a lamp that is designed to operate when the service brake is activated, that is when either the front service
brake, the rear service brake, or both the front and rear service brakes are activated.
Note 2
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a stop-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this section
manufacturer.
Figure 4-10-1. Stop-lamp beam angles
1. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 may be fitted with one or two stop lamps.
2. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two stop lamps.
4. A retrofitted pair of stop lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as is practicable.
5. A retrofitted stop lamp must be fitted at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the
shape of the bodywork of the motorcycle, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
a) be in sound condition.
Performance
9. A mandatory stop lamp must operate when a service brake is activated.
10. A mandatory stop lamp must provide sufficient light output to fulfill its intended purpose.
12. A retrofitted mandatory stop lamp must emit a light that is visible within the angles of 15 above and below the horizontal,
and 45 inboard and outboard.
13. If a motorcycle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must
Modifications
Permitted equipment
1. A motorcycle is fitted with more than two high-mounted stop lamps.
Condition
Performance
6. When the service brake is activated, a lamp does not remain steadily illuminated.
8. A lamp emits a light that:
a) is not substantially red, or
b) is not diffuse, or
c) is not projected to the rear, or
d) has insufficient light output to produce a light that is visible from 100 m in normal daylight, eg due to modification,
deterioration or an incorrect light source.
Note 1 Definitions
High-mounted stop lamp means a stop lamp that is designed to be fitted in a central, high-mounted position at the rear of the
vehicle.
Note 2
A high-mounted stop lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to
Note 3
Permitted equipment
1. A motorcycle may be fitted with one or two high-mounted stop lamps.
2. A lamp must be fitted in a central high-mounted position at the rear of the motorcycle.
Condition
Performance
7. At least one unobscured lamp must operate when the motorcycles service brakes are activated.
Modifications
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle is not fitted with at least one rear-registration-plate illumination lamp.
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
3. The lamps are not bright enough to show up the registration-plate text from 20 m in normal darkness.
4. The light source of a lamp is visible from the rear of the motorcycle.
5. A motorcycle (eg a vintage or veteran motorcycle) does not meet standard rear-registration-plate illumination lamp
requirements, and does not:
a) have a valid vehicle identity card with a lighting equipment endorsement, or
b) meet the conditions of the lighting equipment endorsement in its vehicle identity card.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Rear registration-plate illumination lamp means a lamp designed to illuminate the rear registration plate of a vehicle.
Note 2
A vehicle originally manufactured with a rear registration-plate illumination lamp arrangement that differs from what is required
or permitted in this section may retain the original rear registration-plate illumination lamps provided they remain fitted in their
Mandatory equipment
2. A motorcycle (eg a vintage or veteran motorcycle) manufactured without lamps, or with lamps that cannot meet lamp
Performance
4. A lamp must emit a diffused light that is substantially white.
6. The light source of the lamp must not be visible from the rear of the motorcycle.
7. A lamp must illuminate the figures and letters of the plate so that they are visible from 20 m during normal darkness.
Modifications
4-13 Rear reflectors
1. A motorcycle is not fitted with at least one red rearward-facing reflector.
2. A reflector is not positioned to the rear of the motorcycle.
3. A retrofitted reflector is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the
bodywork of the motorcycle, exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
a) fading, or
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
Reflective material means any material that is designed to reflect incident light back towards the light source, and includes
Note 2
A vehicle originally manufactured with a rear-reflector arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this section
1. A motorcycle must be fitted with at least one rearward-facing reflector that reflects light that is visible from 100m.
2. A rearward-facing reflector must be positioned to the rear of the motorcycle.
3. A reflector must be of an area that allows it to reflect light to improve the visibility of the motorcycle to other road users
without causing undue dazzle or discomfort.
4. A retrofitted pair of reflectors must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
1. A motorcycle is fitted with more than two reversing lamps at the rear of the motorcycle.
b) mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as practicable.
Condition
Performance
b) steady, or
Note 1 Definition
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
A vehicle originally manufactured with a reversing-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this
Permitted equipment
1. One or two reversing lamps fitted at the rear of the motorcycle.
2. A retrofitted pair of reversing lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the motorcycle as is
practicable.
Condition
Performance
Modifications
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
a) has a part of its light-emitting surface positioned within 250 mm of any mandatory lamp, or
b) is not mounted in a fixed position.
Performance
2. When switched on, a lamp with a light-emitting surface not visible within the shaded areas in Figure 4-15-1 emits a light that:
d) is too bright, and likely to dazzle other road users, or
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Note 3
manufacturer.
Note 4
Lamps covered in the
VIRM
Other lighting equipment not requiring inspection
Headlamps
Stop lamps
Position lamps
(includes side-marker
lamps and end-outline
marker lamps)
Rear registration-plate
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps - Designed to illuminate the interior of the vehicle for the convenience of
passengers.
Work lamps - White or amber high-intensity lamps that are not necessary for the operation of
the vehicle but are designed to illuminate the area around the vehicle or the vehicle itself.
Scene lamps - Work lamps designed to provide a fixed or movable beam of light to illuminate
the area around the vehicle or the vehicle itself.
Alley lamps - Work lamps designed primarily to provide a fixed or movable beam of light to the
side of the vehicle it is fitted to.
Illuminated vehicle-mounted signs - Includes PSV destination signs, taxi signs, and variable
message signs operated by enforcement officers, under a traffic management plan or permitted
by other legislation.

Permitted equipment
2. A lamp must be fitted in a fixed position on the vehicle and positioned so that no part of the light source is situated within 250
mm of a mandatory lamp.
Performance
3. A lamp must:
5 Vision
5-1 Glazing
Permitted equipment
1. Any glazing is not a transparent material that does not shatter.
Glazing condition
3. A windscreen (Note 1) (not a wind deflector) or front side window is so dirty or obstructed that the drivers vision is impaired.
4. A windscreen (not a wind deflector) has damage that prevents the wiper blades from working properly.
6. The critical vision area (CVA) of a windscreen (Figure 5-1-1) is damaged (Note 2) (apart from scratching and surface pitting
that does not affect the drivers vision such as small stone marks).
Condition outside the CVA (Note 10)
7. A windscreen (not a wind deflector) has damage of a type and exceeding the dimensions in Figure 5-1-2.
8. Any damage to a windscreen (not a wind deflector) that extends through more than one layer of glass.
Glazing performance
12. A modification:
a) unreasonably impairs the riders vision through the windscreen or front side window, or
b) adversely affects the strength or mechanical performance of the glazing on the vehicle.
Windscreen repair
documentation (Note 5)
Note 1
Windscreen means all glazing extending across the front of a vehicle that is not parallel to the vehicles centreline but does
not include a wind deflector.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
certified to AS/NZS2366 1999, AS2366 1990 or NZS5470 1993. Proof of certification is the receipt issued in accordance with
the relevant standard by the repairer. For AS/NZS2366 1999, the windscreen repair invoice must include:
a) invoice number
b) date of repair
f) make of vehicle
g) registration number of vehicle, or if registration number is unavailable, then the vehicle identification number (VIN)
or chassis number
i) type and location of repaired damage on the windscreen (it is recommended that this be marked on a schematic windscreen
on the invoice form)
j) in the case of repairs performed to this standard, a statement that the repairs have been made in accordance and comply
with AS/NZS 2366.1 using a repair system that complies with AS/NZS 2366.2.
Note 6
Note 7
Sticker means a self-adhesive or clinging film, with or without print on it, that is applied for purposes such as advertising,
identification, information, or for aesthetic or legal reasons.
Note 8
Note 9
Note 10
Overlays (Note 6)
(see also below for overlays on windscreens,
windows, and sun roofs)
overlays do not:
have any bubbling or other defects that could unreasonably impair
vision, or
affect the performance of any high-mounted stop lamps fitted to the
vehicle.
Windscreens (Note 1):
Stickers (Note 7)
stickers are wholly within 100 mm of the top or bottom edge, or 50
mm of the side edges, unless required or permitted by legislation,
eg:
a licence label
a WoF label
a parking permit or other document issued by the local authority
Anti-glare band overlay (Note 8)
does not extend below the bottom edge of the vehicles OE sun visors
when they are folded down as far as possible towards the windscreen,
and
does not contain print below a line that is 100 mm below and parallel
to the top edge of the windscreen.
Radio antennae
antennae are wholly within 100 mm of any edge.
Front side windows:
Transparent overlays
35%.
Stickers
stickers are wholly within 100 mm of the bottom edge, or 50 mm of
any other edge, unless required or permitted by legislation.
Radio antennae
antennae are wholly within 100 mm of any edge.
Rear and rear side windows (behind the drivers seat):
the vehicle is equipped on both sides with external rear-view
mirrors.
Stickers
stickers may be applied anywhere on the glazing, but if not wholly
within 100 mm of any edge, the vehicle must be equipped on both
sides with external rear-view mirrors.
Radio antennae
Monsoon shields
Electric demisters
Sunroofs: overlays and stickers applied
anywhere on the glazing, radio antennae and
electric demisters
Any modification for the purposes of law
enforcement or the provision of emergency
services


Figure 5-1-2. Types and maximum sizes of windscreen damage (Note 2).

Figure 5-1-3. Types and maximum sizes of windscreen damage (incl. actual maximum sizes)
Note Due to different screen resolutions and sizes the image may not be displayed at actual size.
Permitted glazing
Glazing markings
1. All glazing must be transparent material of a kind that does not shatter.
Glazing condition
Glazing performance
9 A modification must not:
a) unreasonably impair vision through the windscreen or a front side window, or
b) adversely affect the strength or mechanical performance of the glazing on the vehicle.
Windscreen repair
11. A repair to a windscreen carried out on or after 1 January 1997 must comply with whichever of the following standards is
applicable at the date of repair:
a) New Zealand Standard 5470: 1993, Code of Practice for Automotive Windscreen Repair (superseded by Australian
Standard/New Zealand Standard 2366: 1999, Windscreen Repairs), or
b) Australian Standard 2366-1990, Repair of Laminated Glass Windscreens Fitted to Road Vehicles (superseded by
Australian Standard/New Zealand Standard 2366: 1999, Windscreen Repairs).
5-2 Sun visors
Condition
1. A sun visor (Note 1):
b) cannot maintain its adjusted position, or
c) has been modified (Note 1) or has deteriorated, and the likelihood of injury to vehicle occupants has not been
minimised.
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Permitted equipment
1. A motorcycle may be fitted with one or more sun visors.
Condition
Modification
3. A sun visor that is not OE or that is affected by a modification:
a) must meet the requirements for condition, and
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle of class LC or LD manufactured on or after 1 January 2000 that is fitted with a windscreen (not a wind deflector) is
not fitted with a windscreen wipe and wash system.
Condition
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
Performance
Modifications
b) is missing proof of LVV specialist certification:
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle of class LC or LD manufactured on or after 1 January 2000 that is fitted with a windscreen must have a windscreen
wipe and wash system.
Permitted equipment
Condition
3. A windscreen wipe and wash system that is fitted to a vehicle of class LC or LD manufactured on or after 1 January 2000
must be efficient and within the vehicle manufacturers operating limits.
Performance
4. A windscreen wipe and wash system that is fitted to a vehicle of class LC or LD manufactured on or after 1 January 2000
must be capable of keeping an adequate area of the windscreen clean and clear so that the vehicle may be operated safely
under all reasonably foreseeable conditions.
Modifications
5. An OE windscreen washing or wiping system may be removed from a vehicle manufactured before 1 January 2000.
vehicle:
b) has been inspected in accordance with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition, and
performance.
Mandatory equipment
1. The vehicle is not fitted with at least one rear-view mirror.
Condition
Performance
Modifications
4. Additional rear-view mirrors have been fitted or a modification affects rear-view mirrors, and:
b) is missing proof of LVV specialist certification, eg:
Additional or substituted rear-view mirrors, or removal of a non-
mandatory mirror
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with at least one rear-view mirror.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Modifications
6. The fitting of additional rear-view mirrors, or a modification that affects rear-view mirrors must be inspected and certified by
performance.
6 Entrance and exit
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor vehicle fitted with doors used by the driver or passengers for entrance and exit of the motor vehicle do not have a
Equipment condition
2. A hinge for a door or other hinge panel is not securely attached to both the vehicle body and to the door or other hinged
panel due to loose connections, corrosion or other damage.
3. A door used for entrance and exit cannot be opened from the inside.
4. A child safety lock or similar safety device cannot be de-activated.
5. There is corrosion damage within 150mm of the hinge of a door or other hinged panel (Figure 6-1-1).
6. There is corrosion damage (Note 1) within 150mm of the latch of a door or other hinged panel (Figure 6-1-1).
7. A door used for entrance and exit does not open or close easily.
Modifications
9. A modification (Note 1) affects the door retention system, and:
b) has not been inspected and certified by a low volume vehicle specialist certifier and is missing proof of LVV specialist
certification, ie:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Figure 6-1-1. Hinge and latch anchorages
No corrosion damage is allowed within 150mm of a circle around the outside of hinge or latchcomponents.
Note Image is indicative only.

Mandatory equipment
Permitted equipment
Equipment condition
inside the motor vehicle.
tolerance of its state when manufactured or modified.
Modifications
9. A modification that affects the door retention system must be inspected and certified by a low volume vehicle specialist
performance.
7 Vehicle interior
Mandatory equipment
7. There is corrosion damage (Note 1) within 150mm of a seat anchorage.
8. There is corrosion damage within 300mm of the anchorage of a seat with integrated seatbelt anchorages.
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
A replacement seat that is similar to
the OE seat
the relationship between the seat, seat occupant and location of the seatbelt
Mandatory equipment
vehicle structure.
Modification
6. A modification on or after 1 March 1999 to a seat or seat anchorage must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist
performance.
7-3 Head restraints
occupant.
Modification
3. A modification (Note 1) affects a head restraint, and:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Land Transport Rule: Head Restraints 2002.
Permitted equipment
Modification
4. A modification that affects a head restraint must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the vehicle:
performance.
Mandatory equipment
airbag.
4. An airbag cover:
a) is damaged, or
Modification
7. A modification (Note 2) affects an airbag system (eg an airbag has been removed, or made inoperable, including retro-fitting
a switch), and:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Note 2
fitting a switch to render an airbag temporarily inoperable, and
the removal or permanent deactivation of an airbag in a vehicle that:
Mandatory equipment
1. A frontal impact airbag and its operating system must remain operational if the vehicle was originally manufactured with a
frontal impact airbag.
3. A motor vehicle must not have a sign, light, or other device that indicates the vehicle is fitted with an airbag if it is not fitted
with an airbag.
Permitted equipment
Modification
9. A modification that affects an airbag system must be inspected and certified by an LVV Specialist Certifier, unless the vehicle
is:
performance.
7-7 Interior impact
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Stereo equipment and speakers
there was only minimal removal of material, and
the structure has not been weakened as a result, especially near
seatbelt moorings.
After-market instruments and switches; cell-
phone installations
they are mounted flush with or protected by the dashboard
surface.
is minimised.
Modification
2. A modification that affects the interior fittings, controls, or surfaces must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist
performance.
7-12 Speedometer
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 December 1951 that is capable of a speed exceeding 50km/h is
not fitted with a speedometer, and the vehicle operator cannot produce acceptable written evidence (Note 2) that:
2. The speedometer:
c) does not indicate the vehicles speed in km/h or mph, or:
3. Reason for rejection 2(a), 2(b) or 2(c) applies, and the vehicle operator cannot produce acceptable written evidence (Note
2) that repair of the speedometer or associated equipment is impracticable or that a suitable replacement is not available.
Note 1
in either kilometres per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). For clarification, this definition does not include the speed
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 December 1951 that is capable of a speed exceeding 50km/h
must be fitted with a speedometer.
Speedometer performance
Modification
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle:
a) is not fitted with a horn, or
b) is fitted with a bell or whistle (Note 2), or
c) is not an emergency vehicle (Note 1) and is fitted with a siren (Note 2).
Performance
6. The horn is not audible at a distance of 100m.
Note 1 Definition
Note 2
warning device.
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle must be fitted with a device (horn) that is audible to other road users.
Permitted equipment
2. A motorcycle may be fitted with a bell, whistle or siren, only as follows:
Performance
4. The device must be capable of giving a warning that is audible under normal traffic conditions from a distance of at least
100m.
Modification
8 Brakes
Mandatory equipment
1. A motor cycle does not have a service brake.
2. A vehicle of class LC and LE first registered anywhere on or after 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake that is
designed to act on each wheel.
3. A vehicle of class LD first registered anywhere on or after 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake acting on both
wheels of the motor cycle.
4. A vehicle of class LC or LD first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 does not have a service brake that is designed
to act on at least the rear wheel.
5. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand after 1 November 1990 that does not have a dual circuit service brake does not
have a parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop.
6. A vehicle of class LE first registered anywhere on or after 1 April 2002 does not have a parking brake.
7. A parking brake does not act on at least one complete axle.
8. A parking brake does not act on at least one axle that has dual wheels fitted.
Condition
Service brake
9. There is corrosion damage within 150 mm of a brake component mounting point.
10. The service brake pedal or lever:
a) is insecure, or
c) creeps, or
e) has excessive travel.
11. A brake cable:
c) has otherwise deteriorated so that it may affect the service brake performance.
12. A brake actuating rod or guide:
c) has otherwise deteriorated so that it may affect the service brake performance.
a) insecure, or
b) leaking, or
b) leaking, or
c) insecure.
b) insecure, or
a) not operating (eg a seized load sensing valve), or
c) insecure, or
b) insecure, or
d) chafed, or
b) is insecure, or
f) has metal connections that are excessively corroded, or
g) has an end fitting that is not attached to the hose by means of swaging, machine crimping or a similar process (Note 2).
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
a) insecure, or
d) cracked, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
b) fractured or otherwise damaged (where visible without removing vehicle components) (Note 3), or
Parking brake
a) travel is excessive, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is damaged, corroded, distorted or fractured within 150 mm of the handle mounting, or
Performance
Service brake
29. The service brake is not able to be applied in a controlled and progressive manner.
a) the vehicle does not stop within 7 m from a speed of 30 km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%) for a vehicle which has a
service brake designed to act on each wheel, or
b) the vehicle does not stop within a distance of 9 m from a speed of 30 km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%) for a
vehicle of class LC or LD that has a service brake designed to act on the rear wheel only, or
c) the vehicle does not stop within a distance of 9 m from a speed of 30 km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%) for a
vehicle of class LE that has a service brake designed to act on fewer than three wheels.
31. Where the service brake is applied:
the other side), or
d) the brake balance varies by more than 20% between wheels on a common axle.
Parking brake
33. When the parking brake is fully applied:
a) the vehicle does not stop within 18 m from a speed of 30 km/h (average brake efficiency of 20%), or
34. The directional control of the vehicle is affected when the parking brake is being applied on a vehicle first registered in
New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 that does not have a dual circuit service brake.
Modification
35. A modification to a brake or vehicle affects the braking performance, and:
Note 1 Definitions
attention.
equipment.
Note 2
Note 3
Aftermarket brake pedal pads or
covers
significantly affect the safe operation of the brake pedal or other pedals (eg a brake
pad or cover significantly wider than the original brake pad may not be acceptable,
depending on fitment).
Aftermarket or custom brake
pedal extensions (for unusually
short people)
The extension:
does not exceed 100mm length when measured from the surface of the original
brake pedal, and
is sufficiently strong and rigid to withstand emergency brake loads, and
does not involve any modification to, or compromise the strength of, the original
brake pedal, and
does not significantly change the sideways load or leverage against the pedal, and
catalogued aftermarket items for that make and model of vehicle (and can include
cross-drilled and/or slotted types), and
braided brake hoses (Note 2))
Mandatory equipment
Service brakes
1. Motorcycles must have a service brake that acts on each wheel, except in the following cases:
a) a vehicle of class LD first registered anywhere on or after 1 February 1977 must have a service brake acting on both
wheels of the motorcycle
b) a vehicle of class LC or LD first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 may have a service brake that is designed
to act on the rear wheel only
c) a vehicle of class LE first registered anywhere before 1 February 1977 may have a service brake that is designed to act
2. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand from 1 November 1990 that does not have a dual circuit service brake
must have a parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop if the service brake fails.
Parking brake
3. A vehicle of class LE first registered anywhere on or after 1 April 2002 must have a parking brake that:
4. A vehicle of class LE first registered in New Zealand from 1 November 1990 without dual circuit service brakes must have a
parking brake that is capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop if the service brake fails.
Permitted equipment
5. A vehicle may be fitted with a warning system that is part of, or associated with, the use of a brake component or system.
Condition
7. The brake friction surfaces must be within safe tolerance of their state when manufactured, and must not be scored,
weakened or damaged to the extent that the safety performance of the brake is adversely affected.
Performance
8. The service brake must be able to be applied in a controlled and progressive manner.
9. When a vehicles brake is applied:
10. A brake warning system, if fitted, must function correctly (this does not apply to a brake pad wear system).
Service brake
a) a service brake that acts on each wheel must stop the vehicle within a distance of 7m from a speed of 30km/h (average
brake efficiency of 50%)
b) a service brake that is designed to act on the rear wheel only on a vehicle of class LC or LD first registered anywhere
before 1 February 1977 must stop the vehicle within a distance of 9m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of
40%)
c) the service brake on a vehicle manufactured before 31 December 1918 not capable of exceeding 30 km/h must stop the
Parking brake
12. A parking brake must
Modification
performance.
Condition
1. The handle bars:
a) are insecure, or
b) are damaged, significantly corroded, distorted or cracked, or
c) show signs of welding or heating after original manufacture.
2. The steering head:
a) is insecure, or
e) does not operate smoothly without roughness or stiffness.
3. A steering lock-stop is loose or damaged.
4. A front or rear suspension component:
f) has excessive leakage of damping fluid (Technical bulletin 9), or
g) is a flexible bush that is significantly cracked, damaged or perished.
Performance
c) the steering is unreasonably stiff, rough or light.
Modifications
6. A modification to a component or system directly or indirectly affects the directional control of the vehicle, and:
Note 1 Definition
Note 2
Note 3
A damaged boot on a suspension joint is not a ground for rejection; however, the vehicles owner should be advised.
Fitting of or
modification to:
Urethane
suspension bushes
the bush is a direct substitute and fits directly into the OE housing.
Aftermarket shock
absorbers
the shock absorbers are direct replacements, and
the shock absorbers fit unmodified OE mountings.
Aftermarket springs
the springs are direct replacements, and
the springs fit into unmodified OE seats and are self-retaining, and
the springs and seats are not height adjustable, and
suspension maintains sufficient travel for safe operation when fully laden and does not make
contact with the unmodified OE bump stops, and
there is no evidence of heating or cutting the springs, and
the springs maintain contact with their seats when the vehicle suspension is fully extended,
and
no non-standard methods of retaining springs have been used, eg wire ties, external spring
locators, and
the normal relationship between front and rear suspension height is not unduly affected, and
there is sufficient suspension travel.
Handle bars
the handle bar is a direct substitution without head stock modification, and
the handlebar is a non-OE item of a reputable brand or an OE item from another motorcycle,
and
the substitution does not affect an airbag.
Land Transport Rule: Steering Systems 2001
Traffic Regulations 1976, Regulation 70.
Condition
1. The steering system (Note 1) and associated systems and components that directly or indirectly affect the directional control
of the vehicle must be:
Performance
Modifications
3. A modification that affects the steering system must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless the
vehicle:
performance.
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
a) size designation, or
b) carcass type (ie mixed steel ply, fabric radial ply, bias/cross ply), or
c) tread pattern type (mixed asymmetric, directional, normal highway, traction).
3. A unidirectional tyre is fitted contrary to its correct direction of rotation.
is less than the speed limit (Note 3).
e) a tyre that has had all its manufacturer/brand/model information removed so that the tyre can no longer be identified, or
f) a tyre that is not suitable for a motorcycle, eg a car tyre fitted to a class LC motorcycle.
Wheels
6. A wheel is not compatible with the tyre fitted to it for rim profile, flange height, or valve fitment.
7. A wheel is:
a) not compatible with the vehicle to which it is fitted. or
Condition
9. A tyre shows damage that it is likely to compromise its ability to operate in a safe manner or lead to premature tyre failure,
such as:
b) a cut in a sidewall or tread more than 25mm long that reaches the cords, or
10. A tyre has a string type repair visible from the outside.
11. A tyre fitted to a vehicle capable of exceeding 30km/h does not have a tread pattern depth (Technical bulletin 7) of at least
1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread depth indicator strip) around the whole circumference of the tyre:
b) if the tyre does not normally have moulded tread depth indicators (such as some retreaded or vintage tyres), across at
12. A tyre not identified as designed for re-grooving has had its tread depth increased by regrooving.
Spare tyres
14. A spare tyre, if carried, is not:
a) securley attached by a device that is in good condition and correctly applied, or
missing or faulty) .
Wheels
16. A wheel is:
a) cracked, or
18. A wheel or axle nut:
a) is missing, or
b) is loose, or
c) is deteriorated, or
Modifications
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Asymmetric tyre: tyre which, through tread pattern, is required to be fitted to a vehicle so that one particular side-wall faces
outwards.
Construction in relation to a tyre:
a) for a pneumatic tyre, the type of tyre carcass (including ply orientation and ply rating or load index), or
Cross-ply: a pneumatic tyre structure in which the ply cords in the tyre carcass extend to the beads and are laid at alternate
angles, which are substantially less than 90 degrees, to the centreline of the tread. This tyre structure is also referred to as
bias ply or diagonal ply.
enclose under normal inflation, a cushion of air or gas forming altogether at least half of the total area of an average cross-
Principal grooves means the wide grooves in the tyre tread which have the tread wear indicators located inside them. Any
equipment.
into certain tyre assemblies to provide a cushion of air or gas, that, when inflated, supports the wheel (also known as an inner
tube).
Tyre carcass means that structural part of a pneumatic tyre other than the tread and outermost rubber of the side-walls that,
when inflated, contains the gas that supports the load.
manufacturer and the speed indicated by its speed category symbol.
Unidirectional tyre means a tyre with a tread pattern designed to operate in one direction only.
each other.
Wheel centre-disc means that part of the wheel that is the supporting member between the hub and the rim.
Note 3
The speed category is usually marked on the tyre. Where the tyre is not marked, the speed rating information must be obtained
from the tyre manufacturer or a reference guide of tyre ratings before the tyre can be passed.
Fitting of or
modification
to:
Aftermarket
wheel
fitments
the wheels:
are a non-OE item of known and reputable brand, and
the tyre tread:
25mm from OE.
Tyre size
changes
the tyres:
Figure 10-1-1).
A1 5 A5 25 B 50 F 80 L 120 Q 160 U 200 Y 300
A2 10 A6 30 C 60 G 90 M 130 R 170 H 210 ZR over 240
A3 15 A7 35 D 65 J 100 N 140 S 180 V 240
A4 20 A8 40 E 70 K 110 P 150 T 190 W 270



Mandatory equipment
Tyres
4. A unidirectional tyre must be fitted to a wheel position corresponding to its direction of rotation.
maximum speed (Note 3).
gripping devices.
Wheels
7. A wheel must:
a) be sufficiently strong for the type of vehicle to which it is fitted, and
b) be compatible with the vehicle to which it is fitted, and
c) be compatible with the tyre rim profile, flange height and valve fitment.
Permitted equipment
Condition
12. A tyre must have a tread pattern depth of not less than 1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator strip) around
the whole circumference of the tyre:
13. The regrooving of a tyre is permitted only if the tyre is identified as being specifically designed for regrooving after
manufacture.
Spare tyre
Space saver tyres
16. A space-saver tyre carried in a vehicle must have a safety warning label that:
a) has safety instructions that are printed clearly in English, and
b) identifies that the tyre is for temporary use only, and
c) specifies that the vehicle must not be operated with a space-saver tyre at a speed of more than 80km/h or at a lesser
speed specified by the tyre manufacturer, and
d) contains information on the recommended inflation pressure of the tyre when in use, and
e) is permanently attached to the outside of the wheel.
10-2 Hubs and axles
Condition
1. A hub (Note 1):
2. A wheel bearing:
3. An axle:
a) is insecure, or
Performance
b) the front wheel not to self-centre.
Modification
5. A modification (Note 1) affects the hubs or axles, and:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Condition
Modification
4. A modification that affects the hubs or axles must be inspected and certified by a low volume vehicle specialist certifier,
unless the vehicle is:
a) excluded from the requirement for LVV specialist certification (Table 10-2-1) and has been inspected in accordance with
the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition and performance, or
b) modified for the purposes of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services.
10-3 Mudguards
Mandatory equipment
1. A mudguard (Note 1) over a road wheel is missing where it is reasonable and practicable to fit a mudguard, unless the
vehicle is:
b) not capable of exceeding a speed of 30km/h.
2. A mudguard does not cover the full width of the tread of the tyre or tyres fitted to a road wheel (Figure 10-3-1 and Figure 10-
3-2).
Condition
4. A mudguard is so constructed or damaged that it is likely to present a hazard to road users.
Modification
Note 1 Definitions
thrown up by a wheel more or less on the plane of the wheel.
equipment.
Modified mudguards, including flared wheel arches or the
addition of mudguard extensions *
in-service requirements for condition and performance
must be met (see also Table 10-1-1).
Any modification for the purposes of law enforcement or
the provision of emergency services
* Some vehicles fitted with flared wheel arches or mudguard extensions will require LVV certification as a result of aftermarket

Figure 10-3-1. Size and position of mudguards which are incorporated into the body

Figure 10-3-2. Size and position of individual mudguards
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle must be fitted with a mudguard over each road wheel if it is reasonable and practicable to do so.
2. A mudguard must cover no less than the width of the tyre tread on each road wheel.
3. A motorcycle fitted with twin tyres or close-spaced multiple tyres must be fitted with a mudguard over each wheel on the rear
axle that provides continuous protection from a horizontal line tangent to the top of the tyre tread to a line with a slope of 1 in 3
rising rearward from the tyres contact point on the road.
Compliance Rule
b) a vehicle not capable of exceeding a speed of 30km/h.
Condition
users.
Modification
6. A modification that affects a mudguard must be inspected and certified by a low volume vehicle specialist certifier, unless the
vehicle:
performance.
11 Exhaust
11-1 Exhaust system
Mandatory equipment
2. A vehicle is presented for a WoF or CoF because it has been ordered off the road (pink- or green-stickered) by an
enforcement officer for non-compliant exhaust noise, and there is no evidence that the vehicle has passed an LVVTA objective
noise test since the vehicle was ordered off the road, ie:
a) the owner cannot produce a valid objective exhaust noise emissions test certificate (Figure 11-1-1) issued after the
vehicle was ordered off the road (Note 5), and
b) the exhaust system tail pipe is not fitted with a valid LVVTA noise test label (Figure 11-1-2).
Condition
driver is able to interfere with the exhaust system by operating a manual switch or the exhaust is fitted with a flame-thrower kit.
5. The exhaust system is so constructed that emitted heat or fumes are likely to harm vehicle occupants.
Performance
7. The exhaust noise output from a class LC, LD or LE vehicle is not less than or similar to the noise output the vehicle [or a
vehicle of a similar type see (Note 2)] would have had when it was manufactured with its original exhaust system, and:
a) the increased noise output exceeds the relevant noise limit in Table 11-1-1 when assessed by the vehicle inspector:
i. using their own experience, or
ii. using the Noise Quick Check specified in Technical bulletin 1, or
b) there is no evidence that the vehicle has passed an LVVTA objective noise test, ie:
i. the owner cannot produce a valid objective exhaust noise emission test certificate (Figure 11-1-1), and
ii. the exhaust system tail pipe is not fitted with a valid LVVTA noise test label (Figure 11-1-2).
Note 1 Definition
Note 2
For the purpose of reason for rejection, a vehicle of a similar type means a vehicle of similar age, vehicle size, body type,
engine size and power output, and may be of a different make and model.
Note 3
The noise limits in Table 11-1-1 are lower than the noise limits specified in legislation, and considered to be clearly below the
legal noise limits. Vehicles with an exhaust noise output clearly below the legal limits do not require an Objective Noise Test.
Note 4
A new objective noise test is required every time the vehicle is ordered off the road for non-compliant exhaust noise, even if the
vehicle is presented for WoF or CoF with a quieter or original exhaust system.
Note 5
Sight the ordering-off-the-road notice or phone the NZ Police to find out when the ordering off the notice was issued.
Table 11-1-1. Noise limits for the Noise Quick Check
Vehicle
Noise limit (decibels)
(Note 3)
Class LC, LD, LE with an engine capacity of 125 cc or less
Class LC, LD, LE with an engine capacity of more than 125 cc
93 dBA
97 dBA

Figure 11-1-1. Objective exhaust noise emission test certificate

Figure 11-1-2. Objective noise test label
Land Transport Act 1998, section 115.
Mandatory equipment
1. A motorcycle with an internal combustion engine must be fitted with an exhaust system.
2. A vehicle that is presented for a WoF or CoF because it has been ordered off the road by an enforcement officer for non-
compliant exhaust noise must pass an LVVTA objective noise test before the vehicle may be issued with a WoF or CoF (Note
4).
Condition
Performance
6. The noise output from the exhaust system of a class LC, LD or LE vehicle:
a) must be less than or similar to the noise output from the vehicles original exhaust system at the time of the vehicles
manufacture, or
b) must not, if the noise output of the vehicles original exhaust system at the time of the vehicles manufacture is not
known, exceed the applicable maximum decibel level when tested and certified by an LVV specialist certifier in
accordance with the LVVTA objective noise test.
Modification
7. A class LC, LD or LE vehicle that has been modified so as to increase its exhaust noise output must have the exhaust
system inspected, tested and certified by an LVV specialist certifier as having passed the LVVTA objective noise test, unless:
a) the increased noise output is clearly below the applicable noise limits (Note 3), and
b) it has been inspected in accordance with the requirements in this manual, including those for equipment, condition and
performance.
8. When a vehicle has been certified by an LVV specialist certifier as having passed the LVVTA objective noise test:
a) the owner must produce a valid objective exhaust noise emissions test certificate (Figure 11-1-1), and
b) the exhaust system tailpipe must be fitted with a valid LVVTA noise test label (Figure 11-1-2).
Performance
Table 11-2-1, or
b) as the engine is being rapidly accelerated to approximately 2500 rpm or approximately half the maximum engine speed
Note 1 Test procedure
a) Carry out the idling and acceleration tests in Reason for rejection 1. A vehicle that passes both tests with the engine
below normal operating temperature is deemed to have passed with the engine at normal operating temperature.
increasing the engine speed to 2500 rpm (or half the maximum engine speed if this is lower) and holding it there for
about five seconds. Repeat the idling and acceleration tests in Reason for rejection 1.
Note 2
Note 3
b) a letter on the letterhead of an appropriate motorcycle club, or
Note 4
appropriate expert such as an office holder in a vintage vehicle club.

Type of vehicle
Additional requirements
with four-stroke engine manufactured on
or after 1 January 1960.
engine.
Performance
2. Performance requirement 1 above does not apply if the driver of the vehicle produces documentation that proves that the
engine is original equipment for the vehicle and the engines design means the vehicle cannot reasonably comply (Note 3).
12-1 Towbar
Mandatory equipment
Condition
e) has any other damage that the vehicle inspector considers has affected the structural integrity of the towbar or its
Note 1
Table 12-1-1. Requirements for certification (Motorcycle light PSV only)
1. A permanently attached plate,
indelibly marked with:
number, and
(MTM) not exceeding 2000kg
Note An uncertified towbar must be
identified for private use only, eg on the
checksheet.
the towbar, and
not exceeding 3500kg, and
been designed.
Note An unrated towbar may be assessed, rated and plated by an appropriately qualified engineer.

12-1-1. Towbar and towbar coupling

Mandatory equipment
a) a trailer designed for armament purposes by the New Zealand Defernce Force
Condition
3. A vehicle must:

12-1 Towbar (motorcycle PSV)
Mandatory equipment
1. A towbar that is fitted to a PSV does not show evidence of meeting the requirements of Table 12-1-1.
2. Refer to general motorcycle pages.
3. A certification plate is:
a) illegible, or
b) has details that do not match the vehicle, or
c) has obvious signs of tampering.
Table 12-1-1. Requirements for certification (Motorcycle light PSV only)
number, and
(MTM) not exceeding 2000kg
Note An uncertified towbar must be
identified for private use only, eg on the
checksheet.
the towbar, and
not exceeding 3500kg, and
been designed.
Note An unrated towbar may be assessed, rated and plated by an appropriately qualified engineer.
St281192 Exemption from Specified Requirements of the PSV Construction Regulations 1978
Ministry of Transport Policy Statement 5.
Mandatory equipment
1. A towbar that is fitted to a PSV must comply with the requirements in Table 12-1-1.
2. Refer to general motorcycle pages.
Condition
2. A chain sprocket:
a) is loose, or
b) has excessively worn teeth.
3. A drive chain:
a) is excessively loose, or
b) has excessively worn links.
a) is insecure, or
c) is damaged, displaced or the seals between the spider journals and bearing caps are missing.
Modifications
10. A modification (Note 1) affects the engine and transmission, and:
Note 1 Definitions
equipment.
Fitting of or modification
to:
Substitution of engines
when compared with the OE engine, the replacement engine:
is of the same or less cubic capacity, and
has equal or less weight, and
has the same or less power output, and
uses the same fuel (petrol, diesel), and
uses the same unmodified attachment points, ie it bolts in, and
uses the same ancillary equipment (accelerator linkages etc).
Minor modifications to OE
engine
the modifications result in not more than 20% more power than the OE engine, which
may include the fitting of:
extractor or free-flow exhaust manifolds, or big bore exhaust systems
changed intake manifolds
changed or multiple carburettors
modified fuel injection systems
changed ignition systems
alternative cold air box induction systems
Gearbox substitution
the gearbox cross member has not been heated, cut or welded, and
the OE gearbox cross member mounting to the OE body or chassis members is
unchanged, and
no replacement gearbox cross member is used, and
the OE driveshaft or drive chains are unmodified.
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance Rule 2002, Section 7.4.
modified.
Modifications
3. A modification that affects the engine and transmission must be inspected and certified by an LVV specialist certifier, unless
the vehicle:
performance.
13-2 Fuel system
Condition
3. The security of the fuel tank is affected by insecure or loose tank mountings.
8. The fuel filler cap or capless fuel filler seal is missing, insecure, or likely to allow fuel spillage when the vehicle is in normal
use.
Modification
10. A modification (Note 1) affects the fuel system, and:
Note 1 Definitions
damage is typically displayed by the lifting or bubbling of paint. In extreme cases the area affected by corrosion damage will
equipment.
modifications
modification, and
the fuel type (petrol, diesel) has not changed.

Modification
2. A modification that affects the fuel tank and fuel lines must be inspected and certified by a low volume vehicle specialist
performance.
Note For motorcycle passenger service vehicles only
14-1 Certificate of loading (CoF only)
1. A PSV that requires a certificate of fitness (Note 1) does not have a certificate of loading (Note 2) displayed on the vehicle.
a) the vehicle has been modified so as to require LVV specialist certification, or
b) the vehicle has been deregistered, or
differ for the new use.
Condition
a) is illegible, or
Note 1
Vehicles that require a certificate of fitness are listed in section 3.3.1 in the Introduction of this manual
Note 2
Certificate of Loading (CoL) means a certificate issued under this section to a vehicle that requires verification of its loading
and weight limits. Light rental vehicles do not require a CoL.
Note 3
1. A passenger service vehicle with a GVM of 3500 kg or less that requires a certificate of fitness (Note 1) requires a certificate
of loading.
a) the vehicle has been modified so as to require low volume vehicle specialist certification,
b) the vehicle has been deregistered,
Note For motorcycle passenger service and rental vehicles only
15-1 TSL (CoF only)
1. The operator of a transport service vehicle has not notified (Note 3) the vehicle inspector of the passenger service licence
number under which the vehicle is operated.
2. The operator of a transport service vehicle has not notified the vehicle inspector of the rental service licence number under
Note 1
If correctly licensed, a PSV can be identified by the L on the vehicle licence label.
Note 2
PSV (passenger service vehicle), for the purpose of this section, means:
a vehicle used to carry passengers for hire or reward, or
a class MD3, MD4 or ME vehicle with 13 or more seats,
a vehicle used as a place of abode that is not used in a rental service (eg a motorhome and dual-purpose motorhome
carrying horses where at least 50% of the floor space is constructed for human accommodation), or
a hearse
a mobile bloodbank vehicle.
Note 3
Many vehicles are required to display a TSL label that identifies the TSL number the vehicle is presently operated under (see
Figure 15-1-1). For CoF purposes, the vehicle inspector should use the number on the TSL label unless otherwise notified by
the operator.

notified of the transport service licence under which the vehicle is being operated.
General trailers
2 Vehicle Exterior
3. A protruding object or fitting (Note 4) that has a functional purpose is not installed so that the risk of causing injury to a
c) exceeds the vehicles width by more than 100mm on either side.
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Ornamental object or fitting means any object or fitting that does not have a practical purpose.
Note 4
Functional object or fitting means an object or fitting that has a practical purpose, eg load restraints.
Permitted equipment
2-2 Dimensions
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer with a GVM of 3500kg or less exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-1 and is not fitted with the
appropriate hazard warning equipment set out in Table 2-2-2.
2. A trailer exceeds the dimensions set out in Table 2-2-1 and is not:
a) a specialist overdimension trailer (Note 6), or
b) a trailer designed primarily to transport an overdimension load, or
c) a trailer operating on a valid permit, exemption or approval.
Note 1
Definitions of trailer types:
simple trailer means a trailer (other than a semi-trailer) that has only one axle set
full trailer means a trailer with two axles sets, the foremost of which is steered by a drawbar, and includes a semi-trailer
with non-steering axles (Note 4) coupled to a converter dolly
semi-trailer means a trailer with only one axle set where the point of attachment to the towing vehicle or leading trailer:
a) is no further rearward than the rearmost axle of the towing vehicle or rearmost axle of the leading trailer, or
b) if the towing vehicle is a rigid vehicle (Note 5) and has more than one axle in its rear axle set, is no more than 300mm
rearward of the rear axis of the towing vehicle.
Note 2
A permitted over-dimension trailer is one that is either:
a) fitted with an over-dimension piece of equipment, or
b) designed to carry an over-dimension load that cannot be divided, eg glider trailers and large boat trailers.
Operational requirements for such trailers are given in Factsheet 53 Overdimension vehicles and loads.
Note 3
Rear axis of a vehicle means:
a) trailers with one non-steering axle: centre of that axle
b) trailers with a non-steering axle set consisting of two axles: midway between those two axles if each axle has an equal
number of tyres on it, or two-thirds of the distance from the lesser-tyred axle towards the greater-tyred axle, if one axle has
twice as many tyres on it as the other axle.
Note 4
Non-steering axle means any axle of a vehicle, the wheels of which remain substantially parallel with the longitudinal
centreline of the vehicle while the vehicle is turning.
Note 5
Rigid vehicle means a vehicle with motive power, drivers position and steering system, that does not have any pivot points to
steer vehicle.
Note 6
Specialist overdimension trailer means a trailer where its primary purpose is to carry out a specialist function that requires
overdimension equipment, and the dismantling of the equipment would make it unusable for its intended purpose, or it would
take more than four hours to dismantle the equipment.
Table 2-2-1. Dimension requirements
Note All measurements must be taken with the vehicle combination in a straight line.
Width 1.25m from each
side of the
longitudinal
centreline of the
trailer
2.5m
direction indicators
ropes, lashings, straps, chains and related connectors and tensioning devices
that extend no more than 25mm from either side, and that are not permanently
or rigidly fixed to
the vehicle
Overall
length
12.5m (simple
trailers)
11.5m (full trailers)
19m (towing vehicle
and one semi-trailer
combination)
For a full trailer, measurement is to the centre of the towing eye.
Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load restraining devices (ropes, lashings, straps,
chains, covers and related connectors and tensioning devices) that extend no more
than 25mm above the trailer, and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
8.5m (simple and
full trailers)
9.2m (semi-trailer)
simple trailer: from the rear axis (Note 3) to the centre of the point of attachment
to towing vehicle
full trailer: from the rear axis to front of trailer body/chassis (excludes drawbar)
semi-trailer: from the rear axis to centre of kingpin.
Rear
overhang
4m Rear overhang is measured from the rear axis to the rear of the vehicle.
Front
overhang
2.04m radius arc
ahead of:
tow coupling
centre
(simple
trailer)
turntable
centre (full
trailer)
kingpin
centre (semi-
trailer)
Front overhang (Figure 2-2-5) is measured from:
simple trailer: tow coupling centre
full trailer: turntable centre to front of trailer body (excludes drawbar)
semi-trailer: kingpin centre to front of trailer
Table 2-2-1 (see Figure 2-2-3 for vehicle category thresholds)
Vehicle category
(See Figure 2-2-5)
Dimension
Limits (up to
and including)
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/11.4m, or
3.1m/10.5m, or
3.7m/8.5m, or
25m, or
7m, or
7m
1. Flags
1
or panels
2
fitted on each side at the front and rear as
close as practicla to the outside edge
Category 2
(not including
category 1)
Width/forward
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/13.3m, or
4.5m/8.5m, or
35m, or
10m, or
10m
1. Panels
2
practicla to the outside edge
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
wide
Category 3
(not including
category 2)
Width/forward
distance
2.5m/20m
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Category 4
(not including
category 3)
Width/forward
distance
11m/20m
11m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Additional operational requirements may apply, eg if operated at night.
1
Flags:
must be at least 400mm long x 300mm wide
2
must be of at least of the minimum dimensions and the colours specified in Figure 2-2-1
3
OVERSIZE sign:



Figure 2-2-3. Vehicle categories and width/forward-distance thresholds.
Use this figure to determine the correct category referred to in Table 2-2-2.

Figure 2-2-4. Trailer dimensions

Figure 2-2-5. Measurement of front overhang
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer with a GVM of 3500kg or less that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-1 must meet the requirements in Table 2-2-
2.
2. A trailer with a GVM of 3500kg or more may exceed the dimensions in Table 2-2-2 only if it is:
b) a trailer designed primarily to transport overdimension loads, or
2-3 Glazing
Glazing condition
1. Glazing is damaged (Note 1), has deteriorated or is modified (Note 2) so that its strength or mechanical performance is
adversely affected.
2. Glazing is not securely affixed to the vehicle.
3. Glazing has a mirrored effect sufficient to dazzle other road users.
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Modify means to change a vehicle from its original state by altering, substituting, adding or removing any structure, component
or equipment, but does not include repair.
of its condition when manufactured, including replacement with equivalent undamaged new structures, systems, components
or equipment.
Permitted glazing
1. Trailers may be fitted with any type of glazing, including plastic glazing.
Glazing condition
2. Glazing must be mechanically sound, strong and securely affixed to the vehicle.
3 Vehicle Structure
3-1 Structure
Condition
1. The structure of the vehicle (shaded areas of Figure 3-1-2) has visible:
a) deformation from the original shape that has affected the vehicles structural integrity (Note 2), or
b) cracking, or
c) fracture, or
d) corrosion damage (Note 1) that is individually larger than 50mm in diameter (Figure 3-1-1), or
e) any corrosion that the inspector considers has caused weakening of the load-bearing structure, or
f) poor repairs (Note 1) that have not returned the structure to within a safe tolerance of when it was manufactured (Note 2),
such as:
i. filler has been used in an attempt to conceal corrosion damage or deformation of a component, or
ii. a high strength steel component has been heated.
2. A hinge for a panel is not securely attached to both the vehicle body and to the door or other hinged panel due to loose
connections, corrosion or other damage.
3. There is corrosion damage within 150mm of the hinge of a hinged panel (Figure 3-1-3).
4. There is corrosion damage within 150mm of the latch of a hinged panel (Figure 3-1-3).
5. A hinged panel does not remain secure in a closed or locked position.
Note 1
Note 2
The vehicle inspector may request additional relevant information from a repairer or other relevant person.
Figure 3-1-1. Corrosion damage 50mm diameter limit

Figure 3-1-2. Shaded areas referred to in Condition above

These include chassis, cross members and subframes, load-bearing monocoque body structures, body mounts, and the body
on a trailer with a separate chassis. Other sections also contain reasons for rejection and diagrams relating to specific vehicle
components.

Figure 3-1-3. Hinge and latch anchorages
Traffic Regulations 1976: regulation 80.
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer may be fitted with hinged panels.
Condition
2. A vehicle must:
a) not be so affected by corrosion or weakening of its structure, that is apparent by visual examination, so that the vehicle is
unsafe to operate, and
b) be safe to be operated, and
c) have been constructed using components and materials that are fit for the purpose, and
c) have been constructed using components and materials that are fit for the purpose, and
d) be within safe tolerance of its state when manufactured or modified.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
1. A trailer is fitted with headlamps (Note 1).
Note 1
1. A trailer must not be fitted with a headlamp (Note 1).
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer is fitted with:
a) a front fog lamp (Note 1), or
b) more than two rear fog lamps.
2. A pair of fog lamps is not fitted:
b) as far towards each side of the trailer as practicable.
Condition (Note 2)
b) not diffuse, or
e) not steady, or
f) not bright enough to indicate the presence of the trailer from the rear in conditions of severely reduced visibility, eg due to
modification, deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light source, or
Note 1
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. One or two rear fog lamps (Note 1).
2. A pair of lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far as is practicable towards each side of the vehicle.
3. A trailer must not be fitted with front fog lamps.
Condition
Performance
5. A rear fog lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
6. A rear fog lamp must emit a steady light.
7. A rear fog lamp must provide sufficient light output to indicate the presence of the trailer on the road in conditions of severely
reduced visibility.
8. The light emitted from a rear fog lamp must be diffused and substantially red in colour.
4-3 Cornering lamps
1. A trailer is fitted with cornering lamps (Note 1).
Note 1
Cornering lamp means a lamp that is designed to emit light at the front of a vehicle to supplement the vehicles headlamps by
1. A trailer must not be fitted with cornering lamps (Note 1).
1. A trailer is fitted with daytime running lamps (Note 1).
Note 1
the daytime.
1. A trailer must not be fitted with daytime running lamps (Note 1).
1. A trailer is not fitted with one pair of lamps at the rear if the trailer is one of the following:
a) a trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 April 2012, or
b) a trailer first registered in New Zealand before 1 April 2012 that is so constructed that the drivers arm signals cannot be
seen from behind the trailer.
2. A trailer is fitted with more than:
a) two pairs of lamps at the front, or
b) two pairs of lamps at the rear, or
c) two side-facing lamps on each side of the trailer.
3. A trailer is fitted with a lamp that is not in a pair.
4. A lamp is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practicable due to the
shape of the bodywork of the trailer).
5. A pair of lamps is not:
b) mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as practicable.
Condition
Performance
c) flashes:
11. A mandatory lamp emits a light that is not visible within (Figure 4-5-1):
12. On a trailer of American origin fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the stop lamp function is not overridden by the
indicator function.
Note 1
Note 2
A permitted (ie non-mandatory) rear- or side-facing direction indicator lamp that does not comply with condition and
performance requirements must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
1. A trailer may be fitted with:
a) one or two pairs of lamps at the front, and
b) one or two pairs of lamps at the rear, and
c) one or two side-facing lamps at each side.
2. One or two pairs of lamps must be fitted to the rear of the trailer if the trailer:
a) was first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 April 2012, or
b) was first registered before 1 April 2012 and is so constructed that it prevents an arm signal given by the driver from being
seen from behind the vehicle combination.
3. A pair of lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as is practicable.
4. A lamp must be fitted at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not possible due to the shape of the
bodywork, not exceeding 2.1m.
5. On trailers of American origin, the stop lamp and direction indicator lamp functions may be combined in one lamp.
Condition
Performance
11. A lamp must emit a light that is visible from 100m during normal daylight and 200 m in normal darkness.
12. A retrofitted mandatory lamp must emit a light that is visible within angles of:
b) 45 inboard, and
c) 80 outboard.
13. If a trailer of American origin is fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must override the stop
lamps so that the stop lamps operate as direction indicators.
1. A trailer that is more than 2m wide is not fitted with one pair of lamps.
2. A trailer is fitted with more than two lamps.
3. A trailer less than 2m wide is fitted with a single lamp on the left side of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
e) not steady, or
light source.
b) 80 outboard.
Note 1
being:
Note 2
1. A trailer more than 2m wide must be fitted with one pair of forward-facing position lamps.
2. A trailer 2m wide or less may be fitted with:
a) one forward-facing position lamp on the right side of the trailer, or
b) two forward-facing position lamps.
3. A lamp must be positioned to the front of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
c) steady, and
d) sufficient to indicate to other road users the presence and dimensions of the trailer, and
e) of approximately equal intensity and colour to the other lamp in a pair.
7. A mandatory lamp must be visible within angles of:
b) 80 outboard.
1. A trailer first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 is not fitted with:
a) one single rearward-facing position lamp (Note 1) in the centre or to the right of the centre of the trailer, or
b) one pair of rearward-facing position lamps.
2. A trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978:
a) that is less than 1.5m wide is not fitted with one single rearward-facing position lamp in the centre or to the right of the
centre of the trailer, or with one pair of rearward-facing position lamps, or
b) that is more than 1.5m wide is not fitted with one pair of rearward-facing position lamps.
3. A trailer is fitted with more than:
a) one single lamp, or
b) two pairs of lamps.
4. A lamp is mounted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practicable due to
the shape of the bodywork of the trailer).
b) mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
e) not steady, or
light source.
b) 45 inboard or 80 outboard
Note 1
being:
Note 2
A permitted (ie non-mandatory) rearward-facing position lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and
performance requirements must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
1. A trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 and that is more than 1.5m wide must be fitted with one or
two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps (Note 1).
2. A trailer first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that does not exceed 1.5m in width must be fitted with:
a) one single rearward-facing position lamp in the centre or on the right side of the trailer, or
3. A pair of lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as is practicable.
4. A lamp must be fitted at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the
bodywork of the trailer, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
Condition
Performance
7. A lamp must emit a diffuse light that is substantially red.
9. A lamp must provide sufficient light output to indicate to other road users the presence and dimensions of the trailer.
and 80 outboard.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
being:
d) an end-outline marker lamp.
Note 2
The position of a mandatory side-marker lamp need only be approximate as long as it indicates the vehicles presence and
approximate dimensions when viewed from the side.
Note 3
Permitted equipment
1. A light trailer may be fitted with side-marker lamps.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
vehicle.
darkness.
Modifications
1. A light trailer with an overall width of 1.8m or more is fitted with more than:
a) four forward-facing lamps, or
2. A light trailer with an overall width of less than 1.8m is fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
3. An end-outline marker lamp is not positioned so that it gives an indication of the vehicles dimensions, ie lamps are fitted
other than around the outline of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
c) not diffuse, or
e) not approximately of the same colour and intensity as the other lamp if fitted in a pair, or
f) not steady, or
Note 1
users, being:
d) an end-outline marker lamp (including cab roof lamps).
Note 2
made to comply or be removed from the vehicle. A rearward-facing end-outline marker lamp that does not comply with the
equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
1. A light trailer with an overall width of 1.8m or more may be fitted with a maximum of:
2. A light trailer with an overall width of less than 1.8m is fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
of the vehicle.
Modifications
requirements.
4-10 Stop lamps
1. A trailer first registered in NZ on or after 1 April 2012:
a) is not fitted with one pair of stop lamps, or
b) is fitted with more than two pairs of stop lamps, or
c) is fitted with a stop lamp that is not in a pair.
2. A trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978:
a) is not fitted with one pair of stop lamps (Note 1) if the trailer is so constructed that the drivers arm signals or the towing
vehicles stop lamps cannot be seen from behind the trailer, or
3. A trailer first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978:
a) is not fitted with one stop lamp if the trailer is so constructed that the drivers arm signals or the towing vehicles stop
lamps cannot be seen from behind the trailer, or
4. A stop lamp is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5m is not practicable due to
the shape of the bodywork of the trailer).
Condition
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
d) not approximately equal in intensity from the other lamp in a pair, or not bright enough to produce a light that is visible
from 100m in normal daylight, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light source.
b) 45 inboard and outboard
14. On a trailer of American origin fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the stop lamp function is not
Note 1
Note 2
A permitted (ie non-mandatory) stop lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must
Figure 4-10-1. Stop lamp beam angles
1. A trailer first registered in NZ before 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one stop lamp, or one or two pairs of stop lamps, if
the trailer is so constructed that the drivers arm signals or the towing vehicles stop lamps cannot be seen from behind the
trailer.
2. A trailer first registered in NZ between 1 January 1978 and 31 March 2012 must be fitted with one or two pairs of stop lamps
if the trailer is so constructed that the drivers arm signals or the towing vehicles stop lamps cannot be seen from behind the
trailer.
3. A trailer first registered in NZ on or after 1 April 2012 must be fitted with one or two pairs of stop lamps.
4. A pair of stop lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as is practicable.
5. A stop lamp must be fitted at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the
bodywork of the trailer, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
Performance
12. A mandatory stop lamp must emit a light that is visible within the angles of 15 above and below the horizontal, and 45
inboard and outboard.
13. If a trailer of American origin is fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must override
the stop lamps so that the stop lamps will operate as direction indicators.
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer is fitted with more than two high-mounted stop lamps (Note 1).
Condition
Performance
d) has insufficient light output to produce a light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight, eg due to modification,
deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light source.
Note 1
vehicle.
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer may be fitted with one or two high-mounted stop lamps (Note 1).
2. A lamp must be fitted in a central high-mounted position at the rear of the trailer.
Condition
Performance
4-12 Rear-registration-plate illumination lamps
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer is not fitted with at least one rear-registration-plate illumination lamp (Note 1).
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
3. The lamps are not bright enough to show up the registration plate text from 20 m in normal darkness.
4. The light source of a lamp is visible from the rear of the trailer.
Note 1
Mandatory equipment
1. At least one rear-registration-plate illumination lamp (Note 1).
Performance
5. The light source of the lamp must not be visible from the rear of the trailer.
1. A trailer:
a) is not fitted with at least one red rearward-facing reflector on each side (Note 1), or
2. A reflector is not positioned to the rear of the trailer.
3. A reflector is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork
of the trailer, exceeding 2.1m.
4. A trailer equipped with a jinker pole that extends behind its rear lamps is not fitted with one red rearward-facing reflector at
the rear extremity of the pole.
5. A pair of reflectors is not:
b) mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as is practicable.
Condition
a) fading, or
Performance
Note 1
1. A trailer must be fitted with at least one pair of rearward-facing reflectors (Note 1) at a height from the ground not exceeding
1.5m, or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the trailer, not exceeding 2.1m.
2. A trailer equipped with a jinker pole that extends behind its rear lamps must also be fitted with one red reflector at the rear
extremity of the pole.
3. A rearward-facing reflector must be positioned to the rear of the trailer.
4. A reflector must be of an area that allows it to reflect light to improve the visibility of the trailer to other road users without
causing undue dazzle or discomfort.
5. A pair of reflectors must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as is practicable.
Condition
6. A reflector must be in good condition and not be obscured.
Performance
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer is fitted with more than two reversing lamps at the rear of the trailer (Note 1).
2. A pair of reversing lamps is not:
Condition
Performance
b) steady, or
Note 1
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. One or two reversing lamps fitted at the rear of the trailer (Note 1).
2. A pair of reversing lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
5. A reversing lamp, when operated, must emit a diffuse light or a dipped beam of light that is substantially white.
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
Performance
light that:
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Headlamps
Stop lamps
Position lamps
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps
Work lamps
Scene lamps
Alley lamps
Includes PSV destination signs, taxi signs, and variable message signs operated by

Permitted equipment
Performance
3. A lamp must:
c) be fitted in a way, and be of a luminance that ensures that it does not dazzle, confuse or distract other road users, and
5 Brakes
5-1 Service brake, parking brake, emergency brake and breakaway brake
Mandatory equipment
1. If fitted to a trailer:
a) a service brake does not act on each road wheel of at least one axle, or
b) a parking brake does not act on each wheel of at least one axle.
2. Where the vehicle inspector is able to identify the laden weight (Note 5) of the trailer and its load, the trailer is not fitted with a
service brake, parking brake, or breakaway brake, as required by Table 5-1-1.
3. An agricultural trailer with a laden weight (Note 5) of more than 2000kg that does not comply with braking requirements is
not fitted with two safety chains that cross each other when the trailer is connected (refer to section 8, Towing connections).
Condition
Service brake
a) insecure, or
b) leaking, or
pipes outside diameter)
b) leaking, or
c) insecure.
b) insecure, or
a) not operating (eg has a seized load sensing valve), or
c) insecure, or
b) insecure, or
d) chafed, or
b) is insecure, or
e) external sheathing is cracked to the extent that the reinforcing cords are exposed, or
11. The service brake cable:
12. A service brake actuating rod or guide:
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
a) insecure, or
d) cracked, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
a) worn beyond manufacturers specifications (where visible without removing vehicle components)
(Note 3), or
b) fractured or otherwise damaged (where visible without removing vehicle components) (Note 3), or
18. A brake friction material (where visible without removing vehicle components) (Note 3) is:
b) is separating from the brake pad backing plate or brake shoe, or
c) is contaminated by brake fluid, oil or grease.
Parking brake
a) travels excessively, or
b) is insecure, or
c) mounting is damaged, corroded, distorted or fractured within 150mm of the lever mounting, or
Performance
Service brake
25. When the service brake is applied and without assistance from the towing vehicles engine:
a) the combined effort of the trailer and towing vehicle brakes does not stop the vehicle combination within 7m from a
speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%), or
b) the vehicle vibrates under braking to the extent that control of the vehicle is adversely affected, or
c) (direct trailer brake) the brake fails to release immediately after the towing vehicles brakes are released, or
d) (indirect trailer brake) the brake fails to release when the towing vehicle stops decelerating, or the directional control is
affected, eg swerving to one side, or the brakes on one side apply more slowly than on the other side, or
e) the brake balance, during the entire brake application, varies by more than 20% between wheels on a common axle.
26. The ABS or brake system warning lamp or self-check system, if fitted, indicates a defect in the ABS or brake system (this
does not apply to brake pad wear warning systems).
Parking brake
27. When the park brake is applied:
Breakaway brake
28. The breakaway brake does not automatically and immediately apply when the trailer is disconnected from the towing
vehicle (Note 4).
Note 1
Agricultural trailer means a trailer that is used exclusively for agricultural or land management purposes, and that is operated
on the road only for the following purposes:
a) during delivery from a manufacturer to the manufacturers representative, or
b) while being delivered to or from an agricultural show for display or demonstration purposes, or
c) while being taken to or from a farm, or from one part of a farm to another part of that farm.
Axle means a transverse shaft or housing on which a vehicles wheels are mounted.
Brake friction material means a brake component having a friction surface that is designed to be preferentially sacrificed.
Breakaway brake means a service brake or parking brake fitted to a trailer that ensures, under all conditions of use, that, if the
trailer is unintentionally disconnected from its towing vehicle, the brake will automatically and immediately apply and will
remain applied for at least 15 minutes.
Direct trailer service brake means a service brake fitted to a trailer that allows the driver of a towing vehicle, by operating the
service brake of the towing vehicle, to directly and progressively regulate the trailer brake effort.
Engine brake is a modification to a diesel engine used to increase the retardation force provided by the engine on
deceleration.
Friction surface means any surface of a brake component that is designed to convert kinetic energy to heat.
Indirect trailer service brake means a service brake fitted to a trailer where the action of the driver of a towing vehicle
applying the brakes of that vehicle results in a reaction by the trailer that is used to progressively regulate the trailer brake
effort.
attention.
equipment.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
A breakaway brake, if fitted, must be tested, but is not required to be functional on a trailer with a laden weight of 2500kg or
less that is fitted with one or two compliant safety chains as required in Table 5-1-1. The vehicle inspector should advise the
vehicle operator if the breakaway brake is not functional.
Note 5
Laden weight means the weight of the trailer and its load, if any, for the time being carried. A vehicle inspector may be
presented with a trailer (usually unladen, such as a boat, car or horse trailer) that has a laden weight below 2000kg, but that is
likely to have a laden weight exceeding 2000kg when it carries its normal load. In such a case, he should make the vehicle
operator aware, for example by putting a note on the checksheet, that the trailer may not comply with safety chain or brake
requirements when the trailer carries its normal load.
Table 5-1-1. Trailer brake requirements
Type of brake
required
Laden weight (Note 5) of the trailer
2000 kg or less 20012500 kg 2501 kg or more
Service brake Not required but, if fitted,
must act on each wheel of at
least one axle
Required; either direct or indirect
service brake must act on each wheel
of at least one axle
Required; direct service brake
must act on each wheel of at
least one axle
Parking brake Not required Not required Required; must act on at least
one complete axle
Breakaway
brake (Notes
1) (Note 4)
Required unless fitted with
an appropriate coupling and
safety chain
Required, unless fitted with an
appropriate coupling and two safety
chains
Required
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer must be fitted with a service brake, parking brake, or breakaway brake depending on the laden weight (Note 5) of
the trailer, as listed in Table 5-1-1.
2. An agricultural trailer with a laden weight (Note 5) of more than 2000kg that does not comply with brake requirements must
be fitted with two safety chains that cross each other when the trailer is connected (refer to section 8, Towing connections).
Permitted equipment
3. A trailer may be fitted with a type of brake that is not required to be fitted to the trailer.
Condition
Performance
7. When a vehicles brake is applied:
8. The trailers and towing vehicles service brakes must together stop the vehicle combination within a distance of 7m from a
speed of 30km/h without damage to, or permanent deformation of, either the coupling system or the structure of either vehicle,
and without assistance from the compression of the towing vehicles engine or other retarders.
9. A trailer parking brake must stop the trailer within a distance of 18m from a speed of 30km/h, or hold the trailer at rest on a
slope of 1 in 5.
10. A breakaway brake must automatically and immediately apply when the trailer unintentionally disconnects from the towing
vehicle, and must remain applied for at least 15 minutes.
Condition
1. A ballrace turntable is:
a) not securely fastened, eg bolts or fasteners are loose, or
b) worn beyond manufacturers tolerances, or
c) cracked or distorted, or
d) corroded or has deteriorated so that it is no longer safe.
2. A steering linkage or joint:
a) is insecure, or
f) is fouling on the vehicle structure, wheel tyre or brake system component.
a) is insecure, or
4. A kingpin or outer ball joint:
a) is insecure, or
e) does not operate smoothly without roughness or stiffness.
a) is insecure, or
b) has corrosion damage (Note 2), buckling or fractures within 150mm of a mounting point (Figure 6-1-1).
7. A suspension component:
a) is insecure, or
h) is a flexible bush that is significantly cracked, damaged or perished.
Performance
c) the steering is unreasonably stiff or rough.
Note 1
Steering system means those components, parts and systems that connect the drivers controls to the vehicles wheels or
tracks by means of which the direction of motion of a vehicle is controlled.
Note 2
Note 3
Ballrace turntable means a device incorporating a low friction ball bearing fitted between two substantial structural
Figure 6-1-1. Corrosion limits around front or rear suspension anchorages
Land Transport Rule: Steering Systems 2001.
Condition
1. The steering system (Note 1) and associated systems and components that directly or indirectly affect the directional control
of the vehicle must be:
Performance
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
c) same tread pattern type (mixed asymmetric, directional, normal highway, traction, winter tyre tread (Figure 7-1-2).
2. The tyres on an axle of a light trailer do not meet at least one of the following:
a) the tyre ply ratings are the same, or
b) the tyre load indices differ by no more than 2 (Note 3).
is less than the speed limit (Note 3) (Note 34
iii. ADV (Agricultural Drawn Vehicle)
iv. RACING PURPOSES ONLY.
(Figure 7-1-3).
Wheels
7. A wheel is not compatible with the tyre fitted to it for rim profile, flange height or valve fitment.
8. A wheel is:
Condition
such as:
12. A tyre, other than a winter tyre (Note 2), does not have a tread pattern depth (Technical bulletin 7) of at least 1.5mm
(excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator strip) around the whole circumference of the tyre:
tyre.
Spare tyres
16. A spare tyre, if carried, is not:
missing or faulty) .
Wheels
18. A wheel is:
a) cracked, or
20. A wheel nut is:
a) missing, or
b) loose, or
c) deteriorated, or
d) the incorrect type, or
Note 1
Asymmetric tyre means a tyre which, through tread pattern, is required to be fitted to a vehicle so that one particular sidewall
faces outwards.
Construction in relation to a tyre:
a) for a pneumatic tyre, the type of tyre carcass (including ply orientation and ply rating or load index) [does not include tyre
tread], or
Cross ply means a pneumatic tyre structure in which the ply cords in the tyre carcass extend to the beads and are laid at
enclose, under normal inflation, a cushion of air or gas forming altogether at least half of the total area of an average cross-
Principal grooves means the wide grooves in the tyre tread which have the tread wear indicators located inside them. Any
Radial ply means a pneumatic tyre structure in which the ply cords, which extend from bead to bead, are laid at approximately
equipment.
tube).
Tyre carcass means that structural part of a pneumatic tyre other than the tread and outermost rubber of the sidewalls that,
and the wheel disc, and which may be manufactured as one part, or permanently attached to each other or detachable from
each other.
Wheel spacer means an additional component used for the purpose of positioning the wheel centre-disc relative to the hub, or
Note 2
Note 3
passed.
Note 4
accordance with standard NZS 5423 (Repairing and retreading car, truck and bus tyres), the tyre must be marked with NZS
5423 and, if a car tyre, have the speed rating removed. In such a case, a missing speed rating is acceptable for WoF/CoF
A1 5 A5 25 B 50 F 80 L 120 Q 160 U 200 Y 300
A2 10 A6 30 C 60 G 90 M 130 R 170 H 210 ZR over 240
A3 15 A7 35 D 65 J 100 N 140 S 180 V 240
A4 20 A8 40 E 70 K 110 P 150 T 190 W 270
10/70R22.5 255/70R22.5
11/70R22.5 275/70R22.5
12/70R22.5 305/70R22.5
15R22.5 385/65R22.5
16.5R22.5 425/65R22.5
18R22.5 445/65R22.5


Note For WoF purposes, a tyre is considered to be a winter tyre only if it has BOTH a winter tyre tread AND a studless marking

Mandatory equipment
Tyres
gripping devices.
Wheels
7. A wheel must be:
c) compatible with the tyre rim profile, flange height and valve fitment.
8. There must be adequate clearance for the brake, hub, suspension and steering mechanism and body parts.
Permitted equipment
Condition
manufacture.
Spare tyre
Wheels
7-2 Hubs and axles
Condition
1. A hub (Note 1):
2. A wheel bearing:
3. An axle:
Performance
4. The geometry of a hub or axle causes the vehicle to veer significantly to one side.
Note 1
Condition
3. The hub and axle must have suitable and correctly adjusted geometry.
7-3 Mudguards
Mandatory equipment
trailer is:
b) is towed by a vehicle that is not capable of exceeding a speed of 30 km/h.
2. A mudguard does not cover the full tread (Note 1) width of a tyre or tyres fitted to a road wheel (Figure 7-3-1), except on a
trailer designed for industrial purposes where it is not practicable to fit a full mudguard due to the vehicles construction.
3. A trailer used for transporting round timber is not fitted with at least partial mudguards mounted behind the rearmost axle that
meet the following requirements (Figure 7-3-2):
the mudguard must provide continuous protection from a horizontal at the top of the tyre to a line rising rearward
with a slope of 1 in 3 from the tyres contact point on the road, and
the distance between the tyre and the mudguard must not be more than twice the distance from the centre of the
wheel to the road.
(Figure 7-3-2), except when the mudguard is fitted to a vehicle designed for industrial purposes and it is not practicable to fit a
full mudguard due to the vehicles construction.
Mudguard condition
Note 1
Figure 7-3-1. Position of mudguard in relation to tyre tread

Figure 7-3-2. Size and position of mudguards for the rear wheels of a trailer fitted with dual wheels
or close-spaced multiple wheels and logging trailers

Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer must be fitted with a mudguard (Note 1) over each road wheel if it is reasonable and practicable to do so.
2. A mudguard must cover no less than the width of the tyre tread on each road wheel (Figure 7-3-1).
3. A trailer fitted with twin tyres or close-spaced multiple tyres must be fitted with a mudguard over each wheel on the rear axle
that provides continuous protection from a horizontal line tangent to the top of the tyre tread (Note 1) to a line with a slope of 1
in 3 rising rearward from the tyres contact point on the road (Figure 7-3-2).
4. A trailer designed for industrial purposes may be fitted with partial mudguards if the vehicles construction makes it
5. A trailer used for transporting round timber that cannot be fitted with mudguards over each road wheel must have at least
partial mudguards mounted behind its rearmost axle that comply with the following (Figure 7-3-2):
a) the mudguard must provide continuous protection from a horizontal line tangent to the top of the tyre tread to a line with
a slope of 1 in 3 rising rearward from the tyres contact point on the road, and
b) the distance between the tyre and the mudguard must not be more than twice the tyre rolling radius.
6. The following trailers are not required to be fitted with mudguards:
Compliance Rule
b) a trailer towed by a vehicle that is not capable of exceeding a speed of 30 km/h.
Mudguard condition
users.
8-1 Light trailer drawbar and kingpin
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer with a laden weight (Note 2) of 2000kg or less without a compliant breakaway brake, except for the following
trailers, does not have a safety chain or cable:
a) a trailer designed for armament purposes by the New Zealand Defence Force.
2. A trailer with a laden weight (Note 2) between 2001kg and 2500kg (where the vehicle inspector is able to determine the
laden weight) that does not have a compliant breakaway brake:
a) is not fitted with two safety chains that cross each other when connected, or
b) has chain links with a material cross-section less than 7.1mm, or there is no evidence that each chain has a breaking
strength of at least twice the laden weight of the trailer (Note 3).
Condition
3. The drawbar or drawbar mounting (or kingpin or kingpin mounting):
c) has corrosion damage (Note 1) within 150mm of a mounting point, or
4. The drawbar coupling (or kingpin):
b) is not mounted in accordance with manufacturers specifications, or
c) is worn beyond the manufacturers specifications, or
d) is significantly corroded, distorted or cracked, or
e) has a nut or locking pin that is missing or significantly corroded.
5. A safety chain or cable (including any welded joint, securing bolt or shackle):
a) is not securely attached to the drawbar, or
b) is welded to the drawbar, and
i. there is no clear evidence of weld penetration, or
ii. the weld metal has not been applied in accordance with good trade practice, or
iii. there is no evidence that the chain can be welded without reducing its strength, or
iv. the weld is significantly corroded, has deteriorated or is cracked.
d) has a bolt or shackle that is missing, significantly corroded, distorted or cracked, or
e) appears to be too weak to withstand a load of about twice the likely maximum laden weight (as far as can be reasonably
estimated by the inspector) (Note 3).
Note 1
Note 2
Laden weight means the weight of the trailer and its load, if any, for the time being carried. A vehicle inspector may be
presented with a trailer (usually unladen, such as a boat, car or horse trailer) that has a laden weight below 2000kg, but that is
likely to have a laden weight exceeding 2000kg when it carries its normal load. In such a case, the vehicle inspector should
make the vehicle operator aware, for example by putting a note on the checksheet, that the trailer may not comply with safety
chain or shackle requirements when the trailer carries its normal load.
Note 3
A safety chain or shackle may be marked as complying with a standard and with a chain designation size that equals the
maximum laden weight of the trailer, for example, with 25 or 2500 which denotes 2500kg. This means the chain is suitable for
a trailer with a laden weight of up to 2500kg as the standard has already taken into account the required breaking strength.
Figure 8-1-1. Tow coupling components

Land Transport Rule: Light-Vehicle Brakes 2002
Mandatory equipment
2. A trailer with a laden weight (Note 2) of 2000kg or less without a compliant breakaway brake must have a securely attached
safety chain or cable, unless the trailer is one of the following:
3. A trailer with a laden weight (Note 2) between 2001kg and 2500kg that does not have a compliant breakaway brake must
be fitted with two safety chains that comply with standard ADR 62 (determination 2, 1995) and that cross each other when
connected.
Condition
5. A safety chain or cable must be of sufficient strength to hold the trailer secure under all conditions of road use.
6. A trailer must:
Heavy trailers
1 Vehicle Identification
1).
3. A VIN number is not valid (Note 2).
Condition
4. A VIN or chassis number has been (Note 1) (Note 3):
a) removed, or
b) erased, or
c) altered, or
d) defaced, or
e) obscured, or
f) destroyed, or
g) obliterated, or
h) affixed unlawfully or by unauthorised persons (Note 3).
Note 1
The VIN is normally found on the outside of the chassis adjacent to the right front wheel. If the vehicle is unfamiliar, and the VIN
or chassis number cannot be located, the vehicle inspector should contact the manufacturers agent or the local VIN issuing
agent.
Note 2
A vehicle without a VIN or chassis number must be referred to a VIN issuing agent (VTNZ, VINZ, NZAA) to have a VIN attached
if:
a) the vehicle does not have a VIN or chassis number, or
b) the VIN or chassis number has become illegible.
Note 3
Note 4
The vehicle inspector must advise the local police if there is reason to believe that the VIN or chassis number has been
tampered with in any way.
Important Ensure that the VIN or chassis number is recorded in full on the checksheet. This number must be:
a) the VIN if fitted not the chassis number (locally allocated VIN),
b) the stamped VIN on the VIN plate or chassis.

Car
Truck
Condition
unlawfully or unauthorised.
2 Vehicle Exterior
3. A protruding object or fitting (Note 4) that has a functional purpose is not installed so that the risk of causing injury to a
c) exceeds the vehicles width by more than 100mm on either side.
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Ornamental object or fitting means any object or fitting that does not have a practical purpose.
Note 4
Functional object or fitting means an object or fitting that has a practical purpose, eg load restraints.
Permitted equipment
2-2 Dimensions
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer with a GVM of 3501kg or more exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-3 and is not fitted with the
2. A trailer exceeds the dimensions set out in Table 2-2-3 and is not:
b) a trailer designed primarily to transport an overdimension load, or
c) a trailer operating on a valid permit, exemption or approval.
Note 1 Definitions
Specialist overdimension trailer means a trailer where its primary purpose is to carry out a specialist function that requires
overdimension equipment, and the dismantling of the equipment would make it unusable for its intended purpose, or it would
take more than four hours to dismantle the equipment.
Caravan trailer means a trailer that is permanently equipped with features intended to make the vehicle suitable as a dwelling
place, and must include at least one sleeping berth and one table, both of which may be of a design that allows them to be
retracted or folded away.
Road controlling authority means the authority, body or person having control of the road (eg the NZTA, a regional council or
Note 2
Note 3
An HPMV is not required to comply with the Hazard warning equipment requirements of Table 2-2-4.
Table 2-2-3. Dimension requirements for heavy trailers (see Figure 2-2-9) (Note 2)
Width 2.5m, or
1.25m from each side of the longitudinal
centreline of the vehicle
ropes, lashings, straps, chains and related connectors
and tensioning devices that extend no more than 25mm
from either side, and that are not permanently or rigidly
J-hook assemblies that extend not more than 25mm from
either side of the vehicle
central tyre inflation system hoses that extend not more
than 75mm beyond the outside of the tyre on the drive
axles
hubodometer provided it is fitted to a non-lifting, non-
steering axle that causes the least overwidth.
Overall
length
11.5m (full trailer, pole trailer)
12.5m (simple trailer)
18m (towing vehicle and semi-trailer with
a quad axle-set with two steering axles)
19m (towing vehicle and semi-trailer
provided the axle-set is not a quad axle-
set with two steering axles)
20m (towing vehicle and full trailer
(excluding load))
22m (towing vehicle and full trailer
(including load if load overhanging the
rear of the trailer does not exceed 2.3m in
width, or 1.15m from the longitudinal
centreline of the vehicle ))
22m (towing vehicle and simple trailer)
20m (any other vehicle combination)
Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load-restraining devices, such as
ropes, lashings, straps, chains, covers and related connectors
and tensioning devices, that extend not more than 25mm above
the body of the vehicle, and that are not permanently or rigidly
fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
8.5m (full trailer, simple trailer, pole trailer
with drawbar at full extension)
9.2m (semi-trailer)
full trailer: from the rear axis to the front of the trailer
body/chassis (excludes drawbar and front axle set with its
associated carriage)
simple trailer: from the rear axis to the centre point of
attachment to the towing vehicle
pole trailer with two axle sets: from the front axis to the
centre of the point of attachment to the towing vehicle with
the drawbar fully extended.
pole trailer with one axle set: from the rear axis to the point
of attachment to the towing vehicle with the drawbar fully
extended
semi-trailer: from the rear axis to the centre of the kingpin
A vehicle with a retractable axle must meet the dimension
requirements whether the axle is in contact with the road or in the
retracted position.
Rear
overhang
4m (for a trailer first registered anywhere
before 1 December 1989)
The lesser of 4m or 50% of forward
distance (simple trailer, pole trailer with
one axle set)
The lesser of 4m or 50% of wheelbase
(full trailer, pole trailer with two axle sets)
The lesser of 4.3m or 50% of forward
distance (semi-trailer [other than a class
TC caravan trailer])
The lesser of 4m or 65% of forward
distance (class TC caravan trailer that is a
semi-trailer)
Rear overhang is measured from:
pole trailer: from the rear axis or centre of bolster to the
rear of the vehicle, whichever is the greater.
other trailers: from the rear axis to the rear of the vehicle.
A vehicle with a retractable axle must meet the dimension
requirements whether the axle is in contact with the road or in the
retracted position.
Ground
clearance
The greater of 100mm or 6% of the
distance from the nearest axle to the point
where the ground clearance is measured
Front
overhang
2.04m radius arc ahead of:
kingpin centre (semi-trailer)
tow coupling centre (simple trailer)
turntable centre (full trailer)
turntable centre on towing vehicle
(pole trailer)
Front overhang is measured to the foremost point of the trailer
(except for full trailer), from the following positions:
semi-trailer: centre of kingpin
full trailer: centre of turntable to front of trailer body
(excludes drawbar)
simple trailer: centre of tow coupling
pole trailer: centre of turntable on towing vehicle.
Rear
trailing unit
distance
14.5m (A-train, B-train, towing vehicle and
two trailers)
Rear trailing unit distance is measured from the centre of the fifth
wheel or tow coupling on the towing vehicle to the rear of the
combination.
Articulated
vehicle
point of
attachment
No further rearward than the rearmost
axle of the leading trailer
Applies to B-train leading trailer only.
Coupling
point
distance
30% of forward distance of semi-trailer
Applies to A-train only.
Measure from the rear axis of the semi-trailer to the tow
coupling centre of the full trailer.
Inter-
vehicle
spacing
4m (between any two consecutive
vehicles in a combination)
Inter-vehicle spacing is the distance between a towing
vehicle (excluding the tow coupling shroud) and trailer
(excluding the drawbar or tow rope or front dolly).
The inter-vehicle spacing between a towing vehicle and a
full trailer must not be less than the greater of 1m or half
the width of the foremost point of the trailer (excluding the
drawbar and front dolly assembly).
Turning
circle
The vehicle combination must be able to complete a 360
degree turn in either direction.
No part of the trailer must encroach outside the outside
diameter.
Vehicle category
(See Figure 2-2-8)
Dimension
Limits (up to and
including)
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/11.4m, or
3.1m/10.5m, or
3.7m/8.5m, or
25m, or
7m, or
7m
Flags
1
or panels
2
fitted on each side at the front and rear as
close as practical to the outside edge
Category 2
(not including category
1)
Width/forward
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/13.3m, or
4.5m/8.5m, or
35m, or
10m, or
10m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
fitted at the front and rear if more than
3.1m wide
Category 3
2)
Width/forward
distance
2.5m/20m
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Category 4
3)
Width/forward
distance
11m/20m
11m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Note Additional operational requirements may apply, eg if operated at night.
1
Flags:
2
must be at least of the minimum dimensions and of the colours specified in Figure 2-2-6.
3
OVERSIZE sign:
must be black lettering on yellow-green background



Figure 2-2-8. Vehicle categories and width/forward distance thresholds.
Use this figure to determine the correct category referred to in Table 2-2-4.

Figure 2-2-9. Heavy trailer dimensions

See also to Table 2-2-4.
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer with a GVM of 3501kg or more that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-3 must meet the requirements in Table 2-
2-4.
2. A trailer with a GVM of 3501kg or more may exceed the dimensions in Table 2-2-3 only if it is:
b) a trailer designed primarily to transport overdimension loads, or
2-3 Glazing
Glazing condition
1. Glazing is damaged (Note 1), has deteriorated or is modified (Note 2) so that its strength or mechanical performance is
adversely affected.
2. Glazing is not securely affixed to the vehicle.
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Modify means to change a vehicle from its original state by altering, substituting, adding or removing any structure, component
or equipment, but does not include repair.
of its condition when manufactured, including replacement with equivalent undamaged new structures, systems, components
or equipment.
Permitted glazing
1. Trailers may be fitted with any type of glazing, including plastic glazing.
Glazing condition
2-4 Heavy trailer equipment
Mandatory equipment
1. An outrigger fitted to a vehicle does not have a locking device to prevent its inadvertent extension or separation.
2. An outrigger locking device is bent, worn or otherwise damaged or has deteriorated so that it is not effective.
3. An outrigger locking device does not lock the outrigger in its locked position.
Note 1
Outrigger, in relation to a vehicle fitted with a crane or a hoist, means a device fitted to the vehicle that extends and stabilises
Mandatory equipment
Condition
3 Vehicle Structure
3-1 Structure
Mandatory equipment
1. A sliding chassis is not fitted with both:
2. Refer to general trailer pages.
3. The chassis (Note 1), body or other load-bearing structure of a vehicle, including a monocoque construction body, has any
of the following damage so that the vehicle is no longer of adequate strength for all conditions of loading and operation for
which the vehicle was constructed:
a) deformation from original shape that has affected the vehicles structural integrity, or
b) cracking, or
c) significant corrosion or delamination, or
d) significant rust heave that exceeds the limits in Figure 3-1-3, or
e) poor repairs that have not returned the structure to within safe tolerance of when it was manufactured eg:
i. filler has been used to conceal corrosion damage or deformation of a component, or
ii. a high-strength steel component has been heated, or
f) loose, broken or missing fasteners or rivets, or
g) damage that affects the integrity, operation or mounting of the following components:
i. steering and suspension system, or
ii. load anchorages, or
iii. brake system, or
iv. mandatory lighting equipment, or
v. towing connections, or
vi. vehicle body.
4. A body-to-chassis attachment, such as a weld, fastener, hinge, body guide or locking device, is:
a) missing , or
b) loose, or
c) broken, or
d) cracked, or
e) otherwise in poor condition.
5. A tipping body hinge, body guide or locking device has deteriorated so that it is not effective in securing the body to the
chassis.
6. The locking of a sliding chassis locking device is not readily verifiable by visual inspection.
7. A sliding chassis locking device has wear or damage, such as a worn or bent pin, so that it is not effective.
8. A sliding chassis locking device does not operate correctly.
9. A sliding chassis end stop is:
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
c) damaged.
10. A modification or repair affects the vehicle structure and:
c) is missing proof of HVS certification, that is:
category HVEC, HVMC or HVIC has been presented.
Note 1
Body means that part of the vehicle that is designed for the use and accommodation of the occupants or to hold any goods.
Chassis assembly means a chassis with running gear attached and, as applicable, engine, transmission and steering system
attached.
Note 2
Rust stains can indicate fretting or movement between two components, for example as a result of loose fasteners or cracking.
Note 3
Chassis cracking is most likely to occur in the following areas:
where there are abrupt changes in chassis section
adjacent to welds
body mounting points
adjacent to loose fasteners
notches.
Note 4
Corrosion is most likely to occur in areas where moisture is retained, or when the vehicle is used to carry stock, fertiliser or
corrosive cargo.
1. Repairs to a structural component of a monocoque body.
2. Repairs to a chassis cross member that is:
a) the first or last cross member of the chassis, or
b) a cross member that is fitted within 500mm of an engine
mount, transmission mount or suspension support, or
c) a cross member to which a driveshaft centre bearing is
fitted, or
d) a cross member that supports any of the following:
i. ball-race turntable, or
ii. fifth wheel, or
iii. kingpin, or
iv. bolster attachment, or
v. hoist, hydraulic cylinder of a tipping body or any
other device that may place a concentrated load on
the chassis.
3. Repairs to a coaming rail that supports a load anchorage
point or J-hook, or that secures a load-rated curtain.
4. Modifications that affect the chassis, including fitting of a
hoist, crane, tipping body or other special equipment which
may result in increased stress to a localized area of the
chassis or significant redistribution of the load over the
chassis, as determined by an HVS certifier.
1. Repairs to a non-structural component of a monocoque
body (eg a body panel).
2. Repairs to a first failure of a chassis cross member
except a repair listed in the left-hand column.
3. Repairs to a coaming rail that does not support a load
anchorage point or J-hook or does not secure a load-rated
curtain.
4. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out
before 1 January 1997 (modifications and repairs before
this date generally required certification but for inspection
purposes no evidence of this is required).
5. Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand
column unless the vehicle inspector considers that
certification is required because the modification or repair
has affected the vehicles safety performance (a second
opinion from an expert may be needed).
Figure 3-1-3. Rust heave limits

Rust heave beyond the limits described above is acceptable only if an HVS certifier
has confirmed this in writing. The vehicle may continue without repair until an expiry
date specified by the HVS certifier. Where no expiry date is specified the vehicle
must be referred to an HVS certifier for another assessment at the next CoF inspection.
Regardless of any expiry date, an inspector may refer the vehicle to an HVS certifier if
he/she suspects that the safety of the vehicle is compromised, for example due to
excessive corrosion or chassis cracking. If the chassis is repaired, an LT400 is required.
Mandatory equipment
1. A sliding chassis must be fitted with:
2. The body of a vehicle, such as a tank body for transporting bulk liquid; a tipping body for transporting sand, grain or other
bulk goods; or other types of body that are constructed to contain the transported goods without the use of lashings, chains or
other devices, must be specifically designed to contain that type and size of load.
3. The following must be of adequate strength for all conditions of loading and operation for which the vehicle was constructed:
a) the chassis and body of the trailer, and
b) the body of a trailer of monocoque construction, and
c) any other load-bearing structure.
4. The locking of a sliding chassis locking device must be readily verifiable by visual inspection.
5. A sliding chassis locking device must be effective.
6. If a sliding chassis locking device incorporates a system that provides energy for its operation, the device must remain fully
engaged in the locking position, or the locking action must be initiated immediately, if the energising system fails.
8. A modification or repair that affects the vehicle structure must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category
HVEC, HVMC or HVIC, unless the vehicle:
performance.
3-2 Stability
1. A class TD trailer, other than one listed in Table 3-2-1, that is presented with a body or load height exceeding 2.8m from the
ground does not have proof of Static Roll Threshold (SRT) certification.
Modification
2. A modification or repair since 1 July 2000 affects the vehicle stability and:
ii. the vehicle was modified or repaired since the last CoF inspection and no valid LT400 form from a Level 1 or Level 2
SRT certifier has been presented.
Note 1 Definitions
b) varies from a dimension requirement in Table 2-2-3, section 2-2 (other than width, height or ground clearance), or
Road controlling authority means the authority, body or person having control of the road (eg the NZTA, a regional council or
Note 2
For the avoidance of doubt, a high-productivity motor vehicle must comply with minimum SRT requirements.
Table 3-2-1. Class TD trailers that are not required to comply with SRT
An overdimension trailer (other than a high-productivity motor vehicle) (Note 1) (Note 2)
A trailer operating under an overweight permit (other than a high-productivity motor vehicle) (Note 1) (Note 2)
A trailer first registered before 1 January 1940
A vehicle recovery service vehicle that is designed principally to transport a heavy motor vehicle.
A modification affects the
trailers SRT compliance (eg
deck, body, suspension,
different sized wheels or
tyres).
Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand column unless the vehicle inspector
1. A class TD trailer, other than one listed in Table 3-2-1, with a body height exceeding 2.8m from the ground must comply with
a Static Roll Threshold (SRT) of at least 0.35g.
Specialist certification
2. Compliance with SRT must be certified by a person approved as a Level 1 or Level 2 SRT certifier.
3. A modification or repair, on or after 1 April 2002, that affects the stability of a heavy trailer must be inspected and certified by
a) is excluded from the requirements for HVS certification (Table 3-2-2), and
performance.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
1. A trailer is fitted with headlamps (Note 1).
Note 1
1. A trailer must not be fitted with a headlamp (Note 1).
Permitted equipment
a) a front fog lamp (Note 1), or
2. A pair of fog lamps is not fitted:
b) as far towards each side of the trailer as practicable.
Condition (Note 2)
b) not diffuse, or
e) not steady, or
f) not bright enough to indicate the presence of the trailer from the rear in conditions of severely reduced visibility, eg due to
modification, deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light source, or
Note 1
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. One or two rear fog lamps (Note 1).
2. A pair of lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far as is practicable towards each side of the vehicle.
3. A trailer must not be fitted with front fog lamps.
Condition
Performance
5. A rear fog lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
6. A rear fog lamp must emit a steady light.
7. A rear fog lamp must provide sufficient light output to indicate the presence of the trailer on the road in conditions of severely
reduced visibility.
8. The light emitted from a rear fog lamp must be diffused and substantially red in colour.
4-3 Cornering lamps
1. A trailer is fitted with cornering lamps (Note 1).
Note 1
1. A trailer must not be fitted with cornering lamps (Note 1).
1. A trailer is fitted with daytime running lamps (Note 1).
Note 1
the daytime.
1. A trailer must not be fitted with daytime running lamps (Note 1).
2. A heavy trailer is fitted at the rear with:
1.5m is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle), or
4. A heavy trailer is fitted with top-mounted lamps at the front of the trailer.
Condition
Performance
Note 2
Note 1
equipment.
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy trailer may be fitted with an additional pair of lamps at the rear of the vehicle that must be symmetrically mounted as
near the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
Performance
Modifications
2. A heavy trailer is fitted at the front with:
Condition
Performance
Note 1
Front of vehicle:
a) one pair of forward-facing position lamps below 1.5m
c) 10 end-outline marker lamps fitted elsewhere on the outline of the vehicle or on the cab roof (for vehicles first registered in
New Zealand before 27 February 2005 there is no restriction on the number of forward-facing end-outline marker lamps that
may be fitted).
Rear of vehicle:
a) two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps, one pair below 1.5m and a second pair below 2.1m, fitted symmetrically as far
as possible towards the extremities
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy trailer may be fitted with an additional pair of forward-facing position lamps that must be symmetrically mounted as
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Condition
Performance
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy trailer may be fitted with an additional pair of rearward-facing position lamps that must be symmetrically mounted as
Condition
Performance
Modifications
1. A class TC or TD trailer with two or more axles, or an articulated vehicle that exceeds 9.2m in length, is not fitted on each
side with a side-marker lamp at a point approximately one-third of the way along the vehicle, measured from the rear (Note 2).
Condition
Performance
8. A side-marker lamp emits a light that is not visible within (Figure 4-8-1):
b) 60 forward and rearward.
Note 1 Definitions
being:
d) an end-outline marker lamp.
Note 2
The position of a mandatory side-marker lamp need only be approximate as long as it indicates the vehicles presence and
approximate dimensions when viewed from the side.
Note 3

1. A class TC or TD trailer fitted with two or more axles, or an articulated heavy vehicle that exceeds 9.2m in length:
a) must be fitted on each side with one side-marker lamp at a point approximately one-third of the way along the vehicle
measured from the rear, and
b) may be fitted with additional side-marker lamps.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
vehicle.
8. A side-marker lamp must emit a light that is visible:
a) from a distance of 100m in daylight and 200m during the hours of darkness, and
b) within an angle of 60 above and below a horizontal plane passing through the lamp, and within an angle of 60
forward and rearward of a vertical plane that is perpendicular to the longitudinal centreline of the vehicle and passing
through the lamp.
Modifications
1. A trailer listed in Table 4-9-1 is fitted with lamps that exceed the numbers permitted in Table 4-9-1.
2. A trailer not listed in Table 4-9-1 is fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
3. An end-outline marker lamp is not positioned so that it gives an indication of the vehicles dimensions, ie lamps are fitted
other than around the outline of the vehicle (Note 2).
Condition
Performance
c) not diffuse, or
e) not approximately of the same colour and intensity as the other lamp if fitted in a pair, or
f) not steady, or
Note 1
For trailers manufactured before 1/5/2011, the following total numbers of position lamps may generally be fitted to the front or
rear of a vehicle:
Front of vehicle:
a) one pair of forward-facing position lamps below 1.5m
c) 10 end-outline marker lamps fitted elsewhere on the outline of the vehicle or on the cab roof (for vehicles first registered in
New Zealand before 27 February 2005 there is no restriction on the number of forward-facing end-outline marker lamps that
may be fitted).
Rear of vehicle:
a) two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps, one pair below 1.5m and a second pair below 2.1m, fitted symmetrically as far
as possible towards the extremities
Note 2
users, being:
d) an end-outline marker lamp (including cab roof lamps).
Note 3
made to comply or be removed from the vehicle. A rearward-facing end-outline marker lamp that does not comply with the
equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
If the vehicle was: Row Characteristics of the heavy vehicle
Front Rear
Maximum permitted
lamps
1
Maximum
permitted
lamps
1
Vehicle
manufactured
before 1/4/2011
2
A
A trailer with a GVM exceeding 11,300kg
A trailer in a vehicle combination led by a
heavy vehicle, where the combinations length
exceeds 9.2m
12
(No Limit if first
registered before
27/2/2005)
6
B A trailer with an overall width of 1.8m or more (other
than a trailer in row A)
6 4
Vehicle
manufactured from
1/4/2011
C A trailer with an overall width exceeding 2.1m and with
a GVM or GCM exceeding 12,000kg
12 6
D A trailer with an overall width exceeding 2.1m (other
than a trailer in row C)
6 4
1
Maximum permitted lamps are the maximum number of lamps allowed to be fitted.
2
1. A trailer in Table 4-9-1 must or may be fitted with end-outline marker lamps as specified in the table.
2. A trailer not listed in Table 4-9-1 must not be fitted with end-outline marker lamps.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
of the vehicle.
Modifications
requirements.
4-10 Stop lamps
Condition
Performance
Note 1
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. A heavy trailer may be fitted with an additional pair of stop lamps that must be symmetrically mounted as near the top
a) one lamp or one pair at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5 mor, if this is not practicable due to the shape of the
Condition
Performance
Modifications
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer is fitted with more than two high-mounted stop lamps (Note 1).
Condition
Performance
d) has insufficient light output to produce a light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight, eg due to modification,
Note 1
vehicle.
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer may be fitted with one or two high-mounted stop lamps (Note 1).
2. A lamp must be fitted in a central high-mounted position at the rear of the trailer.
Condition
Performance
4-12 Rear-registration-plate illumination lamps
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer is not fitted with at least one rear-registration-plate illumination lamp (Note 1).
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
3. The lamps are not bright enough to show up the registration plate text from 20 m in normal darkness.
4. The light source of a lamp is visible from the rear of the trailer.
Note 1
Mandatory equipment
1. At least one rear-registration-plate illumination lamp (Note 1).
Performance
5. The light source of the lamp must not be visible from the rear of the trailer.
Mandatory equipment
2. A rearward-facing reflector fitted to a class TC or TD vehicle:
a) does not have an area of at least 30cm
2
, or
b) is not fitted within 150mm of the right and left extremities of the vehicle.
3. A trailer equipped with a jinker pole that extends behind its rear lamps is not, in addition to the normal rear reflectors, fitted
with one red rear reflector at the rear extremity of the pole.
Condition
Performance
Note 1
Jinker pole means a telescoping or sliding pole that forms the drawbar to steer a pole trailer.
Pole trailer means a trailer that is attached to the towing vehicle by a telescoping or sliding pole and is designed to support a
common load of logs, or a similar load, spanning between the trailer and the towing vehicle.
Mandatory equipment
2. A rearward-facing reflector fitted to a class TC or TD vehicle must have an area of at least 30cm
2
and be fitted within 150mm
of the right and left extremities of the vehicle.
3. A trailer equipped with a jinker pole that extends behind its rear lamps must, in addition to the normal rear reflectors, be fitted
with one red rear reflector at the rear extremity of the pole.
Condition
Performance
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer is fitted with more than two reversing lamps at the rear of the trailer (Note 1).
2. A pair of reversing lamps is not:
Condition
Performance
b) steady, or
Note 1
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. One or two reversing lamps fitted at the rear of the trailer (Note 1).
2. A pair of reversing lamps must be symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the trailer as is practicable.
Condition
Performance
5. A reversing lamp, when operated, must emit a diffuse light or a dipped beam of light that is substantially white.
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
Performance
light that:
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Headlamps
Stop lamps
Position lamps
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps
Work lamps
Scene lamps
Alley lamps

Permitted equipment
Performance
3. A lamp must:
c) be fitted in a way, and be of a luminance that ensures that it does not dazzle, confuse or distract other road users, and
5 Brakes
5-1 Service brake, parking brake, emergency brake and breakaway brake
Service brake
1. A heavy trailer does not have a service brake.
2. A heavy trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 does not have a service brake that is designed
to act on each wheel.
Parking brake
3. A heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer first registered before 1 November 1990, does not have a parking brake.
4. A parking brake of a vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 acts on less than 40% of the
wheels.
5. A required parking brake of a heavy trailer cannot be applied by the driver from the normal driving position using one control
only (Note 2).
Emergency brake
6. A heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer first registered before 1 November 1990, does not have an emergency brake.
7. A required emergency brake does not act on at least one-third of the wheels.
8. A required emergency brake fails to automatically apply when the brake coupling is separated.
11. A hose or other flexible tubing forming part of a compressed air or vacuum line does not comply with at least one of the
standards in Table 5-1-2 (Note 3).
12. The air brake of a vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 March 2007 that has a towing connection to tow an
air braked trailer (or a tow connection fitted on or after 1 March 2007) is not capable of being connected to the air brake of the
trailer by means of a two-line system.
13. A required two-line system connecting a heavy vehicle to a heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer, is not attached to the
drawbar by a means that would prevent damage to the hoses or flexible tubing.
14. A vehicle that is certified to the New Zealand Heavy-vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ) does not have:
a) a drain valve fitted to the lowest point of each brake reservoir, specifically, the reservoirs of the service brake and park
brake, and including the so-called wet tank, or
b) a drain valve fitted to an air-brake reservoir or to the reservoir of auxiliary equipment is not capable of being operated by
a person standing beside the vehicle, without the need for a pit or hoist, or
c) an automatic drain valve does not have a means of manual operation.
Permitted equipment
15. An air-operated device is supplied air from a service brake reservoir (ie not from a separate reservoir) unless:
a) the operation of the device requires only a small amount of compressed air and it is supplied with compressed air by a
hose or pipe with an external diameter not exceeding 8mm, or
b) the device is operated only when the vehicle is stationary, or
c) the vehicle manufacturer allows it.
16. An air-operated device is connected to the air brake system without a protection valve.
17. A trailerbrake hand control applies brakes other than the service brakes of the trailer(s).
18. A heavy trailer, other than a heavy haulage trailer or military trailer, has a device fitted that allows the driver to adjust the
service brake force distribution between the axles or between the vehicles that are used in combination.
Condition
20. A brake is not capable of being easily adjusted.
21. An adjustment indicator rod is:
a) missing, or
b) seized.
22. A brake component has excessive travel or stroke (eg as shown by an adjustment indicator rod or similar device).
23. A brake actuator (including a slack adjuster and associated components):
a) is insecure, or
b) is leaking air, or
c) is cracked, or
d) does not operate, or
e) is excessively worn or corroded, or
f) is not seated correctly.
24. A brake valve or reservoir:
a) is missing, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is cracked, or
d) is leaking air, or
e) does not operate or operates incorrectly (eg due to corrosion, damage,incorrect fitment or excessive travel), or
f) contains excessive amounts of foreign fluids (eg water or oil).
a) has obviously been replaced on or after 1 March 2007 without all the linings or pads on the axle being replaced at the
same time, or
b) is obviously of a different make, type or grade from another on the same axle.
26. An air brake coupling device fitted to a heavy vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 March 2007 or fitted to a
vehicle on or after that date:
a) is not robust, durable, or suitable for automotive application, or
b) is unable to prevent the incorrect connection of the control and supply lines, or
c) adversely affects the performance of the brake of either the towing or towed vehicle(s), or
d) does not have an effective break-away function, or
e) the coupling is not fitted as close as practicable to:
i) the centre-line of the vehicle, or
ii. the rear of the towing vehicle, or
iii. the towing connection by which the towed and towing vehicles are connected, or
iv. the front if the vehicle is a semi-trailer.
a) leaking, or
b) insecure, or
d) chafed, or
e) corrosion damaged, eg there are signs of pitting or a noticeable increase in the pipes diameter, or
f) damaged so the cross-sectional area is reduced, or
28. A hose or plastic brake pipe (including connections):
a) is leaking, or
b) is insecure, or
d) is twisted or stretched, or
e) is cracked or chafed, eg the reinforcement cords are exposed, or
f) has metal components that are excessively corroded, or
g) is fouled by moving parts.
29. A coiled nylon brake hose (suzie coil) does not have:
a) a straight hose section at the connector that is at least 50mm long, or
b) a spring guard adjacent to the end fittings capable of supporting and protecting the brake hose.
While spring guards can vary in design and length they must remain in good condition, ie not have broken or
looped coils.
30. A full-trailer that uses a coiled nylon brake hose (suzie coil):
a) does not have a cable of sufficient strength to disconnect/disengage the brake supply and control hoses from the towing
vehicle, or
b) the cable length will allow separation of the trailer towing coupling by more than 400mm before it
disconnects/disengages the brake hoses to activate the emergency braking, or
c) the suzie coiled hose is not suitably attached to the trailer drawbar so that it cannot be damaged by dragging on the road
surface or pinched by any vehicle components.
Performance
Service brake (Note: 4)
32. When the service brake is applied and without assistance from the engine or other retarders:
a) the vehicle does not stop within 7m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%) for a vehicle which has a
service brake designed to act on at least four wheels, or
b) the vehicle does not stop within 9m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%) for a vehicle first
registered in New Zealand before 1 February 1977 which has a service brake designed to act on fewer than four wheels,
or
c) the vehicle does not stop within 20m from a speed of 30km/h (average braking efficiency of 18%) or equivalent efficiency
at its maximum speed for a vehicle manufactured before 31 December 1918 and not capable of exceeding a speed of
30km/h.
a) the vehicle vibrates under braking to the extent that control of the vehicle is adversely affected, or
b) the brake fails to release immediately after the towing vehicles brakes are released, or
c) the directional control is affected (eg swerving to one side, or the brakes on one side apply more slowly than on the other
side), or
d) the brake balance, at anytime above the threshold value, varies by more than 30% between wheels on a common axle.
34. The ABS or brake system warning lamp or self-check system, if fitted, indicates a defect in the ABS or brake system (this
does not apply to brake pad wear warning systems).
Parking brake (Note: 4)
36. A required drain valve cannot be operated manually.
37. On a vehicle that is certified to the New Zealand Heavy-vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ) the simultaneous application
of the service brake and the spring parking brake results in the compounding of the two individual brake forces on that axle.
Modification and certification.
38. A vehicle in Table 5-1-3:
a) has not been certified as required by that table, or
b) has been modified so that recertification is required.
39. A modification that affects the brake system has not been inspected and certified by a heavy vehicle specialist certifier,
unless the vehicle:
performance.
Note 1 Definitions
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) means a device that senses that one or more of the wheels is starting to lock-up during
braking and regulates the braking forces automatically and effectively to prevent it.
Auxiliary brakemeans a device, other than a service brake or parking brake, fitted to a vehicle to enable the driver to control
its speed, whether or not it is suitable to stop the vehicle.
a plate clearly and indelibly marked with the VIN or chassis number of the other vehicle.
Emergency brake in relation to any vehicle, or combination of vehicles, means the system that makes it possible to undertake
a controlled stop of the vehicle or combination in the event of the failure of the service brake. (Emergency brakes must act as
directly as practicable without any interposition of any differential gearing.)
Foundation brake means the basic brake assembly fitted to each axle or road wheel which produces the braking force
Modify means to change the vehicle from its original state by altering, substituting, adding or removing any structure, system,
component or equipment; but does not include repair.
Parking brake means a brake that is designed for keeping the vehicle stationary, and that is readily applicable and capable of
remaining applied for an indefinite period without further attention. (Hydraulic locking devices are not acceptable as parking
brakes. The parking brake must be applied by solely mechanical means.)
Repair means to restore a damaged or worn vehicle, its structure, systems, components or equipment; and includes the
replacement of damaged or worn structures, systems, components or equipment with equivalent undamaged or new
structures, systems, components or equipment.
Reservoir for the purpose of the Heavy-vehicle Brakes Rule, means a device designed and constructed to store fluid,
compressed air, compressed gas, or vacuum; and does not include pipes, valves, hoses, or booster cylinders operated by
vacuum or compressed air.
Service brake means a brake for intermittent use that is designed for the purpose of slowing down and stopping the vehicle.
Trailer brake hand control means a hand-operated control capable of applying the service brake of the trailer or trailers.
and the wheel disc, which may be manufactured as one part, or permanently attached to each other, or detachable from each
other; and includes the tyre fitted to the rim.
Note 2
The requirement for a parking brake of a heavy trailer to be applied by the driver from the normal driving position using one
control only does not apply to:
a) a class TC trailer which has the parking control fitted to the trailer (eg a mechanical wind-on parking brake) provided:
i) it is part of a dedicated combination, and
ii) it does not have an air brake or a brake that is operated with the assistance of compressed air, and
iii) it is fitted with a device that can be operated by the driver of the towing vehicle from the drivers normal driving
position to keep the trailer stationary temporarily, and
iv) the parking control of the trailer is fitted in a readily accessible position, and
v) the operating control of the device in (iii) above fitted to the towing vehicle has a label permanently attached
displaying the words NOT FOR PARKING, or
b) a class TC or TD trailer that has a parking brake that is operated from the powered vehicle if the trailer also has a device
that acts as a parking brake by applying the service brake indefinitely and that will apply the parking brake automatically if
that service brake application fails. A trailer fitted with a WABCO Park Release Emergency Valve (PREV) or a trailer with
EBS fitted with a Knorr-Bremse TEBS G2 electronic braking system would meet this requirement.
Note 3
For in-service inspections standards compliance must be verified when there is reason to believe a hose or flexible tubing
does not comply or when it forms part of a brake modification or repair.
Note 4
For the purpose of testing the brakes, the vehicle shall be presented with a load at least 60 per cent of the road legal limit, or
be subject to equivalent load simulation (refer to CoF and entry certification brake test protocol and procedure for specific
requirements at www.nzta.govt.nz/resources/heavy-vehicle-brake-testing/)
Table 5-1-2. Approved vehicle standards for brake hoses and flexible tubing
1
All vehicles
SAE J844: Nonmetallic Air Brake System Tubing
SAE J1394: Metric Nonmetallic Air Brake System Tubing
SAE J1402: Automotive Air Brake Hose and Hose Assemblies
SAE J1403: Vacuum Brake Hose (supersedes SAE 40 R3)
British Standard AU 110: 1965, Specification for rubber hoses and hose assemblies for automotive air pressure brakes
systems (withdrawn, revised)
British Standard AU 109: 1965, Specification for vacuum brake hose (heavy duty) of oil-resistant rubber (withdrawn)
Japan Industrial Standard D2606-80: Rubber hose for automotive air brake system
DIN 74324-1: 1996, Air braking systems Thermoplastic tubing Requirements and tests
DIN 73378: 1996, Polyamide tubing for motor vehicles
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 106: Brake hoses
SAE 40 R2 (A-E)
SAE 70 R3H
SAE 40 R3 L
SAE 40 R3 H
SAE R3 M
Nylon tubing of approved makes: Anson Plastics, Nylex, TWL
1
Hoses and tubing may comply with a more recent version of these standards if the safety performance of the vehicle is not
adversely affected.
Table 5-1-3. Heavy vehicle brakes: certification requirements for class TC and TD vehicles
Conditions applying Requirements
1
>39 44 t, and
first registered in New Zealand before 1 March 2007, and
not modified on or after 1 March 2007 (includes vehicles
modified before 1 March 2007)
Existing applicable certification:
IHVBS(1) Interim Performance Specification for
Heavy Vehicle Braking
IHVBS(2) Heavy vehicle braking specification
of 6 December 1998
HVBC(1) Heavy Vehicle Brake Code, First
Edition 1991
edition
1
>39 44 t, and
first registered or modified2 in NZ 1 March 200730 June
2008
IHVBS(2) Heavy vehicle braking specification
of 6 December 1998, or
edition, or
specification
Modified
2
in NZ 1 March 200730 June 2008
Heavy vehicle specialist certification
First registered or modified2 on or after 1 July 2008 Applicable certification:
specification
1
GM means gross mass (see definitions in the Introduction)
2
Modified in this case means to change the vehicle or its braking system from its original state by altering, substituting, adding
or removing any structure, system, component or equipment that may affect the brakes and includes, but is not limited to:
altering a vehicles wheelbase
fitting a tow connection to tow a heavy vehicle.
Table 5-1-4. Modifications that do not require HVS certification
Fitting of or modification to: HVS certification is not required provided that:
Air fittings (e.g. a connector, T-piece or
an air reservoir drain valve)
the air fitting:
does not affect the performance of the braking system, and
is suitable for the intended purpose, and
is unmodified (ie not welded, drilled or tapped), and
installed correctly to unmodified components.
Vehicles wheelbase
the vehicle has been certified as complying with the New Zealand Heavy-
vehicle Brake Specification (CoL is marked with HVBNZ, and
the altered wheelbase is not outside the range specified by the vehicle
manufacturer, or if no range is specified, is not altered by more than
500mm from original manufacture1.
Any modifications for the purposes of
law enforcement or the provision of
emergency services
1
Original manufacture means, in this case, the state at manufacture, not the state after any subsequent
modification/certification.

Brake hoses and flexible tubing information. Refer Table 5-1-2

Mandatory equipment
Service brake
1. A heavy trailer must have a service brake that acts on each wheel, except for a vehicle first registered in New Zealand
before 1 November 1990 which may have a service brake that is designed to act on those wheels as determined by the
Parking brake
2. A heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer first registered before 1 November 1990, must have a parking brake.
3. A parking brake of a heavy trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 must act on at least 40% of
the wheels.
4. The parking brake of a heavy trailer must be able to be applied by the driver from the normal driving position using one
control only, except for:
a) a class TC trailer which may have the parking control fitted to the vehicle if:
i) the vehicle is part of a dedicated combination and does not have an air brake or a brake that is operated with the
assistance of compressed air, and
ii) the vehicle is fitted with a device that can be operated by the driver of the towing vehicle from the drivers normal
driving position to keep the trailer stationary temporarily, and
iii) the parking control of the trailer is fitted in a readily accessible position, and
iv) the operating control of the device in (ii) fitted to the towing vehicle has a label permanently attached displaying the
words NOT FOR PARKING, or
b) a class TC or TD vehicle that has a parking brake that is operated from the vehicle if the vehicle also has a device that
acts as a parking brake by applying the service brake indefinitely and that will apply the parking brake automatically if that
service brake application fails.
Emergency brake
5. A heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer first registered before 1 November 1990, must have an emergency brake.
6. The emergency brake of a heavy trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 must act on at least
one-third of the wheels.
7. The emergency brake may be combined with the parking brake or the service brake.
8. The emergency brake of a heavy trailer must operate immediately and automatically to stop and hold the trailer stationary if
it becomes disconnected from the towing vehicle.
9. A hose or other flexible tubing forming part of the compressed air or vacuum lines of a heavy trailer must comply with one or
more of the approved vehicle standards in Table 5-1-2.
10. A heavy trailer that is fitted with an air brake or a brake that is operated with the use of compressed air must be equipped
with air receivers or other means of storing compressed air.
11. The air brake of a vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 March 2007 or modified on or after that date that
can be operated in a combination vehicle must be capable of being connected to the air brake of the other vehicle by means of
a two-line system.
12. A two-line system must consist of:
a) a supply line that supplies compressed air from the towing to the towed vehicle; and
b) a control line that supplies a control signal, in the form of modulated air pressure, to regulate the intensity of the brake
application on the towed vehicle or vehicles.
13. For vehicles other than those towing semi-trailers, the hoses are to be treated as part of the trailer and must be securely
attached to the drawbar.
14. A vehicle that is certified to the New Zealand Heavy-vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ) must:
a) have a drain valve fitted to the lowest point of each brake reservoir, specifically, the reservoirs of the service brake and
park brake, and including the so-called wet tank, and
b) a drain valve fitted to an air-brake reservoir or to the reservoir of auxiliary equipment must be capable of being operated
by a person standing beside the vehicle, without the need for a pit or hoist, and
c) an automatic drain valve must have a means of manual operation.
Permitted equipment
a) the brake is protected so that the operation or failure of the device cannot lower the pressure in any service or parking
brake reservoir(s) below the pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake manufacturer, or, if such information
is not available, two-thirds of its maximum operational pressure specified by the vehicle manufacturer or brake
manufacturer, and
b) the supply to the device is drawn from a reservoir separate from the service brake or parking brake reservoir(s)
supplying the brake, except that an air-operated device may be supplied with compressed air from the service brake or
parking brake reservoir(s) if:
i. the operation of the device requires only a small amount of compressed air and it is supplied with compressed air by
a hose or pipe with an external diameter not exceeding 8 mm, or
ii. the device is operated only when the vehicle is stationary, or
iii. the vehicle manufacturer allows it.
16. A heavy trailer may be fitted with brakes when they are not required.
17. A heavy trailer, other than a heavy haulage trailer or military trailer, must not have a device fitted by which the driver would
be able to adjust the service brake force distribution between the axles or between the vehicles that are used in combination.
Condition
18. A brake must be easily adjustable to compensate for wear or have a means of automatic adjustment and be in good
condition.
19. The brake friction material of a brake must be:
a) secure, and
b) in good condition, and
c) free of defects that could noticeably and adversely affect the performance of the brake.
20. When a brake lining or a brake pad on an axle is replaced:
a) all the brake linings or brake pads on that axle must be replaced, and
b) all replacement brake linings and brake pads on that axle must be of the same make, type and grade.
21. A towing vehicle and a towed vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 March 2007 or modified on or after that
date must be fitted with a coupling device to connect the air brake to, and disconnect it from, that of the other vehicle, and that
device must:
a) be robust, durable, and suitable for automotive application, and
b) prevent, either through the design of the coupling device or through its installation, the incorrect connection of the control
and supply lines, and
c) not adversely affect the performance of the brake of either the towing or towed vehicle(s), and
d) have an effective break-away function.
22. The socket of a coupling device must be fitted as close as practicable to:
a) the centre-line of the vehicle, and
b) the rear of the towing vehicle, and
c) the towing connection by which the towed and towing vehicles are connected, and
d) the front of a semi-trailer.
Performance
23. A brake test that verifies that a vehicle complies with performance requirements must be carried out, and the test results
evaluated, in accordance with methods and conditions approved by the NZTA by notice in the New Zealand gazette.
24. The service brake on a heavy vehicle must be able to be applied in a controlled and progressive manner.
25. Every brake which simultaneously applies the braking pressure on two wheels with a common axis must be adjusted or
fitted so that the braking effect is approximately the same on both wheels when the brake is applied by the driver, except if the
braking effect is modulated by a device to prevent the wheels locking or to improve stability (eg ABS or EBS).
26. When the brake on a heavy vehicle is applied:
c) if the vehicle is equipped with an anti-lock braking system (ABS), the vehicles rotationally-sensed wheels must not lock,
when the speed of the vehicle is above the ABS-activation parameters set by the vehicle manufacturer.
27. A brake warning system, if fitted, must function correctly (this does not apply to a brake pad wear system ).
Service brake
a) A service brake that is designed to act on four or more wheels must stop the vehicle within a distance of 7m from a
speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%).
b) A service brake that is designed to act on fewer than four wheels on a vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1
February 1977 must stop the vehicle within a distance of 9m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%).
c) A service brake on a heavy vehicle manufactured before 31 December 1918 not capable of exceeding a speed of
30km/h must stop the vehicle within a distance of 20m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency 18%) or
equivalent brake efficiency at its maximum speed.
Parking brake
29. A parking brake of a vehicle or vehicle combination that is operated on a hard, dry, level surface that is free of loose
stop the vehicle within 18m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 20%)
30. An air brake must have priority of supply of compressed air from the brake reservoir.
31. A vehicle that is certified to the New Zealand Heavy-vehicle Brake Specification (HVBNZ) and fitted with a spring-operated
parking brake that is normally released by compressed air, the simultaneous application of the service brake and parking
brake must not result in a compounded brake force on the axle or axles on which the parking brake acts. This may be referred
to as an anti-compounding requirement.
32. The brakes fitted to a heavy trailer must comply with the certification requirements in Table 5-1-3.
33. A modification that may affect the brake system must be inspected and certified by a heavy vehicle specialist certifier of
category HVEK or HMKD unless the vehicle:
performance.
5-2 Heavy trailer brake code
1. A vehicle that has been certified to the Heavy Vehicle Brake Code does not have a label stating that the vehicle complies
with either NZHVBC first or second edition.
2. An NZHVBC label:
a) is missing, or
b) is not valid, or
c) does not match the vehicle, or
d) has obvious signs of tampering, or
e) is not affixed as close as practicable to the vehicle manufacturers identification plate.
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
3. Refer to Heavy trailers, section 5-1.
Parking brake
4. A heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer first registered in New Zealand before 1 November 1990, does not have a parking
brake.
5. A parking brake on a heavy trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 does not act on at least half
of the wheels.
Emergency brake
6. A heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer first registered in New Zealand before 1 November 1990, does not have an
emergency brake.
7. A required emergency brake on a heavy trailer first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 does not act
on at least half of the wheels.
10. Air connections between all towing vehicles and trailers are not of the two line system using a one piece coupling, eg:
a) a duomatic coupling, or
b) a triomatic coupling.
11. The coupling housing (eg duomatic or triomatic) is not situated close to the centre line (preferably to the right hand side of
the centre, ie. drivers side).
12. The control (service) and supply (emergency) air lines are not installed so that when facing the cover of the female section
a) the control (service) line is not on the left side of the housing, and coloured blue or black within 150mm of the coupling
or junction, and
b) the supply (emergency) line is not on the right side of the housing, and coloured red or yellow within 150mm of the
13. A service brake or parking brake reservoir, including any wet tank in an air brake system:
a) is not fitted with a condensate drain valve at the lowest point, or
b) is fitted with an automatic condensate valve that does not have provision for manual operation.
Permitted equipment
Condition
a) has been replaced without all the linings or pads on the axle being replaced at the same time, or
b) does not comply with the NZHVBC (Note 1)
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
21. The auxiliary park brake release device (yard valve) does not return automatically to its normal operating state when trailer
air supply is restored.
23. A drain valve is not able to be operated manually.
24. The individual brake forces of the service and spring parking brake are able to be compounded.
Note 1
If there is reason to believe that a component does not meet the requirements of the NZHVBC then the vehicle inspector must
require the brake maintenance records to be produced.
Land Transport Rule: Heavy-vehicle Brakes 2006, including:
Heavy Vehicle Brake Code, first edition (1991)
Heavy Vehicle Brake Code, second edition (June 1997).
1. A vehicle that has been certified to the Heavy Vehicle Brake Code (first edition) prior to 31/8/1997 must have a label affixed
to the vehicle, adjacent to the vehicle manufacturers identification plate stating that the vehicle complies with NZHVBC, dated
1991.
2. A vehicle that has been certified to the Heavy Vehicle Brake Code (second edition) on or after 31 August 1997 and before
1 July 2008 must have a label of permanent material affixed to the vehicle, as close as practicable to the vehicle
manufacturers identification plate. The label must include the words NZHVBC Edition No. 2.
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
3. Refer to Refer to Heavy trailers, section 5-1.
Parking brake
4. A heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer first registered in New Zealand before 1 November 1990, must have a parking
brake.
5. A heavy trailer that was first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 must have a parking brake that acts
on at least half of the wheels. (Note: spring brakes are the preferred type of park brake.)
6. A parking brake must be able to be applied by the driver from the normal driving position.
7. A parking brake must be able to be released by means of an auxiliary parking brake release control (the so called yard
valve) after the trailer has been uncoupled.
Emergency brake
8. The heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer first registered in New Zealand before 1 November 1990, must have an
emergency brake.
9. A heavy trailer that was first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 November 1990 must have an emergency brake that
acts on at least half of the wheels.
10. The emergency brake may be combined with the parking brake or the service brake.
11. The emergency brake must operate automatically to stop and hold the trailer stationary if it becomes disconnected from the
towing vehicle during operation.
14. Air connections between all towing vehicles and trailers must be of the two line system using a one piece coupling, eg a
duomatic coupling, or when an auxiliary air supply (separate from the braking system) is required for a trailer, a Triomatic
coupling .
15. The coupling housing (eg duomatic or triomatic) must be situated close to the centre line, preferably to the right hand side
(ie drivers side) of centre.
16. The control (service) and supply (emergency) air lines must be installed so that when facing the cover of the female section
a) the control (service) line must be on the left side of the housing, and coloured blue or black within 150 mm of the coupling or
junction, and
b) the supply (emergency) line must be on the right side of the housing, and coloured red or yellow within 150 mm of the
17. Each reservoir in an air brake system must be fitted with a condensate drain valve at the lowest point.
18. Where an automatic condensate valve is fitted, it must have a provision for manual operation.
Permitted equipment
Condition
22. Brake linings or brake pads must be replaced as axle sets.
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
26. The auxiliary park brake release device must be able to be restored automatically to its normal operating state when
normal air supply is restored.
28. The brake system must not compound their individual brake forces.
5-3 Interim heavy vehicle braking specification
Service brake
2. The service brake does not act on each axle.
Parking brake
4. The parking brake does not act on at least half of the vehicles axles.
Emergency brake
5. The vehicle does not have an emergency brake.
6. The emergency brake does not act on at least half of the vehicles axles.
9. Air connections between the towing and towed vehicles are not of the two-line type (excluding auxiliaries).
10. Air connections between the towing and towed vehicles that are physically capable of being incorrectly connected are not
colour-coded, ie:
a) the control (service) line is not coloured yellow, green or blue, or
b) the supply (emergency) line is not coloured red.
11. The couplings used for the air connections between the towing and towed vehicles:
a) are not mounted on the longitudinal centre-line of the vehicle, or as close to it on the right-hand side, or
b) do not have the control (service) line to the left of the vehicle, ie the curb side, or
c) do not have the supply (emergency) line to the right of the vehicle, ie the drivers side.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
Note 1
If there is reason to believe that the vehicle has been modified since it was certified to the Interim Heavy Vehicle Braking
Specification then the vehicle inspector must refer to the details shown on the vehicles data sheet (form 4067A) issued at the
time of certification.
Land Transport Rule: Heavy-vehicle Brakes 2006
Heavy Motor Vehicle Regulations 1974, Reg. 16A
Interim Heavy Vehicle Braking Specification (6 December 1988).
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
2. The service brake must operate on each axle.
Parking brake
4. The parking brake must act on at least half of the axles on each vehicle.
Emergency brake
5. The vehicle must have an emergency brake system, which is substantially independent of the service braking system.
6. The emergency brake must:
a) act on at least half of the axles on each vehicle, and
b) be operable from one control within easy reach of the driver in his normal seating position.
9. Air connections between the towing and towed vehicles must be of the two-line type (excluding auxiliaries).
10. Air connections between the towing and towed vehicles that are physically capable of being incorrectly connected shall be
colour-coded as follows:
a) the control (service) line must be coloured yellow, green or blue, and
b) the supply (emergency) line must be coloured red.
11. The couplings used for the air connections between the towing and towed vehicles must:
a) be mounted on the longitudinal centre-line of the vehicle, or as close to it on the right-hand side, and
b) have the control (service) line to the left of the vehicle, ie the curb side, and
c) have the supply (emergency) line to the right of the vehicle, ie the drivers side.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Service brake
Parking brake
Emergency brake
Condition
2. An axle-stop has been removed, or its condition is such that it may not be effective.
Performance
Note 1
Axle-stop device means a device to control the movement of the axle in the event of suspension failures (eg a shacke stop,
security strap [SAF] or catch strap [BPW]).
Note 2
Ballrace turntable means a device incorporating a low-friction ball bearing fitted between two substantial structural
1. A steering or suspension system
that is modified, including a
replacement system that is not
identical to the system fitted by the
2. The steering system of a vehicle to
which a second steering axle is fitted
to form a twin-steer axle set.
3. Any components showing
successive repairs.
1. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 January 1997.
(Modifications and repairs before this date generally required certification but for
inspection purposes no evidence of this is required.)
inspector considers that certification is required because the modification or repair
has affected the vehicles safety performance (a second opinion from an expert may
be needed, eg the manufacturers representative, or a reputable workshop).
Permitted equipment
1. A trailer may be fitted with with an axle-stop device.
2. A trailer may be fitted with a ballrace turntable.
Condition
4. The suspension system must have adequate strength for all conditions of loading and operation for which the vehicle was
constructed.
5. A ballrace turntable must be securely fastened and within safe tolerance of its original condition.
6. An axle-stop device fitted to a vehicle must be within safe tolerance of its original condition.
Performance
7. The suspension system must have performance characteristics for all conditions of loading and operation for which the
vehicle was constructed.
8. A modification or repair that affects the steering or suspension system must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of
performance.
construction:
a) the tyre ply ratings differ by no more than 2
b) the tyre load indices differ by no more than 6
Condition
such as:
b) a cut or crack in a side wall or tread more than 25mm long that reaches the cords (see Note 2 for visible cords in the
Performance
Note 1
Note 2
HVS
certification is
required
1. Increase of
track width
beyond vehicle
manufacturers
specified limits
2. Fitting of tyres
additional to the
limit specified by
the vehicle
manufacturer
3. Modified
wheels
axle load and so on.
instructions.
3. Fitting a regrooved tyre identified as specifically designed and constructed for the process of
regrooving after manufacture.
4. Fitting a single large tyre (super-single) to a front axle when this is permitted by the vehicle
manufacturer.
5. Any modification or repair likely to have been carried out before 1 January 1997. (Modifications and
required.)
certification is required because the modification or repair has affected the vehicles safety performance
(a second opinion from an expert may be needed, eg the manufacturers representative, reputable
workshop).


Condition
4. A heavy vehicle radial-ply tyre may have visible cords in the tyre-tread area provided the tyre is in safe condition. To assess
whether such a tyre is in safe condition, the vehicle inspector may take into account written evidence from a person who has
current specialist tyre knowledge and experience, particularly in heavy vehicle tyre inspection.
Performance
6. A modification or repair that affects the tyres or wheels must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVEC
performance.
7-2 Hubs and axles
Mandatory requirement (Note 2)
1. A semi-trailer with a quad-axle set containing a steering axle does not have evidence of certification, ie:
a) the steering axle was fitted before the last CoF inspection and there is no LANDATA record of the certification, or
b) the steering axle was fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
ii. the HVS certifier was not of category HVEC or HMCD.
2. A heavy trailer, other than a semi-trailer that is not part of an A-train or B-train, is fitted with a steering axle in its rear-axle set.
3. On a semi-trailer that is not part of an A-train or B-train more than half the axles steer at any time.
4. A semi-trailer with a quad-axle set does not have one or two steering axles that are capable of turning in both directions,
being:
a) the rearmost axle, or
b) the two rearmost axles, or
c) the foremost and the rearmost axles.
5. A heavy trailer is fitted with an axle set other than one permitted in Table 7-2-1.
from 1 July 2002):
a) is missing, or
c) does not show:
8. A heavy trailer is presented as part of an A-train or B-train and is fitted with a retractable axle in its rear-axle set.
Condition
Performance
13. The locking of a sliding axle locking device is not readily verifiable by visual inspection.
14. A sliding axle locking device has wear or damage, such as a worn or bent pin, so that it is not effective.
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
c) damaged.
17. A modification or repair affects the hubs and axles and:
Note 1 Definitions
it would carry if:
ii. 55% of the load is borne by the twin tyred axle and 45% of the load is borne by the large single-tyred axle.
b) a vehicle whose primary purpose is to carry out a specialist function that requires overdimension equipment, and:
Note 2
For specialist overdimension vehicles, none of the Mandatory requirement or Mandatory permitted equipment Reasons for
rejection apply except number 6, ie axle sets must be load sharing.
Table 7-2-1. Permitted axle sets for heavy trailers (see Figure 7-2-1)
Trailer type Permitted axle sets
Semi-trailer Single axle; tandem axle set; tri-axle set; quad-axle set (not in A-train or B-train)
Full trailer Front
Single axle; tandem axle set
Must be connected to the drawbar steering system
Simple trailer Single axle; tandem axle set; tri-axle set
Pole
trailer
One axle
set
Single axle; tandem axle set; tri-axle set
Two axle
sets
Front
Single axle; tandem axle set
Must be connected to the drawbar
steering system
Rear
Single axle; tandem axle set; tri-axle set (only with front
tandem axle set)
including a replacement
axle that is not identical to
the one fitted by the vehicle
manufacturer
2. Fitting of an additional
axle
3. Steering axles in a quad-
axle set of a semi-trailer
(unless the vehicle is a
specialist overdimension
vehicle)
4. A retractable axle
1. Steering axles in a quad-axle set of a specialist overdimension vehicle
inspector considers that certification is required because the modification or repair
has affected the vehicles safety performance (a second opinion from an expert may
be needed, eg the manufacturers representative, or a reputable workshop).

Figure 7-2-1. Permitted axle configurations

Mandatory requirement (Note 2)
1. A semi-trailer with a quad-axle set containing a steering axle must be certified by a HVS certifier.
2. A heavy trailer must not have any rear-steering axles, unless the trailer is a semi-trailer that is not part of an A-train or B-train,
provided no more than half the axles within the rear-axle set steer at any time.
3. A semi-trailer with a quad-axle set must have one or two steering axles capable of turning on both directions, being:
a) the rearmost axle, or
b) the two rearmost axles, or
c) the foremost and the rearmost axles.
4. A heavy trailer must be fitted with a permitted axle set as listed in Table 7-2-1.
5. A heavy trailer not part of an A-train or B-train may be fitted with a retractable axle in its rear-axle set.
6. A sliding axle set must have:
Condition
Performance
10. The locking of a sliding axle locking device must be readily verifiable by visual inspection.
performance.
7-3 Mudguards
Mandatory equipment
trailer is:
b) is towed by a vehicle that is not capable of exceeding a speed of 30 km/h.
2. A mudguard does not cover the full tread (Note 1) width of a tyre or tyres fitted to a road wheel (Figure 7-3-1), except on a
trailer designed for industrial purposes where it is not practicable to fit a full mudguard due to the vehicles construction.
3. A trailer used for transporting round timber is not fitted with at least partial mudguards mounted behind the rearmost axle that
meet the following requirements (Figure 7-3-2):
the mudguard must provide continuous protection from a horizontal at the top of the tyre to a line rising rearward
with a slope of 1 in 3 from the tyres contact point on the road, and
the distance between the tyre and the mudguard must not be more than twice the distance from the centre of the
wheel to the road.
(Figure 7-3-2), except when the mudguard is fitted to a vehicle designed for industrial purposes and it is not practicable to fit a
full mudguard due to the vehicles construction.
Mudguard condition
Note 1
Figure 7-3-1. Position of mudguard in relation to tyre tread

Figure 7-3-2. Size and position of mudguards for the rear wheels of a trailer fitted with dual wheels
or close-spaced multiple wheels and logging trailers

Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer must be fitted with a mudguard (Note 1) over each road wheel if it is reasonable and practicable to do so.
2. A mudguard must cover no less than the width of the tyre tread on each road wheel (Figure 7-3-1).
3. A trailer fitted with twin tyres or close-spaced multiple tyres must be fitted with a mudguard over each wheel on the rear axle
that provides continuous protection from a horizontal line tangent to the top of the tyre tread (Note 1) to a line with a slope of 1
in 3 rising rearward from the tyres contact point on the road (Figure 7-3-2).
4. A trailer designed for industrial purposes may be fitted with partial mudguards if the vehicles construction makes it
5. A trailer used for transporting round timber that cannot be fitted with mudguards over each road wheel must have at least
partial mudguards mounted behind its rearmost axle that comply with the following (Figure 7-3-2):
a) the mudguard must provide continuous protection from a horizontal line tangent to the top of the tyre tread to a line with
a slope of 1 in 3 rising rearward from the tyres contact point on the road, and
b) the distance between the tyre and the mudguard must not be more than twice the tyre rolling radius.
6. The following trailers are not required to be fitted with mudguards:
Compliance Rule
b) a trailer towed by a vehicle that is not capable of exceeding a speed of 30 km/h.
Mudguard condition
users.
8-2 Towbar
1. A towbar fitted to a heavy vehicle does not have evidence of certification, ie:
a) the towbar was fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and no LANDATA record has been
entered (Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need not
be checked), or
b) the towbar was fitted after the last CoF inspection and
ii. the HVS certifier was not of category HVET or HMTD or
c) there is no valid certification plate or label attached to the vehicle as required in Table 8-2-1.
2. A towbar fitted to a heavy vehicle before 1 April 2006 for towing a light trailer has not been certified as complying with at
a) NZS 5467: 1993, or
b) NZS 5446: 1987, or
c) NZS 5446: 1987, amended by Appendix A to Policy Statement 5 for towbars rated for a maximum towed mass of 2000kg
or less.
3. A towbar fitted to a heavy vehicle on or after 1 April 2006 for towing a light trailer has not been certified as complying with
NZS 5467: 1993.
b) is illegible, or
d) has expired (where expiry date is required under Table 8-2-1), or
e) is not attached to the drawbeam in an easily visible position, or
f) does not match the vehicle, or
g) has obvious signs of tampering.
5. A 50mm or 1 7/8 inch diameter tow ball for towing a light trailer is not marked with:
a) the ball size, that is 50mm or 1 7/8 inch, or
b) the ball rating in kilograms.
Mandatory equipment
6. A towbar does not have provision for securely fitting the safety chain from a trailer coupling, except for:
a) New Zealand Defence Force vehicles.
b) fire fighting vehicles.
Condition
c) has corrosion damage within 150mm of the mounting points, or
8. The towbar coupling (tow ball):
9. A modification or repair affects the towbar and:
Note 1
Towbar means that part of the towing vehicle to which a coupling for a light trailer is connected.
include a structural member of the towing or towed vehicle (examples: fifth wheel, hook, pin, ball or socket type).
Light trailer means a trailer that has a gross vehicle mass of 3500kg or less.
Table 8-2-1. Minimum information on towbar certification label/plate
NZS 5467 NZS 5446
NZS 5446 as amended by Appendix A to Policy
Statement 5
Manufacturers name or trademark
Maximum towed mass (braked and
unbraked)
Model (vehicle make, model or part
number)
Maximum vertical load
Certifying engineer
Vehicle VIN or chassis number
Expiry date (if certified after
August 1991)
Manufacturers name
Towbar model number or part number
Rating maximum towed mass (MTM) inkg
(maximum of 2000 kg)
HVS
certification
is required
1. Fitting of
a towbar
1. Replacement bolt-on 50mm or 1 7/8 inch diameter tow ball
before this date generally required certification but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need not be
checked).
workshop).
Policy Statement 5, Appendix A
New Zealand Standard 5232: 1993, Specifications for Ball-and-Socket Type Trailer Couplings.
1. A towbar fitted to a heavy trailer before 1 April 2006 must comply with and be certified to:
a) NZS 5467: 1993, or
b) NZS 5446: 1987, or
c) NZS 5446: 1987, amended by appendix A to Policy Statement 5 for towbars rated for a maximum towed mass of 2000kg
or less.
2. A towbar fitted to a heavy trailer on or after 1 April 2006 for towing a light trailer must comply with and be certified to NZS
5467: 1993.
Mandatory equipment
Condition
5. A modification or repair that affects the towbar must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVET or
performance.
8-3 Drawbar
1. A drawbar fitted to a heavy trailer (other than an agricultural trailer to which section 8-5 applies) does not have evidence
of certification as complying with NZS 5446, ie:
a) the drawbar was fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and no LANDATA record has been
entered, (Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need
not be checked), or
b) the drawbar was fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
c) the drawbar is not fitted with a certification label (Table 8-3-1).
2. The certification label:
b) is illegible, or
d) is not attached to the drawbar in an easily visible position, or
g) has expired.
3. For a pole trailer that carries its load as a rigid single span secured to both the towing vehicle and the pole trailer:
a) the maximum towed mass of the drawbar is not equal to or greater than the unladen mass of the pole trailer, or
b) the certification plate attached to the drawbar does not state that the maximum towed mass applies only when the
trailer is unladen.
4. A full trailer (other than a logging trailer, or a trailer designed for the through loading of livestock or goods, or a trailer
with an adjustable drawbar fitted before 1 July 2002):
a) is fitted with a telescopic or sliding drawbar, or
b) has a drawbar with more than one on-road operating position.
5. A permitted retractable drawbar on a stock or goods trailer that is a full trailer has:
a) no locking pin holes, or
b) more than one set of locking pin holes, or
c) locking pin holes that are not positioned so that the drawbar is fully extended when locked.
6. A telescopic drawbar on a logging trailer that is a full trailer has more than:
a) one sliding position for long logs, or
b) two fixed positions for short logs, or
c) one fixed position for storage of the drawbar when it is out of use while the trailer is being transported.
7. A telescopic or sliding drawbar does not have endstops or a secondary locking device to prevent separation if the
primary locking device fails.
8. A socket-type coupling does not have a locking device or a separate means of retaining this device in the locked
position.
d) missing, or
e) not mounted in accordance with manufacturers specifications, or
f) not protected from striking the ground.
10. The towing eye:
a) is not protected from striking the ground, or
b) is worn beyond (Note 1):
i. 41.6mm for a 40mm towing eye, or
ii. 51.5mm for a 50mm towing eye, or
c) has been repaired, or
d) is the demountable type and has been welded, or
e) is the weld-in type and has been welded other than parallel to the shank (Figure 8-3-1) or as permitted by the towing
eye manufacturer.
13. A telescopic or sliding drawbar:
a) endstop is not substantial enough to be effective, or
b) locking device is in such condition that it is not effective.
14. A drawbar pivot (hinge) pin/bush clearance is more than 1/8th of the pin diameter (eg for a 24mm pin, the clearance is
more than 3mm).
15. The drawbar or drawbar mounting has corrosion damage within 150mm of a mounting point.
16. A drawbar on a full trailer has more than one operating position.
17. A modification or repair affects the drawbar and:
a) is not for the purpose of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services, or
record has been entered, (Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the
LANDATA record need not be checked), or
ii. the vehicle was modified or repaired since the last CoF inspection and no valid LT400 form from an HVS certifier
of category HVET or HMTD has been presented.
Note 1
Note 2
Agricultural trailer means a trailer constructed to be operated in connection directly with the operation or management of a
farm; does not include a logging trailer.
include a structural member of the towing or towed vehicle (eg: fifth wheel, hook, pin, ball or socket type).
Drawbar means an assembly of components that includes the trailer coupling that connects the trailer to the coupling of the
towed vehicle, hinges (where applicable), and the structural and other related components between the trailer coupling and
trailer bogie or chassis.
Pole trailer means a trailer that is attached to a towing vehicle by a telescoping or sliding pole, and is designed to support a
common long load spanning between the trailer and the towing vehicle.
Note 3
A towing connection that was certified to New Zealand Standard 5446: 1987 (superceded) before November 2007 may
Note 4
Some special-use vehicles, such as fertiliser trucks and trailers, are fitted with towing connections where the towing eye is
fitted to the towing vehicle and the pin- or hook-type coupling to the trailer. This is permitted In these cases, please refer to
section 8-4 for wear limits and other relevant requirements.
Table 8-3-1. Minimum information on drawbar certification label/plate
NZS 5446: 1987 NZS 5446: 2007
Certifying engineer
VIN/Chassis number
Certifier ID
VIN/Chassis number
Maximum towed mass
Maximum static vertical load
Drawbar length
Turntable lock (Yes/No)
Expiry date
NZS 5446

Figure 8-3-1. Permitted welding on towing eye shank

Figure 8-3-2. Drawbar components

1. A drawbar fitted to a vehicle used in a combination (other than an agricultural trailer to which section 8-5 applies) must
comply with NZS 5446.
2. For a pole trailer that carries its load as a rigid single span secured to both the towing vehicle and the pole trailer:
a) the maximum towed mass of the drawbar must be equal to or greater than the unladen mass of the pole trailer, and
b) the certification plate attached to the drawbar must state that the maximum towed mass applies only when the trailer is
unladen.
3. A socket-type coupling must have an effective locking device and a separate means of retaining this device in the locked
position.
4. A drawbar on a full trailer must not be extendable except as follows:
a) to facilitate the loading of livestock or goods, provided the drawbar has only one set of locking pin holes positioned so
that the drawbar is fully extended when locked,
b) a logging trailer with a drawbar that has no more than:
i. one sliding position for long logs.
ii. one or two fixed positions for short logs.
iii. a fixed position for storage of the drawbar when it is out of use while the trailer is being transported.
5. A telescopic drawbar must have endstops or a secondary locking device to prevent separation if the primary locking device
fails.
Condition
7. A drawbar on a full trailer may have only one operating position.
8. Locking off the coupling must be readily verifiable by visual inspection.
9. A modification or repair that affects the drawbar must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVET or
HMTD.
8-4 Drawbeam
1. A drawbeam fitted to a heavy trailer, other than an agricultural vehicle to which section 8-5 applies or a recovery service
vehicle, does not have evidence of certification to NZS 5446, ie:
a) the drawbeam was fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997 and no LANDATA record has been
entered, (Note that before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record
need not be checked), or
b) the drawbeam was fitted after the last CoF inspection and
c) there is no valid certification label or plate attached to the vehicle as required in Table 8-4-1.
b) is illegible, or
d) is not attached to the drawbeam in an easily visible position, or
g) has expired.
Mandatory equipment
position.
d) missing, or
7. The towing pin diameter is worn to less than (Note 1):
a) 36.4mm for a 40mm pin, or
b) 46.4mm for a 50mm pin.
8. A towing hook or pin has been repaired or welded.
10. A drawbeam designed for towing a full trailer is sliding or adjustable.
11. A modification or repair affects the drawbeam and:
a) the modification is not for the purpose of law enforcement or the provision of emergency services, or
i. the vehicle was modified or repaired before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997 and no LANDATA
record has been entered, (Note that before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the
Note 1
Note 2
Drawbeam means that part of the towing vehicle to which a coupling is fitted to enable a heavy trailer to be connected; it
includes the attached coupling.
Full trailer means a trailer with two axle sets, the foremost of which is steered by a drawbar; it includes a semi-trailer with non-
Note 3
A towing connection that was certified to New Zealand Standard 5446: 1987 (superseded) before November 2007 may
Table 8-4-1. Minimum information on drawbeam certification label/plate
NZS 5446: 1987 NZS 5446: 2007
Certifying engineer
VIN/Chassis number
Certifier ID
VIN/Chassis number
Maximum towed mass
Expiry date
NZS 5446

Figure 8-4-1. Drawbeam components

Mandatory equipment
1. A drawbeam fitted to a heavy trailer, other than an agricultural trailer to which section 8-5 applies, used in a combination,
must comply with New Zealand Standard 5446: 1987, Code of Practice for Heavy Motor Vehicle Towing Connections: Drawbar
Trailers.
2. A hook- or pin-type coupling must have an effective locking device and a separate means of retaining this device in the
locked position.
4. A drawbeam used for towing a full trailer must not be sliding or adjustable.
6. A modification or repair that affects the drawbeam must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVET or
HMTD.
8-5 Agricultural trailer towing connection
Mandatory equipment
1. An agricultural trailer fitted with a towing connection other than a two- or three-point agricultural linkage does not have a
safety chain permanently attached to the trailer.
2. A mandatory safety chain does not meet all of the following requirements:
Have a breaking strength of at least the gross mass towed (as far as the vehicle inspector can determine that)
Have its breaking strength identified
Chain length must allow full articulation and prevent contact of coupling with the ground in case of coupling failure.
Condition
3. A towing connection component including a safety chain is:
c) has corrosion damage within 150mm of a mounting point, or
d) not securely attached, or
e) missing, or
f) not mounted in accordance with manufacturers specifications, or
g) welded, and the weld metal has not been applied in accordance with good trade practice (direct welding of a safety
chain is not permitted).
Note 1
Agricultural trailer, for the purposes of this section, means a trailer constructed to be operated in connection directly with the
operation or management of a farm; does not include a logging trailer.
Two-point linkage means, for an agricultural trailer, a towing connection that has two points of attachment.

Mandatory equipment
1. An agricultural trailer fitted with a towing connection other than a two- or three-point agricultural linkage must have either
one safety chain fitted.
2. An agricultural trailer fitted with a towing connection other than a two-point or three-point linkage must have a safety chain
permanently attached to it and that chain must:
a) have a breaking strength of at least the gross mass towed, and
b) have its breaking strength identified, and
c) be attached to the trailer by means other than by welding of the chain itself, and
d) be adjustable in length to eliminate a tight or loose chain.
Condition
4. Towing connections must be fit for purpose and in sound condition.
8-6 Heavy vehicle fifth wheel or ball coupling (for towing a semi-trailer)
Mandatory equipment
1. A fifth wheel is not designed to fit a 50mm or 90mm kingpin.
2. A fifth wheel or ball-type coupling fitted to a heavy trailer does not have evidence of certification (unless excepted in Table 8-
6-1), ie:
entered (Note before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need not
be checked), or
3. A 50mm diameter fifth wheel, other than a rigid fifth wheel, has not been certified to NZS 5450: 1989.
4. A 90mm diameter fifth wheel, other than a rigid fifth wheel, has not been certified to one of the following:
a) if fitted before 1 April 2005, NZS 5450, or
b) if fitted on or after 1 April 2005, both AS 2174 and AS/NZS 4968 (Note 1).
5. A rigid fifth wheel has not been certified to manufacturers specifications.
6. A heavy trailer that is fitted with a 90mm diameter fifth wheel does not have 90mm fifth wheel, where 90 is at least 60mm
high, clearly displayed in a position readily visible from the position from which the release handle of the fifth wheel is
operated.
7. An Operator Statement of Compliance with the Maintenance Requirements of NZS 5450: 1989 (4085A form) is:
a) not presented, or
b) incomplete (Note 2), or
c) not current, that is more than:
i. the time or distance specified by the fifth wheel manufacturer has elapsed or been travelled since the most recent
inspection recorded on the form, or
ii. 30 days have lapsed or 15,000 km has been travelled, whichever occurred sooner, since the most recent inspection
recorded on the form, where manufacturers specifications are unavailable.
8. A vehicle is fitted with a ball type coupling to tow a semi-trailer and:
c) is not part of a dedicated combination (Note 6).
b) is illegible, or
g) has expired.
10. A fifth wheel or ball type coupling is installed to the front of a semi-trailer (Note 7).
c) is cracked, distorted or significantly deteriorated, or
e) pivot is seized, worn beyond manufacturers specifications, or not securely attached.
12. The fifth wheel release mechanism:
a) is not in good condition, eg the handle is bent or damaged, or
13. The fifth wheel locking mechanism:
a) is not in good condition, eg jaws are worn beyond manufacturers specifications or out of adjustment, or
14. A modification or repair affects the coupling and:
Note 1
AS/NZS 4968 supersedes AS 1773 and AS 1771.
Note 2
Where the service history is incomplete, the CoF inspector must note this on the CoF checksheet, but the vehicle is not
required to be failed for this reason alone.
Note 3
Note 4
A towing connection that was certified to New Zealand Standard 5446: 1987 (superseded) before November 2007 may
Note 5
Note 6
a plate clearly and indelibly marked with the VIN or chassis number of the other vehicle (the plate is affixed by the HVS
certifying engineer).
Note 7
Some car transporters are fitted with an inverted and front-to-back fifth wheel and kingpin combination. This is permitted.
Please refer to the appropriate towing connection sections for the relevant inspection requirements.
HVS certification
is required
1. Fitting of a
coupling, other
than a direct bolt-
on replacement.
2. Modification or
repair of a
coupling.
1. Fifth wheel or ball-type coupling that is a direct bolt-on replacement.
repairs before this date generally required certification but for inspection purposes the LANDATA
record need not be checked).
NZS 5446: 1987 NZS 5446: 2007
Certifying engineer
VIN/Chassis number
Certifier ID
VIN/Chassis number
Maximum towed mass
Expiry date
NZS 5446

Figure 8-6-1. Fifth wheels

Figure 8-6-2. 4085A form (blank forms available from CoF inspecting organisations)

New Zealand Standard 5450: 1989, Coupling Devices for Articulated Vehicles Fifth Wheel Assemblies
Australian Standard 1773-1996: Articulated Vehicles Fifth Wheel Assemblies
Australian Standard 1771-1996: Installation of Fifth Wheel and Turntable Assemblies
Australian Standard 2174-1994: Articulated Vehicles Mechanical Coupling between Prime Movers and Semi-Trailers
Mandatory equipment
1. A trailer that is constructed to tow a semi-trailer must be fitted with either:
a) a 50mm diameter fifth wheel, or
b) a 90mm diameter fifth wheel, or
c) a ball-type coupling certified to NZS 5446 and be operated as part of a dedicated coupling.
2. A 50mm diameter fifth wheel must comply with New Zealand Standard 5450: 1989.
3. A 90mm diameter fifth wheel installed before 1 April 2005 must comply with New Zealand Standard 5450: 1989.
4. A 90mm diameter fifth wheel installed on or after 1 April 2005 and before 29 December 2007 must comply with:
a) Australian Standard 17731996 (Note 1), and
b) Australian Standard 17711996 (Note 1), and
c) Australian Standard 21741994.
5. A 90mm diameter fifth wheel installed on or after 29 December 2007 must comply with:
a) AS/NZS 4968.12003, and
b) AS/NZS 4968.22003, and
c) AS 21742006.
6. A trailer that is fitted with a 90mm diameter fifth wheel must have clearly displayed, in a position readily visible from the
position from which the release handle of the fifth wheel is operated, 90mm fifth wheel where 90 must be not less than 60mm
high.
7. A rigid fifth wheel fitted to a trailer must be installed and maintained in accordance with the fifth-wheel manufacturers
instructions.
Condition
8. Towing connection components fitted to a trailer must ensure that a secure connection can be maintained between the
9. A modification or repair that affects the coupling must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVET or
performance.
8-7 Heavy vehicle kingpin or socket coupling (for towing a semi-trailer)
Mandatory equipment
1. A semi-trailer is not fitted with:
a) a 50mm or 90mm diameter kingpin and a skid plate, or
b) a socket-type coupling.
2. A kingpin or socket-type coupling fitted to a heavy semi-trailer does not have evidence of certification (unless excepted in
Table 8-7-1), ie:
entered (Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record need not
be checked), or
3. A 50mm diameter kingpin and associated skid plate has not been certified to NZS 5451.
4. A 90mm diameter kingpin and skid plate installed on or after 1 April 2005 has not been certified to both of the following
standards:
a) AS/NZS 4968 (supersedes AS 2175 and AS4235), and
b) AS 2174.
5. A trailer that is fitted with a 90mm diameter kingpin does not have 90mm kingpin, where 90 is at least 100mm high, clearly
displayed in a position readily visible at the lower right-hand side of the front end of the trailer.
6. A vehicle is fitted with a socket-type coupling to tow a semi-trailer and:
c) is not part of a dedicated combination (Note 1).
b) is illegible, or
g) has expired.
position.
9. A kingpin or socket-type coupling has been installed to the rear of a towing vehicle (Note 2).
10. A skid plate or skid-plate mounting:
b) is cracked, distorted or has significantly deteriorated, or
c) has corrosion damage within 150mm of the mounting points.
c) is cracked, distorted or significantly deteriorated, or
d) has corrosion damage within 150mm of its mounting points, or
e) has been repaired, or
f) is excessively worn, ie there is excessive play.
14. A modification or repair affects the kingpin or skid plate, or socket-type coupling and:
record has been entered (Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the
Note 1
Kingpin means a pin attached to the skid plate of a semi-trailer and used for connecting the semi-trailer to the fifth wheel of a
towing vehicle.
Skid plate means the plate structure forming part of the semi-trailer that houses the kingpin and that mounts on the coupler
plate to form the connection between the towing vehicle and the semi-trailer.
a plate clearly and indelibly marked with the VIN or chassis number of the other vehicle (the plate is affixed by the HVS
certifying engineer).
Note 2
A towing connection that was certified to New Zealand Standard 5446: 1987 (superceded) before November 2007 may
Note 3
Some car transporters are fitted with an inverted and front-to-back fifth wheel and kingpin combination. This is permitted.
Please refer to the appropriate towing connection sections for the relevant inspection requirements.
Note 4
Note 5
HVS certification
is required
1. Fitting of a
coupling, other
than a direct bolt-
on replacement.
2. Modification or
repair of a
coupling.
1. Kingpin or socket type coupling that is a direct bolt on replacement.
3. Any repair or modification not listed in the left-hand column unless the vehicle inspection considers
NZS 5446: 1987 NZS 5446: 2007
Certifying engineer
VIN/Chassis number
Certifier ID
VIN/Chassis number
Maximum towed mass
Maximum static vertical load
Expiry date
NZS 5446
Figure 8-7-1. Kingpin and skid plate

New Zealand Standard 5451: 1989, Coupling Devices for Articulated Vehicles Fifth Wheel Kingpins
Australian Standard 2175: 1995, Articulated Vehicles Kingpins
Australian/New Zealand Standard 4968: 2003, Heavy Road Vehicles Mechanical Coupling between Articulated
Vehicle Combinations., Parts 13 (supersedes AS 2175).
Australian Standard 2174:1994, Articulated Vehicles Mechanical Coupling between Prime Movers and Semi-Trailers
Australian Standard 4235: 1994, Articulated Vehicles Design Criteria for Fifth Wheel Skid Plates
Mandatory equipment
1. A semi-trailer must be fitted with:
a) a 50mm or 90mm diameter kingpin, and a skid plate, or
b) a socket type coupling certified to NZS 5446 and operated as part of a dedicated combination.
2. A 50mm diameter kingpin and associated skid plate fitted to a vehicle must comply with NZS 5451.
3. A 90mm diameter kingpin fitted to a vehicle before 1 April 2005 must be certified by an HVS certifier.
4. A 90mm diameter kingpin fitted to a vehicle on or after 1 April 2005 must comply with both:
a) AS/NZS 4968 (supersedes AS 2175), and
b) AS 2174.
5. A skid plate fitted to a vehicle on or after 1 April 2005 and before 29 December 2007 in connection with a 90mm diameter
kingpin must comply with AS 4235.
6. A skid plate fitted to a vehicle on or after 29 December 2007 in connection with a 90mm diameter kingpin must comply with
AS/NZS 4968.
7. A vehicle that is fitted with a 90mm diameter kingpin must have clearly displayed in a position readily visible at the lower
7. A vehicle that is fitted with a 90mm diameter kingpin must have clearly displayed in a position readily visible at the lower
right-hand side of the front end of the vehicle 90mm kingpin where 90 must not be less than 100mm high.
8. A socket-type coupling must have an effective locking device and a separate means of retaining this device in the locked
position.
10. A coupling fitted to a vehicle must not have any cracks that can be detected by means of visual inspection.
12. A modification or repair that affects the coupling must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category HVET or
performance.
Condition
1. An electrical wire shows signs of:
a) overheating, or
b) chafing, or
c) other damage.
2. Electrical wires in a vehicle are not:
b) clipped or otherwise gathered into looms with an insulating material, where this is practicable.
3. Electrical wires and looms are not:
a) appropriately and securely fastened to the vehicle to protect them from damage, or
b) protected from damage where they pass through holes in the vehicle structure.
Condition
1. The current ratings of the electrical wires in a vehicle must not be exceeded.
2. Electrical wires in a vehicle must:
a) be insulated and protected from damage that could be caused by water, fuel, oil, other fluids, dirt or heat, and
b) if practicable, be clipped or otherwise gathered into looms with an insulating material.
3. Electrical wires and looms must:
a) be appropriately and securely fastened to the vehicle to protect them from damage, and
b) where they pass through holes in the vehicle structure, be protected from damage.
10 Load restraints
has been entered (Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record
b) the load anchorage point was fitted after the last CoF inspection and
Mandatory equipment
2. A trailer constructed to transport a load is not fitted with load anchorage points (hooks, rope rails, twist locks, tie-down rings,
keyhole plates or chain slots), unless the trailer is one of the following:
a) a trailer fitted with a body that is specifically designed to contain the transported load without the use of lashings, chains
or other devices, such as a tank body or a tipping body for transporting bulk goods (refer to section 3-1)
b) a trailer fitted with a stock crate and stock crate retention devices (refer to section 10-2)
d) a trailer fitted with logging bolsters (refer to section 10-3).
Condition
b) is illegible, or
a) is missing, or
Note 1
vehicle.
NZS 5444: 1989 NZS 5444: 2005
points
Certificate number
HVS identifier
information
HVS certification
is required

1. Fitting of load
anchorages
2. A repair (by
heating or welding)
affects a load
anchorage or
attachment
3. A modification
affects a load
anchorage or
attachment
3. Tarpaulin hooks and load restraints fitted inside a box- or van-type body, eg to restrain furniture, are
not considered to be load anchorages and therefore do not require HVS certification (it is
1. Load anchorage points (hooks, rope rails, twist locks, tie-down rings, keyhole plates and chain slots) must comply and be
certified to NZS 5444.
Mandatory equipment
2. A trailer that is constructed to transport a load must be fitted with load-securing equipment (Note 1).
3. A trailer must have load anchorage points that are certified by an HVS certifier as complying with New Zealand Standard
5444, unless the trailer is one of the following:
a) a trailer fitted with a body that is specifically designed to contain the transported load without the use of lashings, chains
or other devices, such as a tank body or a tipping body for transporting bulk goods (refer to section 3-1), or
b) a trailer fitted with a stock crate and stock crate retention devices (refer to section 10-2), or
d) a trailer fitted with logging bolsters (refer to section 10-3).
4. A load anchorage must be certified by an HVS certifier of category HVEA or HMAD.
Condition
HVEA or HMAD unless the vehicle:
performance.
10-2 Stock crates and stock crate retention devices
Mandatory equipment
1. A monocoque stock trailer with a GVM of 6000kg or more, or a stock crate, including its retention devices (Figure 10-2-1),
fitted to a vehicle with a GVM of 6000kg or more, has no manufacturers plate certifying construction in accordance with NZS
5413, that specifies at least all of the following details as appropriate:
a) company name, and
b) stock crate serial number, and
c) date of manufacture of stock crate, and
d) restraint capacity total in kilograms, and
e) restraint capacity individual in kilograms, and
f) number of restraints per side.
2. Stock crate anchorage points fitted to the deck have not been certified to NZS 5444, ie:
a) the stock crate anchorage points were fitted before the last CoF inspection, and after 1 January 1997, and there is no
LANDATA record (Note Before 1 January 1997 certification was required but for inspection purposes the LANDATA record
b) the stock crate anchorage points were fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
iii. there is no valid certification plate/label attached to the vehicle as required in Table 10-2-1.
Condition
b) is illegible, or
4. The stock crates external doors:
a) are not securely attached to the stock crate body, or
b) do not remain secure in a closed or locked position.
5. A J-hook assembly or other retention device, or an anchorage point:
b) has a bush, fastener, washer, J-hook or other component missing or significantly corroded, or
c) is cracked or distorted, or
d) has cracks or corrosion damage on the stock crate within 150mm of the retention device attachment point, or
e) is not of a type suitable for retaining the stock crate, or
f) is worn beyond manufacturers specifications.
6. A modification or repair affects the stock crate or its retention devices and:
Note 1
Body means that part of the vehicle that is designed for the use and accommodation of the occupants or to hold any goods.
Comprised of the load platform/deck, headboard, sideboards, tailgate, coaming rails, cross members, runners and attachment
to the chassis.
J-hook means a retention device fabricated from metal for the retention of stock crates to the vehicle load platform, mounted in
such a way as to be fixed either inside or outside the coaming rail vertically and tensioned through a bush on the crate
structure by way of a threaded fastener.
vehicle.
Monocoque in relation to a vehicle, means that the chassis of the vehicle is integral to the body.
NZS 5444: 1989 NZS 5444: 2005
points
Certificate number
HVS identifier
information
required
1. Stock crate retention
devices that have been
modified or repaired
resulting in altered load
ratings.
1. A stock crate retention device has been repaired or modified, and the HVS certifier can
confirm that the load ratings are still correct.
(modifications and repairs before this date generally required certification but for inspection

Figure 10-2-1. Acceptable types of J-hooks

New Zealand Standard 5413: 1993, Code of Practice for the Manufacture and Use of Stock crates on Heavy Vehicles
Mandatory equipment
1. A monocoque stock trailer with a GVM of 6000kg or more, or a stock crate and its retention devices, if fitted to a vehicle with
a GVM of 6000kg or more, must be constructed in accordance with NZS 5413.
2. Stock crate anchorage points fitted to the deck of a vehicle must comply with and be certified to NZS 5444.
3. Stock crate retention devices must be attached to the crate structure so as to transmit the restraint forces to the vehicle load
platform or basic vehicle structure.
Condition
4. External doors shall be firmly fixed to prevent stock from being ejected onto the roadway.
5. Load securing equipment must be constructed to ensure that the load can be safely contained on the vehicle under all
conditions of loading and operation for which the vehicle was constructed.
6. A modification or repair that affects a stock crate anchorage point must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of
category HVEA or HMAD unless the vehicle:
performance.
10-3 Log bolsters
1. A logging bolster attachment fitted to a vehicle that is required to be certified in Table 10-3-1 does not have evidence of
certification.
2. A logging bolster attachment fitted to a vehicle certified to the Bolster Attachment Code (issue 1 May 2001 and issue 2
November 2010) does not have evidence of certification, ie:
a) the attachment was fitted before the last CoF inspection and there is no LANDATA record of the certification, or
b) the attachment was fitted after the last CoF inspection and:
ii. the HVS certifier was not of category HVEL or HMLD.
c) individual bolsters are not stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify their serial numbers, or
d) individual bolster attachments are not stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify their serial numbers, or
e) the vehicle is not fitted on the left-hand chassis rail with at least one tag clearly identifying the bolsters, bolster
attachments, bolster rating, HVS certifier, bolster manufacturer, vehicle and expiry date.
3. A logging bolster attachment fitted to a vehicle certified to the Bolster Attachment Code (issue 27 November 1998) does not
have evidence of certification, ie:
a) there is no LANDATA record of the certification, or
b) individual bolsters are not stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify the bolster manufacturer, bolster
serial number and rated bolster load, or
c) the vehicle is not fitted on the left-hand chassis rail with at least one tag to clearly identify the bolsters, bolster
attachment, vehicle and expiry date.
4. A logging bolster attachment on a long log logging vehicle fitted with a convertible (sliding or folding) bolster does not have
evidence of certification required in Table 10-3-1, ie there is no LANDATA record of the certification.
Condition
5. A required certification label, plate or marking:
a) is illegible, or
b) is incorrect, eg serial numbers differ between the label and the bolsters, or
c) has expired.
6. A log bolster or log bolster mounting, including a component such as a load cell, weld and fastener:
a) is missing, or
f) has excessive wear between mating surfaces.
7. A sliding bolster locking device is:
a) missing, or
b) not effective, or
c) of an unacceptable type, eg air or hydraulic slide cylinder or chain drives.
8. A modification or repair affects the log bolster or its attachment and:
category HVEL or HMLD has been presented.
Note 1
A convertible bolster is usually slid to a different position or dropped down to allow long logs to span two trailers.
Note 2
Table 10-3-1. Logging bolster attachment certification requirements
Fitted
before 1
October
1999
Fitted 1 October 1999
30 April 2001
Fitted from 1 May 2001
30 September 2011
Fitted from 1 October 2011
No
certification
Either
Bolster Attachment Code (issue 27
November 1998), or
May 2001), or
optional for convertible bolsters on
long-log logging vehicles:
certification that the same
design of bolster
attachments has
successfully completed
250,000km of service on a
single vehicle without
indications of fatigue or
failure.
May 2001), or
design of bolster
attachments has
failure.
November 2010), or
design of bolster
attachments has
failure.
HVS
certification
is required
1. Any
repairs to
the bolster
attachments.
1. Where a fastener fails the inspection, the CoF inspector must request a written report from an HVS certifier
of category HVEL, HVML or HVIL who will disassemble the fasteners and confirm that:
a) movable parts such as lock pins have been checked for proper operation and engagement, and
b) mating parts seat correctly, and
c) fasteners have been fitted to manufacturers specifications and bolt torques are correct, and
d) any other manufacturers requirements have been complied with.
before this date generally required certification but for inspection purposes no evidence of this is required).
workshop).
Bolster Attachment Code, issue 1 May 2001
New Zealand Gazette, 14 January 1999, issue 1, page 64
New Zealand Gazette, 27 May 1999, issue 60, page 1431
New Zealand Gazette, 26 April 2001, issue 43, page 957.
1. A logging bolster attachment fitted to a vehicle must comply with the requirements in Table 10-3-1.
2. Certification of a logging bolster attachment must be certified by an HVS certifier of category HVEL or HMLD.
Mandatory equipment
3. Individual bolsters must be stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify the:
a) bolster manufacturer, and
b) bolster serial number, and
c) rated bolster load.
4. The vehicle must be fitted, on the left-hand side chassis rail as far as is practicable in line with the front of the coaming rail,
with at least one tag identifying the:
a) bolsters, and
b) bolster attachment, and
c) vehicle, and
d) expiry date.
Bolster Attachment Code (issue 1 May 2001 and issue 2 November 2010)
5. Individual bolsters must be stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify their serial number.
6. Individual bolster mounts must be stamped, indelibly labelled or marked to clearly identify their serial number.
7. The vehicle must be fitted with at least one tag identifying the bolsters, bolster attachments, bolster rating, the HVS certifier,
the bolster manufacturer, the vehicle and the expiry date.
Condition
9. A load-bearing structure must be of adequate strength for all conditions and loading for which the vehicle was constructed.
10. A modification or repair that affects a log bolster attachment must be inspected and certified by an HVS certifier of category
HVEL or HMLD unless the vehicle:
performance.
10-4 Headboards, sideboards and tailboards
Condition
1. A headboard, sideboard or tailboard:
b) has a fastener that is missing or loose, or significantly corroded, or
c) is cracked or significantly distorted or corroded.
Note 1
Headboard means the substantially vertical part of the forward end of a flat-deck or curtain-sided body of a vehicle.
Sideboard means the substantially vertical part of the side of a flat-deck body of a vehicle.
Tailboard means the substantially vertical part of the rear end of a flat-deck or curtain-sided body of a vehicle.
Condition
1. A headboard, sideboard or tailboard fitted to a vehicle for the purpose of restraining a load on that vehicle must be of
adequate strength to withstand load forces without incurring permanent deformation.
2. A headboard, sideboard or tailboard must be fitted to a vehicle in a way that ensures that the parts of the vehicle to which it
is attached are able to withstand the forces exerted by the headboard, sideboard or tailboard without incurring permanent
deformation.
10-5 Curtain systems
Condition
1. A load-rated curtain (Note 1) (Note 2):
a) is ripped, or
b) has deteriorated, resulting in weakening of the curtain material, eg crazing, brittleness or stiffness, or
c) has become detached from the frame, or
d) has been poorly repaired.
2. A load-rated curtain tensioning system component:
a) is missing, or
c) is damaged, cracked or deformed, or
f) does not function correctly.
3. A non-load-rated curtain has deteriorated such an extent that parts could come loose (Note 3).
Note 1
For the purposes of this inspection, a load-rated curtain is one that has labelling that includes the manufacturers load rating in
kilograms per metre.
Note 2
Advice from the curtain manufacturer may be required in case of doubt about damage and deterioration limits and quality of
repairs.
Note 3
For curtain siders that are not load rated, refer to section 10-1 Load anchorages for requirements.
Mandatory equipment
1. If a vehicle has a curtain-sided body that is constructed to secure a load on a vehicle, each curtain and curtain anchorage
system must:
a) have a manufacturers load rating appropriate for all conditions of loading and operation of the vehicle, and
b) be clearly marked with the manufacturers load rating in kilograms per metre, in a position on the curtain that is readily
accessible for inspection purposes.
Condition
1. A heavy trailer that requires a certificate of fitness does not have a certificate of loading displayed on the vehicle.
2. The vehicle is one of the following and the certificate of loading is no longer valid:
differ in the new use.
3. An invalid certificate of loading has not been surrendered to the vehicle inspector.
Condition
a) is illegible, or
Note 1
Note 2
weight limits.
Note 3

1. A heavy trailer that requires a certificate of fitness requires a certificate of loading.
a) the trailer has been modified so as to require heavy vehicle specialist certification, or
and Licensing) Act 1986 and the requirements for certificates of loading differ in the new use.
12-1 TSL
1. The operator of a trailer that requires a transport service licence (Table 12-1-1) has not notified the vehicle inspector of the
transport service licence number under which the trailer is operated.
Note 1
If correctly licensed, a vehicle requiring a transport service licence can be identified by the L on the vehicle licence label.
Table 12-1-1. Requirements for transport service licences
Vehicles that require Vehicles that do not require
Goods service licence:
Heavy vehicles with a GVM of 6000kg
or more and capable of carrying
goods
Vehicle recovery service vehicles
Vehicles that operate solely in areas to which the public does not have right of
access
Vehicles used as places of abode that are not used in a rental service (eg
motorhomes and dual-purpose motorhomes carrying horses where at least 50% of
the floor space is constructed for human accommodation (this includes dedicated
tractor and semi-trailer motorhomes))
Vehicles listed as farm vehicles (ie exempt class B licence)
Mobile machines
Vehicle recovery service licence:
Vehicle recovery service vehicles (ie
designed or adapted for the purpose
of towing or carrying motor vehicles
for hire or reward)
Recovery vehicles of the New Zealand Defence Force
Rental service licence:
Rental vehicles
Business details
Forklifts

1 Introduction
Inspection and certification of forklifts: Warrant of fitness requirements
This section specifies the requirements that are applicable to the inspection and certification of forklifts for the purpose of
issuing a warrant of fitness (WoF).
A forklift is defined as a motor vehicle (not fitted with self-laying tracks) designed principally for lifting, carrying and stacking
goods by means of one or more tines, platens or clamps.
General requirements
1. A forklift that is operated on the road, ie that is registered, requires a WoF. Therefore, the vehicle inspector may inspect a
forklift only if it has a registration plate attached to it.
Note: A forklift used solely on a road that is a private road is not required to be registered (so no registration plate attached),
and therefore a WoF cannot and must not be issued. Private road means a road, place or arcade laid out or formed on private
land by the owner of that land. A forklift operated on a private road must still be safe and, if operated at night, must be fitted with
land by the owner of that land. A forklift operated on a private road must still be safe and, if operated at night, must be fitted with
headlamps or work lamps and rear position lamps.
2. Forklifts are required to comply with WoF requirements only as far as is practicable for their design and type. The
requirements in this section are what the NZTA considers to be practicable in relation to the inspection and certification of
forklifts.
3. Modifications that affect a safety requirement do not require low volume vehicle (LVV) or heavy vehicle specialist (HVS)
certification unless specified otherwise. However, if the vehicle inspector has concerns about the modification, they must
obtain additional information from a relevant person before passing the vehicle for WoF.
4. A forklift is not required to have a permanent vehicle identifier. If the forklift has a permanent vehicle identifier, such as the
manufacturers serial number, it must be recorded on the checksheet and on the NZTA computer system.
5. This section applies to both light and heavy forklifts. Heavy forklifts, that is those with a gross vehicle mass (GVM) greater
than 3500kg, may be inspected and certified for a WoF only if the inspecting organisation and vehicle inspector have current
Heavy vehicle, exempt from CoF authorisation.
6. For the purpose of this section, the GVM can generally be determined by adding the unladen weight of the forklift (including
fuel in the fuel system and any equipment and accessories necessary to operate the forklift), the crew and the forklifts lifting
capacity.
2 Vehicle exterior
3. A protruding object or fitting that has a functional purpose (Note 2) is fitted in a way that does not reduce the risk of injury to a
person.
4. A component, object or fitting is not securely attached to the vehicle.
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
exterior of the motor vehicle with regard to the safety of other motor vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists.
Functional object or fitting means an object or fitting that has a practical purpose.
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with a protruding ornamental or functional object or fitting.
4. Components of a forklift, including damaged or corroded body panels, must be such that the risk of their hooking a vehicle,
or hooking or grazing a person, is minimised.
2-2 Dimensions
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-1 and is not fitted with the appropriate hazard warning
2. A required revolving amber beacon cannot be activated and deactivated.
Note 1 Definitions
The rear axis
a) in relation to a vehicle with only one non-steering axle, means that axle,
b) in relation to a vehicle with a non-steering axle set of two axles, means:
i. midway between those axles, if each axle has an equal number of tyres on it, or
ii. two-thirds of the distance from the lesser-tyred axle towards the greater-tyred axle, if one axle has twice as many tyres on
it as the other axle
c) in relation to a vehicle with a non-steering tri-axle set or a non-steering quad-axle set, or an overdimension vehicle with
more than three axles, means midway between the extreme axles of the set
d) in relation to a vehicle whose rear axle set includes one or more steerable axles in conjunction with one or more non-
steering axles, means midway between the extreme non-steering axles of the set.
Front axis means the centre of the foremost axle of a rigid vehicle with motive power.
Width 2.5m
longitudinal centreline
cab exterior grab rails that extend no more than 50mm from the side of
the body
ropes, lashings, straps, chains and related connectors and tensioning
devices that extend no more than 25mm from either side, and that are
not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle
Overall
length
12.6m (no tow coupling
fitted)
Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load restraining devices (ropes, lashings,
straps, chains, covers and related connectors and tensioning devices) that
extend no more than 25mm above the vehicle, and that are not permanently or
rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
Measured from the rear axis (Note 1) to the front of the vehicle
Measurement does not include collapsable mirrors
Rear
overhang
Forklift GVM 3500kg or less:
4m
Forklift GVM greater than
3500kg:
with rearmost axle
being a non-steering
axle: 4m or 70% of
wheelbase
(whichever is less)
with rearmost axle
being a steering axle:
4.25m or 70% or
wheelbase
(whichever is less)
Rear overhang is measured from the rear axis (Note 1) to the rear of
the vehicle
Front
overhang
3m
Front overhang is measured from the front edge of the drivers seat in
the rearmost position to the front of the vehicle.
Table 2-2-1
Vehicle category Dimension
Limits
(up to and
including)
distance
(see Figure
2-2-3)
2.5m/11.4m,
or Flags
1
or panels
2
fitted on each side at the front and rear
as close as practical to the outside edge
3.1m/10.5m,
or
3.7m/8.5m,
or
Length 25m, or
Front
overhang
7m, or
Rear
overhang
7m
Category 2 (not
Width/forward
distance
(see Figure
2-2-3)
2.5m/13.3m,
or
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
wide
3. Revolving amber beacon fitted to the cab roof if more than 3.7m
wide
4.5m/8.5m,
or
Length 35m
Front
overhang
10m, or
Rear
overhang
10m
Category 3 (not
Width/forward
distance
(see Figure
2-2-3)
2.5m/20m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
wide
wide
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
Category 4 (not
including
category 3)
Width/forward
distance
(see Figure
2-2-3)
11m/20m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
wide
wide
1
Flags:
must be at least 400mm long 300mm wide.
2
Hazard warning panels
must be of at least of the minimum dimensions and of the colours specified in Figure 2-2-1:
3
OVERSIZE sign
must be at least 300mm 1100mm in size



Figure 2-2-3. Overdimension vehicle categories for width/forward distance thresholds
Use this figure to determine vehicle category in Table 2-2-2.


Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-1 must be fitted with additional equipment set out in Table 2-2-2.
3 Vehicle structure
3-1 Vehicle structure
Condition
1. The structure of the forklift has visible:
b) cracking, or
c) fracture, or
d) any corrosion, damage or repair that the inspector considers has caused weakening of a load-bearing structure.
2. A rollover protection structure, or overhead protection structure or cab is not securely attached to the forklift.
Note 1
The structural inspection of a forklift does not include the occupant safety frame, except for its attachment to the vehicle body or
chassis.
Note 2
Note 3
inspector should withhold the WoF if there is reason to believe that the vehicle has:
c) corrosion damage
questions the decision, the vehicle inspector should recommend the vehicle owner obtain further written assessment from the
equipment manufacturer or other suitable person.
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance 2002, clause 7.4.
Condition
1. The forklift must be safe to be operated.
modified.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
1. A forklift that is likely to be operated during the hours of darkness (where the vehicle inspector can determine that) is not
fitted with either:
a) one pair of dipped-beam headlamps, or
b) one pair of forward-facing work lamps (Note 1).
2. A forklift is fitted with more than:
b) two pairs of main-beam headlamps.
3. A forklift is fitted with a headlamp that is not in a pair.
4. A retrofitted pair of headlamps is:
a) not fitted symmetrically, or
b) not fitted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
5. A forklift is fitted with a dipped-beam headlamp where the maximum intensity of the beam is projected to the right.
Condition
7. A lens is missing or has a hole, crack or other damage that allows moisture or dirt to enter.
9. A mandatory lamp is obscured or contains dirt or moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
Performance
b) not approximately equal in colour or intensity to the other lamp in a pair, or
c) not steady, or
d) not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead or be visible from 100m during the hours of darkness, eg due to
modification, deterioration or an incorrect light source, or
e) too bright, causing significant dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source.
c) the light beam produces an incorrect beam pattern, is not focused, or is reduced or altered, or
d) the centreline of the light beam (Figure 4-1-1, Table 4-1-1):
i. projects too far to the left, or
ii. projects to the right of the vehicles centreline, or
iii. slopes down too far so that the headlamp is no longer capable of illuminating the road ahead for safe vehicle
operation, or
iv. is too high causing dazzling to other road users.
b) more than four lamps operate on main beam, or
c) the centreline of the light beam projects to the right of the vehicles centreline or up from the horizontal (Figure 4-1-2), or
d) the lamps are not capable of being switched to dipped beam or turned off from the drivers seating position, or
e) a main-beam headlamp warning device does not indicate to the driver that the main-beam headlamps are switched on.
14. On a forklift with no headlamps, when the forward-facing work lamps are switched on a mandatory lamp does not operate.
15. On a forklift with no headlamps, when the forward-facing work lamps are switched on a lamp emits a light that is:
c) not steady, or
e) not aligned appropriately, causing dazzling to other road users or insufficient light illuminating the road ahead for safe
vehicle operation (Figure 4-1-3).
Note 1 Definitions
Work lamp means a high-intensity lamp, which is not necessary for the operation of the vehicle but is designed to illuminate a
work area or scene, and includes a scene lamp, a spot lamp and an alley lamp. In the case of a forklift without headlamps,
forward-facing work lamps must be fitted to illuminate the road ahead during the hours of darkness.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
of the headlamp.
Note 5
manufacturer.
Note 6
A forklift that has no or non-compliant headlamps may be issued with a WoF provided the forklift:
a) complies with all other applicable WoF requirements, and
b) is not operated during the hours of darkness.
Table 4-1-1. Recommended dipped-beam headlamp alignment
Headlamp type
Percent
(%)
mm/3m Degrees
()
EITHER
Any headlamp dipped beam N/A That specified by the vehicle or
headlamp manufacturer
OR Headlamp with symmetric dipped-beam pattern N/A 3.03.5 90105 1.72.0
OR
Headlamp with asymmetric dipped-beam pattern
less than 0.8m 1.01.5 3045 0.57
0.85
0.81.2m 1.02.0 3060 0.57
1.15
more than 1.2m 2.02.5 6075 1.15
1.43

Figure 4-1-1. Headlamp dipped beam patterns and recommended dip-rates

Figure 4-1-2. Headlamp high-beam pattern

Figure 4-1-3. Work lamp beam pattern
1. A forklift that is operated in the hours of darkness must be fitted with
b) one pair of forward-facing work lamps (Note 1).
2. A forklift may be fitted with one or two pairs of main-beam headlamps.
Condition
6. A headlamp or a mandatory forward-facing work lamp must:
b) not be obscured.
Performance
7. A lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
9. A lamp must provide sufficient illumination and light output to illuminate the road ahead.
10. A pair of lamps must emit light that is approximately of equal colour and intensity when switched on.
11. A lamp must emit a beam that is substantially white or amber.
b) the centre of a main-beam headlamp beam must be either parallel to or dipping down from the horizontal.
15. The dipped-beam headlamps must be visible from 100m in normal darkness.
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift is fitted with:
2. A forklift is fitted with more than two rear fog lamps.
3. A retrofitted pair of fog lamps is:
b) not fitted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable, or
Condition
Performance
d) is not approximately equal in colour or intensity to the other lamp in the pair, or
h) has a beam centre to the right of the vehicles centreline, or
i) has a beam that is not permanently dipped, or
j) has a beam centre that dips at an angle of less than 3% (Figure 4-2-1).
10. When switched on, a rear fog lamp emits light that is not:
a) projected to the rear, or
b) diffuse, or
c) substantially red, or
d) approximately equal in colour or intensity to the other lamp in a pair, or
e) steady, or
f) bright enough to indicate the presence of the vehicle from the rear in conditions of severely reduced visibility, eg due to
modification, deterioration or an incorrect light source.
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
A vehicle originally manufactured with a front- or rear-fog lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with:
a) one pair of front fog lamps, and
b) one or two rear fog lamps.
Condition
Performance
4-3 Cornering lamps
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift is fitted with:
i. was not originally fitted by the forklift manufacturer, or
Condition
Performance
5. When activated by switching on the direction indicator lamp or by turning the steering wheel, a cornering lamp does not:
a) operate, or
b) project in the direction of the turn.
c) not steady, or
e) too bright, causing dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source or misalignment.
Note 1
Permitted equipment
1. One pair of cornering lamps fitted by the forklift manufacturer.
Condition
Performance
1. A forklift is fitted with daytime running lamps.
Note 1
the daytime.
1. A forklift must not be fitted with daytime running lamps.
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift is fitted with more than:
a) two pairs of lamps at the rear, or
b) two pairs of lamps at the front, or
c) two side-facing lamps on each side.
2. A forklift is fitted with a lamp that is not in a pair.
b) mounted as far towards each side of the forklift as is practicable.
Condition
c) flashes:
a) not substantially amber or red to the rear, or
b) not substantially white or amber to the front, or
d) not approximately equal in colour or intensity to the other lamp in a pair, or
9. On a forklift of American origin fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the stop lamp function is not overridden by the
indicator function.
Note 1
Note 2
A rear- or side-facing direction indicator lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements
must be made to comply or disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a direction-indicator-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps to the front and rear of the vehicle.
2. A forklift may be fitted with one or two side-facing lamps on each side.
3. A suitable device may be fitted that indicates to the driver the failure of a mandatory lamp.
4. A retrofitted pair of lamps must be mounted symmetrically as far towards each side of the forklift as is practicable.
5. On forklifts of American origin, the stop lamp and direction indicator lamp function may be combined in one lamp.
Condition
6. A direction indicator lamp must be in sound condition.
Performance
a) red or amber to the rear, and
b) white or amber to the front, and
9. A lamp must flash at a fixed frequency in the range of 1 to 2 Hertz.
11. The lamp-failure indicating device, if fitted, must function.
13. If a vehicle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the indicator lamps may override the stop
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift is fitted with more than two pairs of lamps.
b) not mounted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable, or
c) mounted at a height from the ground exceeding 2.1m.
3. A pair of top-mounted lamps, if fitted, is not:
b) mounted as far towards the top corners of the bodywork as is practicable.
4. A lamp is not positioned to the front of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
9. When switched on, a forward-facing position lamp emits a light that is not:
a) substantially white or amber, or
b) diffuse, or
c) projected to the front, or
e) steady, or
f) bright enough to be visible from a reasonable distance in normal darkness, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt or
an incorrect light source.
Note 1
being:
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with one or two pairs of forward-facing position lamps.
3. A retrofitted lamp must be mounted at a height from the ground not exceeding 2.1m.
4. A forklift may be fitted with one additional pair of forward-facing position lamps that must be symmetrically mounted as far
towards the top corners of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
5. A lamp must be positioned to the front of the vehicle.
Condition
a) be in sound condition,
Performance
a) diffuse, and
c) steady, and
e) of approximately equal intensity and colour to the other lamp of a pair.
1. A forklift that is likely to be operated during the hours of darkness (where the vehicle inspector can determine that) is not
fitted with at least one lamp.
Condition
6. A mandatory lamp is obscured.
Performance
8. When switched on, a lamp emits a light that is not:
b) diffuse, or
e) steady, or
f) bright enough to be visible from 100m in normal darkness (if a mandatory lamp), eg due to modification, deterioration,
dirt or an incorrect light source.
Note 1 Definition
being:
Note 2
Note 3
1. A forklift operated during the hours of darkness must be fitted with at least one rearward-facing position lamp.
2. A forklift may be fitted with one or more rearward-facing position lamps.
3. A retrofitted pair of lamps must be mounted symmetrically as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable.
4. A lamp must be positioned to the rear of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
b) substantially red, and
c) steady, and
e) visible from a distance of 100m in normal darkness (if a mandatory lamp), and
f) of approximately equal intensity and colour to the other lamp of the pair.
1. A forklift that has a length of less than 6m is fitted with side-marker lamps.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, or
b) substantially red or amber to the rear, or
c) substantially white or amber to the front, or
d) steady.
Note 1 Definitions
Position lamp means a low-intensity lamp that is designed to indicate to road users the prescence and dimensions of a
vehicle being:
Note 2
A side-marker lamp that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to
1. A forklift with a length of 6m or more may be fitted with one or more side-marker lamps.
2. A forklift with a length of less than 6m must not be fitted with side-marker lamps.
Condition
3. A lamp must be in good condition.
Performance
4. A side-marker lamp must operated in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
5. A side-marker lamp must emit light that is:
a) diffuse, and
b) substantially red or amber to the rear, and
c) substantially white or amber to the front, and
d) steady.
6. Where a side-marker lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
a) is not fitted with lamps required in Table 4-9-1, or
3. An end-outline marker lamp is so positioned that it does not indicate the dimensions of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
a) substantially red to the rear, or
b) substantially white or amber to the front, or
c) diffuse, or
d) steady, or
e) bright enough to be visible from 100m in normal daylight and 200m in normal darkness, eg due to modification,
Note 1 Definitions
being:
Note 2
A permitted end-outline marker lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must be
made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
If the vehicle
was:
Front Rear
Mandatory
lamps
3
Maximum
permitted
lamps
1
Maximum
permitted
lamps
2
Vehicle
manufactured
before 1/4/2011
3
A
2 12
(No Limit if first
registered
before
27/2/2005)
6
Not
required
6 4
Vehicle
manufactured
from 1/4/2011
2 12 6
2 6 4
Not
required
6 4
1
2
3
Mandatory lamps must be positioned at a height no lower than the top edge of the windscreen
Mandatory, per5mitted and prohibited equipment
1. A vehicle in Table 4-9-1 must or may be fitted with end-outline marker lamps as specified in the table.
Condition
4. A end-outline marker lamp must be:
a) in good condition, and
b) not obscured (if a mandatory lamp).
Performance
6. Cab roof lamps must emit a light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight and from 200 in normal darkness.
7. A lamp must emit a light that is diffuse and substantially red to the rear and white or amber to the front.
8. A lamp must provide sufficient light output so that the vehicles dimensions are easily indicated to other road users.
9. Where an end-outline marker lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
4-10 Stop lamps
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift is:
a) is fitted with more than three pairs of stop lamps (including top-mounted stop lamps), or
b) is fitted with a stop lamp that is not in a pair.
2. A retrofitted stop lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp, is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 2.1m.
4. A pair of top-mounted lamps is not mounted as far as is practicable to the top of the bodywork of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
b) diffuse, or
c) steady, or
d) projected to the rear, or
e) approximately equal in colour or intensity to the other lamp in a pair, or
f) bright enough to produce a light that is visible from a reasonable distance in normal daylight, eg due to modification,
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
manufacturer.
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with one or two pairs of stop lamps at the rear which emit a light that is visible from a reasonable
distance.
3. A retrofitted stop lamp must be fitted at a height from the ground not exceeding 2.1m.
4. A forklift may be fitted at the rear with an additional pair of stop lamps provided they are positioned as close as is practicable
to the top of the bodywork of the vehicle (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
5. A stop lamp must be in sound condition.
Performance
8. A stop lamp must operate when a service brake is activated.
10. If a vehicle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the indicator lamps may override
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift is fitted with more than two high-mounted stop lamps.
Condition
Performance
6. When the service brake is activated a lamp does not remain steadily illuminated.
b) diffuse, or
source.
Note 1 Definitions
vehicle.
Note 2
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a high-mounted-stop-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with one or two high-mounted stop lamps.
2. A lamp must be fitted in a central high-mounted position at the rear of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
Note 1
Note 2
A vehicle originally manufactured with a rear-registration-plate-illumination-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with one or more rear-registration-plate illumination lamps.
Performance
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift is fitted with a rearward-facing reflector that is not in a pair.
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
Reflector means a discreet item of lighting equipment that is designed to reflect incident light back towards the light source,
but does not include reflective material (such as reflective tape).
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with one or more pairs of rearward-facing reflectors at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or
Performance
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift is fitted with more than two reversing lamps at the rear of the vehicle.
Condition
3. A lamp is insecure or contains visible moisture or dirt.
Performance
b) steady, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
lamps. Although the light emitted is amber instead of white, this arrangement is still permitted for these vehicles.
Note 4
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with one or two reversing lamps fitted at the rear of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
a) has a part of its light-emitting surface positioned within 250mm of any mandatory lamps, or
Performance
light that:
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Note 3
Headlamps
Stop lamps
Position lamps
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps
Work lamps
Scene lamps
Alley lamps
Flashing or revolving beacons (except a mandatory beacon required for some
overdimension vehicles)

Permitted equipment
Performance
3. A lamp must:
5 Vision
5-1 Glazing
Glazing condition
2. A windscreen or front side window is so dirty or obstructed that the drivers vision is unreasonably impaired.
5. A modification:
a) unreasonably impairs drivers vision through the windscreen or a front side window, or
b) adversely affects the strength or mechanical performance of the glazing.
Glazing performance
Note 1 Definitions
Windscreen means all glazing extending across the front of the vehicle that is not parallel to the vehicles centreline but does
not include a wind deflector. No fitting or overlays of stickers are permitted to the windscreen except those previously
mentioned.
of a piece of glazing, including anti-glare band overlays and stoneguard overlays.
identification, information, decoration or legal reasons.
Note 2
Fitting of or
modification to:
Modification permitted provided that:
Windscreens
Stickers
stickers are wholly within 100mm of the top or bottom edge, or 50mm of the side edges, unless
required or permitted by legislation, eg:
a licence label
a WoF label
learner L-plates (in sticker format) provided the drivers vision is not unreasonably affected.
Anti-glare band
overlay
the overlay does not extend below the bottom edge of the vehicles OE sun visors when they
are folded down as far as possible towards the windscreen, and
the overlay does not contain print below a line that is 100mm below and parallel to the top edge
of the windscreen.
Radio antennae
Front side windows
Transparent
overlays
the overall visible light transmittance (VLT) is not reduced to below 35%.
Stickers
stickers are wholly within 100mm of the bottom edge, or 50mm of any other edge, unless
required or permitted by legislation.
manufacturers operating instructions may be applied to or incorporated in the glazing.
Radio antennae
Rear and rear side windows (behind the drivers seat)
Overlays and
other
modifications
Stickers
stickers may be applied anywhere on the glazing, but if not wholly within 100mm of any edge,
the vehicle must be equipped on both sides with external rear-view mirrors.
Radio antennae
Monsoon shields
Electric demisters
Glazing condition
4. A laminated windscreen must not show signs of discoloration that could unreasonably impair the drivers vision.
Glazing performance
6. A windscreen must have an overall visible light transmittance (VLT) of at least 70%.
7. A front side window must have an overall VLT of at least 35%.
9. A modification must not:
a) unreasonably impair vision through a windscreen or a front side window, or
5-2 Sun visors
Condition
Performance
Note 1
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with sun visors (Note 1).
Performance
2. The condition of sun visors must be such that the likelihood of injury to occupants is minimised.
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift that has a windscreen is not fitted with a windscreen wipe system.
2. A forklift manufactured on or after 1 January 1960 is fitted with wipers that are not power driven.
Condition
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift that is fitted with a windscreen must have a windscreen wipe system.
1960.
Permitted equipment
3. A forklift may be fitted with a wash system.
Condition
4. A forklifts windscreen wipe and wash system must be efficient and within the vehicle manufacturers operating limits.
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift is not fitted with at least one rear-view mirror.
Condition
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift must be fitted with a rear-view mirror.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
a) the forklift itself, and
b) the forklifts load, and
6 Entrance and exit
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift fitted with doors used by the driver or passengers for entrance and exit of the vehicle does not have a door retention
system.
Condition
panel, eg due to loose connections, corrosion or other damage.
3. A door used for entrance and exit of the driver or passengers cannot be opened from the inside.
Performance
4. A door used for entrance and exit of the driver or passengers does not open or close easily, eg a door is sticking or requires
unreasonable force to open.
Note 1
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift fitted with doors used by the driver or passengers for entrance and exit of the vehicle must have a door retention
system.
Condition
inside the vehicle.
4. The forklift must be designed and constructed using components and materials that are fit for their purpose, and within safe
Performance
7. A door used for entrance and exit must remain secure in a closed position during the operation of the vehicle.
7 Vehicle interior
Mandatory equipment
1. A drivers seat is not fitted in a forklift that was originally fitted with a drivers seat.
3. A seat frame or structure has been weakened, eg due
to damage, corrosion or excessive wear.
b) is worn ,causing excessive movement of the seat.
7. The drivers seat is in such a condition that it does not allow the driver to have proper control of the vehicle.
Note 1
A seat may be capable of being rotated or placed to face in different directions.
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A drivers seat in a forklift must remain fitted.
2. A seat in a forklift must be fitted to the vehicle structure by means of seat anchorages.
vehicle structure.
7-3 Head restraints
occupant.
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with head restraints.
7-7 Interior impact
1. Where an interior fitting, control or surface has been modified or has deteriorated, the likelihood of injury to occupants has
not been minimised.
is minimised.
7-12 Speedometer
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 December 1951 that is capable of a speed exceeding 50 km/h is not
2. The speedometer:
b) is obscured from the drivers vision, or
Note 1
Speedometer means an instrument in a motor vehicle that is used to determine forward speed of the vehicle in kilometres per
hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 December 1951 that is capable of a speed exceeding 50km/h must be
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift is:
b) fitted with a bell or whistle that is not part of an anti-theft car alarm, personal security alarm or a reversing warning
device.
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift must be fitted with a device (horn) that is audible to other road users.
Permitted equipment
2. A forklift may be fitted with a bell, whistle or siren that is part of an anti-theft car alarm, personal security alarm or a reversing
warning device.
Performance
100m.
8 Brakes
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift does not have a service brake.
2. A forklift does not have a parking brake.
Condition
Service brake
a) is insecure, or
c) creeps, or
a) insecure, or
b) leaking, or
c) damaged (cracked, chafed, twisted, stretched, or corroded, eg showing signs of pitting or a noticeable decrease in the
b) leaking, or
c) insecure.
b) insecure, or
a) not operating (has eg a seized load sensing valve), or
c) insecure, or
b) insecure, or
d) chafed, or
b) is insecure, or
e) has an external sheathing which is cracked to the extent that the reinforcing cords are exposed, or
b) is insecure.
a) insecure, or
d) cracked, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
a) worn beyond manufacturers specifications (where visible without removing vehicle components), or
b) fractured or otherwise damaged (where visible without removing vehicle components), or
16. Brake friction material (where visible without removing vehicle components) is:
Parking brake
b) is insecure, or
c) has mounting which is damaged, corroded, distorted or fractured within 150mm of the lever mounting, or
Performance
Service brake
23. When the service brake is applied without assistance from the engine:
a) the unladen forklift (GVM 3500kg or less) does not stop within 9m from a speed of 30 km/h (average brake efficiency of
40%), or
b) the unladen forklift (GVM more than 3500kg) does not stop within 7m from a speed of 30 km/h (average brake efficiency
of 50%), or
c) the unladen forklift (maximum speed 2029km/h) does not stop within 4m from a speed of 20 km/h (average brake
efficiency of 40%), or
d) the unladen forklift (maximum speed less than 20km/h) does not stop within 4m from its maximum speed.
the other side).
25. The brake system warning lamp or self-check system, if fitted, indicates a defect in the brake system (this does not apply to
brake pad wear warning systems).
Parking brake
26. When the parking brake is applied it does not hold:
a) the vehicle at rest on a slope of one in six (ie a 17% or 9 slope), or
b) the wheels on a common axle stationary against attempts to drive the vehicle away.
Note 1 Definitions
attention. A parking brake may be lever operated, or may be a transmission lock or a service brake that is capable of being
locked in the applied position.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Land Transport Rule: Heavy-Vehicle Brakes 2006.
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift must have:
a) a service brake, and
b) a parking brake.
Permitted equipment
2. A forklift may be fitted with a warning system that is part of, or associated with, the use of a brake component or system.
Condition
3. A brake must be in good condition and within safe tolerance of its state when manufactured.
Performance
6. When the brake is applied:
7. A brake warning system must function correctly (does not apply to a brake pad wear warning system).
Service brake
8. The service brake of a forklift that is operated on a hard, dry, level surface that is free of loose material and without
assistance from the compression of the engine or other retarders, must operate in the following manner:
a) the service brake must stop the unladen forklift (GVM 3500kg or less) within a distance of 9m from a speed of 30km/h
(average brake efficiency of 40%), or
b) the service brake must stop the unladen forklift (GVM more than 3500kg) within a distance of 7m from a speed of 30km/h
(average brake efficiency of 50%), or
c) the service brake must stop the unladen forklift (with a maximum speed of 2029km/h) within a distance of 4m from a
speed of 20km/h (average brake efficiency of 40%), or
d) the service brake must stop the unladen forklift (with a maximum speed of less than 20km/h) within a distance of 4m from
its maximum speed.
Parking brake
9. A parking brake must hold the unladen forklift at rest on a slope of one in six.
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift capable of exceeding a speed of 50 km/h equipped with a modified or aftermarket steering system with no direct
mechanical connection between the drivers means of control and the wheels, or other means of changing the vehicles
direction, does not have at least one additional means of steering.
Condition
b) shows excessive movement indicating unacceptable wear or looseness in the steering box or rack or steering column
bearings, or
c) has a rim covering which is insecure so that the directional control of the vehicle is affected.
c) has a hose, pump drive, drive belt or pump mounting that is insecure, damaged, or has significantly deteriorated, or
5. The hydrostatic steering system:
b) does not operate correctly, eg requiring unreasonable force to steer the vehicle, or
c) has a hose, pump drive, drive belt, cylinder, including their mountings, that is insecure, damaged or significantly
deteriorated, or
d) has any fluid leakage, except for minor seepage.
a) is insecure, or
d) has play beyond manufacturers specifications, or does not operate smoothly without roughness or stiffness, or
e) is fouling on the vehicle structure, wheel, tyre or brake system component.
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
11. A kingpin or suspension joint (Note 2):
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
b) has corrosion damage, buckling or fractures within 150mm of a mounting point.
h) is a replacement urethane suspension bush that is not voided or shaped to allow for similar movement to an OE bush.
Performance
16. During operation the forklift cannot be controlled in a safe, efficient convenient and sensitive manner, eg:
Note 1 Definition
Steering system means those components, parts and systems that connect the drivers controls to the vehicles wheels or
tracks by means of which the direction of motion of a vehicle is controlled.
Note 2
A damaged boot on a steering or suspension joint is not a ground for rejection; however, the vehicles owner should be
advised.
Note 3
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift capable of a speed of more than 50 km/h and equipped with a modified or aftermarket steering system with no
direct mechanical connection between the drivers means of control and the wheels, or other means of changing the vehicles
direction, must have at least one additional means of steering.
Condition
vehicle must be:
Performance
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
b) construction type (ie mixed steel ply, fabric radial ply, bias/cross ply), or
4. A tyre has a speed category (Table 10-1-1) that is less than the speed limit for the vehicle or less than the vehicles
maximum speed if this is less than the speed limit (Note 3) (Note 4).
5. The forklift has one or more of the following types of tyre fitted (Note 1):
b) a metal tyre, or
c) a tyre with studs, cleats, lugs or other gripping devices.
6. A tyre is not compatible with the vehicle to which it is fitted, eg a tyre that is marked with any of the following:
a) FOR TRAILER USE ONLY
b) ADV (Agricultural Drawn Vehicle)
c) RACING PURPOSES ONLY.
Wheels
8. A wheel is:
Condition
10. A pneumatic tyre shows damage that is likely to compromise its ability to operate in a safe manner or lead to premature tyre
failure, such as:
c) exposed or cut cords (see Note 5 for visible cords in the tread area of heavy vehicle radial-ply tyres), or
11. A pneumatic tyre has a string type repair visible from the outside.
13. A non-pneumatic tyre is significantly disintegrated or shows signs that are likely to be the result of separation or partial
failure of the tyre structure.
14. Tyre repairs have not been carried out in accordance with acceptable industry practice.
15. A tyre has insufficient tread to allow safe operation of the vehicle.
Spare tyres
16. A spare tyre, if carried, is not securely attached to or stored in the vehicle.
Wheels
18. A wheel is:
a) cracked, or
19. A wheel nut is:
a) missing, or
b) loose, or
c) deteriorated, or
Note 1
A forklift may be fitted with non-pneumatic tyres such as solid rubber tyres or tyres filled with polyurethane.
Note 2 Definitions:
particular sidewall faces outwards.
Construction, in relation to a tyre, means
a) for a pneumatic tyre, the type of carcass (including ply orientation and ply rating or load index)
Directional tyre means a tyre with a tread pattern designed to operate in one direction only, and marked accordingly.
equipment.
the use of the tyre is rated. It is either marked on the tyre or can be obtained from the tyre manufacturer or a reference guide.
tube).
each other.
Note 3
passed.
Note 4
Note 5
A1 5 A5 25 B 50 F 80 L 120 Q 160 U 200 Y 300
A2 10 A6 30 C 60 G 90 M 130 R 170 H 210 ZR over 240
A3 15 A7 35 D 65 J 100 N 140 S 180 V 240
A4 20 A8 40 E 70 K 110 P 150 T 190 W 270
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
maximum speed.
6. A forklift must not be fitted with a metal tyre or other non-pneumatic tyre (Note 1), or with a tyre with studs, cleats, lugs or
other gripping devices.
Wheels
7. A wheel must be:
Permitted equipment
9. A forklift may be fitted with retreaded tyres.
Condition
10. A tyre must be of good quality and construction, fit for its purpose and maintained in a safe condition.
assess whether such a tyre is in safe condition, the vehicle inspector may take into account written evidence from a person
14. The regrooving of a tyre is permitted only if the tyre is identified as being specifically designed for regrooving after
manufacture.
15. A tyre that is fitted to a forklift must be maintained at a safe inflation pressure.
Spare tyre
16. If the forklift carries a spare tyre, the tyre must be securely attached on or in the vehicle.
Wheels
10-2 Hubs and axles
Condition
1. A hub (Note 1):
2. A wheel bearing:
3. An axle:
Note 1
Condition
10-3 Mudguards
Mudguard condition
Note 1
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with mudguards.
Condition
users.
11 Exhaust
11-1 Exhaust system
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift is not fitted with an exhaust system that includes a means of sound reduction (Note 1).
Condition
3. The exhaust system is so constructed or modified that its operation or effectiveness can be readily interfered with.
are not directed away from the perimeter of the vehicles passenger compartment.
Performance
6. The noise output is noticeably and significantly louder than it would have been when the vehicle was manufactured with its
original exhaust system.
Note 1
Note 2
A spark arrestor is not required to be checked.
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift with an internal combustion engine must be fitted with an exhaust system (Note 1).
Condition
Performance
5. Noise from an exhaust system must not be noticeably and significantly louder than it would have been when the vehicle was
manufactured with its original exhaust system.
Performance
1. A forklift with the engine at normal operating temperature (Note 1), other than a forklift in Reason for rejection 2, emits clearly
visible smoke (Technical bulletin 8) from the exhaust tail pipe (Note 2):
a) for a continuous period of five seconds when the engine is idling, or
(whichever is lower) (Note 3).
2. A forklift fitted with an engine that is designed in a way that the forklift cannot reasonably comply with Reason for rejection 1
emits smoke that is noticeably and significantly more visible than it would have been when the vehicle was manufactured and
supplied with the recommended fuel (Note 4).
increasing the engine speed to 2500rpm (or half the maximum engine speed if this is lower) and holding it there for about five
seconds. Repeat the idling and acceleration tests in Reason for rejection 1.
Note 2
Note 3
During the acceleration test, a diesel-powered vehicle may emit a moderate amount of smoke if this is caused by turbo lag.
Note 4
The vehicle inspector may need to take into account information from the vehicle manufacturer or their representative or other
appropriate expert, eg about older or unusual forklifts.
Performance
1. A forklift must not emit clearly visible smoke (Note 2) when the engine is running at its normal operating temperature, under
either of the following conditions:
2. Requirement 1 above does not apply if the driver of the forklift produces documentation that proves that the engine is
original equipment for the vehicle and the engines design does not allow the vehicle to reasonably comply.
12-1 Towing connections
Condition
a) not securely attached, or
b) missing, or
c) cracked, distorted or significantly corroded, or
d) worn beyond manufacturers specifications.
2. A coupling mechanism or safety locking device does not operate smoothly or efficiently, or fasten securely.
Note 1
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with a towing connection.
Condition
3. A vehicle must:
b) have been constructed using components and materials that are fit for purpose, and
c) be within safe tolerance of their state when manufactured.

13-1 Engine and drive train
Condition
a) is insecure, or
a) insecure, or
c) is damaged, displaced or the seals on the spider journals are missing.
Figure 13-1-1. A typical driveshaft assembly
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance Rule 2002, section 7.4.
modified.
13-2 Fuel system
Condition
a) corrosion damage (Note 1), or
b) cracking or other damage, or
c) insecure or loose tank mountings.
3. A fuel line is insecure or loose so that it is likely to get damaged during normal use of the vehicle.
7. The fuel filler cap is missing, insecure or likely to allow fuel spillage when the vehicle is in normal use.
Note 1
Condition
a) loose, or
2. A gas line:
b) is bulging, or
c) is insecure, or
d) is damaged, such as cut or crimped.
4. There is corrosion damage, distortion or fracture within 300mm of a tank mounting (this requirement is not applicable where
the tank is mounted on the counterweight).
Note 1
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. A forklift may be fitted with an alternative fuel (LPG or CNG) system.
Condition
Tractors

1 Introduction
Inspection and certification of tractors and self-propelled machines used in agricultural, land
management and roading operations: Warrant of fitness requirements
This section specifies the requirements that are applicable to the inspection and certification of the following tractors and
machines for the purpose of issuing a warrant of fitness (WoF).
1. Agricultural tractors:
An agricultural tractor is defined as a vehicle that is designed and constructed principally for the purposes of towing
an agricultural trailer or towing or powering an agricultural implement.
An agricultural tractor may be capable of any speed, and includes a JCB Fastrac.
2. Tractors (other than agricultural tractors):
A tractor is defined as a motor vehicle (other than a traction engine) that is designed exclusively for traction at
speeds not exceeding 50km/h.
A vehicle capable of traction at speeds exceeding 50km/h is not defined as a tractor. Such a vehicle requires a
certificate of fitness (CoF) and is therefore not covered in this section.
3. Self-propelled agricultural machines (eg a combine or grape harvester):
These vehicles are defined as being designed, constructed or adapted for agricultural purposes.
Agricultural purposes only includes land cultivation, growing and harvesting crops, rearing livestock, operation or
management of a farm, and any land management operations undertaken in connection with these, but does not
include any purposes related to forestry.
4. Self-propelled machines used in non-agricultural land management or roading operations.
1. This section applies to both light and heavy tractors and machines. Heavy tractors and machines are those that have a gross
vehicle mass (GVM) exceeding 3500kg.
2. The table below specifies:
a. What tractors and machines may be inspected for WoF, and
b. What WoF expiry dates apply (refer to Introduction section 3.8.1 for full details), and
c. What inspecting organisation and vehicle inspector authorisations are required.
Tractor or machine that may be
inspected for WoF
1
WoF expiry IO/VI authorisation required
(inspection group)
1. An agricultural tractor capable of
exceeding a speed of 40km/h
12 months
2
Agricultural motor vehicle (6)
3, 4
2. A tractor (other than an
agricultural tractor) capable of
exceeding a speed of 30km/h but
not exceeding 50km/h
12 months vehicle is less than 6
years old from date of first registration
6 months vehicle is 6 or more years
old from date of first registration
Heavy vehicle exempt from CoF (5)
3. A self-propelled agricultural
machine capable of exceeding
40km/h
12 months
2
Agricultural motor vehicle (6)
3, 4
4. A self-propelled machine used in
non-agricultural land
management or roading
operations capable of exceeding
a speed of 30km/h.
12 months vehicle is less than 6
years old from date of first registration
6 months vehicle is 6 or more years
old from date of first registration
Heavy vehicle exempt from CoF (5)
1
A tractor or machine requires a WoF only if it is operated above the 30km/h or 40km/h as specified in the table.
2
IMPORTANT: An agricultural tractor or machine only qualifies for a 12-month WoF if it is on inspection group 6 (agricultural
motor vehicle). The vehicle inspector may need to tick the appropriate inspection group when prompted on the inspection
screen. The prompt will only appear if the vehicle is correctly licensed as an agricultural motor vehicle. If a vehicle is not
correctly licensed as an agricultural motor vehicle, it does not qualify for inspection group 6 and 12-month WoF, and the
WoF expiry will default to 12 or 6 month WoFs applicable to non-agricultural tractors and machines. The owner should
contact the NZTA on 0800 108 809 to get the vehicle correctly licensed as an agricultural motor vehicle.
3
Inspecting organisations and vehicle inspectors that have inspection group 5 authorisation will automatically qualify for
inspection group 6 authorisation.
4
Most light agricultural tractors or machines cannot exceed 40km/h so cannot be inspected for WoF. If you are presented
with a light agricultural tractor or machine that can exceed 40km/h, and you dont have inspection group 5 or 6 authorisation,
please contact the NZTA on 0800 587 287 to get the correct authorisation.
3. Only a tractor or machine that has a registration plate attached to it may be inspected for a WoF.
certification unless otherwise specified. However, if the vehicle inspector has concerns about the modification, he must obtain
additional information from a relevant person before passing the vehicle for WoF.
5. A tractor or machine is not required to have a vehicle identifier. If the tractor or machine has a vehicle identifier, such as the
manufacturers serial number, it must be recorded on the checksheet and on the NZ Transport Agency computer system.
2 Vehicle exterior
person.
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Ornamental object or fitting means an object or fitting that does not have a practical purpose, eg bonnet emblems. The
external projections requirements relate to the design and maintenance of objects and fittings that protrude from the exterior of
the motor vehicle with regard to the safety of other motor vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists.
Functional object or fitting means an object or fitting that has a practical purpose, eg counterweights, front-end loader
attachments and so on.
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with a protruding ornamental or functional object or fitting.
2-2 Dimensions
The vehicle inspector only need inspect dimensions if there is doubt about the vehicle's compliance.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle that exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-1 is not fitted with the appropriate hazard warning
Note 1 Definitions
if the vehicle is fitted with only one non-steering axle: the centre of that axle
if the vehicle is fitted with a non-steering axle set of two axles: midway between those two axles if each axle has an
equal number of tyres on it, or two-thirds of the distance from the lesser-tyred axle towards the greater-tyred axle, if one
axle has twice as many tyres on it as the other axle
if the rear axle set includes a steering axle: midway between the extreme non-steering axles of the set.
Wheelbase means the distance from the rear axis to the front axis (centre of the foremost axle)
Note 2
Agricultural motor vehicle:
a) means a motor vehicle that is designed, constructed, or adapted for agricultural purposes, and includes:
i) an agricultural trailer, and
ii) an agricultural tractor, but
b) does not include any vehicle that is:
i) of a class specified in section 3-2 of the Introduction, and
ii) designed or constructed for general road use.
Agricultural purpose includes:
a) land cultivation
b) growing and harvesting crops (including horticulture and viticulture)
c) rearing livestock
d) any land management operation undertaken in connection with the operation or management of a farm.
Agricultural purpose does not include forestry, or any land management operation not referred to in (a) to (d) above.
Agricultural tractor means a vehicle that is designed and constructed principally for the purposes of:
a) towing an agricultural trailer, or
b) drawing, or powering, an implement ordinarily used for an agricultural purpose.
Note 3
Agricultural motor vehicles with excess front overhang (over 4m): Instead of fitting flags or panels, front parts of the vehicle or
front attachments may be painted with high-visibility paint.
Width 2.5m
vehicle
collapsible mirrors which extend no more than 240mm from
the body
cab exterior grab rails that extend no more than 50mm from
the side of the body
ropes, lashings, straps, chains and related connectors and
tensioning devices that extend no more than 25mm from
either side, and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the
vehicle
Overall length 12.6m (no tow coupling fitted)
Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load restraining devices (ropes,
lashings, straps, chains, covers and related connectors and
tensioning devices) that extend no more than 25mm above the
vehicle, and that are not permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
8.5m (including tow coupling if
fitted)
Forward distance is measured from the rear axis (Note 1) to
the front of the vehicle.
Rear overhang Vehicle GVM 3500kg or less: 4m
Vehicle GVM greater than 3500
kg:
with rearmost axle being a
non-steering axle: 4m or
70% of wheelbase
(whichever is less)
with rearmost axle being a
steering axle: 4.25m or
75% of wheelbase
(whichever is less)
Rear overhang is measured from the rear axis (Note 1) to the rear of
the vehicle.
Front overhang Rigid non-agricultural motor
vehicle: 3m
Rigid agricultural motor vehicle:
4m
Front overhang is measured from the front edge of the drivers seat
in the rearmost position to the front of the vehicle.
Ground
clearance for
vehicles with
GVM greater
than 3500kg.
Minimum is the greater of 100mm
OR 6% of the distance from the
nearest axle to the point where the
ground clearance is measured.
Except when the vehicle is loading or unloading. Items excluded
from ground clearance measurement are:
flexible mudflaps
wheels and tyres
Table 2-2-1
Vehicle
category
Dimension
Limits (up
to and
including)
distance
(see Figure
2-2-3)
2.5m/11.4m,
or
3.1m/10.5m,
or
3.7m/8.5m,
or
Flags
1
or panels
2
practicable to the outside edge (for agricultural motor vehicles with excess
front overhang, see (Note 3)).
Length 25m, or
Front
overhang
7m, or
Rear
overhang
7m
Category 2 (not
including
category 1)
Width/forward
distance
(see Figure
2-2-3)
2.5m/13.3m,
or
4.5m/8.5m,
or
Panels
2
fitted on each side at the front and rear as practicable to
the outside edge (for agricultural motor vehicles with excess front
overhang, see (Note 3))
OVERSIZE sign
3
Amber beacon fitted to the cab roof if more than 3.7m wide.
Length 35m, or
Front
overhang
10m, or
Rear
overhang
10m
Category 3 (not
including
category 2)
Width/forward
distance
(see Figure
2-2-3)
2.5m/20m
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
Panels
2
the outside edge (for agricultural vehicles motor with excess front
OVERSIZE sign
3
Category 4 (not
including
category 3)
Width/forward
distance
(see Figure
2-2-3)
11m/20m
11m/8.5m
Panels
2
the outside edge (for agricultural motor vehicles with excess front
OVERSIZE sign
3
* Additional operational requirements may apply, eg if operated at night.
1
Flags:
must be at least 400mm long 300mm wide.
2
must be reflective yellow green with a reflective orange diagonal stripe
must be of at least the minimum dimensions and the colours specified in Figure 2-2-1:
3
OVERSIZE sign:
must be black lettering on yellow-green background
must be at least 300mm 1100mm in size
Figure 221. Hazard panel details



Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-1 must be fitted with the equipment set out in Table 2-2-2.
3 Vehicle structure
Condition
1. The structure of the tractor has visible:
b) cracking, or
c) fracture, or
d) corrosion, damage or repair that the inspector considers has caused weakening of a load-bearing structure.
2. A rollover protection structure or cab is not securely attached to the tractor.
Note 1
The structural inspection of a tractor or machine does not include the rollover protection structure (ROPS), which may be a roll
bar or may be incorporated into the cab, except for its attachment to the vehicle body or chassis.
Note 2
Note 3
c) corrosion damage
Condition
modified.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
1. A vehicle is not fitted with one pair of dipped-beam headlamps.
3. A vehicle is fitted with a headlamp that is not in a pair.
Condition
Performance
c) not steady, or
e) too bright causing significant dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source.
d) the centreline of the light beam is too far to the left or slopes down too far so that the headlamp is no longer capable of
illuminating the road at least 50 m ahead (Figure 4-1-1), or
e) the centreline of the light beam:
i. projects to the right of the vehicles centreline, or
ii. does not dip at an angle specified in Table 4-1-1.
c) the centreline of the light beam projects to the right of the vehicles centreline or up from the horizontal, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3 Definition
a) a dipped-beam headlamp (single lamp), or
b) a main-beam (high-beam) headlamp (single lamp), and includes a driving lamp, or
c) a combination of a dipped-beam headlamp and a main-beam headlamp (dual-lamp unit).
Note 4
of the headlamp.
Note 5
manufacturer.
Headlamp type
Percent
(%)
mm/3m Degrees
()
EITHER Any headlamp dipped beam N/A As specified by the vehicle or
OR Headlamp with asymmetric dipped-beam pattern
less than 0.8m 1.01.5 3045 0.57
0.85
0.81.2m 1.02.0 3060 0.57
1.15
more than 1.2m 2.02.5 6075 1.15
1.43
Percent (%) mm/3m Degrees () Percent (%) mm/3m Degrees ()
1.0 30 0.6 2.3 69 1.3
1.1 33 0.6 2.4 72 1.4
1.2 36 0.7 2.5 75 1.4
1.3 39 0.7 2.6 78 1.5
1.4 42 0.8 2.7 81 1.5
1.5 45 0.9 2.8 84 1.6
1.6 48 0.9 2.9 87 1.7
1.7 51 1.0 3.0 90 1.7
1.8 54 1.0 3.1 93 1.8
1.9 57 1.1 3.2 96 1.8
2.0 60 1.1 3.3 99 1.9
2.1 63 1.2 3.4 102 1.9
2.2 66 1.3 3.5 105 2.0

Figure 4-1-1. Headlamp beams
1. A vehicle:
2. A warning device may be fitted that indicates that the main beam headlamps are switched on.
Condition
5. A headlamp must:
b) not be obscured.
Performance
13. When the headlamps are switched on and the vehicles front wheels are pointing in the straight ahead position:
c) the centre of a dipped beam headlamp beam must dip at an angle specified in Table 4-1-1.
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 2006 that is so constructed that the drivers arm signals cannot be
seen from behind the vehicle is not fitted with one pair of rear direction indicator lamps.
2. A vehicle first registered on or after 1 January 2006 is not fitted with one pair of rear direction indicator lamps.
a) two pairs of lamps at the rear (other than top-mounted lamps), or
b) one pair of top-mounted lamps at the rear, or
c) two pairs of forward-facing lamps, or
d) two side-facing lamps on each side of the vehicle.
5. A retrofitted lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp, is mounted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where
fitting below 1.5m is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle).
6. A pair of top-mounted lamps is not fitted as close as is practicable to the top corners of the bodywork.
8. A vehicle is not fitted with a suitable device that indicates to the driver that a lamp has failed.
Condition
Performance
c) flashes:
e) not bright enough to be visible from 100 m in normal daylight and from 200m in normal darkness, eg due to modification,
15. A mandatory lamp mounted outside the original position emits a light that is not visible within (Figure 4-5-1):
17. On a vehicle of American specification fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the stop lamp function is not
19. A lamp failure warning device does not operate.
Note 1
Note 2
A permitted (ie non-mandatory) rear- or a side-facing direction indicator lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition
and performance requirements must be made to comply or disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
Note 4
reversing lamps.
Note 5
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 2006 must be fitted with one or two pairs of rearward-facing
lamps if the vehicle is so constructed that it prevents an arm signal given by the driver from being seen behind the vehicle.
2. A vehicle first registered anywhere on or after 1 January 2006 must be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps fitted to the rear
of the vehicle.
3. A vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of lamps at the rear of the vehicle that must be symmetrically mounted as far
towards the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
4. A vehicle may be fitted with one or two pairs of forward-facing lamps.
7. A retrofitted pair of lamps must be mounted:
8. On vehicles of American specification, the stop lamp and direction indicator lamp function may be combined in one lamp.
Condition
Performance
14. A lamp must emit a light that is visible from 100 m during normal daylight and 200 m in normal darkness.
15. A mandatory lamp must emit a light that is visible within angles of:
b) 45 inboard, and
c) 80 outboard.
16. If a vehicle of American specification is fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must override the
a) one pair of lamps (other than top-mounted lamps), or
b) two single lamps, or
c) one pair of top-mounted lamps.
Condition
Performance
b) diffuse, or
e) steady, or
f) bright enough to be visible from 200m in normal darkness, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt or an incorrect light
source.
Note 1
Position lamp means a low intensity lamp that is designed to indicate to road users the presence and dimensions of a vehicle,
being:
Note 2
Note 3
a) a vehicle first registered in new Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that exceeds 1.5m in width, or
a) a vehicle that does not exceed 1.5m in width, or
5. A vehicle may be fitted with one additional pair of forward-facing position lamps that must be symmetrically mounted as far
towards the top corners of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
c) steady, and
9. A mandatory lamp must be visible within angles of:
b) 45 inboard, and
c) 80 outboard.
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that is more than 1.5m wide is:
a) not fitted with one pair of lamps, or
b) fitted with more than two pairs of lamps (other than top-mounted lamps), or
c) fitted with a lamp that is not in a pair.
2. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or is less than 1.5m wide is:
a) not fitted with a single lamp or one pair of lamps, or
c) fitted with more than two pairs of lamps (other than top-mounted lamps).
3. A vehicle is fitted with more than one pair of top-mounted lamps.
4. A single lamp is fitted to the left of the centre of the vehicle.
5. A pair of top-mounted lamps is not fitted as close as is practicable towards the top corners of the bodywork.
Condition
Performance
b) diffuse, or
d) approximately equal in colour or intensity to that of the other lamp in a pair, or
e) steady, or
source.
Note 1
being:
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 and that is more than 1.5m wide must be fitted with one
or two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps.
2. A vehicle that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that does not exceed 1.5m in width must be
fitted with:
4. A vehicle may be fitted with an additional pair of rearward-facing position lamps symmetrically mounted as far towards each
side and top of the bodywork of the vehicle as possible (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, and
11. A mandatory lamp must be visible within angles of 15 above and below the horizontal, and within 45 inboard and 80
outboard.
1. A vehicle that has a length of less than 6m is fitted with a side-marker lamp.
2. A vehicle is fitted with side-marker lamps that do not give an indication of the vehicles dimensions.
Condition
Performance
a) steady, or
b) diffuse, or
c) substantially red or amber to the rear, or
d) substantially white or amber to the front.
Note 1 Definitions
Side-marker lampmeans a position lamp designed to be fitted to the side of a vehicle or its load.
being:
Note 2
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a side-marker lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this
section may retain the original side-marker position lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as
1. A vehicle with a length of 6m or more may be fitted with one or more side-marker lamps on each side.
2. A vehicle with a length of less than 6m must not be fitted with side-marker lamps.
Condition
4. A side-marker lamp must be in good condition.
Performance
5. A side-marker lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and for the vehicle.
a) steady, and
b) diffuse, and
c) substantially red or amber to the rear, and
d) substantially white or amber to the front.
4-10 Stop lamps
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 is:
b) fitted with a stop lamp that is not in a pair.
2. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 is:
b) fitted with more than one single lamp.
a) two pairs of lamps other than top-mounted lamps, or
b) one pair of top-mounted lamps.
4. A retrofitted stop lamp other than a top-mounted lamp is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where
5. A pair of top-mounted lamps is not fitted as far as is practicable towards the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle.
Condition
10. A mandatory lamp is obscured, or contains moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
Performance
b) not diffuse, or
dirt or an incorrect light source.
16. On a vehicle of American specification fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the stop lamp function is not
Note 1
Stop lamp means a lamp that is designed to operate when the service brake is applied.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
manufacturer.
Figure 4-10-1. Stop lamp visibility angles
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two pairs of stop lamps.
2. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978:
a) may be fitted with one stop lamp or one or two pairs of stop lamps, or
b) must be fitted with one stop lamp or one or two pairs of stop lamps if the vehicle is so constructed that it prevents the
drivers arm signal from being seen from behind the vehicle.
5. A vehicle may be fitted at the rear with an additional pair of stop lamps provided they are positioned as close as is
practicable to the top of the bodywork of the vehicle (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
Performance
10. A required stop lamp must provide sufficient light output to be visible from 100m.
12. A retrofitted mandatory stop lamp must emit a light that is visible within the angles of 15 above and below the horizontal,
and 45 inboard and outboard.
13. If a vehicle of American specification is fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the indicator lamps must
Mandatory equipment
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with at least one rear-registration-plate illumination lamp.
Performance
1. A vehicle is:
a) not fitted with at least one rearward-facing reflector on each side, or
b) fitted with a rearward-facing reflector that is not in a pair.
3. A retrofitted reflector is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where fitting below 1.5 m is not practicable
Condition
a) fading, or
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
1. A vehicle must be fitted with at least one pair of rearward-facing reflectors at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or
Condition
Performance
5 Vision
5-1 Glazing
Glazing condition
2. A windscreen or front-side window is so dirty or obstructed that the drivers vision is unreasonably impaired.
4. A windscreen has scratches, discoloration or other defects that unreasonably impair the drivers vision or compromise the
Glazing performance
5. A modification has:
a) unreasonably impaired vision through a windscreen or a front-side window, or
b) adversely affected the strength or mechanical performance of the glazing.
Note 1
Note 2
Windscreen means all glazing extending across the front of the vehicle that is not parallel to the vehicles centreline but does
not include a wind deflector.

Glazing condition
2. A windscreen and front-side windows must be clean and free of obstruction to ensure the driver has sufficient vision through
4. A laminated windscreen must not show signs of discoloration that could unreasonably impair the drivers vision.
Glazing performance
a) unreasonably impair vision through a windscreen or a front-side window, nor
5-2 Sun visors
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle with a windscreen is not fitted with a sun visor for the drivers use if it is reasonable and practical to do so (Note 1).
Condition
2. A sun visor:
b) for the driver cannot be adjusted from the normal driving position, or
Performance
Note 1
eyes of the driver and other front passengers from solar glare.
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle with a windscreen must be fitted with a sun visor for the drivers use if it is reasonable and practicable to do so
(Note 1).
Permitted equipment
Sun visor performance
Mandatory equipment
2. A vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 2001 that is fitted with a windscreen is not fitted with a windscreen wash
system.
Condition
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
Performance
Mandatory equipment
2. A vehicle manufactured on or after 1 January 2001 that is fitted with a windscreen must have a windscreen wipe and wash
system.
1960.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle fitted with a permanent cab is not fitted with a rear-view mirror.
2. A vehicle with tint film overlays on a rear or rear-side window is not fitted with an exterior rear-view mirror on each side.
Condition
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with a rear-view mirror.
2. A vehicle with tint film overlays on the rear or rear -side windows must be fitted with a left-hand and a right-hand exterior
mirror.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
6 Entrance and exit
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle fitted with doors used by the driver or passengers for entrance and exit of the vehicle does not have a door
retention system.
Equipment condition
Note 1
Mandatory equipment
Condition
inside the motor vehicle.
Performance
7 Vehicle interior
Mandatory equipment
3. A seat frame or structure has been weakened, eg due to damage, corrosion or excessive wear.
Note 1
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
vehicle structure.
7-12 Speedometer
Mandatory equipment
2. A mandatory speedometer:
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
Performance
3. A mandatory speedometer must be in good working order and operate while the vehicle is moving forward.
Mandatory equipment
b) fitted with a bell, whistle or siren that is not part of an anti-theft car alarm, personal security alarm or a reversing warning
device.
Performance
8 Brakes
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle does not have a service brake that acts on the wheels as designed by the vehicle manufacturer.
2. A light tractor manufactured on or after 1 January 1990 and not capable of exceeding a speed of 40km/h does not have a
service brake designed to act on the wheels that are intended to provide traction.
4. A parking brake does not act on at least one complete axle.
5. Where dual wheels are fitted, a parking brake does not act on at least one axle that has dual wheels fitted.
Condition
Service brake
a) is insecure, or
c) creeps, or
8. The brake pedal locking attachment on a tractor with split brake pedals is insecure, damaged or has deteriorated to such an
extent that it is no longer fit for purpose.
b) insecure, or
a) not operating (eg has a seized-load sensing valve), or
c) insecure, or
b) insecure, or
d) chafed, or
e) excessively corroded, eg there are signs of pitting or a noticeable increase in the pipes outside diameter.
b) is insecure, or
b) is insecure.
a) insecure, or
d) cracked, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
Parking brake
b) is insecure, or
24. The locking mechanism on a service brake that is designed to be locked in applied position (Note 1):
a) is missing a component, or
b) does not operate, or operates incorrectly, or
c) is insecure, damaged or has significantly deteriorated.
Performance
Service brake
26. When the service brake is applied without assistance from the engine, a vehicle does not stop within 7m from a speed of
30km/h (50% efficiency) except in the following cases:
a) a heavy vehicle manufactured before 1 February 1977 with a service brake that is designed to act on fewer than 4
wheels does not stop within 9m from a speed of 30km/h (40% average brake efficiency), or
b) a light tractor manufactured before 1 January 1990 does not stop in a manner that is reasonable for the type of service
brake fitted.
the other side).
Parking brake
Note 1 Definitions
Service brake means a brake for intermittent use that is normally used to slow down and stop a vehicle. The service brake of a
tractor which acts directly on the transmission or the rear wheels only is considered to act on all wheels if the transmission
shifts automatically from two-wheel drive to four-wheel drive when the service brake is applied.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Land Transport Rule: Heavy-Vehicle Brakes 2008.
Mandatory equipment
Service brake
1. Vehicles must have a service brake that acts on the wheels as designed by the vehicle manufacturer, except that a light
tractor manufactured on or after 1 January 1990 with a maximum speed of 40km/h or less must have a service brake that acts
on the wheels that are intended to provide traction.
Parking brake
2. A light vehicle must have a parking brake that:
3. A heavy vehicle must have a parking brake.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
8. When the brake on a vehicle is applied:
Service brake
a) a service brake must stop the vehicle within a distance of 7m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%),
i. a service brake, that is designed to act on less than four wheels on a heavy vehicle first registered anywhere
before 1 February 1977, must stop the vehicle within a distance of 9m from a speed of 30km/h (average brake
efficiency of 40%), and
ii. a service brake on a light tractor manufactured before 1 January 1990 must stop the vehicle in a manner that is
reasonable for the type of service brake fitted.
Parking brake
Condition
b) shows excessive movement, indicating unacceptable wear or looseness in the steering box or rack or steering column
bearings, or
c) rim covering is insecure so that the directional control of the vehicle is affected.
c) has a hose, pump drive, drive belt or pump mounting that is insecure, damaged, has significantly deteriorated, or
c) has a hose, pump drive, drive belt or cylinder, including their mountings, that is insecure, damaged or has significantly
deteriorated, or
d) has fluid leakage, except for minor seepage.
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
Performance
15. During operation the vehicle cannot be controlled in a safe, efficient, convenient and sensitive manner, eg:
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Condition
vehicle must be:
Performance
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
Wheels
3. A wheel is:
Condition
4.There are signs that a tyre is fouling on another part of the vehicle.
such as:
6. A tyre has a string type repair visible from the outside.
7. Tyre repairs have not been carried out in accordance with acceptable industry parctice.
8. A tyre has insufficient tread to allow safe operation of the vehicle.
Wheels
10. A wheel is:
a) cracked, or
11. A device used to attach dual-wheel sets is insecure, damaged, significantly deteriorated or cannot be locked or remain
locked.
12. A wheel weight is not securely attached to the wheel.
13. A wheel nut:
a) is missing, or
b) is loose, or
d) is the incorrect type, or
Note 1
A vehicle may be fitted with non-pneumatic tyres such as solid rubber tyres or tyres filled with polyurethane.
Note 2 Definitions:
Construction, in relation to a tyre, means
equipment.
the use of the tyre is rated. It is either marked on the tyre or can be obtained from the tyre manufacturer or a reference guide.
tube).
each other.
Note 3
passed.
Note 4
Note 5
A1 5 A5 25 B 50 F 80 L 120 Q 160 U 200 Y 300
A2 10 A6 30 C 60 G 90 M 130 R 170 H 210 ZR over 240
A3 15 A7 35 D 65 J 100 N 140 S 180 V 240
A4 20 A8 40 E 70 K 110 P 150 T 190 W 270
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
maximum speed.
Wheels
3. A wheel must be:
a) securely attached to the hub, and
b) sufficiently strong for the type of vehicle to which it is fitted, and
c) compatible with the vehicle to which it is fitted, and
d) compatible with the tyre rim profile, flange height and valve fitment.
Permitted equipment
Condition
9. A tyre must have a tread pattern depth of not less than 1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth indicator strip):
manufacture.
Wheels
10-2 Hubs and axles
Condition
1. A hub (Note 1):
2. A wheel bearing:
3. An axle:
Note 1
Condition
10-3 Mudguards
Mudguard condition
Note 1
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with a mudguard over each road wheel (Note 1).
Mudguard condition
users.
11 Exhaust
11-1 Exhaust system
Mandatory equipment
Condition
Performance
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A forklift with an internal combustion engine must be fitted with an exhaust system (Note 1).
Condition
Performance
Performance
1. A vehicle with the engine at normal operating temperature emits clearly visible smoke (Note 2) from the exhaust tail pipe
during a rapid acceleration test (Note 1).
Rapid acceleration test
While the engine is accelerated quickly from idle to 2500rpm (or half the maximum engine speed if this is lower), observe the
tailpipe emissions. To avoid engine damage do not over-accelerate the engine. A vehicle that passes this test below normal
operating temperature is deemed to have passed with the engine at normal operating temperature.
Note 2
Visible exhaust smoke does not include:
emissions that are largely water vapour, or
smoke that is barely visible, or
a moderate amount of smoke caused by turbo lag, or
some normal visible smoke caused by the engine's design (with the engine in good condition and running the correct
fuel). The inspector may require documentary evidence that the engine produces some visible smoke because of its
design.
Note 3
appropriate expert, eg about older or unusual vehicles.

Performance
1. A tractor must not emit clearly visible smoke when the engine is running at its normal operating temperature, under the
following condition:
as the engine is being accelerated rapidly to approximately 2500 revolutions per minute or approximately half the
Mandatory equipment
1. A tractor with a towing connection other than a three-point linkage does not have an attachment point to which a safety chain
can be securely attached.
Condition
2. A towing connection component:
b) is missing, or
c) is cracked, distorted or significantly corroded, or
3. A coupling pin:
a) has a diameter that is:
i. not appropriate for the diameter of the coupling, or
ii. less than 75% of the diameter of the larger of the coupling holes, or
b) does not have a retaining mechanism, or
c) is welded or repaired.
4. A coupling mechanism or safety locking device does not operate smoothly or effectively, or fasten securely.
5. A towing hook is:
a) welded or repaired, or
b) is worn at any point beyond the lesser of:
i. the coupling manufacturers wear limits (if available), or
ii. 10% of the original dimensions.
Note 1
includes a towbar, drawbar, drawbeam, coupling and a safety chain attachment point.
Note 2
include a structural member of the towing or towed vehicle.
Note 3
Mandatory equipment
1. A tractor used to tow an agricultural trailer must have an attachment point to which a safety chain can be securely
connected.
Permitted equipment
2. A tractor may be fitted with a towing connection that is a three-point linkage.
3. A vehicle other than a tractor may be fitted with a towing connection.
4. A tractor used to tow an agricultural trailer must have an attachment point to which a safety chain can be securely
connected.
5. A coupling pin must:
a) be of a diameter that is appropriate for the diameter of the tractor or trailer coupling, whichever has the smaller diameter
hole, and
b) have a diameter that is not less than 75% of the diameter of the larger of the coupling holes, and
c) have a retaining mechanism.
Condition
7. Towing connection components must be fit for purpose and in sound condition.
8. A vehicle must:
b) have been constructed using components and materials that are fit for that purpose, and
13-2 Fuel system
Condition
Note 1
Unclassified vehicles

1 Introduction
Inspection and certification of unclassified vehicles: Warrant of fitness requirements
This section specifies the requirements that are applicable to the inspection and certification of unclassified vehicles for the
purpose of issuing a warrant of fitness (WoF).
Unclassified vehicles are light and heavy vehicles (including trailers) of the following types:
a) vehicles propelled and supported solely by self-laying tracks
b) motor vehicles exclusively designed and used on a road for driving, carrying or propelling any of the following, which
v. aero engine test benches
c) mobile or movable huts, galleys or similar vehicles that are used on a road solely in connection with the construction or
d) aerodrome crash fire tenders that are used on a road only in emergencies
e) trailers while being drawn by a vehicle as stated in b) to d) above
f) motor vehicles used exclusively in connection with the embarking and disembarking of ships passengers or for loading
and unloading ships mail, cargo and passengers baggage, and used on a public highway only when proceeding unladen
from one wharf to another wharf or from its usual place of storage to a wharf and returning to that place of storage
g) cable jinkers
h) front-end loaders
i) log skidders
j) tractor cranes
k) rough-terrain cranes
l) mobile crushing and screening plant machines which are mounted on trailers
m) motor graders
n) motor scrapers
o) trailer scrapers
p) plant for servicing oil-filled cables
q) post debarkers
r) saw bench apparatus
s) forestry chippers
t) tree feller bunchers
u) trench diggers and excavators
v) vehicles that are always used unladen on the road and that are designed exclusively for carrying earth or other bulk
materials
w) mobile concrete mixers that are mounted on tractors
x) a vehicle that is similar in design, construction or purpose to a vehicle listed above that cannot be categorised by vehicle
class
yy) all-terrain vehicles.
Tractors for any use and self-propelled machines used solely in agricultural, land management or roading operations
are covered in the Tractors section. Forklifts are covered in the Forklifts section.
1. An unclassified vehicle that is operated on the road (ie that is registered) requires a WoF. Therefore, the vehicle inspector
may inspect the vehicle only if it has a registration plate attached to it.
2. Unclassified vehicles are required to comply with WoF requirements only as far as is practicable for their design and type.
The requirements in this section are what the NZTA considers to be practicable in relation to the inspection and certification of
specialist vehicles.
3. Due to the large variety of vehicles covered in this section, some requirements have been kept general, and the vehicle
inspector is expected to make a judgement call in line with the general requirements.
certification. However, if the vehicle inspector has concerns about the modification, he or she must obtain additional
information from a relevant person before passing the vehicle for WoF.
5. An unclassified vehicle is not required to have a permanent vehicle identifier. However, if the vehicle has a permanent
vehicle identifier, such as the manufacturers serial number, it must be recorded on the checksheet and on the NZTA computer
system.
6. This section applies to both light and heavy unclassified vehicles. Heavy vehicles, that is those with a gross vehicle mass
(GVM) greater than 3500kg, may be inspected and certified for WoF only if the inspecting organisation and the vehicle
inspector have current Heavy Vehicle, Exempt from CoF authorisation.
7. For the purposes of this section, the GVM can generally be determined by adding the unladen weight of the vehicle
(including fuel in the fuel system and any equipment and accessories necessary to operate the vehicle or equipment), crew
and any carrying or lifting capacity the vehicle may have.
8. As this section applies to both self-propelled vehicles and trailers, separate requirements have been indicated where
appropriate.
2 Vehicle exterior
person.
Note 1
Note 2
Ornamental object or fitting means an object or fitting that does not have a practical purpose, for example bonnet emblems.
exterior of the motor vehicle with regard to the safety of other motor vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists.
Note 3
Functional object or fitting means an object or fitting that has a practical purpose.
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with a protruding ornamental or functional object or fitting.
2. A protruding ornamental object or fitting (Note 2) must not be likely to injure a person.
3. A protruding object or fitting that has a functional purpose (Note 3) must be installed so that the risk of the object or fitting
causing injury to a person is minimised.
4. Components of a vehicle, including damaged or corroded body panels, must be such that the risk of their hooking a vehicle,
or hooking or grazing a person, is minimised.
2-2 Dimensions
Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle or trailer (Note 1) exceeds the dimension requirements set out in Table 2-2-1 and is not fitted with the
Note 1
Rigid vehicle means a vehicle with motive power, drivers position and steering system, that does not have any pivot points to
allow any part of the chassis of the vehicle to move or rotate in relation to any other part of the chassis of the vehicle; includes a
pivot steer vehicle.
Note 2
Front axis means:
a) the centre point of the front axle set of a trailer that has two axle sets and is steered by the front axle set, or
b) the centre of the foremost axle of a rigid vehicle with motive power.
Rear axis:
a) in relation to a vehicle with only one non-steering axle, means that axle
b) in relation to a vehicle with a non-steering axle set of two axles, means
i. midway between those axles, if each axle has an equal number of tyres on it
ii. two-thirds of the distance from the lesser-tyred axle towards the greater-tyred axle, if one axle has twice as many
tyres on it as the other axle
c) in relation to a vehicle with a non-steering tri-axle set or a non-steering quad-axle set, or an overdimension vehicle with
more than three axles, means midway between the extreme axles of the set
d) except as specified in (e) below, in relation to a vehicle whose rear axle set includes one or more steerable axles in
conjunction with one or more non-steering axles, means midway between the extreme non-steering axles of the set
e) in relation to a semi-trailer with two non-steering axles at the front and two steering axles at the rear, means the centre
line of the second non-steering axle
f) in relation to a vehicle whose rear axle set includes one or more retracted axles in conjunction with one or more non-
retracted axles, means midway between the extreme non-retracted axles of the set
g) in relation to a vehicle that does not have an axle arrangement that is in paragraphs (a) to (f), means a position
determined by the NZTA.
Pivot steer vehicle means a vehicle with a chassis that is split into two dependent parts that are connected by a permanent
steering pivot.
Note 3
Full trailer means a trailer with two axle sets, the foremost of which is steered by a drawbar; includes a semi-trailer with non-
Note 4
Simple trailer means a trailer (other than a semi-trailer) that has only one axle set.
Note 5
Semi-trailer means a trailer with only one axle set where the point of attachment to the towing vehicle or leading trailer:
a) is no further rearward than the rearmost axle of the towing vehicle or rearmost axle of the leading trailer, or
b) if the towing vehicle is a rigid vehicle and has more than one axle in its rear axle set, is no more than 300mm rearward of
the rear axis of the towing vehicle.
Table 2-2-1. Dimension requirements (see Figure 2-2-4, Figure 2-2-5, Figure 2-2-6)
Width 2.5m
vehicle
body
side of the body
ropes, lashings, straps, chains and related connectors and
Overall
length
Rigid vehicle without tow coupling:
12.6m
Rigid vehicle with tow coupling,
full trailer: 11.5m
Towing vehicle and semi-trailer
combination: 19m (or 18m where
the semi-trailer has a quad axle
set with two steering axles)
Towing vehicle and simple trailer:
22m
Any other vehicle combination:
20m
Height 4.25m Measurement does not include load restraining devices (ropes, lashings,
straps, chains, covers and related connectors and tensioning devices)
that extend no more than 25mm above the vehicle, and that are not
permanently or rigidly fixed to the vehicle.
Forward
distance
Any trailer (other than a simple
trailer): 8.5m
Semi-trailer: 9.2m
Rigid vehicle with tow coupling:
8.5m
Rigid vehicle without tow coupling:
9.5m
Forward distance is measured as follows:
rigid vehicle: from the rear axis (Note 2) to the front of the vehicle
(not including collapsible mirrors)
full trailer: from the rear axis (Note 2) to the front of the trailer
(excluding the drawbar and front axle set with its associated
carriage)
simple trailer: from the rear axis (Note 2) to the centre of the tow
coupling
semi-trailer: from the rear axis (Note 2) to the centre of the
kingpin.
Rear
overhang
Vehicle with GVM 3500kg or less:
4m
Vehicle with GVM greater than
3500 kg:
rigid vehicle with rearmost
axle being a non-steering
axle: 4m or 70% of
wheelbase (whichever is
less)
rigid vehicle with rearmost
axle being a steering axle:
4.25m or 70% or
Rear overhang is measured from the rear axis (Note 2) to the rear
of the vehicle.
less)
semi-trailer, simple trailer:
4.3m or 50% of forward
distance (whichever is
less)
full trailer: 4m or 50% of
less)
Vehicle first registered
anywhere before 1
December 1989: 4m.
Front
overhang
Rigid vehicle: 3m
Simple trailer: 2.04m radius arc
ahead of tow coupling centre
Full trailer: 2.04m radius arc ahead
of turntable centre
Semi-trailer: 2.04m radius arc
ahead of kingpin centre
Front overhang is measured as follows:
rigid vehicle: from the front edge of the drivers seat in the
rearmost position to the front of the vehicle
semi-trailer: from the centre of the kingpin to the front of the trailer
full trailer: from the centre of the turntable to the front of the trailer
(excluding the drawbar)
simple trailer: from the centre of the tow coupling to ahead of the
trailer.
Table 2-2-1
Vehicle category
(see Figure 2-2-4)
Dimension
Limits
(up to and
including)
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/11.4m,
or
3.1m/10.5m,
or
3.7m/8.5m,
or
25m, or
7m, or
7m
Flags
1
or panels
2
Category 2 (not
Width/forward
distance
Length
Front
overhang
Rear
overhang
2.5m/13.3m,
or
4.5m/8.5m,
or
35m, or
10m, or
10m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
wide
Category 3 (not
Width/forward
distance
2.5m/20m
5m/20m
5m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
Category 4 (not
Width/forward
distance
11m/20m
11m/8.5m
1. Panels
2
2. OVERSIZE sign
3
1
Flags:
2
3
OVERSIZE sign:



Figure 2-2-3. Overdimension vehicle categories for width/forward distance thresholds
Use this figure to determine vehicle category in Table 2-2-2.

Figure 2-2-4. Trailer dimensions
Figure 2-2-5. Measurement of front overhang
Mandatory equipment
1. A rigid vehicle or trailer (Note 1) that exceeds the dimensions in Table 2-2-1 must be fitted with additional equipment set out
in Table 2-2-2.
3 Vehicle structure
Condition
1. The structure of the vehicle has visible:
b) cracking, or
c) fracture, or
d) any corrosion, damage or repair that the inspector considers has caused weakening of a load-bearing structure.
2. A protection structure, specialist equipment or a cab is not securely attached to the vehicle body or chassis.
Note 1
The structure of the vehicle includes the chassis, body mounting points and the body frame, but not any specialist equipment
or protection structure, except for their attachment to the vehicle.
Note 2
Note 3
c) corrosion damage
Condition
modified.
4 Lighting
4-1 Headlamps
1. A self-propelled vehicle is not fitted with either:
b) one pair of forward-facing work lamps.
2. A self-propelled vehicle is fitted with more than:
3. A self-propelled vehicle is fitted with a headlamp that is not in a pair.
5. A self-propelled vehicle is fitted with a dipped-beam headlamp where the maximum intensity of the beam is projected to the
right.
6. A trailer is fitted with headlamps.
Condition
9. A reflector or reflector is damaged or has deteriorated so that light output is reduced.
Performance
c) not steady, or
e) too bright, causing significant dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source.
d) the centreline of the light beam is too far to the left or slopes down too far so that the headlamp is no longer capable of
illuminating the road at least 50m ahead (Figure 411), or
e) the centreline of the light beam:
i. projects to the right of the vehicles centreline, or
ii. does not dip at an angle specified in Table 4-1-1.
c) the centreline of the light beam projects to the right of the vehicles centreline or up from the horizontal (Figure 4-1-2), or
15. On a self-propelled vehicle with no headlamps, when the forward-facing work lamps are switched on amandatory lamp
does not operate.
16. On a self-propelled vehicle with no headlamps, when the forward-facing work lamps are switched on a lampemits a light
that is:
c) not steady, or
d) not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead, eg due to modification, deterioration or an incorrectlight source, or
e) dazzling to other road users, eg due to inappropriate alignment (Figure 4-1-2 - Work lamp beam pattern).
Note 1 Definitions
Work lamp means a high-intensity lamp that is not necessary for the operation of the vehicle but is designed to illuminate a
work area or scene, and includes a scene lamp, a spot lamp and an alley lamp. In the case of a vehicle without headlamps,
forward-facing work lamps must be fitted to illuminate the road ahead during the hours of darkness.
a) a dipped-beam headlamp (single lamp), or
b) a main-beam (high-beam) headlamp (single lamp), and includes a driving lamp, or
c) a combination of a dipped-beam headlamp and a main-beam headlamp (dual-lamp unit).
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
of the headlamp.
Note 5
manufacturer.
Headlamp type
Percent
(%)
mm/3m
Degrees
()
EITHER Any headlamp dipped beam N/A As specified by the vehicle or
OR Headlamp with asymmetric dipped-beam pattern
less than 0.8m 1.01.5 3045 0.57
0.85
0.81.2m 1.02.0 3060 0.57
1.15
more than 1.2m 2.02.5 6075 1.15
1.43
Percent (%) mm/3m Degrees () Percent (%) mm/3m Degrees ()
1.0 30 0.6 2.3 69 1.3
1.1 33 0.6 2.4 72 1.4
1.2 36 0.7 2.5 75 1.4
1.3 39 0.7 2.6 78 1.5
1.4 42 0.8 2.7 81 1.5
1.5 45 0.9 2.8 84 1.6
1.6 48 0.9 2.9 87 1.7
1.7 51 1.0 3.0 90 1.7
1.8 54 1.0 3.1 93 1.8
1.9 57 1.1 3.2 96 1.8
2.0 60 1.1 3.3 99 1.9
2.1 63 1.2 3.4 102 1.9
2.2 66 1.3 3.5 105 2.0


Figure 4-1-2. Dipped beams
1. A self-propelled vehicle must be fitted with one pair of dipped-beam headlamps (Note 1).
2. A self-propelled vehicle may be fitted with one or two pairs of main-beam headlamps.
6. A trailer must not be fitted with headlamps.
Condition
7. A headlamp must:
b) not be obscured.
Performance
8. A lamp must operate in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
10. A lamp must provide sufficient illumination and light output to illuminate the road ahead.
11. A pair of lamps must emit light that is approximately of equal colour and intensity when switched on.
12. A lamp must emit a beam that is substantially white or amber.
b) the centre of a main-beam headlamp beam must be either parallel to or dipping down from the horizontal and
c) the centre of a dipped-beam headlamp beam must dip at an angle specified in Table 4-1-1.
16. The dipped-beam headlamps must illuminate the road ahead for 50m in normal darkness.
Permitted equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle is fitted with:
a) a front fog lamp, or
4. A retrofitted pair of fog lamps is:
b) not fitted as far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable, or
Condition
Performance
d) is not approximately equal in colour or intensity to the other lamp in the pair, or
h) has a beam centre to the right of the vehicles centreline, or
i) has a beam that is not permanently dipped, or
j) has a beam centre that dips at an angle of less than 3% (Figure 4-2-1).
11. When switched on, a rear fog lamp emits light that is not:
a) projected to the rear, or
b) diffuse, or
e) steady, or
f) bright enough to indicate the presence of the vehicle from the rear in conditions of severely reduced visibility, eg due to
modification, deterioration or an incorrect light source.
Note 1
including fog or snow but not including clear atmospheric conditions under the hours of darkness.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
A vehicle originally manufactured with a front or rear fog lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this
section may retain the original front or rear fog lamps provided they remain fitted in their original position and perform as
1. A self-propelled vehicle may be fitted with:
a) one pair of front fog lamps, and
b) one or two rear fog lamps.
2. A trailer:
a) may be fitted with one or two rear fog lamps, and
b) must not be fitted with a front fog lamp.
Condition
Performance
4-3 Cornering lamps
1. A self-propelled vehicle is fitted with:
2. A trailer is fitted with cornering lamps.
Condition
Performance
6. When activated by switching on the direction indicator lamp or by turning the steering wheel, a cornering lamp does not:
a) operate, or
b) project in the direction of the turn.
c) not steady, or
e) too bright, causing dazzle to other road users, eg due to an incorrect light source or misalignment.
8. Where a cornering lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), less than 75% of these operate.
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a cornering-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in this
1. A self-propelled vehicle may have one pair of cornering lamps fitted as OE.
2. A trailer must not be fitted with cornering lamps.
Condition
Performance
1. A vehicle is fitted with daytime running lamps.
Note 1
the daytime.
1. A vehicle must not be fitted with daytime running lamps.
1. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 2006, that is so constructed that the drivers arm
signals cannot be seen from behind the vehicle, is not fitted with one pair of rear direction indicator lamps.
2. A self-propelled vehicle first registered on or after 1 January 2006 is not fitted with one pair of rear direction indicator lamps.
3. A trailer that is so constructed that the drivers arm signals cannot be seen from behind the trailer is not fitted with one pair of
lamps at the rear.
4. A self-propelled vehicle is fitted with more than:
a) two pairs of lamps at the rear (other than top-mounted lamps), or
b) two pairs of lamps at the front, or
c) two side-facing lamps on each side of the vehicle.
5. A heavy trailer or a self-propelled vehicle is fitted with more than one pair of top-mounted lamps at the rear.
Condition
9. A lamp is insecure or, if a mandatory lamp, is obscured or contains visible moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or
puddles.
Performance
c) flashes:
16. A lamp-failure warning device does not operate.
Note 1
direction of a vehicle to the right or to the left.
Note 2
A permitted (ie non-mandatory) rear- or side-facing direction indicator lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition
and performance requirements must be made to comply or disabled so that it does not emit a light.
Note 3
Note 4
reversing lamps.
Note 5
1. A self-propelled vehicle, first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 2006, must be fitted with one or two pairs of
rearward-facing lamps if the vehicle is so constructed that it prevents an arm signal given by the driver from being seen from
behind the vehicle.
2. A self-propelled vehicle first registered anywhere on or after 1 January 2006 must be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps to
3. A self-propelled vehicle may be fitted with one or two pairs of forward-facing lamps.
4. A trailer must be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps at the rear if the trailer is so constructed that it prevents an arm signal
given by the driver from being seen from behind the vehicle combination.
5. A trailer may be fitted with:
a) one or two pairs of lamps at the front, and
b) one or two pairs of lamps at the rear.
6. A self-propelled vehicle or a heavy trailer may be fitted with an additional pair of lamps at the rear of the vehicle. These must
be symmetrically mounted as far towards the top corners of the bodywork of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
8. A suitable device may be fitted to a self-propelled vehicle that indicates to the driver the failure of a mandatory lamp.
10. On vehicles of American origin the stop lamp and direction indicator lamp function may be combined in one lamp.
Condition
11. A direction indicator lamp must not be obscured (if a mandatory lamp).
Performance
16. A lamp-failure indicating device, if fitted, must function.
18. If a vehicle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and indicator lamps, the indicator lamps may override the stop
1. A vehicle more than 2m wide is not fitted with one pair of lamps.
2. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that is more than 1.5m wide is not fitted
with one pair of lamps.
a) more than one lamp or one pair of lamps, or
b) a single lamp that is on the left side of the vehicle.
5. A pair of top-mounted lamps, if fitted, is not:
6. A lamp is not positioned to the front of the vehicle.
Condition
puddles.
9. A lamps reflector is damaged or deteriorated so that light output is reduced.
Performance
b) diffuse, or
e) steady, or
source.
Note 1
being:
Note 2
1. A vehicle exceeding 2m in width must be fitted with one pair of lamps.
2. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 that is more that 1.5m wide must be fitted
with one pair of lamps.
3. A self-propelled vehicle less than 2m wide or first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978, or a trailer less than 2m
wide, may be fitted with:
a) one lamp on the right side of the vehicle, or
b) one pair of lamps.
6. A self-propelled vehicle or a heavy trailer may be fitted with one additional pair of forward-facing position lamps. These must
be symmetrically mounted as far towards the top corners of the vehicle as is practicable (top-mounted lamps).
Condition
7. A forward-facing position lamp must not be obscured (if a mandatory lamp).
Performance
a) diffuse, and
c) steady, and
b) is fitted with more than two pairs of lamps (other than top-mounted lamps), or
2. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that is less than 1.5m wide is:
a) not fitted with one pair of lamps, or
c) fitted with more than two pairs of lamps (other than top-mounted lamps).
3. A light trailer is fitted with top-mounted lamps.
4. A self-propelled vehicle or heavy trailer is fitted with:
b) a top-mounted lamp that is not in a pair.
6. A single lamp is fitted to the left of the centre of the vehicle.
8. A pair of top-mounted lamps is not:
9. A lamp is not positioned to the rear of the vehicle.
Condition
puddles.
Performance
b) diffuse, or
e) steady, or
source.
Note 1
being:
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
A vehicle orginally manufactured with a rearward-facing position lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or
Figure 471. Rearward-facing position lamp beam angles
1. A vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 and that is more than 1.5m wide must be fitted with one
or two pairs of rearward-facing position lamps.
2. A vehicle that was first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978 or that does not exceed 1.5m in width must be
fitted with:
b) at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m, or is this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the
4. A self-propelled vehicle or heavy trailer may be fitted with an additional pair of rearward-facing position lamps symmetrically
mounted as far towards each side and top of the bodywork of the vehicle as possible (top-mounted lamps).
5. A lamp must be positioned to the rear of the vehicle.
Condition
6. A rearward-facing position lamp must not be obscured (if a mandatory lamp).
Performance
a) diffuse, and
b) substantially red, and
c) steady, and
e) visible from a distance of 200m in normal darkness, and
f) of approximately equal intensity and colour to the other lamp of the pair.
and 80 outboard.
1. A vehicle with a length of less than 6m is fitted with side-marker lamps.
Condition
Performance
a) diffuse, or
b) substantially red or amber to the rear, or
c) substantially white or amber to the front, or
d) steady.
Note 1 Definitions
Position lamp means a low-intensity lamp that is designed to indicate to road users the prescence and dimensions of a
vehicle being:
Note 2
A side-marker lamp that does not comply with the equipment, condition and performance requirements must be made to
1. A vehicle with a length of 6m or more may be fitted with one or more side-marker lamps.
2. A vehicle with a length of less than 6m must not be fitted with side-marker lamps.
Condition
3. A lamp must be in good condition.
Performance
4. A side-marker lamp must operated in a way that is appropriate for the lamp and the vehicle.
5. A side-marker lamps must emit light that is:
a) diffuse, and
b) substantially red or amber to the rear, and
c) substantially white or amber to the front, and
d) steady.
a) is not fitted with lamps required in Table 4-9-1, or
3. An end-outline marker lamp is so positioned that it does not indicate the dimensions of the vehicle.
Condition
7. A mandatory lamp is obscured or contains visible moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
Performance
a) substantially red to the rear, or
b) substantially white or amber to the front, or
c) diffuse, or
d) steady, or
e) bright enough to be visible from 100m in normal daylight and 200m in normal darkness, eg due to modification,
Note 1 Definitions
being:
Note 2
A permitted end-outline marker lamp that does not comply with equipment, condition and performance requirements must be
made to comply or be disabled so that it does not emit a light.
If the vehicle
was:
Front Rear
Mandatory
lamps
3
Maximum
permitted
lamps
1
Maximum
permitted
lamps
1
Vehicle
manufactured
before 1/4/2011
2
A
A vehicle with a GVM exceeding 11,300kg
2 12
(No limit if first
registered
before
27/2/2005)
6
Not
required
6 4
Vehicle
manufactured
from 1/4/2011
2 12 6
2 6 4
Not
required
6 4
1
2
3
1. A vehicle in Table 4-9-1 must or may be fitted with end-outline marker lamps as specified in the table.
Condition
4. A end-outline marker lamp must be:
a) in good condition, and
b) not obscured (if a mandatory lamp).
Performance
6. Cab roof lamps must emit a light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight and from 200 in normal darkness.
7. A lamp must emit a light that is diffuse and substantially red to the rear and white or amber to the front.
8. A lamp must provide sufficient light output so that the vehicles dimensions are easily indicated to other road users.
9. Where an end-outline marker lamp comprises an array of light sources (eg LEDs), at least 75% of these must operate.
4-10 Stop lamps
1. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978:
a) is not fitted with one lamp, or one pair of lamps, if the vehicle is so constructed that the drivers arm signals cannot be
seen from behind the vehicle, or
b) is fitted with more than two pairs of lamps.
2. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978:
3. A trailer:
a) is not fitted with one pair of stop lamps, or
4. A retrofitted stop lamp, other than a top-mounted lamp, is fitted at a height from the ground exceeding 1.5m (or 2.1m where
6. A top-mounted stop lamp is:
a) fitted to a light trailer, or
b) not mounted as far as is practicable to the top of the bodywork of the vehicle, or
c) not fitted in a pair, or
d) fitted additional to the maximum of one pair of top-mounted lamps.
Condition
9. A reflector is damaged or deteriorated so that light output is reduced.
10. A mandatory lamp is obscured or contains visible moisture in the form of large droplets, runs or puddles.
Performance
b) diffuse, or
e) bright enough to produce a light that is visible from 100m in normal daylight, eg due to modification, deterioration, dirt or
an incorrect light source.
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
manufacturer.
Figure 4-10-1. Stop lamp visibility angles
1. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand before 1 January 1978:
a) must have one lamp, or one or two pairs of lamps, if the vehicle is so constructed that the drivers hand signals cannot be
seen from behind the vehicle, and
b) may have one lamp, or one or two pairs of lamps, fitted.
2. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 January 1978 must be fitted with one or two pairs of
lamps.
3. A trailer:
a) may be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps, and
b) must be fitted with one or two pairs of lamps if the drivers arm signals cannot be seen from behind the vehicle
combination.
6. A self-propelled vehicle or heavy trailer may be fitted at the rear with an additional pair of stop lamps provided they are
positioned as close as is practicable to the top of the bodywork of the vehicle (top-mounted stop lamps).
Condition
7. A stop lamp must not be obscured (if a mandatory lamp).
Performance
11. A required stop lamp must provide sufficient light output to fulfil its intended purpose and be visible in daylight from 100m
away.
13. A mandatory stop lamp must emit a light that is visible within the angles of 15 above and below the horizontal, and 45
inboard and outboard.
14. If a vehicle of American origin is fitted with combined stop and direction indicator lamps, the indicator lamps may override
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
6. When the service brake is activated a lamp does not remain steadily illuminated.
b) diffuse, or
source.
Note 1 Definitions
vehicle.
Note 2
Note 3
A vehicle originally manufactured with a high-mounted-stop-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required or permitted in
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with one or two high-mounted stop lamps.
2. A lamp must be fitted in a central high-mounted position at the rear of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
4-12 Rear-reg-plate illumination lamps
Mandatory equipment
Performance
b) steady, or
c) diffuse.
Note 1
Note 2
A vehicle originally manufactured with a rear-registration-plate-illumination-lamp arrangement that differs from what is required
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with one or more rear-registration-plate illumination lamps.
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle is:
a) not fitted with at least one rearward-facing reflector on each side, or
b) fitted with a rearward-facing reflector that is not in a pair.
Condition
a) fading, or
Performance
Note 1 Definitions
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with one or more pairs of rearward-facing reflectors at a height from the ground not exceeding 1.5m,
or if this is not practicable due to the shape of the bodywork of the vehicle, not exceeding 2.1m.
Condition
Performance
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
b) steady, or
Note 1
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with one or two reversing lamps fitted at the rear of the vehicle.
Condition
Performance
4-15 Cosmetic lamps
Permitted equipment
Performance
light that:
Note 1
Note 2 Definitions
Note 3
Headlamps
Stop lamps
Position lamps
illumination lamps
Rear reflectors
Fog lamps
Cornering lamps
Reversing lamps
PSV interior lamps
Reflective material
Interior lamps
Work lamps
Scene lamps
Alley lamps
Flashing or revolving beacons (except a mandatory beacon required for some
overdimension vehicles)

Permitted equipment
Performance
3. A lamp must:
5 Vision
5-1 Glazing
Glazing condition
2. A windscreen or front side window is so dirty or obstructed that the drivers vision is unreasonably impaired.
4. A windscreen has scratches, discouloration or other defects that unreasonably impair the drivers vision or compromise the
5. A modification:
b) adversely affects the strength or mechanical performance of the glazing.
Glazing performance
Note 1 Definitions
Windscreen means all glazing extending across the front of a vehicle that is not parallel to the vehicles centreline but does
not include a wind deflector. No fitting or overlays of stickers are permitted to the windscreen except those previously
mentioned.
of a piece of glazing, including anti-glare band overlays and stoneguard overlays.
identification, information, decoration or legal reasons.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Any OE opaque edging (usually black) is not considered part of the windscreen when determining the boundaries permitted
for stickers, print on an anti-glare band or radio antennae.
Fitting of or
modification to:
Modification permitted provided that:
Windscreens
Stickers
stickers are wholly within 100mm of the top or bottom edge, or 50mm of the side edges, unless
required or permitted by legislation, eg:
a licence label
a WoF label
a parking permit or other document issued by the local authority
learner L-plates (in sticker format) provided the drivers vision is not unreasonably affected.
Anti-glare band
overlay
the overlay does not extend below the bottom edge of the vehicles OE sun visors when they
are folded down as far as possible towards the windscreen, and
the overlay does not contain print below a line that is 100mm below and parallel to the top edge
of the windscreen.
Radio antennae
Front side windows
Transparent
overlays
the overall visible light transmittance (VLT) is not reduced to below 35%.
Stickers
stickers are wholly within 100mm of the bottom edge, or 50mm of any other edge, unless
manufacturers operating instructions may be applied to or incorporated in the glazing.
Radio antennae
Rear and rear side windows (behind the drivers seat)
Overlays and
other
modifications
Stickers
stickers may be applied anywhere on the glazing, but if not wholly within 100mm of any edge,
the vehicle must be equipped on both sides with external rear-view mirrors.
Radio antennae
Monsoon shields
Electric demisters
Glazing condition
Glazing performance
6. A windscreen must have an overall visible light transmittance (VLT) of at least 70%.
7. A front side window must have an overall VLT of at least 35%.
a) unreasonably impair vision through a windscreen or a front side window, or
5-2 Sun visors
Condition
Performance
Note 1
eyes of the driver and other front passengers from solar glare.
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with sun visors (Note 1).
Performance
2. The condition of sun visors must be such that the likelihood of injury to occupants is minimised.
Mandatory equipment
Condition
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
a) missing, or
b) insecure, or
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle that is fitted with a windscreen must have a windscreen wipe system.
1960.
Permitted equipment
3. A vehicle may be fitted with a wash system.
Condition
4. A vehicles windscreen wipe and wash system must be efficient and within the vehicle manufacturers operating limits.
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle is not fitted with at least one rear-view mirror.
Condition
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle must be fitted with a rear-view mirror.
Permitted equipment
Condition
Performance
a) the vehicle itself, and
6 Entrance and exit
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle fitted with doors used by the driver or passengers for entrance and exit of the vehicle does not have a door
retention system.
Condition
Performance
Note 1
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle fitted with doors used by the driver or passengers for entrance and exit of the vehicle must have a door retention
system.
Condition
inside the vehicle.
Performance
7 Vehicle interior
Mandatory equipment
1. A drivers seat is not fitted in a vehicle that was originally fitted with a drivers seat.
2. A seat in a self-propelled vehicle is not attached to the vehicle structure by seat anchorages.
3. A seat frame or structure has been weakened, eg due to damage, corrosion or excessive wear.
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A drivers seat in a vehicle must remain fitted.
2. A seat in a self-propelled vehicle must be fitted to the vehicle structure by means of seat anchorages.
vehicle structure.
7-3 Head restraints
occupant.
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with head restraints.
Condition
Seatbelts (on vehicles capable of exceeding a speed of 50km/h)
1. The seatbelt assembly is not securely attached to a seatbelt anchorage.
may enter the interior components, or cause damage to the interior components, mechanisms or webbing.
a) damage such as a cut, including a cut on the surface, a rip or tear, fraying, stretching (eg the webbing is deformed) or
damaged or loose stitching, or
b) damage such as excessive fading (with chalking or stiffness) or contamination from grease, solvents or other damaging
products, or
c) signs of home repairs, eg stapling, hand stitching, or rivets.
b) do not lock, or
5. A component is missing, cracked, distorted or damaged in such a way that:
b) it may damage another component or the webbing.
b) (plastic-covered webbing type) webbing has deteriorated, frayed, cut or faded, or
c) (solid metal type) is corroded, cracked or buckled.
Seatbelt anchorages
7. A seatbelt anchorage:
d) has evidence of corrosion damage or structural damage within 300mm of the seatbelt anchorage.
Performance (on vehicles capable of exceeding a speed of 50km/h)
13. The web and/or vehicle sensitivity of a dual-sensitive retractor type seatbelt fitted in a front outer seating position does not
function correctly.
14. The vehicle sensitivity of a single-sensitive retractor-type seatbelt fitted in a front outer seating position does not function
correctly.
Note 1
Safety belts designed to protect a person in case of rollover are not seatbelts for the purpose of WoF inspections, but
any defects should be brought to the operators attention.
Note 2
Retractor means a device to accommodate parts of, or all of the webbing of a seatbelt.
Single sensitive means a seatbelt retractor that, during normal driving conditions, allows freedom of movement by the wearer
Dual sensitive means a seatbelt retractor that, during normal driving conditions, allows freedom of movement by the wearer of
Outer seating position means a seating position next to a sidewall of a vehicle where there is no more than 500mm between
the longitudinal centre of the seat and the sidewall.
Monocoque in relation to a motor vehicle, means that the chassis of the vehicle is integral to the body.
equipment.
Specialist seatbelt means a seatbelt designed for specialist purposes, and includes a full harness seatbelt used for
anchorages.
Note 3
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with seatbelts of any type.
Condition
Seatbelts (Note 1)
2. A seatbelt must be of a design that is suitable for the vehicle and must be strong, secure and in sound condition.
6. Seatbelt buckles, retractor mechanisms or any other fittings intended to ensure the safe use of the seatbelt, must not have
Seatbelt anchorages
7. A seatbelt anchorage and its mounting location must:
a) be of a strength appropriate to both the motor vehicle and the attached seatbelt, and
b) be structurally sound and free of corrosion, and
c) not be damaged or distorted.
Performance
7-7 Interior impact
Reasosnd for rejection
1. Where an interior fitting, control or surface has been modified or has deteriorated, the likelihood of injury to occupants has
not been minimised.
is minimised.
7-12 Speedometer
Reasosn for rejection
Mandatory equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 December 1951, that is capable of a speed exceeding
50km/h is not fitted with a speedometer, and the vehicle operator cannot produce acceptable written evidence (Note 2) that:
2. The speedometer:
b) is obscured from the drivers vision, or
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 December 1951, that is capable of a speed exceeding
50km/h, must be fitted with a speedometer (Note 1).
2. A self-propelled vehicle is not required to have a speedometer if:
a) the speedometer or associated equipment has been removed for repair and there are no undue delays by the vehicle
owner in having it replaced, or
b) the speedometer or associated equipment is out of repair, repair is impracticable and a suitable replacement is not
available.
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle is:
b) fitted with a bell, whistle or siren that is not part of an anti-theft car alarm, personal security alarm or a reversing warning
device.
Performance
Mandatory equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle must be fitted with a device (horn) that is audible to other road users.
Permitted equipment
2. A self-propelled vehicle may be fitted with a bell, whistle or siren that is part of an anti-theft car alarm, personal security
alarm or a reversing warning device.
Performance
100m.
8 Brakes
Mandatory equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle does not have a service brake or parking brake.
2. A self-propelled vehicle with a brake system that uses compressed air is not fitted with:
a) an air compressor, or
b) an air reservoir, or
c) a pressure gauge, or
d) a pressure warning device.
3. A trailer does not have a required service brake, parking brake or breakaway brake as set out in Table 8-1-1.
Condition
Service brake
a) is insecure, or
c) creeps, or
d) has non-slip surface which has deteriorated to such an extent that the brake cannot be safely applied, or
a) insecure, or
b) leaking, or
b) leaking, or
c) insecure.
b) insecure, or
c) insecure, or
b) insecure, or
d) chafed, or
e) corroded, eg there are signs of pitting or a noticeable increase in the pipes outside diameter.
b) is insecure, or
e) has an external sheathing that is cracked to the extent that the reinforcing cords are exposed, or
b) is insecure.
a) insecure, or
d) cracked, or
b) is insecure, or
c) is seized.
19. A compressed air brake component:
a) is missing, or
b) is damaged or has deteriorated, or
c) is seized or has wear beyond manufacturers wear limits, or
d) is leaking, or
e) does not operate correctly or as intended by the vehicle manufacturer.
Parking brake
b) is insecure, or
Performance
Service brake
25. When the service brake is applied without assistance from the engine:
a) the self-propelled vehicle does not stop within 7m from a speed of 30 km/h (average brake efficiency of 50%), or
b) the combined effort of the trailer and towing vehicle brakes does not stop the vehicle combination within 7m from a
speed of 30km/h (average braking efficiency of 50%), or
c) the vehicle or vehicle combination does not stop within a distance from 30km/h (or the vehicles maximum speed if this is
less than 30km/h) that is appropriate for the vehicles design, taking into account the vehicle manufacturers operating
limits.
the other side).
27. The brake system warning lamp or self-check system, if fitted, indicates a defect in the brake system (this does not apply to
brake pad wear warning systems).
Parking brake
a) it does not hold the vehicle at rest on a slope of one in six (ie a 17% or 9o slope), or
Breakaway brake
29. The breakaway brake does not automatically and immediately apply when the trailer is disconnected from the vehicle.
Note 1 Definitions
Service brake means a brake for intermittent use that is normally used to slow down and stop a vehicle. The service brake of a
vehicle which acts directly on the transmission or the rear wheels only is considered to act on all wheels if the transmission
shifts automatically from two-wheel drive to four-wheel drive when the service brake is applied. Lever-operated vehicles do not
normally have a dedicated service brake, but the vehicles slow down as the lever is operated, and stop when it is in neutral
position.
Breakaway brake means a service brake or parking brake fitted to a trailer that ensures, under all conditions of use, that, if the
trailer is unintentionally disconnected from its towing vehicle, the brake will automatically and immediately apply and will
remain applied for at least 15 minutes.
Direct trailer service brake means a service brake fitted to a trailer that allows the driver of a towing vehicle, from their driving
position, to directly and progressively regulate the trailer brake effort.
Indirect trailer service brake means a service brake fitted to a trailer where the action of the driver of a towing vehicle
applying the brakes of that vehicle results in a reaction by the trailer that is used to progressively regulate the trailer brake
effort.
Note 2
Note 3
Note 4
Table 8-1-1. Trailer brake requirements
Type of
brake
required
Laden weight of the trailer
2000kg or less 20012500kg 2501kg or more
Service
brake
Not required, but if fitted must
act on each wheel of at least
one axle
Required: either direct or indirect service
brake that must act on each wheel of at
least one axle
Required: direct service brake that
must act on each wheel of at least
one axle
Parking
brake
Not required Not required Required, acting on at least one
complete axle
Breakaway
brake
Not required Required, unless fitted with an
appropriate coupling and two safety
chains
Required
Land Transport Rule: Light-vehicle Brakes 2002
Mandatory equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle must have a service brake and a parking brake.
2. A trailer must have a service brake, a parking brake and a breakaway brake, as specified in Table 8-1-1.
3. A vehicle with a brake system that uses compressed air must be fitted with an air compressor, air reservoir, pressure gauge
and pressure warning device.
Permitted equipment
5. A trailer may be fitted with a type of brake that is not required to be fitted to the trailer.
Condition
Performance
9. When the brake is applied:
Service brake
11. The service brake of a vehicle that is operated on a hard, dry, level surface that is free of loose material and without
assistance from the compression of the engine or other retarders must operate in the following manner:
a) the service brake must stop the vehicle or vehicle combination within a distance of 7m from a speed of 30km/h (average
brake efficiency of 50%), or
b) the service brake must stop the vehicle or vehicle combination within a distance from 30km/h (or if the vehicles
maximum speed if this is less than 30 km/h) that is appropriate for the vehicles design, taking into account the
manufacturers operating limits.
Parking brake
12. A parking brake must hold the vehicle at rest on a slope of 1 in 5 or as appropriate for the vehicles design taking into
account the manufacturers operating limits.
13. A trailer breakaway brake must automatically and immediately apply when the trailer unintentionally disconnects from the
towing vehicle, and must remain applied for at least 15 minutes.
Mandatory equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle capable of exceeding a speed of 50 km/h and equipped with a modified or aftermarket steering
system with no direct mechanical connection between the drivers means of control and the wheels, or other means of
changing the vehicles direction, does not have at least one additional means of steering.
Condition
2. The steering wheel or a control lever:
b) shows excessive movement, eg due to unacceptable wear or looseness in the steering box or rack or steering column
bearings, or
c) rim covering is insecure so that the directional control of the vehicle is affected.
b) system does not operate correctly, eg requiring unreasonable force to steer the vehicle, or
c) has a hose, pump drive, drive belt or pump mounting that is insecure, damaged, has significantly deteriorated, or
c) has a hose, pump drive, drive belt or cylinder, including their mountings, that is insecure, damaged or has significantly
deteriorated, or
d) has any fluid leakage, except for minor seepage.
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
a) is insecure, or
16. A ballrace turntable is:
a) not securely fastened, eg bolts or fasteners are loose, or
b) worn beyond manufacturers tolerances, or
c) cracked or distorted, or
d) corroded or has deteriorated so that it is no longer safe.
Performance
17. During operation the vehicle cannot be controlled in a safe, efficient, convenient and sensitive manner, eg:
Note 1 Definitions
Ballrace turntable means a device incorporating a low friction ball bearing fitted between two substantial structural
Note 2
A damaged boot on a steering or suspension joint is not a ground for rejection; however, the vehicles owner should be
advised.
Note 3
Mandatory equipment
1. A self-propelled vehicle capable of a speed of more than 50 km/h and equipped with a modified or aftermarket steering
system with no direct mechanical connection between the drivers means of control and the wheels, or other means of
changing the vehicles direction, must have at least one additional means of steering.
Condition
vehicle must be:
Performance
Mandatory equipment (Note 2)
Tyres
b) construction type (ie mixed steel ply, fabric radial ply, bias/cross ply), or
5. The vehicle has one or more of the following types of tyre fitted (Note 1):
b) a metal tyre, or
c) a tyre with studs, cleats, lugs or other gripping devices.
Wheels
8. A wheel is:
Condition
10. A pneumatic tyre shows damage that is likely to compromise its ability to operate in a safe manner or lead to premature tyre
failure, such as:
c) exposed or cut cords (see Note 5 for visible cords in the tread area of heavy vehicle radial-ply tyres), or
11. A pneumatic tyre has a string-type repair visible from the outside.
13. A non-pneumatic tyre has significantly disintegrated or shows signs that are likely to be the result of separation or partial
failure of the tyre structure.
14. Tyre repairs have not been carried out in accordance with acceptable industry practice.
15. A tyre does not have a tread pattern depth (Technical bulletin 7) of at least 1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread-depth
indicator strip) around the whole circumference of the tyre:
Spare tyres
16. A spare tyre, if carried, is not securely attached to or stored in the vehicle.
Wheels
18. A wheel is:
a) cracked, or
19. A wheel nut is:
a) missing, or
b) loose, or
c) deteriorated, or
Self-laying tracks
20. Track plates:
a) are not securely fitted, or
b) are missing, or
c) have missing bolts, or
d) show excessive damage.
20. Track links, pins and bushes are damaged or worn beyond manufacturers wear limits.
21. Drive sprockets are not securely fitted or are damaged or worn beyond manufacturers wear limits.
22. Rollers are not securely fitted or are damaged or worn beyond manufacturers wear limits.
Note 1
A vehicle may be fitted with non-pneumatic tyres such as solid rubber tyres or tyres filled with polyurethane.
Note 2 Definitions
particular sidewall faces outwards.
Construction, in relation to a tyre, means:
Directional tyre means a tyre with a tread pattern designed to operate in one direction only, and marked accordingly.
equipment.
the use of the tyre is rated. It is either marked on the tyre, or can be obtained from the tyre manufacturer or a reference guide.
indication of the degree of wear of the tread. To help locate these on a tyre, inspectors should look for a or TWI mark on the
outer edge of the tyre side wall (most tyres have these marks).
into certain tyre assemblies to provide a cushion of air or gas, that, when inflated, supports the wheel (also known as an inner
tube).
and the wheel disc, and which may be manufactured as one part, permanently attached to each other or detachable from each
other.
Note 3
passed.
Note 4
Note 5
A1 5 A5 25 B 50 F 80 L 120 Q 160 U 200 Y 300
A2 10 A6 30 C 60 G 90 M 130 R 170 H 210 ZR over 240
A3 15 A7 35 D 65 J 100 N 140 S 180 V 240
A4 20 A8 40 E 70 K 110 P 150 T 190 W 270
Figure 10-1-1. Cross-sectional representation of a heavy vehicleradial-ply tyre
Mandatory equipment
Tyres
maximum speed.
gripping devices.
Wheels
7. A wheel must be:
8. There must be adequate clearance for the brake, hub, body parts and suspension and steering mechanism.
Permitted equipment
Condition
manufacture.
Spare tyre
Wheels
10-2 Hubs and axles
Condition
1. A hub (Note 1):
2. A wheel bearing:
3. An axle:
Note 1
Condition
10-3 Mudguards
Mudguard condition
Note 1
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with mudguards.
Condition
users.
11 Exhaust
11-1 Exhaust system
Mandatory equipment
Condition
2. The exhaust system is not securely mounted.
Performance
Note 1
Note 2
Mandatory equipment
1. A vehicle with an internal combustion engine must be fitted with an exhaust system (Note 1).
Condition
Performance
11-2 Visible exhaust smoke
1. A vehicle with the engine at normal operating temperature (Note 1), other than a vehicle in Reason for rejection 2, emits
clearly visible smoke (Technical bulletin 8) from the exhaust tail pipe (Note 2):
b) as the engine is being rapidly accelerated to approximately 2500 rpm or approximately half the maximum engine speed
(whichever is lower) (Note 3).
2. A vehicle fitted with an engine that is designed in a way that the vehicle cannot reasonably comply with Reason for rejection
1 emits smoke that is noticeably and significantly more visible than it would have been when the vehicle was manufactured
and supplied with the recommended fuel (Note 4).
Note 1
Test procedure:
a) Carry out the idling and acceleration tests in Reason for rejection 1. A vehicle that passes both tests with the engine
below normal operating temperature is deemed to have passed with the engine at normal operating temperature.
increasing the engine speed to 2500 rpm (or half the maximum engine speed if this is lower) and holding it there for about
five seconds. Repeat the idling and acceleration tests in Reason for rejection 1.
Note 2
Note 3
During the acceleration test, a diesel-powered vehicle may emit a moderate amount of smoke if this is caused by turbo lag.
Note 4
appropriate expert, eg about older or unusual vehicles.
Performance
1. A self-propelled vehicle must not emit clearly visible smoke (Note 2) when the engine is running at its normal operating
original equipment for the vehicle and the engines design does not allow the vehicle to reasonably comply.
Condition
1. A towing connection component:
b) is missing, or
c) is cracked, distorted or significantly corroded, or
d) is worn beyond manufacturers specifications.
2. A coupling mechanism or safety locking device does not operate smoothly or effectively, or fasten securely.
3. A coupling pin or towing hook is:
a) welded or repaired, or
b) is worn beyond the coupling manufacturers wear limits or, if these are not available, by more than 5% of the original
dimensions.
Note 1
Note 2
include a structural member of the towing or towed vehicle.
Towing connection means the combination of components that enables one vehicle to tow or be towed by another vehicle, and
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with a towing connection.
Condition
3. A vehicle must:
b) have been constructed using components and materials that are fit for purpose, and
13-1 Engine and drive train
Condition
a) is insecure, or
a) insecure, or
c) is damaged, displaced or the seals on the spider journals are missing.
c) the securing bolt is loose or missing.
See also Figure 13-1-1.
See also Figure 13-1-1.
13-1-1. A typical driveshaft assembly
Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Standards Compliance Rule 2002, section 7.4.
modified.
13-2 Fuel system
Condition
Note 1
Condition
a) loose, or
2. A gas line:
b) is bulging, or
c) is insecure, or
d) is damaged, eg it is cut or crimped.
4. There is corrosion damage, distortion or fracture within 300mm of a tank mounting (this requirement is not applicable where
the tank is mounted on the counterweight).
Note 1
Note 2
Permitted equipment
1. A vehicle may be fitted with an LPG or CNG fuel system.
Condition
Technical bulletins (general)
1 Quick noise check procedure
Reference
General vehicles, 11-1 Exhaust system
Motorcycles, 11-1 Exhaust system.
What is the purpose of the Noise Quick Check?
The purpose of this test procedure is to enable vehicle inspectors to carry out an exhaust noise check with an acceptable noise
meter to ensure that vehicle exhaust systems that have been modified to be noisier than OE remain well below the maximum
noise levels specified in law (ie be below the noise limits specified in the VIRM). Any vehicle that fails the Noise Quick Check
needs to be made quieter and reinspected and/or referred to an LVV certifier for an Objective Noise Test (ONT).
This quick check test procedure is therefore a simplified version of the ONT to ensure results are comparable to the ONT.
What type of vehicle can be tested?
The quick check may be applied only to a vehicle of class LC, LD, LE, MA, MB, MC, MD1, MD2 or NA that is louder than when
it was manufactured with its original exhaust system.
Test site specification
The test environment must be such that exhaust noise readings can be achieved as accurately as possible with as little
interference from other noise sources as possible.
To achieve this, the test site must, within at least a 3m radius from the noise meter microphone:
1. be an open outdoor site (if this is not practicable, a canopied site may be used provided the canopy is at least 3m above
the microphone)
2. be predominantly flat
3. be free from large sound-reflecting surfaces, including buildings, walls, billboards, vehicles, canopy/roof supports, trees
or shrubs
4. have a solid surface, such as concrete or asphalt, that is free of any loose or sound-absorbing material.
It is important that a noisy background, eg due to road traffic or wind, is avoided. If in doubt, use the noise meter to measure the
background noise either before or after the Noise Quick Check. The background noise must be at least 10dBA lower than the
relevant exhaust noise limit specified in the VIRM. Sharp noise interference such as car doors slamming or loud footsteps must
also be avoided to prevent false readings.
Which noise meters are acceptable for this test?
The noise meter must be of Type 1 or Type 2 (Class 1 or 2) standard to ensure accuracy. The noise meter specifications and
a list of other equipment required for noise testing is available here.
The noise meter must be in good operating condition and be maintained within manufacturers specifications. Regular
calibration is required. Make sure you know how to use it correctly by following the manufacturers instructions.
Note 1
The NZTA does not currently intend to make it mandatory for inspecting organisations to obtain a noise meter. However, if you
are often presented with noisy vehicles, we strongly recommend that you have one available.
Vehicle preparation prior to testing
Before the noise test can be carried out, the vehicle must:
have its engine at normal operating temperature
be stationary with park the brake applied
have the gear selector positioned in neutral (manual) or park (automatic)
have the air-conditioning system turned off
have the engine bonnet closed.
Setting up the microphone for testing
1. Ensure the microphone is fitted with the foam wind shield.
2. Height of microphone
Mount the noise meter to the tripod. Place it on the ground with the centre of the microphone at about the same
height as the centre of the exhaust outlet, but no lower than 200mm from the ground. Make sure the microphone is
level, regardless of the angle of the exhaust outlet.
3. Distance of microphone from exhaust outlet
Distance of microphone from exhaust (outlet to the rear)

Position the noise meter 500mm from the exhaust outlet at 45 degrees outboard to the longitudinal centreline of the
exhaust outlet.
Distance of microphone from exhaust (outlet to the side)
If the exhaust outlet is at the side of the vehicle, position the noise meter 500mm/45 degrees where it is the furthest from
the engine.
Distance of microphone from exhaust (outlet underneath vehicle)
For exhaust outlets terminating underneath the vehicle body, fit as close as practicable, but no closer than 200mm to
the vehicle body. The 45 degree angle may be reduced to ensure a clear path between the microphone and the
exhaust outlet.
Distance of microphone from exhaust (two outlets)
If the vehicle has two exhaust outlets less than 300mm apart, treat them as one outlet with the microphone positioned at
the outside outlet. If the two exhaust outlets are more than 300mm apart, measure each one, with the higher of the two
taken as the noise level for the vehicle.
Select the test engine speed
Select the appropriate test engine speed from the table on the next page. Use the vehicles tachometer when doing the test (if
no tachometer is fitted, use your judgement).
Motorcycle engines
Type of engine Required test speed
2-stroke single cylinder 6000 rpm
2-stroke multi-cylinder 5000 rpm
4-stroke single cylinder 3000 rpm
4-stroke twin-cylinder with 2 valves per cylinder 2500 rpm
4-stroke twin-cylinder with 3 or more valves per cylinder 4000 rpm
4-stroke with 3 or more cylinders 4500 rpm
Engines other than motorcycle engines
Type of engine Required test speed
Rotary engine 4500 rpm
Up to 5 cylinders 4000 rpm
Up to 5 cylinders with DOHC and variable valve timing 4800 rpm
6 cylinders 3200 rpm
8 cylinders 3000 rpm
More than 8 cylinders 4000 rpm
Diesel (any type) 2500 rpm
Testing the noise output
1. Make sure that you (the tester) and one assistant (if you require one) are the only persons in the test area.
2. Position and prepare the meter: switch on warm-up calibrate (Note) set to A-weighting set to fast response select
the correct noise level range (usually High) press the Peak-hold or Max-hold button when ready to measure the noise
output.
Note 2
To calibrate before testing the vehicle, insert the meter into the calibrator. If the reading on the noise meter differs from the
calibrator there is no need to adjust the meter, but the difference needs to be taken into account when determining the final
noise reading for the vehicle. For example, if the meter reads 2dBa higher than the calibrator, take off 2dBa from the noise test
reading to get the final reading.
3. Measure the noise output by increasing the engine speed from idle to the required test speed, holding it there for at least
one second, then taking the foot off the accelerator and letting the engine speed return to idle.
4. Make sure that no other noise sources have interfered with the test result, such as planes flying overhead, doors slamming
(take care when getting in and out of the test vehicle), dogs barking and so on. Rattling number plates can also be a source of
noise interference. If interference occurred, repeat the test (press the Max/hold button first).
5. The noise meter will show the maximum noise output. Record this reading on your checksheet.
6. Measure the background noise level (this can be done before or after the noise test). The microphone must be in the same
position and the vehicles engine switched off. The background noise level must be at least 10dBA below the relevant exhaust
noise limit as specified in the VIRM.
If you come across a vehicle you are not sure how to test, then refer it to an LVV certifier who is approved to carry out an
Objective Noise Test.
Passing and failing the vehicle
PASS: The noise reading does not exceed the relevant maximum noise limit specified in the VIRM: In-service certification,
Section 11-1 Exhaust system.
FAIL: The noise reading exceeds the relevant maximum noise limit in the VIRM. Give the operator the Noisy Vehicles
pamphlet.
2 Inspection for corrosion in Nissan Terrano and Mistral rear floorpan
assemblies
Reference
General vehicles:
3-1 Structure
7-5 Seatbelt and seatbelt anchorages
Safety concern
There is concern about corrosion that can occur in Nissan Terrano or Nissan Mistral vehicles of the type whose rear floorpan
assembly consists of a two-layer (double-skin) panel. If moisture gets trapped between the two layers of the floorpan, corrosion
can occur around the seat or seatbelt anchorages, affecting their integrity. Corrosion can also occur where the under-floor
reinforcing panel overlaps the top floor skin.
Clarification
The rear floorpan assembly consists of a two-layer (double-skin) panel. The lower layer is a reinforcing panel spot-welded to
the upper layer floor section.
The Terrano has a rear seat with three seating positions. Situated in the rear floor, beneath the seat, are four seatbelt
anchorages and two seat anchorages.
The Mistral has a stressed bench seat in the rear (the seatbelts are attached to the seat) with two seat anchorages in the floor
and two seatbelt anchorages in the wheel well at the sides of the seat.
Inspection
The inspector must lift the rear seat to examine this area effectively. Any carpet and sound insulating material covering the
panel that the seats are mounted on must be pulled back far enough to expose the rear seam of the panel (the area most
commonly affected by corrosion). It is important to note that damage may be more extensive than can be detected during this
inspection.
The vehicle must fail if any signs of corrosion are detected during the inspection, such as:
bubbling of the paint or surface irregularities in the top floor skin or paint
a patch repair that has rust around it
separation of the reinforcement panel and the top skin
discolouration or rust stains at the edges of the reinforcement panel
rust holes, or
the floorpan on a Nissan Terrano has been patch repaired after 8 January 1997, or
the floorpan on a Nissan Mistral has been patch repaired after 10 November 2003.
A vehicle that has been patch repaired before 8 January 1997 (Nissan Terrano) or 10 November 2003 (Nissan Mistral) may
pass the inspection provided that:
no signs of corrosion are apparent, and
there is evidence that the repairs were carried out before the above dates, and
the vehicle inspector considers, or there is evidence provided by a qualified panel beater, that the repair is effective
and in sound condition.
Repair options
If any corrosion is detected and the vehicle failed, the floorpan must be replaced.
However, for the following models the Low Volume Vehicle Technical Association (LVVTA) has provided an alternative option
to floorpan replacement.
Nissan Terrano Model D21
installation of the LVVTA rear floor load-bar seatbelt anchorage reinforcement system together with a Low Volume
Vehicle certification plate containing the following words in the Body/chassis field: LVVTA Rear floor load-bar seatbelt
anchorage reinforcement system.
Nissan Mistral Model R20 5-door
installation of the LVVTA rear floor load-bar seatbelt anchorage reinforcement system together with a Low Volume
Vehicle certification plate containing the following words in the Body/chassis field: LVVTA Rear floor load-bar seatbelt
anchorage reinforcement system.
For information about these seatbelt anchorage modifications, and for a list of the LVV certifiers who can certify them, see
www.lvvta.org.nz.
3 Detecting wear in spring-loaded ball joints
Reference
General vehicles, 9-1 Steering and suspension systems
Motorcycles, 9-1 Steering and suspension systems
General trailers, 6-1 Steering and suspension systems
Safety concern
Wear in the ball joint increases axial play (along the axis of the joint). Spring-loaded ball joints are designed to be self-
adjusting in order to compensate for the wear that occurs between the ball and the socket. As a result, the traditional method of
rocking the steering to check for ball joint wear may not indicate how much axial play there is and therefore how worn the joint
is. An excessively worn joint may be at risk of coming apart and causing steering failure.
Inspection
1. Know the correct test method for checking axial wear in ball joints. This is often specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
Some manufacturers do not recommend axial testing at all and test instead for radial wear.
2. Know the manufacturers maximum permitted wear tolerances. These may vary from as little as 2mm up to 6mm.
Figure 3-1-1 shows three examples of common types of spring-loaded ball joints and how to check them for axial wear. If you
are not sure of the correct test method or the maximum permitted wear limits, you should seek the information in the vehicle
manual or from an authorised dealer for that vehicle (there may be a charge for this). This will ensure that the vehicle is
correctly passed or failed during a WoF or CoF inspection.

Figure 3-1-1. Examples of wear in spring-loaded ball joints
4 Jacking points for common suspension types
Reference
General vehicles, 9-1 Steering and suspension systems
Motorcycles, 9-1 Steering and suspension systems
General trailers, 6-1 Steering and suspension systems.
Safety concern
Excessive wear in and subsequent failure of suspension ball joints can seriously affect the safe handling of the vehicle.
Inspection
To ensure that ball joint wear can be correctly detected, it is important that the vehicle is jacked up correctly, depending on
which type of suspension the vehicle is fitted with. The jacking points for common types of suspension are illustrated below.
5 Webbing clamp seatbelts in class MA vehicles
Reference
General vehicles, 7-5 Seatbelts and seatbelt anchorages.
Application
This bulletin applies to class MA vehicles fitted with a single- (R1) or dual- (R2) sensitive retractor seatbelt in a front outer
seating position where that seatbelt has failed a WoF or CoF inspection.
This bulletin does not apply to vehicles:
fitted with airbags as original equipment
not listed in Table 5-1-1 (ie, where the fitting of webbing clamp seatbelts has not been approved by the vehicle
manufacturer)
that are required to comply with an approved frontal impact standard, ie vehicles with a GVM of 2500kg or less that
were:
- manufactured on or after 1 March 1999
- first registered in New Zealand on or after 1 April 2002 that were less than 20 years old at the time of first registration in
New Zealand
with OE specification seatbelts that have features specifically designed to operate in conjunction with other parts of an
integrated occupant protection system
in which the fitting of a webbing clamp seatbelt would require modifications to the vehicle structure.
Safety concern
The seatbelts commonly referred to as webbing clamp or webbing grabber seatbelts have features that minimise
uncontrolled webbing payout after the locking mechanism has been activated. This ensures that vehicle occupants are kept
firmly in their seats in a crash. When installing a new seatbelt after the previous one has failed during a WoF or CoF inspection,
a webbing clamp seatbelt is the safest option for many vehicles.
Inspection
A failed type R1 or R2 retractor seatbelt in a front outer seating position must be replaced with a webbing clamp seatbelt (see
Figure 5-1-1) unless a webbing clamp seatbelt is not readily available (see Note 1), or the vehicle inspector has confirmation
that the vehicle is one to which this bulletin does not apply.
Note 1
A seatbelt is considered not readily available where, eg, an automotive parts retailer normally able to supply webbing clamp
seatbelts does not currently have the correct webbing clamp seatbelt in stock and cannot supply one within two working days
by courier from the parts supplier. The vehicle operator must supply proof that the webbing clamp seatbelt was not readily
available, eg an invoice from the seatbelt installer or retailer.
Vehicle inspectors must enter the inspection result as outlined in the flowchart in Figure 5-1-2.

Figure 5-1-1. Example of a webbing clamp seatbelt label

Figure 5-1-2. Webbing grabber seatbelt inspection process
Table 5-1-1. Vehicles generally approved for the fitment of webbing clamp seatbelts
Brand Model Variant Model Code Configuration Year
Audi 100 2.2L Quattro 4 Door Sedan 1985
1989
Audi 100 Avant, Quattro 4 Door S/Wagon 1985
1991
Audi 100 CD Avant 4 Door S/Wagon 1985
1991
Audi 100 CD, CC, CS, E, EE WAUZZ 4 Door Sedan 1983
1991
Audi 200 CD, CC, CS, E, EE WAUZZ 4 Door Sedan 1983
1991
BMW 318 E30 4 Door Sedan 1983
1991
1992
BMW 520 E34 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
1999
1996
1999
1992
1996
1999
1994
1994
1994
1994
Daihatsu Charade 2 Door Hatch 1983
1987
Daihatsu Charade CS G11 4 Door Hatch 1983
1988
Daihatsu Charade CS, CX Turbo, TS E-G112S 2 Door Hatch 1987
1993
Daihatsu Charade CS, CX Turbo, TS E-G100 2 Door Hatch 1987
1993
Daihatsu Charade CS, CX Turbo, TS E-G102 2 Door Hatch 1987
1993
Daihatsu Charade CX, TL, CS, Turbo E-G100 4 Door Sedan 1983
1987
Daihatsu Charade LS, LX, EX E-G200 4 Door Hatch 1993
1998
1998
1998
Daihatsu Charade SEI E-G203S 4 Door Sedan 1995
1997
Daihatsu Charade SEI E-G200S 4 Door Sedan 1995
1997
Daihatsu Charade TS (white only) 2 Door Hatch 1991
1991
Daihatsu Mira 850 4WD L201 2 Door Sedan 1990
1993
Daihatsu Mira LS, LX L201 4 Door Sedan 1990
1998
Daihatsu Mira LS, LX L500 4 Door Sedan 1990
1998
Daihatsu Mira LS L8ORS 4 Door Hatch 1986
1990
Fiat Punto 55 SX ZFA176 4 Door Liftback 1994
1995
Fiat Punto 55, GT ZFA176 2 Door Hatch 1994
1995
Ford Autozam 4 Door Sedan 1991
1997
Ford Autozam AZ-3 2 Door Coupe 1991
1997
Ford Capri XRS, Barchetta 2 Door Convert 1990
1994
Ford Clef 4 Door Sedan 1991
1997
Ford Fairlane EA 4 Door Sedan 1988
1993
Ford Falcon S EF 4 Door S/Wagon 1989
1993
Ford Falcon S EB 4 Door Sedan 1989
1993
Ford Falcon S EB 4 Door S/Wagon 1989
1993
Ford Falcon S ED 4 Door S/Wagon 1989
1993
Ford Falcon S ED 4 Door Sedan 1989
1993
Ford Falcon S EF 4 Door Sedan 1989
1993
Ford Falcon EA 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1990
Ford Falcon XG 4 Door S/Wagon 1985
1993
Ford Falcon XG 4 Door Sedan 1985
1993
Ford Falcon EA 4 Door Sedan 1988
1990
Ford Festiva S, Trio, GLXi E-D23 2 Door Hatch 1993
2001
Ford Festiva S, Trio, GLXi E-D25PF 2 Door Hatch 1993
2001
Ford Festiva Trio, GLXi DAFP3 2 Door Hatch 1995
1998
Ford Festiva Trio, GLXi DAFP3 4 Door Hatch 1995
1998
Ford Festiva E-DA3PF 4 Door Hatch 1985
1993
Ford Festiva E-DA3PF 2 Door Hatch 1985
1993
Ford Laser 1.3C LO3 2 Door Hatch 1987
1990
Ford Laser 1.5 Sport 2 Door Hatch 1983
1987
Ford Laser GL L04 4 Door Liftback 1992
1994
Ford Laser L L05 2 Door Hatch 1986
Ford Laser Sport 2 Door Hatch 1981
1984
Ford Laser TX3 KF 2 Door Hatch 1990
1994
Ford Laser BF5PF 4 Door S/Wagon 1990
1994
Ford Laser BG8PF 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
Ford Laser KH 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
1994
Ford Laser KF 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
1993
Ford Laser 2 Door Hatch 1987
1989
Ford Ltd XE 4 Door Sedan 1981
1988
Ford Ltd XF 4 Door Sedan 1981
1988
Ford Ltd EB 4 Door Sedan 1991
1993
Ford Ltd EA 4 Door Sedan 1988
1993
Ford Mondeo WFOX 4 Door Sedan 1993
1994
Ford Mondeo WFOX 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1994
Ford Sierra 4 Door Sedan 1985
1992
Ford Sierra Cosworth S15/88B 4 Door Liftback 1988
1992
Ford Sierra GLX S15/90BB 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1992
Ford Sierra XR 4X4 S15/85BB 4 Door Liftback 1985
1992
Ford Sierra 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1988
Ford Taurus 4 Door Sedan 1992
1994
Ford Telstar GL E-GEFPF 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1997
Ford Telstar GLi, GLEi, Ghia C-HIAVE 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Ford Telstar V6 XRi GEEPF, T77 4 Door Liftback 1991
1994
Ford Zodiac MK3 4 Door Sedan 1963
1965
Holden Astra 4 Door Hatch 1990
1995
Holden Astra 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
Holden Caprice US 97MD VS11 4 Door Sedan 1990
1998
Holden Commodore VP 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1993
Holden Commodore VP 4 Door Sedan 1991
1993
Holden Gemini JT 150 MTHZ 4 Door Sedan 1986
1989
Holden Vectra 4 Door Hatch 1990
1996
Holden Vectra 4 Door Sedan 1990
1996
Honda Accord EX CB1 2 Door Hatch 1984
1986
Honda Accord LX CB2 2 Door Hatch 1986
1989
Honda Accord EX 2 Door Hatch 1984
1986
Honda Accord LXi CB3 4 Door Sedan 1989
1995
Honda Accord E-CB9 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1993
Honda Ascot CC4 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Honda Ascot 4 Door Sedan 1986
1992
Honda Ascot CC5 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Honda City Auto GA2 2 Door Hatch 1990
1992
Honda City FA 2 Door Hatch 1982
1984
Honda City FF 2 Door Hatch 1982
1984
Honda City FC 2 Door Hatch 1982
1984
Honda City FG 2 Door Hatch 1982
1984
Honda City GA1 2 Door Hatch 1984
1988
Honda City FD 2 Door Hatch 1982
1984
Honda City FH 2 Door Hatch 1982
1984
Honda Civic EG8, SR4 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Honda Civic AH 2 Door Hatch 1980
1984
Honda Civic ETI E-EG4 4 Door Sedan 1990
1997
Honda Civic LX CG 2 Door Hatch 1988
1992
Honda Civic LX CS 2 Door Hatch 1988
1992
Honda Civic LX CC 2 Door Hatch 1988
1992
Honda Civic LX CL 2 Door Hatch 1988
1992
Honda Civic LXi, EXi EG5 2 Door Hatch 1992
1996
Honda Civic EN1 2 Door Hatch 1973
1980
Honda Civic 2 Door Hatch 1984
1988
Honda Civic EG3 2 Door Hatch 1991
1995
Honda Civic WC 2 Door Hatch 1980
1984
Honda Civic SS 2 Door Hatch 1980
1984
Honda Civic SL 2 Door Hatch 1980
1984
Honda Civic 4 Door Hatch 1993
1996
Honda CRX del Sol EG1 2 Door Hatch 1992
1997
Honda CRX Si E-F7 2 Door Coupe 1988
1991
Honda CRX X 2 Door Hatch 1988
1991
Honda Ferio EG8, SR4 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Honda Innova CC4 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Honda Innova CC5 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Honda Inspire E-CC2 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
Honda Inspire E-CC3 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
Honda Integra GSi, VTi-R E-DC1 2 Door Coupe 1993
1999
Honda Integra GSi, VTi-R E-DC2 2 Door Coupe 1993
1999
Honda Integra E-DB8 4 Door Sedan 1993
1995
Honda Integra DB6 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Honda Integra DA6 2 Door Liftback 1989
1993
Honda Integra E-DB7 4 Door Sedan 1993
1995
Honda Integra DA5 2 Door Hatch 1988
1993
Honda Integra DB8 2 Door Liftback 1993
1997
Honda Jazz Hard top 2 Door RV 1992
1996
Honda Jazz Soft top KD-UCS69DWH 2 Door RV 1992
1996
Honda Legend E-KA7 2 Door Coupe 1991
1994
Honda Legend KA2 2 Door Coupe 1986
1991
Honda Logo GA2 2 Door Hatch 1990
1992
Honda NSX E-NA1 2 Door Coupe 1991
1997
Honda Prelude EX & Si 4WS BB4 2 Door Coupe 1987
1992
Honda Prelude EX & Si 4WS BA8 2 Door Coupe 1987
1992
Honda Prelude EX & Si 4WS BA9 2 Door Coupe 1987
1992
Honda Prelude EX & Si 4WS BB1 2 Door Coupe 1987
1992
Honda Prelude EX, 2.0L 16V AB 2 Door Coupe 1983
1987
Honda Prelude XX 2 Door Coupe 1982
1987
Honda Prelude 2 Door Coupe 1981
1982
Honda Prelude 2 Door Coupe 1992
1996
Honda Vigor E-CC2 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
Honda Vigor E-CC3 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
Hyundai Excel 1.2 & 1.5 KMHHF31 4 Door Sedan 1986
1990
Hyundai Excel 1.2 & 1.5 4 Door Hatch 1990
1995
Hyundai Excel 1.2 & 1.5, 1.3 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
Hyundai Excel GL KMHHA21JPGU08G338 4 Door Hatch 1986
1990
Hyundai Lantra KMHKW21RPWU099142 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1999
Hyundai Lantra 1.60 JRF 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1993
Hyundai Lantra 1.6, 1.8 J1-J2 4 Door Sedan 1993
1999
Hyundai Lantra KF31U 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1999
Hyundai Lantra KF31U 4 Door Sedan 1991
1999
Hyundai Prima 1.6 GSL KMHT31 4 Door Sedan 1984
1990
Hyundai Scoupe KMHUE31NPPU141625 2 Door Coupe 1990
1995
Hyundai Sonata 1.8, 2.0, 2.4 YRF 4 Door Sedan 1989
1991
Hyundai Sonata 2.0 & 3.0 V6 Y3 4 Door Sedan 1993
1996
Hyundai Sonata GLS 2.0 & 3.0 4 Door Sedan 1991
1993
Hyundai Stellar 1.6 GSL KMHT31 4 Door Sedan 1984
1990
Isuzu Aska JJ120 4 Door Sedan 1983
1989
Isuzu Aska E-CJ1 4 Door Sedan 1993
1996
Isuzu Gemini C/C JTD69 4 Door Sedan 1989
1992
Isuzu Gemini MJ 1 4 Door Sedan 1994
1997
Isuzu MU Metal top KD-UCS69DWM 2 Door RV 1982
1990
Isuzu MU UCS69 2 Door Ute 1993
1997
Jaguar/Daimler XJ6 3.2, 4.0 4 Door Sedan 1990
1994
Lexus ES300 VCV10R-BTPGKQ 4 Door Sedan 1994
Mazda 323 Astina 4 Door Liftback 1990
1998
Mazda 323 LX BT4831L 4 Door Hatch 1981
1990
Mazda 323 Turbo 4WD/2WD BM39 2 Door Hatch 1987
1988
Mazda 323 E-BD1051 2 Door Hatch 1981
1990
Mazda 323 BT7J 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1992
Mazda 323 BW6P 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1992
Mazda 323 BG6R.Z 4 Door Sedan 1989
1993
Mazda 323 BG7P 4 Door Sedan 1989
1993
Mazda 323 BG6P.S 2 Door Hatch 1989
1994
Mazda 323 BG3S 4 Door Sedan 1989
1994
Mazda 323 BF3P 2 Door Hatch 1984
1988
Mazda 323 BW3W 2 Door S/Wagon 1985
1989
Mazda 323 BF3V 2 Door S/Wagon 1985
1989
Mazda 323 BF5.W, BT 2 Door S/Wagon 1985
1993
Mazda 323 BV89 2 Door S/Wagon 1981
1990
Mazda 323 BG3P 4 Door Sedan 1989
1994
Mazda 323 BG6P.S 4 Door Hatch 1989
1994
Mazda 323 BG6P.S 4 Door Sedan 1989
1994
Mazda 323 BG8P.S 4 Door Liftback 1989
1994
Mazda
Anniversary
626 81-83 Sedan, 4 Door
Sedan
Mazda 626 GESR 4 Door Liftback 1992
1997
Mazda 626 GT5FMN2 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1997
Mazda 626 GT5FMN1 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1997
Mazda 626 GW72 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1997
Mazda 929 Hard top HCFS 4 Door Sedan 1988
1991
Mazda 929 XGX 2.0i EHBES 4 Door Sedan 1982
1987
Mazda 929 XGX 2000 Egi EHBSHE 2 Door Coupe 198287
Mazda 929 E-GECP 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Mazda 929 HDES 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Mazda 929 HDEP 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Mazda 929 HD5S 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Mazda 929 HD5P 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Mazda 929 4 Door S/Wagon 1982
1987
Mazda Astina GLX 4 Door Liftback 1991
1997
Mazda Astina BG5P 4 Door Hatch 1989
1994
Mazda Astina BG5P 4 Door Liftback 1989
1994
Mazda Astina BG5P 2 Door Hatch 1989
1994
Mazda Astina BG8P 4 Door Sedan 1989
1994
Mazda AZ3 EC5S 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Mazda AZ3 ECPSA 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Mazda Capella Mark 1 2 Door Sedan 1981
1990
Mazda Capella Mark 4 E-CG2PP 4 Door Sedan 1992
1998
Mazda Clef E-GE5PA 4 Door Sedan 1992
1994
Mazda Clef GESRA 4 Door Sedan 1992
1994
Mazda Clef GEEPA 4 Door Sedan 1992
1994
Mazda Cosmo 2 Door Coupe 1992
1997
Mazda Cronos E-GE5P 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Mazda Cronos GEEP 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Mazda Cronos E-GEFP 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Mazda Cronos E-GESR 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Mazda Cronos E-GE8P 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Mazda Efini MS-6 E-GE8P 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Mazda Efini MS-6 E-GEEP 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Mazda Efini MS-6 E-GESR 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Mazda Efini MS-8 EMBEP 4 Door Sedan < 1992
Mazda Efini MS-8 EMB5A 4 Door Sedan < 1992
Mazda Efini MS-8 EMB5P 4 Door Sedan < 1992
Mazda Etude 2 Door Hatch 1988
1997
Mazda Etude 2 Door Hatch 1986
1987
Mazda Eunos 500.00 E-CAEPE 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mazda Eunos 500.00 E-CA8P 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mazda Eunos 500.00 E-CA8PE 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mazda Eunos 500.00 E-CAEP 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mazda Eunos 500.00 E-CAPP 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mazda Eunos MX3 E-EC5S 2 Door Hatch 1990
1995
Mazda Eunos MX3 E-EC5SA 2 Door Hatch 1990
1995
Mazda Eunos MX3 E-EC8SE 2 Door Hatch 1990
1995
Mazda Eunos MX5 Roadster E-NA8C 2 Door Convert 1989
1997
Mazda Eunos MX5 Roadster E-NA6CE 2 Door Convert 1989
1997
Mazda Eunos MX6 GEEB 2 Door Coupe 1988
1990
Mazda Eunos MX6 GEES 2 Door Coupe 1988
1990
Mazda Eunos MX6 GA9VAAB 2 Door Coupe 1992
1996
Mazda Eunos MX6 4WS 2.2 TURBO/GS52 2 Door Coupe 1990
1992
Mazda Eunos MX6 GA9WAAB 2 Door Coupe 1992
1996
Mazda Eunos MX6 GE5B 2 Door Coupe 1988
1990
Mazda Eunos MX6 GE5S 2 Door Coupe 1988
1990
Mazda Eunos Presso E-EC5S 2 Door Hatch 1990
1995
Mazda Eunos Presso E-EC8S 2 Door Hatch 1990
1995
Mazda Familia Interplay E-BG5P 4 Door Sedan 1988
1997
Mazda Familia BG5P.S 4 Door Hatch 1989
1993
Mazda Familia BG5P.S 4 Door Liftback 1989
1993
Mazda Familia E-BFTP 2 Door Hatch 1988
1997
Mazda Familia E-BFM-- 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1997
Mazda Familia E-CBAEP 4 Door Hatch 1988
1997
Mazda Familia BG5P.S 2 Door Hatch 1989
1993
Mazda Familia BG5P.S 4 Door Sedan 1989
1993
Mazda Luce Limited V6 E-HCPS 4 Door Sedan 1981
1989
Mazda Luce Limited V6 HCFS 4 Door Sedan 1986
1991
Mazda Luce 4 Door S/Wagon 1981
1987
Mazda Luce HBEP 4 Door Sedan 1983
1986
Mazda MPV LVEW 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1995
Mazda MS6 GE8P 2 Door Coupe 1991
1995
Mazda MS8 Pillarless 2.0L MBEP 4 Door Sedan 1992
1995
Mazda MS8 Pillarless 2.5L MB5A.P 4 Door Sedan 1992
1995
Mazda MX5 NA6CE 2 Door Convert 1989
1993
Mazda MX5 NA29 2 Door Convert 1990
1993
Mazda MX5 NA14 2 Door Convert 1990
1993
Mazda MX6 GEEB 2 Door Coupe 1991
1997
Mazda RX7 E-FC3S 2 Door Coupe 1989
1995
Mazda RX7
Savanna
2 Door Coupe 1987-
1997
Mazda Sentia E-HD5S 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Mazda Sentia E-HD5P 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Mazda Sentia E-HDES 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Mazda Sentia E-HDEP 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Mercedes Benz 190 190E, 1.8, 2.0, 2.3 & 2.6 W201 4 Door Sedan 1984
1993
Mercedes Benz 190 E 2.5-16 4 Door Sedan 1989
1990
Mercedes Benz 190 E, 1.8, 2, 2.3, 2.6 4 Door Sedan 1984
1993
Mitsubishi Asti E-CA3 2 Door Coupe 1992
1996
1996
1996
Mitsubishi Chariot 4WD Diesel D09W 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1986
Mitsubishi Chariot 4WD Wagon N12W 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1995
Mitsubishi Chariot GLXi DK3H45 4 Door RV 1991
1998
Mitsubishi Chariot GLXi DK4H35 4 Door RV 1991
1998
Mitsubishi Chariot GLXi DL5H45 4 Door RV 1991
1998
Mitsubishi Chariot MF D02W 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1989
Mitsubishi Chariot N34W 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
Mitsubishi Chariot DX3 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1991
Mitsubishi Chariot D05W 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1991
1991
Mitsubishi Chariot DX4 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1991
Mitsubishi Colt 2 Door Hatch 1981
1983
1983
1987
1987
1988
Mitsubishi Cordia GSL GX5H24 2 Door Liftback 1983
1986
Mitsubishi Cordia GSR 2 Door Coupe 1983
1987
Mitsubishi Cordia Turbo 2 DR CYZZ 2 Door Hatch 1983
1987
Mitsubishi Cyborg 1.60 2 Door Hatch 1988
1997
Mitsubishi Debonair S12ASRHER 4 Door Sedan 1987
1990
Mitsubishi Debonair S22A 4 Door Sedan 1990
1993
Mitsubishi Debonair S26A 4 Door Sedan 1990
1995
Mitsubishi Diamante E-F15 4 Door Sedan 1990
1997
1997
1997
1997
Mitsubishi Diamante E-F13A 4 Door Sedan 1990
1997
1997
1997
Mitsubishi Diamante E-F07A 4 Door Sedan 1990
1997
Mitsubishi Eclipse D22A 2 Door Hatch 1989
Mitsubishi Emeraude E-84 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
1997
1997
Mitsubishi Emeraude E-52A 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mitsubishi Eterna E15A 4 Door Sedan 1983
1987
Mitsubishi Eterna E-X57A 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mitsubishi Eterna E12A 4 Door Sedan 1983
1985
Mitsubishi Eterna E-E52A 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mitsubishi Eterna E-E53 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
1997
1997
Mitsubishi Eterna EE84 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Mitsubishi Eterna 4 Door Liftback 1992
1997
Mitsubishi Fabio 2 Door Hatch 1988
1997
Mitsubishi Galant E SL MCA Jet E-E12A 4 Door Sedan 1983
1988
Mitsubishi Galant GSL Astron 80 2 Door Coupe 1988
1993
Mitsubishi Galant Liftback GTi E33A 4 Door Liftback 1988
1993
Mitsubishi Galant Liftback V6 GTi SH SERIES 4 Door Liftback 1993
1996
Mitsubishi Galant E-E35A 4 Door Sedan 1988
1993
Mitsubishi Galant GL SJ3M41 4 Door Sedan 1993
1996
Mitsubishi Galant GLXi SK5H4 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Mitsubishi Galant GTi 16V SD744G 4 Door Liftback 1989
1991
Mitsubishi Galant E15A 4 Door Sedan 1984
1986
Mitsubishi Galant SB1M41G 4 Door Sedan 1988
1993
Mitsubishi Galant SC3H41D 4 Door Sedan 1988
1993
Mitsubishi Galant SB3H41G 4 Door Sedan 1988
1993
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1991
1996
Mitsubishi Geneva MW3541 4 Door Sedan 1979
1988
Mitsubishi Geneva MX4544 4 Door Hatch 1979
1988
Mitsubishi GTO E-Z15A 2 Door Coupe 1991
1993
Mitsubishi GTO E-Z16A 2 Door Coupe 1991
1993
Mitsubishi Lancer GSR Coupe A 7A1LM 2 Door Coupe 1989
1999
Mitsubishi Lancer C63A 4 Door Liftback 1988
1992
Mitsubishi Lancer 4WD LJ8H44 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1992
Mitsubishi Lancer CG C12V 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
Mitsubishi Lancer GL LJ3L41 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Mitsubishi Lancer GL, GLX, GLXi E-CB6 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Lancer GL, GLX, GLXi E-CD8 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
1996
1996
Mitsubishi Lancer GL, GLX, GLXi E-CD5 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Lancer GL, GLXi LJ7H45, LJ1L45 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1999
Mitsubishi Lancer GL, GLXi, GSR, SEi LJ3L44 4 Door Liftback 1989
1996
Mitsubishi Lancer GL, GLXi ,GSR ,SEi LJ7S44 4 Door Liftback 1989
1996
Mitsubishi Lancer GL, GLXi, GSR, SEi LJ8H44 4 Door Liftback 1989
1996
Mitsubishi Lancer GLS LJ1L41 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Mitsubishi Lancer GLX, GL, GSR E-C73A 4 Door Sedan 1989
1992
Mitsubishi Lancer GLXi LJ7H41 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Mitsubishi Lancer GLXi LJ8H41 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Mitsubishi Lancer GTi 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Mitsubishi Lancer SEi LJ8X41 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Mitsubishi Lancer E-DCB8 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1993
Mitsubishi Lancer E-DCD5 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1993
Mitsubishi Lancer E-DCD8 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1993
Mitsubishi Lancer LK1L4 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Mitsubishi Lancer LB3M41 4 Door Sedan 1989
1992
Mitsubishi Lancer LC7H44 4 Door Liftback 1989
1992
Mitsubishi Lancer E-DCB5 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1993
Mitsubishi Libero E-DCB8 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Libero E-DCD8 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Libero E-DCB5 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Libero E-DCD5 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Magna GLX, SE T58P41 4 Door S/Wagon 1985
1991
Mitsubishi Magna GLX, SE TS7D41 4 Door S/Wagon 1985
1991
Mitsubishi Magna GLX, Super Saloon TS8D41 4 Door Sedan 1993
1996
Mitsubishi Magna GLX, Super Saloon TS7D41 4 Door Sedan 1993
1996
Mitsubishi Magna TM, TN 4 Door Sedan 1985
1991
Mitsubishi Magna 6MMTS 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage E-CA1 2 Door Coupe 1992
1996
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage MW3541 4 Door Sedan 1979
1988
Mitsubishi Mirage MX4544 4 Door Hatch 1979
1988
Mitsubishi Mirage MX,MY 5S41 4 Door Sedan 1985
1989
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage Spacewagon MA3L45 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1990
Mitsubishi Mirage 1.3 & 1.5 4 Door S/Wagon 1985
1993
Mitsubishi Mirage GL MY3L41 4 Door Sedan 1984
1988
Mitsubishi Mirage GL, GLXi, GSR MJ7H24 2 Door Hatch 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage GL, GLXi, GSR MJ3L24 2 Door Hatch 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage GL, GLXi, GSR MJ8H24 2 Door Hatch 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage GLX MP to MV 4 Door Hatch 1979
1984
Mitsubishi Mirage GLX M75H24 2 Door Hatch 1989
1992
Mitsubishi Mirage GLX MX3M24 2 Door Hatch 1985
Mitsubishi Mirage GLX MA5M45 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
Mitsubishi Mirage II GL MV3L24 2 Door Hatch 1982
Mitsubishi Mirage Spacewagon MB5M45 4 Door S/Wagon 1979
1985
Mitsubishi Mirage Super F CA1A 2 Door Hatch 1991
1995
Mitsubishi Mirage Swift C52A 2 Door Hatch 1987
1990
Mitsubishi Mirage SX Saloon C62A 4 Door Liftback 1987
1990
Mitsubishi Mirage VIE-2 SDN C62A 4 Door Sedan 1987
1990
Mitsubishi Mirage C12A 2 Door Hatch 1982
1990
Mitsubishi Mirage E-CB1 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage E-A152A/MT3 L24-NZ
ASS.
2 Door Hatch 1979
1988
1996
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage E-CD8 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage CA 2 Door Hatch 1991
1995
Mitsubishi Mirage CA4A 2 Door Hatch 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Mirage II GL MV3L24 4 Door Sedan 1994
1996
Mitsubishi RVR Sportsgear N13W 4 Door RV 1993
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
Mitsubishi Ramada GSR-X Turbo E-E15A 4 Door Sedan 1985
Mitsubishi Sigma Super Saloon/ GLX/SE E-E15A 4 Door Sedan 1984
1988
Mitsubishi Sigma E58 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1988
Mitsubishi Sigma E-F13A 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Mitsubishi Sigma E-F27 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
1995
1995
1995
Mitsubishi Swift 2 Door Hatch 1988
1997
Mitsubishi Tredia SE 1.8 Auto 4 Door Sedan 1985
1987
Mitsubishi V3000 Exec, SEi, Super
Saloon
KS6P41 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Saloon
KS5D41 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Saloon
KS6D41 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Saloon
4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
Mitsubishi V3000 GLX, Exec, SE 4 Door Sedan 1988
1991
Mitsubishi Viento E-E35A 4 Door Sedan 1988
1993
Mitsubishi Viento E54A 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Mitsubishi Visage 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Nissan Avenir Diesel WIORW 4 Door S/Wagon 1990
1994
Nissan Avenir Diesel WIORZ 4 Door S/Wagon 1990
1994
Nissan Avenir Van KB-VSW10 4 Door S/Wagon < 1996
Nissan Avenir Van R/T-VEW10 4 Door S/Wagon < 1996
Nissan Avenir Van R-VENW10 4 Door S/Wagon < 1996
Nissan Bluebird ARX U13 & NU 4 Door Liftback 1991
1995
Nissan Bluebird Bluebird 1.8L
2WD/4WD
RU12 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1991
Nissan Bluebird Bluebird 1.8L 4WD RNU12 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1991
Nissan Bluebird FE Saloon EU12 4 Door Sedan 1989
1991
Nissan Bluebird GF PJ910 4 Door Sedan 1980
1984
Nissan Bluebird S, ARX-L EU13 4 Door Sedan 1989
1994
Nissan Bluebird SE, SES, SEL U13 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Nissan Bluebird SG Widetrack RU11 4 Door Sedan 1985
1987
Nissan Bluebird SGS WUCU12 AUST ASSY 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1992
Nissan Bluebird SU13 U13 & NU 4 Door Sedan 1992
1997
Nissan Bluebird Widetrack YU11 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1992
Nissan Bluebird ZX WFCU12AZX 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1992
Nissan Bluebird ZX N910 4 Door Sedan 1980
1984
Nissan Bluebird ZXE UU12LFEU 4 Door Sedan 1984
1992
Nissan Bluebird WU11 4 Door S/Wagon 1985
1987
Nissan Bluebird UU12 4 Door Sedan 1989
1991
Nissan Bluebird U11 4 Door Sedan 1983
1988
Nissan Bluebird SNU13,SU13 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Nissan California E-WFNY10 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1995
Nissan Cefiro E-PA32 4 Door Sedan 1994
1998
Nissan Cefiro Turbo CA31 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Nissan Cefiro E-EA/LA31 4 Door Sedan 1990
1994
Nissan EXA E-KEN 2 Door Liftback 1986
1990
Nissan Excimo E-PA32 4 Door Sedan 1994
1999
Nissan Infiniti Q45 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Nissan Langley Type X HN12 4 Door Hatch 1984
1986
Nissan Laurel UJC31 4 Door Sedan 1981
1985
Nissan Leopard EPF30 4 Door Sedan 1980
1987
Nissan Lucino E-FB14 2 Door Coupe < 1994
Nissan Maxima 3.0, S, SL, SE, SEL J30 4 Door Sedan 1988
1995
Nissan Maxima 30i V6 HJ30 4 Door Sedan 1991
1993
Nissan Maxima S J30K 4 Door Sedan 1993
Nissan Milano EHN12 4 Door Hatch 1983
1987
Nissan NX 2.00 B13 2 Door Liftback 1993
1995
Nissan NX Coupe E-B13 2 Door Liftback 1990
1993
Nissan Pintara 4 Door Sedan 1988
1992
Nissan Presea E-HR/PR/R10 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Nissan Primera E-HP10,P10 4 Door Sedan 1990
1997
Nissan Primera E-FHP10 4 Door Liftback 1990
1997
Nissan Pulsar SG 1.3 RPN12 2 Door Hatch 1983
1987
Nissan Pulsar E-FN14 4 Door Sedan 1990
1996
Nissan Pulsar EHN12 4 Door Hatch 1983
1987
Nissan Pulsar GTi E-FN/EN/HN14 2 Door Hatch 1991
1996
Nissan Pulsar Mi 4 Door Sedan 1987
1990
Nissan Pulsar N12 2 Door Hatch 1983
1988
Nissan Pulsar N13 4 Door Hatch 1986
1988
Nissan Pulsar EN13 4 Door Hatch 1988
1990
Nissan Sentra S FUN-13 4 Door Hatch 1987
1992
Nissan Sentra SG UN13DFU 4 Door Sedan 1989
1993
Nissan Sentra SG FAN14 4 Door Hatch 1992
1996
Nissan Sentra SG, SGS, ZXE N13 4 Door Sedan 1987
1992
Nissan Sentra SG, SGS, ZXE, L, S, SL Y10 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1997
Nissan Sentra SG, ZXE, Q, SGS N14 SERIES 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Nissan Sentra SGS UN13DFU 4 Door Hatch 1989
1993
Nissan Sentra SGS WHB11 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
Nissan Sentra Sports hatch WPB12 4 Door Liftback 1987
1992
Nissan Sentra SSS N14 SERIES 4 Door Liftback 1992
1996
Nissan Sentra SW N13 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1992
Nissan Sentra ZXE FPN13HFU 4 Door Hatch 1987
1991
Nissan Sentra RBN13 2 Door Hatch 1985
1991
Nissan Sentra PN13HAU 4 Door Sedan 1987
1991
Nissan Sentra PN13HFU 4 Door Sedan 1987
1991
Nissan Sentra PN13A 4 Door Sedan 1987
1991
Nissan Sentra WCB12FU 4 Door Liftback 1989
1993
Nissan Sentra UN13DFU 4 Door Liftback 1989
1993
Nissan Silvia RXE EJS12 2 Door Liftback 1984
1986
Nissan Silvia S13 2 Door Coupe 1988
1992
Nissan Skyline Excel WFJR31 4 Door S/Wagon 1980
1989
Nissan Skyline RXE Turbo E-JS12 2 Door Coupe 1980
1989
Nissan Skyline E-HCR/ECR/HR32 4 Door Sedan 1989
1993
Nissan Skyline EHR31 4 Door Sedan 1980
1989
Nissan Skyline 4 Door Hatch 1982
Nissan Skyline GT EX HR30 4 Door Sedan 1981
Nissan Skyline JR31 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1991
Nissan Skyline BCNR33 2 Door Coupe 1994
1999
Nissan Sunny 1.30 4 Door Sedan 1983
1985
Nissan Sunny GX B310 4 Door Sedan 1980
1983
Nissan Sunny Le Prix Turbo EHB11 2 Door Hatch 1982
1987
Nissan Sunny SGS WHB11 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1987
Nissan Sunny SGX HB11FU 4 Door Sedan 1982
1985
Nissan Sunny WHB12 4 Door Sedan 1985
1990
Nissan Sunny B13 4 Door Sedan 1990
1994
Nissan Sunny B14 4 Door Sedan 1990
1994
Nissan Sunny VB310 4 Door S/Wagon 1978
1982
Nissan Terrano Q-WBYD21 2 Door 4wd 1988
1995
Nissan Vector SSS 4 Door Sedan 1990
1994
Opel Kadett GSi WOL 00053F 4 Door Hatch 1985
1989
Opel Kadett WOL-OOO 53F 2 Door Hatch 1985
1989
Peugeot 205 CJ VF320DK 12/1 2 Door Convert 1989
1992
Peugeot 205 CTi 741B66 2 Door Convert 1986
1992
Peugeot 205 GR VF320AK 12/1 4 Door Hatch 1989
1993
Peugeot 205 GTi, GT VF20DK22 2 Door Hatch 1986
1993
Peugeot 205 GTi, GT VF320CD62 2 Door Hatch 1986
1993
Peugeot 405 GR 4 Door Sedan 1990
1997
Peugeot 405 GR, SRDT 5ED22 4 Door S/Wagon 1990
1997
Peugeot 505 4 Door Sedan 1985
1986
Pontiac Le Mans GLE, GSE K01 4 Door Sedan 1988
1992
Pontiac Le Mans GLE, GSE K02 4 Door Sedan 1988
1992
Pontiac Le Mans GLE, GSE K03 4 Door Liftback 1988
1992
Pontiac Le Mans GLE, GSE K04 4 Door Liftback 1988
1992
Proton Proton Saga Aeroback 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1994
Proton Proton Saga L, GL, GLX 4 Door Sedan 1987
1994
Seat Ibiza Crono 4 Door Hatch 1989
1990
Seat Ibiza VSS021A 2 Door Hatch 1987
1990
Suzuki Cultus AB33S 4 Door Hatch 1987
Suzuki Swift EAA355 2 Door Hatch < 1994
Suzuki Swift GLX SF 413 4 Door Hatch 1986
1989
Toyota Aristo E-UZS145 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Toyota Aristo E-JZS147 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Toyota Caldina ST190 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
1996
1996
Toyota Caldina CT190.196 4 Door S/Wagon 1992
1996
Toyota Camry CS-X SV21RG 4 Door S/Wagon 1989
1993
Toyota Camry GL, GX, GLX VCV11 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Toyota Camry GL, GX, GLX VCV10 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Toyota Camry GS SV10 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1997
Toyota Camry GS SXV10 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1997
Toyota Camry SE Saloon SV10 4 Door Sedan 1982
1984
Toyota Camry SX SV12 4 Door Sedan 1988
Toyota Camry V6 GX TT153 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Toyota Camry V6 GX CV10R 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Toyota Camry V6 Prominent VZV20 4 Door Sedan 1987
1990
Toyota Camry ZE CV30 4 Door Sedan 1990
1994
Toyota Camry SV40 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Toyota Camry VDV10R 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Toyota Camry SXV15 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1996
Toyota Camry VCV10L 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Toyota Camry 4 Door Sedan 1987
1995
Toyota Carib AE91 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1989
Toyota Carib E-AE95G 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1995
Toyota Carib 2 Door Hatch 1982
1988
Toyota Carib 4 Door S/Wagon 1982
1988
Toyota Carina E-ST183 4 Door Sedan 1988
1992
1992
1992
Toyota Carina 1800 SE Extra 4 Door S/Wagon 1990
1997
Toyota Carina ST E-AA60 2 Door Liftback 1984
1988
Toyota Carina Surf 1800 SX, 1800 Ltd 4 Door Sedan 1990
1996
Toyota Carina AT150 4 Door Sedan 1984
1988
Toyota Carina 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1988
Toyota Ceres AE101 4 Door Sedan 1991
1994
Toyota Ceres AE91 4 Door Sedan 1987
1989
Toyota Ceres E-AE95G 4 Door Sedan 1988
1995
Toyota Ceres E-AE101 4 Door Sedan 1993
1996
Toyota Ceres E-AE100 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Toyota Ciglo
Sprinter
4 Door Liftback 1987
Toyota Corolla AE91 4 Door Sedan 1987
1989
Toyota Corolla 2 Door Hatch 1979
1988
Toyota Corolla 1.3XL, 1.6GL,
1.6GLX
EE100 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Toyota Corolla 1.3XL, 1.6GL,
1.6GLX
AE101 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Toyota Corolla Diesel XE CE90 4 Door Sedan 1987
1990
Toyota Corolla GL AE101R 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1997
Toyota Corolla GLX AE92 4 Door Liftback 1987
1992
Toyota Corolla GS AE101R (NZ ASS) 4 Door Liftback 1995
Toyota Corolla GTi 1.6 AE92R AGMVF 2 Door Hatch 1988
1992
Toyota Corolla GX, GLX, GS, 1.6 &
1.8
AE101 4 Door Liftback 1992
1997
Toyota Corolla GX, GLX, GS, 1.6 &
1.8
AE102 4 Door Liftback 1992
1997
Toyota Corolla L EE103 4 Door S/Wagon 1994
1998
Toyota Corolla L EE104 4 Door S/Wagon 1994
1998
Toyota Corolla L-Touring AE100 4 Door S/Wagon 1991
1997
Toyota Corolla Sprinter 2 Door Coupe 1984
1988
Toyota Corolla Van EE90 2 Door Hatch 1988
1992
Toyota Corolla Van EE100 2 Door Hatch 1993
1997
Toyota Corolla XL 4 Door Liftback 1979
1988
Toyota Corolla XL 4 Door Sedan 1979
1988
Toyota Corolla XL EE90 4 Door Liftback 1987
1991
Toyota Corolla XL EE90 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1991
Toyota Corolla XL EE90 4 Door Sedan 1987
1991
Toyota Corolla XL EE90R 4 Door Hatch 1987
1991
Toyota Corolla XL, GL, 1.3 & 1.6 AE100 4 Door Hatch 1992
1997
1997
1997
1997
Toyota Corolla XL, GL, 1.3 & 1.6 EE100 4 Door Hatch 1992
1997
Toyota Corolla XL, GL, 1.3 & 1.6 EE100 2 Door Hatch 1992
1997
Toyota Corolla KE70 2 Door S/Wagon 1979
1988
Toyota Corolla KE70 4 Door S/Wagon 1979
1988
1992
1993
1988
Toyota Corolla AE101R (NZ ASS) 4 Door Sedan 1994
Toyota Corolla AE101R (NZ ASS) 4 Door Hatch 1997
Toyota Corolla AE82 4 Door Liftback 1983
1987
Toyota Corolla E-AL21 4 Door Hatch 1984
1988
Toyota Corolla E-EL31 2 Door Liftback 1984
1988
Toyota Corolla 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1993
Toyota Corolla FX E-AE95G 4 Door Hatch 1988
1995
Toyota Corolla FX AE91 4 Door Hatch 1987
1989
Toyota Corolla II Windy EL51 2 Door Hatch 1994
1998
Toyota Corolla II EL34 4 Door Sedan 1988
1991
Toyota Corolla II AL21 4 Door Hatch 1990
1994
1991
1991
1998
Toyota Corona 1800.00 ST170 4 Door Liftback 1988
1990
Toyota Corona CT176 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1992
Toyota Corona ST170 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1992
Toyota Corona 1.8 Ex Saloon AD STI50 4 Door Sedan 1983
Toyota Corona Amon ST151R 4 Door Sedan 1986
1988
Toyota Corona CX TT141 4 Door Sedan 1979
1987
Toyota Corona Diesel CT170 4 Door Sedan 1987
1992
Toyota Corona Excimo 2 Door Coupe 1987
1995
Toyota Corona GL ST191 4 Door Sedan 1990
1996
Toyota Corona GL, GLX, GLXi ST171 4 Door Liftback 1987
1992
Toyota Corona GL, GX, GLX ST190 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Toyota Corona GL, GX, GLX CT190 4 Door Sedan 1992
1996
Toyota Corona GT-R ST162 2 Door Coupe 1985
1990
Toyota Corona GX, GLX, GSX ST190 4 Door Liftback 1992
1996
Toyota Corona ST ST150 4 Door Liftback 1985
1987
Toyota Corona TT141 4 Door S/Wagon 1984
1988
Toyota Corona ST150 4 Door Sedan 1983
1985
Toyota Corona ST160 2 Door Coupe 1983
1985
Toyota Corona ST150R 4 Door Sedan 1984
1988
Toyota Corona ST170 4 Door Sedan 1987
1992
Toyota Corsa 4D 1500 VIT-S EL44 4 Door Sedan 1990
1996
Toyota Corsa E-EL43 2 Door Hatch 1990
1994
Toyota Corsa E-EL41 2 Door Hatch 1990
1994
Toyota Crown Super Saloon MS135 4 Door Sedan 1990
Toyota Curren ST207 4 Door Sedan 1994
1996
Toyota Curren ST206 4 Door Sedan 1994
1996
Toyota Emina TRC10 2 Door Van 1992
1994
Toyota Estima Emina X TCR10 4/Door Van 1992
1996
Toyota Estima T/Diesel CXR21 4/Door Van 1992
1996
1996
1996
1996
Toyota Estima X Emina TRC10 2 Door Van 1992
1994
Toyota Gracia VCV11 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Toyota Gracia VCV10 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Toyota Grande GX61 4 Door Sedan 1981
1984
Toyota Grande 4 Door Sedan 1986
1990
Toyota Levin AE91 4 Door Sedan 1987
1989
Toyota Levin E-AE95G 4 Door Sedan 1988
1995
Toyota Levin E-AE101 4 Door Sedan 1993
1996
Toyota Marino AE101-BTMER 4 Door Sedan 1992
1993
Toyota Marino AE91 4 Door Sedan 1987
1989
Toyota Marino E-AE95G 4 Door Sedan 1988
1995
Toyota Marino EA-E100 4 Door Sedan 1993
1997
Toyota Mark II LE CX60 4 Door Sedan 1981
1983
Toyota Rav4 E-SXA10G 2 Door RV 1994
1999
Toyota Scepter E-SVX/VCV15W 4 Door S/Wagon 1993
1996
Toyota Scepter VCV15W 2 Door Coupe 1994
1997
Toyota Scepter VCV15 2 Door Coupe 1994
1997
Toyota Scepter VCV10 2 Door Coupe 1994
1997
Toyota Scepter E-SXV-15 2 Door Coupe 1994
1997
Toyota Scepter E-SXV-10 2 Door Coupe 1994
1997
Toyota Spacio AE91 4 Door S/Wagon 1987
1989
Toyota Spacio E-AE95G 4 Door S/Wagon 1988
1995
Toyota Sprinter 1.5 XL AE81 4 Door Sedan 1983
1986
Toyota Sprinter SE Limited AE100 4 Door Sedan 1991
1996
Toyota Sprinter XL Diesel CE80 4 Door Liftback 1982
1984
Toyota Sprinter AE81 4 Door Liftback 1983
1987
Toyota Starlet KP60R 2 Door Hatch 1979
1983
Toyota Supra E-GA70H 2 Door Sedan 1986
1992
Toyota Supra MA70 2 Door Sedan 1986
1992
Toyota Supra E-JZA70 2 Door Sedan 1986
1992
Toyota Tercel 4 Door S/Wagon 1985
1988
Toyota Tercel EL44 4 Door Sedan 1991
1997
Toyota Tercel E-EL43 2 Door Hatch 1992
1994
Toyota Tercel E-EL41 2 Door Hatch 1992
1994
Toyota Trueno E-AE101 4 Door Sedan 1993
1996
Toyota Trueno AE91 4 Door Sedan 1987
1989
Toyota Trueno E-AE95G 4 Door Sedan 1988
1995
Toyota Vista CV30 4 Door Sedan 1995
1998
Toyota Vista VZV30 4 Door Sedan 1990
1996
1996
Toyota Vista E-SV33 4 Door Sedan 1989
1995
1995
1996
1995
1996
Toyota Vista SV30 4 Door Sedan 1990
1996
Toyota Windom 3.3, 2.5 E-VCV10 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Toyota Windom 3.3, 2.5 E-VCV11 4 Door Sedan 1991
1995
Triumph 2000 MK 2 4 Door Sedan 1965
1979
Triumph Stag 2 Door Convert 1970
1979
Volkswagen Beetle 1500.00 2 Door Sedan 1968
1976
Volkswagen Golf CL, GL 4 Door Hatch 1984
1991
Volkswagen Golf GTi WVWZZZ19ZHW 2 Door Hatch 1984
1991
Volkswagen Polo WVWZZ 2 Door Hatch 1992
1995
6 Inspection requirements for temporary vehicle imports
Application
This bulletin specifies the in-service inspection requirements for vehicles that have been imported temporarily from overseas.
A temporary import vehicle is brought into the country by a resident of another country, usually for a maximum period of 18
months, while the vehicle remains registered in its country of origin. The vehicle must be exported from New Zealand within
that period.
Inspecting a temporary import vehicle for WoF or CoF
Before inspecting a temporary import vehicle for WoF or CoF, the vehicle inspector must check that the following requirements
have been met:
1. The vehicle must have the overseas registration plates attached.
2. The registration plate number must be the same as on the licence label.
Note Where the plate number has more than six digits, only the first six digits of the plate number are on the label. Where those
digits already exist in the system, the six digits on the label will start with a V, followed by the first five digits of the plate
number.
3. The label correctly describes the vehicle to which the plates are attached.
4. The licence label must be current or have expired no more than 12 months ago.
5. The label indicates that the vehicle has been first registered in New Zealand less than 18 months ago.
If the above requirements are not met, or the vehicle inspector finds that the vehicle is not on the system, a WoF or CoF must
not be issued. Please refer the vehicle to the nearest TSD agent.
Vehicle inspection requirements
Temporary import vehicles do not require entry or specialist certification, but are required to comply with the basic safety
requirements listed in the provisions of the Geneva Convention on Road Traffic. These provisions are outlined below. For
WoF/CoF inspection purposes, they apply to all temporary import vehicles, including cars, trucks and trailers, but not including
mopeds and other vehicles that dont require a WoF or CoF in New Zealand. The vehicle inspector may use the main parts of
the VIRM for further guidance.
Note Temporarily imported vehicles do not have to meet requirements for modification. Therefore, low volume vehicle (LVV) or
heavy vehicle specialist (HVS) certification is not required. However, if a vehicle inspector feels that a vehicle is unsafe to
operate, he/she may seek advice from a low volume vehicle or heavy vehicle specialist certifier.
See Table 6-1-1: Group M and N vehicles, Table 6-1-2: Group L vehicles and Table 6-1-3: Trailers.

Table 6-1-1. Group M and N vehicles
General
safety
requirements
1. The vehicle must be in good working order and safe mechanical condition so as not to endanger the
driver or vehicle occupants or other road users, or cause damage to public or private property.
2. The construction of the vehicle must not obstruct the drivers vision to the front, right or left of the vehicle.
3. As far as possible, the machinery or equipment of the vehicle must not:
a) be at risk of fire or explosion, or
b) cause the emission of noxious gases or offensive fumes, or
c) produce excessive or disturbing noise, or
d) increase the risk of a collision and/or damage caused in a collision.
Brakes 1. The vehicle must be fitted with a service brake capable of slowing the vehicle and bringing it to a
controlled stop under any conditions of loading, on any gradient that the vehicle may be operated on, in an
efficient, safe and rapid way.
2. The vehicle must be fitted with a parking brake capable of bringing the vehicle to a controlled stop if the
service brake fails.
3. The brakes fitted to a vehicle must be capable of acting on at least half the wheels, and brake
performance must be balanced on each side of an axle.
4. At least half the braking devices must act on braking surfaces directly attached to the wheels (or through
parts not liable to fail).
5. Braking surfaces must be in good condition, and must always be connected with the wheels of the
vehicle in such a way that it is not possible to disconnect them, other than momentarily by means of clutch,
gearbox or free wheel.
6. The parking brake must be readily applicable and capable of remaining applied for an indefinite period
even in the absence of the driver.
Headlamps 1. A vehicle must be fitted with main-beam headlamps bright enough to illuminate the road ahead for 100m
in normal darkness.
2. A vehicle must be fitted with two white or yellow dipped-beam headlamps bright enough to illuminate the
road ahead for 30m in normal darkness without causing significant dazzle to other road users.
Note On vehicles from left-hand drive countries the headlamps dip to the right. To avoid blinding on-
coming traffic, the headlamps must be adjusted so they do not dip to the right. Generally, asymmetric beam
headlamps will also need to be modified to remove the right-hand flick-up, eg by applying some form of
masking, such as plastic overlay, or fitting different bulbs.
Other lamps 1. A vehicle must be fitted with two white forward-facing position lamps visible from 150m in normal
darkness without causing significant dazzle to other road users. These lamps must be mounted as far
towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable, no further than 400mm from the extreme outer edges of
the vehicle.
2. A vehicle must be fitted with at least one red rearward-facing position lamp, visible from 150m from the
rear of the vehicle in normal darkness.
3. A vehicle must be fitted with a rear-registration-plate illumination lamp that illuminates the figures and
letters of the plate so that they are visible from 20m from the rear of the vehicle in normal darkness.
4. A vehicle must be fitted with two red rear reflectors symmetrically mounted as far towards each side of the
vehicle as practicable, no further than 400mm from the extreme outer edges of the vehicle. Rear reflectors
must be visible from 100m in normal darkness when illuminated by means of two main-beam headlamps.
5. A vehicle must be fitted with a least one red or amber stop lamp mounted at the rear of the vehicle. A stop
lamp must operate when the service brake is applied. If the stop light is red, the light intensity must be
greater than that of the rearward-facing position lamps.
6. Where the vehicle is fitted with direction indicator lamps, they must have one of the following:
a) a moveable arm protruding beyond each side of the vehicle and illuminated by a steady amber light
when the arm is in the horizontal position, or
b) a constantly blinking or flashing amber light mounted on each side of the vehicle, or
c) a constantly blinking or flashing light at each side of the front and rear of the vehicle. These lights
must be white or orange towards the front of the vehicle, and red or orange towards the rear of the
vehicle.
Other
components
1. A vehicle must be equipped with a strong steering system that allows the vehicle to be turned easily,
quickly and with certainty.
2. A vehicle must be equipped with at least one driving mirror of adequate size and location to provide the
driver with a clear view to the rear of the vehicle.
3. A vehicle must be fitted with at least one audible warning device (horn) that is not:
a) a bell, or
b) a gong, or
c) a siren, or
d) any other loud-toned device.
4. A windscreen, where fitted, must be made of a stable, transparent material that is not likely to produce
sharp splinters if broken. Objects must not appear distorted when viewed through this material.
5. Where a vehicle is fitted with a windscreen, it must have at least one efficient windscreen wiper that
operates without the constant control of the driver.
6. A vehicle must be fitted with an exhaust silencer system that operates constantly and cannot be
interrupted by the driver while on the road.
7. A vehicle must be fitted with pneumatic tyres.
Table 6-1-2. Group L vehicles
General
safety
requirements
1. The vehicle must be in good working order and safe mechanical condition so as not to endanger the
driver or vehicle occupants or other road users, or cause damage to public or private property.
2. The construction of the vehicle must not obstruct the drivers vision to the front, right or left of the vehicle.
3. As far as possible, the machinery or equipment of the vehicle must not:
Brakes 1. The vehicle must be fitted with two braking devices operated by hand or foot, capable of slowing the
vehicle and bringing it to a controlled stop in an efficient, safe and rapid way.
Headlamps 1. The vehicle must be fitted with at least one main-beam headlamp bright enough to illuminate the road
ahead for 100m in normal darkness.
2. The vehicle must be fitted with a least one dipped-beam headlamp bright enough to illuminate the road
ahead for 30m in normal darkness without causing significant dazzle to other road users.
Other lamps 1. A class LD vehicle must be fitted with two white forward-facing position lamps visible from 150m in
normal darkness without causing significant dazzle to other road users. These lamps must be mounted as
far towards each side of the vehicle as is practicable, no further than 400mm from the extreme outer edges
of the vehicle.
2. The vehicle must be fitted with at least one red rearward-facing position lamp, visible from 150m from the
rear of the vehicle in normal darkness.
3. The vehicle must be fitted with a rear-registration-plate illumination lamp that illuminates the figures and
letters of the plate so that they are visible from 20m to the rear of the vehicle in normal darkness.
4. Rear reflectors must be fitted to the following vehicles:
a) A class LD vehicle must be fitted with two red rear reflectors symmetrically mounted as far towards
each side of the vehicle as is practicable, no further than 400mm from the extreme outer edges of the
vehicle.
b) A class LC, LE1 or LE2 vehicle must be fitted with one red rear reflector symmetrically mounted as far
towards each side of the vehicle as practicable, no further than 400mm from the extreme outer edges of
the vehicle.
Rear reflectors must be visible from 100m in normal darkness when illuminated by means of two main-
beam headlamps.
5. Where the vehicle is fitted with direction indicator lamps, they must have one of the following:
must be white or orange towards the front of the vehicle, and red or orange towards the rear of the
vehicle.
Other
components
1. The vehicle must be equipped with a strong steering system that allows the vehicle to be turned easily,
2. The vehicle must be equipped with at least one driving mirror of adequate size and location to provide
the driver with a clear view to the rear of the vehicle.
3. A vehicle must be fitted with at least one audible warning device (horn) that is not:
a) a bell, or
b) a gong, or
c) a siren, or
d) any other loud-toned device.
4. A windscreen, where fitted, must be made of a stable, transparent material that is not likely to produce
sharp splinters if broken. Objects must not appear distorted when viewed through this material.
5. A vehicle fitted with a windscreen must have at least one efficient windscreen wiper that operates without
the constant control of the driver.
6. The vehicle must be fitted with an exhaust silencer system that operates constantly and cannot be
interrupted by the driver while on the road.
7. The vehicle must be fitted with pneumatic tyres.
Table 6-1-3. Trailers
General
safety
requirements
1. The trailer must be in good working order and safe mechanical condition so as not to endanger the driver
or vehicle occupants or other road users, or cause damage to public or private property.
2. As far as possible, the machinery or equipment of the trailer must not:
Lamps 1. The trailer at the end of a combination of vehicles must be fitted with at least one red rearward-facing
position lamp, visible from 150m from the rear of the vehicle in normal darkness.
2. The trailer must be fitted with a rear-registration-plate illumination lamp that illuminates the figures and
letters of the plate so that they are visible from 20m to the rear of the vehicle in normal darkness.
3. The trailer must be fitted with two red rear reflectors visible from 100m in normal darkness when
illuminated by means of two main-beam headlamps.
4. The trailer at the end of a combination of vehicles must be fitted with a least one red or amber stop lamp
mounted at the rear of the vehicle, unless the stop light of the towing vehicle is visible from the rear. A stop
light must operate when the service brake is applied. If the stop light is red, the intensity of the light output
must be greater than that of the rearward-facing position lamps.
5. Where a trailer is fitted with direction indicator lamps, they must have one of the following:
must be white or amber towards the front of the vehicle, and red or amber towards the rear of the
vehicle.
Other
components
1. A full trailer must be equipped with a strong steering system that allows the vehicle to be turned easily,
2. A trailer must be fitted with pneumatic tyres.
7 Guidance for vehicle inspectors when checking tyre tread depth
Reference
General vehicles, 10-1 Tyres and wheels
Motorcycles, 10-1 Tyres and wheels
Trailers, 7-1 Tyres and wheels.
Land Transport Rule: Tyres and Wheels 2001 has been amended to include new tyre tread depth requirements. These
requirements became law on 1 November 2007. They take into account new tyre tread designs and allow for more consistent
checking of tread depth during vehicle inspections.
Below is some guidance to help vehicle inspectors measure tyre tread depth to the new requirements for different kinds of
tread patterns.
What is the new requirement for tyre tread depth?
The rule now states that a tyre must have a tread pattern depth of at least 1.5mm (excluding any tie-bar or tread depth indicator
strip) within all principal grooves that contain moulded tread depth indicators and around the whole circumference of the tyre.
Virtually all tyres have moulded tread-depth indicators. However, a small number of tyres, such as some retreaded or vintage
tyres, may not have moulded tread-depth indicators. For these, the NZTA has retained the old requirement of at least 1.5mm
tread depth across of the tread width and around the whole circumference of the tyre.
What are principal grooves and tread depth indicators, and how do I find these?
Principal grooves are the wide grooves in the tyre tread which have the tread-depth indicators located inside them. Any other
grooves are secondary grooves which may wear out during the service life of the tyre. Tread-depth indicators (also known as
tread wear indicators or TWIs) are the projections within the principal grooves that let you know how far the tread has worn and
are usually about 1.6-2.2mm thick. If you find it difficult to find tread-depth indicators, just look along the side wall for a small
or TWI mark (see Figure 7-1-1 and Figure 7-1-2).
Where do I measure the tread depth?
The tread depth is measured in the principal grooves that contain the tread-depth indicators. However, there are tread patterns
where the principal grooves cover different widths of tyre tread. This means that in order to pass a WoF or CoF some tyres must
have 1.5mm tread depth across a greater tread width than other tyres. This is especially the case for tyres that have lateral
grooves (those that end at the tyre edges), as shown in Example 1 of Figure 7-1-3. Vehicle inspectors may disregard the outer
end of a lateral groove where it normally tapers off over the shoulder. Note that the tread is only that part of the tyre that is in
contact with the ground.
Figure 7-1-3 shows different tread patterns with tread-depth indicators (and therefore principal grooves) and the approximate
measuring width marked.
Figure 7-1-1. The ' ' mark

The marks and tread-depth indicators are usually in about six places around the tyre. It is important that these are not mistaken
for any shallow sections that are part of the tread pattern.

Figure 7-1-2. The TWI mark

The marks and tread-depth indicators are usually in about six places around the tyre. It is important that these are not mistaken
for any shallow sections that are part of the tread pattern.

Figure 7-1-3. Examples of tread depth indicators
8 Guidance for vehicle inspectors when inspecting vehicles for clearly
visible smoke
Reference
General vehicles, 11-2 Visible exhaust smoke
Motorcycles, 11-2 Visible exhaust smoke.
The requirement is based on Land Transport Rule: Vehicle Exhaust Emissions 2007. The aim of this rule is to check that
vehicles are not gross polluters. A Ministry of Transport study in 2006 estimated that 12% of petrol-powered vehicles may be
affected by this test. The number of diesel vehicles affected may be higher.
Below is some guidance on how to conduct the test as well as assistance in assessing whether any smoke emissions will
cause the vehicle to pass or fail.
The test for clearly visible smoke
The following test may be performed with the engine below normal operating temperature. If the vehicle fails the test, it must be
repeated with the engine at normal operating temperature and purged.
The test consists of a five-second idling test and a rapid acceleration test from idle to 2500rpm, or half the maximum engine
speed if this is lower.
Five second idling test
With the engine idling, observe the tailpipe emissions for five seconds.
Rapid acceleration test
While the engine is accelerated quickly from idle to 2500rpm (or half the maximum engine speed if this is lower), observe the
tailpipe emissions. The vehicle inspector may require an assistant to accelerate the engine. The assistant must be
appropriately instructed to avoid engine damage by over-accelerating the engine.
Passing or failing a vehicle
A vehicle will pass if during both tests:
there are no visible emissions, or
the emissions are largely water vapour, or
the smoke is barely visible (see Figure 8-1-1), or
the engine produces some visible smoke because of its design and does not emit much more smoke from the tailpipe
than it would have done when the vehicle was manufactured and running on the correct fuel. The inspector may
require documentary evidence that the engine produces some visible smoke because of its design.
A vehicle will fail if during either test:
there is clearly visible smoke (see Figure 8-1-2), and
(only in the case where the engine produces some visible smoke because of its design) there is noticably and
significantly more smoke from the tailpipe than there would have been when the vehicle was manufactured and
running on the correct fuel.
Figure 8-1-1. Barely visible smoke.

Figure 8-1-2. Clearly visible smoke.
9 Shock absorbers misting vs excessive leakage
A vehicle must be failed for WoF if a shock absorber has excessive leakage of damping fluid (VIRM section 9-1, RfR 13f).
However, it seems that quite a few inspectors are incorrectly failing a vehicle when the shock absorber only displays misting.
Misting is normal on shock absorbers and must pass for WoF/CoF.
By design, the piston rod carries a film of oil through the rod seal to lubricate the seal lips, thereby reducing friction/wear at the
seal contact area, and prolonging seal life. Misting occurs when the hot piston rod is drawn out of the shock body and the
microscopic film of hot oil on the rod turns to vapour. This vapour, or mist, condenses when it reaches the cooler outside air,
and forms a film on the outside of the shock body. The film will attract road dust and debris, and will often coat the entire body
of the shock.
Examples of misting shock absorbers (PASS):
Rod seals may leak as a result of extreme wear, contamination, or defect. A leaking shock will show clear signs of oil leaking in
streams from the upper seal down the shock body and may drip from the shock.
Such leakage is considered to be excessive and must be failed for WoF/CoF.
Examples of excessively leaking shock absorbers (FAIL):
Note: Some minor streaking of oil may appear on a new shock body during initial stroking. This is the result of the seal setting
and purging any oil (from assembly) from the seal. This is not to be mistaken as a failure, as it is temporary and totals only a
few millilitres of oil.
Page added 14 October 2013 (see amendment details).
10 Brake test procedures for specific vehicles
With new vehicle technologies, testing some vehicles brakes, especially on roller brake machines, can be slightly tricky. If the
correct process is not followed, there is an increased risk of damaging the vehicle or even the roller brake machine.
This bulletin contains information supplied to the NZTA by vehicle manufacturers about vehicles for which specific brake test
procedures need to be followed to reduce the risk of damaging them during the test. It will be updated as the NZTA becomes
aware of further specific test procedures supplied by vehicle manufacturers.
If you are not sure about how to test a specific vehicle, check with the local vehicle manufacturers agent in the first instance.
The roller brake machine manufacturer may also be able to supply information, or refer to the machines operating manual.
BMW
IMPORTANT INFORMATION READ BEFORE TESTING THE BRAKES:
DO NOT open any doors during the test or while the vehicle is in motion as the transmission will select Park.
Maximum roller speed must not exceed 5km/h.
The complete roller brake machine test must not exceed 3 minutes. If the test has not been completed at the 3 minute
mark, stop the test immediately and drive the vehicle for at least 1 km to achieve sufficient lubrication in the transfer
case.
Testing the electro-mechanical parking brake (EMF) found on most BMW vehicles
You can recognise EMF by the existence of a pull or push electrical button to apply the hand brake rather than a hand brake
lever. To test the EMF parking brake, you must carry out the following procedure:
1. Place the vehicle on the 1/5 slope or roller brake machine (do not use a Tapley meter or other decelerometer for this
test).
2. Put the vehicle into Neutral.
3. Switch off the engine (if engine is running, the vehicle will apply the service brakes and not the parking brake).
4. Turn ignition on but do not start the engine (do not touch the foot brake pedal as doing so will switch the engine on
again).
5. Carry out the parking brake test as usual by applying the parking brake button and also releasing the parking brake
via the button.
6. Apply the foot brake pedal and re-start the engine.
Testing the service brakes on all BMW X-drive 4x4 vehicles
As a precaution, treat all BMW 4x4 vehicles as X-drive vehicles. To test the service brakes on a roller brake machine (which
must have 4WD mode), carry out the following procedure:
1. Make sure HDC (Hill Descent Control) is switched off (the HDC light will be off).
2. Put the vehicle into Neutral.
3. DO NOT touch the accelerator pedal and DO NOT select a gear while the rollers are turning to avoid damaging the
vehicle or rollers.
4. Carry out brake test as usual using the roller brake machines 4WD mode.
5. When the rollers have stopped turning, lock the rollers, select a gear and drive forward slowly.
Page added 14 October 2013 (see amendment details).
Technical bulletins (CoF)
1 Expiry dates recorded on ID label/plate and HVS certificate (LT400)
Application
This technical bulletin applies to components with heavy vehicle specialist certification (LT400).
Clarification
Some heavy vehicle specialist certifiers (HVS certifiers) have been stipulating an expiry date on an identification label/plate
and heavy vehicle specialist certificate (LT400) for items other than the ones where the relevant standard or code specifically
allows or requires an expiry date.
In other cases, some CoF inspectors have been entering an expiry date on LANDATA, most frequently 10 years after the date
of the LT400, even if the certificate does not contain such data.
Both of these situations cause avoidable difficulties to the operators, which is made even more obvious if a relevant standard
(eg NZ5444) has changed.
Inspection
CoF inspectors are not to enter any expiry date on LANDATA, even if an LT400 or identification label/plate contains
one, unless the LT400 was issued either for a drawbar, drawbeam or towbar first certified after 1 August 1991, a towbar
certified to NZS5467 or for a bolster attachment as per the Bolster Attachment Code.
Where an expiry date has been entered on an identification label/plate or LANDATA for the specialist certification of items
other than drawbars, drawbeams and towbars certified to NZS5446 after 1 August 1991, towbars certified to NZS5467 and
bolster attachments, CoF inspectors must disregard it. In such cases, a lapsed expiry date is not a reason for rejection.
2 OEM wheel rim options
Vehicle inspection requirements manual reference
Heavy vehicles, 10-1 Tyres and wheels.
Safety concern
The fitting of non-approved wheel rims can cause component overloading.
Inspection
The fitting of different wheels to OEM requires heavy vehicle specialist certification unless they are approved by the vehicle
manufacturer.
The following vehicle makes and models distributed by the Motor Industry Association of New Zealand and sold through its
franchise dealer network have been confirmed as having optional OEM wheel rims.
Vehicles fitted with wheel rims meeting the specified requirements do no not require heavy vehicle specialist certification.
Motor Truck Distributors (NZ) Ltd advises that the heavy motor vehicle makes listed below that have 22.5 inch, disc wheel
rims have the following OEM rim options for single tyred axles:
Make Rim type Rim brand name Rim diameter Rim width
Mack Truck Steel Mack 22.5 8.25
9.00
11.75
Alloy Alcoa
Renault Truck Steel Renault
Alloy Truck Speedline
Volvo Bus and Volvo Truck Steel Volvo
Alloy Alcoa
The fitting of the above wheel rims does not alter the manufactures original axle rating.

CablePrice (NZ) Ltd advises that the heavy motor vehicle makes listed below that have disc wheel rims have the following
OEM approved rim options:
Make Rim type Rim brand name Rim diameter Rim width
Scania Truck & Scania Bus Steel Scania 22.5" 7.50"
8.25"
9.00"
11.75"
Alloy Alcoa 22.5" 8.25"
9.00"
11.75"
Scania 4x4 & 6x6 models Steel Scania 22.5" 7.50"
8.25"
9.00"
11.75"
TRS Tyre & Wheel Ltd 22.5" 14.00"
20" 11.00"
13.00"
Alloy Alcoa 22.5" 8.25"
9.00"
11.75"
The fitting of the above wheel rims does not alter the manufacturer's original axle ratings.
3 Rear seatbelts as aisle obstructions in passenger service vehicles
Vehicle inspection requirements manual references
This bulletin gives guidance to vehicle inspectors in applying the following requirements in the VIRM: In-service certification
(WoF and CoF):
Vehicle interior 7-4 PSV aisles.
Application
This document applies to people-mover vehicles, such as Toyota Previas, that are used as passenger service vehicles (PSVs)
and have factory-fitted seats and seatbelts that comply with approved seat and seatbelt standards.
Safety concern
Practical tests have been carried out by the Low Volume Vehicle Technical Association (LVVTA) to investigate the concern
that rear seatbelts fitted to Toyota Previa vehicles may obstruct passengers in the rear row of seats from exiting the vehicle in
an emergency. Results show that seatbelts fitted in these types of vehicle may cause a minor nuisance but not an obstruction;
passengers in the rear row of seats can still exit in a reasonable manner in emergency situations.
Inspection
Factory-fitted seatbelts in people-mover vehicles operated as PSVs should not be considered as obstructions to the aisle
provided:
a) seats and seatbelts are original equipment fitted by the manufacturer, and
b) the seatbelt that crosses the aisle is of a retractable type, and
c) the seats, seatbelts and their installation are unmodified (other than minor trimming of the seatback width to achieve
the required aisle width), and standards compliant if applicable.
This concession does not apply to:
fold-down seats encroaching on aisle space
vehicles that are retrofitted with additional and/or modified seat and seatbelt arrangements. Disconnecting or disabling
seat rotation mechanisms is not considered to be a modification.
These vehicles must comply with all PSV requirements, such as aisle width.
4 Taximeter compliance
Important note: This bulletin only specifies those taximeter requirements that are applicable to the taximeter tester. There
are a number of other requirements relating to taximeters that are the responsibility of the taxi operator/driver. For further
information on these requirements, operators/drivers should refer to the Land Transport Rule: Operator Licensing 2007 or
contact their local NZTA office.
Legislation
Section 4.11 of the Land Transport Rule: Operator Licensing 2007.
A taximeter must be tested, sealed and certificated by a person authorised by the NZTA at intervals of no more than six months.
A person authorised by the NZTA to test, seal and certificate a taximeter is a vehicle inspector appointed by NZTA to carry out
vehicle inspections while employed by any of the following organisations:
Vehicle Testing NZ
Vehicle Inspection NZ
NZ Automobile Association.
Note: The taximeter requirements are not part of the CoF inspection, so a taxi cannot be failed for CoF if the taximeter
requirements are not met.
1. A taximeter test must not be carried out unless:
a. the taxi displays a fare schedule which contains the various flag falls, tariffs and waiting time, and
b. the fare schedule displays the month and year the fare schedule was notified to the NZTA and the name of the Approved
Taxi Organisation (ATO), and
c. the fleet number of the taxi as assigned by the ATO is displayed on the outside of the vehicle, and
d. the road tyres tyres are not noticeably under-inflated and comply with minimum tread depth requirements.
Taximeter test and seal requirements
2. A taximeter must:
a. correctly register, as it accrues, the charge for the hire of the vehicle, as specified on the taxi fare schedule, and
b. be tested, sealed and certificated at intervals of no more than six months.
3. For each tariff shown on the fare schedule, the taximeter must accrue the fare over a distance of no less than 1km.
4. The taximeter must register the waiting time shown on the fare schedule, over a period of 60 seconds with the vehicle
stationary, to an accuracy of +/- 5% (ie between 5763 seconds ).
5. A taximeter that complies with the above requirements must be sealed so that any tampering with its settings can be easily
identified. (Note: An existing seal on a compliant taximeter may remain fitted. If the taximeter is not compliant, the seal must be
broken or removed.)
6. For each vehicle tested, the vehicle inspector must fully complete an NZTA taximeter test certificate.
7. The taximeter test certificate must show an overall passed test result if all of the test and seal requirements have been met.
8. A taximeter certificate must show an overall failed test result if:
a. any of the tariffs or the waiting time do not register and accrue the fare correctly in accordance with the requirements
above, or
b. the taximeter has not been sealed.
9. The original copy of the test certificate must be handed to the driver/operator, and the duplicate copy must be retained by the
issuing agent for at least six months.
Test equipment specifications
A taximeter may be tested either on a rolling road or on a 1km road test strip.
Rolling road:
The accuracy of the rolling road must be checked and certified every 12 months, or when the equipment requires
repairs that affect its accuracy.
1km road test strip:
The test strip must be as straight as reasonably possible.
The length of the test strip must have been measured by suitable means to ensure accuracy, such as by using a
distance measuring wheel. A car odometer or GPS may not be used due to inaccuracy in measurement.
5 Power-operated door test procedure (PSV)
Legal requirements
The tests are based on the following requirements (see Schedule for details):
Land Transport Rule: Passenger Service Vehicles 1999: sections 2.2(2) and 2.2(2A)
VIRM: In-service certification (WoF and CoF): 6-2 PSV doors and doorways (Heavy PSVs)
VIRM: In-service certification (WoF and CoF): 6-2 PSV doors and doorways (Light PSVs)
Test bar referred to in section 7.6.5 of EU Directive 2001/85/EC.
Equipment required
Test bar (Figure 5-1-1)
Scale with a midrange of approximately 12kg.
Test overview
There are two test types to be carried out, as follows:
1. Testing that the door opens automatically when there is an obstruction:
Test 1: Using the non-tapered end of the test bar
2. Testing that, if the door does not open, the test bar can be easily removed, using the following test:
Test 2: Using a scale, pull to ascertain the force required to extract test bar.
Perform test(s) as outlined in the flowchart below.
Download the flowchart (PDF | 199KB).

Schedule
From Land Transport Rule: Passenger Service Vehicles 1999: sections 2.2 and 2.2(2A)
2.2(2) A power-operated door, its control mechanisms and associated equipment must be designed, constructed and
maintained so that the opening and closing force of the door, or its method of operation, is unlikely to injure or trap any person.
2.2(2A) Without limiting the means of compliance with 2.2(2) a power-operated door complies with 2.2(2) if:
a) the door is:
1. located at the left-front of the vehicle; and
2. within the drivers direct line of sight; and
3. opened and closed by means of a driver-operated control; or
b)in the event that the door closes onto part of a person, the person can readily extract the trapped part.
Taken from:
VIRM: In-service certification (WoF and CoF): 6-2 PSV doors and doorways (Heavy PSVs)
VIRM: In-service certification (WoF and CoF): 6-2 PSV doors and doorways (Light PSVs)
A power-operated door is such that it is likely to injure or trap a person, eg by excessive opening or closing force, or damage or
deterioration (Note 1).
Test bar dimensions:
Section of height 60mm, width 30mm with corners radiused to 5mm and tapered at one end over a length of 300mm from a
thickness of 30mm to a thickness of 5mm (Figure 5-1-1). Surface to be smooth but shall not be treated with polish or lubricated.
Figure 5-1-1. Test bar dimensions
Note 1
closing force if:
a) the door is located at the left-front of the vehicle within the drivers direct line of sight*, and is opened and closed by
means of a driver-operated control, or
b) the door automatically opens when it meets an obstruction, and remains open until being closed using the driver-
operated control, or
c) in the event that the door closes onto part of a person, the person can readily extract the trapped part.
Page added 28 April 2014 (see amendment details).

In Service Certification (Wof and Cof)

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

In Service Certification (Wof and Cof)

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

In-service certification (WoF and CoF)

Correct as at 4th May 2014. It may be superseded at any time.

Potrebbero piacerti anche